Skip to main content

Full text of "An introduction to entomology : or, Elements of the natural history of insects"

See other formats


THE  LIBRARY 

OF 

THE  UNIVERSITY 
OF  CALIFORNIA 


PRESENTED  BY 

PROF.  CHARLES  A.  KOFOID  AND 
MRS.  PRUDENCE  W.  KOFOID 


AN 

INTRODUCTION 

TO 

ENTOMOLOGY: 

ou 

ELEMENTS 

OF    THE 

NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  INSECTS: 

WITH   PLATES. 


BY  WILLIAM  KIRBY,  M.A.  F.R.  AND  L.S. 

RECTOR    OF    BARHAM, 
AND 

WILLIAM   SPENCE,  ESQ..  F.L.S. 


IN  FOUR  VOLUMES. 

VOL.  II. 

FIFTH  EDITION. 


LONDON: 

PRINTED  FOR 

LONGMAN,  REES,  ORME,  BROWN,  AND  GREEN, 

PATERNOSTER  ROW. 

1B28, 


PKIIs'TEJD  BY  RICHARD  TAYLOR, 
RED  LION  COURT,  FLEET  STREET. 


CONTENTS  OF  VOL  II. 


Letter 

XVI.  Societies  of  Insects.  Page 

1.  Imperfect  Societies 1 — 25 

XVII.   Societies  of  Insects  continued. 

2.  Perfect  Societies. 

White  Ants.     Ants 26—106 

XVIII.  Perfect  Societies  of  Insects  continued. 

Wasps.     Humble-bees 107 — 118 

XIX.  Perfect  Societies  of  Insects  continued. 

Hive-bee     119—167 

XX.  Perfect  Societies  of  Insects  concluded. 

Hive-bee    168—214 

XXI.  Means  by  which  Insects  defend  themselves  215 — 266 
XXII.  Motions  of  Insects. 

Larva  and  Pupa    267 — 299 

XXIII.  Motions  of  Insects  continued. 

Imago    300 — 370 

XXIV.  Noises  produced  by  Insects 371 — 403  - 

XXV.  Luminous  Insects 404—424 

XXVI.  Hybernation  and  Torpidity  of  Insects  . .  425 — 459 

XXVII.  Instinct  of  Insects  . ,                                  .  460—523 


AN 

INTRODUCTION 

TO 

ENTOMOLOGY. 


LETTER   XVI. 
SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES. 

I  SEE  already,  and  I  see  it  with  pleasure,  that  you  will 
not  content  yourself  with  being  a  mere  collector  of  in- 
sects. To  possess  a  cabinet  well  stored,  and  to  know  by 
what  name  each  described  individual  which  it  contains 
should  be  distinguished,  will  not  satisfy  the  love  that  is 
already  grown  strong  in  you  for  my  favourite  pursuit ; 
and  you  now  anticipate  with  a  laudable  eagerness,  the 
discoveries  that  you  may  make  respecting  the  history 
and  economy  of  this  most  interesting  department  of 
the  works  of  our  Creator.  I  hail  with  joy  this  intention 
to  emulate  the  bright  example,  and  to  tread  in  the 
hallowed  steps  of  Swammerdam,  Leeuwenhoek,  Redi, 
Malpighi,  Vallisnieri,  Ray,  Lister,  Reaumur,  De  Geer, 
Lyonnet,  Bonnet,  the  Hubers,  &c. ;  and  I  am  confident 
VOL.  n.  B 


2  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

that  a  man  of  your  abilities,  discernment,  and  observa- 
tion will  contribute,  in  no  small  degree,  to  the  treasures 
already  poured  into  the  general  fund  by  these  your  illus- 
trious predecessors. 

I  feel  not  a  little  flattered  when  you  inform  me  that 
the  details  contained  in  my  late  letters  relative  to  this 
subject,  have  stimulated  you  to  this  noble  resolution. — 
Assure  yourself,  I  shall  think  no  labour  lost,  that  has 
been  the  means  of  winning  over  to  the  science  I  love, 
the  exertions  of  a  mind  like  yours. 

But  if  the  facts  already  related,  however  extraordi- 
nary, have  had  power  to  produce  such  an  effect  upon 
you,  what  will  be  the  momentum,  when  I  lay  before  you 
more  at  large,  as  I  next  purpose,  the  most  striking  par- 
ticulars of  the  proceedings  of  insects  in  society,  and  show 
the  almost  incredibly  wonderful  results  of  the  combined 
instincts  and  labours  of  these  minute  beings  ?  In  com- 
parison with  these,  all  that  is  the  fruit  of  solitary  efforts, 
though  some  of  them  sufficiently  marvellous,  appear  tri- 
fling and  insignificant:  as  the  works  of  man  himself, 
when  they  are  the  produce  of  the  industry  and  genius  of 
only  one,  or  a  few  individuals,  though  they  might  be  re- 
garded with  admiration  by  a  being  who  had  seen  no- 
thing similar  before,  yet  when  contrasted  with  those  to 
which  the  union  of  these  qualities  in  large  bodies  has 
given  birth,  sink  into  nothing,  and  seem  unworthy  of 
attention.  Who  would  think  a  hut  extraordinary  by 
the  side  of  a  stately  palace,  or  a  small  village  when  in 
the  vicinity  of  a  populous  and  magnificent  city  ? 

Insects  in  society  may  be  viewed  under  several  lights, 
and  their  associations  are  for  various  purposes  and  of 
different  durations. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  O£  INSECTS.  3 

There  are  societies  the  object  of  which  is  mutual  de- 
fence ;  while  that  of  others  is  the  propagation  of  the 
species.  Some  form  marauding  parties,  and  associate 
for  prey  and  plunder; — others  meet,  as  it  should  seem, 
under  certain  circumstances,  merely  for  the  sake  of  com- 
pany ; — again,  others  are  brought  together  by  accidental 
causes,  and  disperse  when  these  cease  to  operate ; — and 
finally,  others,  which  may  be  said  to  form  proper  socie- 
ties, are  associated  for  the  nurture  of  their  young,  and, 
by  the  union  of  their  labours  and  instincts,  for  mutual 
society,  help,  and  comfort,  in  erecting  or  repairing  their 
common  habitation,  in  collecting  provisions,  and  in  de- 
fending their  fortress  when  attacked. 

With  respect  to  the  duration  of  the  societies  of  insects, 
some  last  only  during  their  first  or  larva  state ;  and  are 
occasionally  even  restricted  to  its  earliest  period; — some 
again  only  associate  in  their  perfect  or  imago  state ;  while 
with  others,  the  proper  societies  for  instance,  the  asso- 
ciation is  for  life.  But  if  J  divide  societies  of  insects  into 
perfect  and  imperfect,  it  will,  I  think,  enable  me  to  give 
you  a  clearer  and  better  view  of  the  subject.  By  perfect 
societies  I  mean  those  that  are  associated  in  all  their 
states,  live  in  a  common  habitation,  and  unite  their  la- 
bours to  promote  a  common  object ; — and  by  imperfect 
societies,  those  that  are  either  associated  during  part  of 
their  existence  only,  or  else  do  not  dwell  in  a  common 
habitation,  nor  unite  their  labours  to  promote  a  common 
object.  In  the  present  letter  I  shall  confine  myself  to 
giving  you  some  account  of  imperfect  societies. 

Imperfect  societies  may  be  considered  as  of  five  de- 
scriptions : — associations  for  the  sake  of  company  only 

B  2 


4-  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

— associations  of  males  during  the  season  for  pairing — 
associations  formed  for  the  purpose  of  travelling  or  emi- 
grating together — associations  for  feeding  together — and 
associations  that  undertake  some  common  work. 

The  first  of  these  associations  consists  chiefly  of  insects 
in  their  perfect  state.  The  little  beetles  called  whirlwigs 
(Gyrinus\ — which  may  be  seen  clustering  in  groups 
under  warm  banks  in  every  river  and  every  pool,  and 
wheeling  round  and  round  with  great  velocity  ;  at  your 
approach  dispersing  and  diving  under  water,  but  as  soon 
as  you  retire  resuming  their  accustomed  movements, — 
seem  to  be  under  the  influence  of  the  social  principle, 
and  to  form  their  assemblies  for  no  other  purpose  than 
to  enjoy  together,  in  the  sunbeam,  the  mazy  dance. 
Impelled  by  the  same  feeling,  in  the  very  depth  of  win- 
ter, even  when  the  earth  is  covered  with  snow,  the  tribes 
of  Tipularicc  (usually,  but  improperly,  called  gnats)  as- 
semble in  sheltered  situations  at  midday,  when  the  sun 
shines,  and  form  themselves  into  choirs,  that  alternately 
rise  and  fall  with  rapid  evolutions  a.  To  see  these  little 
fiery  beings  apparently  so  full  of  joy  and  life,  and  feeling 
the  entire  force  of  the  social  principle  in  that  dreary  sea- 
son, when  the  whole  animal  creation  appears  to  suffer, 
and  the  rest  of  the  insect  tribes  are  torpid,  always  con- 
veys to  my  mind  the  most  agreeable  sensations.  These 
little  creatures  may  always  be  seen  at  all  seasons  amu- 
sing themselves  with  these  choral  dances ;  which  Mr. 
Wordsworth,  in  one  of  his  poems  b,  has  alluded  to  in 
the  following  beautiful  lines  : 

a  See  also  Markwick  in  White's  Nat,  Hist.  ii.  256. 
*  The  Excursion. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  5 

"  Nor  wanting  here  to  entertain  the  thought, 
Creatures  that  in  communities  exist, 
Less,  as  might  seem,  for  general  guardianship 
Or  through  dependance  upon  mutual  aid, 
Than  by  participation  of  delight, 
And  a  strict  love  of  fellowship  combined. 
What  other  spirit  can  it  be  that  prompts 
The  gilded  summer  flies  to  mix  and  weave 
Their  sports  together  in  the  solar  beam, 
Or  in  the  gloom  and  twilight  hum  their  joy  ?  " 

Another  association  is  that  of  males  during  the  season 
of  pairing.  Of  this  nature  seems  to  be  that  of  the  cock- 
chafer and  fernchafer  (Melolontha  vnlgaris  and  Amphi- 
malla  solstitialis\  which,  at  certain  periods  of  the  year 
and  hours  of  the  day,  hover  over  the  summits  of  the 
trees  and  hedges  like  swarms  of  bees,  affording,  when 
they  alight  on  the  ground,  a  grateful  food  to  cats,  pigs, 
and  poultry.  The  males  of  another  root-devouring  beetle 
(Hoplia  argentea)  assemble  by  myriads  before  noon  in 
the  meadows,  when  in  these  infinite  hosts  you  will  not 
find  even  one  female  a.  After  noon  the  congregation  is 
dissolved,  and  not  a  single  individual  is  to  be  seen  in  the 
air b :  while  those  of  M.  vulgaris  and  A.  solstitialis  are 
on  the  wing  only  in  the  evening. 

At  the  same  time  of  the  day  some  of  the  short-lived 
Ephemerae  assemble  in  numerous  troops,  and  keep  rising 
and  falling  alternately  in  the  air,  so  as  to  exhibit  a  very 
amusing  scene.  Many  of  these  also  are  males,  They 
continue  this  dance  from  about  an  hour  before  sun-set, 
till  the  dew  becomes  too  heavy  or  too  cold  for  them.  In 
the  beginning  of  September,  for  two  successive  years, 

a  The  females  (Scarabteus  argenteus,  Marsh.)  have  red  legs,  and 
the  males  (Scarabaus pulvendentus,  Marsh.)  black. 
b  Kirby  in  Linn.  Trans,  v.  256. 


6  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF   INSECTS. 

I  was  so  fortunate  as  to  witness  a  spectacle  of  this  kind, 
which  afforded  me  a  more  sublime  gratification  than  any 
work  or  exhibition  of  art  has  power  to  communicate. — 
The  first  was  in  1811: — taking  an  evening  walk  near 
rny  house,  when  the  sun  declining  fast  towards  the  hori- 
zon shone  forth  without  a  cloud,  the  whole  atmosphere 
over  and  near  the  stream  swarmed  with  infinite  myriads 
of  Ephemerae  and  little  gnats  of  the  genus  Chirono- 
mus,  which  in  the  sun-beam  appeared  as  numerous  and 
more  lucid  than  the  drops  of  rain,  as  if  the  heavens 
were  showering  down  brilliant  gems. — Afterwards,  in 
the  following  year,  one  Sunday,  a  little  before  sun-set, 
I  was  enjoying  a  stroll  with  a  friend  at  a  greater  distance 
from  the  river,  when  in  a  field  by  the  road-side  the  same 
pleasing  scene  was  renewed,  but  in  a  style  of  still  greater 
magnificence ;  for,  from  some  cause  in  the  atmosphere, 
the  insects  at  a  distance  looked  much  larger  than  they 
really  were.  The  choral  dances  consisted  principally  of 
Ephemera,  but  there  were  also  some  of  Chironomi ;  the 
former,  however,  being  most  conspicuous,  attracted  our 
chief  attention — alternately  rising  and  falling,  in  the  full 
beam  they  appeared  so  transparent  and  glorious,  that 
they  scarcely  resembled  any  thing  material — they  re- 
minded us  of  angels  and  glorified  spirits  drinking  life 
and  joy  in  the  effulgence  of  the  Divine  favour a.  The 
bard  of  Twickenham,  from  the  terms  in  which  his  beau- 
tiful description  of  his  sylphs  is  conceived  in  The  Rape 
of  the  Lock,  seems  to  have  witnessed  the  pleasing  scene 
here  described : 

a  The  authors  of  this  work  were  the  witnesses  of  the  magnificent 
scene  here  described.  It  was  on  the  second  of  September.  The 
first  was  on  the  ninth  of  that  month. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  7 

"  Some  to  the  sun  their  insect  wings  unfold, 
Waft  on  the  breeze,  or  sink  in  clouds  of  gold  ; 
Transparent  forms,  too  fine  for  mortal  sight, 
Their  fluid  bodies  half  dissolved  in  light; 
Loose  to  the  wind  their  airy  garments  flew, 
Thin  glittering  textures  of  the  filmy  dew, 
Dipt  in  the  richest  tincture  of  the  skies, 
Where  light  disports  in  ever  mingling  dyes, 
While  every  beam  new  transient  colours  flings, 
Colours  that  change  whene'er  they  wave  their  wings." 

I  wish  you  may  have  the  good  fortune  next  year  to  be 
a  spectator  of  this  all  but  celestial  dance.  In  the  mean 
time,  in  May  and  June,  their  season  of  love,  you  may 
often  receive  much  gratification  from  observing  the  mo- 
tions of  a  countless  host  of  little  black  flies  of  the  genus 
Hilara,  (H.  maura,)  which  at  this  period  of  the  year 
assemble  to  wheel  in  aery  circles  over  stagnant  waters, 
with  a  rush  resembling  that  of  a  hasty  shower  driven  by 
the  wind. 

The  next  description  of  insect  associations  is  of  those 
that  congregate  for  the  purpose  of  travelling  or  emi- 
grating together.  De  Geer  has  given  an  account  of  the 
larvae  of  certain  gnats  (Tijndaria)  which  assemble  in 
considerable  numbers  for  this  purpose,  so  as  to  form  a 
band  of  a  finger's  breadth,  and  of  from  one  to  two  yards 
in  length.  And,  what  is  remarkable,  while  upon  their 
march,  which  is  very  slow,  they  adhere  to  each  other  by 
a  kind  of  glutinous  secretion ;  but  when  disturbed  they 
separate  without  difficulty  a.  Kuhn  mentions  another  of 
the  same  tribe  (from  the  antennae  in  his  figure,  which  is 
very  indifferent,  it  should  seem  a  species  of  agaric-gnat 
(Mycetophila\  the  larvae  of  which  live  in  society  and 

a  De  Geer,  vi.  338. 


8  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

emigrate  in  files,  like  the  caterpillar  of  the  procession- 
moth.    First  goes  one,  next  follow  two,  then  three,  &c., 
so  as  to  exhibit  a  serpentine  appearance,  probably  from 
their  simultaneous  undulating  motion  and  the  continuity 
of  the  files ;  whence  the  common  people  in  Germany 
call  them  (or  rather  the  file  when  on  march)  heerwurm, 
and  view  them  with  great  dread,   regarding   them  as 
ominous  of  war.     These  larvae  are  apodes,  white,  sub- 
transparent,  with  black  heads  a. — But  of  insect  emigrants 
none  are  more  celebrated  than  the  locusts,  which,  when 
arrived  at  their  perfect  state,  assemble  as  before  related, 
in  such  numbers,  as  in  their  flight  to  intercept  the  sun- 
beams,  and  to  darken  whole  countries;  passing  from 
one  region  to  another,  and  laying  waste  kingdom  after 
kingdom : — but  upon  these  I  have  already  said  much, 
and  shall  have  occasion  again  to  enlarge. — The  same 
tendency  to  shift  their  quarters  has  been  observed  in  our 
little  indigenous  devourers,  the  Aphides.      Mr.  White 
tells  us,  that  about  three  o'clock  in  the  afternoon  of  the 
first  of  August  1785,  the  people  of  the  village  of  Selborne 
were  surprised  by  a  shower  of  Aphides  or  smother-flies, 
which  fell  in  those  parts.     Those  that  walked  in  the 
street  at  that  juncture  found  themselves  covered  with 
these  insects,  which  settled  also  upon  the  hedges  and  in 
the  gardens,  blackening  all  the  vegetables  where  they 
alighted.     His  annuals  were  discoloured  by  them,  and 
the  stalks  of  a  bed  of  onions  quite  coated  over  for  six 
days  after.     These  armies,  he  observes,  were  then,  no 
doubt,  in  a  state  of  emigration,  and  shifting  their  quar- 
ters; and  might  have  come  from  the  great  hop-planta- 
tions of  Kent  or  Sussex,  the  wind  being  all  that  day  in 

a  Nalurforsch.  xvii.  226. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

the  east.  They  were  observed  at  the  same  time  in  great 
clouds  about  Farnham,  and  all  along  the  vale  from  Farn- 
ham  to  Alton  a.  A  similar  emigration  of  these  flies  I 
once  witnessed,  to  my  great  annoyance,  when  travelling 
later  in  the  year,  in  the  'Isle  of  Ely.  The  air  was  so 
full  of  them,  that  they  were  incessantly  flying  into  my 
eyes,  nostrils,  &c. ;  and  my  clothes  were  covered  by 
them.  And  in  18 14-,  in  the  autumn,  the  Aphides  were 
so  abundant  for  a  few  days  in  the  vicinity  of  Ipswich, 
as  to  be  noticed  with  surprise  by  the  most  incurious 
observers. 

As  the  locust-eating  thrush  (Turdus  gryttivorus)  ac- 
companies the  locusts,  so  the  lady-birds  (Coccinetta*) 
seem  to  pursue  the  Aphides ;  for  I  know  no  other  reason 
to  assign  for  the  vast  number  that  are  sometimes,  espe- 
cially in  the  autumn,  to  be  met  with  on  the  sea-coast  or 
the  banks  of  large  rivers.  Many  years  ago,  those  of  the 
Humber  were  so  thickly  strewed  with  the  common  La- 
dy-bird (C.  septempunctata),  that  it  was  difficult  to  avoid 
treading  upon  them.  Some  years  afterwards  1  noticed 
a  mixture  of  species,  collected  in  vast  numbers,  on  the 
sand-hills  on  the  sea-shore,  at  the  north-west  extremity 
of  Norfolk.  My  friend  the  Rev.  Peter  Lathbury  made 
long  since  a  similar  observation  at  Orford,  on  the  Suffolk 
coast ;  and  about  five  or  six  years  ago  they  covered  the 
cliffs,  as  I  have  before  remarked  b,  of  all  the  watering- 
places  on  the  Kentish  and  Sussex  coasts,  to  the  no  small 
alarm  of  the  superstitious,  who  thought  them  forerunners 
of  some  direful  evil.  These  last  probably  emigrated  with 
the  Aphides  from  the  hop-grounds.  Whether  the  latter 
and  their  devourers  cross  the  sea  has  not  been  ascer- 
a  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  101.  b  VOL.  I.  2 


10  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

tained ;  that  the  Coccinellae  attempt  it,  is  evident  from 
their  alighting  upon  ships  at  sea,  as  I  have  witnessed 
myself. — This  appears  clearly  to  have  been  the  case  with 
another  emigrating  insect,  the  saw-fly  (Athalia?}  of  the 
turnip  (which,  though  so  mischievous,  appears  never  to 
have  been  described;  it  is  nearly  related  to  A.  Centi- 
folice) a.  It  is  the  general  opinion  in  Norfolk,  Mr.  Mar- 
shall informs  usb,  that  these  insects  come  from  over  sea. 
A  farmer  declared  he  saw  them  arrive  in  clouds  so  as  to 
darken  the  air ;  the  fishermen  asserted  that  they  had  re- 
peatedly seen  flights  of  them  pass  over  their  heads  when 
they  were  at  a  distance  from  land;  and  on  the  beach 
and  cliffs  they  were  in  such  quantities,  that  they  might 
have  been  taken  up  by  shovels-full.  Three  miles  in-land 
they  were  described  as  resembling  swarms  of  bees.  This 
was  in  August  1782.  Unentomological  observers,  such 
as  farmers  and  fishermen,  might  easily  mistake  one  kind 
of  insect  for  another ;  but  supposing  them  correct,  the 
swarms  in,. question  might  perhaps  have  passed  from 
Lincolnshire  to  Norfolk. — Meinecken  tells  us,  that  he 
once  saw  in  a  village  in  Anhalt,  on  a  clear  day,  about 
four  in  the  afternoon,  such  a  cloud  of  dragon-flies  (Li- 
bellulina)  as  almost  concealed  the  sun,  and  not  a  little 
alarmed  the  villagers,  under  the  idea  that  they  were  lo- 
custsc:  several  instances  are  given  by  Rosel  of  similar 
clouds  of  these  insects  having  been  seen  in  Silesia  and 
other  districts'1;  and  Mr.  Woolnough  of  Hollesley  in 
Suffolk,  a  most  attentive  observer  of  nature,  once  wit- 
nessed such  an  army  of  the  smaller  dragon-flies  (Agrion) 
flying  in-land  from  the  sea,  as  to  cast  a  slight  shadow 

a  Fn.  Germ.  Init.  xlix.  18.  b  Phllos.  Trans.  Ixxiii.  217. 

c  Naturforsch.  vi.  110.  d  ii.  13,5. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  1  1 

over  a  field  of  four  acres  as  they  passed. — Professor 
Walch  states,  that  one  night  about  eleven  o'clock,  sitting 
in  his  study,  his  attention  was  attracted  by  what  seemed 
the  pelting  of  hail  against  his  window,  which  surprising 
him  by  its  long  continuance,  he  opened  the  window,  and 
found  the  noise  was  occasioned  by  a  flight  of  the  froth 
frog-hopper  (Cercopis  spitmar  i  a\  which  entered  the  room 
in  such  numbers  as  to  cover  the  table.  From  this  cir- 
cumstance and  the  continuance  of  the  pelting,  which 
lasted  at  least  half  an  hour,  an  idea  may  be  formed  of 
the  vast  host  of  this  insect  passing  over.  It  passed  from 
east  to  west ;  and  as  his  window  faced  the  south,  they 
only  glanced  against  it  obliquely a.  He  afterwards  wit- 
nessed, in  August,  a  similar  emigration  of  myriads  of  a 
kind  of  ground-beetle  (Amara  vulgaris,)13 . — Another 
writer  in  the  same  work,  H.  Kapp,  observed  on  a  calm 
sunny  day  a  prodigious  flight  of  the  noxious  cabbage- 
butterfly  (Pontia  Brassicce\  which  passed  from  north- 
east to  south-west,  arid  lasted  two  hours c.  Kalrn  saw 
these  last  insects  midway  in  the  British  Channel d.  Lind- 
ley,  a  writer  in  the  Royal  Military  Chronicle,  tells  us, 
that  in  Brazil,  in  the  beginning  of  March  1803,  for  many 
days  successively  there  was  an  immense  flight  of  white 
and  yellow  butterflies,  probably  of  the  same  tribe  as  the 
cabbage-butterfly.  They  were  observed  never  to  settle, 
but  proceeded  in  a  direction  from  north-west  to  south- 
east. No  buildings  seemed  to  stop  them  from  steadily 
pursuing  their  course ;  which  being  to  the  ocean,  at  only 
a  small  distance,  they  must  consequently  perish.  It  is 
remarked  that  at  this  time  no  other  kind  of  butterfly  is 

a  Naturforsch.  vi.  111.  b  Ibid.  xi.  95. 

c  Ibid.  94.  d  Travels,  i.  13. 


12  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

to  be  seen,  though  the  country  usually  abounds  in  such 
a  variety3. — Major  Moor,  while  stationed  at  Bombay, 
as  he  was  playing  at  chess  one  evening  with  a  friend  in 
Old  Woman's  Island,  near  that  place,  witnessed  an  im- 
mense flight  of  bugs  (Geocoris(Z\  which  were  going  west- 
ward. They  were  so  numerous  as  to  cover  every  thing 
in  the  apartment  in  which  he  was  sitting. — When  staying 
at  Aldeburgh,  on  the  eastern  coast,  I  have,  at  certain 
times,  seen  innumerable  insects  upon  the  beach  close  to 
the  waves,  and  apparently  washed  up  by  them.  Though 
wetted,  they  were  quite  alive.  It  is  remarkable,  that  of 
the  emigrating  insects  here  enumerated,  the  majority — 
for  instance  the  lady-birds,  saw-flies,  dragon-flies,  ground- 
beetles,  frog-hoppers,  &c. — are  not  usually  social  insects, 
but  seem  to  congregate,  like  swallows,  merely  for  the 
purpose  of  emigration.  What  incites  them  to  this  is  one 
of  those  mysteries  of  nature,  which  at  present  we  cannot 
penetrate.  A  scarcity  of  food  urges  the  locusts  to  shift 
their  quarters ;  and  too  confined  a  space  to  accommodate 
their  numbers  occasions  the  bees  to  swarm :  but  neither 
of  these  motives  can  operate  in  causing  unsocial  insects 
to  congregate.  It  is  still  more  difficult  to  account  for 
the  impulse  that  urges  these  creatures,  with  their  filmy 
wings  and  fragile  form,  to  attempt  to  cross  the  ocean, 
and  expose  themselves,  one  would  think,  to  inevitable 
destruction.  Yet,  though  we  are  unable  to  assign  the 
cause  of  this  singular  instinct,  some  of  the  reasons  which 
induced  the  Creator  to  endow  them  with  it  may  be  con- 
jectured. This  is  clearly  one  of  the  modes  by  which 
their  numbers  are  kept  within  due  limits,  as,  doubtless, 
the  great  majority  of  these  adventurers  perish  in  the 

a  R.  Milit.  Chron.  for  March  1815,  p.  452. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  13 

waters.  Thus,  also,  a  great  supply  of  food  is  furnished 
to  those  fish  in  the  sea  itself,  which  at  other  seasons 
ascend  the  rivers  in  search  of  them ;  and  this  probably  is 
one  of  the  means,  if  not  the  only  one,  to  which  the  nu- 
merous islands  of  this  globe  are  indebted  for  their  insect 
population.  Whether  the  insects  I  observed  upon  the 
beach  wetted  by  the  waves,  had  flown  from  our  own 
shores,  and  falling  into  the  water  had  been  brought  back 
by  the  tide ;  or  whether  they  had  succeeded  in  the  at- 
tempt to  pass  from  the  continent  to  us,  by  flying  as  far 
as  they  could,  and  then  falling  had  been  brought  by  the 
waves,  cannot  certainly  be  ascertained  ;  but  Kami's  ob- 
servation inclines  me  to  the  latter  opinion. 

The  next  order  of  imperfect  associations  is  that  of 
those  insects  which  feed  together : — these  are  of  two  de- 
scriptions— those  that  associate  in  their  Jirst  or  last  state 
only,  and  those  that  associate  in  all  their  states.  The 
first  of  these  associations  is  often  very  short-lived:  a  patch 
of  eggs  is  glued  to  a  leaf;  when  hatched,  the  little  larvae 
feed  side  by  side  very  amicably,  and  a  pleasant  sight  it  is 
to  see  the  regularity  with  which  this  work  is  often  done, 
as  if  by  word  of  command ;  but  when  the  leaf  that  served 
for  their  cradle  is  consumed,  their  society  is  dissolved, 
and  each  goes  where  he  can  to  seek  his  own  fortune,  re- 
gardless of  the  fate  or  lot  of  ins  brethren.  Of  this  kind 
are  the  larvae  of  the  saw-fly  of  the  gooseberry,  whose  ra- 
vages I  have  recorded  before a,  and  that  of  the  cabbage- 
butterfly  ;  the  latter,  however,  keep  longer  together,  and 
seldom  wholly  separate.  In  their  final  state,  I  have  no- 
ticed that  the  individuals  of  Thrips  Physapus,  the  fly  that 
causes  us  in  hot  weather  such  intolerable  titillation,  are 
-  VOL.  T.  197. 


14«  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

very  fond  of  each  other's  company  when  they  feed.  To- 
wards the  latter  end  of  last  July,  walking  through  a 
wheat-field,  I  observed  that  all  the  blossoms  of  Convol- 
vulus arvensis,  though  very  numerous,  were  interiorly 
turned  quite  black  by  the  infinite  number  of  these  in- 
sects, which  were  coursing  about  within  them. 

But  the  most  interesting  insects  of  this  order  are  those 
which  associate  in  all  their  states. — Two  populous  tribes, 
the  great  devastators  of^the  vegetable  world,  the  one  in 
warm  and  the  other  in  cold  climates,  to  which  I  have 
already  alluded  under  the  head  of  emigrations — you 
perceive  I  am  speaking  of  Aphides  and  Locusts — are  the 
best  examples  of  this  order :  although,  concerning  the 
societies  of  the  first,  at  present  we  can  only  say  that  they 
are  merely  the  result  of  a  common  origin  and  station  : 
but  those  of  the  latter,  the  locusts,  wear  more  the  ap- 
pearance of  design,  and  of  being  produced  by  the  social 
principle. 

So  much  as  the  world  has  suffered  from  these  animals  % 
it  is  extraordinary  that  so  few  observations  have  been 
made  upon  their  history,  economy,  and  mode  of  proceed- 
ing. One  of  the  best  accounts  seems  to  be  that  of  Pro- 
fessor Pallas,  in  his  Travels  into  the  Southern  Provinces 
of  the  Russian  Empire.  The  species  to  which  his  princi- 
pal attention  was  paid  appears  to  have  been  the  Locusta 
italica,  in* its  larva  and  pupa  state.  "  In  serene  warm 
weather,"  says  he,  "  the  locusts  are  in  full  motion  in  the 
morning  immediately  after  the  evaporation  of  the  dew ; 
and  if  no  dew  has  fallen,  they  appear  as  soon  as  the  sun 
imparts  his  genial  warmth.  At  first  some  are  seen  run- 
ning about  like  messengers  among  the  reposing  swarms, 
a  See  VOL.  I.  215. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  15 

which  are  lying  partly  compressed  upon  the  ground,  at 
the  side  of  small  eminences,  and  partly  attached  to  tall 
plants  and  shrubs.  Shortly  after  the  whole  body  begins 
to  move  forward  in  one  direction  and  with  little  deviation. 
They  resemble  a  swarm  of  ants,  all  taking  the  same 
course,  at  small  distances,  but  without  touching  each 
other :  they  uniformly  travel  towards  a  certain  region  as 
fast  as  a  fly  can  run,  and  without  leaping,  unless  pursued ; 
in  which  case,  indeed,  they  disperse,  but  soon  collect 
again  and  follow  their  former  route.  In  this  manner 
they  advance  from  morning  to  evening  without  halting, 
frequently  at  the  rate  of  a  hundred  fathoms  and  upwards 
in  the  course  of  a  day.  Although  they  prefer  marching 
along  high  roads,  footpaths,  or  open  tracts ;  yet  when 
their  progress  is  opposed  by  bushes,  hedges,  and  ditches, 
they  penetrate  through  them :  their  way  can  only  be  im- 
peded by  the  waters  of  brooks  or  canals,  as  they  are  ap- 
parently terrified  at  every  kind  of  moisture.  Often,  how- 
ever, they  endeavour  to  gain  the  opposite  bank  with  the 
aid  of  overhanging  boughs ;  and  if  the  stalks  of  plants  or 
shrubs  be  laid  across  the  water,  they  pass  in  close  columns 
over  these  temporary  bridges  ;  on  which  they  even  seem 
to  rest  and  enjoy  the  refreshing  coolness.  Towards  sun- 
set the  whole  swarm  gradually  collect  in  parties,  and 
creep  up  the  plants,  or  encamp  on  slight  eminences.  On 
cold,  cloudy,  or  rainy  days  they  do  not  travel. — As  soon 
as  they  acquire  wings  they  progressively  disperse,  but 
still  fly  about  in  large  swarms a." 

"  In  the  month  of  May,  when  the  ovaries  of  these  in- 
sects were  ripe  and  turgid,"  says  Dr.  Shaw5,  "each 
of  thes€  swarms  began  gradually  to  disappear,  and  re- 

3  Pallas,  ii.  422-6.  b  Travels,  187- 


16  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

tired  into  the  Mettijiah,  and  other  adjacent  plains,  where 
they  deposited  their  eggs.  These  were  no  sooner 
hatched  in  June,  than  each  of  the  broods  collected  itself 
into  a  compact  body,  of  a  furlong  or  more  in  square ; 
and  marching  afterwards  directly  forwards  toward  the 

sea,   they  let  nothing  escape  them they  kept  their 

ranks,  like  men  of  war ,-  climbing  over,  as  they  ad- 
vanced, every  tree  or  wall  that  was  in  their  way ;  nay, 
they  entered  into  our  *ery  houses  and  bed-chambers, 

like  so  many  thieves. A  day  or  two  after  one  of  these 

hordes  was  in  motion,  others  were  already  hatched  to 

march  and  glean  after  them. Having  lived  near  a 

month   in   this   manner they   arrived   at  their  full 

growth,  and  threw  off  their  nympha-state  by  casting  their 
outward  skin.  To  prepare  themselves  for  this  change, 
they  clung  by  their  hinder  feet  to  some  bush,  twig,  or 
corner  of  a  stone ;  and  immediately,  by  using  an  undu- 
lating motion,  their  heads  would  first  break  out,  and 
then  the  rest  of  their  bodies.  The  whole  transformation 
was  performed  in  seven  or  eight  minutes ;  after  which 
they  lay  for  a  small  time  in  a  torpid  and  seemingly  in  a 
languishing  condition ;  but  as  soon  as  the  sun  and  the 
air  had  hardened  their  wings,  by  drying  up  the  moisture 
that  remained  upon  them  after  casting  their  sloughs,  they 
reassumed  their  former  voracity,  with  an  addition  of 
strength  and  agility.  Yet  they  continued  not  long  in 
this  state  before  they  were  entirely  dispersed."  The 
species  Dr.  Shaw  here  speaks  of  is  probably  not  the 
Locusta  migratoria. 

The  old  Arabian  fable,  that  they  are  directed  in  their 
flights  by  a  leader  or  king a,  has  been  adopted :  but  I 

^ 

3  Bochart,  Hieroxoic.  ii.  1.  4.  c.  2.  460. 
X 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  17 

think  without  sufficient  reason,  by  several  travellers. 
Thus  Benjamin  Bullivant,  in  his  observations  on  the 
Natural  History  of  New  England  %  says  that  "  the  lo- 
custs have  a  kind  of  regimental  discipline,  and  as  it  were 
some  commanders,  which  show  greater  and  more  splen- 
did wings  than  the  common  ones,  and  arise  first  when 
pursued  by  the  fowls  or  the  feet  of  the  traveller,  as  I  have 
often  seriously  remarked."  And  in  like  terms  Jackson 
observes,  that  "  they  have  a  government  amongst  them- 
selves similar  to  that  of  the  bees  and  ants ;  and  when 
the  (Sultan  Jerraad]  king  of  the  locusts  rises,  the  whole 
body  follow  him,  not  one  solitary  straggler  being  left 
behind5."  But  that  locusts  have  leaders,  like  the  bees  or 
ants,  distinguished  from  the  rest  by  the  size  and  splen- 
dour of  their  wings,  is  a  circumstance  that  has  not  yet 
been  established  by  any  satisfactory  evidence ;  indeed, 
very  strong  reasons  may  be  urged  against  it.  The  nations 
of  bees  and  ants,  it  must  be  observed,  are  housed  to- 
gether in  one  nest  or  hive,  the  whole  population  of 
which  is  originally  derived  from  one  common  mother, 
and  the  leaders  of  the  swarms  in  each  are  the  females. 
But  the  armies  of  locusts,  though  they  herd  together, 
travel  together,  and  feed  together,  consist  of  an  infinity 
of  separate  families,  all  derived  from  different  mothers, 
who  have  laid  their  eggs  in  separate  cells  or  houses  in 
the  earth  ;  so  that  there  is  little  or  no  analogy  between 
the  societies  of  locusts  and  those  of  bees  and  ants ;  and 
this  pretended  sultan  is  something  quite  different  from 
the  queen -bee  or  the  female  ants.  It  follows,  therefore, 
that  as  the  locusts  have  no  common  mother,  like  the 
bees,  to  lead  their  swarms,  there  is  no  one  that  nature, 

a  In  Philos.  Trans,  for  1698.  b  Jackson's  Marocco,  51. 

VOL.  II.  C 


18  '  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

by  a  different  organization  and  ampler  dimensions,  and 
a  more  august  form,  has  destined  to  this  high  office. 
The  only  question  remaining  is,  whether  one  be  elected 
from  the  rest  by  common  consent  as  their  leader,  or 
whether  their  instinct  impels  them  to  follow  the  first 
that  takes  flight  or  alights.  This  last  is  the  learned 
Bochart's  opinion,  and  seems  mtfch  the  most  reason- 
able3. The  absurdity  of  the  other  supposition,  that 
an  election  is  made,  wiJJ  appear  from  such  queries  as 
these,  at  which  you  may  smile. — Who  are  the  electors? 
Are  the  myriads  of  millions  all  consulted,  or  is  the  elec- 
tive franchise  confined  to  a  few?  Who  holds  the  courts 
and  takes  the  votes  ?  Who  casts  them  up  and  declares 
the  result  ?  When  is  the  election  made  ? — The  larvae 
appear  to  be  as  much  under  government  as  the  perfect 
insect. — Is  the  monarch  then  chosen  by  his  peers  when 
they  first  leave  the  egg  and  emerge  from  their  subter- 
ranean caverns?  or  have  larva,  pupa,  and  imago  each 
their  separate  king  ?  The  account  given  us  in  Scripture 
is  certainly  much  the  most  probable,  that  the  locusts 
have  no  king,  though  they  observe  its  much  order  and 
regularity  in  their  movements  as  if  they  were  under  mi- 
litary discipline,  and  had  a  ruler  over  them5.  Some 
species  of  ants,  as  we  learn  from  the  admirable  history  of 
them  by  M.  P.  Huber,  though  they  go  forth  by  common 
consent  upon  their  military  expeditions,  yet  the  order  of 
their  columns  keeps  perpetually  changing ;  so  that  those 
who  lead  the  van  at  the  first  setting  out,  soon  fall  into 
the  rear,  and  others  take  their  place :  their  successors 
do  the  same ;  and  such  is  the  constant  order  of  their 
march.  It  seems  probable,  as  these  columns  are  ex- 

8  Bochart,  Hierozoic.  ubi  supra.  b  Proverbs  xxx.  27. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  19 

tended  to  a  considerable  length,  that  the  object  of  this 
successive  change  of  leaders  is  to  convey  constant  in- 
telligence to  those  in  the  rear,  of  what  is  going  forward 
in  the  van.  Whether  any  thing  like  this  takes  place 
for  the  regulation  of  their  motions  in  the  innumerable 
locust-armies,  which  are  sometimes  co-extensive  with 
vast  kingdoms ;  or  whether  their  instinct  simply  directs 
them  to  follow  the  first  that  moves  or  flies,  and  to  keep 
their  measured  distance,  so  that,  as  the  prophet  speaks, 
"  one  does  not  thrust  another,  and  they  walk  every  one 
in  his  path  a,"  must  be  left  to  future  naturalists  to  ascer- 
tain. And  I  think  that  you  will  join  with  me  in  the  wish 
that  travellers,  who  have  a  taste  for  Natural  History, 
and  some  knowledge  of  insects,  would  devote  a  share  of 
attention  to  the  proceedings  of  these  celebrated  animals, 
so  that  we  might  have  facts  instead  of  fables. 

The  last  order  of  imperfect  associations  approaches 
nearer  to  perfect  societies,  and  is  that  of  those  insects 
which  the  social  principle  urges  to  unite  in  some  common 
work  for  the  benefit  of  the  community. 

Amongst  the  Coleoptera,  Aleuchus  pilularius,  a  beetle 
before  mentioned,  acts  under  the  influence  of  this  prin- 
ciple. "  I  have  attentively  admired  their  industry  and 
mutual  assisting  of  each  other,"  says  Catesby,  "  in  roll- 
ing those  globular  balls  from  the  place  where  they  made 
them,  to  that  of  their  interment,  which  is  usually  the  di- 
stance of  some  yards,  more  or  less.  This  they  perform 
breech  foremost,  by  raising  their  hind  parts,  forcing 
along  the  ball  with  their  hind  feet.  Two  or  three  of 
them  are  sometimes  engaged  in  trundling  one  ball, 
which,  from  meeting  with  impediments  from  the  uneven- 

a  Joel  ii.  8. 
c2 


20  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

ness  of  the  ground,  is  sometimes  deserted  by  them :  it 
is  however  attempted  by  others  with  success,  unless  it 
happens  to  roll  into  some  deep  hollow  chink,  where  they 
are  constrained  to  leave  it;  but  they  continue  their 
work  by  rolling  off  the  next  ball  that  comes  in  their 
way.  Non'e  of  them  seem  to  know  their  own  balls,  but 
an  equal  care  for  the  whole  appears  to  affect  all  the 
community11." 

Many  larvae  also  of  fyepidoptera  associate  with  this 
view,  some  of  which  are  social  only  during  part  of  their 
existence,  and  others  during  the  whole  of  it.  The  first 
of  these  continue  together  while  their  united  labours  are 
beneficial  to  them ;  but  when  they  reach  a  certain  period 
of  their  life,  they  disperse  and  become  solitary.  Of  this 
kind  are  the  caterpillars  of  a  little  butterfly  (Melitcea 
Cinxia)  which  devour  the  narrow-leaved  plantain.  The 
families  of  these,  usually  amounting  to  about  a  hundred, 
unite  to  form  a  pyramidal  silken  tent,  containing  several 
apartments,  which  is  pitched  over  some  of  the  plants 
that  constitute  their  food,  and  shelters  them  both  from 
the  sun  and  the  rain.  When  they  have  consumed  the 
provision  which  it  covers,  they  construct  a  new  one  over 
other  roots  of  this  plant ;  and  sometimes  four  or  five  of 
these  encampments  may  be  seen  within  a  foot  or  two  of 
each  other.  Against  winter  they  weave  and  erect  a 
stronger  habitation  of  a  rounder  form,  not  divided  by 
any  partitions,  in  which  they  lie  heaped  one  upon  an- 
other, each  being  rolled  up.  About  April  they  separate, 
and  continue  solitary  till  they  assume  the  pupa. 

Reaumur,  to  whom  I  am  indebted  for  this  account,  has 
also  given  us  an  interesting  history  of  another  insect,  the 

*  Catesby's  Carolina,  ii.  111.  See  above,  VOL.  I.  51. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  21 

gold-tail-moth  (Arctia  chrysorlicea)  before  mentioned, 
whose  caterpillars  are  of  this  description.  They  belong 
to  that  family  of  Bombycidtf,  which  envelop  their  eggs  in 
hair  plucked  from  their  own  body.  As  soon  as  one  of 
these  young  caterpillars  is  disclosed  from  the  egg,  it  be- 
gins to  feed ;  another  quickly  joins  it,  placing  itself  by  its 
side ;  thus  they  proceed  in  succession  till  a  file  is  formed 
across  the  leaf: — a  second  is  then  begun ;  and  after  this 
is  completed,  a  third — and  so  they  proceed  till  the  whole 
upper  surface  of  the  leaf  is  covered : — but  as  a  single 
leaf  will  not  contain  the  whole  family,  the  remainder 
take  their  station  upon  the  adjoining  ones.  No  sooner 
have  they  satisfied  the  cravings  of  hunger,  than  they 
begin  to  think  of  erecting  a  common  habitation,  which 
at  first  is  only  a  vaulted  web,  that  covers  the  leaf  they 
inhabit,  but  by  their  united  labours  in  due  time  grows 
into  a  magnificent  tent  of  silk,  containing  various  apart- 
ments sufficient  to  defend  and  shelter  them  all  from  the 
attack  of  enemies  and  the  inclemency  of  the  seasons. 
As  our  caterpillars,  like  eastern  monarchs,  are  too  deli- 
cate to  adventure  their  feet  upon  the  rough  bark  of  the 
tree  upon  which  they  feed,  they  lay  a  silken  carpet  over 
every  road  and  pathway  leading  to  their  palace,  which 
extends  as  far  as  they  have  occasion  to  go  for  food.  To 
the  habitation  just  described  they  retreat  during  heavy 
rains,  and  when  the  sun  is  too  hot : — they  likewise  pass 
part  of  the  night  in  them ; — and,  indeed,  at  all  times 
some  may  usually  be  found  at  home.  Upon  any  sudden 
alarm  they  retreat  to  them  for  safety,  and  also  when  they 
cast  their  skins : — in  the  winter  they  are  wholly  confined 
to  them,  emerging  again  in  the  spring :  but  in  May  and 
June  they  entirely  desert  them;  and,  losing  all  their 


22  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

love  for  society,  live  in  solitude  till  they  become  pupae, 
which  takes  place  in  about  a  month.  When  they  desert 
their  nests,  the  spiders  take  possession  of  them ;  which 
has  given  rise  to  a  prevalent  though  most  absurd  opinion, 
that  they  are  the  parents  of  these  caterpillars  a. 

With  other  caterpillars  the  association  continues 
during  the  whole  of  the  larva  state.  De  Geer  mentions 
one  of  the  saw-flies  (Serrtfera)  of  this  description  which 
form  a  common  nidus  b^  connecting  leaves  together 
with  silken  threads,  each  larva  moreover  spinning  a  tube 
of  the  same  material  for  its  own  private  apartment,  in 
which  it  glides  backwards  and  forwards  upon  its  back  b. 
I  have  observed  similar  nidi  in  this  country ;  the  in- 
sects that  form  them  belong  to  the  Fabrician  genus 
Ly 'da. 

The  most  remarkable  insects,  however,  that  arrange 
under  this  class  of  imperfect  associates,  are  those  that 
observe  a  particular  order  of  march.  Though  they 
move  without  beat  of  drum,  they  maintain  as  much 
regularity  in  their  step  as  a  file  of  soldiers.  It  is  a  most 
agreeable  sight,  says  one  of  Nature's  most  favoured 
admirers,  Bonnet,  to  see  several  hundreds  of  the  larvae 
of  Trichoda  Neustria  marching  after  each  other,  some 
in  straight  lines,  others  in  curves  of  various  inflection, 
resembling,  from  their  fiery  colour,  a  moving  cord  of 
gold  stretched  upon  a  silken  ribband  of  the  purest 
white;  this  ribband  is  the  carpeted  causeway  that  leads 
to  their  leafy  pasture  from  their  nest.  Equally  amusing 
is  the  progress  of  another  moth,  the  Pityocampa,  before 
noticed ;  they  march  together  from  their  common  citadel, 

8  Vol.  I.  4/3.  Reaumur,  ii.  125.         b  DeGecr,ii.  1029. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  23 

consisting  of  pine  leaves  united  and  inwoven  with  the 
silk  which  they  spin,  in  a  single  line  :  in  following  each 
other  they  describe  a  multitude  of  graceful  curves  of 
varying  figure,  thus  forming  a  series  of  living  wreaths, 
which  change  their  shape  every  moment : — all  move  with 
a  uniform  pace,  no  one  pressing  too  forward  or  loitering 
behind ;  when  the  first  stops,  all  stop,  each  defiling  in 
exact  military  order  a. 

A  still  more  singular  arid  pleasing  spectacle,  when 
their  regiments  march  out  to  forage,  is  exhibited  by  the 
caterpillars  of  the  Processionary  moth  Lasiocampa  pro- 
cessionea.  This  moth,  which  is  a  native  of  France,  and 
has  not  yet  been  found  in  this  country,  inhabits  the  oak. 
Each  family  consists  of  from  600  to  800  individuals. 
When  young,  they  have  no  fixed  habitation,  but  encamp 
sometimes  in  one  place  and  sometimes  in  another,  under 
the  shelter  of  their  web :  but  when  they  have  attained 
two-thirds  of  their  growth,  they  weave  for  themselves  a 
common  tent,  before  described5.  About  sun-set  the 
regiment  leaves  its  quarters ;  or,  to  make  the  metaphor 
harmonize  with  the  trivial  name  of  the  animal,  the  monks 
their  ccenobium.  At  their  head  is  a  chief,  by  whose 
movements  their  procession  is  regulated.  When  he 
stops,  all  stop,  and  proceed  when  he  proceeds ;  three  or 
four  of  his  immediate  followers  succeed  in  the  same  line, 
the  head  of  the  second  touching  the  tail  of  the  first : 
then  comes  an  equal  series  of  pairs,  next  of  threes,  and 
so  on  as  far  as  fifteen  or  twenty.  The  whole  procession 
moves  regularly  on  with  an  even  pace,  each  file  treading 

*  Bonnet,  ii.  57.  b  VOL.  I.  475. 


24  IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

upon  the  steps  of  those  that  precede  it.  If  the  leader, 
arriving  at  a  particular  point,  pursues  a  different  direc- 
tion, all  march  to  that  point  before  they  turn.  Pro- 
bably in  this  they  are  guided  by  some  scent  imparted  to 
the  tracks  by  those  that  pass  over  them.  Sometimes 
the  order  of  procession  is  different ;  the  leader,  who 
moves  singly,  is  followed  by  two,  these  are  succeeded  by 
three,  then  come  four,  and  so  on.  When  the  leader, — 
who  in  nothing  differs  fro*n  the  rest,  and  is  probably  the 
caterpillar  nearest  the  entrance  to  the  nest,  followed,  as 
I  have  described, — has  proceeded  to  the  distance  of 
about  two  feet,  more  or  less,  he  makes  a  halt ;  during 
which  those  which  remain  come  forth,  take  their  places, 
the  company  forms  into  files,  the  march  is  resumed, 
and  all  follow  as  regularly  as  if  they  kept  time  to  music. 
These  larvae  may  be  occasionally  found  at  mid-day  out 
of  their  nests,  packed  close  one  to  another  without  ma- 
king any  movement ;  so  that,  although  they  occupy  a 
space  sufficiently  ample,  it  is  not  easy  to  discover  them. 
At  other  times,  instead  of  being  simply  laid  side  by  side, 
they  are  formed  into  singular  masses,  in  which  they  are 
heaped  one  upon  another,  and  as  it  were  interwoven 
together.  Thus  also  they  are  disposed  in  their  nests. 
Sometimes  their  families  divide  into  two  bands,  which 
never  afterwards  unite3. 

I  -have  nothing  further  of  importance  to  communicate 
to  you  on  imperfect  societies  :  in  my  next  I  shall  begin 
the  most  interesting  subject  that  Entomology  offers ;  a 
subject,  to  say  the  least,  including  as  great  a  portion 
both  of  instruction  and  amusement  as  any  branch  of  Na- 

a  Reaumur,  ii.  180. 


IMPERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  25 

tural  History  affords ; — I  mean  those  perfect  associations 
which  have  for  their  great  object  the  multiplication  of 
the  species,  and  the  education,  if  such  a  term  may 
be  here  employed,  of  the  young.  This  is  too  fertile  a 
theme  to  be  confined  to  a  single  letter,  but  must  occupy 
several. 

I  am,  &c. 


LETTER   XVII. 

SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS  CONTINUED. 

PERFECT  SOCIETIES.     (White  Ants  and  Ants.} 

THE  associations  of  insects  of  which  my  last  letter  gave 
you  a  detail,  were  of  a  very  imperfect  kind,  both  as  to 
their  object  and  duration :  but  those  which  I  am  now  to 
lay  before  you  exhibit  the  semblance  of  a  nearer  ap- 
proach, both  in  their  principle  and  its  results,  to  the  so- 
cieties of  man  himself.  There  are  two  kindred  senti- 
ments, that  in  these  last  act  with  most  powerful  energy 
— desire  and  affection. — From  the  first  proceed  many 
wants  that  cannot  be  satisfied  without  the  intercourse, 
aid,  and  co-operation  of  others ;  and  by  the  last  we  are 
impelled  to  seek  the  good  of  certain  objects,  and  to  de- 
light in  their  society.  Thus  self-love  combines  with  phi- 
lanthropy to  produce  the  social  principle,  both  desire 
and  love  alternately  urging  us  to  an  intercourse  with 
each  other ;  and  from  these  in  union  originate  the  mul- 
tiplication and  preservation  of  the  species.  These  two 
passions  are  the  master-movers  in  this  business;  but 
there  is  a  third  subsidiary  to  them,  which,  though  it 
trenches  upon  the  social  principle,  considered  abstract- 
edly, is  often  a  powerful  bond  of  union  in  separate  so- 
cieties— you  will  readily  perceive  that  I  am  speaking  of 
fear; — under  the  influence  of  this  passion  these  are 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.          27 

drawn  closer  together,  and  unite  more  intimately  for  de- 
fence against  some  common  enemy,  and  to  raise  works 
of  munition  that  may  resist  his  attack. 

The  main  instrument  of  association  is  language,  and 
no  association  can  be  perfect  where  there  is  not  a  com- 
mon tongue.  The  origin  of  nationality  was  difference  of 
speech :  at  Babel,  when  tongues  were  divided,  nations 
separated.  Language  may  be  understood  in  a  larger 
sense  than  to  signify  inflections  of  the  voice, — it  may  well 
include  all  the  means  of  making  yourself  understood  by 
another,  whether  by  gestures,  sounds,  signs,  or  words : 
the  two  first  of  these  kinds  may  be  called  natural  lan- 
guage, and  the  two  last  arbitrary  or  artificial. 

I  have  said  that  perfect  societies  of  insects  exhibit  the 
semblance  of  a  nearer  approach,  both  in  their  principle 
and  its  results,  to  the  societies  of  man  himself,  because, 
unless  we  could  perfectly  understand  what  instinct  is, 
and  how  it  acts,  we  cannot,  without  exposing  ourselves 
to  the  charge  of  temerity,  assert  that  these  are  precisely 
the  same. 

But  when  we  consider  the  object  of  these  societies,  the 
preservation  and  multiplication  of  the  species ;  and  the 
means  by  which  that  object  is  attained,  the  united  la- 
bours and  co-operation  of  perhaps  millions  of  indivi- 
duals, it  seems  as  if  they  were  impelled  by  passions  very 
similar  to  those  main-springs  of  human  associations, 
which  I  have  just  enumerated.  Desire  appears  to  sti- 
mulate them — love  to  allure  them — fear  to  alarm  them. 
They  want  a  habitation  to  reside  in,  and  food  for  their 
subsistence.  Does  not  this  look  as  if  desire  were  the 
operating  cause,  which  induces  them  to  unite  their  la- 
bours to  construct  the  one  and  provide  the  other  ?  Their 


28  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

nests  contain  a  numerous  family  of  helpless  brood.  Does 
not  love  here  seem  to  urge  them  to  that  exemplary  and 
fond  attention,  and  those  unremitted  and  indefatigable 
exertions  manifested  by  the  whole  community  for  the 
benefit  of  these  dear  objects  ?  Is  it  not  also  evidenced 
by  their  general  and  singular  attachment  to  their  females, 
by  their  mutual  caresses,  by  their  feeding  each  other,  by 
their  apparent  sympathy  with  suffering  individuals  and 
endeavours  to  relieve  •them,  by  their  readiness  to  help 
those  that  are  in  difficulty,  and  finally  by  their  sports 
and  assemblies  for  relaxation  ?  That  fear  produces  its 
influence  upon  them  seems  no  less  evident,  when  we  see 
them,  agitated  by  the  approach  of  enemies,  endeavour 
to  remove  what  is  most  dear  to  them  beyond  their  reach, 
unite  their  efforts  to  repel  their  attacks,  and  to  construct 
works  of  defence.  They  appear  to  have  besides  a  com- 
mon language  ;  for  they  possess  the  faculty,  by  significa- 
tive gestures  and  sounds,  of  communicating  their  wants 
and  ideas  to  each  other3. 

There  are,  however,  the  following  great  differences 
between  human  societies  and  those  of  insects.  Man  is 
susceptible  of  individual  attachment,  which  forms  the 
basis  of  his  happiness,  and  the  source  of  his  purest  and 
dearest  enjoyments : — whereas  the  love  of  insects  seems 
to  be  a  kind  of  instinctive  patriotism  that  is  extended  to 
the  whole  community,  never  distinguishing  individuals, 
unless,  as  in  the  instance  of  the  female  bee,  connected 
with  that  great  object. 

a  It  is  not  here  meant  to  be  asserted  that  insects  are  actuated  by 
these  passions  in  the  same  way  that  man  is,  but  only  that  in  their 
various  instincts  they  exhibit  the  semblance  of  them,  and  as  it  were 
symbolize  them. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  29 

Man  also,  endowed  with  reason,  forms  a  judgement 
from  circumstances,  and  by  a  variety  of  means  can  at- 
tain the  same  end.  Besides  the  language  of  nature,  ges- 
tures, and  exclamations,  which  the  passions  produce, 
he  is  gifted  with  the  divine  faculty  of  speech,  and  can 
express  his  thoughts  by  articulate  sounds  or  artificial 
language. — Not  so  our  social  insects.  Every  species 
has  its  peculiar  mode  of  proceeding,  to  which  it  adheres 
as  to  the  law  of  its  nature,  never  deviating  but  under  the 
control  of  imperious  circumstances;  for  in  particular  in- 
stances, as  you  will  see  when  I  come  to  treat  of  their  in- 
stincts, they  know  how  to  vary,  though  not  very  mate- 
rially, from  the  usual  mode a.  But  they  never  depart, 
like  man,  from  the  general  system ;  and,  in  common  with 
the  rest  of  the  animal  kingdom,  they  have  no  articulate 
language. 

Human  associations,  under  the  direction  of  reason 
and  revelation,  are  also  formed  with  higher  views, — I 
mean  as  to  government,  morals,  and  religion : — with  re- 
spect to  the  last  of  these,  the  social  insects  of  course  can 
have  nothing  to  do,  except  that  by  their  wonderful  pro- 
ceedings they  give  man  an  occasion  of  glorifying  his 
great  Creator ;  but  in  their  instincts,  extraordinary  as 
it  may  seem,  they  exhibit  a  semblance  of  the  two  former, 
as  will  abundantly  appear  in  the  course  of  our  corre- 
spondence. 

I  shall  not  detain  you  longer  by  prefatory  remarks 

a  Plusieurs  d'entre  eux  (Insectes)  savent  user  de  ressources  inge- 
nieuses  dans  les  circonstances  difficiles :  ils  sortent  alors  de  leur  rou- 
tine accoutumee  et  sernblent  agir  d'apres  la  position  danslaquelle  ils 
setrouvent;  c'est  la  sans  doute  1'un  des  phenomenes  les  plus  cu- 
rienx  de  1'histoire  naturelle.  Huber,  Nouvelles  Observations  sur  les 
Abcilles,  ii.  198. — Compare  also  ibid.  £50,  note  N.  B. 


30  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

from  the  amusing  scene  to  which  I  am  eager  to  introduce 
you;  but  the  following  observations  of  M.  P.  Huber 
on  this  subject  are  so  just  and  striking,  that  I  cannot  re- 
frain from  copying  them. 

"  The  history  of  insects  that  live  in  solitude  consists 
of  their  generation,  their  peculiar  habits,  the  metamor- 
phoses they  undergo ;  their  manner  of  life  under  each 
successive  form ;  the  stratagems  for  the  attack  of  their 
enemies,  and  the  skill  "with  which  they  construct  their 
habitation :  but  that  of  insects  which  form  numerous 
societies,  is  not  confined  to  some  remarkable  proceed- 
ings, to  some  peculiar  talent:  it  offers  new  relations, 
which  arise  from  common  interest ;  from  the  equality  or 
superiority  of  rank ;  from  the  part  which  each  member 
supports  in  the  society ; — and  all  these  relations  suppose 
a  connexion  between  the  different  individuals  of  which 
it  consists,  that  can  scarcely  exist  but  by  the  interven- 
tion of  language :  for  such  may  be  called  every  mode  of 
expressing  their  wishes,  their  wants,  and  even  their 
ideas,  if  that  name  may  be  given  to  the  impulses  of  in- 
stinct. It  would  be  difficult  to  explain  in  any  other 
way  that  concurrence  of  all  wills  to  one  end,  and  that 
species  of  harmony  which  the  whole  of  their  institution 
exhibits." 

The  great  end  of  the  societies  of  insects  being  the  ra- 
pid multiplication  of  the  species,  Providence  has  em- 
ployed extraordinary  means  to  secure  the  fulfilment  of 
this  object,  by  creating  a  particular  order  of  individuals 
in  each  society,  which,  freed  from  sexual  pursuits,  may 
give  themselves  wholly  to  labour,  and  thus  absolve  the 
females  from  every  employment  but  that  of  furnishing 
the  society  from  time  to  time  with  a  sufficient  supply  of 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  31 

eggs  to  keep  up  the  population  to  its  proper  standard. 
In  the  case  of  the  Termites,  the  office  of  working  for 
the  society,  as  these  insects  belong  to  an  order  whose 
metamorphosis  is  semi-complete,  devolves  upon  the  lar- 
vae ;  the  neuters,  unless  these  should  prove  to  be  the 
larvae  of  males,  being  the  soldiers  of  the  community. 

From  this  circumstance  perfect  societies  maybe  divided 
into  two  classes ;  the  first  including  those  whose  workers 
are  larvae,  and  the  second  those  whose  workers  are  neu- 
ters*. The  white  ants  belong  to  the  former  of  these 
classes,  and  the  social  Hymenoptera  to  the  latter. 

Before  I  begin  with  the  history  of  the  societies  of 
white  ants,  I  must  notice  a  remark  that  has  been  made 
applying  to  societies  in  general — that  numbers  are  es- 
sential to  the  full  development  of  the  instinct  of  social 
animals.  This  has  been  observed  by  Bonnet  with  re- 
spect to  the  beaver5;  by  Reaumur  of  the  hive-bee ;  and 
by  M.  P.  Huber  of  the  humble-bee  c.  Amongst  hyme- 
nopterous  social  insects,  however,  the  observation  seems 
not  universally  applicable,  but  only  under  particular  cir- 
cumstances; for  in  incipient  societies  of  ants,  humble- 
bees,  and  wasps,  one  female  lays  the  foundations  of  them 
at  first  by  herself;  and  the  first  brood  of  neuters  that  is 
hatched  is  very  small. 

I  have  on  a  former  occasion  given  you  some  account 

a  I  employ  occasionally  the  term  neuters,  though  it  is  not  perfectly 
proper,  for  the  sake  of  convenience  5 — strictly  speaking,  they  may  ra- 
ther be  regarded  as  imperfect  or  sterile  females.  Yet  certainly,  as 
the  imperfection  of  their  organization  unfits  them  for  sexual  pur- 
poses, the  term  neuter  is  not  absolutely  improper. 

b  CEuv.  ix.  163. 

c  M.  P.  Huber  in  Linn.  Trans,  vi.  256.    Reaum.  v. 


32  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

of  the  devastation  produced  by  the  white  ants,  or  Ter- 
mites,  the  species  of  which  constitute  the  first  class 
of  perfect  societies a ;  I  shall  now  relate  to  you  some 
further  particulars  of  their  history,  which  will,  I  hope, 
give  you  a  better  opinion  of  them. 

The  majority  of  these  animals  are  natives  of  tropical 
countries,  though  two  species  are  indigenous  to  Europe; 
one  of  which,  thought  to  have  been  imported,  is  come 
so  near  to  us  as  Bourfleaux.  The  fullest  account  hi- 
therto given  of  their  history  is  that  of  Mr.  Smeathman, 
in  the  Philosophical  Transactions  for  1781 ;  which,  since 
it  has  in  many  particulars  been  confirmed  by  the  obser- 
vations of  succeeding  naturalists,  though  in  some  things 
he  was  evidently  mistaken,  I  shall  abridge  for  you,  cor- 
recting him  where  he  appears  to  be  in  error,  and  add- 
ing from  Latreille,  and  the  MS.  of  a  French  natu- 
ralist resident  on  the  spot,  kindly  furnished  by  Professor 
Hooker,  what  they  have  observed  with  respect  to  those 
t)f  Bourdeaux  and  Ceylon.  The  white  ants,  though  they 
belong  to  the  Neurogtera  order,  borrow  their  instinct 
from  the  hymenopterous  social  tribes,  and  in  conjunction 
with  the  ants  (Formica)  connect  the  two  orders.  Their 
societies  consist  of  five  different  descriptions  of  indivi- 
duals— workers  or  larvae — nymphs  or  pupae — neuters  or 
soldiers — males  and  females. 

1.  The  workers  or  larvae,  answering  to  the  hymeno- 
pterous neuters,  are  the  most  numerous  and  at  the  same 
time  most  active  part  of  the  community;  upon  whom 
devolves  the  office  of  erecting  and  repairing  the  build- 
ings, collecting  provisions,  attending  upon  the  female, 
conveying  the  eggs  when  laid  to  what  Smeathman  calls 
*  VOL.  I.  244. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  33 

the  nurseries,  and  feeding  the  young  larvae  till  they  are 
old  enough  to  take  care  of  themselves.  They  are  di- 
stinguished from  the  soldiers  by  their  diminutive  size, 
by  their  round  heads  and  shorter  mandibles. 

2.  The  nymphs  or  pupae.     These  were  not  noticed  by 
Smeathman,  who  mistook  the  neuters  for  them : — they 
differ  in  nothing  from  the  larvae,  and  probably  are  equally 
active,  except  that  they  have  rudiments  of  wings,  or 
rather  the  wings  folded  up  in  cases  (Pterothecce}.     They 
were  first  observed  by  Latreille;  nor  did  they  escape 
the  author  of  the  MS.  above  alluded  to,  who  mistook 
them  for  a  different  kind  of  larvae. 

3.  The  neuters,   erroneously  called   by  Smeathman 
pupae.     These  are  much  less  numerous  than  the  work- 
ers, bearing  the  proportion  of  one  to  one  fyundred,  and 
exceeding  them  greatly  in  bulk.     They  are  also  distin- 
guishable by  their  long  and  large  head,  armed  with  very 
long  subulate  mandibles.  Their  office  is  that  of  sentinels ; 
and  when  the  nest  is  attacked,  to  them  is  committed  the 
task  of  defending  it.  These  neuters  are  quite  unlike  those 
in  the  Hymenoptera  perfect  societies,  which  seem  to  be  a 
kind  of  abortive  females,  and  there  is  nothing  analogous 
to  them  in  any  other  department  of  Entomology. 

4-.  and  5.  Males  and  females,  or  the  insects  arrived  at 
their  state  of  perfection,  and  capable  of  continuing  the 
species.  There  is  only  one  of  each  in  every  separate 
society;  they  are  exempted  from  all  participation  in  the 
labours  and  employments  occupying  the  rest  of  the  com- 
munity, that  they  may  be  wholly  devoted  to  the  furnish- 
ing of  constant  accessions  to  the  population  of  the  colo- 
ny. Though  at  their  first  disclosure  from  the  pupa  they 
have  four  wings,  like  the  female  ants  they  soon  cast 

VOL.  n.  D 


34?  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

them ;  but  they  may  then  be  distinguished  from  the 
blind  larvae,  pupae,  and  neuters,  by  their  large  and  pro- 
minent eyes a. 

The  first  establishment  of  a  colony  of  Termites  takes 
place  in  the  following  manner.  In  the  evening,  soon 
after  the  first  tornado,  which  at  the  latter  end  of  the  dry 
season  proclaims  the  approach  of  the  ensuing  rains,  these 
animals,  having  attained  to  their  perfect  state,  in  which 
they  are  furnished  and  Adorned  with  two  pair  of  wings, 
emerge  from  their  clay-built  citadels  by  myriads  and 
myriads  to  seek  their  fortune.  Borne  on  these  ample 
wings,  and  carried  by  the  wind,  they  fill  the  air,  enter- 
ing the  houses,  extinguishing  the  lights,  and  even  some- 
times being  driven  on  board  the  ships  that  are  not  far 
from  the  shore.  The  next  morning  they  are  discovered 
covering  the  surface  of  the  earth  and  waters :  deprived 
of  the  wings  which  before  enabled  them  to  avoid  their 
numerous  enemies,  and  which  are  only  calculated  to 
carry  them  a  few  hours,  and  looking  like  large  mag- 
gots ;  from  the  most  active,  industrious,  and  rapacious, 
they  are  now  become  the  most  helpless  and  cowardly 
beings  in  nature,  and  the  prey  of  innumerable  enemies, 
to  the  smallest  of  which  they  make  not  the  least  resist- 
ance. Insects,  especially  ants,  which  are  always  on  the 
hunt  for  them,  leaving  no  place  unexplored ;  birds,  rep- 
tiles, beasts,  and  even  man  himself,  look  upon  this  event 
as  their  harvest,  and,  as  you  have  been  told  before,  make 
them  their  food ;  so  that  scarcely  a  single  pair  in  many 

3  The  neuters  in  all  respects  bear  a  stronger  analogy  to  the  larvae 
than  to  the  perfect  insects  ;  and,  after  all,  may  possibly  turn  out  to 
be  larvse,  perhaps  of  the  males.  Huber^seems  to  doubt  their  being 
neuters.  Nouv.  Obs.  ii.  444,  note  *. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  35 

millions  get  into  a  place  of  safety,  fulfill  the  first  law  of 
nature,  and  lay  the  foundation  of  a  new  community.  At 
this  time  they  are  seen  running  upon  the  ground,  the 
male  after  the  female,  and  sometimes  two  chasing  one, 
and  contending  with  great  eagerness,  regardless  of  the 
innumerable  dangers  that  surround  them,  who  shall  win 
the  prize. 

The  workers,  who  are  continually  prowling  about  in 
their  covered  ways,  occasionally  meet  with  one  of  these 
airs,  and,  being  impelled  by  their  instinct,  pay  them 
homage,  and  they  are  elected  as  it  were  to  be  king  and 
queen,  or  rather  father  and  mother,  of  a  new  colony  a  : 
all  that  are  not  so  fortunate,  inevitably  perish  ;  and,  con- 
sidering the  infinite  host  of  their  enemies,  probably  in 
the  course  of  the  following  day.  The  workers,  as  soon  as 
this  election  takes  place,  begin  to  inclose  their  new  rulers 
in  a  small  chamber  of  clay,  before  described5,  suited  to 
their  size,  the  entrances  to  which  are  only  large  enough 
to  admit  themselves  and  the  neuters,  but  much  too  small 
for  the  royal  pair  to  pass  through  ;— so  that  their  state  of 
royalty  is  a  state  of  confinement,  and  so  continues  during 
the  remainder  of  their  existence.  The  impregnation  of 
the  female  is  supposed  to  take  place  after  this  confine- 
ment, and  she  soon  begins  to  furnish  the  infant  colony 
with  new  inhabitants.  The  care  of  feeding  her  and  her 
male  companion  devolves  upon  the  industrious  larvae, 
who  supply  them  both  with  every  thing  that  they  want. 

a  In  this  these  animals  vary  from  the  usual  instinct  of  the  social 
Hymenoptera,  the  ants,  the  wasps,  and  the  humble-bees — with  whom 
the  females  lay  the  first  foundations  of  the  colonies,  unassisted  by  any 
neuters ; — but  in  the  swarms  of  the  hive-bee  an  election  may  perhaps 
in  some  instances  be  said  to  take  place. 

b  VOL.  I.  Ed.  508. 

D  2 


36  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

As  she  increases  in  dimensions,  they  keep  enlarging  the 
cell  in  which  she  is  detained.  When  the  business  of 
oviposition  commences,  they  take  the  eggs  from  the  fe- 
male, and  deposit  them  in  the  nurseries3.  Her  abdo- 
men now  begins  gradually  to  extend,  till  in  process  of 
time  it  is  enlarged  to  1500  or  2000  times  the  size  of  the 
rest  of  her  body,  and  her  bulk  equals  that  of  20,000  or 
30,000  workers.  This  part,  often  more  than  three  inches 
in  length,  is  now  a  vast  matrix  of  eggs,  which  make  long 
circumvolutions  through  numberless  slender  serpentine 
vessels : — it  is  also  remarkable  for  its  peristaltic  motion, 
(in  this  resembling  the  female  antb,)  which,  like  the  un- 
dulations of  water,  produces  a  perpetual  and  successive 
rise  and  fall  over  the  whole  surface  of  the  abdomen,  and 
occasions  a  constant  extrusion  of  the  eggs,  amounting 
sometimes  in  old  females  to  sixty  in  a  minute,  or  eighty 
thousand  and  upwards  in  twenty-four  hours c.  As  these 
females  live  two  years  in  their  perfect  state,  how  astonish- 
ing must  be  the  number  produced  in  that  time  ! 

This  incessant  extrusion  of  eggs  must  call  for  the  at- 
tention of  a  large  number  of  the  workers  in  the  royal 
chamber  (and  indeed  it  is  always  full  of  them),  to  take 
them  as  they  come  forth  and  carry  them  to  the  nurseries; 
in  which,  when  hatched,  they  are  provided  with  food, 
and  receive  every  necessary  attention  till  they  are  able 
to  shift  for  themselves. — One  remarkable  circumstance 
attends  these  nurseries — they  are  always  covered  with  a 
kind  of  mould,  amongst  which  arise  numerous  globules 
about  the  size  of  a  small  pin's  head.  This  is  probably  a 

*  See  VOL.  I.  509.  b  Gould's  Account  of  English  Ants,  22. 

c  The  late  John  Hunter  dissected  two  young  queens.  In  the  ab- 
domen he  found  two  ovaries,  consisting  of  many  hundred  oviducts, 
each  containing  innumerable  eggs. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  3? 

species  of  Mucor  ;  and  by  Mr.  Konig,  who  found  them 
also  in  nests  of  an  East-Indian  species  of  Termes,  is  con- 
jectured to  be  the  food  of  the  larvae. 

The  royal  cell  has  besides  some  soldiers  in  it,  a  kind 
of  body  guard  to  the  royal  pair  that  inhabit  it ;  and  the 
surrounding  apartments  contain  always  many  both  la- 
bourers and  soldiers  in  waiting,  that  they  may  succes- 
sively attend  upon  and  defend  the  common  father  and 
mother,  on  whose  safety  depend  the  happiness  and  even 
existence  of  the  whole  community;  and  whom  these 
faithful  subjects  never  abandon  even  in  the  last  distress. 

The  manner  in  which  the  Termites  feed  the  young 
brood,  before  they  commence  their  active  life  and  are 
admitted  to  share  in  the  labours  of  the  nest,  has  not,  as 
far  as  I  know,  been  recorded  by  any  writer:  I  shall 
therefore  leave  them  in  their  nurseries,  and  introduce 
you  to  the  bustling  scene  which  these  creatures  exhibit 
in  their  first  state  after  they  are  become  useful.  To  do 
this,  in  vain  should  I  carry  you  to  one  of  their  nests — 
you  would  scarcely  see  a  single  one  stirring — though, 
perhaps,  under  your  feet  there  would  be  millions'going 
and  returning  by  a  thousand  different  ways.  Unless  I 
possessed  the  power  of  Asmodeus  in  Le  Diable  Boiteux, 
of  showing  you  their  houses  and  covered  ways  with  their 
roofs  removed,  you  would  return  home  as  wise  as  you 
came ;  for  these  little  busy  creatures  are  taught  by  Pro- 
vidence always  to  work  under  cover.  If  they  have  to 
travel  over  a  rock  or  up  a  tree,  they  vault  with  a  coping 
of  earth  the  route  they  mean  to  pursue,  and  they  form 
subterranean  paths  and  tunnels,  some  of  a  diameter 
wider  than  the  bore  of  a  large  cannon,  on  all  sides  from 
their  habitation  to  their  various  objects  of  attack ;  or 


38  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

which  sloping  down  (for  they  cannot  well  mount  a  sur- 
face quite  perpendicular)  penetrate  to  the  depth  of  three 
or  four  feet  under  their  nests  into  the  earth,  till  they  ar- 
rive at  a  soil  proper  to  be  used  in  the  erection  of  their 
buildings.  Were  they,  indeed,  to  expose  themselves,  the 
race  would  soon  be  annihilated  by  their  innumerable 
enemies.  This  circumstance  has  deceived  the  author  of 
the  MS.  account  of  those  in  Ceylon,  who,  speaking  of 
the  nests  of  these  insects  in  that  island,  which  he  de- 
scribes as  twelve  feet  high,  observes,  that  "  they  may 
be  considered  as  a  large  city,  which  contains  a  great 
number  of  houses,  and  these  houses  an  infinite  number 

of  cells  or  apartments: these  cells  appear  to  me  to 

communicate  with  each  other,  but  riot  the  houses.  I 
have  convinced  myself,  by  bringing  together  the  broken 
walls  of  one  of  the  cavities  of  the  nest  or  cone,  that  it 
does  not  communicate  with  any  other,  nor  with  the  ex- 
terior of  the  cone — a  very  curious  circumstance,  which  I 
will  not  undertake  to  explain.  Other  cavities  communi- 
cate by  a  very  narrow  tunnel."  By  not  looking  for 
subterranean  communications,  he  was  probably  led  into 
this  error. 

You  have  before  heard  of  their  diligence  in  building. 
Does  any  accident  happen  to  their  various  structures,  or 
are  they  dislodged  from  any  of  their  covered  ways,  they 
are  still  more  active  and  expeditious  in  repairing.  Get- 
ting out  of  sight  as  soon  as  possible, — and  they  run  as 
fast  or  faster  than  any  insect  of  their  size, — in  a  single 
night  they  will  restore  a  gallery  of  three  or  four  yards  in 
length.  If,  attacking  the  nest,  you  divide  it  in  halves, 
leaving  the  royal  chamber,  and  thus  lay  open  thousands 
of  apartments,  all  will  be  shut  up  with  their  sheets  of 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  39 

clay  by  the  next  morning ; — nay,  even  if  the  whole  be 
demolished,  provided  the  king  and  the  queen  be  left, 
every  interstice  between  the  ruins,  at  which  either  cold 
or  wet  can  possibly  enter,  will  be  covered,  and  in  a  year 
the  building  will  be  raised  nearly  to  its  pristine  size  and 
grandeur. 

Besides  building  and  repairing,  a  great  deal  of  their 
time  is  occupied  in  making  necessary  alterations  in  their 
mansion  and  its  approaches.  The  royal  presence-cham- 
ber, as  the  female  increases  in  size,  must  be  gradually 
enlarged,  the  nurseries  must  be  removed  to  a  greater 
distance,  the  chambers  and  exterior  of  the  nest  receive 
daily  accessions  to  provide  for  a  daily  increasing  popu- 
lation— and  the  direction  of  their  covered  ways  must 
often  be  varied,  when  the  old  stock  of  provision  is  ex- 
hausted and  new  discovered. 

The  collection  of  provisions  for  the  use  of  the  colony 
is  another  employment,  which  necessarily  calls  for  inces- 
sant attention  :  these  to  the  naked  eye  appear  like  rasp- 
ings of  wood; — and  they  are,  as  you  have  seen,  great 
destroyers  of  timber,  whether  wrought  or  unwrought : — 
but  when  examined  by  the  microscope,  they  are  found 
to  consist  chiefly  of  gums  and  the  inspissated  juices  of 
plants,  which,  formed  into  little  masses,  are  stored  up  in 
magazines  made  of  clay. 

When  any  one  is  bold,  enough  to  attack  their  nest  and 
make  a  breach  in  its  walls,  the  labourers,  who  are  inca- 
pable of  fighting,  retire  within,  and  give  place  to  another 
description  of  its  inhabitants,  whose  office  it  is  to  defend 
the  fortress  when  assailed  by  enemies : — these,  as  ob- 
served before,  are  the  neuters  or  soldiers.  If  the  breach 
be  made  in  a  slight  part  of  the  building,  one  of  these 


40  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

comes  out  to  reconnoitre ;  he  then  retires  and  gives  the 
alarm.  Two  or  three  others  next  appear,  scrambling  as 
fast  as  they  can  one  after  the  other ; — to  these  succeed  a 
large  body,  who  rush  forth  with  as  much  speed  as  the 
breach  will  permit,  their  numbers  continually  increasing 
during  the  attack.  It  is  not  easy  to  describe  the  rage 
and  fury  by  which  these  diminutive  heroes  seem  ac- 
tuated. In  their  haste  they  frequently  miss  their  hold, 
a^id  tumble  down  the  sidtfs  of  their  hill :  they  soon,  how- 
ever, recover  themselves,  and,  being  blind,  bite  every 
thing  they  run  against.  If  the  attack  proceeds,  the 
bustle  and  agitation  increase  to,  a  ten-fold  degree,  and 
their  fury  is  raised  to  its  highest  pitch.  Wo  to  him 
whose  hands  or  legs  they  can  come  at !  for  they  will 
make  their  fanged  jaws  meet  at  the  very  first  stroke, 
drawing  as  much  blood  as  will  counterpoise  their  whole 
body,  and  never  quitting  their  hold,  even  though  they 
are  pulled  limb  from  limb.  The  naked  legs  of  the  Ne- 
groes expose  them  frequently  to  this  injury ;  and  the 
stockings  of  the  European  are  not  sufficient  to  defend 
him. 

On  the  other  hand,  if,  after  the  first  attack,  you  get  a 
little  out  of  the  way,  giving  them  no  further  interruption, 
supposing  the  assailant  of  their  citadel  is  gone  beyond 
their  reach,  in  less  than  half  an  hour  they  will  retire  into 
the  nest ;  and  before  they  have  all  entered,  you  will  see 
the  labourers  in  motion,  hastening  in  various  directions 
towards  the  breach,  every  one  carrying  in  his  mouth  a 
mass  of  mortar  half  as  big  as  his  body  a,  ready  tempered  : 

a  The  anonymous  author  before  alluded  to,  who  observed  the  Cey- 
lon white  ants,  says,  that  such  was  the  size  of  the  masses,  which 
were  tempered  with  a  strong  gluten,  that  they  adhered  though  laid 
on  the  upper  part  of  the  breach. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  41 

—this  mortar  is  made  of  the  finer  parts  of  the  gravel, 
which  they  probably  select  in  the  subterranean  pits  or 
passages  before  described,  which,  worked  up  to  #  pro- 
per consistence,  hardens  to  the  solid  substance  resem- 
bling stone,  of  which  their  nests  are  constructed.  As 
fast  as  they  come  up,  each  sticks  its  burthen  upon  the 
breach ;  and  this  is  done  with  so  much  regularity  and 
dispatch,  that  although  thousands,  nay  millions,  are 
employed,  they  never  appear  to  embarrass  or  interrupt 
one  another.  By  the  united  labours  of  such  an  infinite 
host  of  creatures  the  wall  soon  rises  and  the  breach  is 
repaired. 

While  the  labourers  are  thus  employed,  almost  all  the 
soldiers  have  retired  quite  out  of  sight,  except  here  and 
there  one,  who  saunters  about  amongst  them,  but  never 
assists  in  the  work.  One  in  particular  places  himself 
close  to  the  wall  which  they  are  building;  and  turning 
himself  leisurely  on  all  sides,  as  if  to  survey  the  proceed- 
ings, appears  to  act  the  part  of  an  overseer  of  the  works. 
Every  now  and  then,  at  the  interval  of  a  minute  or  two, 
by  lifting  up  his  head  and  striking  with  his  forceps  upon 
the  wall  of  the  nest,  he  makes  a  particular  noise,  which 
is  answered  by  a  loud  hiss  from  all  the  labourers,  and 
appears  to  be  a  signal  for  dispatch ;  for,  every  time  it  is 
heard,  they  may  be  seen  to  redouble  their  pace,  and  ap- 
ply to  their  work  with  increased  diligence.  Renew  the 
attack,  and  this  amusing  scene  will  be  repeated  : — in  rush 
the  labourers,  all  disappearing  in  a  few  seconds,  and  out 
march  the  military  as  numerous  and  vindictive  as  before. 
— When  all  is  once  more  quiet,  the  busy  labourers  re- 
appear, and  resume  their  work,  and  the  soldiers  vanish. 
Repeat  the  experiment  a  hundred  times,  and  the  same 


42  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

will  always  be  the  result; — you  will  never  find,  be  the 
peril  or  emergency  ever  so  great,  that  one  order  attempts 
to  fight,  or  the  other  to  work. 

You  have  seen  how  solicitous  the  Termites  are  to 
move  and  work  tinder  cover  and  concealed  from  obser- 
vation ;  this,  however,  is  not  always  the  case ; — there  is 
a  species  larger  than  T.  bellicosus^  whose  proceedings  I 
have  been  principally  describing,  which  Mr.  Smeath- 
man  calls  the  marching  Termes  ( Termes  Viarum).  He 
was  once  passing  through  a  thick  forest,  when  on  a  sud- 
den a  loud  hiss,  like  that  of  serpents,  struck  him  with 
alarm.  The  next  step  produced  a  repetition  of  the 
sound,  which  he  then  recognised  to  be  that  of  white 
ants ;  yet  he  was  surprised  at  seeing  none  of  their  hills 
or  covered  ways.  Following  the  noise,  to  his  great 
astonishment  and  delight  he  saw  an  army  of  these  crea- 
tures emerging  from  a  hole  in  the  ground ;  their  number 
was  prodigious,  and  they  marched  with  the  utmost  ce- 
lerity. When  they  had  proceeded  about  a  yard  they 
divided  into  two  columns,  chiefly  composed  of  labourers, 
about  fifteen  abreast,  following  each  other  in  close  order, 
and  going  straight  forward.  Here  and  there  was  seen  a 
soldier,  carrying  his  vast  head  with  apparent  difficulty, 
and  looking  like  an  ox  in  a  flock  of  sheep,  who  marched 
on  in  the  same  manner.  At  the  distance  of  a  foot  or 
two  from  the  columns  many  other  soldiers  were  to  be 
seen,  standing  still  or  pacing  about  as  if  upon  the  look- 
out, lest  some  enemy  should  suddenly  surprise  their  un- 
warlike  comrades ; — other  soldiers,  which  was  the  most 
extraordinary  and  amusing  part  of  the  scene,  having 
mounted  some  plants  and  placed  themselves  on  the  points 
of  their  leaves,  elevated  from  ten  to  fifteen  inches  from 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  43 

the  ground,  hung  over  the  army  marching  below,  and 
by  striking  their  forceps  upon  the  leaf,  produced  at  in- 
tervals the  noise  before  mentioned.  To  this  signal  the 
whole  army  returned  a  hiss,  and  obeyed  it  by  increasing 
their  pace.  The  soldiers  at  these  signal-stations  sat 
quite  still  during  the  intervals  of  silence,  except  now  and 
then  making  a  slight  turn  of  the  head,  and  seemed  as 
solicitous  to  keep  their  posts  as  regular  sentinels.  The 
two  columns  of  this  army  united  after  continuing  sepa- 
rate for  twelve  or  fifteen  paces,  having  in  no  part  been 
above  three  yards  asunder,  and  then  descended  into  the 
earth  by  two  or  three  holes.  Mr.  Smeathman  continued 
watching  them  for  above  an  hour,  during  which  time 
their  numbers  appeared  neither  to  increase  nor  dimi- 
nish : — the  soldiers,  however,  who  quitted  the  line  of 
march  and  acted  as  sentinels,  became  much  more  nume- 
rous before  he  quitted  the  spot.  The  larvae  and  neuters 
of  this  species  are  furnished  with  eyes. 

The  societies  of  Termes  luctfugtis,  discovered  by  La- 
treille  at  Bourdeaux,  are  very  numerous ;  but  instead  of 
erecting  artificial  nests,  they  make  their  lodgement  in 
the  trunks  of  pines  and  oaks,  where  the  branches  diverge 
from  the  tree.  They  eat  the  wood  the  nearest  the  bark, 
or  the  alburnum,  without  attacking  the  interior,  and 
bore  a  vast  number  of  holes  and  irregular  galleries. 
That  part  of  the  wood  appears  moist,  and  is  covered 
with  little  gelatinous  particles,  not  unlike  gum-arabic. 
These  insects  seem  to  be  furnished  with  an  acid  of  a 
very  penetrating  odour,  which  perhaps  is  useful  to  them 
for  softening  the  wood3.  The  soldiers  in  these  societies 
are  as  about  one  to  twenty-five  of  the  labourers5.  The 
a  Latr.  Hist.  Nat,  xiii.  64.  b  N.  Did.  If  Hist.  Nat.  xxii,  57,  58. 


44  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

anonymous  author  of  the  observations  on  the  Termites 
of  Ceylon  seems  to  have  discovered  a  sentry-box  in  his 
nests.  "  I  found,"  says  he,  "  in  a  very  small  cell  in  the 
middle  of  the  solid  mass,  (a  cell  about  half  an  inch  in 
height,  and  very  narrow,)  a  larva  with  an  enormous 
head. — Two  of  these  individuals  were  in  the  same  cell : 
— one  of  the  two  seemed  placed  as  sentinel  at  the  en- 
trance of  the  cell.  I  amused  myself  by  forcing  the  door 
two  or  three  times ; — the  sentinel  immediately  appeared, 
and  only  retreated  when  the  door  was  on  the  point  to 
be  stopped  up,  which  was  done  in  three  minutes  by  the 
labourers." 

I  hope  this  account  has  reconciled  you  in  some  de- 
gree to  the  destructive  Termites : — I  shall  next  intro- 
duce you  to  social  insects,  concerning  most  of  which 
you  have  probably  conceived  a  more  favourable  opi- 
nion ; — I  mean  those  which  constitute  the  second  class 
of  perfect  societies,  whose  workers  are  not  larvae,  but 
neuters.  These  all  belong  to  the  Hymenoptera  order 
of  Linne  : — there  are  four  kinds  of  insects  in  this  order, 
(which  you  will  find  as  fertile  in  the  instructors  of  man- 
kind, as  you  have  seen  it  to  be  in  our  benefactors,)  that, 
varying  considerably  from  each  other  in  their  proceed- 
ings as  social  animals,  separately  merit  your  attention : 
namely,  ants,  wasps  and  hornets,  humble-bees,  and  the 
hive-bee.  I  begin  with  the  first. 

Full  of  interesting  traits  as  are  the  history  and  econo- 
my of  the  white-ants,  and  however  earnestly  they  may 
induce  you  to  wish  you  could  be  a  spectator  of  them, 
yet  they  scarcely  exceed  those  of  an  industrious  tribe  of 
insects,  which  are  constantly  passing  under  our  eye. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  45 

The  ant  has  attracted  universal  notice,  and  been  cele- 
brated from  the  earliest  ages,  both  by  sacred  and  profane 
writers,  as  a  pattern  of  prudence,  foresight,  wisdom,  and 
diligence.  Upon  Solomon's  testimony  in  their  favour 
I  have  enlarged  before ;  and  for  those  of  other  ancient 
writers,  I  must  refer  you  to  the  learned  Bochart,  who 
has  collected  them  in  his  Hierozoicon. 

In  reading  what  the  ancients  say  on  this  subject,  we 
must  be  careful,  however,  to  separate  truth  from  error, 
or  we  shall  attribute  much  more  to  ants  than  of  right 
belongs  to  them.  Who  does  not  smile  when  he  reads 
of  ants  that  emulate  the  wolf  in  size,  the  dog  in  shape, 
the  lion  in  its  feet,  and  the  leopard  in  its  skin;  ants, 
whose  employment  is  to  mine  for  gold,  and  from  whose 
vengeance  the  furtive  Indian  is  constrained  to  fly  on 
the  swift  camel's  back a  ?  But  when  we  find  the  writers 
of  all  nations  and  ages  unite  in  affirming,  that,  having 
deprived  it  of  the  power  of  vegetating,  ants  store  up 
grain  in  their  nests,  we  feel  disposed  to  give  larger 
credit  to  an  assertion,  which,  at  first  sight,  seems  to 
savour  more  of  fact  than  of  fable,  and  does  not  attri- 
bute more  sagacity  and  foresight  to  these  insects  than 
in  other  instances  they  are  found  to  possess.  Writers 
in  general,  therefore,  who  have  considered  this  subject, 
and  some  even  of  very  late  date,  have  taken  it  for 
granted  that  the  ancients  were  correct  in  this  notion. 
But  when  observers  of  nature  began  to  examine  the 
manners  and  economy  of  these  creatures  more  narrowly, 
it  was  found,  at  least  with  respect  to  the  European  spe- 
cies of  ants,  that  no  such  hoards  of  grain  were  made  by 
them,  and,  in  fact,  that  they  had  no  magazines  in  their 
3  Bochart,  Hierozoic.  ii.  1.  iv.  c.  22. 


46  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

nests  in  which  provisions  of  any  kind  were  stored  up. 
It  was  therefore  surmised  that  the  ancients,  observing 
them  carry  about  their  pupce,  which  in  shape,  size,  and 
colour,  not  a  little  resemble  a  grain  of  corn,  and  the  ends 
of  which  they  sometimes  pull  open  to  let  out  the  inclosed 
insect,  mistook  the  one  for  the  other,  and  this  action  for 
depriving  the  grain  of  the  corculum.  Mr.  Gould,  our 
countryman,  was  one  of  the  first  historians  of  the  ant, 
who  discovered  that  they  did  not  store  up  corn;  and 
since  his  time  naturalists  have  generally  subscribed  to 
that  opinion. 

Till  the  manners  of  exotic  ants  are  more  accurately 
explored,  it  would,  however,  be  rash  to  affirm  that  no 
ants  have  magazines  of  provisions ;  for  although,  during 
the  cold  of  our  winters  in  this  country,  they  remain  in  a 
state  of  torpidity,  and  have  no  need  of  food,  yet  in  warmer 
regions,  during  the  rainy  seasons,  when  they  are  pro- 
bably confined  to  their  nests,  a  store  of  provisions  may 
be  necessary  for  them.  Even  in  northern  climates, 
against  wet  seasons,  they  may  provide  in  this  way  for 
their  sustenance  and  that  of  the  young  brood,  which,  as 
Mr.  Smeathman  observes,  are  very  vox'acious,  and  can- 
not bear  to  be  long  deprived  of  their  food  ;  else  why  do 
ants  carry  worms,  living  insects,  and  many  other  such 
things  into  their  nests  P  Solomon's  lesson  to  the  slug- 
gard has  been  generally  adduced  as  a  strong  confirmation 
of  the  ancient  opinion  :  it  can,  however,  only  relate  to 
the  species  of  a  warm  climate,  the  habits  of  which,  as  I 
have  just  observed,  are  probably  different  from  those  of 
a  cold  one; — so  that  his  words,  as  commonly  interpreted, 
may  be  perfectly  correct  and  consistent  with  nature,  and 
yet  be  not  at  all  applicable  to  the  species  that  are  indi- 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  47 

genous  to  Europe.     But  I  think,  if  Solomon's  words  are 
properly  considered,  it  will  be  found  that  this  interpre- 
tation has  been  fathered  upon  them,  rather  than  fairly 
deduced  from  them.     He  does  not  affirm  that  the  ant 
which  he  proposes  to  his  sluggard  as  an  example,  laid 
up  in  her  magazines  stores  of  grain :  "  Go  to  the  ant 
thou  sluggard,  consider  her  ways  and  be  wise ;   which, 
having  neither  captain,  overseer,  nor  ruler,  prepares  her 
bread  in  the  summer,  and  gathers  her  food  in  the  har- 
vest." These  words  may  very  well  be  interpreted  simply 
to  mean,  that  the  ant,  with  commendable  prudence  and 
foresight,  makes  use  of  the  proper  seasons  to  collect  a 
supply  of  provision  sufficient  for  her  purposes.     There 
is  not  a  word  in  them  implying  that  she  stores  up  grain 
or  other  provision.  She  prepares  her  bread,  and  gathers 
her  food, — namely,  such  food  as  is  suited  to  her, — in 
summer  and  harvest, — that  is,  when  it  is  most  plentiful, 
— and  thus   shows  her  wisdom  and  prudence  by  using 
the  advantages  offered  to  her.     The  words  thus  inter- 
preted,  which  they  may  be  without  any  violence,  will 
apply  to  our  European  species  as  well  as  to  those  that 
are  not  indigenous. 

I  shall  now  bid  farewell  to  the  ancients,  and  proceed 
to  lay  before  you  what  the  observations  of  modern  au- 
thors have  enabled  me  to  add  to  the  history  of  ants  : — 
the  principal  of  these  are  Leeuwenhoek,  Swammerdam 
(who  was  the  first  that  had  recourse  to  artificial  means 
for  observing  their  proceedings),  Linne,  Bonnet,  and 
especially  the  illustrious  Swedish  entomologist  De  Geer. 
Gould  also,  who,  though  no  systematical  naturalist,  was 
a  man  of  sense  and  observation,  has  thrown  great  light 
upon  the  history  of  ants,  and  anticipated  several  of  what 


48  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

are  accounted  the  discoveries  of  more  modern  writers  on 
ihis  subject a.  Latreille's  Natural  History  of  Ants  is  like- 
wise extremely  valuable,  not  only  as  giving  a  systematic 
arrangement  and  descriptions  of  the  species,  but  as  con- 
centrating the  accounts  of  preceding  authors,  and  add- 
ing several  interesting  facts  ex  proprio  penu.  The  great 
historiographer  of  ants,  however,  is  M.  P.  Huber ;  who 

a  M.  P.  Huber,  in  the  account  which,  in  imitation  of  De  Geer,  he 
has  given  of  the  discoveries  made  by  his  predecessors  in  the  history 
of  ants,  having  passed  without  notice,  probably  ignorant  of  the  ex- 
istence of  such  a  writer,  those  of  our  intelligent  countryman  Gould, 
I  shall  here  give  a  short  analysis  of  them;  from  which  it  will  appear, 
that  he  was  one  of  their  best,  or  rather  their  very  best  historian,  till 
M.  Huber's  work  came  out.  His  Account  of  English  Ants  was  pub- 
lished in  1747,  long  before  either  Linne  or  DeGeer  had  written  upon 
the  subject. 

I.  Species.     He  describes  five  species  of  English  ants;  viz.  I.  The 
hill  ant  (Formica   rufa,  L).     2.  The  jet  ant  (F.  fuliginosa,  Latr.). 
3.  The  red  ant  (Myrmica  rubra,  Latr.  Formica,  Lin.) :  He  observes, 
that  this  species  alone  is  armed  with  a  sting ;  whereas,  the  others 
make  a  wound  with  their  mandibles,  and  inject  the  formic  acid  into 
it.     4.  The  common  yellow  ant  (F.flavay  Latr.) :  and  5.  The  small 
black  ant  (F.fusca,  L.). 

II.  Egg.     He  observes  that  the  eggs  producing  males  and  females 
are  laid  the  earliest,  and  are  the  largest : — he  seems,  however,  to 
have  confounded  the  black  and  brown  eggs  of  Aphides  with  those  of 
ants. 

III.  Larva.     These,  when  first  hatched,  he  observes,  are  hairy, 
and  continue  in  the  larva  state  twelve  months  or  more.     He,  as  well 
as  De  Geer,  was  aware  that  the  larvae  of  Myrmica  rubra  do  not,  as 
other  ants  do,  spin  a  cocoon  when  they  assume  the  pupa. 

IV.  Pupa.  He  found  that  female  ants  continue  in  this  state  about 
six  weeks,  and  males  and  neuters  only  a  month. 

V.  Imago.     He  knew  perfectly  the  sexes,  and  was  aware  that  fe- 
males cast  their  wings  previous  to  their  becoming  mothers ;  that,  at 
the  time  of  their  swarms,  large  numbers  of  both  sexes  become  the 
prey  of  birds  and  fishes  :  that  the  surviving  females,  sometimes  in 
numbers,  go  under  ground,  particularly  in  mole-hills,  and  lay  eggs ; 
but  he  had  not  discovered  that  they  then  act  the  part  of  neuters  in 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  49 

has  lately  published  a  most  admirable  and  interesting 
work  upon  them,  in  which  he  has  far  outstripped  all  his 
predecessors. — Such  are  the  sources  from  which  the  fol- 
lowing account  of  ants  is  principally  drawn,  intermixed 
with  which  you  will  find  some  occasional  observations, — 
which  your  partiality  to  your  friend  may,  perhaps,  in- 
duce you  to  think  not  wholly  devoid  of  interest, — that  it 
has  been  my  fortune  to  make. 

The  societies  of  ants,  as  also  of  other  Hymenoptera^ 

the  care  of  their  progeny.  He  knew  also,  that  when  there  was  more 
than  one  queen  in  a  nest,  the  rivals  lived  in  perfect  harmony. 

With  respect  to  the  neuters,  he  had  witnessed  the  homage  they 
pay  their  queens  or  fertile  females,  continued  even  after  their  death  ; 
— this  homage,  he  however  observes,  which  is  noticed  by  no  other 
author,  appears  often  to  be  temporary  and  local — ceasing  at  certain 
times,  and  being  renewed  upon  a  change  of  residence.  He  enlarges 
upon  their  exemplary  care  of  the  eggs,  Iarva3,  and  pupae.  He  tells  us 
that  the  eggs,  as  soon  as  laid,  are  taken  by  the  neuters  and  deposited 
in  heaps,  and  that  the  neuters  brood  them.  He  particularly  notices 
their  carrying  them,  with  the  larvas  and  pupae,  daily  from  the  interior 
to  the  surface  of  the  nest  and  back  again,  according  to  the  tempera- 
ture ;  and  that  they  feed  the  larvas  by  disgorging  the  food  from  their 
own  stomach.  He  speaks  also  of  their  opening  the  cocoons  when  the 
pupae  are  ready  to  assume"  the  imago,  and  disengaging  them  from 
them.  With  regard  to  their  labours,  he  found  that  they  work  all 
night,  except  during  violent  rains:— that  their  instinct  varies  as  to 
the  station  of  their  nest : — that  their  masonry  is  consolidated  by  no 
cement,  but  consists  merely  of  mould; — that  they  form  roads  and 
trackways  to  and  from  their  nests  ; — that  they  carry  each  other  in 
sport,  and  sometimes  lie  heaped  one  on  another  in  the  sun. — He  sus- 
pects that  they  occasionally  emigrate ;— he  proves  by  a  variety  of  ex- 
periments that  they  do  not  hoard  up  provisions.  He  found  they 
were  often  infested  by  a  particular  kind  of  Gordms : — he  had  noticed 
also  that  the  neuters  of  F.  rufa  andJZava  (which  escaped  M.  Huber, 
though  he  observed  it  in  Polyergus  rufescens,  Latr.)  are  of  two  sizes, 
which  the  writer  of  this  note  can  confirm  by  producing  specimens  : 
— and  lastly,  with  Swammcrdam,  he  had  recourse  to  artificial 
colonies,  the  better  to  enable  him  to  examine  their  proceedings,  but 
not  comparable  to  the  ingenious  apparatus  of  M.  Huber. 
VOL.  II.  E 


50  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

differ  from  those  of  the  Termites  in  having  inactive  lar- 
vae and  pupae,  the  neuters  or  workers  combining  in  them- 
selves both  the  military  and  civil  functions.  Besides  the 
helpless  larvse  and  pupae,  which  have  no  locomotive 
powers,  these  societies  consist  of  females,  males,  and 
workers.  The  office  of  the  females,  at  their  first  exclu- 
sion distinguished  by  a  pair  of  ample  wings,  (which  how- 
ever, as  you  have  heard,  they  soon  cast,)  is  the  founda- 
tion of  new  colonies,  and  the  furnishing  of  a  constant 
supply  of  eggs  for  the  maintenance  of  the  population  in 
the  old  nests  as  well  as  in  the  new.  These  are  usually 
the  least  numerous  part  of  the  community  a.  The  office 
of  the  males,  which  are  also  winged,  and  at  the  time  of 
swarming  are  extremely  numerous,  is  merely  the  im- 
pregnation of  the  females :  after  the  season  for  this  is 
passed,  they  die.  Upon  the  workers  b  devolves,  except 
in  nascent  colonies,  all  the  work,  as  well  as  the  defence 
of  the  community,  of  which  they  are  the  most  numerous 
portion.  In  some  societies  of  ants  the  workers  are  of 
two  dimensions. — In  the  nests  of  F.  rufa  audjlava  such 
were  observed  by  Gould,  the  size  of  one  exceeding  that 

a  Gould  says  that  the  males  and  females  are  nearly  equal  in  num- 
ber, p.  62 ;  but  from  Huber's  observations  it  seems  to  follow  that  the 
former  are  most  numerous,  p.  96. 

b  That  the  neuter  ants,  like  those  of  the  hive-bee,  are  imperfectly 
organized  females,  appears  from  the  following  observation  of  M.  Hu- 
ber  (Nouv.  Observ.  fyc.  ii.  443.) — "  Les  fourmis  nous  ont  encore  offert 
a  cet  egard  une  analogic  tres  frappante;  a  laverite,  nous  n'avonsja- 
mais  vu  pondre  les  ouvrieres,  mais  nous  avons  etc  temoins  de  leur 
accouplement.  Ce  fait  pourroit  etre  atteste  par  plusieurs  membres 
de  la  Societe  d'Histoire  Naturelle  de  Geneve,  a  qui  nous  1'avons  fait 
voir;  1'approche  du  male  etoit  toujoprs  suivie  de  la  mort  de  1'ou- 
vriere;  leur  conformation  ne  permet  done  pas  qu'elles  deviennent 
meres,  mais  1'instinct  du  male  prouve  du  moins  que  ce  sont  des  fe- 
melles," 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  51 

of  the  other  about  one  third  a.  (In  my  specimens,  the 
large  workers  of  F.  rufa  are  nearly  three  times,  and  of 
F.  J/ava  twice,  the  size  of  the  small  ones.)  All  were 
equally  engaged  in  the  labours  of  the  colony.  Large 
workers  were  also  noticed  by  M.  P.  Huber  in  the  nests 
of  Polyergm  rufescens  b,  but  he  could  not  ascertain  their 
office. 

Having  introduced  you  to  the  individuals  of  which 
the  associations  of  ants  consist,  I  shall  now  advert  to  the 
principal  events  of  their  history,  relating  first  the  fates 
of  the  males  and  females.  In  the  warm  days  that  occur 
from  the  end  of  July  to  the  beginning  of  September,  and 
sometimes  later,  the  habitations  of  the  various  species  of 
ants  may  be  seen  to  swarm  with  winged  insects,  which 
are  the  males  and  females,  preparing  to  quit  for  ever  the 
scene  of  their  nativity  and  education.  Every  thing  is  in 
motion — and  the  silver  wings  contrasted  with  the  jet  bo- 
dies which  compose  the  animated  mass,  add  a  degree  of 
splendour  to  the  interesting  scene.  The  bustle  increases, 
till  at  length  the  males  rise,  as  it  were  by  a  general  im- 
pulse, into  the  air,  and  the  females  accompany  them. 
The  whole  swarm  alternately  rises  and  falls  with  a  slow 
movement  to  the  height  of  about  ten  feet,  the  males  fly- 
ing obliquely  with  a  rapid  zigzag  motion,  and  the  females, 
though  they  follow  the  general  movement  of  the  column, 
appearing  suspended  in  the  air,  like  balloons,  seemingly 
with  no  individual  motion,  and  having  their  heads  turned 
towards  the  wind. 

a  Gould,  103. 

b  M.  Huber  calls  this  an  apterous  female;  yet  he  could  not  dis- 
cover that  they  laid  eggs ;  and  he  owns  that  they  more  nearly  re- 
sembled the  workers  than  the  females ;  and  that  he  should  have  con- 
sidered them  as  such,  had  he  seen  them  mix  with  them  in  their  ex- 
cursions. Huber,  p.  251. 

E  2 


5%  PERFECT    SOCIETIES    OF    INSECTS'. 

Sometimes  the  swarms  of  a  whole  district  unite  their 
infinite  myriads,  and,  seen  at  a  distance,  produce  an 
effect  resembling  the  flashing  of  an  aurora  borealis. 
Rising  with  incredible  velocity  in  distinct  columns,  they 
soar  above  the  clouds.  Each  column  looks  like  a  kind 
of  slender  net- work,  and  has  a  tremulous  undulating  mo- 
tion, which  has  been  observed  to  be  produced  by  the 
regular  alternate  rising  and  falling  just  alluded  to.  The 
noise  emitted  by  myriads  and  myriads  of  these  creatures 
does  not  exceed  the  hum  of  a  single  wasp.  The  slightest 
zephyr  disperses  them ;  and  if  in  their  progress  they 
chance  to  be  over  your  head,  if  you  walk  slowly  on,  they 
will  accompany  you,  and  regulate  their  motions  by  yours. 
The  females  continue  sailing  majestically  in  the  centre  of 
these  numberless  males,  who  are  all  candidates  for  their 
favour,  each  till  some  fortunate  lover  darts  upon  her, 
and,  as  the  Roman  youth  did  the  Sabine  virgins,  drags 
his  bride  from  the  sportive  crowd,  and  the  nuptials  are 
consummated  in  mid-air;  though  sometimes  the  union 
takes  place  on  the  summit  of  plants,  but  rarely  in  the 
nests  a.  After  this  dame  de  V amour  is  celebrated,  the 
males  disappear,  probably  dying,  or  becoming,  with 
many  of  the  females,  the  prey  of  birds  or  fish  b ;  for,  since 
they  do  not  return  to  the  nest,  they  cannot  be  destroyed, 
as  some  have  supposed,  like  the  drone  bees,  by  the  neu- 
ters. That  many,  both  males  and  females,  become  the 
prey  of  fish,  I  am  enabled  to  assert  from  my  own  obser- 
vation.— In  the  beginning  of  August  1812,  I  was  going 
up  the  Orford  river  in  Suffolk,  in  a  row-boat,  in  the 
evening,  when  my  attention  was  caught  by  an  infinite" 
number  of  winged  ants,  both  males  and  females,  at  which 

,    a  De  Geer  ii.  1104.  b  Gould,  99. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  53 

the  fish  were  every  where  darting,  floating  alive  upon 
the  surface  of  the  water.  While  passing  the  river,  these 
had  probably  been  precipitated  into  it,  either  by  the 
wind,  or  by  a  heavy  shower  which  had  just  fallen.  And 
M.  Huber  after  the  same  event  observed  the  earth 
strewed  with  females  that  had  lost  their  wings,  all  of 
which  could  not  form  colonies a. 

Captain  Haverfield,  R.  N.  gave  me  an  account  of  an 
extraordinary  appearance  of  ants  observed  by  him  in 
the  Medway,  in  the  autumn  of  1814,  when  he  was  first- 
lieutenant  of  the  Clorinde — which  is  confirmed  by  the 
following  letter  addressed  by  the  surgeon  of  that  ship, 
now  Dr.  Bromley,  to  Mr.  MacLeay : 

"  In  September  1814,  being  on  the  deck  of  the  hulk 
to  the  Clorinde,  my  attention  was  drawn  to  the  water 
by  the  first-lieutenant  (Haverfield)  observing  there  was 
something  black  floating  down  with  the  tide.  On  look- 
ing with  a  glass,  I  discovered  they  were  insects. — The 
boat  was  sent,  and  brought  a  bucket  full  of  them  on 
board ; — they  proved  to  be  a  large  species  of  ant,  and 
extended  from  the  upper  part  of  Salt-pan  reach  out  to- 
wards the  Great  Nore,  a  distance  of  five  or  six  miles. 
The  column  appeared  to  be  in  breadth  eight  or  ten  feet, 
and  in  height  about  six  inches,  which  I  suppose  must 
have  been  from  their  resting  one  upon  another."  Pur- 
chas  seems  to  have  witnessed  a  similar  phenomenon  on 
shore.  "  Other  sorts  (of  ants),"  says  he,  "  there  are 
many,  of  which  some  become  winged  and  fill  the  air 
with  swarms,  which  sometimes  happens  in  England.  On 
Bartholomew  1613  I  was  in  the  island  of  Foulness  on 
our  Essex  shore,  where  were  such  clouds  of  these  flying 

11  Huber,  105. 


54'  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

pismires,  that  we  could  no  where  fly  from  them,  but  they 
filled  our  clothes ;  yea  the  floors  of  some  houses  where 
they  fell  were  in  a  manner  covered  with  a  black  carpet 
of  creeping  ants ;  which  they  say  drown  themselves  about 
that  time  of  the  year  in  the  sea a." 

These  ants  were  winged: — whence,  in  the  first  Instance 
here  related,  this  immense  column  came  was  not  ascer- 
tained. From  the  numbers  here  agglomerated,  one  would 
think  that  all  the  ant-lnlls  of  the  counties  of  Kent  and 
Surrey  could  scarcely  have  furnished  a  sufficient  number 
of  males  and  females  to  form  it. 

When  Colonel  Sir  Augustus  Frazer,  of  the  Horse 
Artillery,  was  surveying  on  the  6th  of  October  1813  the 
scene  of  the  battle  of  the  Pyrenees  from  the  summit  of 
the  mountain  called  Pena  de  Aya,  or  Les  Quatre  Cou- 
ronnes,  he  and  his  friends  were  enveloped  by  a  swarm  of 
ants,  so  numerous  as  entirely  to  intercept  their  view,  so 
that  they  were  glad  to  remove  to  another  station,  in  or- 
der to  get  rid  of  them. 

The  females  that  escape  from  the  injury  of  the  ele- 
ments and  their  various  enemies,  become  the  founders 
of  new  colonies,  doing  all  the  work,  as  I  have  related 
in  a  former  letter,  that  is  usually  done  by  the  neuters5. 
M.  P.  Huber  has  found  incipient  colonies,  in  which  were 
only  a  few  workers  engaged  with  their  mother  in  the  care 
of  a  small  number  of  larvae ;  and  M.  Perrot,  his  friend, 
once  discovered  a  small  nest,  occupied  by  a  solitary  fe- 
male, who  was  attending  upon  four  pupae  only.  Such  is 

»   Pilgrimage,  1090. 

*•  M.  Huber  observes  that  fecundated  females,  after  they  have  lost 
their  wings,  make  themselves  a  subterranean  cell,  some  singly,  others 
in  common.  From  which  it  appears  that  some  colonies  have  more  than 
one  female,  from  their  first  establishment. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  55 

the  foundation  and  first  establishment  of  those  populous 
nations  of  ants  with  which  we  every  where  meet. 

But  though  the  majority  of  females  produced  in  a  nest 
probably  thus  desert  it,  all  are  not  allowed  this  liberty. 
The  prudent  workers  are  taught  by  their  instinct  that  the 
existence  of  their  community  depends  upon  the  presence 
of  a  sufficient  number  of  females.  Some  therefore  that 
are  fecundated  in  or  near  the  spot  they  forcibly  detain, 
pulling  off  their  wings,  and  keeping  them  prisoners  till 
they  are  ready  to  lay  their  eggs,  or  are  reconciled  to 
their  fate.  De  Geer  in  a  nest  of  F.  rufa  observed  that 
the  workers  compelled  some  females  that  were  come  out 
of  the  nest,  to  re-enter  it a ;  and  from  M.  P.  Huber  we 
learn  that,  being  seized  at  the  moment  of  fecundation, 
they  are  conducted  into  the  interior  of  the  formicary, 
when  they  become  entirely  dependent  upon  the  neuters, 
who  hanging  pertinaciously  to  each  leg  prevent  their 
going  out,  but  at  the  same  time  attend  upon  them  with 
the  greatest  care,  feeding  them  regularly,  and  conducting 
them  where  the  temperature  is  suitable  to  them,  but  never 
quitting  them  a  single  moment.  By  degrees  these  fe- 
males become  reconciled  to  their  fate,  and  lose  all  desire 
of  making  their  escape; — their  abdomen  enlarges,  and 
they  are  no  longer  detained  as  prisoners,  yet  each  is  still 
attended  by  a  body-guard — a  single  ant,  which  always 
accompanies  her,  and  prevents  her  wants. — Its  station 
is  remarkable,  it  being  mounted  upon  her  abdomen,  with 
its  posterior  legs  upon  the  ground.  These  sentinels  are 
constantly  relieved  :  and  to  watch  the  moment  when  the 
female  begins  the  important  work  of  oviposition,  and 
carry  off  the  eggs,  of  which  she  lays  four  or  five  thou- 
*  ii.  1071. 


56  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

sand  or  more  in  the  course  of  the  year,  seems  to  be  their 
principal  office. 

When  the  female  is  acknowledged  as  a  mother,  the 
workers  begin  to  pay  her  a  homage  very  similar  to  that 
which  the  bees  render  to  their  queen.  All  press  round 
her,  offer  her  food,  conduct  her  by  her  mandibles  through 
the  difficult  or  steep  passages  of  the  formicary;  nay, 
they  sometimes  even  carry  her  about  their  city ; — she  is 
then  suspended  upon  tfceif  jaws,  the  ends  of  which  are 
crossed ;  and,  being  coiled  up  like  the  tongue  of  a  but- 
terfly, she  is  packed  so  close  as  to  incommode  the  car- 
rier but  little.  When  she  sets  her  down,  others  sur- 
round and  caress  her,  one  after  another  tapping  her 
on  the  head  with  their  antennas.  "  In  whatever  apart- 
ment," says  Gould,  "a  queen  condescends  to  be  present, 
she  commands  obedience  and  respect.  An  universal 
gladness  spreads  itself  through  the  whole  cell,  which  is 
expressed  by  particular  acts  of  joy  and  exultation.  They 
have  a  particular  way  of  skipping,  leaping,  and  stand- 
ing upon  their  hind-legs,  and  prancing  with  the  others. 
These  frolics  they  make  use  of,  both  to  congratulate 
each  other  when  they  meet,  and  to  show  their  regard 
for  the  queen ;  some  of  them  gently  walk  over  her, 
others  dance  round  her ;  she  is  generally  encircled  with 
a  cluster  of  attendants,  who,  if  you  separate  them  from 
her,  soon  collect  themselves  into  a  body,  and  inclose  her 
in  the  midst a."  Nay,  even  if  she  dies,  as  if  they  were 
unwilling  to  believe  it,  they  continue  sometimes  for 
months  the  same  attentions  to  her,  and  treat  her  with 
the  same  courtly  formality  as  if  she  were  alive,  and  they 
will  brush  her  and  lick  her  incessantly5. 
a  Gould,  p.  24—.  h  Compare  Gould  p.  25,  with  Huber  125,  note(l ). 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  57 

This  homage  paid  by  the  workers  to  their  queens,  ac- 
cording to  Gould,  is  temporary  and  local ; — when  she 
has  laid  eggs  in  any  cell,  their  attentions,  he  observed, 
seemed  to  relax,  and  she  became  unsettled  and  uneasy. 
In  the  summer  months  she  is  to  be  met  with  in  various 
apartments  in  the  colony ;  and  eggs  also  are  to  be  seen 
in  several  places,  which  induced  him  to  believe  that, 
having  deposited  a  parcel  in  one,  she  retires  to  another 
for  the  same  purpose,  thus  frequently  changing  her  situ- 
ation and  attendants.  As  there  are  always  a  number  of 
lodgements  void  of  eggs  but  full  of  ants,  she  is  never  at 
a  loss  for  an  agreeable  station  and  submissive  retinue  : 
and  by  the  time  she  has  gone  her  rounds  in  this  manner, 
the  eggs  first  laid  are  brought  to  perfection,  and  her  old 
attendants  are  glad  to  receive  her  again.  Yet  this  inat- 
tention after  oviposition  is  not  invariable ;  the  female  and 
neuters  sometimes  unite  together  in  the  same  cell  after 
the  eggs  are  laid.  On  this  occasion  the  workers  divide 
their  attention;  and  if  you  disturb  them,  some  will  run 
to  the  defence  of  their  queen,  as  well  as  of  the  eggs, 
which  last,  however,  are  the  great  objects  of  their  solici- 
tude. This  statement  differs  somewhat  from  M.  Hu- 
ber's ;  but  different  species  vary  in  their  instincts,  which 
will  account  for  this  and  similar  dissonances  in  authors 
who  have  observed  their  proceedings.  Mr.  Gould  also 
noticed  but  very  few  females  in  ant-nests,  sometimes  only 
one ;  but  M.  Huber,  who  had  better  opportunities,  found 
several,  which  he  says  live  very  peaceably  together,  show- 
ing none  of  that  spirit  of  rivalry  so  remarkable  in  the 
queen  bee. 

And  here  I  must  close  my  narrative  of  the  life  and  ad- 
ventures of  male  and  female  ants;  but,  as  it  will  be  fol- 


58  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

lowed  by  a  history  of  the  still  more  interesting  proceed- 
ings of  the  workers,  I  think  you  will  not  regret  the  ex- 
change. I  shall  show  these  to  you  in  many  different  views, 
under  each  of  which  you  will  find  fresh  reason  to  admire 
them  and  their  wonderful  instincts.  My  only  fear  will 
be  lest  you  should  think  the  picture  too  highly  coloured, 
and  deem  it  incredible  that  creatures  so  minute  should 
so  far  exceed  the  larger  animals  in  wisdom,  foresight, 
and  sagacity,  and  make  so  near  an  approach  in  these 
respects  to  man  himself. — My  facts,  however,  are  de- 
rived from  authorities  so  respectable,  that  I  think  they 
will  do  away  any  bias  of  this  kind  that  you  may  feel  in 
your  mind  a. 

I  need  not  here  repeat  what  I  have  said  in  a  former 
letter  concerning  the  exemplary  attention  paid  by  these 
kind  foster-mothers  to  the  young  brood  of  their  colonies ; 
nor  shall  I  enlarge  upon  the  building  and  nature  of  their 
habitations,  which  have  been  already  noticed b: — but, 
without  either  of  these,  I  have  matter  enough  to  fill  the 
rest  of  this  letter  with  interesting  traits,  while  I  endeavour 
to  teach  you  their  language,  to  develop  their  affections 
and  passions,  and  to  delineate  their  virtues ; — while  I 
show  them  to  you  when  engaged  in  war,  and  enable  you 
to  accompany  them  both  in  their  military  expeditions  and 
in  their  emigrations, — while  I  make  you  a  witness  of 

a  It  may  be  thought  that  many  of  the  anecdotes  related  in  the  fol- 
lowing history  of  the  proceedings  of  neuter  ants  could  not  have  been 
observed  by  any  one,  unless  he  had  been  admitted  into  an  ant-hill ; 
but  it  must  be  recollected  that  M.  P.  Huber,  from  whose  work  the 
most  extraordinary  facts  are  copied,  invented  a  kind  of  ant-hive;  so 
constructed  as  to  enable  him  to  observe  their  proceedings  without 
disturbing  them. 

»  Vol.  I.  476. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  59 

their  indefatigable  industry  and  incessant  labours, — or 
invite  you  to  be  present,  during  their  hours  of  relaxation, 
at  their  sports  and  amusements. 

That  ants,  though  they  are  mute  animals,  have  the 
means  of  communicating  to  each  other  information  of 
various  occurrences,  and  use  a  kind  of  language  which 
is  mutually  understood,  will  appear  evident  from  the  fol- 
lowing facts. 

If  those  at  the  surface  of  a  nest  are  alarmed,  it  is 
wonderful  in  how  short  a  time  the  alarm  spreads  through 
the  whole  nest.  It  runs  from  quarter  to  quarter ;  the 
greatest  inquietude  seems  to  possess  the  community; 
and  they  carry  with  all  possible  dispatch  their  treasures, 
the  larvae  and  pupae,  down  to  the  lowest  apartments. 
Amongst  those  species  of  ants  that  do  not  go  much  from 
home,  sentinels  seem  to  be  stationed  at  the  avenues  of 
their  city.  Disturbing  once  the  little  heaps  of  earth 
thrown  up  at  the  entrances  into  the  nest  of  F.  jlava, 
which  is  of  this  description,  I  was  struck  by  observing  a 
single  ant  immediately  come  out,  as  if  to  see  what  was 
the  matter,  and  this  three  separate  times. 

The  F.  herculanea  inhabits  the  trunks  of  hollow 
trees  on  the  continent,  for  it  has  not  yet  been  found  in 
England,  upon  which  they  are  often  passing  to  and  fro. 
M.  Huber  observed,  that  when  he  disturbed  those  that 
were  at  the  greatest  distance  from  the  rest,  they  ran  to- 
wards them,  and,  striking  their  head  against  them,  com- 
municated their  cause  of  fear  or  anger, — that  these,  in 
their  turn,  conveyed  in  the  same  way  the  intelligence  to 
others,  till  the  whole  colony  was  in  a  ferment,  those  neu- 
ters which  were  within  the  tree  running  out  in  crowds 
to  join  their  companions  in  the  defence  of  their  hubita- 


60  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

tion.  The  same  signals  that  excited  the  courage  of  the 
neuters  produced  fear  in  the  males  and  females,  which, 
as  soon  as  the  news  of  the  danger  was  thus  communi- 
cated to  them,  retreated  into  the  tree  as  to  an  asylum. 

The  legs  of  one  of  this  gentleman's  artificial  formi- 
caries were  plunged  into  pans  of  water,  to  prevent  the 
escape  of  the  ants ; — this  proved  a  source  of  great  en- 
joyment to  these  little  beings,  for  they  are  a  very  thirsty 
race,  and  lap  water  like  dogs  a.  One  day,  when  he  ob- 
served many  of  them  tippling  very  merrily,  he  was  so 
cruel  as  to  disturb  them,  which  sent  most  of  the  ants  in 
a  fright  to  the  nest;  but  some  more  thirsty  than  the  rest 
continued  their  potations.  Upon  this,  one  of  those  that 
had  retreated  returns  to  inform  his  thoughtless  com- 
panions of  their  danger;  one  he  pushes  with  his  jaws; 
another  he  strikes  first  upon  the  belly,  and  then  upon 
the  breast ;  and  so  obliges  three  of  them  to  leave  off 
their  carousing,  and  inarch  homewards ;  but  the  fourth, 
more  resolute  to  drink  \t  out,  is  not  to  be  discomfited, 
and  pays  not  the  least  regard  to  the  kind  blows  with 
which  his  compeer,  solicitous  for  his  safety,  repeatedly 
belabours  him : — at  length,  determined  to  have  his  way, 
he  seizes  him  by  one  of  his  hind-legs,  and  gives  him  a 
violent  pull: — upon  this,  leaving  his  liquor,  the  loiterer 
turns  round,  and  opening  h is "  threatening  jaws  with 
every  appearance  of  anger,  goes  very  coolly  to  drinking 
again;  but  his  monitor,  without  further  ceremony,  rush- 
ing before  him,  seizes  him  by  his  jaws,  and  at  last  drags 
him  off  in  triumph  to  the  formicary  b. 

The  language  of  ants,  however,  is  not  confined  mere- 

a  Gould,  92.  De  Geer  ii.  1067.  Huber,  5,  132. 
b  Huber,  133. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  61 

ly  to  giving  intelligence  of  the  approach  or  presence  of 
danger;  it  is  also  co-extensive  with  all  their  other  oc- 
casions for  communicating  their  ideas  to  each  other. 

Some,  whose  extraordinary  history  I  shall  soon  re- 
late to  you,  engage  in  military  expeditions,  and  often 
previously  send  out  spies  to  collect  information.  These, 
as  soon  as  they  return  from  exploring  the  vicinity,  enter 
the  nest ;  upon  which,  as  if  they  had  communicated  their 
intelligence,  the  army  immediately  assembles  in  the 
suburbs  of  their  city,  and  begins  its  march  towards  that 
quarter  whence  the  spies  had  arrived.  Upon  the  march, 
communications  are  perpetually  making  between  the 
van  and  the  rear ;  and  when  arrived  at  the  camp  of  the 
enemy,  and  the  battle  begins,  if  necessary,  couriers  are 
dispatched  to  the  formicary  for  reinforcements  a. 

If  you  scatter  the  ruins  of  an  ant's  nest  in  your  apart- 
ment, you  will  be  furnished  with  another  proof  of  their 
language.  The  ants  will  take  a  thousand  different  paths, 
each  going  by  itself,  to  increase  the  chance  of  discovery ; 
they  will  meet  and  cross  each  other  in  all  directions,  and 
perhaps  will  wander  long  before  they  can  find  a  spot 
convenient  for  their  reunion.  No  sooner  does  any  one 
discover  a  little  chink  in  the  floor,  through  which  it  can 
pass  below,  than  it  returns  to  its  companions,  and,  by 
means  of  certain  motions  of  its  antennae,  makes  some  of 
them  comprehend  what  route  they  are  to  pursue  to  find 
it,  sometimes  even  accompanying  them  to  the  spot; 
these,  in  their  turn,  become  the  guides  of  others,  till  all 
know  which  way  to  direct  their  steps  b. 

It  is  well  known  also,  that  ants  give  each  other  in- 
formation when  they  have  discovered  any  store  of  pro- 

a  Huber,  237,217,  167.  a  Md.  137. 


62  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

vision.  Bradley  relates  a  striking  instance  of  this.  A 
nest  of  ants  in  a  nobleman's  garden  discovered  a  closet, 
many  yards  within  the  house,  in  which  conserves  were 
kept,  which  they  constantly  attended  till  the  nest  was 
destroyed.  Some  in  their  rambles  must  have  first  dis- 
covered this  depot  of  sweets,  and  informed  the  rest  of  it. 
It  is  remarkable  that  they  always  went  to  it  by  the  same 
track,  scarcely  varying  an  inch  from  it,  though  they  had 
to  pass  through  two  apartments ;  nor  could  the  sweeping 
and  cleaning  of  the  rooms  discomfit  them,  or  cause  them 
to  pursue  a  different  route  a. 

Here  may  be  related  a  very  amusing  experiment  of 
Gould's.  Having  deposited  several  colonies  of  ants 
(F.fasca)  in  flower-pots,  he  placed  them  in  some  earthen 
pans  full  of  water,  which  prevented  then  from  making 
excursions  from  their  nest.  When  they  had  been  ac- 
customed some  days  to  this  imprisonment,  he  fastened 
small  threads  to  the  upper  part  of  the  pots,  and  ex- 
tending them  over  the  water  pans  fixed  them  in  the 
ground.  The  sagacious  ants  soon  found  out  that  by 
these  bridges  they  could  escape  from  their  moated  castle. 
The  discovery  was  communicated  to  the  whole  society, 
and  in  a  short  time  the  threads  were  filled  with  trains  of 
busy  workers  passing  to  and  frob. 

Ligon's  account  of  the  ants  in  Barbadoes  affords  an- 
other most  convincing  proof  of  this  : — as  he  has  told  his 
tale  in  a  very  lively  and  interesting  manner,  I  shall  give 
it  nearly  in  his  own  words. 

"  The  next  of  these  moving  little  animals  are  ants  or 
pismires ;  and  these  are  but  of  a  small  size,  but  great  in 
industry ;  and  that  which  gives  them  means  to  attain  to 
a  Bradley,  134.  b  Gould,  85. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  63 

i 

this  end  is,  they  have  all  one  soul.  If  I  should  say  they 
are  here  orjhere,  I  should  do  them  wrong,  for  they  are 
every  where ;  under  ground,  where  any  hollow  or  loose 
earth  is ;  amongst  the  roots  of  trees ;  upon  the  bodies, 
branches,  leaves  and  fruit  of  all  trees ;  in  all  places  with- 
out the  houses  and  within ;  upon  the  sides,  walls,  win- 
dows, and  roofs  without ;  and  on  the  floors,  side  walls, 
ceilings,  and  windows  within ;  tables,  cupboards,  beds, 
stools,  all  are  covered  with  them,  so  that  they  are  a  kind 

of  ubiquitaries. We  sometimes  kill  a  cockroach,  and 

throw  him  on  the  ground ;  and  mark  what  they  will  do 
with  him  :  his  body  is  bigger  than  a  hundred  of  them, 
and  yet  they  will  find  the  means  to  take  hold  of  him,  and 
lift  him  up  ;  and  having  him  above  ground,  away  they 
carry  him,  and  some  go  by  as  ready  assistants,  if  any  be 
weary ;  and  some  are  the  officers  that  lead  and  show 
the  way  to  the  hole  into  which  he  must  pass ;  and  if  the 
vancouriers  perceive  that  the  body  of  the  cockroach  lies 
across,  and  will  not  pass  through  the  hole  or  arch 
through  which  they  mean  to  carry  him,  order  is  given, 
and  the  body  turned  endwise,  and  this  is  done  a  foot  be- 
fore they  come  to  the  hole,  and  that  without  any  stop  or 
stay ;  and  this  is  observable,  that  they  never  pull  con- 
trary ways. — A  table  being  cleared  with  great  care, 
by  way  of  experiment,  of  all  the  ants  that  were  upon  it, 
and  some  sugar  being  put  upon  it,  some,  after  a  circuitous 
route,  were  observed  to  arrive  at  it,  when  again  de- 
parting without  tasting  the  treasure,  they  hastened  away 
to  inform  their  friends  of  their  discovery,  who  upon  this 
came  by  myriads ; — and  when  they  are  thickest  upon 
the  table,"  says  he,  "clap  a  large  book  (or  any  thing 
fit  for  that  purpose)  upon  them,  so  hard  as  to  kill  all 


64  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

that  are  under  it;  and  when  you  have  done  so,  take 
away  the  book,  and  leave  them  to  themselves  but  a 
quarter  of  an  hour,  and  when  you  come  again,  you  shall 
find  all  those  bodies  carried  away.  Other  trials  we 
make  of  their  ingenuity,  as  this  : — Take  a  pewter  dish, 
and  fill  it  half  full  of  water,  into  which  put  a  little  gally- 
pot  filled  with  sugar,  and  the  ants  will  presently  find  it 
and  come  upon  the  table ;  but  when  they  perceive  it  en- 
vironed with  water,  they  try  about  the  brims  of  the  dish 
where  the  gally-pot  is  nearest ;  and  there  the  most  ven- 
turous amongst  them  commits  himself  to  the  water, 
though  he  be  conscious  how  ill  a  swimmer  he  is,  and  is 
drowned  in  the  adventure :  the  next  is  not  warned  by 
his  example,  but  ventures  too,  and  is  alike  drowned ; 
and  many  more,  so  that  there  is  a  small  foundation  of 
their  bodies  to  venture ;  and  then  they  come  faster  than 
ever,  and  so  make  a  bridge  of  their  own  bodies*." 

The  fact  being  certain,  that  ants  impart  their  ideas 
to  each  other,  we  are  next  led  to  inquire  by  what  means 
this  is  accomplished.  It  does  not  appear  that,  like  the 
bees,  they  emit  any  significative  sounds ;  their  language, 
therefore,  must  consist  of  signs  or  gestures,  some  of 
which  I  shall  now  detail.  In  communicating  their  fear 
or  expressing  their  anger,  they  run  from  one  to  another 
in  a  semicircle,  and  strike  with  their  head  or  jaws  the 
trunk  or  abdomen  of  the  ant  to  which  they  mean  to  give 
information  of  any  subject  of  alarm.  But  those  remark- 
able organs,  their  antennae,  are  the  principal  instruments 
of  their  speech,  if  I  may  so  call  it,  supplying  the  place 
both  of  voice  and  words.  When  the  military  ants  be- 
fore alluded  to  go  upon  their  expeditions,  and  are  out  of 
8  Hist,  of  Barbadoes,  p.  63. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  65 

the  formicary,  previously  to  setting  off,  they  touch  each 
other  on  the  trunk  with  their  antennae  and  forehead; 
— this  is  the  signal  for  marching;  for,  as  soon  as  any 
one  has  received  it,  he  is  immediately  in  motion.  When 
they  have  any  discovery  to  communicate,  they  strike  with 
them  those  that  they  meet  in  a  particularly  impressive 
manner. — If  a  hungry  ant  wants  to  be  fed,  it  touches  with 
its  two  antennae,  moving  them  very  rapidly,  those  of  the 
individual  from  which  it  expects  its  meal : — and  not  only 
ants  understand  this  language,  but  even  Aphides  and 
Cocci,  which  are  the  milch  kine  of  our  little  pismires,  do 
the  same,  and  will  yield  them  their  saccharine  fluid  at 
the  touch  of  these  imperative  organs.  The  helpless  lar- 
vae also  of  the  ants  are  informed  by  the  same  means  when 
they  may  open  their  mouths  to  receive  their  food. 

Next  to  their  language,  and  scarcely  different  from  it, 
are  the  modes  by  which  they  express  their  affections  and 
aversions.  Whether  ants,  with  man  and  some  of  the 
larger  animals,  experience  any  thing  like  attachment  to 
individuals,  is  not  easily  ascertained ;  but  that  they  feel 
the  full  force  of  the  sentiment  which  we  term  patriotism, 
or  the  love  of  the  community  to  which  they  belong,  is 
evident  from  the  whole  series  of  their  proceedings,  which 
all  tend  to  promote  the  general  good.  Distress  or  diffi- 
culty falling  upon  any  member  of  their  society,  generally 
excites  their  sympathy,  and  they  do  their  utmost  to  re- 
lieve it.  M.  Latreille  once  cut  off  the  antennae  of  an 
ant;  and  its  companions,  evidently  pitying  its  sufferings, 
anointed  the  wounded  part  with  a  drop  of  transparent 
fluid  from  their  mouth  :  and  whoever  attends  to  what  is 
going  forward  in  the  neighbourhood  of  one  of  their  nests, 
will  be  pleased  to  observe  the  readiness  with  which  they 

VOL.   II.  F 


66          PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

seem  disposed  to  assist  each  other  in  difficulties.  When 
a  burthen  is  too  heavy  for  one,  another  will  soon  come 
to  ease  it  of  part  of  the  weight ;  and  if  one  is  threatened 
with  an  attack,  all  hasten  to  the  spot,  to  join  in  repel- 
ling it. 

The  satisfaction  they 'express  at  meeting  after  absence 
is  very  striking,  and  gives  some  degree  of  individuality 
to  their  attachment.  M.  Huber  witnessed  the  gesticu- 
lations of  some  ants,  originally  belonging  to  the  same 
nest,  that,  having  been  entirely  separated  from  each  other 
four  months,  were  afterwards  brought  together.  Though 
this  was  equal  to  one-fourth  of  their  existence  as  perfect 
insects,  they  immediately  recognised  each  other,  saluted 
mutually  with  their  antennae,  and  united  once  more  to 
form  one  family. 

They  are  also  ever  intent  to  promote  each  other's  wel- 
fare, and  ready  to  share  with  their  absent  companions 
any  good  thing  they  may  meet  with.  Those  that  go 
abroad  feed  those  which  remain  in  the  nest ;  and  if  they 
discover  any  stock  of  favourite  food,  they  inform  the 
whole  community,  as  we  have  seen  above,  and  teach 
them  the  way  to  it.  M.  Huber,  for  a  particular  reason, 
having  produced  heat,  by  means  of  a  flambeau  in  a  cer- 
tain part  of  an  artificial  formicary,  the  ants  that  happened 
to  be  in  that  quarter,  after  enjoying  it  for  a  time,  hasten- 
ed to  convey  the  welcome  intelligence  to  their  compa- 
triots, whom  they  even  carried  suspended  upon  their 
jaws  (their  usual  mode  of  transporting  each  other)  t*  the 
spot,  till  hundreds  might  be  seen  thus  laden  with  their 
friends. 

If  ants  feel  the  force  of  love,  they  are  equally  suscep- 
tible of  the  emotions  of  anger ;  and  when  they  are  me- 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  67 

naced  or  attacked,  no  insects  show  a  greater  degree  of 
it.  Providence,  moreover,  has  furnished  them  with  wea- 
pons and  faculties  which  render  it  extremely  formidable 
to  their  insect  enemies,  and  sometimes,  as  I  have  related 
on  a  former  occasion,  a  great  annoyance  to  man  him- 
self3. Two  strong  mandibles  arm  their  mouth,  with 
which  they  sometimes  fix  themselves  so  obstinately  to 
the  object  of  their  attack,  that  they  will  sooner  be  torn 
limb  from  limb  than  let  go  their  hold ; — and  after  their 
battles,  the  head  of  a  conquered  enemy  may  often  be  seen 
suspended  to  the  antennae  or  legs  of  the  victor,~-a  tro- 
phy of  his  valour,  which,  however  troublesome,  he  will 
be  compelled  to  carry  about  with  him  to  the  day  of  his 
death.  Their  abdomen  is  also  furnished  with  a  poison- 
bag  (Ioterium\  in  which  is  secreted  a  powerful  and  veno- 
mous fluid,  long  celebrated  in  chemical  researches,  and 
once  called  formic  acid,  though  now  considered  a  modi- 
fication of  the  acetic  and  malicb ;  which,  when  their  ene- 
my is  beyond  the  reach  of  their  mandibles  (I  speak  here 
particularly  of  the  hill-ant,  or  F.  rufa\  standing  erect 
on  their  hind-legs,  they  ejaculate  from  their  anus  with 
considerable  force,  so  that  from  the  surface  of  the  nest 
ascends  a  shower  of  poison,  exhaling  a  strong  sulphu- 
reous odour,  sufficient  to  overpower  or  repel  any  insect 
or  small  animal.  Such  is  the  fury  of  some  species,  that 
with  the  acid,  according  to  Gould  c,  they  sometimes  partly 
eject,  drawing  it  back  however  directly,  the  poison-bag 
itself.  If  a  stick  be  stuck  into  one  of  the  nests  of  the 


3  VOL.  I.  p.  122. 

b  See  Fourcroy,  Annales  dit  Museum,  no.  5.  p.  338,  342.     Some, 
however,  still  regard  it  as  a  distinct  acid.  c  p.  34. 

F  2 


68  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

hill-ant,  it  is  so  saturated  with  the  acid  as  to  retain  the 
scent  for  many  hours.  A  more  formidable  weapon  arms 
the  species  of  the  genus  Myrmica,  Latr.;  for,  besides  the 
poison-bag,  they  are  furnished  with  a  sting ;  and  their 
aspect  is  also  often  rendered  peculiarly  revolting,  by  the 
extraordinary  length  of  their  jaws,  and  by  the  spines 
which  defend  their  head  and  trunk. 

But  weapons  without  valour  are  of  but  little  use ;  and 
this  is  one  distinguishing  feature  of  our  pygmy  race. 
Their  courage  and  pertinacity  are  unconquerable,  and 
often  sublimed  into  the  most  inconceivable  rage  and  fury. 
It  makes  no  difference  to  them  whether  they  attack  a 
mite  or  an  elephant ;  and  man  himself  instills  no  terror 
into  their  warlike  breasts.  Point  your  finger  towards 
any  individual  of  F.  rtifa, —  instead  of  running  away,  it 
instantly  faces  about,  and,  that  it  may  make  the  most  of 
itself,  stiffening  its  legs  into  a  nearly  straight  line,  it  gives 
its  body  the  utmost  elevation  it  is  capable  of;  and  thus 

'*  Collecting  all  its  might  dilated  stands " 

prepared  to  repel  your  attack.  Put  your  finger  a  little 
nearer,  it  immediately  opens  its  jaws  to  bite  you,  and 
rearing  upon  its  hind-legs  bends  its  abdomen  between 
them,  to  ejaculate  its  venom  into  the  wound  a. 

This  angry  people,  so  well  armed  and  so  courageous, 
we  may  readily  imagine  are  not  always  at  peace  with 
their  neighbours ;  causes  of  dissension  may  arise  to  light 
the  flame  of  war  between  the  inhabitants  of  nests  not  far 
distant  from  each  other.  To  these  little  bustling  creatures 
a  square  foot  of  earth  is  a  territory  worth  contending  for ; 

a  See  Fourcroy,  Annales  du  Museum,  no.  5.  343. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  69 

— their  droves  of  Aphides  equally  valuable  with  the  flocks 
and  herds  that  cover  our  plains ;  and  the  body  of  a  fly 
or  a  beetle,  or  a  cargo  of  straws  and  bits  of  stick,  an  ac- 
quisition as  important  as  the  treasures  of  a  Lima  fleet 
to  our  seamen.  Their  wars  are  usually  between  nests 
of  different  species ;  sometimes,  however,  those  of  the 
same,  when  so  near  as  to  interfere  with  and  incommode 
each  other,  have  their  battles;  and  with  respect  to  ants 
of  one  species,  Myrmica  rubra,  combats  occasionally  take 
place,  contrary  to  the  general  habits  of  the  tribe  of  ants, 
between  those  of  the  same  nest.  I  shall  give  you  some 
account  of  all  these  conflicts,  beginning  with  the  last. 
But  I  must  first  observe,  that  the  only  warriors  amongst 
our  ants  are  the  neuters  or  workers ;  the  males  and  fe- 
males being  very  peaceable  creatures,  and  always  glad 
to  get  out  of  harm's  way. 

The  wars  of  the  red  ant  (M.  rubra)  are  usually  be- 
tween a  small  number  of  the  citizens;  and  the  object, 
according  to  Gould,  is  to  get  rid  of  a  useless  member  of 
the  community  (it  does  not  argue  much  in  favour  of  the 
humanity  of  this  species  if  it  be  by  sickness  that  this 
member  is  disabled),  rather  than  any  real  civil  contest. 
"  The  red  colonies,"  says  this  author,  "  are  the  only 
ones  I  could  ever  observe  to  feed  upon  their  own  spe- 
cies. You  may  frequently  discern  a  party  of  from  five 
or  six  to  twenty  surrounding  one  of  their  own  kind,  or 
even  fraternity,  and  pulling  it  to  pieces.  The  ant  they 
attack  is  generally  feeble,  and  of  a  languid  complexion, 
occasioned  perhaps  by  some  disorder  or  other  accident a." 
I  once  saw  one  of  these  ants  dragged  out  of  the  nest  by 

1  Gould,  104. 


70  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

another,  without  its  head ;  it  was  still  alive,  and  could 
crawl  about.  A  lively  imagination  might  have  fancied  that 
this  poor  ant  was  a  criminal,  condemned  by  a  court  of 
justice  to  suffer  the  extreme  sentence  of  the  law.  It  was 
more  probably,  however,  a  champion  that  had  been  de- 
capitated in  an  unequal  combat,  unless  we  admit  Gould's 
idea,  and  suppose  it  to  have  suffered  because  it  was  an 
unprofitable  member«of  the  community1.  At  another 
time  I  found  three  individuals  that  were  fighting  with 
great  fury,  chained  together  by  their  mandibles ;  one  of 
these  had  lost  two  of  the  legs  of  one  side,  yet  it  appeared 
to  walk  well,  and  was  as  eager  to  attack  and  seize  its  op- 
ponents, as  if  it  was  unhurt.  This  did  not  look  like  lan- 
guor or  sickness. 

The  wars  of  ants  that  are  not  of  the  same  species  take 
place  usually  between  those  that  differ  in  size ;  and  the 
great  endeavouring  to  oppress  the  small  are  nevertheless 
often  outnumbered  by  them,  and  defeated.  Their  bat- 
tles have  long  been  celebrated,  and  the  date  of  them,  as 
if  it  were  an  event  of  the  first  importance,  has  been 
formally  recorded.  JEue&s  Sylvius,  after  giving  a  very 
circumstantial  account  of  one  contested  with  great  obs- 
tinacy by  a  great  and  small  species  on  the  trunk  of  a 
pear-tree,  gravely  states,  "This  action  was  fought  in  the 
pontificate  of  Eugenius  the  Fourth,  in  the  presence  of 


8  One  would  think  the  writer  of  the  account  of  ants  in  Mouffet 
had  been  witness  to  something  similar.  "  If  they  see  any  one  idle," 
says  he,  "  they  not  only  drive  him  as  spurious,  without  food,  from 
the  nest ;  but  likewise,  a  circle  of  all  ranks  being  assembled,  cut  off 
his  head  before  the  gates,  that  he  may  be  a  warning  to  their  children 
not  to  give  themselves  up  for  the  future  to  idleness  and  effeminacy." 
—Theatr.  Ins.  241. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  71 

Nicholas  Pistoriensis,  an  eminent  lawyer,  who  related 
the  whole  history  of  the  battle  with  the  greatest  fidelity  !" 
A  similar  engagement  between  great  and  small  ants  is 
recorded  by  Olaus  Magnus,  in  which  the  small  ones  be- 
ing victorious  are  said  to  have  buried  the  bodies  of  their 
own  soldiers,  but  left  those  of  their  giant  enemies  a  prey 
to  the  birds.  This  event  happened  previous  to  the  expul- 
sion of  the  tyrant  Christiern  the  Second  from  Sweden a. 
M.  P.  Huber  is  the  only  modern  author  that  appears 
to  have  been  witness  to  these  combats.  He  tells  us  that, 
when  the  great  attack  the  small,  they  seek  to  take  them 
by  surprise,  (probably  to  avoid  their  fastening  themselves 
to  their  legs,)  and,  seizing  them  by  the  upper  part  of 
the  body,  they  strangle  them  with  their  mandibles ;  but 
when  the  small  have  time  to  foresee  the  attack,  they 
give  notice  to  their  companions,  who  rush  in  crowds 
to  their  succour.  Sometimes,  however,  after  suffering  a 
signal  defeat,  the  smaller  species  are  obliged  to  shift 
their  quarters,  and  to  seek  an  establishment  more  out  of 
the  way  of  danger.  In  order  to  cover  their  march,  many 
small  bodies  are  then  posted  at  a  little  distance  from  the 
nest.  As  soon  as  the  large  ants  approach  the  camp,  the 
foremost  sentinels  instantly  fly  at  them  with  the  greatest 
rage,  a  violent  struggle  ensues,  multitudes  of  their  friends 
come  to  their  assistance,  and,  though  no  match  for  their 
enemies  singly,  by  dint  of  numbers  they  prevail,  and  the 
giant  is  either  slain  or  led  captive  to  the  hostile  camp. 
The  species  whose  proceedings  M.  Huber  observed*  were 
F.  herculanea  and  F.  sanguinea,  neither  of  which  have 
yet  been  discovered  in  Britain  b. 

a   Mouffet,  Theatr.  Im.  242.  b  Huber,  160. 


72  ^PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

But  if  you  would  see  more  numerous  armies  engaged, 
and  survey  war  in  all  its  forms,  you  must  witness  the 
combats  of  ants  of  the  same  species,  you  must  go  into 
the  woods  where  the  hill-ant  of  Gould  (F.  rufa)  erects 
its  habitations.  There  you  will  sometimes  behold  popu- 
lous and  rival  cities,  like  Rome  and  Carthage,  as  if  they 
had  vowed  each  other's  destruction,  pouring  forth  their 
myriads  by  the  various  roads  that,  like  rays,  diverge  on 
all  sides  from  their  respective  metropolises,  to  decide  by 
an  appeal  to  arms  the  fate  of  their  little  world.  As  the 
exploits  of  frogs  and  mice  were  the  theme  of  Homer's 
muse,  so,  were  I  gifted  like  him,  might  I  celebrate  on 
this  occasion  the  exhibition  of  Myrmidonian  valour;  but, 
alas  !  I  am  Davus,  not  CEdipus ;  you  must  therefore  rest 
contented,  if  I  do  my  best  in  plain  prose ;  and  I  trust 
you  will  not  complain  if,  being  unable  to  ascertain  the 
name  of  any  one  of  my  heroes,  my  Myrmidonomackia  be 
perfectly  anonymous. 

Figure  to  yourself  two  of  these  cities  equal  in  size  and 
population,  and  situated  about  a  hundred  paces  from 
each  other;  observe  their  countless  numbers,  equal  to 
the  population  of  two  mighty  empires.  The  whole  space 
which  separates  them  for  the  breadth  of  twenty-four 
inches  appears  alive  with  prodigious  crowds  of  their  in- 
habitants. The  armies  meet  midway  between  their  re- 
spective habitations,  and  there  join  battle.  Thousands 
of  champions,  mounted  on  more  elevated  spots,  engage 
in  single  combat,  and  seize  each  other  with  their  power- 
ful jaws ;  a  still  greater  number  are  engaged  on  both 
sides  in  taking  prisoners,  which  make  vain  efforts  to  es- 
cape, conscious  of  the  cruel  fate  which  awaits  them  when 
arrived  at  the  hostile  formicary.  The  spot  where  the 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  73 

battle  most  rages  is  about  two  or  three  square  feet  in  di- 
mensions :  a  penetrating  odour  exhales  on  all  sides, — 
numbers  of  ants  are  here  lying  dead  covered  with  ve- 
nom,— others,  composing  groups  and  chains,  are  hooked 
together  by  their  legs  or  jaws,  and  drag  each  other  alter- 
nately in  contrary  directions.  These  groups  are  formed 
gradually.  At  first  a  pair  of  combatants  seize  each  other, 
and  rearing  upon  their  hind-legs  mutually  spirt  their  acid, 
then  closing  they  fall  and  wrestle  in  the  dust.  Again  re- 
covering their  feet,  each  endeavours  to  drag,  off  his  an- 
tagonist. If  their  strength  be  equal,  they  remain  irn- 
moveable,  till  the  arrival  of  a  third  gives  one  the  advan- 
tage. Both,  however,  are  often  succoured  at  the  same 
time,  and  the  battle  still  continues  undecided — others 
take  part  on  each  side,  till  chains  are  formed  of  six, 
eight,  or  sometimes  ten,  all  hooked  together  and  strug- 
gling pertinaciously  for  the  mastery :  the  equilibrium 
remains  unbroken,  till  a  number  of  champions  from  the 
same  nest  arriving  at  once,  compel  them  to  let  go  their 
hold,  and  the  single  combats  recommence.  At  the  ap- 
proach of  night,  each  party  gradually  retreats  to  its  own 
city:  but  before  the  following  dawn  the  combat  is  renewed 
with  redoubled  fury,  and  occupies  a  greater  extent  of 
ground.  These  daily  fights  continue  till,  violent  rains  se- 
parating the  combatants,  they  forget  their  quarrel,  and 
peace  is  restored. 

Such  is  the  account  given  by  M.  Huber  of  a  battle  he 
witnessed.  In  these  engagements,  he  observes,  their  fury 
is  so  wrought  up,  that  nothing  can  divert  them  from  their 
purpose.  Though  he  was  close  to  them  examining  their 
proceedings,  they  paid  not  the  least  attention  to  him,  being 
absorbed  by  one  sole  object,  that  of  finding  an  enemy  to 


74-  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

attack.  What  is  most  wonderful  in  this  history,  though 
all  are  of  the  same  make,  colour,  and  scent,  every  ant 
seemed  to  know  those  of  his  own  party ;  and  if  by  mistake 
one  was  attacked,  it  was  immediately  discovered  by  the 
assailant,  and  caresses  succeeded  to  blows.  Though  all 
was  fury  and  carnage  in  the  space  between  the  two  nests, 
on  the  other  side  the  paths  were  full  of  ants  going  to  and 
fro  on  the  ordinary  business  of  the  society,  as  in  a  time 
of  peace  ;  and  the  whcfle  formicary  exhibited  an  appear- 
ance of  order  and  tranquillity,  except  that  on  the  quarter 
leading  to  the  field  of  battle  crowds  might  always  be  seen, 
either  marching  to  reinforce  the  army  of  their  compa- 
triots, or  returning  home  with  the  prisoners  they  had 
taken  a,  which  it  is  to  be  feared  are  the  devoted  victims 
of  a  cannibal  feast. 

Having,  I  apprehend,  satiated  you  with  the  fury  and 
carnage  of  Myrmidonian  wars,  I  shall  next  bring  forward 
a  scene  still  more  astonishing,  which  at  first,  perhaps,  you 
will  be  disposed  to  regard  as  the  mere  illusion  of  a  lively 
imagination.  What  will  you  say  when  I  tell  you  that  cer- 
tain ants  are  affirmed  to  sally  forth  from  their  nests  on 
predatory  expeditions,  for  the  singular  purpose  of  pro- 
curing slaves  to  employ  in  their  domestic  business ;  and 
that  these  ants  are  usually  a  ruddy  race,  while  their  slaves 
themselves  are  black  ?  I  think  I  see  you  here  throw  down 
my  letter  and  exclaim — "  What !  ants  turned  slave-deal- 
ers !  This  is  a  fact  so  extraordinary  and  improbable, 
and  so  out  of  the  usual  course  of  nature,  that  nothing  but 
the  most  powerful  and  convincing  evidence  shall  induce 
me  to  believe  it."  In  this  I  perfectly  approve  your  cau- 
tion; such  a  solecism  in  nature  ought  not  to  be  believed 
*  See  Huber,  chap.  v. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  75 

till  it  has  undergone  the  ordeal  of  a  most  thorough  inves- 
tigation. Unfortunately  in  this  country  we  have  not  the 
means  of  satisfying  ourselves  by  ocular  demonstration, 
since  none  of  the  slave-dealing  ants  appear  to  be  natives 
of  Britain.  We  must  be  satisfied,  therefore,  with  weigh- 
ing the  evidence  of  others.  Hear  what  M.  P.  Huber,  the 
discoverer  of  this  almost  incredible  deviation  of  nature 
from  her  general  laws,  has  advanced  to  convince  the  world 
of  the  accuracy  of  his  statement,  and  you  will,  I  am  sure, 
allow  that  he  has  thrown  over  his  history  a  colouring  of 
verisimilitude,  and  that  his  appeal  to  testimony  is  in  a 
very  high  degree  satisfactory. 

"  My  readers,"  says  he,  "will  perhaps  be  temptecLto 
believe  that  I  have  suffered  myself  to  be  carried  away 
by  the  love  of  the  marvellous,  and  that,  in  order  to  impart 
greater  interest  to  my  narration,  I  have  given  way  to  an 
inclination  to  embellish  the  facts  that  I  have  observed. 
But  the  more  the  wonders  of  nature  have  attractions  for 
me,  the  less  do  I  feel  inclined  to  alter  them  by  a  mixture 
of  the  reveries  of  imagination.  I  have  sought  to  divest 
myself  of  every  illusion  and  prejudice,  of  the  ambition  of 
saying  new  things,  of  the  prepossessions  often  attached  to 
perceptions  too  rapid,  the  love  of  system,  and  the  like. 
And  I  have  endeavoured  to  keep  myself,  if  I  may  so  say, 
in  a  disposition  of  mind  perfectly  neuter,  and  ready  to 
admit  all  facts,  of  whatever  nature  they  might  be,  that 
patient  observation  should  confirm.  Amongst  the  persons 
whom  I  have  taken  as  witnesses  to  the  discovery  of  mixed 
ant-hills,  I  can  cite  a  distinguished  philosopher  (Prof. 
Jurine),  who  was  desirous  of  verifying  their  existence  by 
examining  himself  the  two  species  united  a." 

a  Huber,  287.    Jurine,  Hymenopteres,  273. 


76  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

He  afterwards  appeals  to  nature,  and  calls  upon  all 
who  doubt  to  repeat  his  experiments,  which  he  is  sure 
will  soon  satisfy  them : — a  satisfaction  which,  as  I  have 
just  observed,  in  this  country  we  cannot  receive,  for 
want  of  the  slave-making  species. — And  now  to  begin 
my  history. 

There  are  two  species  of  ants  which  engage  in  these 
excursions,  Polyergu$  rufescens  and  Formica  sanguined  : 
but  they  do  not,  like  the  African  kings,  make  slaves  of 
adults,  their  sole  object  being  to  carry  off  the  helpless 
infants  of  the  colony  which  they  attack,  the  larvae  and 
pupae ;  these  they  educate  in  their  own  nests,  till  they 
arrive  at  their  perfect  state,  when  they  undertake  all  the 
business  of  the  society  a.  In  the  following  account  I 
shall  chiefly  confine  myself  to  what  Huber  relates  of 
the  first  of  these  species,  and  conclude  my  extracts  with 
his  history  of  an  expedition  of  the  latter  to  procure 
slaves. 

The  rufescent  ants  b  do  not  leave  their  nests  to  go  upon 
these  expeditions,  which  last  about  ten  weeks,  till  the 
males  are  ready  to  emerge  into  the  perfect  state :  and  it 
is  very  remarkable,  that  if  any  individuals  attempt  to  stray 

a  It  is  not  clear  that  our  Willughby  had  not  some  knowledge  of 
this  extraordinary  fact ;  for  in  his  description  of  ants,  speaking  of  their 
care  of  their  pupae,  he  says,  "  that  they  also  carry  the  aurelice  of  others 
into  their  nests,  as  if  they  were  their  own"  Rai.  Hist.  Ins.  69. — Gould 
remarks  concerning  the  hill-ant,  "This  species  is  very  rapacious 
after  the  vermicles  and  nymphs  of  other  ants.  If  you  place  a  parcel 
before  or  near  their  colonies,  they  will,  with  remarkable  greediness, 
seize  and  carry  them  off."  91,  note*.  Query — Do  they  this  to  de- 
vour them,  or  educate  them  ?  White  made  the  same  observation, 
Nat.  Hist.  ii.  2J8. 

b  This  species  forms  a  kind  of  link  which  connects  Latreille's  two 
genera  Formica  and  Myrmica,  borrowing  the  abdominal  squama  from 
the  Former,  and  the  sting  from  the  latter. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  77 

abroad  earlier,  they  are  detained  by  their  staves,  who  will 
not  suffer  them  to  proceed.  A  wonderful  provision  of 
the  Creator  to  prevent  the  black  colonies  from  being  pil- 
laged when  they  contain  only  male  and  female  brood, 
which  would  be  their  total  destruction,  without  being  any 
benefit  to  their  assailants,  to  whom  neuters  alone  are 
useful. 

Their  time  of  sallying  forth  is  from  two  in  the  afternoon 
till  five,  but  more  generally  a  little  before  five :  the  wea- 
ther, however,  must  be  fine,  and  the  thermometer  must 
stand  at  above  36°  in  the  shade.  Previously  to  marching 
there  is  reason  to  think  that  they  send  out  scouts  to  ex- 
plore the  vicinity ;  upon  whose  return  they  emerge  from 
their  subterranean  city,  directing  their  course  to  the  quar- 
ter from  which  the  scouts  came.  They  have  various  pre- 
paratory signals,  such  as  pushing  each  other  with  the  man- ' 
dibles  or  forehead,  or  playing  with  the  antennae,  the  ob- 
ject of  which  is  probably  to  excite  their  martial  ardour, 
to  give  the  word  for  marching,  or  to  indicate  the  route 
they  are  to  take.  The  advanced  guard  usually  consists 
of  eight  or  ten  ants ;  but  no  sooner  do  these  get  beyond 
the  rest,  than  they  move  back,  wheeling  round  in  a 
semicircle,  and  mixing  with  the  main  body,  while  others 
succeed  to  their  station.  They  have  "  no  captain,  over- 
seer, or  ruler"  as  Solomon  observes,  their  army  being 
composed  entirely*  of  neuters,  without  a  single  female  : 
thus  all  in  their  turns  take  their  place  at  the  head,  and 
then  retreating  towards  the  rear,  make  room  for  others. 
This  is  the  usual  order  of  their  march ;  and  the  object 
of  it  may  be  to  communicate  intelligence  more  readily 
from  one  part  of  the  column  to  another. 

When  winding  through  the  grass  of  a  meadow  they 


78  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

have  proceeded  to  thirty  feet  or  more  from  their  own 
habitation,  they  disperse;  and,  like  dogs  with  their 
noses,  explore  the  ground  with  their  antennae  to  detect 
the  traces  of  the  game  they  are  pursuing.  The  negro 
formicary,  the  object  of  their  search,  is  soon  discovered ; 
some  of  the  inhabitants  are  usually  keeping  guard  at  the 
avenues,  which  dart  upon  the  foremost  of  their  assailants 
with  inconceivable  fury.  The  alarm  increasing,  crowds 
of  its  swarthy  inhabitants  rush  forth  from  every  apart- 
ment; but  their  valour  is  exerted  in  vain;  for  the  be- 
siegers, precipitating  themselves  upon  them,  by  the 
ardour  of  their  attack  compel  them  to  retreat  within, 
and  seek  shelter  in  the  lowest  story ;  great  numbers  en- 
tering with  them  at  the  gates,  while  others  with  their 
mandibles  make  a  breach  in  the  walls,  through  which 
the  victorious  army  marches  into  the  besieged  city.  In 
a  few  minutes,  by  the  same  passages,  they  as  hastily 
evacuate  it,  each  carrying  off  in  its  mouth  a  larva  or 
pupa  which  it  has  seized  in  spite  of  its  unhappy  guardians. 
On  their  return  home  with  their  spoil,  they  pursue  ex- 
actly the  route  by  which  they  went  to  the  attack.  Their 
success  on  these  expeditions  is  rather  the  result  of  their 
impetuosity,  by  which  they  damp  the  courage  of  the 
negroes,  than  of  their  superior  strength,  though  they 
are  a  larger  animal ;  for  sometimes  a  very  small  body  of 
them,  not  more  than  150,  has  been  known  to  succeed  in 
their  attack  and  to  carry  off  their  booty3. 

*  Since  the  publication  of  the  first  edition  of  this  volume  I  have 
met  with  fresh  confirmation  of  the  extraordinary  history  here  re- 
lated. Having  been  induced  to  visit  Paris,  and  calling  upon  M.  La- 
treille  (so  justly  celebrated  as  one  of  the  first  entomologists  of 
the  age,  and  to  whom  I  feel  infinitely  indebted  for  the  friendly  at- 
tentions which  he  paid  to  me  during  my  too  short  stay  in  that 
metropolis),  he  assured  me,  that  he  had  verified  all  the  principal 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  79 

When  from  their  proximity  they  are  more  readily  to 
be  come  at  than  those  of  the  negroes,  they  sometimes 
assault  with  the  same  view  the  nest  of  another  species 
of  ant,  which  I  shall  call  the  miners  (F.  cunicularia). 

facts  advanced  by  Huber.  He  has  also  said  the  same  in  his  Considera- 
tions nouvelleset  generates  sur  les  insectes  vivcmt  en  Societe.  (Mem.  du 
Mus.  iii.  407-)  At  the  same  time  he  informed  me  that  there  was  a 
nest  of  the  rufescent  ants  in  the  Bois  de  Boulogne,  to  which  place  he 
afterwards  was  so  good  as  to  accompany  me.  We  went  on  the  25th 
of  June,  1817-  The  day  was  excessively  hot  and  sultry.  A  little  be- 
fore five  in  the  afternoon  we  began  our  search.  At  first  we  could 
not  discern  a  single  ant  in  motion.  In  a  minute  or  two,  however, 
my  friend  directed  my  attention  to  one  individual — two  or  three 
more  next  appeared — and  soon  a  numerous  army  was  to  be  seen 
winding  through  the  long  grass  of  a  low  ridge  in  which  was  their 
formicary.  Just  at  the  entrance  of  the  wood  from  Paris,  on  the  right- 
hand  and  near  the  road,  is  a  bare  place  paled  in  for  the  Sunday 
amusement  of  the  lower  orders — to  this  the  ants  directed  their 
inarch,  and  upon  entering  it  divided  into  two  columns,  which  tra- 
versed it  rapidly  and  with  great  apparent  eagerness;  all  the  while  ex- 
ploring the  ground  with  their  antennas  as  beagles  with  their  noses, 
evidently  as  if  in  pursuit  of  game.  Those  in  the  van,  as  Huber  also 
observed,  kept  perpetually  falling  back  into  the  main  body.  When 
they  had  passed  this  inclosure,  they  appeared  for  some  time  to  be  at 
a  loss,  making  no  progress  but  only  coursing  about :  but  after  a  few 
minutes  delay,  as  if  they  had  received  some  intelligence,  they  re- 
sumed their  march  and  soon  arrived  at  a  negro  nest,  which  they  en- 
tered by  one  or  two  apertures.  We  could  not  observe  that  any  ne- 
groes were  expecting  their  attack  outside  the  nest,  but  in  a  short 
time  a  few  came  out  at  another  opening,  and  seemed  to  be  making 
their  escape.  Perhaps  some  conflict  might  have  taken  place  within 
the  nest,  in  the  interval  between  the  appearance  of  these  negroes 
and  the  entry  of  their  assailants.  However  this  might  be,  in  a  few 
minutes  one  of  the  latter  made  its  appearance  with  a  pupa  in  its 
mouth ;  it  was  followed  by  three  or  four  more ;  and  soon  the  whole 
army  began  to  emerge  as  fast  as  it  could,  almost  every  individual  car- 
rying its  burthen.  Most  that  I  observed  seemed  to  have  pupa?.  T  then 
traced  the  expedition  back  to  the  spot  from  which  I  first  saw  them 
set  out,  which  according  to  my  steps  was  about  156  feet  from  the 
negro  formicary.  The  whole  business  was  transacted  in  little  more 
than  an  hour.  Though  I  could  trace  the  ants  back  to  a  certain  spot 


80  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

This  species  being  more  courageous  than  the  other,  on 
this  account  the  rufescent  host  marches  to  the  attack  in 
closer  order  than  usual,  moving   with  astonishing  ra- 
pidity.    As  soon  as  they  begin  to  enter  their  habitation, 
myriads  of  the  miners  rushing  out  fall  upon  them  with 
great  fury ;  while  others,  well  aware  of  their  purpose, 
making  a  passage  through  the  midst  of  them,  carry  off 
in  their  mouth  the  iarva3  and  pupae.     The  surface  of  the 
nest  thus  becomes  the  scene  of  an  obstinate  conflict,  and 
the  assailants  are  often  deprived  of  the  prey  which  they 
had  seized.     The  miners  dart  upon  them,  fight  them 
foot  to  foot,  dispute  every  inch  of  their  territory,  and 
defend  their  progeny  with  unexampled  courage  and  rage. 
When  the  rufescents,  laden  with  pillage,  retire,  they  do 
it  in  close  order — a  precaution  highly  necessary,  since 
their  valiant  enemies,  pursuing  them,  impede  their  pro- 
gress for  a  considerable  distance  from  their  residence. 

During  these  combats  the  pillaged  ant-hill  presents 
in  miniature  the  spectacle  of  a  besieged  city ;  hundreds 
of  its  inhabitants  may  be  seen  making  their  escape,  and 
carrying  off  in  different  directions,  to  a  place  of  security, 
some  the  young  brood,  and  others  their  females  that  are 
newly  excluded  :  but  when  the  danger  is  wholly  passed, 

in  the  ridge  before  mentioned,  where  they  first  appeared  in  the  long 
grass,  I  did  riot  succeed  in  finding  the  entrance  to  their  nest,  so  that 
I  was  deprived  of  the  pleasure  of  seeing  the  mixed  society.  As  we 
dined  at  an  auberge  close  to  the  spot,  I  proposed  renewing  my  re- 
searches after  dinner ;  but  a  violent  tempest  of  thunder  and  rain, 
though  I  attempted  it,  prevented  my  succeeding ;  and  afterwards  I 
had  no  opportunity  of  revisiting  the  place. 

M.  Latreille  very  justly  observes  that  it  is  physically  impossible 
for  the  rufescent  ants  (Polyergus  rufescens\  on  account  of  the  form 
of  their  jaws  and  the  accessory  parts  of  the  mouth,  either  to  prepare 
habitations  for  their  family,  to  procure  food,  or  to  feed  them. — Con- 
siderations nouvelles,  <^c.  p.  408. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  81 

they  bring  them  back  to  their  city,  the  gates  of  which 
they  barricade,  and  remain  in  great  numbers  near  them 
to  guard  the  entrance. 

Formica  sanguinea,  as  I  observed  above,  is  another 
of  the  slave-making  ants ;  and  its  proceedings  merit  sepa- 
rate notice,  since  they  differ  considerably  from  those  of 
the  rufescents.  They  construct  their  nests  under  hedges 
of  a  southern  aspect,  and  likewise  attack  the  hills  both 
of  the  negroes  and  miners.  On  the  15th  of  July,  at  ten 
in  the  morning,  Huber  observed  a  small  band  of  these 
ants  sallying  forth  from  their  formicary,  and  marching 
rapidly  to  a  neighbouring  nest  of  negroes,  around  which 
it  dispersed.  The  inhabitants,  rushing  out  in  crowds, 
attacked  them  and  took  several  prisoners:  those  that 
escaped  advanced  no  further,  but  appeared  to  wait  for 
succours;  small  brigades  kept  frequently  arriving  to 
reinforce  them,  which  emboldened  them  to  approach 
nearer  to  the  city  they  had  blockaded ;  upon  this  their 
anxiety  to  send  couriers  to  their  own  nest  seemed  to  in- 
crease :  these  spreading  a  general  alarm,  a  large  rein- 
forcement immediately  set  out  to  join  the  besieging  army; 
yet  even  then  they  did  not  begin  the  battle.  Almost  all 
the  negroes,  coming  out  of  their  fortress,  formed  them- 
selves in  a  body  about  two  feet  square  in  front  of  it,  and 
there  expected  the  enemy.  Frequent  skirmishes  were 
the  prelude  to  the  main  conflict,  which  was  begun  by 
the  negroes.  Long  before  success  appeared  dubious 
they  carried  off  their  pupae,  and  heaped  them  up  at  the 
entrance  to  their  nest,  on  the  side  opposite  to  that  on 
which  the  enemy  approached.  The  young  females  also 
fled  to  the  same  quarter.  The  sanguine  ants  at  length 
rush  upon  the  negroes,  and  attacking  them  on  all  sides, 

VOL.  II.  G 


82  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

after  a  stout  resistance  the  latter,  renouncing  all  defence, 
endeavour  to  make  off  to  a  distance  with  the  pupae  they 
have  heaped  up : — the  host  of  assailants  pursues,  and 
strives  to  force  from  them  these  objects  of  their  care. 
Many  also  enter  the  formicary,  and  begin  to  carry  off 
the  young  brood  that  are  left  in  it.  A  continued  chain 
of  ants  engaged  in  this  employment  extends  from  nest  to 
nest,  and  the  day  ancfr  part  of  the  night  pass  before  all  is 
finished.  A  garrison  being  left  in  the  captured  city,  on 
the  following  morning  the  business  of  transporting  the 
brood  is  renewed.  It  often  happens  (for  this  species  of 
ant  loves  to  change  its  habitation)  that  the  conquerors 
emigrate  with  all  their  family  to  the  acquisition  which 
their  valour  has  gained.  All  the  incursions  of  F.  san- 
guinea  take  place  in  the  space  of  a  month,  and  they 
make  only  five  or  six  in  the  year.  They  will  sometimes 
travel  150  paces  to  attack  a  negro  colony. 

After  reading  this  account  of  expeditions  undertaken 
by  ants  for  so  extraordinary  a  purpose,  you  will  be  cu- 
rious to  know  how  the  slaves  are  treated  in  the  nests  of 
these  marauders — whether  they  live  happily,  or  labour 
under  an  oppressive  yoke.  You  must  recollect  that  they 
are  not  carried  off,  like  our  negroes,  at  an  age  when  the 
amor  patrice  and  all  the  charities  of  life  which  bind  them 
to  their  country,  kindred  and  friends,  are  in  their  full 
strength,  but  in  what  may  be  called  the  helpless  days  of 
infancy,  or  in  their  state  of  repose,  before  they  can  have 
formed  any  associations  or  imbibed  any  notions  that 
render  one  place  and  society  more  dear  to  them  than 
another.  Preconceived  ideas,  therefore,  do  not  exist  to 
influence  their  happiness,  which  must  altogether  depend 
upon  the  treatment  which  they  experience  at  the  hands 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  83 

of  their  new  masters.  Here  the  goodness  of  Providence 
is  conspicuous ;  which,  although  it  has  gifted  these  crea- 
tures with  an  instinct  so  extraordinary,  and  seemingly  so 
unnatural,  has  not  made  it  a  source  of  misery  to  the  ob- 
jects of  it. 

You  will  here,  perhaps,  imagine  that  I  have  not  suf- 
ficiently taken  into  consideration  the  anxiety  and  priva- 
tions undergone  by  the  poor  neuters,  in  beholding  those 
foster-children,  for  which  they  have  all  along  manifested 
such  tender  solicitude, thus  violently  snatched  from  them: 
but  when  you  reflect  that  they  are  the  common  property 
of  the  whole  colony,  and  that,  consequently,  there  can 
scarcely  be  any  separate  attachment  to  particular  indi- 
viduals, you  will  admit  that,  after  the  fright  and  horror 
of  the  conflict  are  over,  and  their  enemies  have  retreated, 
they  are  not  likely  to  experience  the  poignant  affliction 
felt  by  parents  when  deprived  of  their  children;  especially 
when  you  further  consider,  that  most  probably  some  of 
their  brood  are  rescued  from  the  general  pillage ;  or  at 
any  rate  their  females  are  left  uninjured,  to  restore  the 
diminished  population  of  their  colonies,  and  to  supply 
them  with  those  objects  of  attention,  the  larvae,  &c.  so 
necessary  to  that  development  of  their  instincts  "in  which 
consists  their  happiness. 

But  to  return  to  the  point  from  which  I  digressed. — 
The  negro  and  miner  ants  suffer  no  diminution  of  happi- 
ness, and  are  exposed  to  no  unusual  hardships  and  op- 
pression in  consequence  of  being  transplanted  into  a 
foreign  nest.  Their  life  is  passed  in  much  the  same  em- 
ployments as  would  have  occupied  it  in  their  native  resi- 
dence. They  build  or  repair  the  common  dwelling; 
they  make  excursions  to  collect  food  ;  they  attend  upon 

G2 


84  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

the  females;  they  feed  them  and  the  larvae;  and  they 
pay  the  necessary  attention  to  the  daily  sunning  of  the 
eggs,  larvoe,  and  pupae.  Besides  this,  they  have  also 
to  feed  their  masters  and  to  carry  them  about  the  nest. 
This  you  will  say  is  a  serious  addition  to  the  ordinary 
occupations  of  their  own  colonies :  but  when  you  con- 
sider the  greater  division  of  labour  in  these  mixed  so- 
cieties, which  sometimes  unite  both  negroes  and  miners 
in  the  same  dwelling,  so  that  three  distinct  races  live  to- 
gether, from  their  vast  numbers  so  far  exceeding  those 
of  the  native  nest,  you  will  not  think  this  too  severe  em- 
ployment for  so  industrious  an  animal. 

But  you  will  here  ask,  perhaps — "  Do  the  masters  take 
no  part  in  these  domestic  employments  ?  At  least,  surely, 
they  direct  their  slaves,  and  see  that  they  keep  to  their 
work  ?" — No  such  thing,  I  assure  you — the  sole  motive 
for  their  predatory  excursions  seems  to  be  mere  laziness 
and  hatred  of  labour.  Active  and  intrepid  as  they  are 
in  the  field,  at  all  other  times  they  are  the  most  helpless 
animals  that  can  be  imagined ; — unwilling  to  feed  them- 
selves, or  even  to  walk,  their  indolence  exceeds  that  of 
the  sloth  itself.  So  entirely  dependent,  indeed,  are  they 
upon  their  negroes  for  every  thing,  that  upon  some  oc- 
casions the  latter  seem  to  be  the  masters,  and  exercise  a 
kind  of  authority  over  them.  They  will  not  suffer  them, 
for  instance,  to  go  out  before  the  proper  season,  or  alone ; 
and  if  they  return  from  their  excursions  without  their 
usual  booty,  they  give  them  a  very  indifferent  reception, 
showing  their  displeasure,  which  however  soon  ceases, 
by  attacking  them ;  and  when  they  attempt  to  enter  the 
nest,  dragging  them  out.  To  ascertain  what  they  would 
do  when  obliged  to  trust  to  their  own  exertions,  Huber 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  85 

shut  up  thirty  of  the  rufescent  ants  in  a  glazed  box,  sup- 
plying them  with  larvae  and  pupae  of  their  own  kind, 
with  the  addition  of  several  negro  pupae,  excluding  very 
carefully  all  their  slaves,  and  placing  some  hqney  in  a 
corner  of  their  prison.     Incredible  as  it  may  seem,  they 
made  no  attempt  to  feed  themselves  :  and  though  at  first 
they  paid  some  attention  to  their  larvae,  carrying  them 
here  and  there,  as  if  too  great  a  charge  they  soon  laid 
them  down  again  ;  most  of  them  died  of  hunger  in  less 
than  two  days ;  and  the  few  that  remained  alive  appeared 
extremely  weak  and  languid.    At  length,  commiserating 
their  condition,  he  admitted  a  single  negro ;  and  this  lit- 
tle active  creature  by  itself  re-established  order — made 
a  cell  in  the  earth  ;  collected  the  larvae  and  placed  them 
in  it;  assisted  the  pupae  that  were  ready  to  be  developed ; 
and  preserved  the  life  of  the  neuter  rufescents  that  still 
survived.     What  a  picture  of  beneficent  industry,  con- 
trasted with  the  baleful  effects  of  sloth,  does  this  interest- 
ing anecdote  afford !     Another  experiment   which   he 
tried  made  the  contrast  equally  striking.  He  put  a  large 
portion  of  one  of  these  mixed  colonies  into  a  woollen 
bag,  in  the  mouth  oY  which  he  fixed  a  small  tube  of  wood, 
glazed  at  the  top,  which  at  the  other  end  was  fitted  to 
the  entrance  of  a  kind  of  hive.  The  second  day  the  tube 
was  crowded  with  negroes  going  and  returning : — the 
indefatigable  diligence  and  activity  manifested  by  them 
in  transporting  the  young  brood  and  their  rufescent  mas- 
ters, whose  bodies  were  suspended  upon  their  mandibles, 
was  astonishing.     These  last  took  no  active  part  in  the 
busy  scene,  while  their  slaves  showed  the  greatest  anxiety 
about  them,  generally  carrying  them  into  the  hive ;  and 
if  they  sometimes  contented  themselves  with  depositing 


86  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

them  at  the  entrance  of  the  tube,  it  was  that  they  might 
use  greater  dispatch  in  fetching  the  rest.  The  rufescent 
when  thus  set  down  remained  for  a  moment  coiled  up 
without  motion,  and  then  leisurely  unrolling  itself,  looked 
all  around,  as  if  it  was  quite  at  a  loss  what  direction  to 
take ; — it  next  went  up  to  the  negroes,  and  by  the  play 
of  its  antennae  seemed  to  implore  their  succour,  till  one 
of  them  attending  to«it  conducted  it  into  the  hive. 

Beings  so  entirely  dependent,  as  these  masters  are 
upon  their  slaves,  for  every  necessary,  comfort  and  en- 
joyment of  their  life,  can  scarcely  be  supposed  to  treat 
them  with  rigour  or  unkindness : — so  far  from  this,  it  is 
evident  from  the  preceding  details,  that  they  rather  look 
up  to  them,  and  are  in  some  degree  under  their  control. 

The  above  observations,  with  respect  to  the  indolence 
of  our  slave-dealers,  relate  principally  to  the  rufescent 
species ;  for  the  sanguine  ants  are  not  altogether  so  list- 
less and  helpless ;  they  assist  their  negroes  in  the  con- 
struction of  their  nests,  they  collect  their  sweet  fluid  frttm 
the  Aphides ;  and  one  of  their  most  usual  occupations  is 
to  lie  in  wait  for  a  small  species  of  ant,  on  which  they 
feed ;  and  when  their  nest  is  menaced  by  an  enemy,  they 
show  their  value  for  these  faithful  servants  by  carrying 
them  down  into  the  lowest  apartments,  as  to  a  place  of 
the  greatest  security.  Sometimes  even  therufescents  rouse 
themselves  from  the  torpor  that  usually  benumbs  them. 
In  one  instance,  when  they  wished  to  emigrate  from  their 
own  to  a  deserted  nest,  they  reversed  what  usually  takes 
place  on  such  occasions,  and  carried  all  their  negroes 
themselves  to  the  spot  they  had  chosen.  At  the  first 
foundation  also  of  their  societies  by  impregnated  females, 
there  is  good  reason  for  thinking,  that,  like  those  of  other 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  87 

species  %  they  take  upon  themselves  the  whole  charge  of 
the  nascent  colony.  I  must  not  here  omit  a  most  extra- 
ordinary anecdote  related  by  M.  Huber.  He  put  into 
one  of  his  artificial  formicaries  pupae  of  both  species  of 
the  slave-collecting  ants,  which,  under  the  care  of  some 
negroes  introduced  with  them,  arrived  at  their  imago 
state,  and  lived  together  under  the  same  roof  in  the  most 
perfect  amity. 

These  facts  show  what  effects  education  will  produce 
even  upon  insects;  that  it  will  impart  to  them  a  new  bias, 
and  modify  in  some  respects  their  usual  instincts,  ren- 
dering them  familiar  with  objects  which,  had  they  been 
educated  at  home,  they  would  have  feared,  and  causing 
them  to  love  those  whom  in  that  case  they  would  have 
abhorred. — It  occasions,  however,  no  further  change  in 
their  character,  since  the  master  and  slave,  brought  up 
with  the  same  care  and  under  the  same  superintendence, 
are  associated  in  the  mixed  formicary  under  laws  en- 
tirely opposite5. 

Unparalleled  and  unique  in  the  animal  kingdom  as 
this  history  may  appear,  you  will  scarcely  deem  the  next 
I  have  to  relate  less  singular  and  less  worthy  of  admira- 
tion. That  ants  should  have  their  milch  cattle  is  as  ex- 
traordinary as  that  they  should  have  slaves-  Here,  per- 
haps, you  may  again  feel  a  fit  of  incredulity  shake  you  ; 
— but  the  evidence  for  the  fact  I  am  now  stating  being 
abundant  and  satisfactory,  I  flatter  myself  it  will  not 
shake  you  long. 

The  loves  of  the  ants  and  the  aphides  (for  these  last 
are  the  kine  in  question)  have  long  been  celebrated; 

*  \roL  I.  ;>70.  b  See  Huber,  chap,  vii — xi. 


88  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

and  that  there  is  a  connexion  between  them  you  may  at 
any  time,  in  the  proper  season,  convince  yourself;  for 
you  will  always  find  the  former  very  busy  on  those  trees 
and  plants  on  which  the  latter  abound :  and  if  you  ex- 
amine more  closely,  you  will  discover  that  their  object 
in  thus  attending  upon  them  is  to  obtain  the  saccharine 
fluid,  which  may  well  be  denominated  their  milka,  that 
they  secrete. 

This  fluid,  which  is  scarcely  inferior  to  honey  in  sweet- 
ness, issues  in  limpid  drops  from  the  abdomen  of  these 
insects,  not  only  by  the  ordinary  passage,  but  also  by 
two  setiform  tubes  placed,  one  on  each  side,  just  above 
it.  Their  sucker  being  inserted  in  the  tender  bark,  is 
without  intermission  employed  in  absorbing  the  sap, 
which,  after  it  has  passed  through  the  system,  they  keep 
continually  discharging  by  these  organs.  When  no  ants 
attend  them,  by  a  certain  jerk  of  the  body,  which  takes 
place  at  regular  intervals,  they  ejaculate  it  to  a  distance : 
but  when  the  ants  are  at  hand,  watching  the  moment 
when  the  aphides  emit  their  fluid,  they  seize  and  suck  it 
down  immediately.  This,  however,  is  the  least  of  their 
talents;  for  they  absolutely  possess  the  art  of  making 
them  yield  it  at  their  pleasure ;  or,  in  other  words,  of 
milking  them.  On  this  occasion  their  antenna?  are  their 
fingers ;  with  these  they  pat  the  abdomen  of  the  aphis 
on  each  side  alternately,  moving  them  very  briskly;  a 
little  drop  of  fluid  immediately  appears,  which  the  ant 
takes  into  its  mouth,  one  species  (Myrmica  rubra)  con- 
ducting it  with  its  antennae,  which  are  somewhat  swelled 
at  the  end.  When  it  has  thus  milked  one,  it  proceeds 

*  The  ant  ascends  the  tree,  says  Linne,  that  it  may  milk  Us  cows, 
the  Aphides,  not  kill  them.  Syst.  Nat.  962.  3. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  89 

to  another,  and  so  on,  till  being  satiated  it  returns  to 
the  nest. 

Not  only  the  aphides  yield  this  repast  to  the  ants,  but 
also  the  Cocci,  with  whom  they  have  recourse  to  similar 
manoeuvres,  and  with  equal  success;  only  in  this  case 
the  movement  of  the  antennae  over  their  body  may  be 
compared  to  the  thrill  of  the  finger  over  the  keys  of  a 
piano-forte. 

But  you  are  not  arrived  at  the  most  singular  part  of 
this  history, — that  ants  make  a  property  of  these  cows, 
for  the  possession  of  which  they  contend  with  great  ear- 
nestness, and  use  every  means  to  keep  them  to  themselves. 
Sometimes  they  seem  to  claim  a  right  to  the  aphides  that 
inhabit  the  branches  of  a  tree  or  the  stalks  of  a  plant ; 
and  if  stranger-ants  attempt  to  share  their  treasure  with 
them,  they  endeavour  to  drive  them  away,  and  may 
be  seen  running  about  in  a  great  bustle,  and  exhibiting 
every  symptom  of  inquietude  and  anger.  Sometimes, 
to  rescue  them  from  their  rivals,  they  take  their  aphides 
in  their  mouth,  they  generally  keep  guard  round  them, 
and  when  the  branch  is  conveniently  situated,  they  have 
recourse  to  an  expedient  still  more  effectual  to  keep  off 
interlopers, — they  inclose  it  in  a  tube  of  earth  or  other 
materials,  and  thus  confine  them  in  a  kind  of  paddock 
near  their  nest,  and  often  communicating  with  it. 

The  greatest  cow-keeper  of  all  the  ants,  is  one  to  be  met 
with  in  most  of  our  pastures,  residing  in  hemispherical 
formicaries,  which  are  sometimes  of  considerable  diame- 
ter. I  mean  the  yellow  ant  of  Gould  (F.  Jlava).  This 
species,  which  is  not  fond  of  roaming  from  home,  and 
iikes  to  have  all  its  conveniences  within  reach,  usually 


90  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

collects  in  its  nest  a  large  herd  of  a  kind  of  Aphis,  that 
derives  its  nutriment  from  the  roots  of  grass  and  other 
plants  (Aphis  radicum] ;  these  it  transports  from  the 
neighbouring  roots,  probably  by  subterranean  galleries, 
excavated  for  the  purpose,  leading  from  the  nest  in  all 
directions a  ;  and  thus,  without  going  out,  it  has  always 
at  hand  a  copious  supply  of  food.  These  creatures  share 
its  care  and  solicitude  equally  with  its  own  offspring. 
To  the  eggs  it  pays  particular  attention,  moistening  them 
with  its  tongue,  carrying  them  in  its  mouth  with  the  ut- 
most tenderness,  and  giving  them  the  advantage  of  the 
sun.  This  last  fact  I  state  from  my  own  observation ; 
for  once  upon  opening  one  of  these  ant-hills  early  in  the 
spring,  on  a  sunny  day,  I  observed  a  parcel  of  these  eggs, 
which  I  knew  by  their  black  colour,  very  near  the  sur- 
face of  the  nest.  My  attack  put  the  ants  into  a  great  fer- 
ment, and  they  immediately  began  to  carry  these  inter- 
esting objects  down  into  the  interior  of  the  nest.  It  is  of 
great  consequence  to  them  to  forward  the  hatching  of 
these  eggs  as  much  as  possible,  in  order  to  ensure  an 
early  source  of  food  for  their  colony;  and  they  had  doubt- 
less in  this  instance  brought  them  up  to  the  warmest  part 
of  their  dwelling  with  this  view.  M.  Huber,  in  a  nest  of 
the  same  ant,  at  the  foot  of  an  oak,  once  found  the  eggs 
of  Aphis  Quercus. 

Our  yellow  ants  are  equally  careful  of  their  Aphides 
after  they  are  hatched,  when  their  nest  is  disturbed  con- 
veying them  into  the  interior,  fighting  fiercely  for  them  if 

a  Huber,  195.  I  have  more  than  once  found  these  Aphides  in  the 
nests  of  this  species  of  ant. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  91 

the  inhabitants  of  neighbouring  formicaries,  as  is  some- 
times the  case,  attempt  to  make  them  their  prey ;  and  car- 
rying them  about  in  their  mouths  to  change  their  pasture, 
or  for  some  other  purpose.  When  you  consider  that 
from  them  they  receive  almost  the  whole  nutriment  both 
of  themselves  and  larvae,  you  will  not  wonder  at  their 
anxiety  about  them,  since  the  wealth  and  prosperity  of 
the  community  is  in  proportion  to  the  number  of  their 
cattle.  Several  other  species  keep  Aphides  in  their  nests, 
but  none  in  such  numbers  as  those  of  which  I  am  speak- 


ing a, 


When  the  population  exceeds  the  produce  of  a  coun- 
try, or  its  inhabitants  suffer  oppression,  or  are  not  com- 
fortable in  it,  emigrations  frequently  take  place,  and  co- 
lonies issue  forth  to  settle  in  other  parts  of  the  globe ;  and 
sometimes  whole  nations  leave  their  own  country,  either 
driven  to  this  step  by  their  enemies,  or  excited  by  cupi- 
dity to  take  possession  of  what  appears  to  them  a  more 
desirable  residence.  These  motives  operate  strongly  on 
some  insects  of  the  social  tribes. — Bees  and  ants  are  par- 
ticularly influenced  by  them.  The  former,  confined  in  a 
narrow  hive,  when  their  society  becomes  too  numerous  to 
be  contained  conveniently  in  it,  must  necessarily  send  forth 
the  redundant  part  of  their  population  to  seek  for  new 
quarters;  and  the  latter — though  they  usually  can  enlarge 
their  dwelling  to  any  dimensions  which  their  numbers 
may  require,  and  therefore  do  not  send  forth  colonies,  un- 
less we  may  distinguish  by  that  name  the  departure  of  the 

a  See  Huber,  chap.  vi.  I  have  found  Aphides  in  the  nest  of  Myr- 
mica  ru()ra.  Boisier  de  Sauvages  speaks  of  ants  keeping  their  own 
Aphides,  and  gives  an  interesting  account  of  them.  Journ.  de  Phy^ 
&i(jue,  i.  195. 


92  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

males  and  females  from  the  nest — are  often  disgusted 
with  their  present  habitation,  and  seek  to  establish 
themselves  in  a  new  one : — either  the  near  neighbourhood 
of  enemies  of  their  own  species;  annoyance  from  frequent 
attacks  of  man  or  other  animals ;  their  exposure  to  cold 
or  wet  from  the  removal  of  some  species  of  shelter ;  or 
the  discovery  of  a  station  better  circumstanced  or  more 
abundant  in  aphides ; — $11  these  may  operate  as  induce- 
ments to  them  to  change  their  residence.  That  this  is 
the  case  might  be  inferred  from  the  circumstance  noticed 
by  Gould a,  which  I  have  also  partly  witnessed  myself, 
that  they  sometimes  transport  their  young  brood  to  a  con- 
siderable distance  from  their  home.  But  M.  Huber,  by 
his  interesting  observations,  has  placed  this  fact  beyond 
all  controversy;  and  his  history  of  their  emigrations  is 
enlivened  by  some  traits  so  singular,  that  I  am  impa- 
tient to  relate  them  to  you.  They  concern  chiefly  the 
great  hill-ant  (F.  rufa\  though  several  other  species  oc- 
casionally emigrate. 

Some  of  the  neuters  having  found  a  spot  which  they 
judge  convenient  for  a  new  habitation,  apparently  with- 
out consulting  the  rest  of  the  society,  determine  upon  an 
emigration,  and  thus  they  compass  their  intention :  The 
first  step  is  to  raise  recruits : — with  this  view  they  eagerly 
accost  several  fellow  citizens  of  their  own  order,  caress 
them  with  their  antennae,  lead  them  by  their  mandibles,  and 
evidently  appear  to  propose  the  journey  to  them.  If  they 
seem  disposed  to  accompany  them,  the  recruiting  officer, 
for  so  he  may  be  called,  prepares  to  carry  off  his  recruit, 
who,  suspending  himself  upon  his  mandibles,  hangs  coiled 

a  Gould,  42. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  93 

up  spirally  under  his  neck ; — all  this  passes  in  an  ami- 
cable manner  after  mutual  salutations.  Sometimes,  how- 
ever, the  recruiter  takes  the  other  by  surprise,  and  drags 
him  from  the  ant-hill  without  giving  him  time  to  consider 
or  resist.  When  arrived  at  the  proposed  habitation,  the 
suspended  ant  uncoils  itself,  and,  quitting  its  conductor, 
becomes  a  recruiter  in  its  turn.  The  pair  return  to  the 
old  nest,  and  each  carries  off  a  fresh  recruit,  which  being 
arrived  at  the  spot  joins  in  the  undertaking : — thus  the 
number  of  recruiters  keeps  progressively  increasing,  till 
the  path  between  the  new  and  the  old  city  is  full  of  goers 
and  comers,  each  of  the  former  laden  with  a  recruit. 
What  a  singular  and  amusing  scene  is  then  exhibited  of 
the  little  people  thus  employed  !  When  an  emigration 
of  a  rufescent  colony  is  going  forward,  the  negroes  are 
seen  carrying  their  masters :  and  the  contrast  of  the  red 
with  the  black  renders  it  peculiarly  striking.  The  little 
turf-ants  (Myrmica  ?  cccspitum)  upon  these  occasions 
carry  their  recruits  uncoiled,  with  their  head  downwards 
and  their  body  in  the  air. 

This  extraordinary  scene  continues  several  days  ;  but 
when  all  the  neuters  are  acquainted  with  the  road  to  the 
new  city,  the  recruiting  ceases.  As  soon  as  a  sufficient 
number  of  apartments  to  contain  them  are  prepared,  the 
young  brood,  with  the  males  and  females,  are  conveyed 
thither,  and  the  whole  business  is  concluded.  When 
the  spot  thus  selected  for  their  residence  is  at  a  con- 
siderable distance  from  the  old  nest,  the  ants  construct 
some  intermediate  receptacles,  resembling  small  ant-hills, 
consisting  of  a  cavity  filled  with  fragments  of  straw  and 
other  materials,  in  which  they  form  several  cells ;  and 


94?  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

here  at  first  they  deposit  their  recruits,  males,  females, 
and  brood,  which  they  afterwards  conduct  to  the  final 
settlement.  These  intermediate  stations  sometimes  be- 
come permanent  nests,  which  however  maintain  a  con- 
nexion with  the  capital  city  a. 

While  the  recruiting  is  proceeding  it  appears  to  occa- 
sion no  sensation  in  the  original  nest ;  all  goes  on  in  it  as 
usual,  and  the  ants  that  §re  not  yet  recruited  pursue  their 
ordinary  occupations :  whence  it  is  evident  that  the  change 
of  station  is  not  an  enterprise  undertaken  by  the  whole 
community.  Sometimes  many  neuters  set  about  this 
business  at  the  same  time,  which  gives  a  short  existence 
(for  in  the  end  they  all  reunite  into  one)  to  many  sepa- 
rate formicaries.  If  the  ants  dislike  their  new  city,  they 
quit  it  for  a  third,  and  even  for  a  fourth  :  and  what  is  re- 
markable, they  will  sometimes  return  to  their  original 
one  before  they  are  entirely  settled  in  the  new 'station; 
when  the  recruiting  goes  in  opposite  directions,  and  the 
pairs  pass  each  other  on  the  road.  You  may  stop  the 
emigration  for  the  present,  if  you  can  arrest  the  first  re- 
cruiter, and  take  away  his  recruit b. 

I  shall  now  relate  to  you  some  other  portions  of 
Myrmidonian  History,  which,  though  perhaps  not  so 
striking  and  wonderful  as  the  preceding  details,  are  not 
devoid  of  interest,  and  will  serve  to  exemplify  their  in- 
credible diligence,  labour,  and  ingenuity. 

In  this  country  it  is  commonly  in  March,  earlier  or 

*  Walking  one  day  early  in  July  in  a  spot  where  I  used  to  notice  a 
single  nest  of  Formica  rufa,  I  observed  that  a  new  colony  had  been 
formed  of  considerable  magnitude;  and  between  it  and  the  original 
nest  were  six  or  seven  smaller  settlements. 

b  See  Huber,  chap.  iv.  §  3. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  95 

later  according  to  the  season,  that  ants  first  make  their 
appearance,  and  they  continue  their  labours  till  the 
middle  or  latter  end  of  October.  They  emerge  usually 
from  their  subterranean  winter-quarters  on  some  sunny 
day  ;  when,  assembling  in  crowds  on  the  surface  of  the 
formicary,  they  may  be,  observed  in  continual  motion, 
walking  incessantly  over  it  and  one  another,  without  de- 
parting from  home ;  as  if  their  object,  before  they  re- 
sumed their  employments,  was  to  habituate  themselves 
to  the  action  of  the  air  and  suna.  This  preparation  re- 
quires a  few  days,  and  then  the  business  of  the  year 
commences.  The  earliest  employment  of  ants  is  most 
probably  to  repair  the  injuries  which  their  habitation  has 
received  during  their  state  of  inactivity  :  this  observation 
more  particularly  applies  to  the  hill-ant  (F.  rufa\  all  the 
upper  stories  of  whose  dwellings  are  generally  laid  flat 
by  the  winter  rains  and  snow ;  but  every  species,  it  may 
well  be  supposed,  has  at  this  season  some  deranged 
apartments  to  restore  to  order,  or  some  demolished 
ones  to  rebuild. 

After  their  annual  labours  are  begun,  few  are  igno- 
rant how  incessantly  ants  are  engaged  in  building  or  re- 
pairing their  habitations,  in  collecting  provisions,  and  in 
the  care  of  their  young  brood;  but  scarcely  any  are  aware 
of  the  extent  to  which  their  activity  is  carried,  and  that 
their  labours  are  going  on  even  in  the  night. — Yet  this  is 
a  certain  fact. — Long  ago  Aristotle  affirmed  that  ants 
worked  in  the  night  when  the  moon  was  at  the  full b ; 
and  their  historian  Gould  observes,  "that  they  even  ex- 
ceed the  painful  industrious  bees.  For  the  ants  employ 

a  Gould,  67.  De  Geer,  ii.  1054.        b  Hist.  Animal.  I.  ix.  c.  38. 


96  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

each  moment,  by  day  and  night,  almost  without  inter- 
mission, unless  hindered  by  excessive  rains a."  M.  Huber 
also,  speaking  of  a  mason-ant,  not  found  with  us,  tells  us 
that  they  work  after  sun-set,  and  in  the  night5.  To 
these  I  can  add  some  observations  of  my  own,  which 
fully  confirm  these  accounts.  My  first  were  made  at  nine 
o'clock  at  night,  when  I  found  the  inhabitants  of  a  nest 
of  the  red  ant  (Myrmicg,  rubra]  very  busily  employed ;  I 
repeated  the  observation,  which  I  could  conveniently  do, 
the  nest  being  in  my  garden,  at  various  times  from  that 
hour  till  twelve,  and  always  found  some  going  and 
coming,  even  while  a  heavy  rain  was  falling.  Having 
in  the  day  noticed  some  Aphides  upon  a  thistle,  I  ex- 
amined it  again  in  the  night,  at  about  eleven  o'clock, 
and  found  my  ants  busy  milking  their  cows,  which  did 
not  for  the  sake  of  repose  intermit  their  suction.  At  the 
same  hour,  another  night,  I  observed  the  little  negro 
ant  (F.  fused)  engaged  in  the  same  employment  upon 
an  elder.  About  two  miles  from  my  residence  was  a 
nest  of  Gould's  hill-ant  (F.  rufa)^  which,  according  to 
M.  Huber,  shut  their  gates,  or  rather  barricade  them, 
every  night,  and  remain  at  home  c.  Being  desirous  of 
ascertaining  the  accuracy  of  his  statement,  early  in 
October,  about  two  o'clock  one  morning,  I  visited  this 
nest  in  company  with  an  intelligent  friend ;  and  to  our 
surprise  and  admiration  we  found  our  ants  at  work, 
some  being  engaged  in  carrying  their  usual  burthen, 
sticks  and  straws,  into  their  habitation,  others  going 
out  from  it,  and  several  were  climbing  the  neighbouring 
oaks,  doubtless  to  milk  their  Aphides.  The  number  of 

*  Gould,  68.  b  Huber,  35,  42.  c  Ibid.  23. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  97 

comers  and  goers  at  that  hour,  however,  was  nothing 
compared  with  the  myriads  that  may  always  be  seen  on 
these  nests  during  the  day.  It  so  happened  that  our 
visit  was  paid  while  the  moon  was  near  the  full ;  so  that 
whether  this  species  is  equally  vigilant  and  active  in  the 
absence  of  that  luminary  yet  remains  uncertain.  Perhaps 
this  circumstance  might  reconcile  Huber's  observation 
with  ours,  and  confirm  the  accuracy  of  Aristotle's  state- 
ment before  quoted.  To  the  red  ant,  indeed,  it  is  per- 
fectly indifferent  whether  the  moon  shine  or  not ;  they 
are  always  busy,  though  not  in  such  numbers  as  during 
the  day.  It  is  probable  that  these  creatures  take  their 
repose  at  all  hours  indifferently ;  for  it  cannot  be  sup- 
posed that  they  are  employed  day  and  night  without  rest. 
I  have  related  to  you  in  this  and  former  letters  most 
of  the  works  and  employments  of  ants,  but  as  yet  I  have 
given  you  no  account  of  their  roads  and  track-ways. — 
Don't  be  alarmed,  and  imagine  I  am  going  to  repeat  to 
you  the  fable  of  the  ancients,  that  they  wear  a  path  in 
the  stones a ;  for  I  suppose  you  will  scarcely  be  brought 
to  believe  that,  as  Hannibal  cut  a  way  for  the  passage 
of  his  army  over  the  Alps  by  means  of  vinegar,  so  the 
ants  may  with  equal  effect  employ  the  formic  acid :  but 
more  species  than  one  do  really  form  roads  which  lead 
from  their  formicaries  into  the  adjoining  country.  Gould, 
speaking  of  his  jet-ant  (F.  fuliginosa\  says  that  they 
make  several  main  track- ways,  (streets  he  calls  them,) 
with  smaller  paths  striking  off  from  them,  extending 
sometimes  to  the  distance  of  forty  feet  from  their  nest, 
and  leading  to  those  spots  in  which  they  collect  their 

*  PHn.  Hist.  Nat.  Ixi.  c.  29. 
VOL.  II.  H 


98  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

provisions ;  that  upon  these  roads  they  always  travel,  and 
are  very  careful  to  remove  from  them  bits  of  sticks,  straw, 
or  anything  that  may  impede  their  progress;  nay,  that 
they  even  keep  low  the  herbs  and  grass  which  grow  in 
them,  by  constantly  biting  them  offa,  so  that  they  may 
be  said  to  mow  their  walks.  But  the  best  constructors 
of  roads  are  the  hill- ants  (F.  riifa).  Of  these  De  Geer 
says,  "  When  you  keep  yourself  still,  without  making 
any  noise,  in  the  woods  peopled  with  these  ants,  you  may 
hear  them  very  distinctly  walking  over  the  dry  leaves 
which  are  dispersed  upon  the  soil,  the  claws  of  their  feet 
producing  a  slight  sound  when  they  lay  hold  of  them. 
They  make  in  the  ground  broad  paths,  well  beaten, 
which  may  be  readily  distinguished,  and  which  are 
formed  by  the  going  and  coming  of  innumerable  ants, 
whose  custom  it  is  always  to  travel  in  the  same  route5." 
From  Huber  we  further  learn,  that  these  roads  of  the 
hill-ants  are  sometimes  a  hundred  feet  in  length,  and 
several  inches  wide;  and  that  they  are  not  formed  merely 
by  the  tread  of  these  creatures,  but  hollowed  out  by  their 
labour c.  Virgil  alludes  to  their  tracks  in  the  following 
animated  lines,  which,  though  not  altogether  correct, 
are  very  beautiful : 

"  So  when  the  pismires,  an  industrious  train, 
Embodied  rob  some  golden  heap  of  grain, 
Studious  ere  stormy  winter  frowns  to  lay 
Safe  in  their  darksome  cells  the  treasured  prey; 
In  one  long  track  the  dusky  legions  lead 
Their  prize  in  triumph  through  the  verdant  mead ; 
Here  bending  with  the  load,  a  panting  throng 
With  force  conjoin'd  heave  some  huge  grain  along ; 

»  Gould,  87.  b  De  Geer,  ii.  1067.  e  Huber,  146. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  99 

Some  lash  the  stragglers  to  the  task  assign 'd, 
Some  to  their  ranks  the  bands  that  lag  behind : 
They  crowd  the  peopled  path  in  thick  array, 
Glow  at  the  work,  and  darken  all  the  way." 
Bonnet,  observing  that  ants  always  keep  the  same  track 
both  in  going  from  and  returning  to  their  nest,  imagines 
that  their  paths  are  imbued  with  the  strong  scent  of  the 
formic  acid,  which  serves  to  direct  them ;  but,  as  Huber 
remarks,  though  this  may  be  of  some  use  to  them,  their 
other  senses  must  be  equally  employed,  since  it  is  evident, 
when  they  have  made  any  discovery  of  agreeable  food, 
that  they  possess  the  means  of  directing  their  companions 
to  it,  though  it  is  scarcely  possible  that  the  path  can 
have  been  sufficiently  impregnated  with  the  acid  for  them 
to  trace  their  way  to  it  by  scent.  Indeed  the  recruiting 
system  described  above,  proves  that  it  requires  some 
pains  to  instruct  ants  in  the  way  from  an  old  to  a  new 
nest ;  whereas,  were  they  directed  by  scent,  after  a  suf- 
ficient number  had  passed  to  and  fro  to  imbue  the  path 
with  the  acid,  there  would  be  no  occasion  for  further  de- 
portations a. 

Though  ants  have  no  mechanical  inventions  to  di- 
minish the  quantum  of  labour,  yet  by  numbers,  strength, 
and  perseverance  they  effect  what  at  first  sight  seems 
quite  beyond  their  powers.  Their  strength  is  wonder- 
ful :  I  once,  as  I  formerly  observed,  saw  two  or  three  of 
them  haling  along  a  young  snake  not  dead,  which  was 
of  the  thickness  of  a  goose-quill5.  St.  Pierre  relates,  that 
he  was  highly  amused  with  seeing  a  number  of  ants  car- 
rying off  a  Patagonian  centipede.  They  had  seized  it 
by  all  its  legs,  and  bore  it  along  as  workmen  do  a  large 

a  (Euv.  de  Bonnet,  i.  535.  Huber,  197.          b  VOL.  I.  $58. 
H  2 


100  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

piece  of  timber11.     The  Mahometans  hold,  as  Thevenot 
relates,  that  one  of  the  animals  in  Paradise  is  Solomon's 
ant,   which,    when   all  creatures   in   obedience  to  him 
brought  him  presents,  dragged  before  him  a  locust,  and 
was  therefore  preferred  before  all  others,  because  it  had 
brought  a  creature  so  much  bigger  than  itself.     They 
sometimes,  indeed,  aim  at  things  beyond  their  strength ; 
but  if  they  make  their  attack,  they  pertinaciously  persist 
in  it  though  at  the  expense  of  their  lives.     I  have  in  my 
cabinet  a  specimen  of  Colliuris  longicollis,  Latr.,  to  one 
of  the  legs  of  which  a  small  ant,  scarcely  a  thirtieth  part 
of  its  bulk,  is  fixed  by  its  jaws.     It  had  probably  the 
audacity  to  attack  this  giant,  compared  with  itself,  and 
obstinately  refusing  to  let  go  its  hold  was  starved  to  death5. 
Professor  Afzelius  once  related  to  me  some  particulars 
with  respect  to  a  species  of  ant  in  Sierra  Leone,  which 
proves  the  same  point.     He  says  that  they  march  in 
columns  that  exceed  all  powers  of  numeration,  and  al- 
ways pursue  a  straight  course,  from  which  nothing  can 
cause  them  to  deviate :   if  they  come  to  a  house  or  other 
building,  they  storm  or  undermine  it ;  if  a  river  comes 
across  them,  though  millions  perish  in  the  attempt,  they 
endeavour  to  swim  over  it. 

This  quality  of  perseverance  in  ants  on  one  occasion 
led  to  very  important  results,  which  affected  a  large  por- 
tion of  this  habitable  globe ;  for  the  celebrated  conqueror 
Timour,  being  once  forced  to  take  shelter  from  his  ene- 
mies in  a  ruined  building,  where  he  sat  alone  many 

a  Voy.  to  Maurit.  71. 

h  I  was  much  amused,  when  dining  in  the  forest  of  Fontainebleau, 
by  the  pertinacity  with  which  the  hill-ant  (F.  rufa)  attacked  our 
food,  haling  from  our  very  plates,  while  we  were  eating,  long  strips 
ofmeat  many  times  their  own  size. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  101 

hours,  desirous  of  diverting  his  mind  from  his  hopeless 
condition,  he  fixed  his  observation  upon  an  ant  that  was 
carrying  a  grain  of  corn  (probably  a  pupa)  larger  than 
itself  up  a  high  wall.  Numbering  the  efforts  that  it 
made  to  accomplish  this  object,  he  found  that  the  grain 
fell  sixty-nine  times  to  the  ground,  but  the  seventieth 
time  it  reached  the  top  of  the  wall.  "This  sight  (said 
Timour)  gave  me  courage  at  the  moment ;  and  I  have 
never  forgotten  the  lesson  it  conveyed a." 

Madame  Merian,  in  her  Surinam  Insects,  speaking  of 
the  large-headed  ant  (CEcodoma  cephalotes],  affirms  that, 
if  they  wish  to  emigrate,  they  will  construct  a  living 
bridge  in  this  manner : — One  individual  first  fixes  itself 
to  a  piece  of  wood  by  means  of  its  jaws,  and  remains  sta- 
tionary ;  with  this  a  second  connects  itself;  a  third  takes 
hold  of  the  second,  and  a  fourth  of  the  third,  and  so  on, 
till  a  long  connected  line  is  formed  fastened  at  one  ex- 
tremity, which  floats  exposed  to  the  wind,  till  the  other 
end  is  blown  over  so  as  to  fix  itself  to  the  opposite  side 
of  the  stream,  when  the  rest  of  the  colony  pass  over  upon 
it,  as  a  bridge5.  This  is  the  process,  as  far  as  I  can 
collect  it  from  her  imperfect  account : — as  she  is  not 
always  very  correct  in  her  statements,  I  regarded  this  as 
altogether  fabulous,  till  I  met  with  the  following  history 
of  a  similar  proceeding  in  De  Azara,  which  induces  me 
to  give  more  credit  to  it. 

He  tells  us,  that  in  low  districts  in  South  America, 
that  are  exposed  to  inundations,  conical  hills  of  earth 
may  be  observed,  about  three  feet  high,  and  very  near 

a  Related  in  the  Quarterly  Review  for  August  1816,  p.  259. 
h  Insect.  Surinam,  p.  18.   In  her  plate  the  ants  are  represented  so 
connected. 


102  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

to  each  other,  which  are  inhabited  by  a  little  black  ant. 
When  an  inundation  takes  place,  they  are  heaped  toge- 
ther out  of  the  nest  into  a  circular  mass,  about  a  foot  in 
diameter  and  four  fingers  in  depth.  Thus  they  remain 
floating  upon  the  water  while  the  inundation  continues. 
One  of  the  sides  of  the  mass  which  they  form  is  attached 
to  some  sprig  of  grass,  or  piece  of  wood ;  and  when  the 
waters  are  retired,  tl^ey  return  to  their  habitation.  When 
they  wish  to  pass  from  one  plant  to  another,  they  may 
often  be  seen  formed  into  a  bridge,  of  two  palms  length, 
and  of  the  breadth  of  a  finger,  which  has  no  other  sup- 
port than  that  of  its  two  extremities.  One  would  sup- 
pose that  their  own  weight  would  sink  them ;  but  it  is 
certain  that  the  masses  remain  floating  during  the  inun- 
dation, which  lasts  some  daysa. 

You  must  now  be  fully  satiated  with  this  account  of 
the  constant  fatigue  and  labour  to  which  our  little  pis- 
mires are  doomed  by  the  law  of  their  nature ;  I  shall 
therefore  endeavour  to  relieve  your  mind  by  introducing 
you  to  a  more  quiet  scene,  and  exhibit  them  to  you  du- 
ring their  intervals  of  repose  and  relaxation. 

Gould  tells  us  that  the  hill-ant  is  very  fond  of  basking 
in  the  sun,  and  that  on  a  fine  serene  morning  you  may 
see  them  conglomerated  like  bees  on  the  surface  of  their 
nest,  from  whence,  on  the  least  disturbance,  they  will 
disappear  in  an  instant b.  M.  Huber  also  observes,  after 
their  labours  are  finished,  that  they  stretch  themselves 
in  the  sun,  where  they  lie  heaped  one  upon  another,  and 
seem  to  enjoy  a  short  interval  of  repose :  and  in  the  in- 
terior of  an  artificial  nest,  in  which  he  had  confined  some 

*  Voyages  dans  PAmeriquc  Mend.  i.  187.  h  Gould,  69. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  103 

of  this  species,  where  he  saw  many  employed  in  various 
ways,  he  noticed  some  reposing  which  appeared  to  be 
asleep  a. 

But  they  have  not  only  their  time  for  repose ;  they 
also  devote  some  to  relaxation,  during  which  they  amuse 
themselves  with  sports  and  games.  "  You  may  frequently 
perceive  one  of  these  ants  (F.  rufa]  (says  our  Gould)  run 
to  and  fro  with  a  fellow-labourer  in  his  forceps,  of  the 
same  species  and  colony.     It  appeared  first  in  the  light 
of  provisions ;  but  I  was  soon  undeceived  by  observing, 
that  after  being  carried  for  some  time,  it  was  let  go  in  a 
friendly  manner,  and  received  no  personal  injury.    This 
amusement,  or  whatever  title  you  please  to  give  it,  is 
often  repeated,  particularly  amongst  the  hill-ants,  who 
are  very  fond  of  this  sportive  exercise  b."  A  nest  of  ants 
which  Bonnet  found  in  the  head  of  a  teazle,  when  en- 
joying the  full  sun,  which  seems  the  acme  of  formic  fe- 
licity, amused  themselves  with  carrying  each  other  on 
their  backs,  the  rider  holding  with  his  mandibles  the 
neck  of  his  horse,  and  embracing  it  closely   with  his 
legsc.     But  the  most  circumstantial  account  of  their 
sports  is  given  by  Huber.     "  I  approached  one  day," 
says  he,  "one  of  their  formicaries  (he  is  speaking  of 
F.  rufa)  exposed  to  the  sun  and  sheltered  from  the  north. 
The  ants  were  heaped  together  in  great  numbers,  and 
seemed  to  enjoy  the  temperature  which  they  experienced 
at  the  surface  of  the  nest,    None  of  them  were  working : 
this  multitude  of  accumulated  insects  exhibited  the  ap- 
pearance of  a  boiling  fluid,  upon  which  at  first  the  eye 
could  scarce  fix  itself  without  difficulty.     But  when  I 
set  myself  to  follow  each  ant  separately,  I  saw  them  ap^ 
3  Huber,  73.  b  Gould,  103—  '   Bonnet,  ii,  407. 


104?  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

1  roach  each  other,  moving  their  antennae  with  astonish- 
ing rapidity ;  with  their  fore-feet  they  patted  lightly  the 
cheeks  of  other  ants  :  after  these  first  gestures,  which  re- 
sembled caresses,  they  reared  upon  their  hind-legs  by 
pairs,  they  wrestled  together,  they  seized  one  another  by 
a  mandible,  by  a  leg  or  an  antenna,  they  then  let  go 
their  hold  to  renew  the  attack ;  they  fixed  themselves  to 
each  other's  trunk  or»  abdomen,  they  embraced,  they 
turned  each  other  over,  or  lifted  each  other  up  by  turns 
they  soon  quitted  the  ants  they  had  seized,  and  en- 
deavoured to  catch  others :  I  have  seen  some  who  en- 
gaged in  these  exercises  with  such  eagerness,  as  to  pur- 
sue successively  several  workers ;  and  the  combat  did 
not  terminate  till  the  least  animated,  having  thrown  his 
antagonist,  accomplished  his  escape  by  concealing  him- 
self in  some  gallery3."  He  compares  these  sports  to 
the  gambols  of  two  puppies,  and  tells  us  that  he  not  only 
often  observed  them  in  this  nest,  but  also  in  his  artificial 
one. 

I  shall  here  copy  for  you  a  memorandum  I  formerly 
made.     "  On  the  ninth  of  May,  at  half-past  two,  as  I 
was  walking  on  the  Plumstead  road  near  Norwich,  on 
a  sunny  bank  I  observed  a  large  number  of  ants  (Formi- 
ca fused]  agglomerated  in  crowds  near  the  entrances  of 
their  nest.     They  seemed  to  make  no  long  excursions, 
as  if  intent  upon  enjoying  the  sun-shine  at  home;  but 
all  the  while  they  were  coursing  about,  and  appeared  to 
accost  each  other  with  their  antennae.     Examining  them 
very  attentively,  I  at  length  saw  one  dragging  another, 
which  it  absolutely  lifted  up  by  its  antennae,  and  carry- 
ing it  in  the  air.     I  followed  it  with  my  eye,  till  it  con- 
a  Huber,  170— 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  105 

cealed  itself  and  its  antagonist  in  the  nest.  I  soon  no- 
ticed another  that  had  recourse  to  the  same  manoeuvres ; 
but  in  this  instance  the  ant  that  was  attacked  resisted 
manfully,  a  third  sometimes  appearing  inclined  to  inter- 
fere :  the  result  was,  that  this  also  was  dragged  in.  A 
third  was  haled  in  by  its  legs,  and  a  fourth  by  its  man- 
dibles. What  was  the  precise  object  of  these  proceed- 
ings, whether  sport  or  violence,  I  could  not  ascertain.  I 
walked  the'same  way  on  the  following  morning,  but  at 
an  earlier  hour,  when  only  a  few  comers  and  goers  were 
to  be  seen  near  the  nest :"  And  soon  leaving  the  place, 
I  had  no  further  opportunity  to  attend  to  them. 

And  now  having  conducted  you  through  every  apart- 
ment of  the  formicary,  and  shown  you  its  inhabitants  in 
every  light,  I  shall  leave  you  to  meditate  on  the  extra- 
ordinary instincts  with  which  their  Creator  has  gifted 
them,  reserving  what  I  have  to  say  on  the  other  social 
insects  for  a  future  occasion. 

I  am,  &c. 


LETTER  XVIII. 


SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

• 

PERFECT  SOCIETIES  CONTINUED.      (Wasps  and  Humble- 
Bees.) 

I  SHALL  now  call  your  attention  to  such  parts  of  the 
history  of  two  other  descriptions  of  social  insects,  wasps, 
namely,  and  humble-bees,  as  have  not  been  related  to  you 
in  my  letters  on  the  affection  of  insects  for  their  young, 
and  on  their  habitations.  What  I  have  to  communicate, 
though  not  devoid  of  interest,  is  not  to  be  compared  with 
the  preceding  account  of  the  ants,  nor  with  that  which 
will  follow  of  the  hive-bee.  This,  however,  may  arise 
more  from  the  deficiency  of  observations  than  the  bar- 
renness of  the  subject. 

The  first  of  these  animals,  wasps,  (Vespa) — with  whose 
proceedings  I  shall  begin, — we  are  apt  to  regard  in  a  very 
unfavourable  light.  They  are  the  most  impertinent  of 
intruders.  If  a  door  or  window  be  open  at  the  season 
of  the  year  in  which  they  appear,  they  are  sure  to  enter. 
When  they  visit  us,  they  stand  upon  no  ceremony,  but 
make  free  with  every  thing  that  they  can  come  at.  Sugar, 
meat,  fruit,  wine,  are  equally  to  their  taste ;  and  if  we 
attempt  to  drive  them  away,  and  are  not  very  cautious, 
they  will  often  make  us  sensible  that  they  are  not  to  be 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  107 

provoked  with  impunity.  Compared  with  the  bees,  they 
may  be  considered  as  a  horde  of  thieves  and  brigands  ; 
and  the  latter  as  peaceful,  honest,  and  industrious  sub- 
jects, whose  persons  are  attacked  and  property  plun- 
dered by  them.  Yet,  with  all  this  love  of  pillage  and 
other  bad  propensities,  they  are  not  altogether  disagree- 
able or  unamiable ;  they  are  brisk  and  lively ;  they  do 
not  usually  attack  unprovoked ;  and  their  object  in 
plundering  us  is  not  purely  selfish,  but  is  principally  to 
provide  for  the  support  of  the  young  brood  of  their 
colonies. 

The  societies  of  wasps,  like  those  of  ants  and  other 
social  Hymenoptera,  consist  of  females,  males,  and  work- 
ers. The  females  may  be  considered  as  of  two  sorts : 
first,  the  females  by  way  of  eminence,  much  larger  than 
any  other  individuals  of  the  community,  equalling  six  of 
the  workers  (from  which  in  other  respects  they  do  not 
materially  differ)  in  weight,  and  laying  both  male  and 
female  eggs.  Then  the  small  females,  not  bigger  than  the 
workers,  and  laying  only  male  eggs.  This  last  descrip- 
tion of  females,  which  are  found  also  both  amongst  the 
humble-bees  and  hive-bees,  were  first  observed  amongst 
the  wasps  by  M.  Perrot,  a  friend  of  Huber'sa.  The 
large  females  are  produced  later  than  the  workers,  and 
make  their  appearance  in  the  following  spring ;  and  who- 
ever destroys  one  of  them  at  that  time,  destroys  an  in- 
tire  colony,  of  which  she  would  be  the  founder.  They 
are  more  worthy  of  praise  than  the  queen-bee ;  since 
upon  the  latter,  from  her  very  first  appearance  in  the 
perfect  state  no  labour  devolves, — all  her  wants  being 
prevented  by  a  host  of  workers,  some  of  which  are  con- 
a  Huber,  Nouv.  Qbserv,  ii.  443. 


108  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

stantly  attending  upon  her,  feeding  her,  and  permitting 
her  to  suffer  no  fatigue;  while  others  take  every  step  that 
is  necessary  for  the  safety  and  subsistence  of  the  colony. 
Not  so  our  female  wasp ; — she  is  at  first  an  insulated 
being  that  has  had  the  fortune  to  survive  the  rigours  of 
winter.  When  in  the  spring  she  lays  the  foundation  of 
her  future  empire,  she  has  not  a  single  worker  at  her  dis- 
posal :  with  her  own  hands  and  teeth  she  often  hollows 
out  a  cave  wherein  she  may  lay  the  first  foundations  of  her 
paper  metropolis;  she  must  herself  build  the  first  houses, 
and  produce  from  her  own  womb  their  first  inhabitants ; 
which  in  their  infant  state  she  must  feed  and  educate, 
before  they  can  assist  her  in  her  great  design.  At  length 
she  receives  the  reward  of  her  perseverance  and  labour ; 
and  from  being  a  solitary  unconnected  individual,  in  the 
autumn  is  enabled  to  rival  the  queen  of  the  hive  in  the 
number  of  her  children  and  subjects ;  and  in  the  edifices 
which  they  inhabit — the  number  of  cells  in  a  vespiary 
sometimes  amounting  to  more  than  16,000,  almost  all 
of  which  contain  either  an  egg,  a  grub,  or  a  pupa ;  and 
each  cell  serving  for  three  generations  in  a  year;  which, 
after  making  every  allowance  for  failures  and  other  casual- 
ties, will  give  a  population  of  at  least  30,000.  Even  at  this 
time,  when  she  has  so  numerous  an  army  of  coadjutors, 
the  industry  of  this  creature  does  not  cease,  but  she  con- 
tinues to  set  an  example  of  diligence  to  the  rest  of  the 
community. — If  by  any  accident,  before  the  other  fe- 
males are  hatched,  the  queen  mother  perishes,  the  neu- 
ters cease  their  labours,  lose  their  instincts,  and  die. 

The  number  of  females  in  a  populous  vespiary  is  con- 
siderable, amounting  to  several  hundred ;  they  emerge 
from  the  pupa  about  the  latter  end  of  August,  at  the  same 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  109 

time  with  the  males,  and  fly  in  September  and  October, 
when  they  pair.  Of  this  large  number  of  females,  very 
few  survive  the  winter.  Those  that  are  so  fortunate 
remain  torpid  till  the  vernal  sun  recalls  them  to  life  and 
action.  They  then  fly  forth,  collect  provision  for  their 
young  brood,  and  are  engaged  in  the  other  labours 
necessary  for  laying  the  foundation  of  their  empire  :  but 
in  the  summer  months  they  are  never  seen  out  of  the 
nest. 

The  male  wasps  are  much  smaller  than  the  female,- 
but  they  weigh  as  much  as  two  workers.  Their  antennae 
are  longer  than  those  of  either,  not,  like  theirs,  thicker  at 
the  end,  but  perfectly  filiform ;  and  their  abdomen  is  di- 
stinguished by  an  additional  segment.  Their  numbers 
about  equal  those  of  the  females,  and  they  are  produced 
at  the  same  time.  They  are  not  so  wholly  given  to  plea- 
sure and  idleness  as  the  drones  of  the  hive.  They  do 
not,  indeed,  assist  in  building  the  nest,  and  in  the  care  of 
the  young  brood;  but  they  are  the  scavengers  of  the  com- 
munity; for  they  sweep  the  passages  and  streets,  and  carry 
off  all  the  filth.  They  also  remove  the  bodies  of  the 
dead,  which  are  sometimes  heavy  burthens  for  them;  in 
which  case  two  unite  their  strength  to  accomplish  the 
work ;  or,  if  a  partner  be  not  at  hand,  the  wasp  thus  em- 
ployed cuts  off  the  head  of  the  defunct,  and  so  effects  its 
purpose.  As  they  make  themselves  so  useful,  they  are 
not,  like  the  male  bees,  devoted  by  the  workers  to  an  uni- 
versal massacre  when  the  impregnation  of  the  females, 
the  great  end  of  their  creation,  is  answered ;  but  they 
share  the  general  lot  of  the  community,  and  are  suffered 
to  survive  till  the  cold  cuts  off  them  and  the  workers  to- 
gether. 


110  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

The  workers  are  the  most  numerous,  and  to  us  the  only 
troublesome  part  of  the  community;  upon  whom  devolves 
the  main  business  of  the  nest.  In  the  summer  and  au- 
tumnal months,  they  go  forth  by  myriads  into  the  neigh- 
bouring country  to  collect  provisions ;  and  on  their  re- 
turn to  the  common  den,  after  reserving  a  sufficiency  for 
the  nutriment  of  the  young  brood,  they  divide  the  spoil 
with  great  impartiality  f — part  being  given  to  the  females, 
part  to  the  males,  and  part  to  those  workers  that  have 
been  engaged  in  extending  and  fortifying  the  vespiary. 
This  division  is  voluntarily  made,  without  the  slightest 
symptom  of  compulsion.  Several  wasps  assemble  round 
each  of  the  returning  workers,  and  receive  their  respective 
portions.  It  is  curious  and  interesting  to  observe  their 
motions  upon  this  occasion.  As  soon  as  a  wasp,  that 
has  been  filling  itself  with  the  juice  of  fruits,  arrives  at  the 
nest,  it  perches  upon  the  top,  and  disgorging  a  drop  of 
its  saccharine  fluid,  is  attended  sometimes  by  two  at  once, 
who  share  the  treasure  :  this  being  thus  distributed,  a  se- 
cond and  sometimes  a  third  drop  is  produced,  which  falls 
to  the  lot  of  others. 

Another  principal  employment  of  the  workers  is  the 
enlarging  and  repairing  of  the  nest.  It  is  extremely 
amusing  to  see  them  engaged  upon  this  foliaceous  co- 
vering. They  work  with  great  celerity ;  and  though  a 
large  number  are  occupied  at  the  same  time,  there  is  not 
the  least  confusion.  Each  individual  has  its  portion  of 
work  assigned  to  it,  extending  from  an  inch  to  an  inch 
and  a  half,  and  is  furnished  with  a  ball  of  ligneous  fibre, 
scraped  or  rather  plucked  by  its  powerful  jaws  from  posts, 
rails,  and  the  like.  This  is  carried  in  its  mouth,  and  is 
thus  ready  for  immediate  use : — but  upon  this  subject  I 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  Ill 

have  enlarged  in  a  former  letter a.  The  workers  also 
clean  the  cells  and  prepare  them  to  receive  another  egg, 
after  the  imago  is  disclosed  and  has  left  it. 

There  is  good  reason  for  thinking,  and  the  opinion  has 
the  sanction  of  Sir  Joseph  Banks,  that  wasps  have  senti- 
nels placed  at  the  entrances  of  their  nests,  which  if  you  can 
once  seize  and  destroy,  the  remainder  will  not  attack  you. 
This  is  confirmed  by  an  observation  of  Mr.  Knight's  in 
the  Philosophical  Transactions  b,  that  if  a  nest  of  wasps 
be  approached  without  alarming  the  inhabitants,  and  all 
communication  be  suddenly  cut  off  between  those  out  of 
the  nest  and  those  within  it,  no  provocation  will  induce 
the  former  to  defend  it  and  themselves.  But  if  one  es- 
capes from  within,  it  comes  with  a  very  different  temper, 
and  appears  commissioned  to  avenge  public  wrongs,  and 
prepared  to  sacrifice  its  life  in  the  execution  of  its  orders. 
He  discovered  this  when  quite  a  boy. 

It  sometimes  happens,  that  when  a  large  number  of  fe- 
male wasps  have  been  observed  in  the  spring,  and  an 
abundance  of  workers  has  in  consequence  been  expected 
to  make  their  attack  upon  us  in  the  summer  and  autumn, 
but  few  have  appeared.  Mr.  Knight  observed  this  in  1 806, 
and  supposes  it  to  be  caused  by  a  failure  of  males0.  I  have 
since  more  than  once  made  the  same  observation,  and 
Major  Moor,  as  well  as  myself,  noticed  in  the  year  1815. 
What  took  place  here  in  the  following  year  may  in  some 
degree  account  for  it.  Though  the  summer  had  been 
very  wet,  and  one  may  almost  say  winterly,  there  were 
in  the  neighbourhood  in  which  I  reside  abundance  of 
wasps  at  the  usual  time;  but,  except  on  some  few  warm 

a  VOL.  I.  p.  501.  b  For  1807,  242—  c  Ibid.  243. 


112  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

days,  in  which  they  were  very  active,  benumbed  by  the 
cold  they  were  crawling  about  upon  the  floors  of  my 
house  and  seemed  unable  to  fly.  In  this  vicinity  numbers 
make  their  nests  in  the  banks  of  the  river.  In  the  begin- 
ning of  the  month  of  October  there  was  a  very  considera- 
ble inundation,  after  which  not  a  single  wasp  was  to  be 
seen.  The  continued  wet  that  produces  an  inundation 
may  also  destroy  those  jiests  that  are  out  of  the  reach  of 
the  waters ; — and  perhaps  this  cause  may  have  operated 
in  those  years  above  alluded  to,  in  which  the  appear- 
ance of  the  workers  in  the  summer  and  autumn  did  not 
correspond  with  the  large  numbers  of  females  observed 
in  the  spring. 

In  ordinary  seasons,  in  the  month  lately  mentioned, 
October,  wasps  seem  to  become  less  savage  and  sangui- 
nary ;  for  even  flies,  of  which  earlier  in  the  summer  they 
are  the  pitiless  destroyers,  may  be  seen  to  enter  their 
nests  with  impunity.  It  is  then,  probably,  that  they  begin 
to  be  first  affected  by  the  approach  of  the  cold  season, 
when  nature  teaches  them  it  is  useless  longer  to  attend  to 
their  young.  They  themselves  all  perish,  except  a  few 
of  the  females,  upon  the  first  attack  of  frost. 

Reaumur,  from  whom  (see  the  sixth  Memoir  of  his 
last  volume)  most  of  these  observations  are  taken,  put 
the  nests  of  wasps  under  glass  hives,  and  succeeded  so 
effectually  in  reconciling  these  little  restless  creatures 
to  them,  that  they  carried  on  their  various  works  under 
his  eye :  and  if  you  feel  disposed  to  follow  his  example, 
I  have  no  doubt  you  will  throw  light  upon  many  parts  of 
their  history,  concerning  which  we  are  now  in  darkness. 

Having  given  you  some  idea,  imperfect  indeed  from 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  113 

the  want  of  materials,  of  the  societies  of  wasps,  I  must 
next  draw  up  for  you  the  best  account  I  can  of  those  of 
the  humble-bees*.  These  form  a  kind  of  intermediate  link 
between  the  wasps  and  the  hive-bees,  collecting  honey 
indeed  and  making  wax,  but  constructing  their  combs 
and  cells  without  the  geometric  precision  of  the  latter, 
and  of  a  more  rude  and  rustic  kind  of  architecture ;  and 
distinguished  from  both,  though  they  approach  nearer  to 
the  bees,  by  the  extreme  hairiness  of  their  bodies. 

The  population  of  a  humble-bees  nest  may  be  divided 
into  four  orders  of  individuals :  the  large  females ;  the 
small  females ;  the  males  ;  and  the  workers. 

The  large  females,  like  the  female  wasps,  are  the  ori- 
ginal founders  of  their  republics.  They  are  often  so 
large,  that  by  the  side  of  the  small  ones  or  the  workers, 
which  in  every  other  respect  they  exactly  resemble,  they 
look  like  giants  opposed  to  pygmies.  They  are  excluded 
from  the  pupa  in  the  autumn ;  and  pair  in  that  season, 
with  males  produced  from  the  eggs  of  the  small  females. 
They  pass  the  winter  under  ground,  and,  as  appears 
from  an  observation  of  M.  P.  Huber,  in  a  particular 
apartment,  separate  from  the  nest,  and  rendered  warm 
by  a  carpeting  of  moss  and  grass,  but  without  any  supply 
of  food.  Early  in  the  spring,  (for  they  make  their  first 
appearance  as  soon  as  the  catkins  of  the  sallows  and 
willows  are  in  flower,)  like  the  female  wasps,  they  lay  the 
foundations  of  a  new  colony  without  the  assistance  of  any 
neuters,  which  all  perish  before  the  winter.  In  some  in- 
stances however,  if  a  conjecture  of  M.  de  la  Billardiere 
be  correct,  these  creatures  have  an  assistant  assigned  to 

»  Bombus.  Apis  *  *.  e.  2.  K. 
VOL.  II.  I 


H4f  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS* 

them.  He  says,  at  this  season  (the  approach  of  winter) 
he  found  in  the  nest  of  Boinbus  Sylvarum  some  old  fe- 
males and  workers,  whose  wings  were  fastened  together 
to  retain  them  in  the  nest  by  hindering  them  from  fly- 
ing; these  wings  in  each  individual  were  fastened  to- 
gether at  the  extremity,  by  means  of  some  very  brown 
wax  applied  above  and  below a.  This  he  conceives  to  be 
a  precaution  taken  byjthe  other  bees  to  oblige  these  in- 
dividuals to  remain  in  the  nest  and  take  care  of  the  brood 
that  was  next  year  to  renew  the  population  of  the  colony. 
I  feel,  however,  great  hesitation  in  admitting  this  con- 
jecture, founded  upon  an  insulated  and  perhaps  an  acci- 
dental fact.  For,  in  the  first  place,  the  young  females 
that  come  forth  in  the  autumn,  and  not  the  old  ones, 
are  the  founders  of  new  colonies ;  and  their  instinct  di- 
rects them  to  fulfill  the  great  laws  of  their  nature  without 
such  compulsion ;  and  in  the  next,  the  workers  are  never 
known  to  survive  the  cold  of  winter. 

The  employment  of  a  large  female,  besides  the  care 
of  the  young  brood  before  described,  and  the  collecting 
of  honey  and  pollen,  is  principally  the  construction  of  the 
cells  in  which  her  eggs  are  to  be  laid ;  which  M.  P.  Hu- 
ber  seems  to  think,  though  they  often  assist  in  it,  the 
workers  are  not  able  to  complete  by  themselves.  So 
rapid  is  the  female  in  this  work,  that  to  make  a  cell,  fill 
it  with  pollen,  commit  one  or  two  eggs  to  it,  and  cover 
them  in,  requires  only  th<T  short  space  of  half  an  hour. 
Her  family  at  first  consists  only  of  workers,  which  are 
necessary  to  assist  her  in  her  labours ;  these  appear  in 
May  and  June :  but  the  males  and  females  are  later,  and 

3  Memorres  du  Museum,  &c,  i.  55. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  115 

sometimes  are  not  produced  before  August  and  Septem- 
ber a.  As  in  the  case  of  the  hive-bee,  the  food  of  these 
several  individuals  differs;  for  the  grubs  that  will  turn 
to  workers  are  fed  with  honey  and  pollen  mixed,  while 
those  that  are  destined  to  be  males  and  females  are  sup- 
plied with  pure  honey. 

The  instinct  of  these  larger  females  does  not  develop 
itself  all  at  once  :  for  it  is  a  remarkable  fact,  that  when 
they  are  first  hatched  in  the  autumn,  not  being  in  a  con- 
dition to  become  mothers,  they  are  no  object  of  jealousy 
to  the  small  queens,  (as  we  shall  soon  see  they  are  when 
engaged  in  oviposition,)  and  are  employed  in  the  or- 
dinary labours  of  the  parent  nest — that  is,  they  collect 
honey  and  pollen,  and  make  wax ;  but  they  do  not  con- 
struct cells.  The  building  instinct  seems  as  it  were  in 
suspense,  and  does  not  manifest  itself  till  the  spring; 
when  the  maternal  sentiment  impels  them  at  the  same 
time  to  lay  eggs  and  to  construct  the  cells  in  which  they 
are  to  be  deposited. 

I  have  told  you  above,  that  amongst  the  wasps  a  small 
kind  of  female  has  been  discovered:  this  is  the  case  also 
amongst  the  humble-bees,  in  whose  societies  they  are 
more  readily  detected  :  not  indeed  by  any  observable 
difference  between  them  and  the  workers,  but  chiefly  by 
the  diversity  of  their  instincts  : — from  the  other  females 
they  are  distinguished  solely  by  their  diminutive  size. 
Like  those  of  the  wasps  and  hive-bees,  these  minor 

3  P.  Huber,  in  Linn.  Trans,  vi.  264.— This  author  says  however  in 
another  place  (ibid.  285),  that  the  male  eggs  are  laid  in  the  spring, 
at  the  same  time  with  those  that  are  to  produce  workers.  Perhaps 
by  the  former  he  means  the  male  offspring  of  the  small  females,  and 
by  the  latter  those  of  the  large  ? 

I  2 


116  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

queens  produce  only  male  eggs,  which  come  out  in  time 
to  fertilize  the  young  females  that  found  the  vernal  colo- 
nies. M.  P.  Huber  suspects  that,  as  in  the  case  of  the 
female  bee,  it  is  a  different  kind  of  food  that  develops 
their  ovaries,  and  so  distinguishes  them  from  the  workers. 
They  are  generally  attended  by  a  small  number  of  males, 
who  form  their  court. 

M.  Huber,  watching  at  midnight  the  proceedings  of 
a  nest  which  he  kept  under  a  glass,  observed  the  inhabit- 
ants to  be  in  a  state  of  great  agitation  :  many  of  these 
bees  were  engaged  in  making  a  cell;  the  queen-mother 
of  the  colony,  as  she  may  be  called,  who  is  always  ex- 
tremely jealous  of  her  pygmy  rivals,  came  and  drove 
them  away  from  the  cell ; — she  in  her  turn  was  driven 
away  by  the  others,  which  pursued  her,  beating  their 
wings  with  the  utmost  fury,  to  the  bottom  of  the  nest. 
The  cell  was  then  constructed,  and  two  of  them  at  the 
same  time  oviposited  in  it.  The  queen  returned  to  the 
charge,  exhibiting  similar  signs  of  anger ;  and,  chasing 
them  away  again,  put  her  head  into  the  cell,  when 
seizing  the  eggs  that  had  been  laid,  she  was  observed  to 
eat  them  with  great  avidity.  The  same  scene  was  again 
renewed,  with  the  same  issue.  After  this,  one  of  the 
small  females  returned  and  covered  the  empty  cells  with 
wax.  When  the  mother-queen  was  removed,  several 
of  the  small  females  contended  for  the  cell  with  inde- 
scribable rage,  all  endeavouring  to  lay  their  eggs  in 
it  at  the  same  time.  These  small  females  perish  in  the 
autumn. 

The  males  are  usually  smaller  than  the  large  females, 
and  larger  than  the  small  ones  and  workers.  They  may 
be  known  by  their  longer,  more  filiform,  and  slenderer 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  ]  17 

antennae;  by  the  different  shape  and  by  the  beard  of 
their  mandibles.  Their  posterior  tibiae  also  want  the 
corbicula  and  pecten  that  distinguish  the  individuals  of 
the  other  sex,  and  their  posterior  plantae  have  no  au- 
ricle. We  learn  from  Reaumur  that  the  male  humble- 
bees  are  not  an  idle  race,  but  work  in  concert  with  the 
rest  to  repair  any  damage  or  derangement  that  may  be- 
fall the  common  habitation. 

The  workers,  which  are  the  first  fruits  of  the  queen- 
mother's  vernal  parturition,  assist  her,  as  soon  as  they 
are  excluded  from  the  pupa,  in  her  various  labours. 
To  them  also  is  committed  the  construction  of  the  waxen 
vault  that  covers  and  defends  the  nest.  When  any  in- 
dividual larva  has  spun  its  cocoon  and  assumed  the  pupa, 
the  workers  remove  all  the  wax  from  it :  and  as  soon  as 
it  has  attained  to  its  perfect  state,  which  takes  place  in 
about  five  days,  the  cocoons  are  used  to  hold  honey  or 
pollen.  When  the  bees  discharge  the  honey  into  them 
upon  their  return  from  their  excursions,  they  open  their 
mouths  and  contract  their  bodies,  which  occasions  the 
honey  to  fall  into  the  reservoir.  Sixty  of  these  honey- 
pots  are  occasionally  found  in  a  single  nest,  and  more 
than  forty  are  sometimes  filled  in  a  day.  In  collecting 
honey,  humble-bees,  if  they  cannot  get  at  that  contained 
in  any  flower  by  its  natural  opening,  will  often  make  an 
aperture  at  the  base  of  the  corolla,  or  even  in  the  calyx, 
that  they  may  insert  their  proboscis  in  the  very  place 
where  nature  has  stored  up  her  nectar a.  M.  Huber  re- 
lates a  singular  anecdote  of  some  hive-bees  paying  a  visit 
to  a  nest  of  humble-bees  placed  under  a  box  not  far  from 
their  hive,  in  order  to  steal  or  beg  their  honey ;  which 

*  Hub.  Nouo.  Observ.  ii.  375. 


118  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

places  in  a  strong  light  the  good  temper  of  the  latter. 
This  happened  in  a  time  of  scarcity.  The  hive-bees, 
after  pillaging,  had  taken  almost  entire  possession  of  the 
nest.  Some  humble-bees  which  remained  in  spite  of  this 
disaster,  went  out  to  collect  provisions ;  and  bringing 
home  the  surplus  after  they  had  supplied  their  own  im- 
mediate wants,  the  hive-bees  followed  them,  and  did  not 
quit  them  till  they  had  obtained  the  fruit  of  their  labours. 
They  licked  them,  presented  to  them  their  proboscis, 
surrounded  them,  and  thus  at  last  persuaded  them  to 
part  with  the  contents  of  their  honey-bags.  The  humble- 
bees  after  this  flew  away  to  collect  a  fresh  supply.,  The 
hive-bees  did  them  no  harm,  and  never  once  showed  their 
stings ; — so  that  it  seems  to  have  been  persuasion  rather 
than  force  that  produced  this  singular  instance  of  self- 
denial.  This  remarkable  manoeuvre  was  practised  for 
more  than  three  weeks  ;  when  the  wasps  being  attracted 
by  the  same  cause,  the  humble-bees  entirely  forsook  the 
nesta. 

The  workers  are  the  most  numerous  part  of  the  com- 
munity, but  are  nothing  when  compared  with  the  num- 
bers to  be  found  in  a  vespiary  or  a  beehive : — two  or 
three  hundred  is  a  large  population  for  a  humble-bees 
nest;  in  some  species  it  not  being  more  than  fifty  or 
sixty. — They  may  more  easily  be  studied  than  either 
wasps  or  hive-bees,  as  they  seem  not  to  be  disturbed  or 
interrupted  in  their  works  by  the  eye  of  an  observer13. 

I  am,  &c. 

*  Ibid.  373-. 

b  This  account  of  the  proceedings  of  humble-bees  is  chiefly  taken 
from  Reaumur,  vi.  Mem,  1.  j  and  M.  P.  Huber  in  Linn.  Trans,  vi. 
214— 


LETTER    XIX. 

SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

PERFECT  SOCIETIES  CONTINUED.     ( The  Hive-bee  \ ) 

1  HE  glory  of  an  all-wise  and  omnipotent  Creator,  you 
will  acknowledge,  is  wonderfully  manifested  by  the  va- 
ried proceedings  of  those  social  tribes  of  which  I  have 
lately  treated  :  but  it  shines  forth  with  a  brightness  still 
more  intense  in  the  instincts  that  actuate  the  common 
hive-bee  (Apis  mellifica\  and  which  I  am  next  to  lay  be- 
fore you.  Indeed,  of  all  the  insect  associations,  there  are 
none  that  have  more  excited  the  attention  and  admiration 
of  mankind  in  every  age.  or  been  more  universally  in- 
teresting, than  the  colonies  of  these  little  useful  crea- 
tures. Both  Greek  and  Roman  writers  are  loud  in 
their  praise ;  nay,  some  philosophers  were  so  enamoured 
of  them,  that,  as  I  observed  before b,  they  devoted  a 
large  portion  of  their  time  to  the  study  of  their  history. 
Whether  the  knowledge  they  acquired  was  at  all  equi- 
valent to  the  years  that  were  spent  in  the  attainment  of 
it,  may  be  doubted  :  for,  were  it  so,  it  is  probable  that 
Aristotle  and  Pliny  would  have  given  a  clearer  and  more 

a  Apis  **.  e.  1.  K.  Dr.  Bevan  has  lately  published  a  very  interest- 
ing work  on  the  Honey  See,  which  the  reader  will  do  well  to  consult. 
b  VOL.  I.  481. 


120  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

consistent  account  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  hive  than  they 
have  done.  Indeed  had  their  discoveries  borne  any  pro- 
portion to  the  long  tract  of  time  asserted  to  have  been 
employed  by  some  in  the  study  of  these  insects,  they 
ought  to  have  rivalled,  and  even  exceeded,  those  of  the 
Reaumurs  and  Hubers  of  our  own  age. 

Numerous,  and  wonderful  for  their  absurdity,  were 
the  errors  and  fables  which  many  of  the  ancients  adopt- 
ed and  circulated  with  respect  to  the  generation  and 
propagation  of  these  busy  insects.  For  instance, — that 
they  were  sometimes  produced  from  the  putrid  bodies 
of  oxen  and  lions  ;  the  kings  and  leaders  from  the  brain, 
and  the  vulgar  herd  from  the  flesh — a  fable  derived  pro- 
bably from  swarms  of  bees  having  been  observed,  as  in 
the  case  of  Samson3,  to  take  possession  of  the  dried  car- 
cases of  these  animals,  or  perhaps  from  the  myriads  of 
flies  (for  the  vulgar  do  not  readily  distinguish  flies  from 
bees)  often  generated  in  their  putrescent  flesh.  They 
adopted  another  notion  equally  absurd ;  that  these  in- 
sects collect  their  young  progeny  from  the  blossoms  and 
foliage  of  certain  plants.  Amongst  others,  the  Cerin- 
thus,  the  reed,  and  the  olive-tree,  had  this  virtue  of  ge- 
nerating infant  bees  attributed  to  them  b.  These  speci- 
mens of  ancient  credulity  will  suffice. 

But  do  not  think  that  all  the  ancients  imbibed  such 
monstrous  opinions.  Aristotle's  sentiments  seem  to  have 
been  much  more  correct,  and  not  very  wide  of  what 
some  of  our  best  modern  apiarists  have  advanced.  Ac- 
cording to  him,  the  kings  (so  he  denominates  the  queen- 
bee)  generate  both  kings  and  workers ;  and  the  latter 

a  Judges  xiv.  8,  9.  b  See  Aristot.  Hist.  Animal.  1.  v.  c.  22. 

Virgil.  Georgia.  1.  iv. ;  and  Mouffet,  12 — . 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  121 

the  drones.  This  he  seems  to  have  learned  from  keep- 
ers of  bees.  The  kings,  says  he  in  another  place,  are 
the  parents  of  the  bees,  and  the  drones  their  children. 
It  is  right,  he  observes  again,  that  the  kings  (which  by 
some  were  called  mothers)  should  remain  within  the 
hive  unfettered  by  any  employment,  because  they  are 
made  for  the  multiplication  of  the  species3.  To  the 
same  purpose  Riem  of  Lauten  of  the  Palatinate  Apia- 
rian Society,  and  Wilhelmi  of  the  Lusatian,  affirm  that 
the  queen  lays  the  eggs  which  produce  the  queens  and 
workers  ;  and  the  workers  those  that  produce  the  drones 
or  males  b.  Aristotle  also  tells  us,  that  some  in  his  time 
affirmed  that  the  bees  (the  workers)  were  the  females, 
and  the  drones  the  males :  an  opinion  which  he  combats 
from  an  analogy  pushed  rather  too  far,  that  nature  would 
never  give  offensive  armour  to  females  c.  In  another 
place  he  appears  to  think  that  the  workers  are  herma- 
phrodites : — his  words  are  remarkable,  and  seem  to  in- 
dicate that  he  was  aware  of  the  sexes  of  plants  :  "  having 
in  themselves,"  says  he,  "  like  plants^  the  male  and  the 
female  d." 

Fables  and  absurdities,  however,  are  not,  confined  to 
the  ancients,  nor  even  to  those  moderns  who  lived  before 
Svvammerdam,  Maraldi,  Reaumur,  Bonnet,  Schirach, 
John  Hunter,  Huber,  and  their  followers,  by  their  ob- 
servations and  discoveries  had  thrown  so  much  light 
upon  this  interesting  subject.  Even  in  our  own  times, 
a  Neapolitan  professor,  Monticelli,  asserts,  on  the  autho- 

a  Aristot.  ubi  supr.  c.  21.  De  General.  Animal.  1.  iii.  c.  10,  where 
there  is  some  curious  reasoning  upon  this  subject. 

b  Bonnet,  x.  199—.  236—.  c  Hist.  Animal.  I.  v.  c.  22. 

d  De  General.  Animal.  1.  iii.  c.  10. 


122  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

rity  of  a  certain  father  Tanoya,  that  in  every  hive  there 
are  three  sorts  of  bees  independent  of  each  other ;  viz. 
male  and  female  drones — male  and  female,  I  must  not 
say  queens — call  them  what  you  will :  and  male  and  fe- 
male workers ;  and  that  each  construct  their  own  cells ! ! ! 
Enough,  however,  upon  this  subject.  I  shall  now  en- 
deavour to  lay  before  you  the  best  authenticated  facts 
in  the  history  of  these  animals  ;  but  you  must  not  expect 
an  account  of  them  complete  in  all  its  parts ;  for,  much 
as  we  know,  Bonnet's  observation  will  still  hold  good  : 
"  The  more  I  am  engaged  in  making  fresh  observations 
upon  bees,  the  more  steadfast  is  my  conviction,  that  the 
time  is  not  yet  arrived  in  which  we  can  draw  satisfactory 
conclusions  with  respect  to  their  policy.  It  is  only  by 
varying  and  combining  experiments  in  a  thousand  ways, 
and  by  placing  these  industrious  flies  in  circumstances 
more  or  less  removed  from  their  ordinary  state,  that  we 
can  hope  to  ascertain  the  right  direction  of  their  instinct, 
and  the  true  principles  of  their  government a. 

What  I  have  further  to  say  concerning  these  admi- 
rable creatures,  will  be  principally  taken  from  the  two 
authors  who  have  given  the  clearest  and  most  satisfac- 
tory account  of  them,  Reaumur  and  the  elder  Huber ; 
though  I  shall  add  from  other  sources  such  additional 
observations  as  may  serve  better  to  elucidate  their  hi- 
story. 

The  society  of  a  hive  of  bees,  besides  the  young  brood, 
consists  of  one  female  or  queen ;  several  hundreds  of 
males  or  drones ;  and  many  thousand  workers. 

The  female,  or  queen,  first  demands  our  attention. 
Two  sorts  of  females  have  been  observed  amongst  the 
3  OSuvr.  x.  194—. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  123 

bees,  a  large  one  and  a  small.  Mr.  Needham  was  the 
first  that  observed  the  latter ;  and  their  existence,  M.  P. 
Huber  tells  us,  has  been  confirmed  by  several  observa- 
tions of  his  father.  They  are  bred  in  cells  as  large  as 
those  of  the  common  queens,  from  which  they  differ  only 
in  size.  Though  they  have  ovaries,  they  have  never 
been  observed  to  lay  eggs  a.  Having  never  seen  one  of 
these,  for  they  are  of  very  rare  occurrence,  my  descrip- 
tion must  be  confined  to  the  common  female,  the  genuine 
monarch  of  the  hive  b. 

a  Bonnet,  x.  P.  Huber  in  Linn.  Trans,  vi.  283.  Reaumur  (v.  373) 
observes  that  some  queens  are  much  larger  than  others ;  but  he  at- 
tributes this  difference  of  their  size  to  the  state  of  the  eggs  in  their 
body. 

b  As  every  reader  is  not  aware  of  the  differences  of  form,  &c.  that 
distinguish  the  females,  males,  and  workers  from  each  other  (I  have 
seen  the  male  mistaken  for  a  distinct  species,  and  placed  in  a  cabinet 
as  Apis  lagopoda,  L.),  I  shall  here  subjoin  a  description  of  each. — 

i.  The  body  of  the  Female  bee  is  considerably  longer  than  that  of 
either  the  drone  or  the  worker.  The  prevailing  colour  in  all  three  is 
the  same,  black  or  black-brown  ;  but  with  respect  to  the  female  this 
does  not  appear  to  be  invariably  the  case;  for — not  to  insist  upon 
Virgil's  royal  bees  glittering  with  ruddy  or  golden  spots  and  scales, 
where  allowance  must  be  made  for  poetic  licence — Reaumur  affirms, 
after  describing  some  differences  of  colour  in  different  individuals  of 
this  sex,  that  a  queen  may  always  be  distinguished,  both  from  the 
workers  and  males,  by  the  colour  of  her  body  *.  If  this  observation 
be  restricted  to  the  colour  of  some  parts  of  her  body,  it  is  correct ; 
but  it  will  not  apply  to  all  generally  (unless,  as  I  suspect  may  be  the 
case,  by  the  term  body  he  means  the  abdomen),  for,  in  all  that  I 
have  had  an  opportunity  of  examining,  the  prevailing  colour,  as  I 
have  stated  it,  is  the  same. 

The  head  is  not  larger  than  that  of  the  workers ;  but  the  tongue  is 
shorter  and  more  slender,  with  straighter  maxillae.  The  mandibles 
are  forficate,  and  do  not  jut  out  like  theirs  into  a  prominent  angle ; 
they  are  of  the  colour  of  pitch  with  a  red  tinge,  and  terminate  in 
two  teeth,  the  exterior  being  acute,  and  the  interior  blunt  or  trun- 

*  Reaumur,  v.  375. 


124?  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

There  are  two  descriptions  of  males — one  not  bigger 
than  the  workers,  supposed  to  be  produced  from  a  male 
egg  laid  in  a  worker's  cell.  The  common  males  are 
much  larger,  and  will  counterpoise  two  workers. 

cated.  The  labrum  or  upper -lip  is  fulvous ;  and  the  antenna;  are 
piceous. 

In  the  trunk,  the  tegulceov  scales  that  defend  the  base  of  the  wings 
are  rufo-piceous.  The  wings  reach  only  to  the  tip  of  the  third  abdo- 
minal segment.  The  tarsi  and  the  apex  of  the  tib'ue  are  rufo-fulvous. 
The  posterior  tibia;  are  plane  above  and  covered  with  short  adpressed 
hairs,  having  neither  the  corbicula  (or  marginal  fringe  of  hairs  for 
carrying  the  masses  of  pollen)  nor  the  pecten ;  and  the  posterior 
plants  have  neither  the  brush  formed  of  hairs  set  in  striae,  nor  the 
auricle  at  the  base. 

The  abdomen\$  considerably  longer  than  the  head  and  trunk  taken 
together,  receding  from  the  trunk,  elongato-conical,  and  rather  sharp 
at  the  anus.  The  dorsal  segments  are  fulvous  at  the  tip ;  covered 
with  very  short,  pallid,  and,  in  certain  lights,  shining  adpressed  hairs ; 
the  first  segment  being  very  short,  and  covered  with  longer  hairs. 
The  ventral  segments,  except  the  anal,  which  is  black,  are  fulvescent 
or  rufo-fulvous,  and  covered  with  soft  longer  hairs.  'The  vagina  of 
the  spicula  (commonly  called  the  sting)  is  curved. 

ii.  The  Male  bee,  or  drone,  is  quite  the  reverse  of  his  royal  para- 
mour; his  body  being  thick,  short,  and  clumsy,  and  very  obtuse  at 
each  extremity  *.  It  is  covered  also,  as  to  the  head  and  trunk,  with 
dense  hairs. 

The  head  is  depressed  and  orbicular.  The  tongue  is  shorter  and 
more  slender  than  that  of  the  female ;  and  the  mandibles,  though 
nearly  of  the  same  shape,  are  smaller.  The  eyes  are  very  large, 
meeting  at  the  back  part  of  the  head.  In  the  space  between  them 
are  placed  the  antenncs  and  stemmata.  The  former  consist  of  four- 
teen joints,  including  the  radicle,  the  fourth  and  fifth  being  very  short 
and  not  easily  distinguished. 

The  trunk  is  large.  The  wings  are  longer  than  the  body.  The  legs 
are  short  and  slender.  The  posterior  tibice  are  long,  club-shaped, 
and  covered  with  inconspicuous  hairs.  The  posterior  plantce  are 

*  Virgil  seems  to  have  regarded  the  drone  as  one  of  the  sorts  of  kings 
or  leaders  of  the  bees,  when  he  says,  speaking  of  the  latter, 

" Ille  horridus  alter 

DesidiS,  latamque  trahens  inglorius  alvum." 

Georgic.  iv.  1.  93. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  125 

I  have  before  observed  to  you  that  there  are  two  sorts 
of  workers,  the  wax-makers  and  nurses a.  They  may 
also  be  further  divided  into  fertile  and  sterile  b  :  for  some 

furnished  underneath  with  thick-set  scopul<st  which  they  use  to 
brush  their  bodies. 

The  claw-joints  are  fulvescent. 

The  abdomen  is  cordate,  very  short,  being  scarcely  so  long  as  the 
head  and  trunk  together,  consisting  of  seven  segments,  which  are 
fulvous  at  their  apex.  The  first  segment  is  longer  than  any  of  the 
succeeding  ones,  and  covered  above  with  rather  long  hairs.  The 
second  and  third  dorsal  segments  are  apparently  naked  ;  but  under 
a  triple  lens,  in  a  certain  light,  some  adpressed  hairs  may  be  per- 
ceived ; — the  remaining  ones  are  hairy,  the  three  last  being  inflexed. 
The  ventral  segments  are  very  narrow,  hairy,  and  fulvous. 

iii.  The  body  of  the  Workers  is  oblong. 

The  head  triangular.  The  mandibles  are  prominent,  so  as  to  ter- 
minate the  head  in  an  angle,  toothless  and  forcipate.  The  tongue 
and  maxill<B  are  long  and  incurved  :  the  labrum  and  antenna  black. 

In  the  trunk  the  tegulce  are  black.  The  wings  extend  only  to  the 
apex  of  the  fourth  segment  of  the  abdomen.  The  legs  are  all  black, 
with  the  digits  only  rather  piceous.  The  posterior  tibia  are  naked 
above,  exteriorly  longitudinally  concave,  and  interiorly  longitudi- 
nally convex ;  furnished  with  lateral  and  recumbent  hairs  to  form 
the  corbicula,  and  armed  at  the  end  with  the  pecten.  The  upper  sur- 
face of  the  posterior  planta  resembles  that  of  the  tibia  ;  underneath 
they  are  furnished  with  a  scapula  or  brush  of  stiff  hairs  set  in  rows  : 
at  the  base  they  are  armed  with  stiff  bristles,  and  exteriorly  with  an 
acute  appendage  or  auricle. 

The  abdomen  is  a  little  longer  than  the  head  and  trunk  together  ; 
oblong,  and  rather  heart-shaped — a  transverse  section  of  it  is  triangu- 
lar. It  is  covered  with  longish  flavo-pallid  hairs  :  the  first  segment 
is  short  with  longer  hairs;  the  base  of  the  three  intermediate  seg- 
ments is  covered,  and  as  it  were  banded,  with  pale  hairs.  The  apex 
of  the  three  intermediate  ventral  segments  is  rather  fulvescent,  and 
their  base  is  distinguished  on  each  side  by  a  trapeziform  wax-pocket 
covered  by  a  thin  membrane.  The  sting,  or  rather  vagina  of  the 
ipicula,  is  straight. 

a  See  VOL.  I.  p.  486. 

b  In  hives  where  a  queen  laying  male  eggs  has  been  killed,  the 
workers  continue  to  make  only  male  cells,  though  supplied  with  a 
fertile  queen,  and  the  fertile  workers  lay  eggs  in  them.  Schirach,  258. 


126  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

of  them,  which  in  their  infancy  are  supposed  to  have 
partaken  of  some  portion  of  the  royal  jelly,  lay  male 
eggs.  There  is  found  in  some  hives,  according  to  Huber, 
a  kind  of  bees,  which  from  having  less  down  upon  the 
head  and  thorax  appear  blacker  than  the  others,  by 
whom  they  are  always  expelled  from  the  hive,  and  often 
killed.  Perfect  ovaries,  upon  dissection,  were  discovered 
in  these  bees,  though  notjurnished  with  eggs.  This  dis- 
covery induced  Mlle  Jurine,  the  lady  who  dissected 
them,  to  examine  the  common  workers  in  the  same  way  ; 
and  she  found  in  all  that  she  examined,  what  had  es- 
caped Swammerdam,  perfect  though  sterile  ovaries  a.  It 
is  worth  inquiry,  thbugh  M.  Huber  gives  no  hint  of 
this  kind,  whether  these  were  not  in  fact  superannuated 
bees,  that  could  no  longer  take  part  in  the  labours  of 
the  hive.  Thorley  remarks,  which  confirms  this  idea, 
that  if  you  closely  observe  a  hive  of  bees  in  July,  you 
may  perceive  many  amongst  them  of  a  dark  colour,  with 
wings  rent  and  torn ;  but  that  in  September  not  one  of 
them  is  to  be  seen  b.  Huber  does  not  say  whether  the 
wings  of  the  bees  in  question  were  lacerated ;  but  in 
superannuated  insects  the  hair  is  often  rubbed  off  the 
body,  which  gives  them  a  darker  hue  than  that  of  more 
recent  individuals  of  the  same  species.  Should  this  con- 
jecture turn  out  true,  their  banishment  and  destruction 
of  the  seniors  of  the  hive  would  certainly  not  show  our 
little  creatures  in  a  very  amiable  point  of  view.  Yet  it 
seems  the  law  of  their  nature  to  rid  their  community  of  all 
supernumerary  and  useless  members,  as  is  evident  from 
their  destruction  of  the  drones  after  their  work  is  done. 
It  is  not  often  that  insects  have  been  weighed ;  but 
3  Huber,  ii.  425—.  b  Thorley,  On  foes,  179. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  127 

Reaumur's  curiosity  was  excited  to  know  the  weight 
of  bees ;  and  he  found  that  336  weighed  an  ounce,  and 
5376  a  pound.  According  to  John  Hunter,  an  ale-house 
pint  contains  2160  workers. 

I  have  described  to  you  the  persons  of  the  different  in- 
dividuals that  compose  the  society  of  the  bee-hive  more 
in  detail  than  I  should  otherwise  have  done,  in  order  that 
you  may  be  the  better  able  to  form  a  judgement  upon  a 
most  extraordinary  circumstance  in  their  history,  which 
is  supported  by  evidence  that  seems  almost  incontroverti- 
ble. The  fact  to  which  I  allude  is  this — that  if  the  bees 
are  deprived  of  their  queen,  and  are  supplied  with  comb 
containing  young  worker  brood  only,  they  will  select  one 
or  more  to  be  educated  as  queens ;  which,  by  having  a 
royal  cell  erected  for  their  habitation,  and  being  fed  with 
royal  jelly  for  not  more  than  two  days,  when  they  emerge 
from  the  pupa  state  (though,  if  they  had  remained  in  the 
cells  which  they  originally  inhabited,  they  would  have 
turned  out  workers)  will  come  forth  complete  queens, 
with  their  form,  instincts,  and  powers  of  generation  en- 
tirely different.  In  order  to  produce  this  effect,  the  grub 
must  not  be  more  than  three  days  old  ;  and  this  is  the  age 
at  which,  according  to  Schirach,  (the  first  apiarist  who 
called  the  public  attention  to  this  miracle  of  nature,)  the 
bees  usually  elect  the  larvae  to  be  royally  educated; 
though  it  appears  from  Huberts  observations,  that  a  larva 
two  days  or  even  twenty-four  hours  old  will  do  a. — 
Having  chosen  a  grub,  they  remove  the  inhabitants  and 
their  food  from  two  of  the  cells  which  join  that  in  which 
it  resides ;  they  next  take  down  the  partitions  which  se- 
parate these  three  cells ;  and,  leaving  the  bottoms  un- 

;l  H uber,  i.  137. 


128  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

touched,  raise  found  the  selected  worm  a  cylindrical  tube, 
which  follows  the  horizontal  direction  of  the  other  cells  : 
but  since  at  the  close  of  the  third  day  of  its  life  its  habi- 
tation must  assume  a  different  form  and  direction,  they 
gnaw  away  the  cells  below  it,  and  sacrifice  without  pity 
the  grubs  they  contain,  using  the  wax  of  which  they  were 
formed  to  construct  a  new  pyramidal  tube,  which  they 
join  at  right  angles  to  the  horizontal  one,  the  diameter  of 
the  former  diminishing  insensibly  from  its  base  to  its 
mouth.  During  the  two  days  which  the  grub  inhabits 
this  cell,  like  the  common  royal  cells  now  become  verti- 
cal51, a  bee  may  always  be  observed  with  its  head  plunged 
into  it;  and  when  one  quits  it  another  takes  its  place. 
These  bees  keep  lengthening  the  cell  as  the  worm  grows 
older,  and  duly  supply  it  with  food,  which  they  place 
before  its  mouth,  and  round  its  body.  The  animal, 
which  can  only  move  in  a  spiral  direction,  keeps  inces- 
santly turning  to  take  the  jelly  deposited  before  it ;  and 
thus  slowly  working  downwards,  arrives  insensibly  near 
the  orifice  of  the  cell,  just  at  the  time  that  it  is  ready  to 
assume  the  pupa ;  when,  as  before  described,  the  workers 
shut  up  its  cradle  with  an  appropriate  covering  b. 

When  you  have  read  this  account,  1  fear,  with  the 
celebrated  John  Hunter,  you  will  not  be  very  ready  to 
believe  it,  at  least  you  will  call  upon  me  to  bring  forth 
my  "  strong  reasons  "  in  support  of  it.  What ! — you  will 
exclaim — can  a  larger  and  warmer  house  (for  the  royal 
cells  are  affirmed  to  enjoy  a  higher  temperature  than 
those  of  the  other  beesc),  a  different  and  more  pungent 
kind  of  food,  and  a  vertical  instead  of  a  horizontal  pos- 

a  Reaumur,  who  was  however  unacquainted  with  this  extraordinary 
fact,  has  figured  one  of  these  cells,  v.  /.  32.  f.  3.  h. 

*  Compare  Bonnet,  x.  150,  with  Huber,  i.  134—     c  Schirach,  69. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  129 

ture,  in  the  first  place,  give  a  bee  a  differently  shaped 
tongue  and  mandibles ;  render  the  surface  of  its  posterior 
tibiae  flat  instead  of  concave ;  deprive  them  of  the  fringe 
of  hairs  that  forms  the  basket  for  carrying  the  masses  of 
pollen ;  of  the  auricle  and  pecten  which  enable  the  work- 
ers to  use  these  tibiae  as  pincers* ;  of  the  brush  that  lines 
the  inside  of  their  plantae  ?  Can  they  lengthen  its  Abdo- 
men ;  alter  its  colour  and  clothing ;  give  a  curve  to  its 
sting ;  deprive  it  of  its  wax-pockets,  and  of  the  vessels  for 
secreting  that  substance;  and  render  its  ovaries  more  con- 
spicuous, and  capable  of  yielding  female  as  well  as  male 
eggs  ?  Can,  in  the  next  place,  the  seemingly  trivial  cir- 
cumstances just  enumerated  altogether  alter  the  instinct 
of  these  creatures  ?  Can  they  give  to  one  description  of 
animals  address  and  industry;  and  to  the  other  astonishing 
fecundity?  Can  we  conceive  them  to  change  the  very  pas- 
sions, tempers,  and  manners  ?  That  the  very  same  foetus 
if  fed  with  more  pungent  food,  in  a  higher  temperature 
and  in  a  vertical  position,  shall  become  a  female  destined 
to  enjoy  love,  to  burn  with  jealousy  and  anger,  to  be  in- 
cited to  vengeance,  and  to  pass  her  time  without  labour — 
that  this  very  same  fcetus,  if  fed  with  more  simple  food, 
in  a  lower  temperature,  in  a  more  confined  and  horizon- 
tal habitation,  shall  come  forth  a  worker  zealous  for  the 
good  of  the  community,  a  defender  of  the  public  rights, 
enjoying  an  immunity  from  the  stimulus  of  sexual  appe- 
tite and  the  pains  of  parturition — laborious,  industrious, 
patient,  ingenious,  skilful — incessantly  engaged  in  the 
nurture  of  the  young ;  in  collecting  honey  and  pollen ;  in 
elaborating  wax;  in  constructing  cells,  and  the  like! — 
paying  the  most  respectful  and  assiduous  attention  to 

n  Huber,  t.  4./.  4-6. 
VOL.  II.  K 


ISO  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS, 

objects  which,  had  its  ovaries  been  developed,  it  would 
have  hated  and  pursued  with  the  most  vindictive  fury 
till  it  had  destroyed  them  !  Further,  that  these  factitious 
queens  (I  mean  those  that  the  bees  elect  from  amongst 
worker  brood,  and  educate  to  supply  the  place  of  a  lost 
one  in  the  manner  just  described)  shall  differ  remarkably 
from  the  natural  queens,  (or  those  that  have  been  wholly 
educated  in  a  royal  cellf)  in  being  altogether  mutea — . 
All  this,  you  will  think  at  first  sight,  so  improbable,  and 
next  to  impossible,  that  you  will  require  the  strongest 
and  most  irrefragable  evidence  before  you  will  believe  it. 
In  spite  of  all  these  powerful  probabilities  to  the  con- 
trary, this  astonishing  and  seemingly  incredible  fact  rests 
upon  strong  foundations,  and  is  established  by  experi- 
ments made  at  different  times,  by  different  persons  of  the 
highest  credit,  in  different  parts  of  Europe.  The  first 
who  brought  it  before  the  public  (as  I  lately  observed) 
was  M.  Schirach,  secretary  of  an  Apiarian  Society  esta- 
blished at  Little  Bautzen  in  Upper  Lusatia.  He  ob- 
served, that  bees  when  shut  up  with  a  portion  of  comb, 
containing  only  worker  brood,  would  soon  erect  royal 
cells,  and  thus  obtain  queens : — the  experiment  was  fre- 
quently repeated,  and  the  result  was  almost  uniformly 
the  same.  In  one  instance  he  tried  it  with  a  single  cell, 
and  it  succeeded5.  This  curious  fact  was  communicated 
to  the  celebrated  Bonnet,  who,  though  he  hesitated  long 
before  he  admitted  it,  was  at  length  fully  convinced.  M. 
Wilhelmi  (Schirach's  brother-in-law),  though  at  first  he 
accounted  for  the  fact  upon  other  principles,  and  object- 
ed strongly  to  the  doctrine  in  question,  induced  by  the 
powerful  evidence  in  favour  of  it,  at  last  gave  up  his 
a  Huber,  i.  292,  *  Bonnet,  x. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  131 

former  opinion,  and  embraced  it.  And,  to  mention  no 
more,  the  great  Aristomachus  of  modern  times,  M.  Hu- 
ber,  by  experiments  repeated  for  ten  years,  was  fully 
convinced  of  the  truth  of  Schirach's  position  a. 

The  fact  in  question,  though  the  public  attention  was 
first  called  to  it  by  the  latter  gentleman,  had  indeed  been 
practically  known  long  before  he  wrote.  M.  Vogel,  in 
a  letter  to  Wilhelmi,  asserts  that  numerous  experiments 
confirming  this  extraordinary  fact  had  been  made  by 
more  than  a  hundred  different  persons,  in  the  course  of 
more  than  a  hundred  years ;  and  that  he  himself  had 
known  old  cultivators  of  bees  who  had  unanimously  de- 
clared to  him,  that,  when  proper  precautions  were  taken, 
in  a  practice  of  more  than  fifty  years,  the  experiment 
had  never  failed5.  Signor  Monticelli,  the  Neapolitan 
professor  before  mentioned,  informs  us  that  the  Greeks 
and  Turks  of  the  Ionian  Islands  know  how  to  make  ar- 
tificial swarms  ;  and  that  the  art  of  producing  queens  at 
will  has  been  practised  by  the  inhabitants  of  a  little  Si- 
cilian island  called  Favignana,  from  very  remote  anti- 
quity ;  and  he  even  brings  arguments  to  prove  that  it 
was  no  secret  to  the  Greeks  and  Romans c,  though  had 
the  practice  been  common  it  would  surely  have  been  no- 
ticed by  Aristotle  and  Pliny. 

Bonner,  a  British  apiarist,  asserts  that  he  has  had 
successful  recourse  tq  the  Lusatian  experiment"1 ;  and 
Mr.  Payne  of  Shipdam  in  Norfolk  (who  for  many  years 
has  been  engaged  in  the  culture  of  bees,  and  has  paid 
particular  attention  to  their  proceedings)  relates  that  he 
well  remembers  that  the  bees  of  one  of  his  hives,  which 

a  Huber,  i.  132.  b  Schirach,  121. 

c  Huber,  ii.  453.  d  Bonner  On  Bees,  56. 

K  2 


132  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

he  discovered  had  lost  their  queen,  were  engaged  in 
erecting  some  royal  cells  upon  the  ruins  of  some  of  the 
common  ones.  He  also  informs  me  that  he  has  found 
Huberts  statements,  as  far  as  he  has  had  an  opportunity 
of  verifying  them,  perfectly  accurate a. 

As  I  think  you  will  allow  that  the  evidence  just  de- 
tailed to  you  is  abundantly  sufficient  to  establish  the  fact 
in  question,  we  will  no»-  see  whether  any  satisfactory 
account  can  be  given  for  such  changes  being  produced 
by  such  causes.  "  It  does  not  appear  to  me  improbable," 
says  Bonnet,  "that  a  certain  kind  of  nutriment,  and  in 
more  than  usual  abundance,  may  cause  a  development 
in  the  grubs  of  bees,  of  organs  which  would  never  be 
developed  without  it.  I  can  readily  conceive  also,  that 
a  habitation  considerably  more  spacious,  and  differently 
placed,  is  absolutely  necessary  to  the  complete  develop- 
ment of  organs  which  the  new  nutriment  may  cause  to 
grow  in  all  directions  b."  And  again,  with  respect  to  the 
wings  of  the  queen  bee,  which  do  not  exceed  those  of 

3  The  same  gentleman  subsequently  sent  me  the  following  me- 
moranda. 

July  10,  1820.  A  late  second  swarm  was  hived  into  a  box  con- 
structed so  that  each  comb  could  be  taken  out  and  examined  sepa- 
rately. On  the  7th  of  August  the  queen  was  removed,  and  each 
comb  taken  out  and  closely  examined  :  there  was  not  the  least  ap- 
pearance of  any  royal  cells,  but  much  brood  and  eggs  in  the  common 
ones.  On  the  14th,  three  royal  cells  were  observed  nearly  finished, 
with  a  large  grub  in  each.  On  the  16th,  the  three  cells  were  sealed. 
On  the  18th  and  21st,  they  remained  in  the  same  state.  On  the22d, 
two  queens  were  found  hatched,  one  was  removed  and  the  other 
left  with  the  stock,  the  remaining  royal  cell  being  still  closed.  On 
the  morning  of  the  23d,  a  dead  queen  was  thrown  out  of  the  hive, 
upon  which  examination  being  made,  the  royal  cell  left  closed  on 
the  22d  was  found  onen,  and  a  living  queen  in  the  stock  which  was 
allowed  to  remain.  »>  Huber,  ii.  445. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  13S 

the  workers  in  length,  he  thinks  that  this  may  arise 
from  their  being  of  a  substance  too  stiff  to  admit  of  then- 
extension.  Those  parts  and  points  that  Were  in  a  state 
to  yield  most  easily  to  the  action  which  this  kind  of  nu- 
triment produced,  would  be  most  prominent;  and  the 
vertical  position  of  the  grub  and  pupa,  since  nature  does 
nothing  in  vain,  may  probably  assist  this  action,  and 
render  the  parts  of  the  animal  more  capable  of  such  ex- 
tension than  if  it  continued  in  a  horizontal  position. 

We  know,  with  respect  to  the  human  species  and  the 
larger  animals,  that  numerous  differences,  both  as  to  the 
form  and  relative  proportion  of  parts,  occur  continually. 
The  cause  of  these  differences  we  cannot  always  ascer- 
tain; yet  in  many  instances  they  may  either  be  derived 
from  the  nutriment  which  the  embryo  receives  in  the 
womb,  or  from  the  greater  or  less  dimensions  or  higher 
or  lower  temperature  of  that  organ — a  case  that  analogi- 
cally would  not  be  very  wide  of  that  of  the  grub  or  em- 
bryo of  a  bee  inclosed  hi  a  cell.  Some  of  the  differences 
in  man  I  now  allude  to,  may  often  be  caused  by  a  par- 
ticular diet  in  childhood ;  a  warmer  or  a  colder,  a  looser 
or  a  tighter  dress,  or  the  like.  Thus,  for  instance,  the 
Egyptians,  who  went  bare-headed,  had  their  skulls  re- 
markably thick;  while  the  Persians,  who  covered  the 
head  with  a  turban  or  mitre,  were  distinguished  by  the 
tenuity  of  theirs.  Again,  the  inhabitants  of  certain  di- 
strictsare  often  remarkable  for  peculiarities  of  form,  which 
are  evidently  produced  by  local  circumstances. 

The  following  reasoning  may  not  be  inapplicable  to 
the  development  or  non-development,  according  to  their 
food  and  habitation,  of  the  ovaries  of  these  insects.  An 
infant  tightly  swathed,  as  was  formerly  the  custom,  in 


134  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

swaddling  bands,  without  being  allowed  the  free  play  of 
its  little  limbs,  fed  with  unwholesome  food,  or  uncherished 
by  genial  warmth,  may  from  these  circumstances  have 
so  imperfect  a  development  of  its  organs  as  to  be  in  con- 
sequence devoted  to  sterility.  When  a  cow  brings  forth 
two  calves,  and  one  of  them  is  a  female,  it  is  always 
barren,  and  partakes  in  part  of  the  characters  of  the 
other  sex  a.  In  this  inttance,  the  space  and  food  that 
in  ordinary  cases  are  appropriated  to  one,  are  divided 
between  two ;  so  that  a  more  contracted  dwelling  and  a 
smaller  share  of  nutriment  seem  to  prevent  the  develop- 
ment of  the  ovaries. 

The  following  observations,  mostly  taken  from  an 
essay  of  the  celebrated  anatomist  John  Hunter,  in  the 
Philosophical  Transactions,  since  they  are  intimately 
connected  with  the  subject  that  we  are  now  considering, 
will  not  be  here  misplaced.  In  animals  just  born,  or 
very  young,  there  are  no  peculiarities  of  shape,  exclusive 
of  the  primary  distinctions,  by  which  one  sex  may  be 
known  from  the  other.  Thus  secondary  distinctive  cha- 
racters, such  as  the  beard  in  men,  and  the  breasts  in 
women,  are  produced  at  a  certain  period  of  life;  and 
these  secondary  characters,  in  some  instances,  are 
changed  for  those  of  the  other  sex ;  which  does  not  arise 
from  any  action  at  the  first  formation,  but  takes  place 
when  the  great  command  "  Increase  and  multiply " 
ceases  to  operate.  Thus  women  in  advanced  life  are 
sometimes  distinguished  by  beards ;  and  after  they  have 
done  laying,  hen-birds  occasionally  assume  the  plumage 
of  the  cock ;  this  has  been  observed  more  than  once  by 

a  See  J.  Hunter's  Treatise  on  certain  Parts  of  the  Animal  (Eco- 
nomy. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  135 

ornithologists,  more  particularly  with  respect  to  the 
pheasant  and  the  pea-hen  a. — For  females  to  assume  the 
secondary  characters  of  males,  seems  certainly  a  more 
violent  change,  than  for  a  worker  bee,  which  may  be 
regarded  as  a  sterile  female,  in  consequence  of  a  certain 
process,  to  assume  the  secondary  characters  of  a  fertile 
female. 

With  respect  to  the  variations  of  instinct  and  cha- 
racter which  result  from  the  different  modes  of  rearing 
the  young  bees  that  we  are  now  considering ;  it  woulcl 
not,  I  think,  be  difficult  to  prove,  that  causes  at  first 
sight  equally  inadequate  have  produced  effects  full  as 
important  on  the  habits,  tempers,  and  characters  of  men 
and  other  animals :  but  as  these  will  readily  occur  to 
you,  I  shall  not  now  enlarge  upon  them. 

Did  we  know  the  causes  of  the  various  deviations,  as 
to  form  and  the  like,  observable  in  the  three  kingdoms 
of  nature,  and  could  apply  them,  we  should  be  able  to 
produce  these  deviations  at  our  pleasure.  This  is  ex- 
actly what  the  bees  do.  Their  instinct  teaches  them 
that  a  certain  kind  of  food,  supplied  to  a  grub  inhabiting 
a  certain  dwelling,  in  a  certain  position,  will  produce 
certain  effects  upon  it,  rendering  it  different  from  what 
it  would  have  been  under  ordinary  circumstances,  and 
fitted  to  answer  their  peculiar  wants. 

I  trust  that  these  arguments  and  probabilities  will  in 
some  degree  reconcile  you  to  what  at  first  sight  seems  so 
extraordinary  and  extravagant  a  doctrine.  If  not  yet 
fully  satisfied,  I  can  only  recommend  your  having  re- 
course to  experiments  yourself.  Leaving  you  therefore 

a  Philos.  Trans.  1792.  viii.  167.  Hunter  on  certain  Farts  of  the 
Animal  (Economy,  p.  65.  Latham,  Synops.  ii.  672.  t.  60. 


136  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

to  this  best  mode  of  proof,  I  shall  proceed  to  another 
part  of  my  history : — but  first  I  must  mention  an  experi- 
ment of  Reaumur'Sj  which  seems  to  come  well  in  here. 
To  ascertain  whether  the  expectation  of  a  queen  was 
sufficient  to  keep  alive  the  instinct  and  industry  of  the 
worker-bees,  he  placed  in  a  glazed  hive  some  royal  cells 
containing  both  grubs  and  pupae,  and  then  introduced 
about  1000  or  1500  wooers  and  some  drones.  These 
workers,  which  had  been  deprived  of  their  queen,  at 
first  destroyed  some  of  the  grubs  in  these  cells ;  but  they 
clustered  around  two  that  were  covered  in,  as  if  to  im- 
part warmth  to  the  pupae  they  contained ;  and  on  the 
following  day  they  began  to  work  upon  the  portions  of 
comb  with  which  he  had  supplied  them,  in  order  to  fix 
and  lengthen  them.  For  two  or  three  days  the  work 
went  on  very  leisurely,  but  afterwards  their  labours  as- 
sumed their  usual  character  of  indefatigable  industry2. 
There  is  no  difficulty,  therefore,  when  a  hive  loses  its 
sovereign,  to  supply  the  bees  with  an  object  that  will  in- 
terest them,  and  keep  their  works  in  progress. 

There  are  a  few  other  facts  with  respect  to  the  larvse 
and  pupae  of  the  bees,  which,  before  I  enter  upon  the 
history  of  them  in  their  perfect  form,  I  shall  now  detail 
to  you.  Sixteen  days  is  the  time  assigned  to  a  queen  for 
her  existence  in  her  preparatory  states,  before  she  is  ready 
to  emerge  from  her  cell.  Three  she  remains  in  the  egg ; 
when  hatched  she  continues  feeding  five  more;  when 
covered  in  she  begins  to  spin  her  cocoon,  which  occupies 
another  day :  as  if  exhausted  by  this  labour,  she  now 
remains  perfectly  still  for  two  days  and  sixteen  hours ; 
and  then  assumes  the  pupa,  in  which  state  she  remains 
a  Reaum,  v.  271— 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  137 

exactly  four  days  and  eight  hours — making  in  all  the 
period  I  have  just  named.  A  longer  time,  by  four  days, 
is  required  to  bring  the  workers  to  perfection ;  their  pre- 
paratory states  occupying  twenty  days,  and  those  of  the 
male  even  twenty-four.  The  former  consumes  half  a  day 
more  than  the  queen  in  spinning  its  cocoon, — a  circum- 
stance most  probably  occasioned  by  a  singular  difference 
in  the  structure  and  dimensions  of  this  envelope,  which 
I  shall  explain  to  you  presently.  Thus  you  see  that  the 
peculiar  circumstances  which  change  the  form  and  func- 
tions of  a  bee,  accelerate  its  appearance  as  a  perfect  in- 
sect ;  and  that  by  choosing  a  grub  three  days  old,  when 
the  bees  want  a  queen,  they  actually  gain  six  days ;  for 
in  this  case  she  is  ready  to  come  forth  in  ten  days,  in- 
stead of  sixteen,  which  would  be  required,  was  a  re- 
cently laid  egg  fixed  upon  a. 

The  larvae  of  bees,  though  without  feet,  are  not  al- 
together without  motion.  They  advance  from  their  first 
station  at  the  bottom  of  the  cell,  as  I  before  hinted,  in  a 
spiral  direction.  This  movement,  for  the  first  three 
days,  is  so  slow  as  to  be  scarcely  perceptible ;  but  after 
this  it  is  more  easily  discerned.  The  animal  now  makes 
two  entire  revolutions  in  about  an  hour  and  three  quar- 
ters ;  and  when  the  period  of  its  metamorphosis  arrives, 
it  is  scarcely  more  than  two  lines  from  the  mouth  of  the 
cell.  Its  attitude,  which  is  always  the  same,  is  a  strong- 
curve  b.  This  occasions  the  inhabitant  of  a  horizontal 


a  Huber,  i.  215 — .  Schirach  asserts,  that  in  cold  weather  the  dis- 
closure of  the  imago  takes  place  two  days  later  than  in  warm  :  and 
Riem,  that  in  a  bad  season  the  eggs  will  remain  in  the  cells  many 
months  without  hatching.  Schirach,  79.  241. 

b  Schirath,  t.  3./.  10. 


138  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

cell  to  be  always  perpendicular  to  the  horizon,  and  that 
of  a  vertical  one  to  be  parallel  with  it. 

A  most  remarkable  difference,  as  I  lately  observed, 
takes  place  in  spinning  their  cocoons, — the  grubs  of 
workers  and  drones  spinning  complete  cocoons,  while 
those  that  are  spun  by  the  females  are  incomplete,  or 
open  at  the  lower  end,  and  covering  only  the  head  and 
trunk  and  the  first  segmejit  of  the  abdomen.  This  vari- 
ation is  probably  occasioned  by  the  different  forms  of  the 
cells ;  for,  if  a  female  larva  be  placed  in  a  worker's  cell, 
it  will  spin  a  complete  cocoon;  and,  vice  versa,  if  a 
worker  larva  be  placed  in  a  royal  cell,  its  cocoon  will  be 
incomplete  *.  No  provision  of  the  Great  Author  of  na- 
ture is  in  vain.  In  the  present  instance,  the  fact  which 
we  are  considering  is  of  great  importance  to  the  bees ; 
for,  were  the  females  wholly  covered  by  the  thick  tex- 
ture of  a  cocoon,  their  destruction  by  their  rival  com- 
petitors for  the  throne  could  not  so  readily  be  accom- 
plished ;  they  either  would  not  be  able  to  reach  them 
with  their  stings,  or  the  stings  might  be  detained  by  their 
barbs  in  the  meshes  of  the  cocoon,  so  that  they  would 
not  be  able  to  disengage  them.  On  the  use  of  this  in- 
stinctive and  murderous  hatred  of  their  rivals  I  shall 
soon  enlarge. 

When  our  young  prisoners  are  ready  to  emerge,  they 
do  not,  like  the  ants,  require  the  assistance  of  the 
workers,  but  themselves  eat  through  the  cocoon  and  the 
cell  that  incloses  it.  By  a  wise  provision,  which  pre- 
vents the  injury  or  destruction  of  a  cell,  they  generally 
make  their  way  through  the  cover  or  lid  with  which  the 

a  Huber,  i.  224. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  139 

workers  had  shut  it  up ;  though  sometimes,  but  not 
often,  a  female  will  break  through  the  side  of  her  prison. 
Having  thus  shown  you  our  little  chemists  in  their 
preparatory  states,  and  carried  you  from  the  egg  to  the 
cocoon,  both  of  which  may  be  deemed  a  kind  of  cradle, 
in  which  they  are  nursed  to  fit  them  for  two  very  dif- 
ferent conditions  of  existence,  I  must  now  introduce  you 
to  a  scene  more  interesting  and  diversified  ;  in  which  all 
their  wonderful  instincts  are  displayed  in  full  action,  and 
we  see  them  exceed  some  of  the  most  vaunted  products 
of  human  wisdom,  art,  and  skill. 

The  queen-mother  here  demands  our  first  attention,  as 
the  personage  upon  whom,  when  established  in  her  regal 
dignity,  the  welfare  and  happiness  of  the  apiarian  com- 
munity altogether  depend.  I  shall  begin  my  history 
with  the  events  that  befall  her  on  her  quitting  the  royal 
cradle  and  appearing  in  the  perfect  state.  And  here 
you  will  find  that  the  first  moments  of  her  life,  prior  to 
her  election  to  lead  a  swarm  or  fill  a  vacant  throne,  are 
moments  of  the  greatest  uneasiness  and  vexation,  if  not 
of  extreme  peril  and  vindictive  and  mortal  warfare.  The 
Homeric  maxim,  that  "  the  government  of  many  is  not 
good a,"  is  fully  adopted  and  rigorously  adhered  to  in 
these  societies.  The  jealous  Semiramis  of  the  hive  will 
bear  no  rival  near  her  throne.  There  are  usually  not 
less  than  sixteen,  and  sometimes  not  less  than  twenty, 
royal  cells  in  the  same  nest ;  you  may  therefore  conceive 
what  a  sacrifice  is  made  when  one  only  is  suffered  to  live 
and  to  reign.  But  here  a  distinction  obtains  which  should 
not  be  overlooked :  in  some  instances  a  single  queen 

Ot/X.  XyxdYl  t)   TTQ'hVKOlt'XViYl,  tic,  HOtQOtVOf  tfo). 


140  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

only  is  wanted  to  govern  her  native  hive ;  in  others  se- 
veral are  necessary  to  lead  the  swarms.  In  the  first  case, 
inevitable  death  is  the  lot  of  all  but  one ;  in  the  other,  as 
many  as  are  wanted  are  preserved  from  destruction  by 
the  precautions  taken  on  that  occasion,  under  the  direc- 
tion of  an  all- wise  Providence,  by  the  workers. 

I  shall  enlarge  a  little  on  each  of  these  cases.  In  the 
formicary,  as  we  have  se,en,  rival  queens  live  together 
very  harmoniously  without  molesting  each  other:  but 
there  is  that  instinctive  jealousy  in  a  queen  bee,  that  no 
sooner  does  she  discover  the  existence  of  another  in  the 
hive,  than  she  is  put  into  a  state  of  the  most  extreme  agi- 
tation, and  is  not  easy  until  she  has  attacked  and  de- 
stroyed her. 

Naturalists  had  observed,  that  when  there  were  two 
queens  in  the  same  hive,  one  of  them  soon  perished ;  but 
some  supposed  (this  was  the  opinion  of  Schirach  and 
Riem)  that  the  workers  destroyed  the  supernumeraries. 
Reaumur,  however,  conjectured  that  these  queens  attack- 
ed each  other ;  and  his  conjecture  has  been  since  con- 
firmed by  the  actual  observation  of  other  naturalists. 
Blassiere,  the  translator  of  Schirach,  tells  us,  as  what  he 
had  himself  witnessed,  that  the  strongest  queen  kills  her 
rival  with  her  sting ;  and  the  same  is  asserted  by  Huber, 
whose  opportunities  of  observation  were  greater  than 
those  of  any  of  his  precursors  a. 

The  queen  that  is  first  liberated  from  her  confinement, 
and  has  assumed  the  perfect  or  imago  state  (it  is  to  be 
supposed  that  the  author  is  here  speaking  of  a  hive  which 
has  lost  the  old  queen),  soon  after  this  event  goes  to  visit 
the  royal  cells  that  are  still  inhabited.  She  darts  with 
a  Schirach,  209,  note  *.  Huber,  i.  170- . 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  141 

fury  upon  the  first  with  which  she  meets ;  by  means  of 
her  jaws  she  gnaws  a  hole  large  enough  to  introduce  the 
end  of  her  abdomen,  and  with  her  sting,  before  the  in- 
cluded female  is  in  a  condition  to  defend  herself  or  re- 
sist her  attack,  she  gives  her  a  mortal  wound.  The 
workers,  who  remain  passive  spectators  of  this  assassina- 
tion, after  she  quits  the  victim  of  her  jealousy,  enlarge 
the  breach  that  she  has  made,  and  drag  forth  the  car- 
case of  a  queen  just  emerged  from  the  thin  membrane 
that  envelopes  the  pupa.  If  the  object  of  her  attack  be 
still  in  the  pupa  state,  she  is  stimulated  by  a  less  violent 
degree  of  rage,  and  contents  herself  with  making  a  breach 
in  the  cell :  when  this  happens,  the  death  of  the  inclosed 
insect  is  equally  certain,  for  the  workers  enlarge  the 
breach,  pull  it  out,  and  it  perishes  a.  If  it  happens,  as 
it  sometimes  does,  that  two  queens  are  disclosed  at  the 
same  time,  the  care  of  Providence  to  prevent  the  hive 
from  being  wholly  despoiled  of  a  governor  is  singularly 
manifested  by  a  remarkable  trait  in  their  instinct,  which, 
when  mutual  destruction  seems  inevitable,  makes  them 
separate  from  each  other  as  if  panic-struck.  "  Two  young 
queens,"  says  M.  Huber,  "  left  their  cells  one  day, 
almost  at  the  same  monent ; — as  soon  as  they  came  with- 
in sight,  they  darted  upon  each  other,  as  if  inflamed  by 
the  most  ungovernable  anger,  and  placed  themselves  in 
such  an  attitude,  that  the  antennae  of  each  were  held  by 
the  jaws  of  its  antagonist ;  head  was  opposed  to  head, 
trunk  to  trunk,  abdomen  to  abdomen ;  and  they  had  only 
to  bend  the  extremity  of  the  latter,  and  they  would  have 
fallen  reciprocal  victims  to  each  other's  sting."  But  na- 

a  Huber,  i.  171—. 


14-2  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

ture  having  decreed  that  these  duels  should  not  be  fatal 
to  both  combatants,  as  soon  as  they  were  thus  circum- 
stanced a  panic  fear  seemed  to  strike  them,  and  they 
disengaged  themselves,  and  each  fled  away.  After  a 
few  minutes  were  expired,  the  attack  was  renewed  in  a 
similar  manner  with  the  same  issue ;  till  at  last  one  sud- 
denly seizing  the  other  by  her  wing,  mounted  upon  her 
and  inflicted  a  mortal  wotmd  a. 

The  combats  I  have  here  described  to  you  took  place 
between  virgin  queens ;  but  M.  Huber  found  that  those 
which  had  been  impregnated  were  actuated  by  the  same 
animosity,  and  attacked  royal  cells  with  a  fury  equally 
destructive.  When  another  fertile  queen  had  been  in- 
troduced into  this  hive,  a  singular  scene  ensued,  which 
proves  how  well  aware  the  workers  are  that  they  cannot 
prosper  with  two  sovereigns.  Soon  after  she  was  intro- 
duced, a  circle  of  bees  was  formed  round  the  stranger, 
not  to  compliment  her  on  her  arrival,  or  pay  her  the 
usual  homage,  but  to  confine  her, and  prevent  her  escape; 
for  they  insensibly  agglomerated  themselves  in  such 
numbers  round  her,  and  hemmed  her  in  so  closely,  that 
in  about  a  minute  she  was  completely  a  prisoner.  While 
this  was  transacting,  what  was  equally  remarkable,  other 
workers  assembled  in  clusters  round  the  legitimate  queen, 
and  impeded  all  her  motions ;  so  that  soon  she  was  not 
more  at  liberty  than  the  intruder.  It  seemed  as  if  the 
bees  foresaw  the  combat  that  was  to  ensue  between  the 
two  rivals,  and  were  impatient  for  the  event ;  for  they 
only  confined  them  when  they  appeared  to  avoid  each 
other.  To  witness  the  homage,  respect  and  love  that 

a  Huber,  i.  174. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

they  usually  manifest  to  their  lawful  ruler ;  the  anxiety 
concerning  her  which  they  often  exhibit :  and  the  dis- 
trust which  for  a  time  (as  we  shall  see  hereafter)  they 
usually  show  towards  strange  ones  even  when  deprived 
of  their  own  ;  one  would  expect  that,  rather  than  permit 
such  a  perilous  combat,  they  would  unite  in  the  defence 
of  their  sovereign,  and  cause  the  interloper  to  perish 
under  the  stroke  of  their  fatal  stings.  But  no ;  the  con- 
test for  empire  must  be  between  the  rival  candidates  :  no 
worker  must  interfere  in  any  other  way  than  that  which 
I  have  described ;  no  contending  armies  must  fight  the 
battles  of  their  sovereigns,  for  the  law  of  succession  seems 
to  be  "  detur  fortiori"  But  to  return  to  my  narrative. 
The  legitimate  queen  appearing  inclined  to  move  to- 
wards that  part  of  the  comb  on  which  her  rival  was  sta- 
tioned, the  bees  immediately  began  to  retire  from  the 
space  that  intervened  between  them,  so  that  there  was 
soon  a  clear  arena  for  the  combat.  When  they  could 
discern  each  other,  the  rightful  queen  rushing  furiously 
upon  the  pretender,  seized  her  with  her  jaws  near  the 
root  of  the  wings,  and,  after  fixing  her  without  power  of 
motion  against  the  comb,  with  one  stroke  of  her  sting 
dispatched  her.  If  ever-so-many  queens  are  introduced 
into  a  hive,  all  but  one  will  perish,  and  that  one  will  have 
won  the  throne  by  her  own  unassisted  valour  and  strength. 
Sometimes  a  strange  queen  attempts  of  herself  to  en- 
ter a  hive  :  in  this  case  the  workers,  who  are  upon  the 
watch  and  who  examine  every  thing  that  presents  itself, 
immediately  seize  her  with  their  jaws  by  the  legs  or  wings, 
and  hem  her  in  so  straitly  with  a  clustered  circle  of 
guards,  turning  their  heads  on  all  sides  towards  her,  that 
it  is  impossible  for  her  to  penetrate  within.  If  they  retain 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

her  prisoner  too  long,  she  dies  either  from  the  want  of 
food  or  air,  but  never  from  their  stings  a. 

Here  you  may  perhaps  feel  curious  to  know,  supposing 
the  reigning  queen  to  die  or  be  killed,  and  the  bees  to 
have  discovered  their  loss,  whether  they  would  then  re- 
ceive a  foreigner  that  offers  herself  to  them  or  is  intro- 
duced amongst  them.  Reaumur  says  they  would  do  this 
immediately5  ;  but  Huber,  who  had  better  means  of  ob- 
serving them,  and  studied  them  with  more  undivided  at- 
tention, affirms  that  this  will  not  be  the  case,  unless 
twenty-four  hours  have  elapsed  since  the  death  of  the  old 
queen.  Previously  to  this  period,  as  if  they  were  absorb- 
ed by  grief  at  their  calamity,  or  indulged  a  fond  hope  of 
her  revival,  an  intruder  would  be  treated  exactly  as  I 
have  described.  But  when  the  period  just  mentioned  is 
passed,  they  will  receive  any  queen  that  is  presented  to 
them  with  the  customary  homage,  and  she  may  occupy 
the  vacant  throne0. 

I  must  now  beg  you  to  attend  to  what  takes  place  in 
the  second  case  that  I  mentioned,  where  queens  are  want- 
ed to  lead  forth  swarms.  Here  you  will,  with  reason, 
suppose  that  nature  has  instilled  some  instinct  into  the 
bees,  by  which  these  necessary  individuals  are  rescued 
from  the  fury  of  the  reigning  sovereign. 

Did  the  old  queen  of  the  hive  remain  in  it  till  the 
young  ones  were  ready  to  come  forth,  her  instinctive  jea- 
lousy would  lead  her  to  attack  them  all  as  successively 
produced ;  and  being  so  much  older  and  stronger,  the 
probability  is  that  she  would  destroy  them;  in  which 
case  there  could  be  no  swarms,  and  the  race  would  pe- 
rish. But  this  is  wisely  prevented  by  a  circumstance 
a  Huber,  i.  186.  b  Reaum.  v.  268.  c  Huber,  i.  190. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  14-5 

which  invariably  takes  place — that  the  first  swarm  is 
conducted  by  this  queen,  and  not  by  a  newly  disclosed 
one,  as  Reaumur  and  others  have  supposed.  Previously 
to  her  departure,  after  her  great  laying  of  male  eggs  in 
the  month  of  May,  she  oviposits  in  the  royal  cells  when 
about  three  or  four  lines  in  length,  which  the  workers 
have  in  the  mean  time  constructed.  These  however  are 
not  all  furnished  in  one  day, — a  most  essential  provision, 
in  consequence  of  which  the  queens  come  forth  succes- 
sively, in  order  to  lead  successive  swarms.  There  is 
something  singular  in  the  manner  in  which  the  workers 
treat  the  young  queens  that  are  to  lead  the  swarms. 
After  the  cells  are  covered  in,  one  of  their  first  employ- 
ments is  to  remove  here  and  there  a  portion  of  the  wax 
from  their  surface,  so  as  to  render  it  unequal;  and 
immediately  before  the  last  metamorphosis  takes  place, 
the  walls  are  so  thin  that  all  the  motions  of  the  inclosed 
pupa  are  perceptible  through  them.  On  the  seventh 
clay  the  part  covering  the  head  and  trunk  of  the  young 
female,  if  I  may  so  speak,  is  almost  entirely  unwaxed. 
This  operation  of  the  bees  facilitates  her  exit,  and  pro- 
bably renders  the  evaporation  of  the  superabundant 
fluids  of  the  body  of  the  pupa  more  easy. 

You  will  conclude,  perhaps,  when  all  things  are  thus 
prepared  for  the  coming  forth  of  the  inclosed  female, 
that  she  will  quit  her  cell  at  the  regular  period,  which  is 
seven  days  : — but  you  would  be  mistaken.  Were  she 
indeed  permitted  to  pursue  her  own  inclinations,  this 
would  be  the  case  :  but  here  the  bees  show  how  much 
they  are  guided  in  their  instinct  by  circumstances  and 
the  wants  of  their  society ;  for  did  the  new  queen  leave 
her  cell,  she  would  immediately  attack  and  destroy  those 

VOL.  II.  L 


146  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

in  the  other  cells  ;  a  proceeding  which  they  permit,  as  I 
have  before  stated,  when  they  only  want,  a  successor  to 
a  defunct  or  a  lost  sovereign.  As  soon  therefore  as  the 
workers  perceive — which  the  transparency  of  the  cell 
permits  them  to  do — that  the  young  queen  has  cut  cir- 
cularly through  her  cocoon,  they  immediately  solder  the 
cleft  up  with  some  particles  of  wax,  and  so  keep  her  a 
prisoner  against  her  will.  Upon  this,  as  if  to  complain 
of  such  treatment,  she  emits  a  distinct  sound,  which  ex- 
cites no  pity  in  the  breasts  of  her  subjects,  who  detain 
her  a  prisoner  two  days  longer  than  nature  has  assigned 
for  her  confinement.  In  the  interim,  she  sometimes 
thrusts  her  tongue  through  the  cleft  she  has  made,  draw- 
ing it  in  and  out  till  she  is  noticed  by  the  workers,  to 
make  them  understand  that  she  is  in  want  of  food.  Upon 
perceiving  this  they  give  her  honey,  till  her  hunger  be- 
ing satisfied  she  draws  her  tongue  back — upon  which 
they  stop  the  orifice  with  wax a. 

You  may  think  it  perhaps  extraordinary  that  the 
workers  should  thus  endeavour  to  retard  the  appearance 
of  their  young  females  beyond  its  natural  limit;  but  when 
I  explain  to  you  the  reason  for  this  seeming  incongrui- 
ty of  instinct,  you  will  adore  the  wisdom  that  implanted 
it.  Were  a  queen  permitted  to  leave  her  cell  as  soon  as 
the  natural  term  for  it  arrived,  it  would  require  some 
time  to  fit  her  for  flight,  and  to  lead  forth  a  swarm ;  du- 
ring which  interval  a  troublesome  task  would  be  imposed 
upon  the  workers,  who  must  constantly  detain  her  a  pri- 
soner to  prevent  her  from  destroying  her  rivals,  which 
would  require  the  labours  and  attention  of  a  much  larger 
number  than  are  necessary  to  keep  her  confined  to  her 
*  Huber,  i.  256. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  147 

cell.  On  this  account  they  never  suffer  her  to  come 
forth  till  she  is  perfectly  fit  to  take  her  flight.  When  at 
length  she  is  permitted  to  do  this,  if  she  approaches  the 
other  royal  cells,  the  workers  on  guard  seem  greatly  ir- 
ritated against  her,  and  pull  and  bite  and  chase  her 
away ;  and  she  enjoys  tranquillity  only  while  she  keeps 
at  a  distance  from  them.  As  her  instinct  is  constantly 
urging  her  to  attack  them,  this  proceeding  is  frequently 
repeated.  Sometimes  standing  in  a  particular  and  com- 
manding attitude,  she  utters  that  authoritative  sound 
which  so  much  affects  the  bees ;  they  then  all  hang  down 
their  heads  and  remain  motionless ;  but  as  soon  as  it 
ceases,  they  resume  their  opposition.  At  last  she  be- 
comes violently  agitated,  and  communicating  her  agita- 
tion to  others,  the  confusion  more  and  more  increases, 
till  a  swarm  leaves  the  hive,  which  she  either  precedes 
or  follows.  In  the  same  manner  the  other  young  queens 
are  treated  while  there  are  swarms  to  go  forth;  but  when 
the  hive  is  sufficiently  thinned,  and  it  becomes  trouble- 
some to  guard  them  in  the  manner  here  described,  they 
come  forth  unnoticed,  and  fight  unimpeded  till  one  alone 
remains  to  fill  the  deserted  throne  of  the  parent  hive. — 
You  see  here  the  reason  why  the  eggs  that  produce  these 
queens  are  not  laid  at  the  same  time,  but  after  some  in- 
terval, that  they  may  come  forth  successively.  For  did 
they  all  make  their  appearance  together,  it  would  be  a 
much  more  laborious  and  difficult  task  to  keep  them 
from  destroying  each  other. 

When  the  bees  thus  delay  the  entrance  of  the  young 
queens  into  their  world,  they  invariably  let  out  the  old- 
est first ;  and  they  probably  know  their  progress  to  ma- 
turity by  the  emission  of  the  sound  lately  mentioned. 

L  2 


148  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

The  accurate  Huber  took  the  trouble  to  mark  all  the 
royal  cells  in  a  hive  as  soon  as  the  workers  had  covered 
them  in,  and  he  found  that  they  were  all  liberated  ac- 
cording to  seniority.  Those  first  covered  first  emit  the 
sound,  and  so  on  successively ;  whence  he  conjectures 
that  this  is  the  sign  by  which  the  workers  discover  their 
age.  As  their  captivity,  however,  is  sometimes  prolong- 
ed to  eight  or  ten  days,  this  circumstance  in  that  time 
may  be  forgotten.  In  this  case  he  supposes  that  their 
tones  grow  stronger  as  they  grow  older,  by  which  the 
workers  may  be  enabled  to  distinguish  them.  It  is  re- 
markable that  no  guard  is  placed  round  the  mute  queens 
bred  according  to  the  Lusatian  method,  which,  when 
the  time  for  their  appearance  is  come,  are  riot  detained 
in  captivity  a  single  moment ;  but,  as  you  have  heard, 
are  left  to  fight,  conquer,  or  die a. 

You  must  not  think,  however,  from  what  I  have  been 
saying,  that  the  old  queen  never  destroys  the  young 
ones  previously  to  her  leading  forth  the  earliest  swarm. 
She  is  allowed  the  most  uncontrolled  liberty  of  action ; 
and  if  she  chooses  to  approach  and  destroy  the  royal  cells, 
her  subjects  do  not  oppose  her.  It  sometimes  happens, 
when  unfavourable  weather  retards  the  first  swarm,  that 
all  the  royal  progeny  perishes  by  the  sting  of  their  mo- 
ther, and  then  no  swarm  takes  place.  It  is  to  be  observ- 
ed that  she  never  attacks  a  royal  cell  till  its  inhabitant  is 
ready  to  assume  the  pupa,  therefore  much  will  depend 
upon  their  age.  When  they  arrive  at  this  state,  her 
horror  of  these  cells,  and  aversion  to  them,  are  extreme : 
she  attacks,  perhaps,  and  destroys  several ;  but  finding 
it  too  laborious,  for  they  are  often  numerous,  to  destroy 

a  Huber,  i.  286. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  149 

the  whole,  the  same  agitation  is  caused  in  her  as  if  she 
were  forcibly  prevented,  and  she  becomes  disposed  to 
depart,  rather  than  remain  in  the  midst  of  her  rivals, 
though  her  own  offspring. 

But  though  the  bees,  in  one  of  these  cases,  appear 
such  unconcerned  spectators  of  the  destruction  of  royal 
personages,  or  rather,  the  applauders  and  inciters  of  the 
bloody  fact ;  and  in  the  other  show  little  respect  to  them, 
put  such  a  restraint  upon  their  persons,  and  manifest 
such  disregard  to  their  wishes ;  yet  when  they  are  once 
acknowledged  as  governors  of  the  hive,  and  leaders  of 
the  colony,  their  instinct  assumes  a  new  and  wonderful 
direction.  From  this  moment  they  become  the  "  pub- 
lica  cura,"  the  objects  of  constant  and  universal  atten- 
tion ;  and  wherever  they  go,  are  greeted  by  a  homage 
which  evinces  the  entire  devotion  of  their  subjects.  You 
seemed  amused  and  interested  in  no  slight  degree  by 
what  I  related  in  a  former  letter  of  the  marked  respect 
paid  by  the  ants  to  their  females a :  but  this  will  bear  no 
comparison  with  that  shown  by  the  inhabitants  of  the 
hive  to  their  queen.  She  appears  to  be  the  very  soul  of 
all  their  actions,  and  the  centre  of  their  instincts.  When 
they  are  deprived  of  her,  or  of  the  means  of  replacing 
her,  they  lose  all  their  activity,  and  pursue  no  longer 
their  daily  labours.  In  vain  the  flowers  tempt  them 
with  their  nectar  and  ambrosial  dust :  they  collect  nei- 
ther ;  they  elaborate  no  wax,  and  build  no  cells ;  they 
scarcely  seem  to  exist ;  and,  indeed,  would  soon  perish, 
were  not  the  means  of  restoring  their  monarch  put  within 
their  reach.  But,  if  a  small  piece  of  comb  containing 
the  brood  grubs  of  workers  be  given  to  them,  all  seem 
a  See  above,  p.  56. 


150  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

endued  with  new  life :  their  instincts  revive ;  they  im- 
mediately set  about  building  royal  cells  ;  they  feed  with 
their  appropriate  food  the  grubs  they  have  selected,  and 
every  thing  proceeds  in  the  usual  routine.  Virgil  has 
described  this  attachment  of  the  bees  to  their  sovereign 
with  great  truth  and  spirit  in  the  following  lines  : 

"  Lydian  nor  Mede  so  much  his  king  adores, 
Nor  those  on  Nilus*  or  Mydaspes'  shores : 
The  state  united  stands  while  he  remains, 
But  should  he  fall,  what  dire  confusion  reigns  ! 
Their  waxen  combs  and  honey,  late  their  joy, 
With  grief  and  rage  distracted,  they  destroy  : 
He  guards  the  works,  with  awe  they  him  surround, 
And  crowd  about  him  with  triumphant  sound ; 
Him  frequent  on  their  duteous  shoulders  bear, 
Bleed,  fall,  and  die  for  him  in  glorious  war." 

M.  Huber  thus  describes  the  consequences  of  the  loss 
of  a  queen. — When  the  queen  is  removed  from  a  hive, 
at  first  the  bees  seem  not  to  perceive  it,  their  order  and 
tranquillity  not  being  disturbed,  and  their  labours  pro- 
ceeding as  usual.  About  an  hour  after  her  departure, 
inquietude  begins  to  manifest  itself  amongst  them  ;  the 
care  of  the  young  brood  no  longer  engages  their  atten- 
tion, and  they  run  here  and  there,  as  if  in  greai  agita- 
tion. This  agitation,  however,  is  at  first  confined  to  a 
small  portion  of  the  community.  The  bees  that  are  first 
sensible  of  their  loss  meet  with  others,  they  mutually 
cross  their  antennae,  and  strike  them  lightly.  By  this 
action  they  appear  to  communicate  the  sad  intelligence 
to  those  who  receive  the  blow,  who  in  their  turn  impart 
it  in  the  same  way  to  others.  Disorder  and  confusion 
increase  rapidly,  till  the  whole  population  is  in  a  tumult. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  151 

Then  the  workers  may  be  seen  running  over  the  combs, 
and  against  each  other ;  impetuously  rushing  to  the  en- 
trance and  quitting  the  hive ;  from  thence  they  spread 
themselves  all  around,  they  re-enter,  and  go  out  again 
and  again.  The  hum  in  the  hive  becomes  very  loud, 
and  increases  the  tumult,  which  lasts  two  or  three  hours, 
rarely  four  or  five :  they  then  return  and  resume  their 
wonted  care  of  the  young;  and  if  the  hive  be  visited 
twenty-four  hours  after  the  departure  of  the  queen,  it 
will  be  seen  that  they  have  taken  steps  to  repair  their 
loss  by  filling  some  of  the  cells  with  a  larger  quantity  of 
jelly  than  is  the  usual  portion  of  common  larvae ;  which 
however  is  intended,  it  seems,  not  for  the  food  of  the 
inhabitant,  but  for  a  cushion  to  elevate  it,  since  it  is 
found  un consumed  in  the  cell  when  the  grub  has  descend- 
ed into  the  pyramidal  habitation  afterwards  prepared 
fork3. 

If,  after  being  removed,  their  old  queen  is  restored  to 
the  hive,  they  instantly  recognise  her,  and  pay  her  the 
usual  attentions;  but  if  a  strange  one  be  introduced 
within  the  first  twelve  hours  after  the  old  one  is  lost,  she 
is  kept  a  close  prisoner  till  she  perishes  :  if  twenty-four 
hours,  as  I  have  before  hinted,  have  expired  since  they 
lost  their  queen,  and  you  introduce  a  new  one,  at  the 
moment  you  set  this  stranger  upon  a  comb,  the  workers 
that  are  near  her  first  touch  her  with  their  antennae,  and 
then  pass  their  proboscis  over  all  parts  of  her  body : 
place  is  next  given  to  others,  who  salute  her  in  the  same 
manner : — all  then  beat  their  wings  at  the  same  time, 
and  range  themselves  in  a  circle  round  their  new  sove- 

•'  Huber,  ii.396  — 


152  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

reign.  A  kind  of  agitation  is  now  communicated  to  the 
whole  surface  of  the  comb,  which  brings  all  the  bees 
upon  it  to  see  what  is  going  forward.  This  may  be 
called  the  first  shout  of  the  applauding  multitude  to  wel- 
come the  arrival  of  their  new  sovereign.  The  circle  of 
courtiers  increases,  they  vibrate  their  wings  and  bodies, 
but  without  tumult,  as  if  their  sensations  were  very  agree- 
able. When  she  begins  to  move,  the  circle  opens  to  let 
her  pass,  and  all  follow  her  steps.  She  is  received  with 
similar  demonstrations  of  loyalty  in  the  other  parts  of 
the  hive,  is  soon  acknowledged  queen  by  all,  and  be- 
gins to  lay  eggs. — Reaumur  put  some  bees  into  a  hive 
without  their  queen,  and  then  introduced  to  them  one 
that  he  had  taken  when  half  perished  with  cold,  and 
kept  in  a  box,  in  which  she  had  covered  herself  with 
powder.  The  bees  immediately  owned  her  for  their 
queen,  employed  themselves  very  anxiously  in  cleaning 
her  and  warming  her,  sometimes  turning  her  upon  her 
back  for  this  purpose— and  then  began  to  construct 
cells  in  their  new  habitation3.  Even  when  the  bees 
have  got  young  brood,  have  built  or  are  building  royal 
cells,  and  are  engaged  in  feeding  these  hopes  of  their 
hive,  knowing  that  their  great  aim  is  already  accom- 
plished, they  cease  all  these  employments  when  this  in- 
truder comes  amongst  them. 

With  regard  to  the  ordinary  attention  and  homage 
that  they  pay  to  their  sovereigns — the  bees  do  more  than 
respect  their  queen,  says  Reaumur,  they  are  constantly 
on  the  watch  to  make  themselves  useful  to  her,  and  to 
r.ender  her  every  kind  office ;  they  are  for  ever  offering 

a  Reaum.  v.  262. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  153 

her  honey ;  they  lick  her  with  their  proboscis,  and  where- 
ever  she  goes  she  has  a  court  to  attend  upon  her a.  It 
may  here  be  observed,  that  the  stimulant  which  excites 
the  bees  to  these  acts  of  homage  is  the  pregnant  state  of 
their  queen,  and  her  fitness  to  maintain  the  population 
of  the  hive ;  all  they  do  being  with  a  view  to  the  public 
good :  for  while  she  remains  a  virgin  she  is  treated  with 
the  utmost  indifference,  which  is  exchanged,  as  soon  as 
impregnation  has  taken  place,  for  the  above  marks  of 
attachment5. 

The  instinct  of  the  bees,  however,  does  not  always 
enable  them  to  distinguish  a  partially  fertile  queen  from 
one  that  is  universally  so.  What  I  mean  is  this — A 
queen,  whose  impregnation  is  retarded  beyond  the 
twenty- eighth  day  of  her  whole  existence,  lays  only  male 
eggs,  which  are  of  no  use  whatever  to  the  community, 
unless  they  are  at  the  same  time  provided  with  a  suffi- 
cient supply  of  workers.  Yet  even  a  queen  of  this  de- 
scription, and  sometimes  one  that  is  entirely  sterile,  is 
treated  by  them  with  the  same  respect  and  homage  as  a 
fertile  one.  This  seems  to  evince  an  amiable  feeling  in 
these  creatures,  attachment  to  the  person  as  well  as  to 
the  functions  of  the  sovereign ;  which  is  further  manifest- 
ed by  their  unwillingness  at  first  to  receive  a  new  sove- 
reign upon  the  loss  or  death  of  their  old  one.  Nay,  this 
respect  is  sometimes  shown  to  the  carcase  of  a  defunct 
queen,  which  Huber  assures  us  he  has  seen  bees  treat 
with  the  same  attention  that  they  had  shown  her  when 
alive ;  for  a  long  time  preferring  her  inanimate  corpse 

a  Reaum.  v.  Pref.  xv.  b  Huber,  i.  269. 


154?  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

to  the  fertile  queens  that  he  offered  to  thema.  He  attri- 
butes this  to  some  agreeable  sensation  which  they  ex- 
perience from  their  queens,  independent  of  their  fecun- 
dity. But  since  virgin  queens,  as  we  have  seen,  do  not 
excite  it,  more  probably  it  is  a  remnant  of  their  former 
attachment,  first  excited  by  her  fecundity,  and  after- 
wards strengthened  and  continued  by  habit. 

I  may  here  introduce  an  interesting  anecdote  related 
by  Reaumur,  which  strongly  marks  the  attachment  of 
bees  to  their  queen  when  apparently  lifeless.  He  took 
one  out  of  the  water  quite  motionless,  and  seemingly 
dead,  which  had  lost  part  of  one  of  its  legs.  Bringing 
it  home,  he  placed  it  amongst  some  workers  that  he  had 
found  in  the  same  situation,  most  of  which  he  had  re- 
vived by  means  of  warmth ;  some  however  still  being  in 
as  bad  a  state  as  the  poor  queen.  No  sooner  did  these 
revived  workers  perceive  the  latter  in  this  wretched  con- 
dition, than  they  appeared  to  compassionate  her  case, 
and  did  not  cease  to  lick  her  with  their  tongues  till  she 
showed  signs  of  returning  animation  ;  which  the  bees  no 
sooner  perceived,  than  they  'set  up  a  general  hum,  as  if 
for  joy  at  the  happy  event.  All  this  time  they  paid  no 
attention  to  the  workers  who  were  in  the  same  misera- 
ble state  b. 

On  a  former  occasion  I  have  mentioned  the  laying  of 
the  eggs  by  the  queen0 ;  but  as  I  did  not  then  at  all  en- 
large upon  it,  I  shall  now  explain  the  process  more  in 
detail.  In  a  subsequent  letter  I  shall  notice,  what  has 
so  much  puzzled  learned  apiarists — her  fecundation  : 
which  is  now  ascertained  beyond  contradiction,  from  the 
8  Hubcr,  i.  322.  b  Reaum.  v.  26f>.  e  VOL,  I.  370—. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  155 

observations  of  M.  Huber,  to  take  place  in  the  open  air, 
and  to  be  followed  by  the  death  of  the  unfortunate  malea. 
It  is  to  be  recollected  that,  from  September  to  April,  ge- 
nerally speaking,  there  are  no  males  in  the  hives;  yet 
during  this  period  the  queen  often  oviposits :  a  former 
fecundation,  therefore,  must  fertilize  all  the  eggs  laid  in 
this  interval.  The  impregnation,  in  order  to  ensure  com- 
plete fertility,  must  not  be  too  long  retarded  :  for,  as  I 
before  observed,  if  this  be  delayed  beyond  the  twenty- 
eighth  day  of  her  existence,  her  ovaries  become  so  vi- 
tiated, that  she  can  no  longer  lay  eggs  that  will  produce 
workers,  but  can  only  furnish  the  hive  with  a  male  po- 
pulation ;  which,  however  high  a  privilege  it  may  be  ac- 
counted amongst  men,  is  the  reverse  of  it  amongst 
the  bees.  When  this  is  the  case,  the  abdomen  of  the 
queen  becomes  so  enlarged  that  she  is  no  longer  able 
to  flyb  ;  and,  what  is  remarkable,  she  loses  that  instinc- 
tive animosity  which  stimulates  the  fertile  ones  to  attack 
their  rivals0.  Thus  she  seems  to  own  that  she  is  not 
equal  to  the  duties  of  her  station,  and  can  tolerate  an- 
other to  discharge  them  in  her  room.  When  we  con- 
sider how  much  virgin  queens  are  slighted  by  their  sub- 
jects, we  may  suppose  that  nature  urges  them  to  take  the 
opportunity  of  the  first  warm  day,  when  the  males  fly 
forth,  to  pair  with  one  of  them. 

When  fecundation  has  not  been  retarded,  forty-six 
hours  after  it  has  taken  place,  the  queen  begins  to  lay 
eggs  that  will  produce  workers,  and  continues  for  the 
subsequent  eleven  months,  more  or  less,  to  lay  them 
solely ;  and  it  is  only  after  this  period  that  an  uninter- 
rupted laying  of  male  eggs  commences. — But  when  it 

a  Huber,  i.  63—  "  Schirach,  257.        c  Huber,  i.  319- 


156  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

has  been  retarded,  after  the  same  number  of  hours  she 
begins  laying  male  eggs,  and  continues  to  produce  these 
alone  during  her  whole  life.  From  hence  it  should  seem 
to  follow,  that  the  former  kind  of  eggs  are  first  in  the 
oviducts,  and,  if  impregnation  be  not  effected  within  a 
given  time,  that  all  the  worker  embryos  perish.  Yet 
how  this  can  take  place  with  respect  to  those  that  in  a 
fertile  queen  should  succeed  the  laying  of  male  eggs,  or 
be  produced  in  the  second  year  of  her  life,  seems  diffi- 
cult to  conceive ; — or  how  the  male  embryos  escape  this 
fate,  which  destroys  all  the  female,  both  those  that  are 
to  precede  them  and  those  that  are  to  follow  them.  Is 
it  impossible  that  the  sex  of  the  embryo  may  be  deter- 
mined by  the  period  at  which  the  aura  seminalis  vivifies 
it,  and  by  the  state  of  the  ovary  at  that  time  ?  In  one 
state  of  the  ovary  this  principle  may  cause  the  embryos 
to  become  workers,  in  another  males.  And  something 
of  this  kind  perhaps  may  be  the  cause  of  hermaphrodites 
in  other  animals.  But  this  I  give  merely  as  conjecture3: 
the  truth  seems  enveloped  in  mystery  that  we  cannot  yet 
penetrate.  Huber  is  of  opinion  that  a  single  impreg- 
nation fertilizes  all  the  eggs  that  a  queen  will  produce 
during  her  whole  life,  which  is  sometimes  more  than  two 
yearsb.  But  of  this  enough. 

I   said  that  forty-six   hours   after  impregnation   the 
queen  begins  laying  worker  eggs ; — this  is  not,  however, 

a  This  conjecture  receives  strong  confirmation  from  the  following 
observations  of  Sir  E.  Home,  which  t  met  with  since  it  came  into  my 
mind.  From  the  nipples  present  in  man,  which  sometimes  even  af- 
ford milk,  and  from  the  general  analogy  between  the  male  and  fe- 
male organs  of  generation,  he  supposes  the  germ  is  originally  fitted 
to  become  either  sex  j  and  that  which  it  shall  be  is  determined  at  the 
time  of  impregnation  by  some  unknown  cause.  Philos.  Trans.  1 799. 
157.  b  i.  106— 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  157 

invariable.     When  her  impregnation  takes  place  late  in 
the  year,  she  does  not  begin  laying  till  the  following 
srJring.     Schirach  asserts,  that  in  one  season  a  single  fe- 
male will  lay  from  70,000  to  100,000  eggsa.    Reaumur 
says,  that  upon  an  average  she  lays  about  two  hundred 
in  a  day,  a  moderate  swarm  consisting  of  12,000,  which 
are  laid  in  two  months ;  and  Huber,  that  she  lays  above 
a  hundred.    All  these  statements,  the  observations  being 
made  in  different  climates,  and  perhaps  under  different 
circumstances,  may  be  true.    The  laying  of  worker  eggs 
begins  in  February,  sometimes  so  early  as  January5. 
After  this,  in  the  spring,  the  great  laying  of  male  eggs 
commences,  lasting  thirty  days;  in  which  time  about  2000 
of  these  eggs  are  laid.   Another  laying  of  them,  but  less 
considerable,  takes  place  in  autumn.     In  the  season  of 
oviposition,  the  queen  may  be  discerned  traversing  the 
combs  in  all  directions  with  a  slow  step,  and  seeking  for 
cells  proper  to  receive  her  eggs.  As  she  walks  she  keeps 
her  head  inclined,  and  seems  to  examine,  one  by  one,  all 
the  cells  she  meets  with.     When  she  finds  one  to  her 
purpose,  she  immediately  gives  to  her  abdomen  the  curve 
necessary  to  enable  it  to  reach  the  orifice  of  the  cell,  and 
to  introduce  it  within  it.     The  eggs  are  set  in  the  angle 
of  the  pyramidal  bottom  of  the  cell,  or  in  one  of  the  hol- 
lows formed  by  the  conflux  of  the  sides  of  the  rhombs, 
and,  being  besmeared  with  a  kind  of  gluten,  stand  up- 
right.    If,  however,  it  be  a  female  that  lays  only  male 
eggs,  they  are  deposited  upon  the  lowest  of  the  sides  of 
the  cell,  as  she  is  unable  to  reach  the  bottom  c. 

While  our  prolific  lady  is  engaged  in  this  employment, 

a  Schirach,  7-  13. 

b  Ibid.  13.  Thorley,  105. 

c  Bonnet,  x.  258,  8vo.  ed. 


158  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

her  court  consists  of  from  four  to  twelve  attendants,  which 
are  disposed  nearly  in  a  circle,  with  their  heads  turned 
towards  her.  After  laying  from  two  to  six  eggs,  she  re- 
mains still,  reposing  for  eight  or  nine  minutes.  During 
this  interval  the  bees  in  her  train  redouble  their  atten- 
tions, licking  her  fondly  with  their  tongues.  Generally 
speaking,  she  lays  only  one  egg  in  a  cell;  but  when  she 
is  pressed,  and  there  ai^  not  cells  enough,  from  two  to 
four  have  been  found  in  one.  In  this  case,  as  if  they 
were  aware  of  the  consequences,  the  provident  workers 
remove  all  but  one.  From  an  experiment  of  Huberts,  it 
appears  that  the  instinct  of  the  queen  invariably  directs 
her  to  deposit  worker  eggs  in  worker  cells ;  for  when  he 
confined  one,  during  her  course  of  laying  worker  eggs, 
where  she  could  only  come  at  male  cells,  she  refused  to 
oviposit  in  them  ;  and  trying  in  vain  to  make  her  escape, 
they  at  length  dropped  from  her;  upon  which  the  workers 
devoured  them.  Retarded  queens,  however,  lose  this 
instinct,  and  often,  though  they  lay  only  male  eggs,  ovipo- 
sit in  worker  cells  and  even  in  royal  ones.  In  this  latter 
case  the  workers  themselves  act  as  if  they  suffered  in 
their  instinct  from  the  imperfect  state  of  their  queen ; 
for  they  feed  these  male  larvae  with  royal  jelly,  and  treat 
them  as  they  would  a  real  queen.  Though  male  eggs 
deposited  in  worker  cells  produce  small  males,  their 
education  in  a  royal  cell  with  "  royal  dainties  "  adds  no- 
thing to  their  ordinary  dimensions  a. 

The  swarming  of  bees  is  a  very  curious  and  interest- 
ing subject,  to  which,  since  a  female  is  the  sine  qua 
non  on  this  occasion,  I  may  very  properly  call  your  at- 
tention here.  You  will  recollect  that  I  said  something 
upon  the  principle  of  emigrations,  when  I  was  amusing 
a  Huber,  i.  122— 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  159 

you  with  the  history  of  ants  a ;  but  the  object  with  them 
seems  to  be  merely  a  change  of  station  for  one  more 
convenient  or  less  exposed  to  injury,  and  not  to  di- 
minish a  superabundant  population.  Whereas  in  the 
societies  of  the  hive-bee,  the  latter  is  the  general  cause  of 
emigrations,  which  invariably  take  place  every  year,  if 
their  numbers  require  it ;  if  not,  when  the  male  eggs 
are  laid,  no  royal  cells  are  constructed,  and  no  swarm 
is  led  forth.  What  might  be  the  case  with  ants,  were 
they  confined  to  hives,  we  cannot  say.  Formicaries  in- 
general  are  capable  of  indefinite  enlargement,  there- 
fore want  of  room  does  not  cause  emigration ; — but  bees 
being  confined  to  a  given  space,  which  they  possess  not 
the  means  of  enlarging, — to  avoid  the  ill  effects  result- 
ing from  being  too  much  crowded,  when  their  popula- 
tion exceeds  a  certain  limit,  they  must  necessarily  emi- 
grate. Sometimes — for  instance,  when  wasps  have  got 
into  a  hive — the  bees  will  leave  it,  in  order  to  fly  from 
an  inconvenience  or  enemy  which  they  cannot  otherwise 
avoid ;  but  it  does  not  very  often  happen  that  they 
wholly  desert  a  hive. 

Apiarists  tell  us  that,  in  this  country,  the  best  season 
for  swarming  is  from  the  middle  of  May  to  the  middle 
of  June ;  but  swarms  sometimes  occur  so  early  as  the 
beginning  of  April,  and  as  late  as  the  middle  of  Au- 
gust5. The  first  swarm,  as  I  before  observed,  is  led 
by  the  reigning  queen,  and  takes  place  when  she  is  so 
much  reduced  in  size,  in  consequence  of  the  number  of 
eggs  she  has  laid,  (for  previously  to  oviposition  her  gra- 
vid body  is  so  heavy  that  she  can  scarcely  drag  it  along,) 

a  See  above,  p.  57.  b  Keys  On  Sees,  76. 


160  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

as  to  enable  her  to  fly  with  ease.  The  most  indubitable 
sign  that  a  hive  is  preparing  to  swarm, — so  says  Reau- 
mur,— is  when  on  a  sunny  morning,  the  weather  being 
favourable  to  their  labours,  few  bees  go  out  of  a  hive, 
from  which  on  the  preceding  day  they  had  issued  in 
great  numbers,  and  little  pollen  is  collected.  This  cir- 
cumstance, he  observes,  must  be  very  embarrassing  to 
one  who  attempts  to  explain  all  their  proceedings  upon 
principles  purely  mechanical.  Does  it  not  prove,  he 
asks,  that  all  the  inhabitants  of  a  hive,  or  almost  all,  are 
aware  of  a  project  that  will  not  be  put  in  execution  be- 
fore noon,  or  some  hours  later?  For  why  should  bees, 
who  worked  the  day  before  with  so  much  activity,  cease 
their  labours  in  a  habitation  which  they  are  to  quit  at 
noon,  were  they  not  aware  that  they  should  soon  aban- 
don ita  ?  The  appearance  of  the  males,  and  the  clus- 
tering of  the  population  at  the  mouth  of  the  hive, 
(though  this  last  is  less  to  be  relied  upon,  being  often 
occasioned  by  extreme  heat,)  are  also  indications  of  the 
approach  of  this  event.  A  good  deal  depends,  however, 
on  the  warmth  of  the  atmosphere  and  the  state  of  the 
weather  either  to  accelerate  or  retard  it.  Another  sign 
is  a  general  hum  in  the  evening,  which  is  continued 
even  during  the  night, — all  seems  to  be  in  a  bustle,  the 
greatest  restlessness  agitates  the  bees.  Sometimes  to 
hear  this  hum  the  ear  must  be  placed  close  to  the  hive, 
when  clear  and  sharp  sounds  may  be  distinguished, 
which  appear  to  be  produced  by  the  vibration  of  the 
wings  of  a  single  bee.  This  hum  by  some  has  been 
gravely  construed  into  an  harangue  of  the  queen  to 

a  Reaum.v.  611. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  161 

animate  her  subjects  to  the  great  undertaking  which 
she  now  meditates — the  founding  of  a  new  empire. 
There  sometimes  seem  to  happen  suddenly  amongst 
them,  says  Reaumur,  events  which  put  all  the  bees  in 
motion,  for  which  no  account  can  be  given.  If  you  ob- 
serve a  hive  with  attention,  you  may  often  remain  a 
long  time  and  hear  only  a  slight  murmur,  and  then,  all 
in  a  moment,  a  sonorous  hum  will  be  excited,  and  the 
workers,  as  if  seized  with  a  panic  terror,  may  be  seen 
quitting  their  various  labours,  and  running  off  in  differ- 
ent directions.  At  these  moments  if  a  young  queen  goes 
out,  she  will  be  followed  by  a  numerous  troop. 

Huber  has  given  a  very  lively  and  interesting  ac- 
count of  the  interior  proceedings  of  the  hive  on  this  oc- 
casion. The  queen,  as  soon  as  she  began  to  exhibit 
signs  of  agitation,  no  longer  laid  her  eggs  with  order  as 
before,  but  irregularly,  as  if  she  did  not  know  what  she 
was  about.  She  ran  over  the  bees  in  her  way  ;  they  in 
their  turn  struck  her  with  their  antennae,  and  mounted 
upon  her  back ;  none  offered  her  honey,  but  she  helped 
herself  to  it  from  the  cells  in  her  path.  The  usual 
homage  of  a  court  attending  round  her  was  no  longer 
paid.  Those  however  that  were  excited  by  her  motions 
followed  her,  rousing  such  as  were  still  tranquil  upon 
the  combs.  She  soon  had  traversed  the  whole  hive, 
when  the  agitation  became  general.  The  workers,  now 
no  longer  attentive  to  the  young  brood,  ran  about  in  all 
directions  ;  even  those  that  returned  from  foraging,  be- 
fore the  agitation  was  at  its  height,  no  sooner  entered' 
the  hive  than  they  participated  in  these  tumultuous 
movements,  and,  neglecting  to  free  themselves  from  the 
masses  of  pollen  on  their  hind  legs,  ran  wildly  about. 

VOL.  n.  M 


162  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

At  length  there  was  a  general  rush  to  the  outlets  of  the 
hive,  which  the  queen  accompanied,  and  the  swarm 
took  place a. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  this  agitation,  excited  by  the 
queen,  increases  the  customary  heat  of  the  hive  to  a  very 
high  temperature,  which  the  action  of  the  sun  augments 
till  it  becomes  intolerable,  and  which  often  causes  the 
bees  accumulated  near  1;he  mouth  of  the  hive  to  perspire 
so  copiously,  that  those  near  the  bottom,  who  support 
the  weight  of  the  rest,  appear  drenched  with  the  mois- 
ture. This  intolerable  heat  determines  the  most  irreso- 
lute to  leave  the  hive.  Immediately  before  the  swarm- 
ing, a  louder  hum  than  usual  is  heard,  many  bees  take 
flight,  and,  if  the  queen  be  at  their  head,  or  soon  follows 
them,  in  a  moment  the  rest  rise  in  crowds  after  her  into 
the  air,  and  the  element  is  filled  with  bees  as  thick  as 
the  falling  snow.  The  queen  at  first  does  not  alight 
upon  the  branch  on  which  the  swarm  fixes ;  but  as  soon 
as  a  group  is  formed  and  clustered,  she  joins  it:  after 
this  it  thickens  more  and  more,  all  the  bees  that  are  in 
the  air  hastening  to  their  companions  and  their  queen, 
so  as  to  form  a  living  mass  of  animals  supporting  them- 
selves upon  each  by  the  claws  of  their  feet.  Thus  they 
sometimes  are  so  concatenated,  each  bee  suspending  its 
legs  to  those  of  another,  as  to  form  living  chaplets b. 


*  Huber,  i.  251. 

b  Some  critics  have  found  fault  with  Mr.  Southey  for  ascribing,  in 
his  Curse  of  Kehama,  to  Camdeo,  the  Cupid  of  Indian  mythology,  a 
bow  strung  with  bees.  The  idea  is  not  so  absurd  as  they  imagine ; 
and  the  poet  doubtless  was  led  to  it  by  his  knowledge  of  the  natural 
history  of  these  animals,  and  that  they  form  themselves  into  strings 
or  chaplets. — See  Reaum.  v.  t.  xxii./.  3. 


PERFECT    SOCIETIES    OF    INSECTS.  163 

After  this  they  soon  become  tranquil,  and  none  are  seen 
in  the  air.  Before  they  are  housed  they  often  begin  to 
construct  a  little  comb  on  the  branch  on  which  they 
alight a.  Sometimes  it  happens  that  two  queens  go  out 
with  the  same  swarm ;  and  the  result  is,  that  the  swarm 
at  first  divides  into  two  bodies,  one  under  each  leader ; 
but  as  one  of  these  groups  is  generally  much  less  nume- 
rous than  the  other,  the  smallest  at  last  joins  the  largest, 
accompanied  by  the  queen  to  whom  they  had  attached 
themselves  ;  and,  when  they  are  hived,  this  unfortunate 
candidate  for  empire  falls  sooner  or  later  a  victim  to  the 
jealousy  of  her  rival.  Till  this  great  question  is  decided, 
the  bees  do  not  settle  to  their  usual  labours a.  If  no 
queen  goes  out  with  a  swarm,  they  return  to  the  hive 
from  whence  they  came. 

As  in  regular  monarchies,  so  in  this  of  the  bees,  the 
first-born  is  probably  the  fortunate  candidate  for  the 
throne.  She  is  usually  the  most  active  and  vigorous ; 
the  most  able  to  take  flight ;  and  in  the  best  condition 
to  lay  eggs.  Though  the  queen  that  is  victorious,  and 
mounts  the  throne,  is  not,  as  Virgil  asserts,  resplendent 
with  gold  and  purple,  and  her  rival  hideous,  slothful 
and  unwieldy  b,  yet  some  differences  are  observable  ;  the 
successful  candidate  is  usually  redder  and  larger  than 
the  others ;  these  last,  upon  dissection,  appear  to  have 
no  eggs  ready  for  laying,  while  the  former,  which  is  a 
powerful  recommendation,  is  usually  full  of  them.  Eggs 

a  Reaumur,  615-644. 

b    "  Alter  erit  rnaculis  auro  squalentibus  ardens, 

(Nam  duo  sunt  genera)  hie  melior,  insigni$  et  ore, 
Et  rutilis  clarus  squamis  :  ille  horridus  alter 
Desidia,  latamque  trahens  inglorius  alvum," 

Georg.  iv.  91  — 
M  2 


164         PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

are  commonly  found  in  the  cells  twenty-four  hours  after 
swarming,  or  at  the  latest  two  or  three  days. 

You  may  think,  perhaps,  that  the  bees  which  emi- 
grate from  the  parent  hive  are  the  youth  of  the  colony ; 
but  this  is  not  the  case,  for  bees  of  all  ages  unite  to  form 
the  swarms.  The  numbers  of  which  they  consist  vary 
much.  Reaumur  calls  12,000  a  moderate  swarm;  and 
he  mentions  one  which  amounted  to  more  than  three 
times  that  number  (40,000).  A  swarm  seldom  or  never 
takes  place  except  when  the  sun  shines  and  the  air  is 
calm.  Sometimes,  when  every  thing  seems  to  prognos- 
ticate swarming,  a  cloud  passing  over  the  sun  calms  the 
agitation  ;  and  afterwards,  upon  his  shining  forth  again, 
the  tumult  is  renewed,  keeps  augmenting,  and  the  swarm 
departs a.  On  this  account  the  confinement  of  the  queens, 
before  related,  is  observed  to  be  more  protracted  in  bad 
weather. 

The  longest  interval  between  the  swarms  is  from  seven 
to  nine  days,  which  usually  is  the  space  that  intervenes 
between  the  first  and  the  second.  The  next  flies  sooner, 
and  the  last  sometimes  departs  the  day  after  that  which 
preceded  it.  Fifteen  or  eighteen  days,  in  favourable 
weather,  are  usually  sufficient  for  throwing  the  four 
swarms.  The  old  queen,  when  she  takes  flight  with  the 
first  swarm,  leaves  plenty  of  brood  in  the  cells,  which 
soon  renew  the  population  b. 

It  is  not  without  example,  though  it  rarely  happens, 

*  Bees  are  generally  thought  to  foresee  the  state  of  the  weather : 
but  they  are  not  always  right  in  their  prognostics ;  for  Reaumur  wit- 
nessed a  swarm,  which  after  leaving  the  hive  at  half-past  one  o'clock 
were  overtaken  by  a  very  heavy  shower  at  three. 

b  Huber,  i.  27 1*. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  165 

that  a  swarm  conducted  by  the  old  queen  increases  so 
much  in  the  space  of  three  weeks  as  to  send  forth  a  new 
colony.  Being  already  impregnated,  she  is  in  a  condi- 
tion to  oviposit  as  soon  as  there  are  cells  ready  to  receive 
her  eggs :  and  an  all-wise  Providence  has  so  ordered  it, 
that  at  this  time  she  lays  only  such  as  produce  workers. 
And  it  is  the  first  employment  of  her  subjects  to  con- 
struct cells  for  this  purpose  a.  The  young  queens  that 
conduct  the  secondary  swarms  usually  pair  the  day  after 
they  are  settled  in  their  new  abode ;  when  the  indiffe- 
rence with  which  their  subjects  have  hitherto  treated 
them  is  exchanged  for  the  usual  respect  and  homage. 

We  may  suppose  that  one  motive  with  the  bees  for 
following  the  old  queen,  is  their  respect  for  her ;  but  the 
reasons  that  induce  them  to  follow  the  virgin  queens,  to 
whom  they  not  only  appear  to  manifest  no  attachment, 
but  rather  the  reverse,  seem  less  easy  to  be  assigned. 
Probably  the  high  temperature  of  the  hive  during  these 
times  of  tumultuous  agitation  may  be  the  principal  cause 
that  operates  upon  them.  In  a  populous  hive  the  ther- 
mometer commonly  stands  between  92°  and  97° ;  but 
during  the  tumult  that  precedes  swarming  it  rises  above 
104°,  a  heat  intolerable  to  these  animals5.  This  is 
M.  Huber's  opinion.  Yet  still,  though  a  high  tem- 
perature will  well  account  for  the  departure  of  the  swarm 
from  the  hive  with  a  virgin  queen,  if  there  were  really  no 
attachment,  (as  he  appears  to  think,)  is  it  not  extraordi- 
nary, that  when  this  cause  no  longer  operates  upon 
them,  they  should  agglomerate  about  her,  as  they  always 
do,  be  unsettled  and  agitated  without  her,  and  quiet 
when  she  is  with  them  ?  Is  it  not  reasonable  to  sup- 
1  Huber,  i.  305.  b  Ibid.  280. 


166  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

pose  that  the  instinct  which  teaches  them  what  is  ne- 
cessary for  the  preservation  of  their  society, — at  the  same 
time  that  it  shows  them  that  without  a  queen  that  society 
cannot  be  preserved, — impells  them  in  every  case  to  the 
mode  of  treating  her  which  will  most  effectually  influence 
her  conduct,  and  give  it  that  direction  which  is  most 
beneficial  to  the  community  ? 

Yet,  with  respect  to  the  treatment  of  queens,  instinct 
does  not  invariably  direct  the  bees  to  this  end.  There 
are  certain  exceptions,  produced  perhaps  by  artificial  or 
casual  occurrences,  in  which  it  seems  to  deviate,  yet  as 
we  should  call  it  amiably,  from  the  rule  of  the  public 
advantage.  Retarded  queens,  which,  as  I  have  observ- 
ed, lay  male  eggs  only,  deposit  them  in  all  cells  indiffer- 
ently, even  in  royal  ones.  These  last  are  treated  by  the 
workers  as  if  they  were  actually  to  become  queens.  Here 
their  instinct  seems  defective : — it  appears  unaccountable 
that  they  should  know  these  eggs,  as  they  do,  when  de- 
posited in  workers  cells,  and  give  them  a  convex  cover- 
ing when  about  to  assume  the  pupa ;  unless,  perhaps, 
the  size  of  the  larva  directs  them  in  this  case. 

The  amputation  of  one  of  the  antennae  of  a  queen  bee 
appears  not  to  affect  her  perceptibly ;  but  cutting  off 
both  these  important  organs  produces  a  very  striking 
derangement  of  all  her  proceedings — She  seems  in  a 
species  of  delirium,  and  deprived  of  all  her  instincts ; 
every  thing  is  done  at  random ;  yet  the  respect  and  ho- 
mage of  the  workers  towards  her,  though  they  are  re- 
ceived by  her  with  indifference,  continue  undiminished. 
If  another  in  the  same  condition  be  put  in  the  hive,  the 
bees  do  not  appear  to  discover  the  difference,  and  treat 
them  both  alike  :  but  if  a  perfect  one  be  introduced,  even 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  167 

though  fertile,  they  seize  her,  keep  her  in  confinement, 
and  treat  her  very  unhandsomely.  One  may  conjecture 
from  this  circumstance,  that  it  is  by  those  wonderful  or- 
gans, the  antennae,  that  the  bees  know  their  own  queen. 
If  two  mutilated  queens  meet,  they  show  not  the  slight- 
est symptom  of  resentment.  While  one  of  these  con- 
tinues in  the  hive,  the  workers  never  think  of  choosing 
another ;  but  if  she  leaves  it,  they  do  not  accompany  her, 
probably  because  the  heat  is  not  increased  by  her  put- 
ting them  into  the  preparatory  agitation  a. 

I  am,  &c. 
a  Huber,  i.  316. 


LETTER    XX. 

SOCIETIES   OF  INSECTS. 

• 

PERFECT  SOCIETIES  CONCLUDED. 

HAVING  given  you  a  history  sufficiently  ample  of  the 
queen  or  female  bee,  I  shall  next  add  some  account  of 
the  drone  or  male  bee  /  but  this  will  not  detain  you  long, 
since,  "  to  be  born  and  die"  is  nearly  the  sum  total  of 
their  story.  Much  abuse,  from  the  earliest  times,  has 
been  lavished  upon  this  description  of  the  inhabitants  of 
the  hive,  and  their  indolence  and  gluttony  have  become 
proverbial. — Indeed,  at  first  sight,  it  seems  extraordi- 
nary that  seven  or  eight  hundred  individuals  ^hould  be 
supported  at  the  public  expense,  and  to  common  ap- 
pearance do  nothing  all  the  while  that  may  be  thought 
to  earn  their  living.  But  the  more  we  look  into  nature, 
the  more  we  discover  the^  truth  of  that  common  axiom, 
— that  nothing  is  made  in  vain. — Creative  Wisdom  can- 
not be  caught  at  fault.  Therefore,  where  we  do  not  at 
present  perceive  the  reasons  of  things,  instead  of  cavil- 
ling at  what  we  do  not  understand,  we  ought  to  adore 
in  silence,  and  wait  patiently  till  the  veil  is  removed 
which,  in  any  particular  instance,  conceals  its  final  cause 
from  our  sight.  The  mysteries  of  nature  are  gradually 
opened  to  us,  one  truth  making  way  for  the  discovery  of 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.         169 

another  :  but  still  there  will  always  be  in  nature,  as  well 
as  in  revelation,  even  in  those  things  that  fall  under  our 
daily  observation,  mysteries  to  exercise  our  faith  and  hu- 
mility :  so  that  we  may  always  reply  to  the  caviller, — 
"  Thine  own  things  and  those  that  are  grown  up  with 
thee  hast  thou  not  known ;  how  then  shall  thy  vessel 
comprehend  the  way  of  the  Highest  ?" 

Various  have  been  the  conjectures  of  naturalists,  even 
in  very  recent  times,  with  respect  to  the  fertilization  of 
the  eggs  of  the  bee.     Some  have  supposed, — and  the 
number  of  males  seemed  to  countenance  the  supposition, 
— that  this  was  effected  after  they  were  deposited  in  the 
cells.     Of  this  opinion  Maraldi  seems  to  have  been  the 
author,  and  it  was  adopted  by  Mr.  Debraw  of  Cam- 
bridge, who  asserts  that  he  has  seen  the  smaller  males 
(those  that  are  occasionally  produced  in  cells  usually  ap- 
propriated to  workers)  introduce  their  abdomen  into 
cells  containing  eggs,  and  fertilize  them;  and  that  the 
eggs  so  treated  proved  fertile,  while  others  that  were  not 
remained  sterile.     The  common  or  large  drones,  which 
form  the  bulk  of  the  male  population  of  the  hive,  could 
not  be  generally  destined  to  this  office,  since  their  ab- 
domen, on  account  of  its  size,  could  only  be  introduced 
into  male  and  royal  cells.     Bonnet,  however,  saw  some 
motions  of  one  of  these  drones,  which,  while  it  passed 
by  those  that  were  empty,  appeared  to  strike  with  its  ab- 
domen the  mouth  of  the  cells  containing  eggs a.    Swam- 
merdam  thought  that  the  female  was  impregnated  by 
effluvia  which  issued  from  the  male5.     Reaumur,  from 
some  proceedings  that  he  witnessed,  was  convinced  that 

s  Bonnet,  x,  259.  b  Bibl.  Nat.  i.  221.  b.  ed.  Hill. 


170  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

impregnation  took  place  according  to  the  usual  law  of 
nature,  and,  as  he  supposed,  within  the  hivea.  This 
opinion  Huber  has  confirmed  by  indubitable  proofs ; 
but  he  further  discovered  that  these  animals  pair  abroad, 
in  the  air,  during  the  flight  of  the  queen  :  a  fact  which 
renders  a  ]arge  number  of  males  necessary,  to  ensure 
her  impregnation  in  due  time  to  lay  eggs  that  will  pro- 
duce workers5.  Huber  also  observed  those  appearances 
which  induced  Debraw  to  adopt  the  opinion  I  mention- 
ed just  now,  and  was  at  first  disposed  to  think  them 
real ;  but  afterwards,  upon  a  nearer  inspection,  he  dis- 
covered that  it  was  an  illusion  caused  by  the  reflection 
of  the  rays  of  light0. 

In  fine  weather  the  drones,  during  the  warmest  part 
of  the  day,  take  their  flights ;  and  it  is  then  that  they 
pair  with  the  queen  in  mid  air,  the  result  being  invaria- 
bly the  death  of  the  drone.  No  one  has  yet  discovered, 
unless  the  proceedings  observed  by  Debraw  and  Bon- 
net may  be  so  interpreted,  that  when  in  the  hive  they 
take  any  share  in  the  business  of  it,  their  great  employ- 
ment within  doors  being  to  eat.  Their  life  however  is 
of  very  short  duration,  the  eggs  that  produce  drones 
being  laid  in  the  course  of  April  and  May,  and  their 
destruction  being  usually  accomplished  in  the  months 
of  July  and  August.  The  bees  then,  as  M.  Huber  ob- 
serves, chase  them  about,  and  pursue  them  to  the  bot- 
tom of  the  hives,  where  they  assemble  in  crowds.  At 
the  same  time  numerous  carcases  of  drones  may  be  seen 
on  the  ground  before  the  hives.  Hence  he  conjectured, 
though  he  never  could  detect  them  engaged  in  this 

a  Rcaum.  v.  503--         h  Huber,  i.  24—-         f  Ibid.  37— 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  1?1 

work  upon  the  combs,  that  they  were  stung  to  death  by 
the  workers.  To  ascertain  how  their  death  was  occa- 
sioned, he  caused  a  table  to  be  glazed,  on  which  he 
placed  six  hives,  and  under  this  table  he  employed  the 
patient  and  indefatigable  Burnens,  who  was  to  him  in- 
stead of  eyes,  to  watch  their  proceedings.  On  the 
fourth  of  July  this  accurate  observer  saw  the  massacre 
going  on  in  all  the  hives  at  the  same  time,  and  attended 
by  the  same  circumstances.  The  table  was  crowded 
with  workers,  who,  apparently  in  great  rage,  darted 
upon  the  drones  as  soon  as  they  arrived  at  the  bottom 
of  the  hive  seizing  them  by  their  antennae,  their  legs,  and 
their  wings  ;  and  killing  them  by  violent  strokes  of  their 
sting,  which  they  generally  inserted  between  the  seg- 
ments of  the  abdomen.  The  moment  this  fearful  wea- 
pon entered  their  body,  the  poor  helpless  creatures  ex- 
panded their  wings  and  expired.  After  this,  as  if  fear- 
ful that  they  were  not  sufficiently  dispatched,  the  bees 
repeated  their  strokes,  so  that  they  often  found  it  diffi- 
cult to  extricate  their  sting.  On  the  following  day  they 
were  equally  busy  in  the  work  of  slaughter ;  but  their 
fury,  their  Own  having  perished,  was  chiefly  vented  upon 
those  drones,  which,  after  having  escaped  from  the 
neighbouring  hives,  had  sought  refuge  with  them.  Not 
content  with  destroying  those  that  were  in  the  perfect 
state,  they  attacked  also  such  male  pupae  as  were  left 
in  their  cells;  and  then  dragging  them  forth,  sucked 
the  fluid  from  their  bodies  and  cast  them  out  of  the 
hive*. 

But  though  in  hives  containing  a  queen  perfectly  fer- 

a  Huber,  i.  195. 


172  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

tile  (that  is,  which  lays  both  worker  and  male  eggs,)  this 
is  the  unhappy  fate  of  the  drones ;  yet  in  those  where 
the  queen  only  lays  male  eggs,  they  are  suffered  to  re- 
main unmolested  ;  and  in  hives  deprived  of  their  queen, 
they  also  find -a  secure  asylum*. 

What  it  is  that,  in  the  former  instance,  excites  the 
fury  of  the  bees  against  the  males,  is  not  easy  to  dis- 
cover ;  but  some  conjecture  may  perhaps  be  formed  from 
the  circumstances  last  related.  When  only  males  are 
produced  by  the  queen,  the  bees  seem  aware  that  some- 
thing more  is  wanted,  and  retain  the  males ;  the  same  is 
the  case  when  they  have  no  queen;  and  when  one  is 
procured,  they  appear  to  know  that  she  would  not  profit 
them  without  the  males.  Their  fury  then  is  connected 
with  their  utility  :  when  the  queen  is  impregnated,  which 
lasts  for  her  whole  life,  as^  if  they  knew  that  the  drones 
could  be  of  no  further  use,  and  would  only  consume 
their  winter  stores  of  provision,  they  destroy  them ; 
which  surely  is  more  merciful  than  expelling  them,  in 
which  case  they  must  inevitably  perish  from  hunger. 
But  when  the  queen  only  produces  males,  their  num- 
bers are  not  sufficient  to  cause  alarm ;  and  the  same 
reasoning  applies  to  the  case  when  there  is  no  queen. 

Having  brought  the  males  from  their  cradle  to  their 
untimely  grave,  and  amused  you  with  the  little  that  is 
known  of  their  uneventful  history,  I  shall  now,  at  last, 
call  you  to  attend  to  the  proceedings  of  the  workers 
themselves;  and  here  I  am  afraid,  long  as  I  have  de- 
tained you,  I  must  still  press  you  to  expatiate  with  me 

'  Huber,  i.  109. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  1?3 

in  a  more  ample  field ;  but  the  spectacles  you  will  be- 
hold during  our  excursion  will  repay,  I  promise  you, 
any  delay  or  trouble  it  may  occasion. 

When  I  consider  the  proceedings  of  these  little  crea- 
tures, both  in  the  hive  and  out  of  it,  they  are  so  nume- 
rous and  multifarious,  that  I  scarcely  know  where  to  be- 
gin. You  have  already,  however,  heard  much  of  their 
internal  labours,  in  the  care  and  nurture  of  the  young ; 
the  construction  of  their  combs a;  and  their  proceedings 
with  respect  to  their  queens  and  their  paramours.  It 
will  therefore  change  the  scene  a  little,  if  we  accompany 
them  in  their  excursions  to  collect  the  various  substances 
of  which  they  have  need5.  On  these  occasions  the  prin- 
cipal object  of  the  bees  is  to  furnish  themselves  with 
three  different  materials  : — the  nectar  of  flowers,  from 
which  they  elaborate  honey  and  wax ;  the  pollen  or  fer^ 

a  VOL.  1. 376— and  487— 

b  The  following  beautiful  lines  by  Professor  Smyth  are  extremely 
applicable  to  this  part  of  a  bee's  labours  : 

"  Thou  cheerful  Bee  !  come,  freely  come, 
And  travel  round  my  woodbine  bower  ! 

Delight  me  with  thy  wandering  hum, 
And  rouse  me  from  my  musing  hour; 

Oh  !   try  no  more  those  tedious  fields, 

Come  taste  the  sweets  my  garden  yields : 

The  treasures  of  each  blooming  mine, 

The  bud,  the  blossom, — all  are  thine. 

"  And  careless  of  this  noon-tide  heat, 

I'll  follow  as  thy  ramble  guides ; 
To  watch  thee  pause  and  chafe  thy  feet, 

And  sweep  them  o'er  thy  downy  sides  : 
Then  in  a  flower's  bell  nestling  lie, 
And  all  thy  envied  ardor  ply  ! 
Then  o'er  the  stem,  tho'  fair  it  grow, 
With  touch  rejecting,  glance,  and  go. 

"  O  Nature 


174-  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

tilizing  dust  of  the  anthers,  of  which  they  make  what  is 
called  bee-bread,  serving  as  food  both  to  old  and  young; 
and  the  resinous  substance  called  by  the  ancients  Pro- 
polis, Pissoceros,  &c.  used  in  various  ways  in  rendering 
the  hive  secure  and  giving  the  finish  to  the  combs.  The 
first  of  these  substances  is  the  pure  fluid  secreted  in  the 
nectaries  of  flowers,  which  the  length  of  their  tongue 
enables  them  to  reach  in  most  blossoms.  The  tongue 
of  a  bee,  you  are  to  observe,  though  so  long  and  some- 
times so  inflated51,  is  not  a  tube  through  which  the  honey 
passes,  nor  a  pump  acting  by  suction,  but  a  real  tongue 
which  laps  or  licks  the  honey,  and  passes  it  down  on 
its  upper  surface,  as  we  do,  to  the  mouth,  which  is  at  its 
base  concealed  by  the  mandibles5.  It  is  conveyed  by 
this  orifice  through  the  oesophagus  into  the  first  stomach, 
which  we  call  the  honey-bag,  and  which,  from  being 
very  small,  is  swelled  when  full  of  it  to  a  considerable 
size.  Honey  is  never  found  in  the  second  stomach, 
(which  is  surrounded  with  muscular  rings,  and  resembles 
a  cask  covered  with  hoops  from  one  end  to  the  other,) 
but  only  in  the  first :  in  the  latter  and  the  intestines  the 
bee-bread  only  is  discovered.  How  the  wax  is  secreted, 
or  what  vessels  are  appropriated  to  that  purpose,  is  not 
yet  ascertained.  Huber  suspects  that  a  cellular  sub- 
stance, consisting  of  hexagons,  which  lines  the  mem- 

"  O  Nature  kind  !  O  labourer  wise  ! 

That  roam'st  along  the  summer's  ray, 
Glean'st  every  bliss  thy  life  supplies, 

And  meet'st  prepared  thy  wintry  day  ! 
Go,  envied  go — with  crowded  gates 
The  hive  thy  rich  return  awaits ; 
.  Bear  home  thy  store,  in  triumph  gay, 
And  shame  each  idler  of  the  day." 
a  Reaum.  v.  t.  xxviii./.  1.2.  b  Ibid./.  7.  o. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF   INSECTS.  175 

brane  of  the  wax-pockets,  may  be  concerned  in  this 
operation.  This  substance  he  also  discovered  in  humble- 
bees  (which  though  they  make  wax  have  no  wax-pockets), 
occupying  all  the  anterior  part  or  base  of  the  segments3. 
If  you  wish  to  see  the  wax-pockets  in  the  hive-bee,  y  u 
must  press  the  abdomen  so  as  to  cause  it  to  extend  it- 
self; you  will  then  find  on  each  of  the  four  intermediate 
ventral  segments,  separated  by  the  carina  or  elevated 
central  part,  two  trapeziform  whitish  pockets,  of  a  soft 
membranaceous  texture :  on  these  the  laminae  of  wax 
are  formed,  and  they  are  found  upon  them  in  different 
states,  so  as  to  be  more  or  less  perceptible.  I  must  here 
observe  that,  besides  Thorley,  who  seems  to  have  been 
the  first  apiarist  that  observed  these  laminae,  Wildman 
was  not  ignorant  of  them,  nor  of  the  wax  being  formed 
from  honey5  :  we  must  not  therefore  permit  foreigners 
to  appropriate  to  themselves  the  whole  credit  of  disco- 
veries that  have  been  made,  or  at  least  partially  made, 
by  our  own  countrymen. 

Long  before  Linne  had  discovered  the  nectary  of 
flowers,  our  industrious  creatures  had  made  themselves 
intimate  with  every  form  and  variety  of  them ;  and  no 
botanist,  even  in  this  enlightened  era  of  botanical  sci- 
ence, can  compare  with  a  bee  in  this  respect.  The 
station  of  these  reservoirs,  even  where  the  armed  sight 
of  science  cannot  discover  it,  is  in  a  moment  detected 
by  the  microscopic  eye  of  this  animal. 

She  has  to  attend  to  a  double  task — to  collect  mate- 
rials for  bee-bread  as  well  as  for  honey  and  wax.     Ob- 
serve a  bee  that  has  alighted  upon  an   open  flower. 
The  hum  produced  by  the  motion  of  her  wings  ceases, 
a  Huber,  ii.  5.  t.  u.f.  8.  b  Wildman,  43. 


176  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

and  her  employment  begins.  In  an  instant  she  unfolds 
her  tongue,  which  before  was  rolled  up  under  her  head. 
With  what  rapidity  does  she  dart  this  organ  between 
the  petals  and  the  stamina !  At  one  time  she  extends  it 
to  its  full  length,  then  she  contracts  it;  she  moves  it 
about  in  all  directions,  so  that  it  may  be  applied  both 
to  the  concave  and  convex  surface  of  a  petal,  and  wipe 
them  both ;  and  thus  by*a  virtuous  theft  robs  it  of  all  its 
nectar.  All  the  while  this  is  going  on,  she  keeps  her- 
self in  a  constant  vibratory  motion.  The  object  of  the 
industrious  animal  is  not,  like  the  more  selfish  butterfly, 
to  appropriate  this  treasure  to  herself.  It  goes  into  the 
honey -bag  as  into  a  laboratory,  where  it  is  transformed 
into  pure  honey ;  and  when  she  returns  to  the  hive,  she 
regurgitates  it  in  this  form  into  one  of  the  cells  appro- 
priated to  that  purpose ;  in  order  that,  after  tribute  is 
paid  from  it  to  the  queen,  it  may  constitute  a  supply  of 
food  for  the  rest  of  the  community. 

In  collecting  honey,  bees  do  not  solely  confine  them- 
selves to  flowers,  they  will  sometimes  very  greedily  ab- 
sorb the  sweet  juices  of  fruits :  this  I  have  frequently 
observed  with  respect  to  the  raspberries  in  my  garden, 
and  have  noticed  it,  as  you  may  recollect,  in  a  former 
letter a.  They  will  also  eat  sugar,  and  produce  wax 
from  it ;  but  from  Huber's  observations,  it  appears  not 
calculated  to  supply  the  place  of  honey  in  the  jelly  with 
which  the  larvae  are  fed  b.  Though  the  great  mass  of 
the  food  of  bees  is  collected  from  flowers,  they  do  not 
wholly  confine  themselves  to  a  vegetable  diet;  for,  be- 
sides the  honeyed  secretion  of  the  Aphides,  the  posses- 

»  VOL,  I.  196.  b  Huber,  ii.  82. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  177 

sion  of  which  they  will  sometimes  dispute  with  the  ants a, 
upon  particular  occasions  they  will  eat  the  eggs  of  the 
queen.  They  are  very  fond  also  of  the  fluid  that  oozes 
from  the  cells  of  the  pupae,  and  will  suck  eagerly  all  that 
is  fluid  in  their  abdomen  after  they  are  destroyed  by  their 
rivals5. — Several  flowers  that  produce  much  honey  they 
pass  by ;  in  some  instances,  from  inability  to  get  at  it. 
Thus,  for  this  reason  probably,  they  do  not  attempt 
those  of  the  trumpet-honey-suckle,  (Lonicera  semper- 
virens,)  which,  if  separated  from  the  germen  after  they 
are  open,  will  yield  two  or  three  drops  of  the  purest 
nectar.  So  that  were  this  shrub  cultivated  with  that 
view,  much  honey  in  its  original  state  might  be  obtained 
from  a  small  number  of  plants.  In  other  cases,  it  ap- 
pears to  be  the  poisonous  quality  of  their  honey  that  in- 
duces bees  to  neglect  certain  flowers.  You  have  doubt- 
less observed  the  conspicuous  white  nectaries  of  the 
crown  imperial,  (Fritittaria  imperialist)  and  that  they 
secrete  abundance  of  this  fluid.  It  tempts  in  vain  the 
passing  bee,  probably  aware  of  some  noxious  quality 
that  it  possesses.  The  oleander  (Nerium  Oleander,} 
yields  a  honey  that  proves  fatal  to  thousands  of  impru- 
dent flies ;  but  our  bees,  more  wise  and  cautious,  avoid 
it.  Occasionally,  perhaps,  in  particular  seasons,  when 
flowers  are  less  numerous  than  common,  this  instinct  of 
the  bees  appears  to  fail  them,  or  to  be  overpowered  by 
their  desire  to  collect  a  sufficient  store  of  honey  for  their 
purposes,  and  they  suffer  for  their  want  of  self-denial. 
Sometimes  whole  swarms  have  been  destroyed  by  merely 
alighting  upon  poisonous  trees.  This  happened  to  one 

*  Abbe  Boisier,  quoted  in  Mills  On  Beesy  24. 
b  Schirach,  45.  Huber,  i.  179. 
VOL.  II.  N 


178  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

in  the  county  of  West  Chester  in  the  province  of  New 
York,  which  settled  upon  the  branches  of  the  poison- 
ash  (Rhus  Vernix).  In  the  following  morning  the  im- 
prudent animals  were  all  found  dead,  and  swelled  to 
more  than  double  their  usual  size a.  Whether  the  honey 
extracted  from  the  species  of  the  genus  Kalmia,  Andro- 
meda,  JRhododendrum,  &c.  be  hurtful  to  the  bees  them- 
selves, is  not  ascertained  ^  but,  as  has  been  before  ob- 
served, it  is  often  poisonous  to  man5.  The  Greeks,  as 
you  probably  recollect,  in  their  celebrated  retreat  after 
the  death  of  the  younger  Cyrus,  found  a  kind  of  honey 
at  Trebisond  on  the  Euxine  coast,  which,  though  it 
produced  no  fatal  effects  upon  them,  rendered  those  who 
ate  but  little,  like  men  very  drunk,  and  those  who  ate 
much,  like  mad  men  or  dying  persons ;  and  numbers  lay 
upon  the  ground  as  if  there  had  been  a  defeat.  Pliny, 
who  mentions  this  honey,  calls  it  Mcenomenon,  and  ob- 
serves that  it  is  said  to  be  collected  from  a  kind  of  Rho~ 
dodendrum,  of  which  Tournefort  noticed  two  species 
there  c. 

When  the  stomach  of  a  bee  is  filled  with  nectar,  it 
next,  by  means  of  the  feathered  hairs d  with  which  its 
body  is  covered,  pilfers  from  the  flowers  the  fertilizing 
dust  of  the  anthers,  the  pollen;  which  is  equally  necessary 
to  the  society  with  the  honey,  and  may  be  named  the  am- 
brosia of  the  hive,  since  from  it  the  bee-bread  is  made. 
Sometimes  a  bee  is  so  discoloured  with  this  powder  as  to 
look  like  a  different  insect,  becoming  white,  yellow,  or 
orange,  according  to  the  flowers  in  which  it  has  been 

*  Nicholson's  Journal,  xxiii.  287.  b  VOL.  1. 1 42. 

•  Xenoph.  Anabas.  1.  iv.    Plin.  Hut.  Nat.  1.  xxi.  c.  13. 
d  Reaura.  v.  t.  xxvi./.  1. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  179 

busy.  Reaumur  was  urged  to  visit  the  hives  of  a  gentle- 
man, who  on  this  account  thought  his  bees  were  different 
from  the  common  kinda.  He  suspected,  and  it  proved, 
that  the  circumstance  just  mentioned  occasioned  the  mis- 
taken notion.  When  the  body  of  the  bee  is  covered  with 
farina,  with  the  brushes  of  its  legs,  especially  of  the  hind 
ones,  it  wipes  it  off':  not,  as  we  do  with  our  dusty  clothes, 
to  dissipate  and  disperse  it  in  the  air,  but  to  collect  every 
particle  of  it,  and  then  to  knead  it  and  form  it  into  two 
little  masses,  which  she  places,  one  in  each,  in  the  baskets 
formed  by  hairs5  on  her  hind  legs. 

Aristotle  says  that  in  each  journey  from  the  hive,  bees 
attend  only  one  species  of  flower0;  Reaumur,  however, 
seems  to  think  that  they  fly  indiscriminately  from  one  to 
another :  but  Mr.  Dobbs  in  the  Philosophical  Transac- 
tions*[,  and  Butler  before  him,  asserts  that  he  has  fre- 
quently followed  a  bee  engaged  in  collecting  pollen,  &c. 
and  invariably  observed  that  it  continued  collecting  from 
the  same  kind  of  flowers  with  which  it  first  began :  passing 
over  other  species,  however  numerous,  even  though  the 
flower  it  first  selected  was  scarcer  than  others.  His  ob- 
servations, he  thinks,  are  confirmed — and  the  idea  seems 
not  unreasonable — by  the  uniform  colour  of  the  pellets  of 
pollen,  and  their  different  size.  Reaumur  himself  tells  us 
that  the  bees  enter  the  hive,  some  with  yellow  pellets, 
others  with  red  ones,  others  again  with  whitish  ones,  and 
that  sometimes  they  are  even  green :  upon  which  he  ob- 
serves, that  this  arises  from  their  being  collected  from 
particular  flowers,  the  pollen  of  whose  anthers  is  of  those 

a  Reaum.  295. 

b  Kirby,  Monogr.  Ap.  Angl  i.  t.  12.  *  *.  e.  I.  neut.  f.  19.  a.  b. 
c  Hist.  Anim.  1.  ix.  c.  40.  d  xlvi.  536. 

N  2 


180  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

colours3.  Sprengel,  as  before  intimated5,  has  made  an 
observation  similar  to  that  of  Dobbs.  It  seems  not  im- 
probable that  the  reason  why  the  bee  visits  the  same 
species  of  plants  during  one  excursion  may  be  this : — 
Her  instinct  teaches  her  that  the  grains  of  pollen  which 
enter  into  the  same  mass  should  be  homogeneous,  in  order 
perhaps  for  their  more  effectual  cohesion ;  and  thus  Pro- 
vidence also  secures  two  important  ends, — the  impregna- 
tion of  those  flowers  that  require  such  aid,  by  the  bees 
passing  from  one  to  another ;  and  the  avoiding  the  pro- 
duction of  hybrid  plants,  from  the  application  of  the  pol- 
len of  one  kind  of  plant  to  the  stigma  of  another.  When 
the  anthers  are  not  yet  burst,  the  bee  opens  them  with 
her  mandibles,  takes  a  parcel  of  pollen,  which  one  of  the 
first  pair  of  legs  receives  and  delivers  to  the  middle  pair, 
from  which  it  passes  to  one  of  the  hind  legs. 

If  the  contents  of  one  of  the  little  pellets  be  examined 
under  a  lens,  it  will  be  found  that  the  grains  have  all  re- 
tained their  original  shape.  A  botanist  practised  in  the 
figure  of  the  pollen  of  the  different  species  of  common 
plants  might  easily  ascertain,  by  such  an  examination, 
whether  a  bee  had  collected  its  ambrosia  from  one  or 
more,  and  also  from  what  species  of  flowers. 

In  the  months  of  April  and  May,  as  Reaumur  tells  us, 
the  bees  collect  pollen  from  morning  to  evening ;  but  in 
the  warmer  months  the  great  gathering  of  it  is  from  the 
time  of  their  first  leaving  the  hive  (which  is  sometimes  so 
early  as  four  in  the  morning)  to  about  10  o'clock  A.M. 
About  that  hour  all  that  enter  the  hive  may  be  seen  with 
their  pellets  in  their  baskets;  but  during  the  rest  of  the 
day  the  number  of  those  so  furnished  is  small  in  compa- 
*ubi  supra,  301.  b  VOL.  1.2.99. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  181 

rison  of  those  that  are  not.  In  a  hive,  however,  in  which 
a  swarm  is  recently  established,  it  is  generally  brought  in 
at  all  parts  of  the  day.  He  supposes,  in  order  for  its 
being  formed  into  pellets,  that  it  requires  some  moisture, 
which  the  heat  evaporates  after  the  above  hour ;  but  in 
the  case,  of  recently  colonized  hives,  that  the  bees  go  a 
great  way  to  seek  it  in  moist  and  shady  places*. 

When  a  bee  has  completed  her  lading,  she  returns  to 
the  hive  to  dispose  of  it.  The  honey  is  disgorged  into 
the  honey-pots  or  cells  destined  to  receive  it,  and  is  dis- 
charged from  the  honey-bag  by  its  alternate  contraction 
and  "dilatation.  A  cell  will  contain  the  contents  of  many 
honey-bags.  When  a  bee  comes  to  disgorge  the  honey, 
with  its  fore  legs  it  breaks  the  thick  cream  that  is  always 
on  the  top,  and  the  honey  which  it  yields  passes  under  it. 
This  cream  is  honey  of  a  thicker  consistence  than  the 
rest,  which  rises  to  the  top  in  the  cells  like  cream  on 
milk :  it  is  not  level,  but  forms  an  oblique  surface  over 
the  honey.  The  cells,  as  you  know,  are  usually  hori- 
zontal, yet  the  honey  does  not  run  out.  The  cream, 
aided  probably  by  the  general  thickness  of  the  honey 
and  the  attraction  of  the  sides  of  the  cell,  prevents  this. 
Bees,  when  they  bring  home  the  honey,  do  not  always 
disgorge  it;  they  sometimes  give  it  to  such  of  their  com- 
panions as  have  been  at  work  within  the  hive  b.  Some 
of  the  cells  are  filled  with  honey  for  daily  use,  and  some 
with  what  is  intended  for  a  reserve,  and  stored  up 

a  Reaum.  v.  302.— comp.  433.  I  have  seen  bees  out  before  it  was 
liglr. 

b  Huber  observes  that  the  honey  for  store  is  collected  by  the  wax- 
making  bees  only  (abeilles  cirieres'),  and  that  the  nurses  (abeillcs  nour- 
rices)  gather  no  more  than  what  is  wanted  for  themselves  and  com- 
panions at  work  in  the  hive.  ii.  66. 


182  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

against  bad  weather  or  a  bad  season :  these  are  covered 
with  a  waxen  lid  a. 

The  pollen  is  employed  as  circumstances  direct.  When 
the  bee  laden  with  it  arrives  at  the  hive,  she  sometimes 
stops  at  the  entrance,  and  very  leisurely  detaching  it  by 
piecemeal,  devours  one  or  both  the  pellets  on  her  legs, 
chewing  them  with  her  jaws,  and  passing  them  then 
down  the  little  orifice  before  noticed.  Sometimes  she 
enters  the  hive,  and  walks  upon  the  combs ;  and  whether 
she  walks  or  stands,  still  keeps  beating  her  wings.  By 
the  noise  thus  produced,  which  seems  a  call  to  some  of 
her  fellow-citizens,  three  or  four  go  to  her,  and  placing 
themselves  around  her,  begin  to  lighten  her  of  her  load, 
each  taking  arid  devouring  a  small  portion  of  her  am- 
brosia :  this  they  repeat,  if  more  do  not  arrive  to  assist 
them,  three  or  four  times,  till  the  whole  is  disposed  of b. 
Wildman  observed  them  on  this  occasion  supporting 
themselves  upon  their  two  fore  feet;  and  making  several 
motions  with  their  wings  and  body  to  the  right  and  left, 
which  produced  the  sound  that  summoned  their  assist- 
ants0. This  bee-bread,  as  I  said  before,  is  generally 
found  in  the  second  stomach  and  intestines,  but  the  ho- 
ney never;  which  induced  Reaumur  to  think  (but  he 
was  mistaken)  that  the  bees  elaborated  wax  from  it: 
and  he  observes,  that  the  bees  devour  this  when  they 
are  busily  engaged  in  constructing  combs d.  When 
more  pollen  is  collected  than  the  bees  have  immediate 
occasion  for,  they  store  it  up  in  some  of  the  empty  cells. 
The  laden  bee  puts  her  two  hind  legs  into  the  cell,  and 

3  Reaum.  v.  448.  b  Ibid.  v.  418- 

c  p.  38.  -1  ubitupr.  419. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES   OF  INSECTS.  183 

with  the  intermediate  pair  pushes  off  the  pellets.  When 
this  is  done,  she,  or  another  bee  if  she  is  too  much 
fatigued  with"  her  day's  labour,  enters  the  cell  with  her 
head  first,  and  remains  there  some  time :  she  is  engaged 
in  diluting  the  pellets,  kneading  them,  and  packing 
them  close ;  and  so  they  proceed  till  the  cell  is  filled a. 
A  large  portion  of  the  cells  of  some  combs  are  filled 
with  this  bread,  which  one  while  is  found  in  insulated 
cells,  at  another  in  cells  amongst  those  that  are  filled 
with  honey  or  brood. — Thus  it  is  everywhere  at  hand 
for  use. 

You  have  seen  how  the  bees  collect  and  employ  two 
of  the  materials  that  I  mentioned  ;  I  must  now  advert  to 
the  third — the  Propolis.  Huber  was  a  long  time  un- 
certain from  whence  the  bees  procured  this  gummy  re- 
sin ;  but  it  at  last  occurred  to  him  to  plant  some  cuttings 
of  a  species  of  poplar  (before  their  leaves  were  deve- 
loped, when  their  leaf-buds  were  swelling,  and  besmear- 
ed and  filled  with  a  viscid  juice,)  in  some  pots,  which 
he  placed  in  the  way  of  the  bees  that  went  from  his 
hives.  Almost  immediately  a  bee  alighted  upon  a  twig, 
and  soon  with  its  mandibles  opened  a  bud,  and  drew 
from  it  a  thread  of  the  viscid  matter  which  it  contained ; 
with  one  of  its  second  pair  of  legs  it  took  it  from  the 
mouth,  and  placed  it  in  the  basket:  thus  it  proceeded 
till  it  had  given  them  both  their  load5.  I  have  myself 
seen  bees  very  busy  collecting  it  from  the  Tacamahaca 
(Populus  balsamifera).  But  this  is  an  old  discovery, 
confirmed  by  recent  observation;  for  Mouffet  tells  us 


r  Compare  Reauin.  420,  and  Huber,  ii.  24,  with  Wildman,  40. 
*  Huber,  ii.  260. 


184-  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

from  Cordus,  that  it  is  collected  from  the  gems  of  trees, 
instancing  the  poplar  and  the  birch a.  Riem  observes 
that  it  is  also  collected  from  the  pine  and  fir.  The  pro- 
polis is  soft,  red,  will  pull  out  in  a  thread,  is  aromatic, 
and  imparts  a  gold  colour  to  white  polished  metals.  It 
is  employed  in  the  hive  not  only  in  finishing  the  combs, 
as  I  related  in  my  letter  on  Habitations b ;  but  also  in 
stopping  every  chink  or  ^orifice  by  which  cold,  wet,  or 
any  enemy,  can  enter.  They  cover  likewise  with  it  the 
sticks  which  support  the  combs,  and  often  spread  it  over 
a  considerable  portion  of  the  interior  of  the  hive.  Like 
the  pellets  of  pollen,  it  is  carried  on  the  posterior  tibias, 
but  the  masses  are  lenticular0. 

Mr.  Knight  mentions  an  instance  of  bees  using  an 
artificial  kind  of  propolis.  He  had  caused  the  decorti- 
cated part  of  some  tree  to  be  covered  with  a  cement 
composed  of  bees-wax  and  turpentine :  finding  this  to 
their  purpose,  they  attacked  it,  detaching  it  from  the 
tree  by  their  mandibles,  and  then,  as  usual,  passing  it 
from  the  first  leg  to  the  second,  and  so  to  the  third.  When 
one  bee  had  thus  collected  its  load,  another  often  came 
behind  and  despoiled  it  of  all  it  had  collected  ;  a  second 
and  third  load  were  frequently  lost  in  the  same  manner ; 
and  yet  the  patient  animal  pursued  its  labours  without 
showing  any  signs  of  anger d. 

Bees  in  their  excursions  do  not  confine  themselves  to 
the  spot  immediately  contiguous  to  their  dwelling,  but, 
when  led  by  the  scent  of  honey,  will  go  a  mile  from  it. 
Huber  even  assigns  to  them  a  radius  of  half  a  league 

a  Insect.  Theatr.  36.     Schirach,  241. 

b  VOL.  I.  496.  c  Reaum.  ubi  supr.  437— 

"  Philos.  Trans.  1807,242. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.         185 

round  their  hive  for  their  ordinary  excursions ;  yet  from 
this  distance  they  will  discover  honey  with  as  much  cer- 
tainty as  if  it  was  within  their  sight.  To  prove  that  it  is 
by  their  scent  that  bees  find  it  out,  he  put  some  behind 
a  window-shutter,  in  a  place  where  it  could  not  be  seen, 
leaving  the  shutter  just  open  enough  for  insects,  if  they 
liked,  to  get  at  it.  In  less  than  a  quarter  of  an  hour 
four  bees,  a  butterfly,  and  some  house-flies  had  disco- 
vered it.  At  another  time  he  put  some  into  boxes,  with 
little  apertures  in  the  lid,  into  which  pieces  of  card  were 
fitted,  which  he  placed  about  two  hundred  paces  from 
his  hives.  In  about  half  an  hour  the  bees  discovered 
them,  and  traversing  them  very  industriously,  soon  found 
the  apertures,  when,  pushing  in  the  pieces  of  card,  they 
got  to  the  honey.  That  contained  in  the  blossom  of 
many  plants  is  quite  as  much  concealed,  yet  the  acute- 
ness  of  their  scent  enables  them  to  detect  it. 

These  insects,  especially  when  laden  and  returning  to 
their  nest,  fly  in  a  direct  line,  which  saves  both  time  and 
labour.  How  they  are  enabled  to  do  this  with  such 
certainty  as  to  make  for  their  own  abode  without  devia- 
tion, I  must  leave  to  others  to  explain.  Connected  with 
this  circumstance,  and  the  acuteness  of  their  smell,  is 
the  following  curious  account,  given  in  the  Philosophical 
Transactions  for  1721,  of  the  method  practised  in  New 
England  for  discovering  where  the  wild  hive-bees  live 
in  the  woods,  in  order  to  get  their  honey.  The  honey- 
hunters  set  a  plate  containing  honey  or  sugar  upon  the 
ground  in  a  clear  day.  The  bees  soon  discover  and  at- 
tack it :  having  secured  two  or  three  that  have  filled 
themselves,  the  hunter  lets  one  go,  which  rising  into  the 
air,  flies  straight  to  the  nest :  he  then  strikes  off  at  right 


186  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

angles  with  its  course  a  few  hundred  yards,  and  letting 
a  second  fly,  observes  its  course  by  his  pocket-compass, 
and  the  point  where  the  two  courses  intersect  is  that 
where  the  nest  is  situated  a. 

The  natural  station  of  bees  is  in  the  cavities  of  de- 
cayed trees ;  such  trees,  Mr.  Knight  tells  us,  they  will 
discover  in  the  closest  recesses,  and  at  an  extraordinary 
distance  from  the  hive ;  in  one  instance  it  was  a  mile  : 
and  at  swarming,  they  sometimes  are  inclined  to  settle 
in  such  cavities.  After  the  discovery  of  one,  from  twenty 
to  fifty,  who  are  a  kind  of  scouts,  may  be  found  examin- 
ing and  keeping  possession  of  it.  They  seem  to  explore 
every  part  of  it  and  of  the  tree  with  the  greatest  atten- 
tion, even  surveying  the  dead  knots  and  the  likeb.  When 
a  hive  stands  unemployed,  a  swarm  will  also  sometimes 
send  scouts  to  take  possession  of  it. 

How  long  our  little  active  creatures  repose  before 
they  take  a  second  excursion  I  cannot  precisely  say. 
In  a  hive  the  greatest  part  of  the  inhabitants  generally 
appear  in  repose,  lying  together,  says  Reaumur,  but 
this  probably  for  a  short  time.  Huber  tells  us,  that  bees 
may  always  be  observed  in  a  hive  with  the  head  and 
thorax  inserted  into  cells  that  contain  eggs,  and  some- 
times into  empty  ones :  and  that  they  remain  in  this 
situation  fifteen  or  twenty  minutes  so  motionless,  that  did 
not  the  dilatation  of  the.  segments  of  the  abdomen  prove 
the  contrary,  they  might  be  mistaken  for  dead.  He 
supposes  their  object  is  repose  from  their  labours c.  The 

a  xxxi.  148. 

b  Knight  in  Philos.  Trans,  for  1807,  237.  Marshall,  Agricult.  of 
Norfolk. 

c  It  has  been  supposed,  and  the  supposition  was  adopted  origi- 
nally in  this  work  (VoL.  1. 1st  Ed.  p.  371),  that  the  object  in  this  case 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.         187 

queen,  for  this  purpose,  enters  the  large  cells  of  the 
males,  and  continues  in  them  without  motion  a  very  long 
time.  Even  then  the  workers  form  a  circle  round  her, 
and  brush  the  uncovered  part  of  her  abdomen.  The 
drones  while  reposing  do  not  enter  the  cells,  but  cluster 
in  the  combs,  and  sometimes  remain  without  stirring  a 
limb  for  eighteen  or  twenty  hours3. 

Reaumur  observes,  that  in  a  hive  the  population  of 
which  amounts  to  18,000,  the  number  that  enter  the  hive 
in  a  minute  is  a  hundred;  which,  allowing  fourteen  hours 
in  the  day  for  their  labour,  makes  84,000 :  thus  every 
individual  must  make  four  excursions  daily,  and  some 
five.  In  hives  where  the  population  was  smaller,  the 
numbers  that  entered  were  comparatively  greater,  so  as 
to  give  six  excursions  or  more  to  each  bee  b.  But  in 
this  calculation  Reaumur  does  not  seem  to  take  into  the 
account  those  that  are  employed  within  the  hive  in  build- 
ing or  feeding  the  young  brood ;  which  must  render  the 
excursions  of  each  bee  still  more  numerous.  He  pro- 
ceeds further  to  ground  upon  this  statement  a  calcula- 
tion of  the  quantity  of  bee-bread  that  may  be  collected 
in  one  day  by  such  a  hive ;  and  he  found,  supposing 

is  brooding  the  eggs  j  but  upon  further  consideration  we  incline  to 
Huber's  opinion,  that  it  has  no  connexion  with  it,  the  ordinary  tem- 
perature of  the  hive  being  sufficient  for  this  purpose;  and  the  cir- 
cumstance of  their  entering  unoccupied  cells  proves  that  this  attitude 
has  no  particular  connexion  with  the  eggs.  Huber,  i.  212.— "When 
large  pieces  of  comb,"  says  Wildman  (p.  45),  "  were  broken  off  and 
left  at  the  bottom  of  the  hive,  a  great  number  of  bees  have  gone 
and  placed  themselves  upon  them."  This  looks  like  incubation. 
Reaumur  however  affirms  (p.  591)  that  if  part  of  a  comb  falls  and 
loses  its  perpendicular  direction,  the  bees,  as  if  conscious  that  they 
would  come  to  nothing,  pull  out  and  destroy  all  the  larvas.  They 
might  perhaps  remain  perpendicular  in  the  caseobserved  by  Wildman. 
*  Reaum.  v.  431.  Huber,  ii.  212.  b  Reaum.  v.  432— 


188  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

only  half  the  number  to  collect  it,  that  it  would  amount 
to  more  than  a  pound ;  so  that  in  one  season,  one  such 
hive  might  collect  a  hundred  pounds  a.  What  a  won- 
derful idea  does  this  give  of  the  industry  and  activity  of 
these  little  useful  creatures  !  And  what  a  lesson  do  they 
read  to  the  members  of  societies  that  have  both  reason 
and  religion  to  guide  their  exertions  for  the  common 
good  !  Adorable  is  tUat  Great  Being  who  has  gifted 
them  with  instincts,  which  render  them  as  instructive  to 
us,  if  we  will  condescend  to  listen  to  them,  as  they  are 
profitable. 

While  I  am  upon  this  part  of  the  story  of  bees,  I 
cannot  pass  over  the  account  Reaumur  has  given  from 
Maillet  of  the  transportation  of  hives  in  Egypt  from  one 
place  to  another,  before  alluded  tob,  to  enable  them  to 
make  in  greater  abundance  their  collections  of  honey,  &c. 
Towards  the  end  of  October,  when  the  inundations  of 
the  Nile  have  ceased,  and  the  husbandmen  can  sow  their 
land,  saintfoin  is  one  of  the  first  things  that  is  sown ; 
and  as  Upper  Egypt  is  warmer  than  the  Lower,  the 
saintfoin  gets  there  first  into  blossom.  At  this  time, 
bee-hives  are  transported  in  boats  from  all  parts  of  Egypt 
into  the  upper  district,  and  are  there  heaped  in  pyramids 
upon  the  boats  prepared  to  receive  them;  each  being 
numbered  by  the  individual  to  whom  it  belongs.  In 
this  station  they  remain  some  days;  and  when  they  are 
judged  to  have  got  in  the  harvest  of  honey  and  pollen 
that  is  to  be  collected  there,  they  are  removed  two  or 
three  leagues  lower  down,  where  they  remain  the  same 
time ;  and  so  they  proceed  till  towards  the  middle  of  Fe- 
bruary, when  having  traversed  Egypt,  they  arrive  at  the 
*  Reaum.  v.  434—  b  VOL.  I.  331.  Reaum,  v.  698  — 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.         189 

sea,  from  whence  they  are  dispersed  to  their  several 
owners. 

John  Hunter  observes,  that  when  the  season  for  lay- 
ing is  over,  that  for  collecting  honey  comes  on  (he 
means,  probably,  for  making  the  principal  collection  of 
it);  and  that  when  the  last  pupa  is  disclosed,  the  cell  it 
deserts,  after  being  cleaned,  is  immediately  filled  with  it ; 
and  as  soon  as  full  is  covered  with  pure  wax:  but  this 
only  holds  with  respect  to  the  cells  containing  honey  for 
winter  use,  those  destined  to  receive  that  which  forms 
their  food  when  bad  weather  prevents  them  from  going 
out,  being  left  open  a.  Sometimes,  when  the  year  is  re- 
markably favourable  for  collecting  honey,  the  bees  will 
destroy  many  of  the  larvae  to  make  room  for  it ;  but  they 
never  meddle  with  the  pupae.  When  no  more  honey  is 
to  be  collected,  they  remain  quiet  in  the  hive  for  the  win- 
ter. Mr.  Hunter  found  that  a  hive  grew  lighter  in  a  cold 
than  in  a  warm  week ;  he  found  also,  that  in  three 
months  (from  November  10th  to  February  9th)  a  single 
hive  lost  72  oz.  l\  dramb. 

Water  is  a  thing  of  the  first  necessity  to  these  insects ; 
but  they  are  not  very  delicate  as  to  its  quality,  but  ra- 
ther the  reverse ;  often  preferring  what  is  stagnant  and 
putrescent,  to  that  of  a  running  stream  c.  I  have  fre- 
quently observed  them  busy  in  corners  moist  with  urine; 
perhaps  this  is  for  the  sake  of  the  saline  particles  to  be 
there  collected. 

A  new-born  bee,  as  soon  as  it  is  able  to  use  its  wings, 
seems  perfectly  aware,  without  any  previous  instruction, 
what  are  to  be  its  duties  and  employments  for  the  rest 

8  Philos.  Trans.  1792,  160.     Comp.  Reaum.  v.  450. 

h  Reaum.  ibid.  591—  Hunter,  ibid.  161—     c  Reaum.  ibid.  697. 


190  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

of  its  life.  It  appears  to  know  that  it  is  born  for  so- 
ciety, and  not  for  selfish  pursuits ;  and  therefore  it  in- 
variably devotes  itself  and  its  labours  to  the  benefit  of 
the  community  to  which  it  belongs.  Walking  upon  the 
combs,  it  seeks  for  the  door  of  the  hive,  that  it  may  sally 
forth  and  be  useful.  Full  of  life  and  activity,  it  then 
takes  its  first  flight;  and,  unconducted  but  by  its  instinct, 
visits  like  the  rest  the. subjects  of  Flora,  absorbs  their 
nectar,  covers  itself  with  their  ambrosial  dust,  which  it 
kneads  into  a  mass  and  packs  upon  its  hind  legs ;  and  if 
need  be,  gathers  propolis,  and  returns  unembarrassed  to 
its  own  hive a. 

Instances  of  the  expedition  with  which  our  little  fa- 
vourites accomplish  their  various  objects  you  have  had 
several ;  but  this  is  never  more  remarkable  than  when 
they  settle  in  a  new  hive.  At  this  time,  in  twenty-four 
hours  they  will  sometimes  construct  a  comb  twenty 
inches  long  by  seven  or  eight  wide;  and  the  hive  will 
be  half  filled  in  five  or  six  days ;  so  that  in  the  first  fif- 
teen days  as  much  wax  is  made  as  in  the  whole  year 
besides  b. 

In  treating  of  the  various  employments  of  the  bees,  I 
must  not  omit  one  of  the  greatest  importance  to  them — 
the  ventilation  of  their  abode.  When  you  consider  the 
numbers  contained  in  so  confined  a  space;  the  high 
temperature  to  which  its  atmosphere  is  raised ;  and  the 
small  aperture  at  which  the  air  principally  enters,  you 
will  readily  conceive  how  soon  it  must  be  rendered  unfit 
for  respiration,  and  be  convinced  that  there  must  be 
some  means  of  constantly  renewing  it.  If  you  feel  dis- 
posed to  think  that  the  ventilation  takes  place,  as  in  our 
a  Reaum.  v.  602.  b  Ibid.  658. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.         191 

apartments,  by  natural  means,  resulting  from  the  rare- 
faction of  the  air  by  the  heat  of  the  hive,  and  the  conse- 
quent establishment  of  an  interior  and  exterior  current— 
a  simple  experiment  will  satisfy  you  that  this  cannot  be. 
Take  a  vessel  of  the  size  of  a  bee-hive,  with  a  similar  or 
even  somewhat  larger  aperture — introduce  a  lighted  ta- 
per, and  if  the  temperature  be  raised  to  more  than  140°, 
it  will  go  out  in  a  short  time.  We  must  therefore  admit, 
as  Iluber  observes  a,  that  the  bees  possess  the  astonish- 
ing faculty  of  attracting  the  external  air,  and  at  the  same 
time  of  expelling  that  which  has  become  corrupted  by 
their  respiration. 

What  would  you  say,  should  I  tell  you  that  the  bees 
upon  this  occasion  have  recourse  to  the  same  instru- 
ment which  ladies  use  to  cool  themselves  when  an  apart- 
ment is  overheated?  Yet  it  is  strictly  the  case.  By 
means  of  their  marginal  hooks,  they  unite  each  pair  of 
wings  into  one  plane  slightly  concave,  thus  acting  upon 
the  air  by  a  surface  nearly  as  large  as  possible,  and 
forming  for  them  a  pair  of  very  ample  fans,  which  in 
their  vibrations  describe  an  arch  of  90°.  These  vibra- 
tions are  so  rapid  as  to  render  the  wings  almost  invisi- 
ble. When  they  are  engaged  in  ventilation,  the  bees 
by  means  of  their  feet  and  claws  fix  themselves  as  firmly 
as  possible  to  the  place  they  stand  upon.  The  first  pair 
of  legs  is  stretched  out  before ;  the  second  extended  to 
the  right  and  left ;  whilst  the  third,  placed  very  near 
each  other,  are  perpendicular  to  the  abdomen,  so  as  to 
give  that  part  considerable  elevation. 

Maraldi,  and  after  him  Reaumur,  long  ago  noticed 
this  action  of  the  bees ;   but  they  attributed  to  it  an  ef- 
*  ii.  339, 


192  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

feet  the  reverse  of  that  which  it  really  produces ;  the 
former  imagining  it  to  occasion  directly  the  high  tempe- 
rature of  the  hive,  and  the  latter  indirectly  a.  It  was  re- 
served for  Huber  to  discover  the  true  cause  of  it;  and 
from  him  the  chief  of  what  I  have  to  say  upon  the  sub- 
ject will  be  derived  b. 

During  the  summer  a  certain  number  of  workers — for 
it  is  to  the  workers  solely  that  this  office  is  committed — 
may  always  be  observed  Vibrating  their  wings  before  the 
entrance  of  their  hive ;  and  the  observant  apiarist  will 
find  upon  examination,  that  a  still  greater  number  are 
engaged  within  it  in  the  same  employment.  All  those 
thus  circumstanced  that  stand  without,  turn  their  head 
to  the  entrance ;  while  those  that  stand  within,  turn  their 
back  to  it.  The  station  of  these  ventilators  is  upon  the 
floor  of  the  hive.  They  are  usually  ranged  in  files,  that 
terminate  at  the  entrance ;  and  sometimes,  but  not  con- 
stantly, form  so  many  diverging  rays,  probably  to  give 
room  for  comers  and  goers  to  pass.  The  number  of 
ventilators  in  action  at  the  same  time  varies  :  it  seldom 
much  exceeds  twenty,  and  is  often  more  circumscribed. 
The  time  also  that  they  devote  to  this  function  is  longer 
or  shorter  according  to  circumstances  :  some  have  been 
observed  to  continue  their  vibrations  for  nearly  half  an 
hour  without  resting,  suspending  the  action  for  not  more 
than  an  instant,  as  it  should  seem  to  take  breath.  When 
one  retires,  another  occupies  its  place ;  so  that  in  a  hive 
well  peopled  there  is  never  any  interruption  of  the  sound 
or  humming  occasioned  by  this  action ;  by  which  it  may 
always  be  known  whether  it  be  going  on  or  not. 
,  This  humming  is  observable  not  only  during  the 
a  Reaum.  v.  672.  b  Huber,  a.  338—362. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES -OF  INSECTS.  193 

heats  of  summer,  but  at  all  seasons  of  the  year.  It  some- 
times seems  even  more  forcible  in  the  depth  of  winter 
than  when  the  temperature  of  the  atmosphere  is  higher. 
An  employment  so  constant,  which  always  occupies  a 
certain  number  of  bees,  must  produce  as  constant  an  ef- 
fect. The  column  of  air  once  disturbed  within,  must 
give  place  to  that  without  the  hive  ;  thus  a  current  be- 
ing established,  the  ventilation  will  be  perpetual  and 
complete. 

To  be  convinced  that  such  an  effect  is  produced,  ap- 
proach your  hand  to  a  ventilating  bee,  and  you  will  find 
that  she  causes  a  very  perceptible  motion  in  the  air. 
Huber  tried  an  experiment  still  more  satisfactory.  On 
a  calm  day,  at  the  time  when  the  bees  had  returned  to 
their  habitation — having  fixed  a  screen  before  the  mouth 
of  the  hive  to  prevent  his  being  misled  by  any  sudden 
motion  of  the  external  air — he  placed  within  the  screen 
little  anemometers  or  wind-gauges,  made  of  bits  of  pa- 
per, feather,  or  cotton,  suspended  by  a  thread  to  a  crotch. 
No  sooner  did  they  enter  the  atmosphere  of  the  bees 
than  they  were  put  in  motion,  being  alternately  attracted 
and  repelled  to  and  from  the  aperture  of  the  hive  with 
considerable  rapidity.  These  attractions  and  repulsions 
were  proportioned  to  the  number  of  bees  engaged  in 
ventilation,  and,  though  sometimes  less  perceptible,  were 
never  intirely  suspended.  Burnens  tried  a  similar  ex- 
periment in  the  winter,  when  the  thermometer  stood  in 
the  shade  at  3.3°.  Having  selected  a  well-peopled  hive, 
the  inhabitants  of  which  appeared  full  of  life  and  suffi- 
ciently active  in  the  interior,  and  luted  it  all  around,  ex- 
cept the  aperture  to  the  platform  on  which  it  stood,  he 
stuck  in  the  top  a  piece  of  iron  wire  which  terminated  in 

VOL.  TI.  o 


194  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

a  hook,  to  which  he  fastened  a  hair  with  a  small  square 
of  very  thin  paper  at  the  other  end ;  this  was  exactly  op- 
posite to  the  aperture,  at  the  distance  of  about  an  inch 
from  it.  As  soon  as  the  apparatus  was  fixed,  the  hair 
with  its  paper  pendulum  began  to  oscillate  more  or  less, 
the  greatest  oscillations  on  both  sides  being  an  inch,  by 
admeasurement,  from  the  perpendicular :  if  the  paper 
was  moved  by  force  to  a  greater  distance,  the  vibrations 
did  not  take  place,  and  the  apparatus  remained  at  rest. 
He  then  made  an  opening  in  the  top  of  the  hive,  and 
poured  in  some  liquid  honey :  soon  after  there  arose  a 
hum,  the  movement  in  the  interior  increased,  and  some 
bees  came  out.  The  oscillations  of  the  pendulum  upon 
this  became  more  frequent  and  intense,  and  extended  to 
fifteen  lines  or  an  inch  and  a  quarter  from  the  perpendi- 
cular ;  but  when  the  paper  was  removed  to  a  greater  di- 
stance from  the  aperture,  it  remained  at  rest. 

Huber,  at  the  proposal  of  M.  de  Saussure,  in  order 
to  ascertain  whether  artificial  ventilators  would  produce 
an  analogous  effect,  got  a  mechanical  friend  to  construct 
for  him  a  little  mill  with  eighteen  sails  of  tin.  He  also 
prepared  a  large  cylindrical  vase,  into  which  he  could, 
at  an  aperture  in  the  box  upon  which  it  was  fixed,  in- 
troduce a  lighted  taper.  In  one  side  of  this  box  was  an- 
other aperture  to  represent  that  of  a  hive,  but  larger. 
The  ventilator  was  placed  below,  and  luted  at  the  points 
of  contact,  and  anemometers  were  suspended  before  the 
aperture.  The  first  experiment  was  the  introduction  of 
the  taper,  without  putting  the  ventilator  in  motion. 
Though  the  capacity  of  the  vessel  was  about  3228  cubic 
inches,  the  flame  soon  diminished,  and  went  out  in  about 
eight  minutes,  and  the  anemometers  continued  motion- 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  195 

less.  The  same  experiment  was  next  repeated  with  the 
door  shut,  with  precisely  the  same  result.  After  the  air 
of  the  vessel  had  been  renewed,  the  taper  was  again  in- 
troduced, and  the  ventilator  set  in  motion :  immediately, 
as  appeared  by  the  oscillations  of  the  anemometers,  two 
currents  of  air  were  established,  and  the  brilliancy  of 
the  flame  was  not  diminished  during  the  whole  course  of 
the  experiment,  which  might  have  been  prolonged  for  an 
indefinite  time.  A  thermometer  placed  in  the  lower  part 
of  the  apparatus  rose  to  112°  ;  and  the  temperature  was 
evidently  still  more  elevated  at  the  top  of  the  receiver. 

The  Creator  often  has  one  end  in  view  in  the  actions 
of  animals,  (and  nothing  more  conspicuously  displays 
the  invisible  hand  that  governs  the  universe,)  while  the 
agents  themselves  have  another.  This  probably  is  the 
case  in  the  present  instance,  since  we  can  scarcely  sup- 
pose that  the  bees  beat  the  air  with  their  wings  in  order 
to  ventilate  the  hive,  but  rather  to  relieve  themselves 
from  some  disagreeable  sensation  which  oppresses  them. 
The  following  experiments  prove  that  one  of  their  ob- 
jects in  this  action,  as  it  is  with  ladies  when  they  use 
their  fans,  is  to  cool  themselves  when  they  suffer  from 
too  great  heat.  When  Huber  once  opened  the  shutter 
of  a  glazed  hive,  so  that  the  solar  rays  darted  upon  the 
combs  covered  with  bees,  a  humming,  the  sign  of  venti- 
lation, soon  was  heard  amongst  them,  while  those  which 
were  in  the  shade  remained  tranquil.  The  bees  compo- 
sing the  clusters  which  often  are  suspended  from  the 
hives  in  summer,  when  they  are  incommoded  by  the 
heat  of  the  sun,  fan  themselves  with  great  energy.  But 
if  by  any  means  a  shadow  is  cast  over  any  portion  of 
the  group,  the  ventilation  ceases  there,  while  it  con- 

o  2 


196  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

tinues  in  the  part  which  feels  the  heat  of  the  sun.  The 
same  cause  produces  a  similar  effect  upon  humble-bees, 
wasps,  and  hornets. 

Amongst  the  bees,  however,  it  is  remarkable  that  ven- 
tilation goes  on  even  in  the  depth  of  winter,  when  it  can- 
not be  occasioned  by  excess  of  heat. — This  therefore  can 
only  be  regarded  as  a  secondary  cause  of  the  phenome- 
non. From  other  experiments,  which,  having  already 
detained  you  too  long,  f  shall  not  here  detail,  it  appears 
that  penetrating  and  disagreeable  odours  produce  the 
same  effect a.  Perhaps,  though  Huber  does  not  say  this, 
the  odour  produced  by  the  congregated  myriads  of  the 
hive  may  be  amongst  the  principal  motives  that  impel 
its  inhabitants  to  this  necessary  action. 

Whatever  be  the  proximate  cause,  it  is  I  trust  now 
evident  to  you,  that  the  Author  of  nature,  having  as- 
signed to  these  insects  a  habitation  into  which  the  air 

o 

cannot  easily  penetrate,  has  gifted  them  with  the  means 
of  preventing  the  fatal  effects  which  would  result  from 
corrupted  air.  An  indirect  effect  of  ventilation  is  the  ele- 
vated temperature  which  these  animals  maintain,  without 
any  effort,  in  their  hive :  — but  upon  this  I  shall  enlarge 
hereafter. 

Bees  are  extremely  neat  in  their  persons  ,and  habita- 
tions, and  remove  all  nuisances  with  great  assiduity,  at 
least  as  far  as  their  powers  enable  them.  Sometimes 
slugs  or  snails  will  creep  into  a  hive,  which  with  all 
their  address  they  cannot  readily  expel  or  carry  out. 
But  here  their  instinct  is  at  no  loss  ;  for  they  kill  them, 
and  afterwards  embalm  them  with  propolis,  so  as  to  pre- 
vent any  offensive  odours  from  incommoding  them.  An 
*  Huber,  ii.  359- 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  197 

unhappy  snail,  that  had  travelled  up  the  sides  of  a  glazed 
hive,  and  which  they  could  not  come  at  with  their  stings, 
they  fixed,  a  monument  of  their  vengeance  and  dexte- 
rity, by  laying  this  substance  all  around  the  mouth  of  its 
shell3.  When  they  expel  their  excrements,  they  go 
apart  that  they  may  not  defile  their  companions  :  and  in 
winter,  when  prevented  by  extreme  cold,  or  the  injudi- 
cious practice  of  wholly  closing  the  door  of  the  hive,  from 
going  out  for  this  purpose,  their  bodies  sometimes  be- 
come so  swelled  from  the  accumulation  of  feces  in  the 
intestines,  that  when  at  last  able  to  get  out  they  can  no 
longer  fly,  so  that  falling  to  the  ground  in  the  attempt, 
they  perish  with  cold,  the  sacrifice  of  personal  neatness5. 
When  a  bee  is  disclosed  from  the  pupa  and  has  left  its 
cell,  a  worker  comes,  and  taking  out  its  envelope  carries 
it  from  the  hive ;  another  removes  the  exuviae  of  the  lar- 
va, and  a  third  any  filth  or  ordure  that  may  remain,  or 
any  pieces  of  wax  that  may  have  fallen  in  when  the  na- 
scent imago  broke  from  its  confinement.  But  they  never 
attempt  to  remove  the  internal  lining  of  silk  that  covers 
the  walls,  spun  by  the  larva  previous  to  its  metamorpho- 
sis, because,  instead  of  being  a  nuisance,  it  renders  the 
cell  more  solid  c. 

Having  now  described  to  you  the  usual  employments 
of  my  little  favourites  both  within  doors  and  without,  I 
shall  next  enlarge  a  little  upon  their  language,  memory, 
tempers,  manners,  and  some  other  parts  of  their  history. 

"  Brutes  "  (it  is  the  remark  of  Mr.  Knight)  "  have 
language  to  express  sentiments  of  love,  of  fear,  of  an- 
ger; but  they  seem  unable  to  transmit  any  impression 

a  Reaum.v.  442.  b  Bonner  On  Sees,  102, 

c  Reaum.  ubi  supr,  580-600. 


198  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

they  have  received  from  external  objects.  But  the  lan- 
guage of  bees  is  more  extensive ;  if  not  a  language  of 
ideas,  it  is  something  very  similar3."  You  have  seen 
above  that  the  organ  of  the  language  of  ants  is  their  an- 
tennae. Huber  has  proved  satisfactorily,  that  these  parts 
have  the  same  use  with  the  bees.  He  wished  to  ascertain 
whether,  when  they  had  lost  a  queen  (intelligence  which 
traverses  a  whole  hive  in  about  an  hour)  they  discovered 
the  sad  event  by  their  smell,  their  touch,  or  any  unknown 
cause.  He  first  divided  a  hive  by  a  grate,  which  kept 
the  two  portions  about  three  or  four  lines  apart;  so  that 
they  could  not  come  at  each  other,  though  scent  would 
pass.  In  that  part  in  which  there  was  no  queen,  the 
bees  were  soon  in  great  agitation ;  and  as  they  did  not 
discover  her  where  she  was  confined,  in  a  short  time 
they  began  to  construct  royal  cells,  which  quieted  them. 
He  next  separated  them  by  a  partition  through  which 
they  could  pass  their  antennae,  but  not  their  heads.  In 
this  case  the  bees  all  remained  tranquil,  neither  inter- 
mitting the  care  of  the  brood,  nor  abandoning  their 
other  employments ;  nor  did  they  begin  any  royal  cell. 
The  means  they  used  to  assure  themselves  that  their 
queen  was  in  their  vicinity  and  to  communicate  with  her, 
was  to  pass  their  antennae  through  the  openings  of  the 
grate.  An  infinite  number  of  these  organs  might  be 
seen  at  once,  as  it  were,  inquiring  in  all  directions ;  and 
the  queen  was  observed  answering  these  anxious  inqui- 
ries of  her  subjects  in  the  most  marked  manner ;  for  she 
was  always  fastened  by  her  feet  to  the  grate,  crossing 
her  antennae  with  those  of  the  inquirers.  Various  other 

1  In  Phihs,  Trans.  1807,  239, 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.          199 

experiments,  which  are  too  long  to  relate,  prove  the  im- 
portance of  these  organs  as  the  instrument  of  communi- 
cating with  each  other,  as  well  as  to  direct  the  bee  in  all 
its  proceedings*.  Besides  their  antennae,  the  bees  also 
cause  themselves  to  be  understood  by  certain  sounds, 
not  indeed  produced  by  the  mouth,  but  by  other  parts 
of  their  body  : — but  upon  this  subject  I  shall  have  occa- 
sion to  enlarge  hereafter. 

That  bees  can  remember  agreeable  sensations  at  least, 
is  evident  from  the  following  anecdote  related  by  Hu- 
ber. — One  autumn  some  honey  was  placed  upon  a  win- 
dow— the  bees  attended  it  in  crowds.  The  honey  was 
taken  away,  and  the  window  closed  with  a  shutter  all 
the  winter.  In  the  spring,  when  it  was  re-opened,  the 
bees  returned,  though  no  fresh  honey  had  been  placed 
there b. 

From  the  earliest  times  our  little  citizens  of  the  hive 
have  had  the  character  of  being  an  irritable  race.  Their 
anger  is  without  bounds,  says  Virgil ;  and  if  they  are 
molested,  this  character  is  no  exaggeration.  Some  in- 
dividuals, however,  they  will  suffer  to  go  near  their 
hives,  and  to  do  almost  any  thing :  and  there  are  others 
to  whom  they  seem  to  take  such  an  antipathy,  that  they 
will  attack  them  unprovoked.  A  great  deal  wrill  proba- 
bly depend  upon  this — whether  any  thing  has  happened 
to  put  them  out  of  humour.  The  bees  usually  do  not 
attack  me ;  but  I  remember  one  day  last  year,  when  the 
asparagus  was  in  blossom,  which  a  large  number  were 
attending,  I  happened  to  go  between  my  asparagus  beds  ; 
which  discomposed  them  so  much,  that  I  was  obliged  to 

a  Huber,  ii.  407—  b  Ibid.  375. 


200  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

retreat  with  hasty  steps,  and  some  of  them  flew  after 
me ;  I  escaped  however  unstung.  Thorley  relates  an 
anecdote  of  a  gentleman,  who,  desirous  of  securing  a 
swarm  of  bees  that  had  settled  in  a  hollow  tree,  rashly 
undertook  to  dislodge  them.  He  succeeded;  but  though 
he  had  used  the  precaution  of  securing  his  head  and 
hands,  he  was  so  stung  by  the  furious  animals,  that  a 
violent  fever  was  the  consequence,  and  his  recovery  was 
for  some  time  doubtful.  The  strength  of  his  constitu- 
tion at  length  prevailed  ;  and  the  hole  of  the  tree  be- 
ing stopped,  the  survivors  of  the  battle  settled  upon  a 
branch,  were  hived,  and  became  the  dear-bought  pro- 
perty of  their  conqueror1. 

In  Mungo  Park's  last  mission  to  Africa,  he  was  much 
annoyed  by  the  attack  of  bees,  probably  of  the  same 
tribe  with  our  hive-bee.  His  people,  in  search  of  ho- 
ney, disturbed  a  large  colony  of  them.  The  bees  sallied 
forth  by  myriads,  and  attacking  men  and  beasts  indis- 
criminately, put  them  all  to  the  rout.  One  horse  and 
six  asses  were  either  killed  or  missing  in  consequence  of 
their  attack ;  and  for  half  an  hour  the  bees  seemed  to 
have  completely  put  an  end  to  their  journey.  Isaaco 
upon  another  occasion  lost  one  of  his  asses,  and  one  of 
his  men  was  almost  killed  by  themb. 

Bees,  however,  if  they  are  not  molested,  are  not  usu- 
ally ill-tempered  :  if  you  make  a  captive  of  their  queen, 
they  will  cluster  upon  your  head,  or  any  other  part  of 
your  body,  and  never  attempt  to  sting  you.  I  remem- 

a  Thorley,  16—  The  Psalmist  alludes  to  the  fury  of  these  crea- 
tures, when  he  says  of  his  enemies,  "  They  compassed  me  about  like 
bees.*'  Ps.  cxviii.  12. 

b  Park's  Last  Mission,  153.  297.     Comp.  Journal,  331. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  201 

her,  when  a  boy,  seeing  the  celebrated  Wildman  exhibit 
many  feats  of  this  kind,  to  the  great  astonishment  and 
apprehension  of  the  uninformed  spectators.    The  writer 
lately  quoted  (Thorley)  was  assisted  once  by  his  maid- 
servant to  hive  a  swarm.     Being  rather  afraid,  she  put 
a  linen  cloth  as  a  defence  over  her  head  and  shoulders. 
When  the  bees  were  shaken  from  the  tree  on  which 
they  had  alighted,  the  queen  probably  settled  upon  this 
cloth  ;  for  the  whole  swarm  covered  it,  and  then  getting 
under  it,  spread  themselves  over  her  face,  neck,  and 
bosom,  so  that  when  the  cloth  was  removed  she  was 
quite  a  spectacle.      She  was  with  great  difficulty  kept 
from  running  off  with  all  the  bees  upon  her;    but  at 
length  her  master  quieted  her  fears,  and  began  to  search 
for  the  queen.     He  succeeded ;  and  hoped  when  he  put 
her  into  the  hive  that  the  bees  would  follow ;  but  they 
only  seemed  to  cluster  more  closely.     Upon  a  second 
search  he  found  another  queen,  (unless  the  same  had 
escaped  and  returned,)  whom  seizing,  he  placed  in  the 
hive.      The  bees  soon  missed  her,   and  crowded  after 
her  into  it :  so  that  in  the  space  of  two  or  three  minutes 
not  one  was  left  upon  the  poor  terrified  girl.    After  this 
escape,  she  became  quite  a  heroine,  and  would  under- 
take the  most  hazardous  employments  about  the  hives a. 
Many  means  have  been  had  recourse  to  for  the  dis- 
persion of  mobs  and  the  allaying  of  popular  tumults.  In 
St.  Peter sburgh  (so  travellers  say)  a  fire-engine  playing 
upon  them  does  not  always  cool  their  choler ;  but  were 
a  few  hives  of  bees  thus  employed,  their  discomfiture 
would  be  certain.      The  experiment  has   been  tried. 

a  Thorley  150— 


202  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

Lesser  tells  us,  that  in  1 525,  during  the  confusion  occa- 
sioned by  a  time  of  war,  a  mob  of  peasants  assembling 
in  Hohnstein  (in  Thuringia)  attempted  to  pillage  the 
house  of  the  minister  of  Elende ;  who  having  in  vain 
employed  all  his  eloquence  to  dissuade  them  from  their 
design,  ordered  his  domestics  to  fetch  his  bee-hives,  and 
throw  them  in  the  middle  of  this  furious  mob.  The 
effect  was  what  might  be  expected  ;  they  were  immedi- 
ately put  to  flight,  and  happy  if  they  escaped  unstung*. 

The  anger  of  bees  is  not  confined  to  man ;  it  is  not 
seldom  excited  against  their  own  species-  From  ,what  I 
have  said  above  respecting  the  black  beesb  and  their  fate, 
it  seems  not  improbable  that,  when  the  workers  become 
too  old  to  be  useful  to  the  community,  they  are  either 
killed,  or  expelled  the  society.  Reaumur,  who  observed 
that  the  inhabitants  of  the  same  hive  had  often  mortal 
combats,  was  of  opinion  that  this  was  their  object  in  these 
battles0,  which  take  place,  he  observes,  in  fine  or  warm 
weather.  On  these  occasions  the  bees  are  sometimes  so 
eager,  that  examining  them  with  a  lens  does  not  part 
them  : — their  whole  object  is  to  pierce  each  other  with 
their  sting,  the  stroke  of  which,  if  once  it  penetrates  to 
the  muscles,  is  mortal.  In  these  engagements  the  con- 
queror is  not  always  able  to  extricate  this  weapon,  and 
then  both  perish.  The  duration  of  the  conflict  is  uncer- 
tain; sometimes  it  lasts  an  hour,  and  at  others  is  very 
soon  determined :  and  occasionally  it  happens  that  both 
parties,  fatigued  and  despairing  of  victory,  give  up  the 
contest  and  fly  away. 

But  the  wars  of  bees  are  not  confined  to  single  combats; 
general  actions  now  and  then  take  place  between  two 
a  Lesser,  L.  ii.  171.  b  See  above,  p.  126.  c  Reaum.  v.  360-365. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  203 

swarms.  This  happens  when  one  takes  a  fancy  to  a  hive 
that  another  has  pre-occupied.  In  fine  warm  weather, 
strangers,  that  wish  to  be  received  amongst  them,  meet 
with  but  an  indifferent  welcome,  and  a  bloody  battle  is 
the  consequence.  Reaumur  witnessed  one  that  lasted  a 
whole  afternoon,  in  which  many  victims  fell.  In  this  case 
the  battle  is  still  between  individuals,  who  at  one  time  de- 
cide the  business  within  the  hive,  and  at  another  at  some 
distance  without.  In  the  former  case  the  victorious  bee 
flies  away,  bearing  her  victim  under  her  body  between 
her  legs,  sometimes  taking  a  longer  and  sometimes  a 
shorter  flight  before  she  deposits  it  upon  the  ground. — 
She  then  takes  her  repose  near  the  dead  body,  standing 
upon  her  four  anterior  legs,  and  rubbing  the  two 
hinder  ones  against  each  other.  If  the  battle  is  not  con- 
cluded within  the  hive,  the  enemy  is  carried  to  a  little 
distance,  and  then  dispatched. 

This  strange  fury  however  does  not  always  show  itself 
on  this  occasion  ;  for  now  and  then  some  friendly  inter- 
course seems  to  take  place.  Bees,  from  a  hive  in  Mr. 
Knight's  garden,  visited  those  in  that  of  a  cottager,  a 
hundred  yards  distant,  considerably  later  than  their 
usual  time  of  labour,  every  bee  as  it  arrived  appearing 
to  be  questioned.  On  the  tenth  morning,  however,  the 
intercourse  ceased,  ending  in  a  furious  battle.  On  an- 
other occasion,  an  intimacy  took  place  between  two  hives 
of  his  own,  at  twice  the  distance,  which  ceased  on  the 
fifth  day.  Sometimes  he  observed  that  this  communica- 
tion terminated  in  the  union  of  two  swarms ;  as  in  one 
instance,  where  a  swarm  had  taken  possession  of  a  hollow 
treea,  it  is  probable  that  the  reception  of  one  swarm 
*  F/iilos.  Trans.  1807,  234— 


204;  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

by  another  may  depend  upon  their  numbers,  and  the 
fitness  of  their  station  to  accommodate  them.  Thorley 
witnessed  a  battle  of  more. than  two  days  continuance, 
occasioned  by  a  strange  swarm  forcing  their  way  into  a 
hive  a.  Two  swarms  that  rise  at  the  same  time  some- 
times fight  till  great  numbers  have  been  destroyed,  or 
one  of  the  queens  slain,  when  both  sides  cease  all  their 
enmity  and  unite  under  the  survivor  b. 

These  apiarian  battles  are  often  fought  in  defence  of 
the  property  of  the  hive.  Bees  that  are  ill  managed,  and 

a  166. 

b  Thorley,  ibid.  Comp.  Mills  On  Bees,  63.— The  following  ac- 
count of  an  apiarian  battle  was  copied  from  the  Carlisle  Patriot 
Newspaper: — On  Saturday  last,  in  the  village  of  Cargo,  a  combat 
of  a  truly  novel  description  was  witnessed.  A  hive  of  bees  belonging 
to  a  professional  gentleman  of  this  city,  swarmed  on  Thursday  last, 
after  which  they  were  hived  in  the  regular  way,  and  appeared  to  be 
doing  well.  On  the  Saturday  after,  a  swarm  of  bees,  from  some 
neighbouring  hive,  appeared  to  be  flying  over  the  garden  in  which 
the  hive  above-mentioned  was  placed,  when  they  instantly  darted 
down  upon  the  hive  of  the  new  settlers,  and  completely  covered  it  : 
in  a  little  time  they  began  to  enter  the  hive,  and  poured  into  it  in 
such  numbers  that  it  soon  became  completely  filled.  A  loud  hum- 
ming noise  was  heard,  and  the  work  of  destruction  immediately 
ensued;  the  winged  combatants  sallied  forth  from  the  hive,  until  it 
became  entirely  empty ;  and  a  furious  battle  commenced  in  "  upper 
air,"  between  the  besiegers  and  the  besieged.  A  spectator  informs 
us,  that  these  intrepid  little  warriors  were  so  numerous,  that  they 
literally  darkened  the  sky  overhead  like  a  cloud;  meanwhile  the 
destructive  battle  raged  with  fury  on  both  sides,  and  the  ground 
beneath  was  covered  with  the  wounded  and  the  slain,  hundreds  of 
them  were  lying  dead,  or  crawling  about,  disabled  from  re-ascend- 
ing to  the  scene  of  action.  To  one  party,  however,  the  palm  of  vic- 
tory was  at  last  awarded,  and  they  setled  upon  the  branch  of  an 
adjoining  apple-tree,  from  which  they  were  safely  placed  in  the  empty 
hive,  which  had  been  the  object  of  their  valiant  contention,  and 
where  they  now  continue  peacefully  and  industriously  employed  in 
adding  to  the  stores  of  their  commonwealth. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  205 

not  properly  fed,  instead  of  collecting  for  themselves,  will 
now  and  then  get  a  habit  of  pillaging  from  their  more 
industrious  neighbours :  these  are  called  by  Schirach 
corsair  bees,  and  by  English  writers,  robbers.  They  make 
their  attack  chiefly  in  the  latter  end  of  July,  and  during 
the  month  of  August.  At  first  they  act  with  caution,  en- 
deavouring to  enter  by  stealth ;  and  then,  emboldened 
by  success,  come  in  a  body.  If  one  of  the  queens  be 
killed,  the  attacked  bees  unite  with  the  assailants,  take 
up  their  abode  with  them,  and  assist  in  plundering  their 
late  habitation a.  Schirach  very  gravely  recommends  it 
to  apiarists  whose  hives  are  attacked  by  these  depreda- 
tors, to  give  the  bees  some  honey  mixed  with  brandy  or 
wine,  to  increase  and  inflame  their  courage,  that  they 
may  more  resolutely  defend  their  property  against  their 
piratical  assailants5.  It  is  however  to  be  apprehended 
that  this  method  of  making  them  pot-valiant  might  in- 
duce them  to  attack  their  neighbours,  as  well  as  to  defend 
themselves. 

Sometimes  combats  take  place  in  which  three  or  four 
bees  attack  a  single  individual,  not  with  a  design  to  kill, 
but  merely  to  rob :  one  seizes  it  by  one  leg,  another  by 
another ;  till  perhaps  there  are  two  on  each  side,  each 
having  hold  of  a  leg,  or  they  bite  its  head  or  thorax.  But 
as  soon  as  the  poor  animal  that  is  thus  haled  about  and 
maltreated  unfolds  its  tongue,  one  of  the  assailants  goes 
and  sucks  it  with  its  own,  and  is  followed  by  the  rest, 
who  then  let  it  go.  These  insects,  however,  in  their  or- 
dinary labours  are  very  kind  and  helpful  to  each  other  ; 
I  have  often  seen  two,  at  the  same  moment,  visit  the  same 

a  Corap.  Schirach,  49.      Mills,  62—    Thorley,  163—    b  51. 


206  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

flower,  and  very  peaceably  despoil  it  of  its  treasures, 
without  any  contention  for  the  best  share. 

As  the  poison  of  bees  exhales  a  penetrating  odour,  M. 
Huber  was  curious  to  observe  the  effect  it  might  produce 
upon  them.  Having  extracted  with  pincers  the  sting  of 
a  bee  and  its  appendages  impregnated  with  poison, 
he  presented  it  to  some  workers,  which  were  settled 
very  tranquilly  before  the  gate  of  their  mansion.  Instan- 
taneously the  little  party  was  alarmed;  none  however 
took  flight,  but  two  or  three  darted  upon  the  poisoned 
instrument,  and  one  angrily  attacked  the  observer. 
When  however  the  poison  was  coagulated,  they  were  not 
in  the  least  affected  by  it — A  tube  impregnated  with 
the  odour  of  poison  recently  ejected  being  presented  to 
them,  affected  them  in  the  same  manner a.  This  circum- 
stance may  sometimes  occasion  battles  amongst  them, 
that  are  not  otherwise  easy  to  be  accounted  for. 

Anger  is  no  useless  or  hurtful  passion  in  bees :  it  is 
necessary  to  them  for  the  preservation  of  themselves  and 
their  property,  which,  besides  those  of  their  own  species, 
are  exposed  to  the  .ravages  of  numerous  enemies.  Of 
these  I  have  already  enumerated  several  of  the  class  of 
insects,  and  also  some  beasts  and  birds  that  have  a  taste 
for  bees  and  their  produce  b.  The  Merops  Apiaster 
(which  has  been  taken  in  England),  the  lark  and  other 
birds  catch  them  as  they  fly.  Even  the  frog  and  the 
toad  are  said  to  kill  great  numbers  of  bees  ;  and  many 
that  fall  into  the  water  probably  become  the  prey  offish. 
The  mouse  also,  especially  the  field-mouse,  in  winter 
often  commits  great  ravages  in  a  hive,  if  the  base  and 
orifices  are  not  well  secured  and  stopped0.  Thorley 

*  ii.  380—         b  VOL.  I.  163-.  and  281.  289.       c  Schirach,  52. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF   INSECTS.  207 

once  lost  a  stock  by  mice,  which  made  a  nest  and  pro- 
duced young  amongst  the  combs a.  The  titmouse,  ac- 
cording to  the  same  author,  will  make  a  noise  at  the 
door  of  the  hive,  and  when  a  bee  comes  out  to  see  what 
is  the  matter,  will  seize  and  devour  it.  He  has  known 
them  eat  a  dozen  at  a  time.  The  swallows  will  assemble 
round  the  hives  and  devour  them  like  grains  of  corn  b. 
I  need  only  mention  spiders,  in  whose  webs  they  some- 
times meet  with  their  end,  and  earwigs  and  ants,  which 
creep  into  the  hive  and  steal  the  honey  c. 

Upon  this  subject  of  the  enemies  of  bees,  I  cannot 
persuade  myself  to  omit  the  account  Mr.  White  has 
given  of  an  idiot-boy,  who  from  a  child  showed  a  strong 
propensity  to  bees.  They  were  his  food,  his  amusement, 
his  sole  object.  In  the  winter  he  dozed  away  his  time 
in  his  father's  house,  by  the  fire-side,  in  a  torpid  state, 
seldom  leaving  the  chimney-corner  :  but  in  summer  he 
was  all  alert  and  in  quest  of  his  game.  Hive-bees,  hum- 
ble-bees, and  wasps  were  his  prey  wherever  he  found 
them.  He  had  no  apprehension  from  their  stings,  but 
would  seize  them  with  naked  hands,  and  at  once  disarm 
them  of  their  weapons,  and  suck  their  bodies  for  the 
sake  of  their  honey-bags.  Sometimes  he  would  fill  his 
bosom  between  his  shirt  and  skin  with  these  animals ; 
and  sometimes  he  endeavoured  to  confine  them  in  bot- 
tles. He  was  very  injurious  to  men  that  kept  bees ;  for 
he  would  glide  into  their  bee-gardens,  and  sitting  down 
before  the  stools,  would  rap  with  his  fingers,  and  so  take 
the  bees  as  they  came  out.  He  has  even  been  known 
to  overturn  the  hives  for  the  sake  of  the  honey,  of  which 
he  was  passionately  fond.  'Where  metheglin  was  mak- 

3  170.  b  Reaum.  v.  710.  e  Thorley,  171. 


208  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

ing,  he  would  linger  round  the  tubs  and  vessels,  begging 
a  draught  of  what  he  called  bee-yoine.  As  he  ran  about, 
he  used  to  make  a  humming  noise  with  his  lips  resem- 
bling the  buzzing  of  bees.  This  lad  was  lean  and  sal- 
low, and  of  a  cadaverous  complexion  ;  and  except  in  his 
favourite  pursuit,  in  which  he  was  wonderfully  adroit, 
discovered  no  manner  of  understanding.  Had  his  ca- 
pacity been  better,  and  directed  to  the  same  object,  he 
had  perhaps  abated  much  of  our  wonder  at  the  feats  of 
a  more  modern  exhibiter  of  bees  ;  and  we  may  justly  say 
of  him  now, 

" Thou, 

Had  thy  presiding  star  propitious  shone, 

Should'st  Wildman  be  a." 

The  worker  bees  are  annual  insects,  though  the  queen 
will  sometimes  live  more  than  two  years ;  but,  as  every 
swarm  consists  of  old  and  young,  this  is  no  argument  for 
burning  them.  It  is  a  saying  of  bee-keepers  in  Hol- 
land, that  the  first  swallow  and  the  first  bee  foretell  each 
other5.  This  perhaps  may  be  correct  there;  but  with 
us  the  appearance  of  bees  considerably  precedes  that 
of  the  swallow  ;  for  when  the  early  crocuses  open,  if  the 
weather  be  warm,  they  may  always  be  .found  busy  in 
the  blossom. 

The  time  that  bees  will  inhabit  the  same  stations  is 
wonderful.  Reaumur  mentions  a  countryman  who  pre- 
served bees  in  the  same  hive  for  thirty  years c.  Thorley 
tells  us  that  a  swarm  took  possession  of  a  spot  under  the 
leads  of  the  study  of  Ludovicus  Vives  in  Oxford,  where 
they  continued  a  hundred  and  ten  years,  from  1520  to 
1630d.  These  circumstances  have  led  authors  to  ascribe 

a  White's  Nat.  Hist.  8vo.  i.  339—        h  Swamm.  Bib.  Nat.  Ed. 
Hill.  i.  160.  '  ubisupr.  665.  (i  178— 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  209 

to  bees  a  greater  age  than  they  can  claim.  Thus  Mouf- 
fet,  because  he  knew  a  bees-nest  which  had  remained 
thirty  years  in  the  same  quarters,  concludes  that  they 
are  very  long-lived,  and  very  sapiently  doubts  whether 
they  even  die  of  old  age  at  alla  !  !  !  Which  is  just  as 
wise  as  if  a  man  should  contend,  because  London  had 
existed  from  before  the  time  of  Julius  Caesar,  that  there- 
fore its  inhabitants  must  be  immortal. 

Bees  are  subject  to  many  accidents,  particularly,  as  I 
have  said  above,  they  often  fall  or  are  precipitated  by  the 
wind  into  water ;  and  though  like  the  cat  a  bee  has  not 
nine  lives,  nor 

"  Nine  times  emerging  from  the  crystal  flood, 
She  mews  to  every  watery  god," 

yet  she  will  bear  submersion  nine  hours ;  and,  if  ex- 
posed to  sufficient  heat,  be  reanimated.  In  this  case  their 
proboscis  is  generally  unfolded,  and  stretched  to  its  full 
length.  At  the  extremity  of  this,  motion  is  first  per- 
ceived, and  then  at  the  ends  of  the  legs.  After  these 
symptoms  appear  they  soon  recover,  fold  up  the  tongue, 
and  plume  themselves  for  flight5.  Experimentalists 
may  therefore,  without  danger,  submerge  a  hive  of  bees, 
when  they  want  to  examine  them  particularly,  for  they 
will  all  revive  upon  being  set  to  the  fire.  Reaumur  says 
that  in  winter,  during  frosts,  the  bees  remain  in  a  torpid 
state.  He  must  mean  severe  frosts ;  for  Huber  relates 
an  instance,  when  upon  a  sudden  emergency,  the  bees 
of  one  of  his  hives  set  themselves  to  work  in  the  middle 
of  January;  and  he  observes  that  they  are  so  little 
torpid  in  winter,  that  even  when  the  thermometer  abroad 
is  below  the  freezing  point,  it  stands  high  in  populous 

a  Thcatr.  Ins.  21.  b  Rcaura.  v.  540— 

VOL.  II.  P 


210  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

hives.  Swammerclam,  and  after  him  the  two  authors 
last  quoted,  found  that  sometimes,  even  in  the  middle  of 
winter,  hives  have  young  brood  in  them,  which  the  bees 
feed  and  attend  toa.  In  an  instance  of  this  kind,  which 
fell  under  the  eye  of  Huber,  the  thermometer  stood  in 
the  hive  at  about  92  °.  In  colder  climates,  however, 
the  bees  will  probably  be  less  active  in  the  winter.  They 
are  then  generally  situated  between  the  combs  towards 
their  lower  part.  But  when  the  air  grows  milder,  especi- 
ally if  the  rays  of  the  sun  fall  upon  the  hive  and  warm  it, 
they  awake  from  their  lethargy,  shake  their  wings,  and 
begin  to  move  and  recover  their  activity;  with  which 
their  wants  returning,  they  then  feed  upon  the  stock  of 
honey  and  bee-bread  which  they  have  in  reserve.  The 
lowest  cells  are  first  uncovered,  and  their  contents  con- 
sumed ;  the  highest  are  reserved  to  the  last.  The  honey 
in  the  lowest  cells  being  collected  in  the  autumn,  proba- 
bly will  not  keep  so  well  as  the  vernal. 

The  degree  of  heat  in  a  hive  in  winter,  as  I  have  just 
hinted,  is  great.  A  thermometer  near  one,  in  the  open 
air,  that  stood  in  January  at  6|°  below  the  freezing  point, 
upon  the  insertion  of  the  bulb  a  little  way  into  the  hive, 
rose  to  22|°  above  it;  and  could  it  have  been  placed  be- 
tween the  combs,  where  the  bees  themselves  were  ag- 
glomerated, the  mercury,  Reaumur  conjectures,  would 
have  risen  as  high  as  it  does  abroad  in  the  warm  days 
in  summer5.  Huber  says  that  it  stands  in  frost  at  86° 

a  January  11,  1818.  My  bees  were  out,  and  very  alert  this  day. 
The  thermometer  stood  abroad  in  the  shade  at  ol£°.  When  the  sun 
shone  there  was  quite  a  cluster  of  them  at  the  mouth  of  the  hives, 
and  great  numbers  were  buzzing  about  in  the  air  before  them. 

»  v.  671. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OP  INSECTS.  211 

and  88°  in  populous  hives a.     In  May,  the  former  au- 
thor found,  in  a  hive  in  which  he  had  lodged  a  small 
swarm,  that  the  thermometer  indicated  a  degree  of  heat 
above  that  of  the  hottest  days  of  summer5.     He  ob- 
serves that  their  motion,  and  even  the  agitation  of  their 
wings,  increases  the  heat  of  their  atmosphere.     Often, 
when  the  squares  of  glass  in  a  hive  appeared  cold  to  the 
touch,  if  either  by  design  or  chance  he  happened  to 
disturb  the  bees,  and  the  agglomerated  mass  in  a  tumult 
began  to  move  different  ways,   sending  forth  a  great 
hum,  in  a  very  short  time  so  considerable  an  accession 
of  heat  was  produced,  that  when  he  touched  the  same 
squares  of  glass,  he  felt  them  as  hot  as  if  they  had  been 
held  near  a  fierce  fire.     By  teasing  the  bees,   the  heat 
generated  was  sometimes  so  great  as  to  soften  very  much 
the  wax  of  the  combs,  and  even  to  cause  them  to  fall c. 
This  generation  of  heat  in  bee-hives  seems  to  be  one  of 
those  mysteries  of  nature  that  has  not  yet  been  satisfac- 
torily accounted  for.     Generally  speaking,  insects  ap- 
pear to  have  no  animal  heat ;  the  temperature  of  their 
bodies  being  usually  that  of  the  atmosphere  in  which 
they  happen  to  be.     But  bees  are  an  exception  to  this 
rule,  and  produce  heat  in  themselves.     Whether  they 
are  the  only  insect  that  can  do  this,  as  John  Hunter  af- 
firms, or  whether  others  that  are  gregarious,  such  as 
humble-bees,  wasps,  and  ants,  may  not  possess  the  same 
faculty,  seems  not  yet  clearly  ascertained.     The  heat  in 
the  hive  in  the  above  instance  was  evidently  occasioned 
by  the  tumult  into  which  the  bees  were  put ;  and  the 
hum,  and  motions  that  followed  it,  were  probably  the 
result  of  their  anger.      But  how  these  act  physically, 
a  i.  354.  Note  *.  b  ubi  supr.  c  Reaura.  v.  672. 


212  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

in  an  animal  that  has  no  circulation,  I  am  unable  to 
say ;  and  must  leave  the  question,  like  my  predecessors, 
undecided. 

And  now  having  detailed  to  you  thus  amply  the  won- 
derful history  and  proceedings  of  the  social  tribes  of  the 
insect  world,  you  will  allow,  I  think,  that  I  have  re- 
deemed my  pledge,  when  I  taugbt  you  to  expect  that 
this  history  would  exceed  in  interest  and  variety  and 
marvellous  results  every  thing  that  I  had  before  related 
to  you.  I  trust,  moreover,  that  you  will  scarcely  feel 
disposed  to  subscribe  to  that  opinion,  though  it  has  the 
sanction  of  some  great  names,  which  attributes  these  al- 
most miraculous  instincts  to  mere  sensation ;  which  tells 
us,  that  the  sensorium  of  these  insects  is  so  modelled 
with  respect  to  the  different  operations  that  are  given 
them  in  charge,  that  it  is  by  the  attraction  of  pleasure 
alone  that  they  are  determined  to  the  execution  of  them ; 
and  that,  as  every  circumstance  relative  to  the  succession 
of  their  different  labours  is  pre-ordained,  to  each  of  them 
an  agreeable  sensation  is  affixed  by  the  Creator :  and 
that  thus,  when  the  bees  build  their  cells ;  when  they 
sedulously  attend  to  the  young  brood,  when  they  collect 
provisions;  this  is  the  result  of  no  plans,  of  no  affection, 
of  no  foresight ;  but  that  the  sole  determining  motive  is 
the  enjoyment  of  an  agreeable  sensation  attached  to  each 
of  these  operations a.  Surely  it  would  be  better  to  re- 
solve all  their  proceedings  at  once  into  a  direct  impulse 
from  the  Creator,  than  to  maintain  a  theory  so  contrary 
to  fact;  and  which  militates  against  the  whole  history 
which  M.  Huber,  who  adopts  this  theory  from  Bonnet, 
*  Huber,  i.  313. 


PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS.  213 

has  so  ably  given  of  these  creatures.  That  they  may 
experience  agreeable  sensations  from  their  various  em- 
ployments, nobody  will  deny ;  but  that  such  sensations 
instruct  them  how  to  perform  their  several  operations, 
without  any  plan  previously  impressed  upon  their  sen- 
sorium,  is  contrary  both  to  reason  and  experience.  They 
have  a  plan,  it  is  evident ;  and  that  plan,  which  proves 
that  it  is  not  mere  sensation,  they  vary  according  to  cir- 
cumstances. As  to  affection — that  bees  are  irritable, 
and  feel  the  passion  of  anger,  no  one  will  deny ;  that 
they  are  also  susceptible  of  fear,  is  equally  evident :  and 
if  they  feel  anger  and  fear,  why  may  they  not  also 
feel  love  ?  Further,  if  they  have  recourse  to  precautions 
for  the  prevention  of  any  evil  that  seems  to  threaten 
them,  how  can  we  refuse  them  a  degree  of  foresight  ? 
Must  we  also  resolve  all  their  patriotism,  and  the  sin- 
gular regard  for  the  welfare  of  their  community,  which 
seems  constantly  to  actuate  them,  and  the  sacrifices, 
even  sometimes  of  themselves,  that  they  make  to  pro- 
mote and  ensure  it,  into  individual  self-love?  We 
would  not  set  them  up  as  rivals  to  man  in  intelligence, 
foresight,  and  the  affections ;  but  they  have  that  degree 
of  each  that  is  necessary  for  their  purposes.  On  ac- 
count of  the  difficulties  attending  all  theories  that  give 
them  some  degree  of  these  qualities,  to  resolve  all  into 
mere  sensation,  is  removing  one  difficulty  by  a  greater. 
That  these  creatures  from  mere  selfishness  build  their 
combs,  replenish  them  with  the  fruit  of  their  unwearied 
labours,  attend  so  assiduously  to  the  nurture  of  the  young 
brood,  lavish  their  caresses  upon  their  queen,  prevent 
all  her  wants,  give  a  portion  of  the  honey  they  have 
collected  to  those  that  remain  in  the  hives,  assist  each 


214  PERFECT  SOCIETIES  OF  INSECTS. 

other,  defend  their  common  dwelling,  and  are  ready  to 
sacrifice  themselves  for  the  public  good — is  an  anomaly 
in  rerum  natura  that  ought  never  to  be  admitted,  unless 
established  by  the  most  irrefragable  demonstration ; — 
and  I  think  you  will  not  be  disposed  without  full  proof 
to  yield  yourself  to  a  mere  theory,  so  contradictory  of 
all  the  facts  we  know  relative  to  this  subject. 

After  all,  there  are  mysteries,  as  to  the  primum  mobile, 
amongst  these  social  tribes,  that  with  all  our  boasted 
reason  we  cannot  fathom  ;  nor  develop  satisfactorily  the 
motives  that  urge  them  to  fulfill  in  so  remarkable  though 
diversified  a  way  their  different  destinies.  One  thing  is 
clear  to  demonstration,  that  by  these  creatures  and  their 
instincts,  the  power,  wisdom  and  goodness  of  the  GREAT 
FATHER  of  the  universe  are  loudly  proclaimed;  the 
atheist  and  infidel  confuted ;  the  believer  confirmed  in 
his  faith  and  trust  in  Providence,  which  he  thus  beholds 
watching,  with  incessant  care,  over  the  welfare  of  the 
meanest  of  his  creatures ;  and  from  which  he  may  con- 
clude that  he,  the  prince  of  the  creation,  will  never  be 
overlooked  or  forsaken :  and  from  them  what  lessons 
may  be  learned  of  patriotism  and  self-devotion  to  the 
public  good;  of  loyalty;  of  prudence,  temperance,  dili- 
gence, and  self-denial. — But  it  is  time  at  length  to  put 
an  end  to  this  long  disquisition. 

I  am,  &c. 


LETTER  XXI. 


MEANS  BY  WHICH  INSECTS  DEFEND 
THEMSELVES. 

WHEN  a  country  is  particularly  open  to  attack,  or 
surrounded  by  numerous  enemies,  who  from  cupidity  or 
hostile  feelings  are  disposed  to  annoy  it,  we  are  usually 
led  to  inquire  what  are  its  means  of  defence  ?  whether 
natural,  or  arising  from  the  number,  courage,  or  skill  of 
its  inhabitants.  The  insect  tribes  constitute  such  a  na- 
tion :  with  them  infinite  hosts  of  enemies  wage  continual 
war,  many  of  whom  derive  the  whole  of  their  subsist- 
ence from  them:  and  amongst  their  own  tribes  there  are 
numerous  civil  broils,  the  strong  often  preying  upon  the 
weak,  and  the  cunning  upon  the  simple :  so  that  unless 
a  watchful  Providence  (which  cares  for  all  its  creatures, 
even  the  most  insignificant,)  had  supplied  them  with 
some  mode  of  resistance  or  escape,  this  innumerable 
race  must  soon  be  extirpated.  That  such  is  the  case,  it 
shall  be  my  endeavour  in  this  letter  to  prove ;  in  which 
I  shall  detail  to  you  some  of  the  most  remarkable  means 
of  defence  with  which  they  are  provided.  For  the  sake 
of  distinctness  I  shall  consider  these  under  two  separate 
heads,  into  which  indeed  they  naturally  divide  them- 
selves : — Passive  means  of  defence,  such  as  are  indepen- 
dent of  any  efforts  of  the  insect;  and  active  means  of 
defence,  such  as  result  from  certain  efforts  of  the  insect 
in  the  employment  of  those  instincts  and  instruments  with 
which  Providence  has  furnished  it  for  this  purpose. 


216        MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

I.  The  principal  passive  means  of  defence  with  which 
insects  are  provided,  are  derived  from  their  colour  and 
form,  by  which  they  either  deceive,  dazzle,  alarm,  or  an- 
noy their  enemies ;  or  from  their  substance,  involuntary 
secretions,  vitality,  and  numbers. 

They  often  deceive  them  by  imitating  various  sub- 
stances. Sometimes  they  so  exactly  resemble  the  soil 
which  they  inhabit,  that  it  must  be  a  practised  eye  which 
can  distinguish  them  from  it.  Thus,  one  of  our  scarcest 
British  weevils  (Curculio  nebulosus\  by  its  gray  colour 
spotted  with  black,  so  closely  imitates  the  soil  consisting 
of  white  sand  mixed  with  black  earth,  on  which  I  have 
always  found  it,  that  its  chance  of  escape,  even  though 
it  be  hunted  for  by  the  lyncean  eye  of  an  entomologist, 
is  not  small.  Another  insect  of  the  same  tribe  ( Thyla- 
cites  scabrtculus),  of  which  I  have  observed  several  species 
of  ground-beetles,  (Harpalus,  &c.)  make  great  havoc, 
abounds  in  pits  of  a  loamy  soil  of  the  same  colour  pre- 
cisely with  itself;  a  circumstance  that  doubtless  occasions 
many  to  escape  from  their  pitiless  foes.— Several  other 
weevils,  for  instance  Chlorima  nivea  and  cretacea,  resem- 
ble chalk,  and  perhaps  inhabit  a  chalky  or  white  soil. 

Many  insects  also  are  like  pebbles  and  stones,  both 
rough  and  polished,  and  of  various  colours ;  but  since 
this  resemblance  sometimes  results  from  their  attitudes, 
I  shall  enlarge  upon  it  under  my  second  head :  whether, 
however,  it  be  merely  passive,  or  combined  with  action, 
we  may  safely  regard  it  as  given  to  enable  them  to  elude 
the  vigilance  of  their  enemies. 

A  numerous  host  of  our  little  animals  escape  from 
birds  and  other  assailants  by  imitating  the  colour  of  the 
plants,  or  parts  of  them,  which  they  inhabit;  or  the  twigs 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         217 

of  shrubs  and  trees ;  their  foliage,  flowers,  and  fruit. 
Many  of  the  mottled  moths,  which  take  their  station  of 
diurnal  repose  on  the  north  side  of  the  trunks  of  trees, 
are  with  difficulty  distinguished  from  the  gray  and  green 
lichens  that  cover  them.  Of  this  kind  are  Miselia  apri- 
Una  and  Acronycta  Psi.  The  caterpillar  of  Pcecilia  ? 
AlgcE)  when  it  feeds  on  the  yellow  Lichen  juniperinus,  is 
always  yellow  ;  but  when  upon  the  gray  Lichen  saxatilis 
its  hue  becomes  gray  a.  This  change  is  probably  pro- 
duced by  the  colour  of  its  food.  Leptocerus  atratus,  a 
kind  of  may-fly,  frequents  the  black  flower-spikes  of  the 
common  sedge  (Carex  riparia\  which  fringes  the  banks 
of  our  rivers.  I  have  often  been  unable  to  distinguish 
it  from  them,  and  the  birds  probably  often  make  the 
same  mistake  and  pass  it  by. — A  jumping  bug,  very 
similar  to  one  figured  by  Schellenberg  b,  also  much  re- 
sembles the  lichens  of  the  oak  on  which  I  took  it. 

The  Spectre  tribe  (Phasma)  go  still  further  in  this 
mimicry,  representing  a  small  branch  with  its  spray.  I 
have  one  from  Brazil  eight  inches  long,  that,  unless  it 
was  seen  to  move,  could  scarcely  be  conceived  to  be  any 
thing  else ;  the  legs  as  well  as  the  head,  having  their  little 
snags  and  knobs,  so  that  no  imitation  can  be  more  ac- 
curate. Perhaps  this  may  be  the  species  mentioned  by 
Molina c,  which  the  natives  of  Chili  call  "  The  Devil's 
Horse  d." 

Other  insects,  of  various  tribes,  represent  the  leaves 

a  Fabr.  Forlesungen,32l.  "  Cimic.  Helvet.  t.  Hi./.  3. 

c  Hist,  of  Chili,  \.  172. 

d  Since  the  first  edition  of  this  volume  was  printed,  a  lady  from 
the  West  Indies  looking  at  my  cabinet,  upon  being  shown  this  insect, 
exclaimed  "Oh,  that  is  The  Devil's  Horse!" 


218         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

of  plants,  living,  decaying,  and  dead ;  some  in  their 
colour,  and  some  both  in  their  colour  and  shape.  The 
caterpillar  of  a  moth  (Hadena  Ligustri)  that  feeds  upon 
the  privet,  is  so  exactly  of  the  colour  of  the  underside  of 
the  leaf,  upon  which  it  usually  sits  in  the  day-time,  that 
you  may  have  the  leaf  in  your  hand  and  yet  not  discover 
it  a. — The  tribe  of  grasshoppers,  called  Locustce  by  Fa- 
bricius,  though  the  true  Locust  does  not  belong  to  it,  in 
the  veining,  colour,  and 'texture  of  their  elytra,  resemble 
green  leavesb . — The  tribe  ofPhasmina — named  praying- 
insects  and  spectres — also  of  the  Orthoptera  order,  often 
exhibit  the  same  peculiarity. — Others  of  them,  by  the 
spots  and  mixtures  of  colour  observable  in  these  organs, 
represent  leaves  that  are  decaying  in  various  degrees. — 
Those  of  several  species  of  Mantidte  likewise  imitate  dry 
leaves,  and  so  exactly,  by  their  opacity,  colour,  rigidity, 
and  veins,  that,  were  no  other  part  of  the  animal  visible, 
even  after  a  close  examination,  it  would  be  generally 
affirmed  to  be  nothing  but  a  dry  leaf.  Of  this  nature  is 
the  Phyllium  siccifolium,  and  two  or  three  Brazilian  spe- 
cies in  my  cabinet,  that  seem  undescribed,  which  I  will 
show  you  when  you  give  me  an  opportunity.  But  these 
imitations  of  dry  leaves  are  not  confined  to  the  Ortho- 
ptera order  solely.  Amongst  the  Hemiptera,  the  Acan- 
ihia  paradoxa,  a  kind  of  bug,  surprised  Sparrman  not  a 
little.  He  was  sheltering  himself  from  the  mid-day  sun, 
when  the  air  was  so  still  and  calm  as  scarcely  to  shake 
an  aspen  leaf,  and  saw  with  wonder  what  he  mistook  for 

3  Brahra  Insekten  Kalendcr,  ii.  383. 

b  Hence  we  have  Locusta  citrifolia,  laurifolia,  camellifolia,  myrtifolia, 
salvifolia,  &c.  which,  I  believe,  all  belong  to  a  genus  I  have  named 
Pterophylla. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         219 

a  little  withered,  pale,  crumpled  leaf,  eaten  as  it  were  by 
caterpillars,  fluttering  from  the  tree.  The  sight  appeared 
to  him  so  very  extraordinary,  that  he  left  his  place  of 
shelter  to  contemplate  it  more  nearly ;  and  could  scarcely 
believe  his  eyes,  when  he  beheld  a  living  insect,  in  shape 
and  colour  resembling  a  fragment  of  a  withered  leaf  with 
the  edges  turned  up  and  eaten  away  as  it  were  by  cater- 
pillars, and  at  the  same  time  all  over  beset  with  prickles1. 
— A  British  insect,  one  of  our  largest  moths  (Gastro- 
pacha  quercifolia),  called  by  collectors  the  Lappet-moth, 
affords  an  example  from  the  Lepidoptera  order  of  the 
imitation  in  question,  its  wings  representing,  both  in 
shape  and  colour,  an  arid  brown  leaf.  Some  bugs,  be- 
longing to  the  genus  Dictyonota  of  Mr.  Curtis  b,  simu- 
late portions  of  leaves  in  a  still  further  state  of  decay, 
when  the  veins  only  are  left.  For,  the  thorax  and  elytra 
of  these  insects  being  reticulated,  with  the  little  areas  or 
meshes  of  the  net-work  transparent,  this  circumstance 
gives  them  exactly  the  appearance  of  small  fragments  of 
skeletons  of  leaves. 

But  you  have  probably  heard  of  most  of  these  species 
of  imitation :  I  hope,  therefore,  you  will  give  credit  to 
the  two  instances  to  which  I  shall  next  call  your  atten- 
tion, of  insects  that  even  mimic  flowers  and  fruit.  With 
respect  to  the  former,  I  recollect  to  have  seen  in  a  col- 
lection made  by  Mr.  Masson  at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope, 
a  species  of  the  orthopterous  genus  Pneumora,  the  elytra 
of  which  were  of  a  rose-  or  pink-colour,  which  shrowd- 
ing  its  vesiculose  abdomen,  gave  it  much  the  appearance 
of  a  fine  flower — A  most  beautiful  and  brilliant  beetle,, 
of  the  genus  Chlamys,  (Ch.  Bacca,)  found  by  Captain 
*  Voyage,  &c.  ii.  16.  b  Brit.  Ent.  t.  154. 


220        MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

Hancock  in  Brazil,  by  the  inequalities  of  its  ruby-co- 
loured surface,  strikingly  resembles  some  kinds  of  fruit. 
— And  to  make  the  series  of  imitations  complete,,  a  mi- 
nute black  beetle,  with  ridges  upon  its  elytra,  (Onthophi- 
lus  sulcatus*)}  when  lying  without  motion,  is  very  like  the 
seed  of  an  umbelliferous  plant.  The  dog-tick  is  not  un- 
like a  small  bean;  which  resemblance  has  caused  a  bean, 
commonly  cultivated  as  food  for  horses,  to  be  called  the 
tick-bean.  The  Palma  Christi,  also,  had  probably  the 
name  of  Ricinus  given  to  it  from  the  similitude  of  its 
seed  to  a  tick. 

Another  tribe  of  these  little  animals,  before  alluded  to, 
is  secured  from  harm  by  a  different  kind  of  imitation,  and 
affords  a  beautiful  instance  of  the  wisdom  of  Providence 
in  adapting  means  to  their  end.  Some  singular  larvae, 
with  a  radiated  anusb,  live  in  the  nests  of  humble-bees, 
and  are  the  offspring  of  a  particular  genus  of  flies,  (Volu- 
cella,)  many  of  the  species  of  which  strikingly  resemble 
those  bees  in  shape,  clothing,  and  colour.  Thus  has 
the  Author  of  nature  provided  that  they  may  enter  these 
nests  and  deposit  their  eggs  undiscovered.  Did  these 
intruders  venture  themselves  amongst  the  humble-bees 
in  a  less  kindred  form,  their  lives  would  probably  pay  the 
forfeit  of  their  presumption.  Mr.  Sheppard  once  found 
one  of  these  larvae  in  the  nest  of  Bombus c  Raiellus,  but 
we  could  not  ascertain  what  the  fly  was.  Perhaps  it 
might  be  Volucella  bombylans,  which  resembles  those 
humble-bees  that  have  a  red  anusd. 

8  Oliv.  Entomolog.  \.  no.  8.  17. 

*  PLATE  XIX.  FIG.  11.  VOL.  1.267.  Latreille  Gen.  Crust,  et  Ins. 
iv.  322.  eApis.  *  *  e.  2.  K. 

d  Dr.  Fleming  however,  (in  Lilwis,}  doubts  whether  the  reason 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         221 

The  brilliant  colours  in  which  many  insects  are  array- 
ed, may  decorate  them  with  some  other  view  than  that 
of  mere  ornament.  They  may  dazzle  their  enemies. 
The  radiant  blue  of  the  upper  surface  of  the  wings  of  a 
giant  butterfly,  abundant  in  Brazil  (Morpho  Menelaus], 
which  from  its  size  would  be  a  ready  prey  for  any  insec- 
tivorous birds,  by  its  splendour  (which  I  am  told,  when 
the  insect  is  flying  in  the  sunshine,  is  inconceivably 
bright,)  may  produce  an  effect  upon  the  sight  of  such 
birds,  that  may  give  it  no  small  chance  of  escape.  La- 
treille  has  a  similar  conjecture  with  respect  to  the  golden 
wasps  (Chiysts,  L.).  These  animals  lay  their  eggs  in 
the  nests  of  such  Hymmoptera,  wasps,  bee-wasps  (Bern- 
bex\  and  bees, — as  are  redoubtable  for  their  stings ;  and 
therefore  have  the  utmost  occasion  for  protection  against 
these  murderous  weapons.  Amongst  other  defences  the 
golden  wasps  are  adorned  with  the  most  brilliant  colours, 
which  by  their  radiance,  especially  in  the  sunny  situa- 
tions frequented  by  these  insects,  may  dazzle  the  eyes  of 
their  enemies,  and  enable  them  to  effect  unhurt  the  pur- 
pose for  which  they  were  created a. 

The  frightful  aspect  of  certain  insects  is  another  pas- 
sive mean  of  defence  by  which  they  sometimes  strike  be- 
holders, especially  children,  often  great  insect  torment- 
ors, with  alarm,  and  so  escape.  The  terrific  and  pro- 
tended jaws  of  the  stag-beetle  (Lucanus  Cervus)  in 

here  assigned  is  the  cause  of  the  resemblance  between  the  Bombus 
and  Volucella ;  he  thinks  if  a  bee  knows  a  stranger  of  its  own  species, 
it  could  not  be  deceived  by  a  fly  in  the  disguise  of  a  bee.  But  the 
fact  that  these  insects  lay  their  eggs  in  their  nests,  and  that  they  re- 
semble humble-bees,  seems  to  justify  the  conclusion  drawn  in  the 
text.  They  must  get  in  often  undiscovered. 
9  Latreille,  Annal.  du  Mus.  1810.  5. 


222        MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

Europe,  and  of  the  stag-horn  Capricorn  beetle  (Prionus 
cervicornis)  in  America,  may  save  them  from  the  cruel 
fate  of  the  poor  cockchafer a,  whose  gyrations  and  mo- 
tions, when  transfixed  by  a  pin,  too  often  form  the 
amusement  of  ill-disciplined  children.  The  threatening 
horns  also,  prominent  eyes,  or  black  and  dismal  hue  of 
many  other  Coleoptera  belonging  to  Linne's  genera 
Scarabtxus,  Cicindela,  and  Carabus,  may  produce  the 
same  effect. 

But  the  most  striking  instances  of  armour  are  to  be 
found  amongst  the  homopterous  Hemiptera.  In  some 
of  these,  the  horns  that  rise  from  the  thorax  are  so  sin- 
gular and  monstrous,  that  nothing  parallel  to  them  can 
be  found  in  nature.  Of  this  kind  is  the  Cicada  spinosa, 
Stollb,  the  Centrotus  clavatusc,  and  more  particularly 
the  Centrotus  globularisd9  so  remarkable  for  the  ex- 
traordinary apparatus  of  balls  and  spines,  which  it  ap- 
pears to  carry  erect,  like  a  standard,  over  its  head.  What 
is  the  precise  use  of  all  the  varieties  of  armour  with 
which  these  little  creatures  are  furnished  it  is  not  easy 
to  say,  but  they  may  probably  defend  them  from  the  at- 
tack of  some  enemies. 

Under  this  head  I  may  mention  the  long  hairs,  stiff 
bristles,  sharp  spines,  and  hard  tubercular  prominences 
with  which  many  caterpillars  are  clothed,  bristled,  and 
studded.  That  these  are  means  of  defence  is  rendered 

a  One  would  almost  wish  that  the  same  superstition  prevailed 
here  which  Sparrman  observes  is  common  in  Sweden,  with  respect 
to  these  animals.  "  Simple  people,"  says  he,  "  believe  that  their 
sins  will  be  forgiven  if  they  set  a  cockchafer  on  its  legs."  Voyage,  i.  28. 

b  Cigalesyf.  85. 

c  Ibid./.  115.     Coquebert,  Illustr.  Ic.  ii.  t.  xxviii./.  5. 

d  Stoll,  CigalesJ.  163.     Comp.  Pallas,  Spicil.  Zool.  t.  i./.  12. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         223 

more  probable  by  the  fact  that,  in  several  instances,  the 
animals  so  distinguished,  at  their  last  moult,  previous  to 
their  assuming  the  pupa,  (in  which  state  they  are  pro- 
tected by  other  contrivances,)  appear  with  a  smooth  skin, 
without  any  of  the  tubercles,  hairs,  or  spines  for  which 
they  were  before  remarkable3.  Wonderful  are  the  va- 
rieties of  this  kind  which  insects  exhibit: — but  upon  these 
I  shall  treat  more  at  large  on  a  future  occasion.  I  shall 
only  here  select  a  few  facts  more  particularly  connected 
with  my  present  subject.  The  caterpillar  of  the  great 
tiger-moth  (Euprepia  Caja\  which  is  beset  with  long 
dense  hairs,  when  rolled  up — an  attitude  it  usually  as- 
sumes if  alarmed — cannot  then  be  taken  without  great 
difficulty,  slipping  repeatedly  from  the  pressure  of  the 
fingers.  If  its  hairs  do  not  render  it  distasteful,  this  may 
often  be  the  mean  of  its  escape  from  the  birds. — That 
little  destructive  beetle,  Anthrenus  Musorum,  which  so 
annoys  the  entomologist,  if  it  gets  into  his  cabinets, 
when  in  the  larva  state  being  covered  with  bunches  of 
diverging  hairs,  glides  from  between  your  fingers  as  if  it 
were  lubricated  with  oil.  The  two  tufts  of  hairs  near 
the  tail  of  this  are  most  curious  in  their  structure,  being 
jointed  through  their  whole  length,  and  terminating  in 
a  sharp  halberd-shaped  point5. — I  have  a  small  lepido- 
pterous  caterpillar  from  Brazil,  the  upper  side  of  which 
is  thickly  beset  with  strong,  sharp,  branching  spines, 
which  would  enter  into  the  finger,  and  would  probably 
render  it  a  painful  morsel  to  any  minor  enemy. 

a  Reaum.  v.  94. 

b  This  was  first  pointed  "out  to  me  by  Mr.  Briggs  of  the  Post-office, 
who  sent  me  an  accurate  drawing  of  the  animal  and  of  one  of  its 
hairs.  I  did  not  at  that  time  discover  that  it  had  been  figured  by  De 
Geer,  iv.  t.  viii./.  1-7. 


224        MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

The  powers  of  annoyance^  by  means  of  their  hairs,  with 
which  the  moth  of  the  fir,  and  the  procession-moth,  be- 
fore noticed a,  are  gifted,  are  doubtless  a  defensive  ar- 
mour to  them. — Madame  Merian  has  figured  an  enor- 
mous caterpillar  of  this  kind, — which  unfortunately  she 
could  not  trace  to  the  perfect  insect, — by  the  very  touch 
of  which  her  hands,  she  says,  were  inflamed,  and  that 
the  inflammation  was  succeeded  by  the  most  excruci- 
ating pain5.  The  vesicatory  beetles,  likewise,  (Cantharis 
vestcatoria,  &c.)  are  not  improbably  defended  from  their 
assailants  by  the  remarkable  quality,  so  useful  to  suffer- 
ing mortals,  that  distinguishes  them. 

Your  own  observation  must  have  proved  to  you,  that 
insects  often  escape  great  perils,  from  the  crush  of  the 
foot,  or  of  superincumbent  weights,  by  the  hardness  of 
the  substance  that  covers  great  numbers  of  them.  The 
elytra  of  many  beetles  of  the  genus  Hister  are  so  nearly 
impenetrable,  that  it  is  very  difficult  to  make  a  pin  pass 
through  them ;  and  the  smaller  stag-beetle  (Dorcus  pa- 
rallelopipedus]  will  bear  almost  any  weight — the  head 
and  trunk  forming  a  slight  angle  with  the  abdomen — 
which  passes  over  it  upon  the  ground.  Other  insects 
are  protected  by  the  toughness  of  their  skin.  A  re- 
markable instance  of  this  is  afforded  by  the  common  fo- 
rest-fly (Hippobosca  equina\  which,  as  was  before  ob- 
served0, can  scarcely  be  killed  by  the  utmost  pressure  of 
the  finger  and  thumb. 

a  VOL.  I.  p.  130. 

b  Insect.  Surinam,  t.  57.  Two  different  species  of  caterpillars  ap- 
parently related  to  this  of  Madame  Merian  were  in  the  late  Mr. 
Francillon's  cabinet,  and  are  now  in  my  possession 

c  VOL.  I.  p.  149. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.  225 

The  involuntary  secretions  of  these  little  beings  may 
also  be  regarded  as  means  of  defence,  which  either  con- 
ceal them  from  their  enemies,  make  them  more  difficult 
to  be  attacked,  or  render  them  less  palatable.  Thus, 
the  white  froth  often  observable  upon  rose-bushes,  and 
other  shrubs  and  plants,  called  by  the  vulgar  frog-spit- 
tle,— but  which,  if  examined,  will  be  found  to  envelop 
the  larva  of  a  small  hemipterous  insect  (Cercopis  spuma- 
ria\  from  whose  anus  it  exudes,  although  it  is  some- 
times discovered  even  in  this  concealment  by  the  inde- 
fatigable wasps,  and  becomes  their  prey, — serves  to  pro- 
tect the  insect,  which  soon  dies  when  exposed,  not  only 
from  the  heat  of  the  sun  and  from  violent  rains,  but  also 
to  hide  it  from  the  birds  and  its  other  foes. — The  cot- 
tony secretion  that  transpires  through  the  skin  of  My- 
zoxyla*,  and  some  species  of  Coccus,  and  in  which  the 
eggs  of  the  latter  are  often  involved,  may  perhaps  be  of 
use  to  them  in  this  view ;  either  concealing  them — for 
they  look  rather  like  little  locks  of  cotton,  or  feathers, 
than  any  thing  animated — or  rendering  them  distasteful 
to  creatures  that  would  otherwise  prey  upon  them. — 
The  same  remark  may  apply  to  the  slimy  caterpillars  of 
some  of  the  saw-flies  ( Tenthredo  Cerasi,  Allantus  Scro- 
phularia  &c.)  The  coat  of  slime  of  these  animals,  as 
Professor  Peck  observes5,  retains  its  humidity  though 
exposed  to  the  fiercest  sun. — Under  this  head  I  shall 
also  mention  the  phosphoric  insects:  the  glow-worm 
(Lampyris] ;  the  lantern-fly  (Fulgora) ;  '  the  fire-fly 
(Elater);  and  the  electric  centipede  (Geophilus  electri- 


a  To  this  genus  belongs  the  apple  Aphis,  called  A.  lanigera. 
b  Nat.  Hist,  of  the  Slug-worm,  7. 

VOL.  II.  O 


226         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

cus) ;  since  the  light  emitted  by  these  animals  may  de- 
fend them  from  the  attack  of  some  enemies.  Mr.  Shep- 
pard  once  noticed  a  Carabus  running  round  the  last- 
mentioned  insect,  when  shining,  as  if  wishing  but  afraid 
to  attack  it. 

Various  insects,  doubtless,  find  the  wonderful  vitality* 
with  which  they  are  endowed  another  mean  of  defence ; 
at  least  of  obviating  the  effects  of  an  attack.  So  that, 
when  to  all  appearance  they  are  mortally  wounded,  they 
recover,  and  fulfil  the  end  of  their  creation.  Indeed  fe- 
male Lepidoptera,  especially  of  the  larger  kinds,  will 
scarcely  die,  do  what  you  will,  till  they  have  laid  their 
eggs. — Dr.  Arnold,  a  most  acute  observer,  relates  to 
Mr.  MacLeay,  that  having  pinned  Scolia  quadrimacu- 
lata,  a  hymenopterous  insect,  down  in  the  same  box 
with  many  others,  amongst  which  was  the  humming-bird 
hawk-moth  (Macroglossa  stellatarum\  its  proper  food;  it 
freed  itself  from  the  pin  that  transfixed  it,  and,  neglect- 
ing all  the  other  insects  in  the  box,  attacked  the  Sphinx, 
and  pulling  it  to  pieces  devoured  a  large  portion  of  its 
abdomen. 

We  often  wonder  how  the  cheese -mite  (Acarus  Siro) 
is  at  hand  to  attack  a  cheese  wherever  deposited ;  but 
when  we  learn  from  Leeuwenhoek,  that  one  lived  eleven 
weeks  gummed  on  its  back  to  the  point  of  a  needle 
without  food,  our  wonder  will  be  diminished5.  An- 

*  The  penetrating  genius  of  Lord  Verulam  discovered  in  a  great 
degree  the  cause  of  this  vitality.  "  They  stirre,"  says  he,  speaking 
of  insects,  "  a  good  while  after  their  heads  are  off,  or  that  they  be 
cut  in  pieces ;  which  is  caused  also  for  that  their  vital  spirits  are 
more  diffused  thorowout  all  their  parts,  and  lesse  confined  to  organs 
than  in  perfect  creatures."  Syk>.  Sylvar.  cent.  vii.  §  697. 

b  Leeuw.  Epist.  77,  1694. 


.MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.  227 

other  species  of  mite  ( Uropoda  vegetans)  was  observed 
by  De  Geer  to  live  some  time  in  spirits  of  wine a.  This 
last  circumstance  reminds  me  of  an  event  which  befel 
myself,  that  I  cannot  refrain  from  relating  to  you,  since 
it  was  the  cause  of  my  taking  up  the  pursuit  I  am  re- 
commending to  you.  One  morning  I  observed  on  my 
study  window  a  little  lady-bird  yellow  with  black  dots 
(Coccinella  %%-punctata) — "  You  are  very  pretty,"  said 
I  to  myself,  "  and  I  should  like  to  have  a  collection  of 
such  creatures."  Immediately  I  seized  my  prey,  and 
not  knowing  how  to  destroy  it,  I  immersed  it  in  geneva. 
After  leaving  it  in  this  situation  a  day  and  a  night,  and 
seeing  it  without  motion,  I  concluded  it  was  dead,  and 
laid  it  in  the  sun  to  dry.  It  no  sooner,  however,  felt  the 
warmth  than  it  began  to  move,  and  afterward  flew 
away.  From  this  time  I  began  to  attend  to  insects. — 
The  chamaeleon-fly  (Stratyomis  Chamaleori)  was  observ- 
ed by  Swammerdam  to  retain  its  vital  powers  after  an 
immersion  equally  long  in  spirits  of  wine.  Gredart  af- 
firms that  this  fly,  on  which  account  it  was  called  cha- 
maeleon,  will  live  nine  months  without  food  ;  a  circum- 
stance, if  true,  more  wonderful  than  what  I  formerly  re- 
lated to  you  with  respect  to  one  of  the  aphidivorous 
flies b. — If  insects  will  escape  unhurt  from  a  bath  of  al- 
cohol, it  may  be  supposed  that  one  of  water  will  be  less 
to  be  dreaded  by  them.  To  this  they  are  often  exposed 
in  rainy  weather,  when  ruts  and  hollows  are  filled  with 
water :  but  when  the  water  is  dried  up,  it  is  seldom  that 
any  dead  carcases  of  insects  are  to  be  seen  in  them. 
Mr.  Curtis  submerged  the  fragile  aphides  for  sixteen 

a  De  Geer,  vii.  127. 

b  Bib.  Nat.  ii.  c.  3.     VOL.  I.  p.  399. 


228         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

hours ;  when  taken  out  of  the  water  they  immediately 
showed  signs  of  life,  and  out  of  four,  three  survived  the 
experiment: — an  immersion  of  twenty-four  hours,  how- 
ever, proved  fatal  to  thema. 

The  late  ingenious,  learned,  and  lamented  Dr.  Reeve 
of  Norwich  once  related  to  me  that  he  found  in  a  hot 
fountain  on  the  top  of  a  mountain,  near  Leuk  in  the 
Valais  in  Switzerland,  in0  which  the  thermometer  stood 
at  205°,  transparent  larvae,  probably  of  gnats,  or  some 
such  insect. — Lord  Bute  also,  in  a  letter  to  my  late  re- 
vered friend,  the  Rev.  William  Jones  of  Nayland,  im- 
parts a  similar  observation  made  by  His  Lordship  at 
the  baths  of  Abano,  near  the  Euganian  mountains,  on 
the  borders  of  the  Paduan  states.  They  are  strong, 
sulphureous,  boiling  springs,  oozing  out  of  a  rocky  emi- 
nence in  great  numbers,  and  spreading  over  an  acre  of 
the  top  of  a  gentle  hill.  In  the  midst  of  these  boiling 
springs,  within  three  feet  of  five  or  six  of  them,  rises  a 
tepid  one  about  blood  warm.  But  the  most  extraordi- 
nary circumstance  which  he  relates  is,  that  not  only  con- 
fervas were  found  in  the  boiling  springs,  but  numbers  of 
small  black  beetles,  that  died  upon  being  taken  out  and 
plunged  into  cold  water5. — And  once,  having  taken  in 
the  hot  dung  of  my  cucumber-bed  a  small  beetle  (Syn- 
cliita  Juglandis),  I  immersed  it  in  boiling  water ;  and 
after  keeping  it  submerged  a  sufficient  time,  as  I  thought, 
to  destroy  it,  upon  taking  it  out,  and  laying  it  to  dry,  it 
soon  began  to  move  and  walk.  Its  native  station  being 
of  so  high  a  temperature,  Providence  has  fitted  it  for  it, 

a  Linn.  Trans,  vi.  84. 

b  J.  Mason  Good's  Anniversary  Oration,  delivered  March  8,  1808, 
before  the  Medical  Society  of  London,  p.  31. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         229 

by  giving  it  extraordinary  powers  of  sustaining  heat. 
Other  insects  are  as  remarkable  for  bearing  any  degree 
of  cold.  Some  gnats  that  De  Geer  observed,  survived 
after  the  water  in  which  they  were  was  frozen  into  a  mass 
of  ice:  and  Reaumur  relates  many  similar  instances11. 

The  last  passive  means  of  defence  that  I  mentioned, 
was  the  multiplication  of  insects.  Some  species,  the 
Aphides  for  instance,  and  the  Grasshoppers  and  Lo- 
custs, have  such  an  infinite  host  of  enemies,  that  were  it 
not  for  their  numbers  the  race  would  soon  be  annihi- 
lated.— But  as  passive  means  of  defence  have  detained 
us  sufficiently  long,  it  is  enough  to  have  touched  upon 
this  head.  Let  us  then  now  proceed  to  such  as  may  be 
called  active ;  in  which  the  volition  of  the  animal  bears 
some  part. 

II.  The  active  means  of  defence,  which  tend  to  se- 
cure insects  from  injury  or  attack,  are  much  more  nu- 
merous and  diversified  than  the  passive ;  and  also  more 
interesting,  since  they  depend,  more  or  less,  upon  the 
efforts  and  industry  of  these  creatures  themselves.  When 
urged  by  danger,  they  endeavour  to  repel  it  either  by 
having  recourse  to  certain  attitudes  or  motions ;  produ- 
cing particular  noises ;  emitting  disagreeable  scents  or 
fluids;  employing  their  limbs;  or  weapons,  and  valour; 
concealing  themselves  in  various  ways ;  or  by  counter- 
acting the  designs  and  attack  of  their  enemies  by  contri- 
vances that  require  ingenuity  and  skill. 

The  attitudes  which  insects  assume  for  this  purpose 
are  various.  Some  are  purely  imitative,  as  in  many  in- 
stances detailed  above.  I  possess  a  diminutive  rove- 
a  De  Geer,  vi.  35.5;  comp.  320,  and  Reaum.  ii,  141-147, 


230         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

beetle  (Aleochara  complicans,  K.  Ms.)  to  which  my  at- 
tention was  attracted  as  a  very  minute,  shining,  round, 
black  pebble.  This  successful  imitation  was  produced 
by  folding  its  head  under  its  breast,  and  turning  up  its 
abdomen  over  its  elytra ;  so  that  the  most  piercing  and 
discriminating  eye  would  never  have  discovered  it  to  be 
an  insect. — I  have  observed  that  a  carrion  beetle  (Silpha 
thoracica)  when  alarmed  has  recourse  to  a  similar  ma- 
noeuvre. Its  orange-coloured  thorax,  the  rest  of  the  body 
being  black,  renders  it  particularly  conspicuous.  To 
obviate  this  inconvenience,  it  turns  its  head  and  tail  in- 
wards till  they  are  parallel  with  the  trunk  and  abdomen, 
and  gives  its  thorax  a  vertical  direction,  when  it  resem- 
bles a  rough  stone. — The  species  of  another  genus  of 
beetles  (Agathidiuni)  will  also  bend  both  head  and  thorax 
under  the  elytra,  and  so  assume  the  appearance  of  shining 
globular  pebbles. 

Related  to  the  defensive  attitude  of  the  two  last-men- 
tioned insects,  and  precisely  the  same  with  that  of  the 
Armadillo  (Dasypus)  amongst  quadrupeds,  is  that  of  one 
of  the  species  of  woodlouse  (Armadillo  vulgar  is}.  This 
insect  when  alarmed  rolls  itself  up  into  a  little  ball.  In 
this  attitude  its  legs  and  the  underside  of  the  body,  which 
are  soft,  are  entirely  covered  and  defended  by  the  hard 
crust  that  forms  the  upper  surface  of  the  animal.  These 
balls  are  perfectly  spherical,  black,  and  shining,  and 
belted  with  narrow  white  bands,  so  as  to  resemble  beau- 
tiful beads ;  and  could  they  be  preserved  in  this  form 
and  strung,  would  make  very  ornamental  necklaces  and 
bracelets.  At  least  so  thought  Swammerdam's  maid, 
who,  finding  a  number  of  these  insects  thus  rolled  up  in 
her  master's  garden,  mistaking  them  for  beads,  employed 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.        231 

herself  in  stringing  them  on  a  thread  ;  when  to  her  great 
surprise,  the  poor  animals  beginning  to  move  and  strug- 
gle for  their  liberty,  crying  out  and  running  away  in  the 
utmost  alarm  she  threw  down  her  prize  a. — The  golden- 
wasp  tribe  also,  (Chrysis  and  Parnopes,}  all  of  which  I 
suspect  to  be  parasitic  insects,  roll  themselves  up,  as  I 
have  often  observed,  into  a  little  ball  when  alarmed,  and 
can  thus  secure  themselves — the  upper  surface  of  the 
body  being  remarkably  hard,  and  impenetrable  to  their 
weapons — from  the  stings  of  those  Hymenoptera  whose 
nests  they  enter  with  the  view  of  depositing  their  eggs 
in  their  offspring.  Latreille  noticed  this  attitude  in 
Parnopes  camea,  which,  he  tells  us,  Bembex  rostrata 
pursues,  though  it  attacks  no  other  similar  insect,  with 
great  fury ;  and,  seizing  it  with  its  feet,  attempts  to  dis- 
patch it  with  its  sting,  from  which  it  thus  secures  itself b. 
Other  insects  endeavour  to  protect  themselves  from 
danger  by  simulating  death.  The  common  dung-chafer 
(Geotrupes  stercorarius)  when  touched,  or  in  fear,  sets 
out  its  legs  as  stiff1  as  if  they  were  made  of  iron-wire — 
which  is  their  posture  when  dead — and  remaining  per- 
fectly motionless,  thus  deceives  the  rooks  which  prey 
upon  them,  and  like  the  ant-lion  before  celebrated  c  will 
eat  them  only  when  alive.  A  different  attitude  is  as- 
sumed by  one  of  the  tree- chafers  (Hoplia  pulverulenta) 
probably  with  the  same  view.  It  sometimes  elevates  its 
posterior  legs  into  the  air,  so  as  to  form  a  straight  verti- 
cal line,  at.  right  angles  with  the  upper  surface  of  its 
body. — Another  genus  of  insects  of  the  same  order,  the 
pill-beetles  (Byrrhus],  have  recourse  to  a  method  the  re- 

a  Hill's  Swamm.  i.  174.  b  Ann.  du  Mus.  1810.  5. 

r  VOL.  I.  p.  426. 


232  MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

verse  of  this.     They  pack  their  legs,  which  are  short  and 
flat,   so  close  to  their  body,  and  lie  so  entirely  without 
motion  when  alarmed,  that  they  look  like  a  dead  body, 
or  rather  the  dung  of  some  small  animal. — Amongst  the 
weevil  tribe,  most  of  the  species  of  Germar's  genus  Cry- 
ptorynchus,  including    several    modern  genera  or  sub- 
genera,  when  an  entomological  finger  approaches  them, 
as  I  have  often  experienced  to  my  great  disappointment, 
applying  their  rostrum  and  legs  to  the  underside  of  their 
trunk,  fall  from  the  station  on  which  you  hope  to  entrap 
them,   to  the   ground   or  amongst  the   grass;   where, 
lying  without  stirring  a  limb,  they  are  scarcely  to  be 
distinguished  from  the  soil  around  them.     Thus  also, 
doubtless,  they  often  disappoint  the  birds  as  well  as 
the  entomologist. — A  little  timber-boring  beetle  (Ano- 
bium  pertinax\   (and  others  of    the    genus    have    the 
same    faculty,)    which,  when    the    head  is  withdrawn 
somewhat  within  the  thorax,  much  resembles  a  monk 
with  his  hood,  has  long  been  famous  for  a  most  pertina- 
cious simulation  of  death.     All  that  has  been  related  of 
the  heroic  constancy  of  American  savages,  when  taken 
and  tortured  by  their  enemies,  scarcely  comes  up  to  that 
which  these  little  creatures  exhibit.     You  may  maim 
them,  pull  them  limb  from  limb,  roast  them  alive  over  a 
slow-fire  a,  but  you  will  not  gain  your  end ;  not  a  joint 
will  they  move,  nor  show  by  the  least  symptom  that  they 
suffer  pain.     Do  not  think,  however,  that  I  ever  tried 
these  experiments  upon  them  myself,  or  that  I  recom- 
mend you  to  do  the  same.     I  am  content  to  believe  the 
facts  that  I  have  here  stated  upon  the  concurrent  testi- 
mony of  respectable  witnesses,  without  feeling  any  temp- 
a  De  Geer,  iv.  229. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.        283 

tation  to  put  the  constancy  of  the  poor  insect  again  to 
the  test. — A  similar  apathy  is  shown  by  some  species  of 
saw-flies  (Serrifera),  which  when  alarmed  conceal  their 
antennae  under  their  body,  place  their  legs  close  to  it, 
and  remain  without  motion  even  when  transfixed  by 
a  pin. — Spiders  also  simulate  death  by  folding  up  their 
legs,  falling  from  their  station,  and  remaining  motion- 
less ;  and  when  in  this  situation,  they  may  be  pierced  and 
torn  to  pieces  without  their  exhibiting  the  slightest  sym- 
ptom of  pain  a. 

There  is  a  certain  tribe  of  caterpillars  called  surveyors 
(Gcometra),  that  will  sometimes  support  themselves  for 
whole  hours,  by  means  of  their  posterior  legs,  solely  upon 
their  anal  extremity,  forming  an  angle  of  various  degrees 
with  the  branch  on  which  they  are  standing,  and  looking 
like  one  of  its  twigs.  Many  concurring  circumstances 
promote  this  deception.  The  body  is  kept  stiff  and  im- 
moveable  with  the  separations  of  the  segments  scarcely 
visible ;  it  terminates  in  a  knob,  the  legs  being  applied 
close,  so  as  to  resemble  the  gem  at  the  end  of  a  twig ; 
besides  which,  it  often  exhibits  intermediate  tubercles 
which  increase  the  resemblance.  Its  colour  too  is  usually 
obscure,  and  similar  to  that  of  the  bark  of  a  tree.  So 
that,  doubtless,  the  sparrows  and  other  birds  are  fre- 
quently deceived  by  this  manoeuvre,  and  thus  balked  of 
their  prey.  Rb'sel's  gardener,  mistaking  one  of  these 
caterpillars  for  a  dead  twig,  started  back  in  great  alarm 
when  upon  attempting  to  break  it  off  he  found  it  was  a 
living  animal b. 

But  insects  do  not  always  confine  themselves  to  atti- 
tudes by  which  they  meditate  escape  or  concealment ; 
«  Sraellie,  Phil,  of  Nat.  Hist.  i.  150.  b  Ros.  I.  v.  27. 


234         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

they  sometimes,  to  show  their  courage,  put  themselves  in 
a  posture  of  defence,  and  even  have  in  view  the  annoy- 
ance as  well  as  the  repelling  of  their  foes.  The  great 
rove- beetle  (Goerius  olens)  presents  an  object  sufficiently 
terrific,  when  with  its  large  jaws  expanded,  and  its  abdo- 
men turned  over  its  head,  like  a  scorpion,  it  menaces  its 
enemies,  some  of  which  this  ferocious  attitude  may  deter 
from  attacking  it.  Mr.  Bjngley  informs  us  that  the  giant 
earwig  (Labidura  gigantea),  a  rare  species  that  his  re- 
searches have  added  to  the  catalogue  of  British  insects, 
turns  up  over  its  head,  in  a  similar  manner,  its  abdomen, 
which  being  armed  at  the  end  with  a  large  forceps  must 
give  it  an  appearance  still  more  alarming  a. 

The  caterpillars  of  some  hawk-moths  (Sphinx],  par- 
ticularly that  which  feeds  upon  the  privet,  when  they  re- 
pose, holding  strongly  with  their  prolegs  the  branch  on 
which  they  are  standing,  rear  the  anterior  part  of  their 
body  so  as  to  form  nearly  a  right  angle  with  the  poste- 
rior ;  and  in  this  position  it  will  remain  perfectly  tran- 
quil,— thus  eluding  the  notice  of  its  enemies,  or  alarm- 
ing them, — perhaps  for  hours.  Reaumur  relates  that  a 
gardener  in  the  employment  of  the  celebrated  Jussieu 
used  to  be  quite  disconcerted  by  the  self-sufficient  air  of 
these  animals,  saying  they  must  be  very  proud,  for  he 
had  never  seen  any  other  caterpillars  hold  their  head  so 
high5.  From  this  attitude,  which  precisely  resembles 
that  which  sculptors  have  assigned  to  the  fabulous  mon- 
ster called  by  that  name,  the  term  Sphinx  has  been  used 
to  designate  this  genus  of  insects. — The  caterpillar  of  a 
moth  (Lophopteryx  camelina)  noticed  by  the  author  just 
quoted,  whenever  it  rests  from  feeding,  turns  its  head 

*  PLATE  I.  FIG.  7-    Linn,  Trans,  x.  404—          b  Reauni.  ii.  253. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         235 

over  its  back,  then  become  concave,  at  the  same  time 
elevating  its  tail,  the  extremity  of  which  remains  in  a 
horizontal  position,  with  two  short  horns  like  ears  be- 
hind it.  Thus  the  six  anterior  legs  are  in  the  air,  and 
the  whole  animal  looks  like  a  quadruped  in  miniature ; 
the  tail  being  its  head — the  horns  its  ears — and  the  re- 
flexed  head  simulating  a  tail  curled  over  its  backa.  In 
this  seemingly  unnatural  attitude  it  will  remain  without 
motion  for  a  very  long  time. 

Some  lepidopterous  larvae,  that  fix  the  one  half  of  the 
body  and  elevate  the  other,  agitate  the  elevated  part, 
whether  it  be  the  head  or  the  tail,  as  if  to  strike  what 
disturbs  them  b.  The  giant  caterpillar  of  a  large  North 
American  moth  (Ceracampa  regalis]  is  armed  behind  the 
head  and  at  the  back  of  the  anterior  segments  with  seven 
or  eight  strong  curved  spines  from  half  to  three-fourths 
of  an  inch  in  length.  Mr.  Abbot  tells  us  that  this  cater- 
pillar is  called  in  Virginia  the  hickory-horned  devil,  and 
that  when  disturbed  it  draws  up  its  head,  shaking  or 
striking  it  from  side  to  side ;  which  attitude  gives  it  so 
formidable  an  aspect,  that  no  one,  he  affirms,  will  ven- 
ture to  handle  it,  people  in  general  dreading  it  as  much 
as  a  rattle-snake.  When,  to  convince  the  Negroes  that 
it  was  harmless,  he  himself  took  hold  of  this  animal  in 
their  presence,  they  used  to  reply  that  it  could  not  sting 
him,  but  would  them  c.  The  species  of  a  genus  of  beetles 
named  Malachius,  endeavour  to  alarm  their  enemies  and 
show  their  rage  by  puffing  out  and  inflating  four  vesicles 
from  the  sides  of  their  body,  which  are  of  a  bright  red, 
soft,  and  of  an  irregular  shape.  When  the  cause  of 

*  Reaum.  ii.  260.  t.  20,  f.  10. 11.  Compare  Sepp.  IV.  t.  If.  3-7. 
b  Ibid.i.  100.  c  Smith's  Abbot* t  Ins.  of  Georgia,  ii.  121. 


236         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

alarm  is  removed,  they  are  retracted,  so  that  only  a  small 
portion  of  them  appears  a. 

Insects  often  endeavour  to  repel  or  escape  from  assail- 
ants by  their  motions.  Mr.  White,  mentioning  a  wild  bee 
that  makes  its  nest  on  the  summit  of  a  remarkable  hill 
near  Lewes  in  Sussex,  in  the  chalky  soil,  says :  "  When 
people  approach  the  place  these  insects  begin  to  be  alarm- 
ed, and  with  a  sharp  and  hostile  sound  dash  and  strike 
round  the  heads  and  faces  of  intruders.  I  have  often  been 
interrupted  myself  while  contemplating  the  grandeur  of 
the  scenery  around  me,  and  have  thought  myself  in 
danger  of  being  stung b." — The  hive-bee  will  sometimes 
have  recourse  to  the  same  expedient,  when  her  hive  is 
approached  too  near,  and  thus  give  you  notice  what  you 
may  expect  if  you  do  not  take  her  warning  and  retire.—- 
Humble-bees  when  disturbed,  whether  out  of  the  nest 
or  in  it,  assume  some  very  grotesque  and  at  the  same 
time  threatening  attitudes.  If  you  put  your  finger  to 
them,  they  will  either  successively  or  simultaneously  lift 
up  the  three  legs  of  one  side ;  turn  themselves  upon  their 
back ;  bend  up  their  anus  and  show  their  sting  accom- 
panied by  a  drop  of  poison.  Sometimes  they  will  even 
spirt  out  that  liquor.  When  in  the  nest,  if  it  be  attack- 
ed, they  also  beat  their  wings  violently  and  emit  a  great 
hum0. 

These  motions  menace  vengeance;  those  of  some 
other  insects  are  merely  to  effect  their  escape.  Thus  I 
have  observed  that  the  species  of  the  May-fly  tribe 
( Trichoptera*-\  when  I  have  attempted  to  take  them,  have 

a  De  Geer,  iv.  74.  b  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  268. 

c  P.  Huber  in  Linn.  Trans,  vi.  219.  Kirby,  Man.  Ap.  Angl.  i.  201. 

d  Kirby  in  Linn.  Trans,  xi.  87,  note*. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         237 

often  glided^. way  from  under  my  hand — without  moving 
their  limbs  that  I  could  discover — in  a  remarkable  man- 
ner. I  once  observed  a  short-snouted  weevil  (Brachy- 
rhynchm,  Schon.)  upon  a  rail,  which,  when  it  saw  me, 
slided  sideways,  and  then  rolled  off.  To  notice  the  or- 
dinary motions  of  insects,  which  are  often  means  by  which 
they  escape  from  danger,  would  here  be  premature,  since 
they  will  be  fully  considered  in  a  subsequent  letter.  I 
shall  therefore  only  mention  the  zigzag  flight  of  butter- 
flies and  the  traverse  sailing  of  humble-bees,  which  cer- 
tainly render  it  more  difficult  for  the  birds  to  catch  them 
while  on  the  wing. 

Noises  are  another  mean  of  defence  to  which  insects 
have  occasional  recourse.  I  have  heard  the  lunar  dung- 
beetle  (Copris  lunaris]  when  disturbed  utter  a  shrill 
sound.  Dynastes  Oromedon,  another  of  the  lamellicorn  in- 
seets,  was  observed  by  Dr.  Arnold  to  make,  when  alarm- 
ed, a  kind  of  creaking  noise,  which  it  produced  by  rub- 
bing its  abdomen  against  its  elytra.  A  third  of  the  same 
tribe,  ( Trox  sabulosus)  emits  a  small  sibilant  or  chirp- 
ing noise,  as  I  once  observed  when  I  found  several  feed- 
ing in  a  ram's  horn.  The  "drowsy  hum"  of  beetles,  hum- 
ble-bees, and  other  insects,  in  their  flight,  may  tend  to 
preserve  them  from  some  of  their  aerial  assailants.  And 
the  angry  eludings  of  the  inhabitants  of  the  hive,  which 
are  very  distinguishable  from  their  ordinary  sounds,  may 
be  regarded  as  warning  voices  to  those  from  whom  they 
apprehend  evil  or  an  attack.  I  have  before  observed  that 
the  death's-head  hawk-moth  (Acherontia  Atropos\  when 
menaced  by  the  stings  of  ten  thousand  bees  enraged  at 
her  depredations  upon  their  property,  possesses  the  secret 


238        MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

to  disarm  them  of  their  fury  \  This  insect,  when  in  fear 
or  danger,  is  known  to  produce  a  sharp,  shrill,  mournful 
cry,  which  with  the  superstitious  has  added  to  the  alarm 
produced  by  the  symbol  of  death  which  signalizes  its 
thorax  b.  This  cry,  there  is  reason  to  believe,  affects  and 
disarms  the  bees,  so  as  to  enable  her  to  proceed  in  her 
spoliations  with  impunity0.  One  of  these  insects  being 
once  brought  to  a  learnejd  divine,  who  was  also  an  ento- 
mologist, when  he  was  unwell,  he  was  so  much  moved  by 
its  plaintive  noise,  that,  instead  of  devoting  it  to  destruc- 
tion, he  gave  the  animal  its  life  and  liberty.  I  might  say 
more  upon  this  subject  of  defensive  noises :  but  I  shall  re- 
serve what  I  have  further  to  communicate,  to  a  letter 
which  I  purpose  devoting  to  the  sounds  produced  or 
emitted  by  insects. 

You  are  acquainted  with  the  singular  property  of  the 
skunk  (Viverra  putorius,  L.),  which  repels  its  assailants 
by  the  fetid  vapour  that  it  explodes ;  but  perhaps  are  not 
aware  that  the  Creator  has  endowed  many  insects  with 
the  same  property  and  for  the  same  purpose — some  of 
which  exhale  powerful  or  disagreeable  odours  at  all  times, 
and  from  the  general  surface  of  their  body ;  while  they 
issue  from  others  only  through  particular  organs,  and 
when  they  are  attacked. 

Of  the  former  description  of  defensive  scents  there  are 
numerous  examples  in  almost  every  order ;  for,  next  to 


a  VOL.  I.  p.  164.  b  Ibid.  34. 

c  Huber  appears  to  be  of  this  opinion ;  he  does  not,  however,  lay 
great  stress  upon  it.  Yet  there  seems  no  other  way  of  accounting 
for  the  impunity  with  which  this  animal  commits  its  depredations. 
Huber,  ii.  299- 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         239 

plants  and  vegetable  substances,  insects,  of  any  part  of 
the  creation,  afford  the  greatest  diversity  of  odours.  In 
the  Coleoptera  order  a  very  common  beetle,  the  whirl  wig 
(Gyrinus  Natator},  will  infect  your  finger  for  a  long 
time  with  a  disagreeable  rancid  smell ;  while  two  other 
species,  G.  minutus  and  villosus,  are  scentless. — Those 
unclean  feeders,  the  carrion  beetles  (Silpha,  L.),  as  might 
be  expected  from  the  nature  of  their  food,  are  at  the  same 
time  very  fetid. — Pliny  tells  us  of  a  Blatta, — which,  from 
his  description,  is  evidently  the  darkling- beetle  (Blaps 
mortisaga\  and  which  he  recommends  as  an  infallible 
nostrum,  when  applied  with  oil  extracted  from  the  cedar, 
in  otherwise  incurable  ulcers, — that  was  an  object  of  ge- 
neral disgust  on  account  of  its  ill  scent,  a  character  which 
it  still  maintains a. — Numbers  of  the  ground-beetles  (JGw- 
trechina)  that  are  found  under  stones,  and  in  places  that 
have  not  a  free  circulation  of  air,  exhale  a  most  disa- 
greeable and  penetrating  odour,  which  De  Geer  observes 
resembles  that  of  rancid  butter,  and  is  not  soon  got  rid 
of.  It  is  produced,  he  says,  from  an  unctuous  matter 
that  transpires  through  the  body5;  but  I  am  rather  in- 
clined to  think  it  proceeds  from  the  extremity. — I  have 
noticed  that  some  small  beetles  of  the  Omalium  genus — 
for  instance  O.  rivulare,  and  another  species  that  I  once 
found  in  abundance  on  the  primrose  ( O.  Primula,  K.  Ms.), 
especially  the  latter — are  abominably  fetid  when  taken, 
and  that  it  requires  more  than  one  washing  to  free  the 
fingers  from  it.  Every  one  knows  that  the  cock-roach 
(Blatta  orientalis\  belonging  to  the  Orthoptera  order,  is 
not  remarkable  for  a  pleasant  scent ; — but  none  are  more 

*  Hist.  Nat.  \.  xxix.  c.  6.  b  iv.  86. 


240  MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

notorious  for  their  bad  character  in  this  respect  than  the 
bug  tribe  (Geocoriste),  which  almost  universally  exhale 
an  odour  that  mixes  with  the  scent  of  cucumbers  another 
extremely  unpleasant  and  annoying.  Some  however  are 
less  disgusting,  particularly  Lygceus  Hyoscyami,  which 
yields,  De  Geer  found,  an  agreeable  odour  of  thyme3. — 
Several  lepidopterous  larvae  are  defended  by  their  ill 
smell;  but  I  shall  onl^  particularize  the  silk-worms, 
which  on  that  account  are  said  to  be  unwholesome. — 
Phryganea  grandis,  a  kind  of  May-fly,  is  a  trichopterous 
insect  that  offends  the  nostrils  in  this  way ;  but  a  worse 
is  Chrysopa  Perla,  a  golden-eyed  and  lace-winged  fly, 
of  the  next  order,  whose  beauty  is  counterbalanced  by  a 
strong  scent  of  human  ordure  that  proceeds  from  it. — 
Numberless  Hymenoptera  act  upon  the  olfactory  nerves 
by  their  ill  or  powerful  effluvia.  One  of  them,  an  ant 
(Formica  fcetida  De  Geer,  fastens  Oliv.),  has  the  same 
smell  with  the  insect  last  mentioned5.  Our  common 
black  ant  (F.  Juliginosa),  whose  curious  nests  in  trees 
have  been  before  described  to  you%  is  an  insect  of  a 
powerful  and  penetrating  scent,  which  it  imparts  to  every 
thing  with  which  it  comes  in  contact ;  and  Fabricius  dis- 
tinguishes another  (F.  analis,  Lair.,  fastens,  F.)  by  an 
epithet  (fcetidissima)  which  sufficiently  declares  its  pro- 
perties. Many  wild  bees  (Andrena)  are  distinguished 
by  their  pungent  alliaceous  smell.  Crabro  U.  jlavum,  a 
wasp-like  insect,  is  remarkable  for  the  penetrating  and 
spirituous  effluvia  of  ether  that  it  exhales  d.  Indeed  there 
is  scarcely  any  species  in  this  order  that  has  not  a  pecu- 

3  De  Geer,  iii.  249.  374.          b  Ibid.  611.         c  VOL.  I.  480. 
d  Kirby,  Mon,  Ap.  Angl,  i.  1 36.  note  a. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

Jiar  scent. — Some  dipterous  insects — though  these  in  ge- 
neral neither  offend  nor  delight  us  by  it — are  distin- 
guished by  their,  smell.  Thus  Mesembrina  mystacea,  a 
fly  that  in  its  grub  state  lives  in  cow-dung,  savours  in 
this  respect,  when  a  denizen  of  the  air,  of  the  substance 
in  which  it  first  drew  breath a.  And  another  (Sepsis 
cynipsea,)  emits  a  fragrant  odour  of  baumb. — I  have  not 
much  to  tell  you  with  respect  to  apterous  insects,  except 
that  lulus  terrestris,  a  common  millepede,  leaves  a  strong 
and  disagreeable  scent  upon  the  fingers  when  handled  c> 
Most  of  the  insects  I  have  here  enumerated,  probably, 
are  defended  from  some  enemy  or  injury  by  the  strong 
vapours  that  exhale  from  them;  and  perhaps  some  in  the 
list  produce  it  from  particular  organs  not  yet  noticed. 

I  shall  next  beg  your  attention  to  those  insects  that 
emit  their  smell  from  particular  organs.  Of  these,  some 
are  furnished  with  a  kind  of  scent-vessels,  which  I  shall 
call  osmateria  ,•  while  in  others  it  issues  from  the  intes- 
tines at  the  ordinary  passage.  In  the  former  instance  the 
organ  is  usually  retractile  within  the  body,  being  only  ex- 
erted when  it  is  used :  it  is  generally  a  bifid  vessel,  some- 
thing in  the  shape  of  the  letter  Y.  Linne,  in  his  gene- 
ric character  of  the  rove-beetles  (StaphylinicUe\  mentions 
two  oblong  vesicles  as  proper  to  this  genus.  These  or- 
gans,— which  are  by  no  means  common  to  the  whole  ge- 
nus, even  as  restricted  by  late  writers, — are  its  osmateria, 
and  give  forth  the  scent  for  which  some  species,  particu- 
larly Ocypus  brunnipes,  are  remarkable.  If  you  press 
the  abdomen  hard,  you  will  find  that  these  vesicles  are 

a  De  Geer,  vi.  134.     Meigen  Dipt.  v.  12. 

b  De  Geer,  vi.  135.  33.  c  Ibid.  vii.  581. 

VOL.  II.  R 


242         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

only  branches  from  a  common  stem;  and  you  may  easily 
ascertain  that  the  smell  of  this  insect,  which  mixes  some- 
thing extremely  fetid  with  a  spicy  odour,  proceeds  from 
their  extremity. — A  similar  organ,  half  an  inch  in  length, 
and  of  the  same  shape,  issues  from  the  neck  of  the  cater- 
pillar of  the  swallow-tail-butterfly  (Papilio  Machaon}*-. 
When  I  pressed  this  caterpillar,  says  Bonnet,  near  its 
anterior  part,  it  darted  forth  its  horn  as  if  it  meant  to 
prick  me  with  it,  directing  it  towards  my  fingers ;  but  it 
withdrew  it  as  soon  as  I  left  off  pressing  it.  This  horn 
smells  strongly  of  fennel,  and  probably  is  employed  by 
the  insect,  by  means  of  its  powerful  scent,  to  drive  away 
the  flies  and  ichneumons  that  annoy  it.  A  similar  horn 
is  protruded  by  the  slimy  larva  of  P.  Anchises,  as  also 
Parnassius  Apollo  and  many  other  Equitesb. — Another 
insect,  the  larva  of  a  species  of  saw-fly  described  by  De 
Geer,  is  furnished  with  osmateria,  or  scent-organs,  of  a 
different  kind.  They  are  situated  between  the  five  first 
pair  of  intermediate  legs,  which  they  exceed  in  size,  and 
are  perforated  at  the  end  like  the  rose  of  a  watering-pot. 
If  you  touch  the  insect,  they  shoot  out  like  the  horns  of 
a  snail,  and  emit  a  most  nauseous  odour,  which  remains 
long  upon  the  finger;  but  when  the  pressure  is  removed 
they  are  withdrawn  within  the  bodyc. — The  grub  of  the 
poplar-beetle  (Chrysomela  Populi]  also  is  remarkable 
for  similar  organs.  On  each  of  the  nine  intermediate 
dorsal  segments  of  its  body  is  a  pair  of  black,  elevated, 
conical  tubercles,  of  a  hard  substance ;  from  all  of  these 
when  touched  the  animal  emits  a  small  drop  of  a  white 

a  PLATE  XIX.  FIG.  1.  a. 

b  Merian  Surinam.  }  7.     Jones  in  Linn.  Trans,  ii.  64. 

c  De  Geer,  ii.  989—*.  xxxvii.  /.  6. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         213 

milky  fluid,  the  smell  of  which,  De  Geer  observes,  is  al- 
most insupportables  being  inexpressibly  strong  and  pene- 
trating. These  drops  proceed  at  the  same  instant  from 
all  the  eighteen  scent-organs;  which  forms  a  curious 
spectacle.  The  insect,  however,  does  not  waste  this  pre- 
cious fluid :  each  drop  instead  of  falling,  after  appearing 
for  a  moment  and  dispensing  its  perfume,  is  withdrawn 
again  within  its  receptacle,  till  the  pressure  is  repeated, 
when  it  reappears*. 

I  shall  now  introduce  you  to  the  true  counterparts  of 
the  skunk,  which  explode  a  most  fetid  vapour  from  the 
ordinary  passage.  I  have  lately  hinted  that  the  scent  of 
many  Eutrechina  is  thus  emitted.  Anchomenus  prasinus, 
a  beetle  of  this  tribe,  combats  its  enemies  with  repeated 
discharges  of  smoke  and  noise  :  but  the  most  famous  for 
their  exploits  in  this  way  are  those,  which  on  this  ac- 
count are  distinguished  by  the  name  of  bombardiers 
(Brachinus),  The  most  common  species  (B.  crepitans), 
which  is  found  occasionally  in  many  parts  of  Britain, 
when  pursued  by  its  great  enemy,  Calosoma  Inquisitor, 
seems  at  first  to  have  no  mode  of  escape:  when  suddenly 
a  loud  explosion  is  heard,  and  a  blue  smoke  attended 
by  a  very  disagreeable  scent,  is  seen  to  proceed  from 
its  anus,  which  immediately  stops  the  progress  of  its 
assailant :  when  it  has  recovered  from  the  effect  of  it,  and 
the  pursuit  is  renewed,  a  second  discharge  again  arrests 
its  course.  The  bombardier  can  fire  its  artillery  twenty 
times  in  succession  if  necessary,  and  so  gain  time  to  ef- 
fect its  escape. — Another  species  ( B.  Displosor]  makes  ex- 
plosions similar  to  those  of  B.  crepitans :  when  irritated 

3  De  Geer,  v.  291.  Compare  Ray's  Letters,  43.  See  PLATE  XVI II. 
FIG.  1. 

R  2 


244         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

it  can  give  ten  or  twelve  good  discharges;  but  afterwards, 
instead  of  smoke  it  emits  a  yellow  or  brown  fluid.  By 
bending  the  joints  of  its  abdomen  it  can  direct  its  smoke 
to  any  particular  point.  M.  Leon  Dufour  observes  that 
this  smoke  has  a  strong  and  pungent  odour,  which  has 
a  striking  analogy  with  that  exhaled  by  the  Nitric  Acid. 
It  is  caustic,  reddening  white  paper,  and  producing  on 
the  skin  the  sensation  of  burning,  and  forming  red  spots, 
which  pass  into  brown,  and  though  washed  remain 
several  days  a. 

Another  expedient  to  which  insects  have  recourse  to 
rid  themselves  of  their  enemies,  is  the  emission  of  dis- 
agreeable fluids.  These  some  discharge  from  the  mouth  ; 
others  from  the  anus ;  others  again  from  the  joints  of 
the  lijnbs  and  segments  of  the  body;  and  a  few  from  ap- 
propriate organs. 

You  have  doubtless  often  observed  a  black  beetle 
crossing  pathways  with  a  slow  pace,  which  feeds  upon 
the  different  species  of  bedstraw  (Galium\  called  by 
some  the  bloody-nose  beetle  (Timarcha  tenebricosa). 
This  insect,  when  taken,  usually  ejects  from  its  mouth  a 
clear  drop  or  two  of  red  fluid,  which  will  stain  paper  of 
an  orange  colour.  The  carrion-beetles  (Silpha  and  Ne- 
crophorus\  as  also  the  larger  Carabi,  defile  us,  if  handled 
roughly,  with  brown  fetid  saliva.  Mr.  Sheppard  having 
taken  one  of  the  latter  (C.  violacem\  applied  it  in  joke 
to  his  son's  face,  and  was  surprised  to  hear  him  immedi- 
ately cry  out  as  if  hurt :  repeating  the  experiment  with 
another  of  his  boys,  he  complained  of  its  making  him 
smart :  upon  this  he  touched  himself  with  it,  and  it 
caused  as  much  pain  as  if,  after  shaving,  he  had  rubbed 
a  Ann.  du  Mus.  xviii.  70, 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         245 

his  face  with  spirits  of  wine.  This  he  observed  was  not 
invariably  the  case  with  this  beetle,  its  saliva  at  other 
times  being  harmless.  Hence  he  conjectures  that  its 
caustic  nature,  in  the  instance  here  recorded,  might 
arise  from  its  food ;  which  he  had  reason  to  think  had 
at  that  time  been  the  electric  centipede  (Geophilus  elec- 
tt'icus). — Lesser  having  once  touched  the  anal  horn  of  the 
caterpillar  of  some  sphinx,  suddenly  turning  its  head 
round  it  vomited  upon  his  hand  a  quantity  of  green  vis- 
cous and  very  fetid  fluid,  which,  though  he  washed  it  fre- 
quently with  soap  and  fumed  it  with  sulphur,  infected  it 
for  two  daysa. — Lister  relates  that  he  saw  a  spider,  when 
upon  being  provoked  it  attempted  to  bite,  emit  several 
times  small  drops  of  very  clear  fluid b. — Mr.  Briggs  ob- 
served a  caterpillar  caught  in  the  web  of  one  of  our  largest 
spiders,  by  means  of  a  fluid  which  it  sent  forth  entirely 
dissolve  the  great  breadth  of  threads  with  which  thejatter 
endeavoured  to  envelop  it,  as  fast  as  produced,  till  the 
spider  appeared  quite  exhausted0. — The  caterpillars  also 
of  a  particular  tribe  of  saw-flies,  remarkable  for  the 
beautiful  pennated  antennae  of  the  males  (Pteronus)d, 
when  disturbed  eject  a  drop  of  fluid  from  their  mouth. 
Those  of  one  species  inhabiting  the  fir-tree  (Pt.  Pini) 
are  ordinarily  stationed  on  the  narrow  leaves  of  that  tree 
— which  they  devour  rnosfc  voraciously  in  the  manner 
that  we  eat  radishes — with  their  head  towards  the  point. 

a  Lesser  L.  i.  284,  note  6.  b  DC  Araneis  27. 

This  gentleman  is  of  opinion  that  spiders  possess  the  means  of 
re-dissolving  their  webs.  He  observed  one,  when  its  net  was  broken 
run  up  its  thread,  and  gathering  a  considerable  mass  of  the  web  into 
a  ball,  suddenly  dissolve  it  with  fluid.  He  also  observes,  that  when 
winding  up  a  powerful  prey,  a  spider  can  form  its  threads  into  a  broad 
sheet.  d  Jurine  Hymenopt.  t.  vi./.  8. 


24-6  MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

Sometimes  two  are  engaged  opposite  to  each  other  on 
the  same  leaf.  They  collect  in  groups  often  of  more 
than  a  hundred,  and  keep  as  close  to  each  other  as  they 
can.  When  a  branch  is  stripped  they  all  move  together 
to  another.  If  one  of  these  caterpillars  be  touched  or 
disturbed,  it  immediately  with  a  twist  lifts  the  anterior 
part  of  its  body,  and  emits  from  its  mouth  a  drop  of 
clear  resin,  perfectly  similar  both  in  odour  and  consist- 
ence to  that  of  the  fira.  What  is  still  more  remarkable, 
no  sooner  does  a  single  individual  of  the  group  give  it- 
self this  motion,  than  all  the  rest,  as  if  they  were  moved 
by  a  spring,  instantaneously  do  the  same  b.  Thus  these 
animals  fire  a  volley  as  it  were  at  their  annoyers,  the 
scent  of  which  is  probably  sufficient  to  discomfit  any  ich- 
neumons, flies,  or  predaceous  beetles  that  may  be  de- 
sirous of  attacking  them. 

Amongst  those  which  annoy  their  enemies  by  the 
emission  of  fluids  from  their  anus  are  the  larger  Carabi. 
These,  if  roughly  handled,  will  spirt  to  a  considerable 
distance  an  acrid,  caustic,  stinking  liquor,  which  if  it 
touch  the  eyes  or  the  lips  occasions  considerable  pain  c. 
— The  rose-scented  Capricorn  (Cerambyx  moschatm) 
produced  a  similar  effect  upon  Mr.  Sheppard  by  si- 
milar means.  The  fluid  in  this  had  a  powerful  odour  of 
musk.*— -The  acid  of  ants  has  long  been  celebrated,  and 
is  one  of  their  most  powerful  means  of  defence.  When 
the  species  that  have  no  sting  make  a  wound  with  their 
jaws,  they  insinuate  into  it  some  of  this  acid,  the  effluvia 
produced  by  which  are  so  subtile  and  penetrating,  that 

a  DeGeer,  ii.  9/1. 

fl  I  owe  the  knowledge  of  this  circumstance  to  Mr.  MacLeay. 

f  De  Gccr,  iv.  86.    Geoflr.  i.  141. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

it  is  impossible  to  hold  your  head  near  the  nest  of  the 
hill-ant  (Formica  rtifa),  when  the  ants  are  much  dis- 
turbed, without  being  almost  suffocated.  This  odour 
thus  proceeding  from  myriads  of  ants,  is  powerful  enough, 
it  is  said,  to  kill  a  frog,  and  is  probably  the  means  of 
securing  the  nest  from  the  attack  of  many  enemies.— 
Dr.  Arnold  observed  a  species  of  bug  (Scutettera)  abun- 
dant upon  some  polygamous  plant  which  he  could  not 
determine,  and  in  all  their  different  states.  They  were 
attended  closely  by  hosts  of  ants,  and  when  disturbed 
emitted  a  very  strong  smell.  One  of  these  insects 
ejected  a  minute  drop  of  fluid  into  one  of  his  eyes,  which 
occasioned  for  some  hours  considerable  pain  and  inflam- 
mation. In  the  evening,  however,  they  appeared  to  sub- 
side;— but  on  the  following  morning  the  inflammation 
was  renewed,  became  worse  than  ever,  and  lasted  for 
three  days. 

Other  insects,  when  under  alarm,  discharge  a  fluid 
from  the  joints  and  segments  of  their  body.  You  have 
often  seen  what  has  been  called  the  unctuous  or  oil  beetle 
(Meloe  Proscu.rabaeus\  and  I  dare  say,  when  you  took 
it,  have  observed  orange-coloured  or  deep-yellow  drops 
appear  at  its  joints.  As  these  insects  feed  upon 
acrid  plants,  the  species  of  crowfoot  or  Ranunculus^  it  is 
probable  that  this  fluid  partakes  of  the  nature  of  their 
food  and  is  very  acrimonious — and  thus  may  put  to  flight 
its  insect  assailants  or  the  birds,  from  neither  of  which 
it  could  otherwise  escape,  being  a  very  slow  and  sluggish 
and  at  the  same  time  very  conspicuous  animal.  Another 
beetle  (Ellenophorus  collaris)  has  likewise  this  faculty. — 
The  lady-bird,  we  know,  has  been  recommended  as  a 
cure  for  the  tooth-ache.  This  idea  may  have  taken  its 


248          MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

rise  from  a  secretion  of  this  kind  being  noticed  upon  it. 
I  have  observed  that  one  species  (Coccinella  bipunc- 
tata)  when  taken  ejects  from  its  joints  a  yellow  fluid 
which  yields  a  powerful  but  not  agreeable  scent  of  opium. 
— Asilus  crabroniformis,  a  dipterous  insect,  once  when 
I  took  it,  emitted  a  white  milky  fluid  from  its  proboscis, 
the  joints  of  the  legs  and  abdomen,  and  the  anus. — The 
common  scorpion-fly,  likewise,  upon  the  same  occasion 
ejects  from  its  proboscis  a^rown  and  fetid  drop  a.  Some 
insects  have  peculiar  organs  from  which  their  fluids 
issue,  or  are  ejaculated.  Thus  the  larvae  of  saw-flies 
when  taken  into  the  hand  cover  themselves  with  drops, 
exuding  from  all  parts  of  their  body,  of  an  unpleasant 
penetrating  scent b.  That  of  Cimbex  lutea,  of  the  same 
tribe,  from  a  small  hole  just  above  each  spiracle,  syringes 
a  similar  fluid  in  horizontal  jets  of  the  diameter  of  a 
thread,  sometimes  to  the  distance  of  more  than  a  footc. 
— The  caterpillar  of  the  great  emperor  moth  (Saturnia 
Pyri,}  also  spirts  out,  when,  the  spines  that  cover  them 
are  touched,  clear  lymph  from  its  pierced  tubercles  d. — 
Willughby  has  remarked  a  curious  circumstance  with 
respect  to  a  water-beetle  (Acillus  sulcatus),  which  ought 
not  to  be  overlooked.  A  transverse  line  of  a  pale  colour 
is  observable  upon  the  elytra  of  the  male  ;  where  this  line 
terminates  certain  oblong  pores  are  visible,  from  which 
he  affirms  he  has  often  seen  a  milky  fluid  exucjing6 ;  and 
what  may  confirm  his  statement,  I  have  more  than  once 
observed  such  a  fluid  issue  from  the  male  of  this  genus. 
— The  caterpillar  of  the  puss-moth  (Centra  vinula),  as 

a  De  Geer,  ii.  734.        b  Reaumur,  v.  96.    c  De  Geer,  ii.  937— 
d  Rosel,  iv.  1G2.     De  Geer,  i.  273. 
?  Rai.  Hist.  Ins.  94.  n.  3. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         249 

well  -as  those  of  several  other  species,  has  a  cleft  in  the 
neck  between  the  head  and  the  first  pair  of  legs.  From 
this  issues,  at  the  will  of  the  animal,  a  singular  syringe, 
laterally  bifid ;  the  branches  of  which  are  terminated  by 
a  nipple  perforated  like  the  rose  of  a  watering-pot.  By 
means  of  this  organ,  wrhen  touched,  it  will  syringe  a  fluid 
to  a  considerable  distance,  which,  if  it  enters  the  eyes, 
gives  them  acute  but  not  lasting  pain.  The  animal  when 
taken  from  the  tree  on  which  it  feeds,  though  supplied 
with  its  leaves,  loses  this  faculty,  with  which  it  is  probably 
endowed  to  drive  off  the  ichneumons  that  infest  it*. — And, 
to  name  no  more,  the  great  tiger-moth  (Euprepia  Caja\ 
when  in  its  last  or  perfect  state,  has  near  its  head  a  re- 
markable tuft  of  the  most  brilliant  carmine,  from  amongst 
the  hairs  of  which,  if  the  thorax  be  touched,  some  minute 
drops  of  transparent  water  issue,  doubtless  for  some 
similar  purpose  b. 

The  next  active  means  of  defence  with  which  Crea- 
tive Wisdom  has  endowed  these  busy  tribes,  are  those 
limbs  or  weapons  with  which  they  are  furnished.  The 
insect  lately  mentioned,  the  puss-moth,  besides  the  sy- 
ringes just  described,  is  remarkable  for  its  singular  fork- 
ed tail,  entirely  dissimilar  to  the  anal  termination  of  the 
abdomen  of  most  other  caterpillars.  This  tail  is  com- 
posed of  two  long  cylindrical  tubes  moveable  at  their 
base,  and  beset  with  a  great  number  of  short  stiff  spines. 
When  the  animal  walks,  the  two  branches  of  the  tail  are 
separated  from  each  other,  and  at  every  step  are  lowered 
so  as  to  touch  the  plane  of  position :  hence  we  may  con- 
clude that  they  assist  it  in  this  motion  and  supply  the 
place  of  hind  legs.  If  you  touch  or  otherwise  incom- 
a  De  Geer,  i.  324-  "  Ibid.  i.  208. 


250         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

mode  it,  from  each  of  the  above  branches  there  issues  a 
long,  cylindrical,  slender,  fleshy,  and  very  flexible  organ 
of  a  rose  colour,  to  which  the  caterpillar  can  give  every 
imaginable  curve  or  inflection,  causing  it  sometimes  to 
assume  even  a  spiral  form.  It  enters  the  tube,  or  issues 
from  it,  in  the  same  manner  as  the  horns  of  snails  or 
slugs.  These  tails  form  a  kind  of  double  whip,  the  tubes 
representing  the  handle,  and  the  horns  the  thong  or  lash 
with  which  the  animal  chives  away  the  icjineumons  and 
flies  that  attempt  to  settle  upon  it.  Touch  any  part  of 
the  body,  and  immediately  one.  or  both  the  horns  will 
appear  and  be  extended  ;  and  the  animal  will,  as  it  were, 
lash  the  spot  where  it  feels  that  you  incommode  it.  De 
Geer,  from  whom  this  account  is  taken,  says  that  this 
caterpillar  will  bite  very  sharply a. — Several  larvae  of 
butterflies,  distinguished  at  theh  head  by  a  semicoronet 
of  strong  spines,  figured  by  Madame  Merian,  are  armed 
with  singular  anal  organs  b,  which  may  have  a  similar 
use.  Rosel  when  he  first  saw  the  caterpillar  of  the  puss- 
moth,  stretched  out  his  hand  with  great 'eagerness,  so  he 
tells  us,  to  take  the  prize ;  but  when  in  addition  to  its 
grim  attitude  he  beheld  it  dart  forth  these  menacing  ca- 
tapults, apprehending  they  might  be  poisonous  organs, 
his  courage  failed  him.  At  length,  without  touching  the 
monster,  he  ventured  to  cut  off  the  twig  on  which  it  was, 
and  let  it  drop  into  a  box c  !  The  caterpillar  of  the 
gold-tail  moth  (Arctia  chrysorhcea)  has  a  remarkable 
aperture,  which  it  can  open  and  shut,  surrounded  by  a 
rim  on  the  upper  part  of  each  segment.  This  aperture 
includes  a  little  cavity,  from  which  it  has  the  power  of 

*  De  Geer,  i.  322—  b  Ins.  Surinam,  t.  viii.  xxiii.  xxxii. 

c  I.  iv.  122. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.        251 

darting  forth  small  flocks  of  a  cottony  matter  that  fills 
it a.  This  manoeuvre  is  probably  connected  with  our 
present  subject,  and  employed  to  defend  it  from  its  ene- 
mies. It  also  ejects  a  fluid  from  its  anus. 

There  is  a  moth  in  New  Holland,  the  larva  of  which 
annoys  its  foes  in  a  different  way :  from  eight  tubercles 
in  its  back  it  darts  forth,  when  alarmed,  as  many  bunches 
of  little  stings,  by  which  it  inflicts  very  painful  and  ve- 
nomous wounds5. 

The  caterpillar  of  the  moth  of  the  beech  (Stauropus 
Fagi),  called  the  lobster,  is  distinguished  by  the  uncom- 
mon length  of  its  anterior  legs.  Mr.  Stephens,  an  acute 
entomologist,  relates  to  me  that  he  once  saw  this  animal 
use  them  to  rid  itself  of  a  mite  that  incommoded  it. 
They  are  probably  equally  useful  in  delivering  it  from 
the  ichneumon  and  its  other  insect  enemies. — Dr.  Ar- 
nold has  made  a  curious  observation  (confirmed  by  Dr. 
Forsstrom  with  respect  to  others  of  the  genus)  on  the 
use  of  the  long  processes  or  tails  that  distinguish  the 
secondary  wings  of  Thecla  larbas.  These  processes, 
he  remarks,  resemble  antennae,  and  when  the  butterfly  is 
sitting  it  keeps  them  in  constant  motion  ;  so  that  at  first 
sight  it  appears  to  have  a  head  at  each  extremity  ;  which 
deception  is  much  increased  by  a  spot  resembling  an  eye 
at  the  base  of  the  processes.  These  insects,  perhaps, 
thus  perplex  or  alarm  their  assailants. — Goedart  pre- 
tended that  the  anal  horn  with  which  the  caterpillars 
of  so  many  hawk-moths  (Sphingidtf]  are  armed,  answers 
the  end  of  a  sting  instilling  a  dangerous  venom  :  but 
the  observations  of  modern  entomologists  have  proved 

1  Reaurn.  ii.  155.  (.  vii./.  4—7.  b  Lewin's  Prodromus. 


252         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

that  this  altogether  fabulous,  since  the  animal  has  not 
the  power  of  moving  thema.  Their  use  is  still  unknown. 

Whether  the  long  and  often  threatening  horns  on 
the  head,  thorax,  and  even  elytra,  with  which  many  in- 
sects are  armed,  are  beneficial  to  them  in  the  view  under 
consideration,  is  very  uncertain.  They  are  frequently 
sexual  distinctions,  and  have  a  reference  probably  ra- 
ther to  sexual  purposes  and  the  economy  of  the  animal, 
than  to  any  thing  els<f.  They  may,  however,  in  some 
instances  deter  enemies  from  attacking  them,  and  there- 
fore it  was  right  not  to  omit  them  wholly,  though  I  shall 
not  further  enlarge  upon  them. — Their  mandibles  or 
upper  jaws,  though  principally  intended  for  mastication, 
— and  in  the  case  of  the  Hymenoptera^  as  instruments 
for  various  economical  and  mechanical  uses, — are  often 
employed  to  annoy  their  enemies  or  assailants.  I  once 
suffered  considerable  pain  from  the  bite  of  the  common 
water-beetle  (Dytiscus  marginalis\  as  well  as  from  that 
of  the  great  rove-beetle  (Goerius  olens) ;  but  the  most 
tremendous  and  effectual  weapon  with  which  insects 
are  armed — though  this,  except  in  the  case  of  the  scor- 
pion, is  also  a  sexual  instrument,  and  useful  to  the  fe- 
males in  oviposition — is  their  sting.  With  this  they 
keep  not  only  the  larger  animals,  but  even  man  himself, 
in  awe  and  at  a  distance.  But  on  these  I  enlarged  suf- 
ficiently in  a  former  letter5. 

These   weapons,    fearful   as   they  are,   would  be   of 

a  DeGeer,  i.  149- 

b  Mr.  MacLeay  relates  to  me,  from  the  communications  of  Mr.  E. 
Forster,  the  following  particulars  respecting  the  history  of  Mutilla 
coccinca,  which  from  this  account  appears  to  be  one  of  the  most  re- 
doubtable of  stinging  insects.  The  females  are  most  plentiful  in 
Maryland  in  the  months  of  July  and  August,  but  are  never  very 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.        253 

but  little  use  to  insects  if  they  had  not  courage  to  em- 
ploy them :  in  this  quality,  however,  they  are  by  no 
means  deficient;  for,  their  diminutive  size  considered, 
they  are,  many  of  them,  the  most  valiant  animals  in  na- 
ture. The  giant  bulk  of  an  elephant  would  not  deter  a 
hornet,  a  bee,  or  even  an  ant,  from  attacking  it,  if  it  "was 
provoked.  I  once  observed  a  small  spider  walking  in 
my  path.  On  putting  my  stick  to  it,  it  immediately 
turned  round  as  if  to  defend  itself.  On  the  approach 
of  my  finger,  it  lifted  itself  up  and  stretched  out  its  legs 
to  meet  it. — In  Ray's  Letters  mention  is  made  of  a  sin- 
gular combat  between  a  spider  and  a  toad  fought  at 
Hetcorne  near  Sittinghurst a  in  Kent ;  but  as  the  par- 
ticulars and  issue  of  this  famous  duel  are  not  given,  I 
can  only  mention  the  circumstance,  and  conjecture  that 
the  spider  was  victorious  b  !  Terrible  as  is  the  dragon- 
fly to  the  insect  world  in  general,  putting  to  flight  and  de- 
vouring whole  hosts  of  butterflies,  may-flies,  and  others 
of  its  tribes,  it  instills  no  terror  into  the  stout  heart  of 
the  scorpion-fly  (Panorpa  communis),  though  much  its 
inferior  in  size  and  strength.  Lyonnet  saw  one  attack  a 
dragon-fly  of  ten  times  its  own  bigness,  bring  it  to  the 
ground,  pierce  it  repeatedly  with  its  proboscis ;  and  had 
he  not  by  his  eagerness  parted  them,  he  doubts  not  it 
would  have  destroyed  this  tyrant  of  the  insect  cre- 
ation c. 

When  the  death's-head-hawk-moth  was  introduced 

numerous.    They  are  very  active,  and  have  been  observed  to  take 
flies  by  surprise.     A  person  stung  by  one  of  them  lost  his  senses  in 
five  minutes,  and  was  so  ill  for  several  days  that  his  life  was  despair- 
ed of.  a  Hedcorne  near  Sittingbourne 
b  Dr.  Long  in  Ray's  Letters,  370.         c  Lesser  L.  i.  263.  Note  J, 


254         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

by  Huber  into  a  nest  of  humble-bees,  they  were  not  af- 
fected by  it,  like  the  hive-bees,  but  attacked  it  and  drove 
it  out  of  their  nest,  and  in  one  instance  their  stings 
proved  fatal  to  it a.  — A  black  ground-beetle  devours  the 
eggs  of  the  mole  cricket,  or  Gryllotalpa.  To  defend 
them,  the  female  places  herself  at  the  entrance  of  the 
nest — which  is  a  neatly  smoothed  and  rounded  chamber 
protected  by  labyrinths,  ditches,  and  ramparts — and 
whenever  the  beetle  attempts  to  seize  its  prey,  she  catches 
it  and  bites  it  asunder5. 

I  know  nothing  more  astonishing  than  the  wonderful 
muscular  strength  of  insects,  which  in  proportion  to 
their  size  exceeds  that  of  any  other  class  of  animals,  and 
is  likewise  to  be  reckoned  amongst  their  means  of  de- 
fence. Take  one  of  the  common  chafers  or  dung-beetles 
(Geotrupes  stercorarius,  or  Copris  lunaris\  into  your 
hand,  and  observe  how  he  makes  his  way  in  spite  of 
your  utmost  pressure ;  and  read  the  accounts  which  au- 
thors have  left  us  of  the  very  great  weights  that  a  flea 
will  easily  move,  as  if  a  single  man  should  draw  a  wag- 
gon with  forty  or  fifty  hundred  weight  of  hay  : — but  upon 
this  I  shall  touch  hereafter,  and  therefore  only  hint  at 
it  now. 

We  are  next  to  consider  the  modes  of  concealment  to 
which  insects  have  recourse  in  order  to  escape  the  ob- 
servation of  their  enemies.  One  is  by  covering  them- 
selves with  various  substances.  Of  this  description  is 
a  little  water-beetle  (ElopJiorus  aquaticus),  which  is  al- 
ways found  covered  with  mud,  and  so  when  feeding  at 
the  bottom  of  a  pool  or  pond  can  scarcely  be  distin- 

a  Huber,  Nouv.  Obs.  ii.  301  — 

b  Bingley,  Animal Siogr.  iii.  1st  Ed.  24/  —  White,  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  82. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         255 

guished,  by  the  predaceous  aquatic  insects,  from  the  soil 
on  which  it  rests.  Another  very  minute  insect  of  the 
same  order  (Limnius  ceneus}  that  is  found  in  rivulets 
under  stones  and  the  like,  sometimes  conceals  its  elytra 
with  a  thick  coating  of  sand,  that  becomes  nearly  as  hard 
as  stone.  I  never  met  with  these  animals  so  circum- 
stanced but  once;  then,  however,  there  were  several 
which  had  thus  defended  themselves,  and  I  can  now 
show  you  a  specimen. — A  species  of  a  minute  cole- 
opterous genus  (Georyssus  areniferus*),  which  lives  in 
wet  spots  where  the  toad-rush  (Juncus  bufonius)  grows, 
covers  itself  with  sand ;  and  another  nearly  related  to 
it  (Chcetophorus  cretiferus^  K.)  which  frequents  chalk, 
whitens  itself  all  over  with  that  substance.  As  this  ani- 
mal, when  clean,  is  very  black,  were  it  not  for  this  ma- 
noeuvre, it  would  be  too  conspicuous  upon  its  white  ter- 
ritory to  have  any  chance  of  escape  from  the  birds  and 
its  other  assailants. — No  insect  is  more  celebrated  for 
rendering  itself  hideous  by  a  coat  of  dirt  than  the  Re- 
duvius  personatus,  a  kind  of  bug  sometimes  found  in 
houses.  When  in  its  two  preparatory  states,  every  part 
of  its  body,  even  its  legs  and  antennae,  is  so  covered  with 
the  dust  of  apartments,  consisting  of  a  mixture  of  par- 

a  In  the  former  Editions  of  this  work  this  insect  was  stated  to  be 
synonymous  with  Trox  dubius  of  Panzer,  which  it  much  resembles, 
except  in  the  sculpture  of  the  prothorax,  (Fn.  Ins.  Germ.  Init.  Ixii. 
t.  5.) ;  but  as  Schonherr  and  Gyllenhal,  who  had  better  means  of 
ascertaining  the  point,  regard  Georyssus  pygmteus,  Latr.,  as  Panzer's 
insect,  the  reference  is  now  omitted.  G.  areniferus  differs  conside- 
rably from  G.  pygmceus,  as  described  by  Gyllenhal  (Insect.  Suec.  I.  iii. 
675.)  The  front  is  not  rugulose,  the  vertex  is  channeled,  the  an- 
tennae shorter  than  the  head;  the  prothorax  is  rather  shining,  mark- 
ed anteriorly  with  several  excavations,  in  the  middle  of  which  is  a 
channel  forming  a  reversed  cross  with  a  transverse  impression. 


256        MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

tides  of  sand,  fragments  of  wool  or  silk,  and  similar 
matters,  that  the  animal  at  first  would  be  taken  for  one 
of  the  ugliest  spiders.      This  grotesque  appearance  is 
aided  and  increased  by  motions  equally  awkward  and 
grotesque,  upon  which»I  shall  enlarge  hereafter.    If  you 
touch  it  with  a  hair-pencil  or  a  feather,  this  cloth  ing- 
will  soon  be  removed,  and  you  may  behold  the  creature 
unmasked,  and  in  its  proper  form.     It  is  an  insect  of 
prey ;  and  amongst  other  victims  will  devour  its  more 
hateful  congener  the  bed-bug a.     Its  slow  movements, 
combined  with  its  covering,  seem  to  indicate  that  the 
object  of  these  manoeuvres  is  to  conceal  itself  from  ob- 
servation, probably,  both  of  its  enemies  and  of  its  prey. 
It  is  therefore  properly  noticed  under  my  present  head. 
As   Hercules,  after  he  had  slain  the  Nemean  lion, 
made  a  doublet  of  its  skin,  so  the  larva  of  another  insect 
(Hemerobius  Clirysops^   a  lace- winged  fly  with  golden 
eyes,)  covers  itself  with  the  skins  of  the  luckless  Aphides 
that  it  has  slain  and  devoured.     From  the  head  to  the 
tail,  this  pygmy  destroyer  of  the  helpless  is  defended  by 
a  thick  coat,  or  rather  mountain  composed  of  the  skins, 
limbs,  and  down  of  these  creatures.     Reaumur,  in  or- 
der to  ascertain  how  far  this  covering  was  necessary,  re- 
moved it,  and  put  the  animal  into  a  glass,  at  one  time 
with  a  silk  cocoon,  and  at  another  with  raspings  of  pa- 
per.     In  the  first  instance,  in  the  space  of  an  hour  it 
had  clothed  itself  with  particles  of  the  silk  :  and  in  the 
second,   being  again  laid  bare,  it  found  the  paper   so 
convenient  a  material,  that  it  made  of  it  a  coat  of  un- 
usual thickness5. 

a  De  Geer,  iii.  283—         Geoffr.  Hist.  Ins.  i.  437- 
*  Reaum.  iii.  391. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.        257 

Insects  in  general  are  remarkable  for  their  cleanliness ; 
—however  filthy  the  substances  which  they  inhabit,  yet 
they  so  manage  as  to  keep  themselves  personally  neat. 
Several,  however,  by  no  means  deserve  this  character ; 
and  I  fear  you  will  scarcely  credit  me  when  I  tell  you 
that  some  shelter  themselves  under  an  umbrella  formed 
of  their  own  excrement !  You  will  exclaim,  perhaps, 
that  there  is  no  parallel  case  in  all  nature  ; — it  may  be 
so ;— - yet  as  I  am  bound  to  confess  the  faults  of  insects 
as  w_ll  as  to  extol  their  virtues,  I  must  not  conceal 
from  you  this  opprobrium.  Beetles  of  three  different 
genera  are  given  to  this  Hottentot  habit.  The  first  to 
which  I  shall  introduce  you  is  one  that  has  long  been 
celebrated  under  the  name  of  the  beetle  of  the  lily 
(Lema  merdigera,  Cantaride  dey  Gigli,  Vallisn.)  The 
larvae  of  this  insect  have  a  very  tender  skin,  which  ap- 
pears to  require  some  covering  from  the  impressions 
of  the  external  air  and  from  the  rays  of  the  sun  ;  and  it 
finds  nothing  so  well  adapted  to  answer  these  purposes, 
and  probably  also  to  conceal  itself  from  the  birds,  as  its 
own  excrement,  with  which  it  covers  itself  in  the  follow- 
ing manner.  Its  anus  is  remarkably  situated,  being  on 
the  back  of  the  last  segment  of  the  body,  and  not  at  or 
under  its  extremity,  as  obtains  in  most  insects.  By 
means  of  such  a  position,  the  excrement  when  it  issues 
from  the  body,  instead  of  being  pushed  away  and  fall- 
ing, is  lifted  up  above  the  back  in  the  direction  of  the 
head.  When  entirely  clear  of  the  passage,  it  falls,  and 
is  retained,  though  slightly,  by  its  viscosity.  The  grub 
next,  by  a  movement  of  its  segments,  conducts  it  from 
the  place  where  it  fell  to  the  vicinity  of  the  head.  It 
effects  this  by  swelling  the  segment  on  which  the  excre- 

VOL.  II.  S 


258         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

ment  is  deposited,  and  contracting  the  following  one,  so 
that  it  necessarily  moves  that  way.  Although,  when 
discharged,  it  has  a  longitudinal  direction,  by  the  same 
action  of  the  segments  the  animal  contrives  to  place 
every  grain  transversely.  Thus,  when  laid  quite  bare, 
it  will  cover  itself  in  about  two  hours.  There  are  often 
many  layers  of  these  grains  upon  the  back  of  the  insect, 
so  as  to  form  a  coat  of  greater  diameter  than  its  body. 
When  it  becomes  too  heavy  and  stiff,  it  is  thrown  off,  and 
a  new  one  begun a. — The  larvae  of  the  various  species  of 
the  tortoise-beetles  (Cassida,  L.)  have  all  of  them,  as  far 
as  they  are  known,  similar  habits,  and  are  furnished  be- 
sides with  a  singular  apparatus,  by  means  of  which  they 
can  elevate  or  drop  their  stercorarious  parasol  so  as  most 
effectually  to  shelter  or  shade  them.  The  instrument 
by  which  they  effect  this  is  an  anal  fork,  upon  which 
they  deposit  their  excrement,  and  which  in  some  is  turned 
up  and  lies  flat  upon  their  backs ;  and  in  others  forms 
different  angles,  from  very  acute  to  very  obtuse,  with 
their  body ;  and  occasionally  is  unbent  and  in  the  same 
direction  with  itb.  In  some  species  the  excrement  is  not 
so  disgusting  as  you  may  suppose,  being  formed  into 
fine  branching  filaments.  This  is  the  case  with  C.  ma- 
culata,  L. c. — In  the  cognate  genus  Imatidium,  the  larva? 
also  are  merdigerous ;  and  that  of  /.  Leayanum,  Latr., 
taken  by  Major-General  Hardwicke  in  the  East  Indies, 
also  produces  an  assemblage  of  very  long  filaments,  that 
resemble  a  dried  fucus  or  a  filamentous  lichen.— The 
clothing  of  the  Tinea,  clothes-moths  and  others,  and  also 

a  Reaum.  iii.  220 —    Compare  Vallisnieri  Esperienz.  ed  Osservaz, 
195.  Ed.  1726.  "  Reaum.  233— 

c  Kirby  in  Linn.  Trans,  iii.  10. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.  259 

of  the  case-worms,  having  enlarged  upon  in  a  former 
letter1*,  I  need  not  describe  here. 

Some  insects,  that  they  may  not  be  discovered  and  be- 
come the  prey  of  their  enemies  when  they  are  reposing, 
conceal  themselves  in  flowers.  The  male  of  a  little  bee 
(Heriades  b  Campanularum\  a  true  Sybarite,  dozes  vo- 
luptuously in  the  bells  of  the  different  species  of  Campa- 
nula— in  which,  indeed,  I  have  often  found  other  kinds 
asleep.  Linne  named  another  species  jlorisomnis  on 
account  of  a  similar  propensity.  A  third,  a  most  curious 
and  rare  species  (Andrena*  spinigera\  shelters  itself 
when  sleeping,  at  least  I  once  found  it  there  so  circum- 
stanced, in  the  nest-like  umbel  of  the  wild  carrot.  You 
would  think  it  a  most  extraordinary  freak  of  Nature, 
should  any  quadruped  sleep  suspended  by  its  jaws,  (some 
birds  however  are  said,  I  think,  to  have  such  a  habit,  and 
Sus  Babyroussa  one  something  like  it,) — yet  insects  do 
this  occasionlly.  Linne  informs  us  that  a  little  bee  (Epeo- 
lusd  variegatus)  passes  the  night  thus  suspended  to  the 
beak  of  the  flowers  of  Geranium  phaum :  and  I  once 
found  one  of  the  vespiform  bees  (Nomada*  Goodeniana) 
hanging  by  its  mandibles  from  the  edge,  of  a  hazel-leaf, 
apparently  asleep,  with  its  limbs  relaxed  and  folded. 
On  being  disengaged  from  its  situation  it  became  per- 
fectly lively. 

There  is  no  period  of  their  existence  in  which  insects 
usually  are  less  able  to  help  themselves,  than  during  that 
intermediate  state  of  repose  which  precedes  their  coming 
forth  in  their  perfect  forms.  I  formerly  explained  to  you 

*  VOL.  I.  457—67.  b   Apis.  *  *.  c.  2.  y.   K. 

c  Melitta.  *  *.  c.  K.  d  Apis.  *  *.  b.  K. 

e  Apis. .  b.  *  K. 

s  2 


260         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

how  large  a  portion  of  them  during  this  state  cease  to 
be  locomotive,  and  assume  an  appearance  of  death a.    In 
this  helpless  condition,  unless  Providence  had  furnished 
them  with  some  means  of  security,  they  must  fall  an  easy 
prey  to  the  most  insignificant  of  their  assailants.     But 
even  here  they  are  taught  to  conceal  themselves  from 
their  enemies   by   various   and   singular   contrivances. 
Some  seek  for  safety  by  burying  themselves,  previously 
to  the  assumption  of  the  pupa,  at  a  considerable  depth 
under  the  earth ;  others  bore  into  the  heart  of  trees,  or 
into  pieces  of  timber ;  some  take  their  residence  in  the 
hollow  stalks  of  plants ;  and  many  are  concealed  under 
leaves,  or  suspend  themselves  in  dark  places,  where  they 
cannot  readily  be  seen.     But  in  this  state  they  are  not 
only  defended  from  harm  by  the  situation  they  select,  but 
also  by  the  covering  in  which  numbers  envelop  them- 
selves ;  for,  besides  the  leathery  case  that  defends  the  yet 
tender  and  unformed  imago,  many  of  these  animals  know 
how  to  weave  for  it  a  costly  shroud  of  the  finest  materials, 
through  which  few  of  its  enemies  can  make  their  way; — 
and  to  this  curious  instinct,  as  I  long  since  observed,  we 
owe  one  of  the  most  valuable  articles  of  commerce,  the 
silk  that  gives  lustre  to  the  beauty  of  our  females.    These 
shrouds  are  sometimes  double.     Thus  the  larvae  of  cer- 
tain saw-flies  spin  for  themselves  a  cocoon  of  a  soft, 
flexible,  and  close  texture,  which  they  surround  with* 
an  exterior  one  composed  of  a  strong  kind  of  net-work, 
which  withstands  pressure  like  a  racket b.     Here  nature 
has  provided  that  the  inclosed  animal  shall  be  protected 
by  the  interior  cocoon  from  the  injury  it  might  be  ex- 
posed to  from  the  harshness  of  the  exterior,  while  the 
a  VOL.  I.  64—  »  Reaum.  v.  100. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         261 

latter  by  its  strength  and  tension  prevents  it  from  being 
hurt  by  any  external  pressure. 

But  of  all  the  contrivances  by  which  insects  in  this 
state  are  secured  from  their  enemies,  there  is  none  more 
ingenious  than  that  to  which  the  may-flies  ( Trichoptera) 
have  recourse  for  this  purpose.  You  have  heard  before 
that  these  insects  are  at  first  aquatic,  and  inhabit  curious 
cases  made  of  a  variety  of  materials,  which  are  usually 
open  at  each  enda.  Since  they  must  reside  in  these 
cases,  when  they  are  become  pupae,  till  the  time  of  their 
final  change  approaches,  if  they  are  left  open,  how  are 
the  animals,  now  become  torpid,  to  keep  out  their  ene- 
mies ?  Or,  if  they  are  wholly  closed,  how  is  the  water, 
which  is  necessary  to  their  respiration  and  life,  to  be  in- 
troduced? These  sagacious  creatures  know  how  to  com- 
pass both  these  ends  at  once.  They  fix  a  grate  or  port- 
cullis to  each  extremity  of  their  fortress,  which  at  the 
same  time  keeps  out  intruders  and  admits  the  water. 
These  grates  they  weave  with  silk  spun  from  their  anus 
into  strong  threads,  which  cross  each  other,  and  are  not 
soluble  in  water.  One  of  them,  described  by  De  Geer, 
is  very  remarkable.  It  consists  of  a  small,  thickish,  cir- 
cular lamina  of  brown  silk,  becoming  as  hard  as  gum, 
which  exactly  fits  the  aperture  of  the  case,  and  is  fixed 
a  little  within  the  margin.  It  is  pierced  all  over  with 
holes  disposed  in  concentric  circles,  and  separated  by 
ridges  which  go  from  the  centre  to  the  circumference, 
but  often  not  quite  so  regularly  as  the  radii  of  a  circle  or 
the  spokes  of  a  wheel.  These  radii  are  traversed  again 
by  other  ridges,  which  follow  the  direction  of  the  circles 
of  holes ;  so  that  the  two  kinds  of  ridges' crossing  each 
a  VOL.  I.  464— 


262         MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

other  form  compartments,  in  the  centre  of  each  of  which 
is  a  hole  a. 

Under  this  head  I  shall  call  your  attention  to  another 
circumstance  that  saves  from  their  enemies  innumerable 
insects: — I  mean  their  Coming  forth  for  flight  or  for  food 
only  in  the  night,  and  taking  their  repose  in  various 
places  of  concealment  during  the  day.  The  infinite 
h osts  of  moths  (Phalana,  L.), — amounting  in  this  coun- 
try to  more  than  a  thousand  species, — with  few  excep- 
tions, are  all  night-fliers.  And  a  considerable  propor- 
tion of  the  other  orders, — exclusive  of  the  Hymenoptera 
and  Diptera,  which  are  mostly  day-fliers, — are  of  the 
same  description.  Many  larwe  of  moths  also  come  out 
only  in  the  night  after  their  food,  lying  hid  all  day  in 
subterraneous  or  other  retreats.  Of  this  kind  is  that  of 
Fumea  pulla  and  Nycterobius,  whose  proceedings  have 
been  before  described5.  The  caterpillar  of  another 
moth  (Noctua  subterranea,  F.)  never  ascends  the  stems 
of  plants,  but  remains,  a  true  Troglodyte,  always  in  its 
cell  under  ground,  biting  the  stems  at  their  base,  which 
falling,  bring  thus  their  foliage  within  its  reach e. 

The  habitations  of  insects  are  also  usually  places  of 
retreat,  which  secure  them  from  many  of  their  enemies : 
— but  I  have  so  fully  enlarged  upon  this  subject  on  a 
former  occasion d,  that  it  would  be  superfluous  to  do  more 
than  mention  it  here. 

I  am  now  to  lay  before  you  some  examples  of  the  con- 
trivances, requiring  skill  and  ingenuity,  by  which  our 
busy  animals  occasionally  defend  themselves  from  the 

J  Reaum.  iii.  170.    De  Geer,  ii.  519.  545.  PLATE  XVII  FIG.  11. 
b  VOL.  I.  453.  c  Fab,  Ent.  Syst.  Em,  iii.  70.  200. 

d  VOL.  I.  432- 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.         263 

designs  and  attack  of  their  foes.  Of  these  I  have  already 
detailed  to  you  many  instances,  which  I  shall  not  here 
repeat;  my  history  therefore  will  not  be  very  prolix. — I 
observed  in  my  account  of  the  societies  of  wasps,  that 
they  place  sentinels  at  the  mouth  of  their  nests.  The 
same  precaution  is  taken  by  the  hive-bees,  particularly 
in  the  night,  when  they  may  expect  that  the  great  de- 
stroyers of  their  combs,  Galleria  mellonella  and  its 
associates  %  will  endeavour  to  make  their  way  into  the 
hive.  Observe  them  by  moonlight,  and  you  will  see  the 
sentinels  pacing  about  with  their  antenna?  extended,  and 
alternately  directed  to  the  right  and  left.  In  the  mean 
time  the  moths  flutter  round  the  entrance ;  and  it  is  cu- 
rious to  see  with  what  art  they  know  how  to  profit  of 
the  disadvantage  that  the  bees,  which  cannot  discern  ob- 
jects but  in  a  strong  light,  labour  under  at  that  time. 
But  should  they  touch  a  moth  with  these  organs  of  nice 
sensation,  it  falls  an  immediate  victim  to  their  just  anger. 
The  moth,  however,  seeks  to  glide  between  the  sentinels, 
avoiding  with  the  utmost  caution,  as  if  she  were  sensible 
that  her  safety  depended  upon  it,  all  contact  with  their 
antennse.  These  bees  upon  guard  in  the  night,  are  fre- 
quently heard  to  utter  a  ^very  short  low  hum ;  but  no 
sooner  does  any  strange  insect  or  enemy  touch  their  an- 
tennae, than  the  guard  is  put  into  a  commotion,  and  the 
hum  becomes  louder,  resembling  that  of  bees  when  they 
fly,  and  the  enemy  is  assailed  by  workers  from  the  inte- 
rior of  the  hive b. 

To  defend  themselves  from  the  death's-head  hawk- 
moth,  they  have  recourse  to  a  different  proceeding.     In 
seasons  in  which  they  are  annoyed  by  this  animal,  they 
a  VOL.  I.  165.  b  Huber,  AWt>.  Obs.  ii.  412.- 


264?  MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

often  barricade  the  entrance  of  their  hive  by  a  thick 
wall  made  of  wax  and  propolis.  This  wall  is  built  im- 
mediately behind  and  sometimes  in  the  gateway,  which 
it  entirely  stops  up;  but  it  is  itself  pierced  with  an  open- 
ing or  two  sufficient  for.  the  passage  of  one  or  two  work- 
ers. These  fortifications  are  occasionally  varied :  some- 
times there  is  only  one  wall,  as  just  described,  the  aper- 
tures of  which  are  in  arcades,  and  placed  in  the  upper 
part  of  the  masonry.  At  others  many  little  bastions, 
one  behind  the  other,  are  erected.  Gateways  masked 
by  the  anterior  walls,  and  not  corresponding  with  those 
in  them,  are  made  in  the  second  line  of  building.  These 
casemated  gates  are  not  constructed  by  the  bees  without 
the  most  urgent  necessity.  When  their  danger  is  pre- 
sent and  pressing,  and  they  are  as  it  were  compelled  to 
seek  some  preservative,  they  have  recourse  to  this  mode 
of  defence a,  which  places  the  instinct  of  these  animals 
in  a  wonderful  light,  and  shows  how  well  they  know 
how  to  adapt  their  proceedings  to  circumstances.  Can 
this  be  merely  sensitive?  When  attacked  by  strange 
bees,  they  have  recourse  to  a  similar  manoeuvre ;  only 
in  this  case  they  make  but  narrow  apertures,  sufficient 
for  a  single  bee  to  pass  through. — Pliny  affirms  that  a 
sick  bear  will  provoke  a  hive  of  bees  to  attack  him  in 
order  to  let  him  blood5.  What  will  you  say,  if  humble- 
bees  have  recourse  to  a  similar  manoeuvre  ?  It  is  re- 
lated to  me  by  Dr.  Leach,  from  the  communications  of 
Mr*  Daniel  Bydder — an  indefatigable  and  well-inform- 
ed collector  of  insects,  and  observer  of  their  proceedings 
— that  Bombus c  terrestris,  when  labouring  under  Aca- 

3  Huber,  Nouv.  Obs.  ii.  294—  b  Hist.  Nat.  1.  viii.  c.  36. 

c  Apis.  *  *.  e.  2.  K. 


MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS.        265 

riasis*  from  the  numbers  of  a  small  mite  (Gamasus 
Gymnopttrorum}  that  infest  it,  will  take  its  station  in  an 
ant-hill ;  where  beginning  to  scratch,  and  kick,  and  make 
a  disturbance,  the  ants  immediately  come  out  to  attack 
it,  and  falling  foul  of  the  mites,  they  destroy  or  carry 
them  all  off;  when  the  bee,  thus  delivered  from  its  ene- 
mies, takes  its  flight. 

In  this  long  detail,  the  first  idea  that  will,  I  should 
hope,  strike  the  mind  of  every  thinking  being,  is  the 
truth  of  the  Psalmist's  observation — that  the  tender 
mercies  of  God  are  over  all  his  works.  Not  the  least 
and  most  insignificant  of  his  creatures  is,  we  see,  de- 
prived of  his  paternal  care  and  attention ;  none  are  ex- 
iled from  his  all-directing  providence.  Why  then  should 
man,  the  head  of  the  visible  creation,  for  whom  all  the 
inferior  animals  were  created  and  endowed ;  for  whose 
well-being,  in  some  sense,  all  these  wonderful  creatures 
with  their  miraculous  instincts,  whose  history  I  am 
giving  you,  were  put  in  action, — why  should  he  ever 
doubt,  if  he  uses  his  powers  and  faculties  rightly,  that 
his  Creator  will  provide  him  with  what  is  necessary 
for  his  present  state  ? — Why  should  he  imagine  that  a 
Being,  whose  very  essence  is  LOVE,  unless  he  compels 
him  by  his  own  wilful  and  obdurate  wickedness,  will  ever 
cut  him  off  from  his  care  and  providence  ? 

Another  idea  that  upon  this  occasion  must  force  it- 
self into  our  mind  is,  that  nothing  is  made  in  vain.  When 
we  find  that  so  many  seemingly  trivial  variations  in  the 
colour,  clothing,  form,  structure,  motions,  habits,  and 
economy  of  insects  are  of  very  great  importance  to 

a  VOL.  I.  97— 


266  MEANS  OF  DEFENCE  OF  INSECTS. 

them,  we  may  safely  conclude  that  the  peculiarities  in 
all  these  respects,  of  which  we  do  not  yet  know  the 
use,  are  equally  necessary  :  and  we  may  almost  say,  re- 
versing the  words  of  our  Saviour,  that  not  a  hair  is 
given  to  them  without-our  Heavenly  Father. 

I  am,  &c. 


LETTER  XXII. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.    (Larva  and  Pupa.) 

AMONGST  the  means  of  defence  to  which  insects  have 
recourse,  I  have  noticed  their  motions.  These  shall  be 
the  subject  of  the  present  letter.  I  shall  not,  however, 
confine  myself  to  those  by  which  they  seek  to  escape 
from  their  enemies ;  but  take  a  larger  and  more  com- 
prehensive survey  of  them,  including  not  only  every  spe- 
cies of  locomotion,  but  also  the  movements  they  give  to 
different  parts  of  their  body  when  in  a  state  of  repose  : 
and  in  order  to  render  this  survey  more  complete,  I  shall 
add  to  it  some  account  of  the  various  organs  and  instru- 
ments by  which  they  move. 

Whenever  you  go  abroad  in  summer,  wherever  you 
turn  your  eyes  and  attention,  you  will  see  insects  in  mo- 
tion. They  are  flying  or  sailing  every  where  in  the  air; 
dancing  in  the  sun  or  in  the  shade ;  creeping  slowly,  or 
marching  soberly,  or  running  swiftly,  or  jumping  upon 
the  ground ;  traversing  your  path  in  all  directions;  cours- 
ing over  the  surface  of  the  waters,  or  swimming  at  every 
depth  beneath  ;  emerging  from  a  subterranean  habita- 
tion, or  going  into  one;  climbing  up  the  trees,  or  de- 
scending from  them  ;  glancing  from  flower  to  flower  ; 


268  MOTIONS   OF    INSECTS. 

now  alighting  upon  the  earth  and  waters,  and  now  leav- 
ing them  to  follow  the  impulse  of  their  various  instincts  ; 
sometimes  travelling  singly ;  at  other  times  in  countless 
swarms  :  these  the  busy  children  of  the  day,  and  those 
of  the  night.  If  you»  return  to  your  apartment — there 
are  these  ubiquitaries — some  flying  about — others  pacing 
against  gravity  up  the  walls  or  upon  the  ceiling — others 
walking  with  ease  upon  the  glass  of  your  windows,  and 
some  even  venturing  to  take  their  station  on  your  own 
sacred  person,  and  asserting  their  right  to  the  lord  of 
the  creation. 

This  universal  movement  and  action  of  these  restless 
little  animals  gives  life  to  every  part  and  portion  of  our 
globe,  rendering  even  the  most  arid  desert  interesting. 
From  their  visitations  every  leaf  and  flower  becomes  ani- 
mated ;  the  very  dust  seems  to  quicken  into  life,  and  the 
stones,  like  those  thrown  by  Deucalion  and  Pyrrha,   to 
be  metamorphosed  into  locomotive  beings.     In  the  va- 
riety of  motions  which  they  exhibit,  we  see,  as  Cuvier 
remarks  %  those  of  every  other  description  of  animals. 
They  walk,  run,  and  jump  with  the  quadrupeds ;    they 
fly  with  the  birds  ;    they  glide  with  the  serpents ;    and 
they  swim  with  the  fish.     And  the  provision  made  for 
these  motions  in  the  structure  of  their  bodies  is  most 
wonderful  and  various.    "  If  I  was  minded  to  expatiate," 
says  the  excellent  Derham,  "  I  might  take  notice  of  the 
admirable  mechanism  in  those  that  creep ;    the  curious 
oars  in  those  amphibious  insects  that  swim  and  walk ;  the 
incomparable  provision  made  in  the  feet  of  such  as  walk 
or  hang  upon  smooth  surfaces ;    the  great  strength  and 
spring  in  the  legs  of  such  as  leap ;  the  strong-made  feet 
a  Anatom.  Compar.  i.  444. 


MOTIONS    OF    INSECTS.  269 

and  talons  of  such  as  dig ;  and,  to  name  no  more,  the  ad- 
mirable faculty  of  such  as  cannot  fly,  to  convey  them- 
selves with  speed  and  safety,  by  the  help  of  their  webs, 
or  some  other  artifice,  to  make  their  bodies  lighter  than 
the  air  V 

Since  the  motions,  and  instruments  of  motion,  of  in- 
sects are  usually  very  different  in  their  preparatory  states, 
from  what  they  are  in  the  imago  or  perfect  state,  I  shall 
therefore  consider  them  separately,  and  divide  my  sub- 
ject into — motions  of  larvae,— motions  of  pupae, — and 
motions  of  perfect  insects. 

I.  Amongst  larva  there  are  two  classes  of  movers— 
Apodous  larvae,  or  those  that  move  without  legs, — and 
Pedate  larvae,  or  those  that  move  by  means  of  legs.  I 
must  here  observe,  that  by  the  term  legs,  which  I  use 
strictly,  I  mean  only  jointed  organs,  that  have  free  mo- 
tion, and  can  walk  or  step  alternately;  not  those  spurious 
legs  without  joints,  that  have  no  free  motion,  and  cannot 
walk  or  take  alternate  steps ;  such  as  support  the  middle 
and  anus  of  the  larvae  of  most  Lepidoptera  and  saw-flies 
(Serrifera). 

Apodous  larvae  seldom  have  occasion  to  take  long  jour- 
neys ;  and  many  of  them,  except  when  about  to  assume 
the  pupa,  only  want  to  change  their  place  or  posture, 
and  to  follow  their  food  in  the  substance,  whether  animal 
or  vegetable,  to  which,  when  included  in  the  egg,  the 
parent  insect  committed  them.  Legs  therefore  would  be 
of  no  great  use  to  them,  and  to  these  last  a  considerable 
impediment.  They  are  capable  of  three  kinds  of  mo- 

a  Phyrico-Theol.  Ed.  13.363. 


270  MOTIONS    OF  INSECTS. 

lion ; — they  either  walk,  or  jump,  or  swim.  I  use 
walking  in  an  improper  sense,  for  want  of  a  better  term 
equally  comprehensive :  for  some  may  be  said  to  move 
by  gliding;  and  others  (I  mean  those  that,  fixing  the 
head  to  any  point,  bring  the  tail  up  to  it,  and  so  pro- 
ceed) by  stepping. 

The  motion  of  serpents  was  ascribed  by  some  of  the 
ancients  (who  were  unable  to  conceive  that  it  could  be 
effected  naturally,  unless  by  the  aid  of  legs,  wings,  or 
fins,)  to  a  preternatural  cause.  It  was  supposed  to  re- 
semble the  "  incessus  deorum"  and  procured  to  these 
animals,  amongst  other  causes,  one  of  the  highest  and 
most  honourable  ranks  in  the  emblematical  class  of  their 
false  divinities*.  Had  they  known  Sir  Joseph  Banks's 
late  discovery, — that  some  serpents  push  themselves 
along  by  the  points  of  their  ribs,  which  Sir  E.  Home 
has  found  to  be  curiously  constructed  for  this  purpose, — 
their  wonder  would  have  been  diminished,  and  their 
serpent^gods  undeified.  But  though  serpents  can  no 
longer  make  good  their  claim  to  motion  more  deorum, 
some  insects  may  take  their  places ;  for  there  are  num- 
bers of  larvae,  that  having  neither  legs,  nor  ribs,  nor 
any  other  points  by  which  they  can  push  themselves 
forward  on  a  plane,  glide  along  by  the  alternate  con- 
traction and  extension  of  the  segments  of  their  body. 
Had  the  ancient  Egyptians  been  aware  of  this,  their 
catalogue  of  insect  divinities  would  have  been  wofully 
crowded.  In  this  annular  motion,  the  animal  alternately 
supports  each  segment  of  the  body  upon  the  plane  of 
position,  which  it  is  enabled  to  do  by  the  little  bundles 

*  Encycl.  Brit.,  art.  Physiology,  709. 


MOTIONS    OF    INSECTS.  2? I 

of  muscles  attached  to  the  skin,  that  take  their  origin 
within  the  body*. 

I  shall  begin  the  list  of  walkers^  the  movements   of 
which  are  aided  by  various  instruments,  with  one  which 
is  well  known  to  most  people, — the  grub  of  the  nut- 
weevil  (Balaninus  Nucum).    When  placed  upon  a  table, 
after  lying  some  time,  perhaps,  bent  in  a  bow,  with  its 
head  touching  its  tail,  at  last  it  begins  to  move,  which, 
though  in  no  certain  direction,  it  does  with  more  speed 
than  might  be  expected.     Rbsel  fancied  that  this  animal 
had  feet  furnished  with  claws ;    but  in  this,  as  De  Geer 
justly  observes,  he  was  altogether  mistaken,  since  it  has 
not  the  least  rudiment  of  them,  its  motion  being  pro- 
duced solely  by  the  alternate  contraction  and  extension 
of  the  segments  of  the  body,  assisted,  perhaps,  by  the 
fleshy  prominences  of  its  sides. — Other  larvae  have  this 
annular  motion  aided  by  a  slimy  secretion,  which  gives 
them  further  hold  upon  the  plane  on  which  they  are 
moving,  and  supplies  in  some  degree  the  place  of  legs 
or 'claws.     That  of  the  weevil  of  the  common  figwort 
(Cionm  Scrophularice]    is  always    covered  with   slime, 
which  enables  it, — though  it  renders  its  appearance  dis- 
gusting,— to  walk  with  steadiness,  by  the  mere  length- 
ening and  shortening  of  its  segments,  upon  the  leaves 
of  that  plantb. — Of  this  kind  also   are   those  larvse, 
mentioned  above0,  received  by  De  Geer  from  M.  Zier- 
vogel,  which,  adhering  to  each  other  by  a  slimy  secre- 
tion, glide  along  so  slowly  upon  the  ground  as  to  be  a 
quarter  of  an  hour  ia  going  the  breadth  of  the  hand, 
whence  the  natives  call  their  bands  Gards-drag  d. 

a  Cuvier,  Anat.  Camp.  i.  430.  <>  De  Geer,  v.  £1 0. 

c  See  above,  p.  7.  d  De  Geer,  vi.  338. 


272  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

As  a  farther  help,  others  again  call  in  the  assistance 
of  their  unguiform  mandibles.   These,  which  are  peculiar 
to  grubs  with  a  variable  membranaceous,  or  rather  re- 
tractile, heada,  especially  those  of  the  fly  tribe  (Muscid&\ 
when  the  animal  does  not  use  them,  are  retracted  not  only 
within  the  head,  but  even  within  the  segments  behind  itb ; 
but  when  it  is  moving  they  are  protruded,  and  lay  hold  of 
the  surface  on  which  it  is  placed.     They  were  long  ago 
noticed  by  the  accurate  Ray.     "  This  blackness  in  the 
head,"  says  he,   speaking  of  the  maggot  of  the  common 
flesh-fly,   "is  caused  by  two  black   spines   or   hooks, 
which  when  in  motion  it  puts  forth,  and  fixing  them 
in  the  ground,  so  drags  along  its  bodyc." — The  larvae 
of  the  aphidivorous  flies  (Syrphus,  &c.),  the  ravages  of 
which  amongst  the  Aphides  I  have  before  described  to 
youd,  transport  themselves  from  place  to  place  in  the 
same  way,  walking  by  means  of  their  teeth.     Fixing 
their  hind  part  to  the  substances  on  which  they  are 
moving,  they  give  their  body  its  greatest  possible  ten- 
sion ;    and,  if  I  may  so  speak,  thus  take  as  long  a  step 
as  they  can :  next,  laying  hold  of  it  with  their  mandi- 
bles, by  setting  free  the  tail  and  relaxing  the  tension, 
the  former  is  brought  near  the  head.     Thus  the  animal 
proceeds,  and  thus  will  even  walk  upon  glass  c.     Some 
grubs,  as  the  lesser  house-fly  (Anthomyia  canicularis), 
have  only  one  of  these  claw-teeth ;  and  in  some  they  have 
the  form  as  well  as  the  office  of  legs f .     Bonnet  mentions 
an  apodous  larva,  that,  before  it  can  use  its  mandibles, 

a  See  MacLeay  jn  Philos.  Mag.  $c.  N.  Ser.  No.  9.  178. 
b  De  Geer,  vi.  65.  c  Hist.  Ins.  270. 

rt  Vol.  I.  265.  e  Reaumur,  Hi.  369. 

f  Vol.  I.  137.     De  Geer,  vi.  76.      Reaumur,  iv.  376.     Swamm. 
Bibl.  Vat.  Ed.  Hill,  ii.  46.  a.  t.  xxxix./  3,  h.  h. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  273 

is  obliged  to  spin,  at  certain  intervals,  little  hillocks  or 
steps  of  silk ;  of  which  it  then  lays  hold  by  them,  and 
so  drags  itself  along. 

Besides  their  mandibular  hooks,  some  of  these  grubs 
supply  the  want  of  legs  by  means  of  claws  at  their  anus. 
Thus  that  of  the  flesh-fly,  Ray  tells  us  in  the  place  just 
quoted,  pushes  itself  by  the  protruded  spines  of  its  tail. 
The  larva  also  of  a  long-legged  gnat  (Limnobia  repli- 
cata\  which  in  that  state  lives  in  the  water,  is  furnished 
with  these  anal  claws,  which,  in  conjunction  with  its 
annular  tension  and  relaxation,  and  the  hooks  of  its 
mouth,  assist  it  in  walking  over  the  aquatic  plants". 

A  remarkable  difference,  according  to  their  station, 
obtains  in  the  bots  of  gad-flies  (CEstrida) ;  those  that 
are  subcutaneous  ( CuticolcK^  Clark)  having  no  unguiform 
mandibles;  while  those  that  are  gastric  (Gastricola, 
Clark),  and  those  that  inhabit  the  maxillary  sinuses  of 
animals  (Cavicolte,  Clark),  are  furnished  with  them.  In 
this  we  evidently  see  Creative  Wisdom  adapting  means 
to  their  end.  For  the  cuticular  bots  having  no  plane 
surface  to  move  upon,  and  imbibing  a  liquid  food,  in 
them  the  mandibular  hooks  would  be  superfluous.  But 
they  are  furnished  with  other  means  by  which  they  can 
accomplish  such  motions,  and  in  contrary  directions,  as 
are  necessary  to  them ;  the  anterior  part  of  each  segment 
being  beset  with  numbers  of  very  minute  spines,  not 
visible  except  under  a  strong  magnifier,  sometimes  ar- 
ranged in  bundles,  which  all  look  towards  the  anus ;  and 
the  posterior  part  is  as  it  were  paved  with  similar  hooks, 
but  smaller,  which  point  to  the  head.  Thus  we  may 
conceive,  when  the  animal  wants  to  move  forward,  that 
a  De  Geer,  vi.  355. 

VOL.  II.  T 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

it  pushes  itself  by  the  first  set  of  hooks,  keeping  the  rest, 
which  would  otherwise  impede  motion  in  that  direction, 
pressed  close  to  its  skin — or  it  may  depress  that  part 
of  the  segment ;  and  when  it  would  move  backwards 
that  it  employs  the  second a.  The  other  descriptions  of 
bots,  not  being  embedded  in  the  flesh  but  fixed  to  a 
plane,  are  armed  with  the  mandibles  in  question,  by 
which  they  can  not  only  suspend  themselves  in  their 
several  stations,  but  likewise,  with  the  aid  of  the  spines 
with  which  their  segments  also  are  furnished,  move  at 
their  pleasure5.  Other  larvae  of  flies,  as  well  as  the 
bots,  are  furnished  with  spines  or  hooks — by  which 
they  take  stronger  hold — to  assist  them  in  their  motions. 
Those  mentioned  in  my  last  letter  as  inhabiting  the 
nests  of  humble-beesc,  besides  the  six  radii  that  arm 
their  anus,  and  which  perhaps  may  assist  them  in  loco- 
motion, have  the  margin  of  their  body  fringed  with  a 
double  row  of  short  spinesd,  which  are,  doubtless,  use- 
ful in  the  same  way. 

The  next  order  of  walkers  amongst  apodous  larvae 
are  those  that  move  by  means  of  fleshy  tuberculiform  or 
pediform  prominences, — which  last  resemble  the  spuri- 
ous legs  of  the  caterpillars  of  most  Lepidoptera.  Some, 
a  kind  of  monopods,  have  only  one  of  such  prominences, 
which  being  always  fixed  almost  under  the  head,  may 
serve,  in  some  degree,  the  purpose  of  an  unguiform 
mandible.  The  grub  of  a  kind  of  gnat  (Chironomus 

n  Reaum.  iv.  416.  t.  xxxvi./.  5.    Comp.  Clark  On  the  Bots,  &c.  48. 

b  Mr.  Clark  (ibid.  62)  observed  only  rough  points  on  the  bots  of 
the  sheep,  but  these  also  have  spines  or  hooks  looking  towards  the 
anus.  Reaum.  iv.  556.  t.  xxxv./.  11,  13, 15.  I  also  observed  them 
myself  in  the  same  grub. 

c  See  above,  p.  220.  d  PLATE  XIX.  FIG.  11. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  275 

stercorarius),  and  also  another,  probably  of  the  Tipu- 
larian  tribe  (found  by  De  Geer  in  a  subputrescent  stalk 
of  Angelica  which  he  was  unable  to  trace  to  the  fly), 
have  each  a  fleshy  leg  on  the  underside  of  the  first  seg- 
ment, which  points  towards  the  head  and  assists  them  in 
their  motions3. — Others  again  go  a  little  further,  and 
are  supported  at  their  anterior  extremity  by  a  pair  of 
spurious  legs.     An  aquatic  larva  of  a  most  singular  form, 
and  of  the  same  tribe,  figured  by  Reaumur,  is  thus  cir- 
cumstanced.   In  this  case  the  processes  in  question  pro- 
ceed from  the  head,  and  are  armed  with  clawsb.  Would 
you  think  it — another  Tipularian  grub  is  distinguished 
by  three  legs  of  this  kind  ?     It  was  first  noticed  by  De 
Geer  under  the  name  of   Tipula  maculata    (Tanypus 
monilis,  Meig.),  who  gives  the  following  account  of  its 
motions  and  their  organs : — It  is  found,  he  observes, 
in  the  water  of  swampy  places  and  in  ditches,  is  not 
bigger  than  a  horse-hair,  and  about  a  quarter  of  an 
inch  in  length.     Its  mode  of  swimming  is  like  that  of  a 
serpent,  with  an  undulating  motion  of  the  body,  and  it 
sometimes  walks  at  the  bottom  of  the  water  and  upon 
aquatic  plants.     The  most  remarkable  part  of  it  are  its 
legs,  called  by  Latreille,  but  it  should  seem  improperly, 
tentacula.     They  resemble,  by  their  length  and  rigidity, 
wooden  legs.     The  anterior  leg  is  attached  to  the  under- 
side, but  towards  the  head,   of  the  first  segment  of  the 
body.     It  is  long  and  cylindrical,  placed  perpendicularly 
or  obliquely,   according  to  the  different  movements  the 
animal  gives  it,  and  terminates  in  two  feet,  armed  at 
their  extremity  by  a  coronet  of  long  moveable  hooks. 

a  De  Geer,  vi.  t.  xxii.  f.  15,  i.   t.  xviii.  f.  S,p. 
b  Reaum.  v.  t.  vi,  f.  5,  mm. 

T  2 


276  MOTIONS   OF   INSECTS. 

These  feet,  like  the  tentacula  of  snails,  are  retractile 
within  the  leg,  and  even  within  the  body,  so  that  only  a 
little  stump,  as  it  were,  remains  without.  The  insect 
moves  them  both  together,  as  a  lame  man  does  his 
crutches,  either  backwards  or  forwards.  The  two  pos- 
terior legs  are  placed  at  the  anal  end  of  the  body.  They 
are  similar  to  the  one  just  described,  but  larger,  and 
entirely  separate  from  each  other,  being  not,  like  them, 
retractile  within  the  body,  but  always  stiff  and  extended. 
These  also  are  armed  with  hooks.  In  walking,  this  larva 
uses  these  two  legs  much  as  the  caterpillars  of  the  moths, 
called  Geometry  do  theirs.  By  the  inflection  of  the 
anus  it  can  give  them  any  kind  of  lateral  movement,  ex- 
cept that  it  can  neither  bend  nor  shorten  them,  since  like 
a  wooden  leg,  as  I  have  before  observed,  they  always  re- 
main stiff  and  extended  a.  Lyonet  had  observed  this  larva, 
or  a  species  nearly  related  to  it;  but  he  speaks  of  it  as 
having  four  legs,  two  before  and  two  behind.  Probably, 
when  he  examined  them,  the  common  base,  from  which 
the  feet  are  branches,  was  retracted  within  the  body  b. 

Generally  speaking,  however,  in  these  apodous  walk- 
ers the  place  of  legs  is  supplied  by  fleshy  and  often  re- 
tractile mamillae  or  tubercles.  By  means  of  these  and  a 
slimy  secretion,  unaided  by  mandibular  hooks,  the  ca- 
terpillar of  a  little  moth  (Apoda  Testudo,}  moves  from, 
place  to  place0. — A  subcutaneous  larva  belonging  to  the 
same  order,  that  mines  the  leaves  of  the  rose,  moves 

a  De  Geer,  vi.  395—.  PLATE  XXIII.  FIG.  7.  Foreleg,  a.  Hind- 
legs,  bb.  Mr.  W.  S.  MacLeay  is  of  opinion  that  these  legs  are  pe- 
cundulated  spiracles,  (Philos.  Mag.  N.  Series,  No.  9. 178.)  but  it  is 
evident  from  De  Geer's  account  that  the  animal  uses  them  as  legs, 
and  like  legs  they  are  armed  with  hooks  or  claws. 

b  Lesser  L.  i.  96.  note  f.         c  Klemann,  Bcitrage,  324. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  277 

also  by  tubercular  legs  assisted  by  slime.  It  has 
eighteen  homogeneous  legs,  with  which,  when  removed 
from  its  house  of  concealment,  it  will  walk  well  upon 
any  surface,  whether  horizontal,  inclined,  or  even  ver- 
tical a.  But  the  greatest  number  of  legs  of  this  kind 
that  distinguish  any  known  larva,  is  to  be  observed  in 
that  of  a  two-winged  fly  (Syrphus  Pyrastri)  that  de- 
vours the  Aphides  of  the  rose.  This  animal  has  six 
rows  of  tubercular  feet,  with  which  it  moves,  each  row 
consisting  of  seven,  making  in  all  forty-two5. — The 
grub  of  the  weevil  of  the  dock  (Hyper a  Rumicis]  has 
twenty-four  tubercular  legs ;  but,  what  is  remarkable, 
the  six  anterior  ones,  being  longer  than  the  rest,  seem 
to  represent  the  real  legs,  while  the  others  represent  the 
spurious  ones,  of  lepidopterous  larvae.  These  legs,  how- 
ever, are  all  fleshy  tubercles,  and  have  no  claws,  the 
place  of  which  is  supplied  by  slime  which  covers  all  the 
underside  of  the  body,  and  hinders  the  animal  from  fall- 
ing0. Another  weevil  (Lixus  paraplecticus,)  produces 
a  grub  inhabiting  the  water-hemlock,  which  has  only 
six  tubercles  that  occupy  the  place  and  are  represen- 
tatives of  the  legs  of  the  perfect  insect d. 

Some  larvae  have  these  tubercles  armed  with  claws. 
The  maggot  of  a  fly  described  by  De  Geer  ( Volucella 
plumata,}  has  six  pair  of  them,  each  of  which  has  three 
long  claws.  This  animal  has  a  radiated  anus,  and 
seems  related  to  those  flies  that  live  in  the  nests  of 
humble-bees  e. 

Insects  in  the  peculiarities  of  their  structure,  as  we 
have  seen  in  many  instances,  sometimes  realize  the  wild- 

a  De  Geer,  i.  447— /.  xxxi.  /.  17.  b  De  Geer,  vi.  111. 

c  Ibid.  v.  233.        d  Ibid.  228.      «  De  Geer,  vi.  137.  t.  viii./.  8,  9. 


278  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

est  fictions  of  the  imagination.  Should  a  traveller  tell 
you  that  he  had  seen  a  quadruped  whose  legs  were  on 
its  back,  you  would  immediately  conclude  that  he  was 
playing  upon  your  credulity,  and  had  lost  that  regard 
to  truth  which  ought  to  distinguish  the  narratives  of 
persons  of  his  description.  What  then  will  you  say  to 
me,  when  I  affirm,  upon  the  evidence  of  two  most  unex- 
ceptionable witnesses,  Reaumur  and  De  Geer,  that  there 
are  insects  which  exhibit  this  extraordinary  structure  ? 
The  grub  of  a  little  gall-fly,  appearing  to  be  Cynips 
Quercus  inferus  of  Linne — which  inhabits  a  ligneous  gall 
resembling  a  berry  to  be  met  with  on  the  underside  of 
oak-leaves — was  found  by  the  former  to  have  on  its  back, 
on  the  middle  of  each  segment,  a  retractile  fleshy  protu- 
berance that  resembled  strikingly  the  spurious  legs  of 
some  caterpillars.  A  little  attention  will  convince  any 
one,  argues  Reaumur,  that  the  legs  of  insects  circum- 
stanced like  the  one  under  consideration,  if  it  has  any, 
should  be  on  its  back.  For  this  grub — inhabiting  a 
spherical  cavity,  in  which  it  lies  rolled  up  as  it  were  in  a 
ring — when  it  wants  to  move,  will  be  enabled  to  do  so, 
in  this  hollow  sphere,  with  much  more  facilit}',  by  means 
of  legs  on  the  middle  of  its  back,  than  if  they  were  in 
their  ordinary  situation  a.  So  wisely  has  Providence  or- 
dered every  thing.— Another  similar  instance  is  recorded 
by  De  Geer,  which  indeed  had  previously  been  noticed, 
though  cursorily,  by  the  illustrious  Frenchman5.  There 
is  a  little  larva,  he  observes,  to  be  found  at  all  seasons 
of  the  year,  the  depth  of  winter  excepted,  in  stagnant 
waters,  which  keeps  its  body  always  doubled  as  it  were 

aReaum.  iii.  496.  t.  xlv./.  3. 

''  Ibid.  Mem.  de  tAcad.  Roy.  des  Sciences  de  Paris t  An.  1714.  p.  203. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  2?9 

in  two,  against  the  sides  of  ditches  or  the  stalks  of  aqua- 
tic plants.  If  it  is  placed  in  a  glass  half  full  of  water,  it 
so  fixes  itself  against  the  sides  of  it,  that  its  head  and 
tail  are  in  the  water  while  the  remainder  of  the  body  is 
out  of  it ;  thus  assuming  the  form  of  a  siphon,  the  tail 
end  being  the  longest.  When  this  animal  is  disposed 
to  feed,  it  lifts  its  head  and  places  it  horizontally  on  the 
surface  of  the  water,  so  that  it  forms  a  right  angle  with 
the  rest  of  the  body,  which  always  remains  in  a  situation 
perpendicular  to  the  surface.  It  then  agitates,  with  vi- 
vacity, a  couple  of  brushes,  formed  of  hairs  and  fixed  in 
the  anterior  part  of  the  head,  which  producing  a  current 
towards  the  mouth,  it  makes  its  meal  of  the  various  spe- 
cies of  animalcula,  abounding  in  stagnant  waters,  that 
come  within  the  vortex  thus  produced.  As  these  ani- 
mals require  to  be  firmly  fixed  to  the  substance  on  which 
they  take  their  station,  and  their  back  is  the  only  part, 
when  they  are  doubled  as  just  described,  that  can  apply 
to  it, — they  are  furnished  with  minute  legs  armed  with 
black  claws,  by  which  they  are  enabled  to  adhere  to  it. 
They  have  ten  of  these  legs :  the  four  anterior  ones, 
which  point  towards  the  head  and  are  distant  from  each 
other,  are  placed  upon  the  fourth  and  fifth  dorsal  seg- 
ments of  the  body ;  and  the  six  posterior  ones,  which 
point  to  the  anus  and  are  so  near  to  each  other  as  at  first 
to  look  like  one  leg,  are  placed  on  the  eighth,  ninth,  and 
tenth.  When  the  animal  moves,  the  body  continues 
bent,  and  the  sixth  segment,  which  is  without  feet  and 
forms  the  summit  of  the  curve,  goes  first a.  De  Geer 
named  the  fly  it  produces  Tipula  amphibia :  it  seems 
not  clear,  from  his  figure,  to  which  of  the  modern  ge- 
a  De  Geer,  vi.  380—*.  xxiv./.  1-9. 


280  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

nera  of  the  Tipularite  it  belongs,    nor  is  it  referred  to 
by  Meigen. 

I  come  now  to  the  jumping  apodes,   and  one  of  this 
description  will  immediately  occur  to  your  recollection, 

— that  I  mean  which  revels  in  our  richest  cheeses,   and 

• 

produces  a  little  black  shining  fly  (Tyrophaga  Casei). 
These  maggots  have  long  been  celebrated  for  their  sal- 
tatorious  powers.  They  effect  their  tremendous  leaps — 
laugh  not  at  the  term,  for  they  are  truly  so  when  com- 
pared with  what  human  force  and  agility  can  accom- 
plish— in  nearly  the  same  manner  as  salmon  are  stated 
to  do  when  they  wish  to  pass  over  a  cataract,  by  taking 
their  tail  in  their  mouth,  and  letting  it  go  suddenly. 
When  it  prepares  to  leap,  our  larva  first  erects  itself 
upon  its  anus,  and  then  bending  itself  into  a  circle  by 
bringing  its  head  to  its  tail,  it  pushes  forth  its  unguiform 
mandibles,  and  fixes  them  in  two  cavities  in  its  anal  tu- 
bercles. All  being  thus  prepared,  it  next  contracts  its 
body  into  an  oblong,  so  that  the  two  halves  are  parallel 
to  each  other.  This  done,  it  lets  go  its  hold  with  so 
violent  a  jerk  that  the  sound  produced  by  its  mandibles 
may  be  readily  heard,  and  the  leap  takes  place.  Swam- 
merdam  saw  one,  whose  length  did  not  exceed  the  fourth 
part  of  an  inch,  jump  in  this  manner  out  of  a  box  six 
inches  deep;  which  is  as  if  a  man  six  feet  high  should 
raise  himself  in  the  air  by  jumping  144  feet !  He  had 
seen  others  leap  a  great  deal  higher a.  The  grub  of  a 
little  gnat  lately  noticed  (Chironomus  stercorarius)  has  a 
similar  faculty,  though  executed  in  a  manner  rather  dif- 
ferent. These  larvae,  which  inhabit  horse-dung,  though 
deprived  of  feet,  cannot  move  by  annular  contraction 
a  Swamm.  Bibl.  Nat.  Ed.  Hill,  ii.  64,  b. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  281 

and  dilatation  ;  but  are  able,  by  various  serpentine  con- 
tortions, aided  by  their  mandibles,  to  move  in  the  sub- 
stance which  constitutes  their  food.  Should  any  acci- 
dent remove  them  from  it,  Providence  has  enabled  them 
to  recover  their  natural  station  by  the  power  I  am  speak- 
ing of.  When  about  to  leap,  they  do  not,  like  the 
cheese-fly,  erect  themselves  so  as  to  form  an  angle  with 
the  plane  of  position  ;  but  lying  horizontally,  they  bring 
the  anus  near  the  head,  regulating  the  distance  by  the 
length  of  the  leap  they  mean  to  take ;  when  fixing  it 
firmly,  and  then  suddenly  resuming  a  rectilinear  posi- 
tion, they  are  carried  through  the  air  sometimes  to  the 
distance  of  two  or  three  inches.  They  appear  to  have 
the  power  of  flattening  their  anal  extremity,  and  even  of 
rendering  it  concave  :  by  means  of  which  it  may  proba- 
bly act  ns  a  sucker,  and  so  be  more  firmly  fixable a. — 
The  grub  of  a  fly  whose  proceedings  in  that  state  I  have 
before  noticed5  (Leptis  Vermileo\  will,  when  removed 
from  its  habitation,  endeavour  to  recover  it  by  leaping. 
Indeed  this  mode  of  motion  seems  often  to  be  given  to 
this  description  of  larvae  by  Providence,  to  enable  them 
to  return  to  their  natural  station,  when  by  any  accident 
they  have  wandered  away  from  it. 

Many  apodous  larvae  inhabit  the  water,  and  therefore 
must  be  furnished  with  means  of  locomotion  proper  to 
that  element.  To  this  class  belongs  the  common  gnat 
(Culex  pipiens\  which  being  one  of  our  greatest  tor- 
ments, compels  us  to  feel  some  curiosity  about  its  history. 
Its  larva  is  a  very  singular  creature,  furnished  with  a 
remarkable  anal  apparatus  for  respiration,  by  which  it 
usually  remains  suspended  at  the  surface  of  the  water. 
a  De  Geer,  vi.  389—  b  VOL.  I.  431. 


282  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

If  disposed  to  descend,  it  seems  to  sink  by  the  weight  of 
its  body ;  but  when  it  would  move  upwards  again,  it  ef- 
fects its  purpose  by  alternate  contortions  of  the  upper 
and  lower  halves  of  it,  and  thus  it  moves  with  much  ce- 
lerity. The  laminae  gr  swimmers,  which  terminate  its 
anus  a,  are  doubtless  of  use  to  it  in  promoting  this  pur- 
pose. It  does  not,  that  I  ever  observed,  move  in  a  la- 
teral direction,  but  only  from  the  surface  downwards, 
and  vice  versa. — Another  dipterous  larva  (Coretkra  culi- 
ciformis),  which  much  resembles  that  of  the  gnat  in 
form,  differs  from  it  in  its  motions  and  station  of  re- 
pose. For,  instead  of  being  suspended  at  the  surface 
with  its  head  downwards,  it  usually,  like  fishes,  remains 
in  a  horizontal  position  in  the  middle  of  the  water. 
When  it  ascends  to  the  surface,  it  is  always  by  means  of 
a  few  strokes  of  its  tail,  so  that  its  motion  is  not  equable, 
sed  per  saltus.  It  descends  again  gradually  by  its  own 
weight,  and  regains  its  equilibrium  by  a  single  stroke  of 
the  tail5. — A  well  known  fly  (Stratyomis  Chamaleori),  in 
its  first  state  an  aquatic  animal,  often  remains  sus- 
pended, by  its  radiated  anus,  at  the  surface  of  the  water, 
with  its  head  downwards.  But  when  it  is  disposed  to 
seek  the  bottom  or  to  descend,  by  bending  the  radii  of 
its  tail  so  as  to  form  a  concavity,  it  includes  in  them  a 
bubble  of  air,  in  brilliancy  resembling  silver  or  pearl ; 
and  then  sinks  with  it  by  its  own  weight.  When  it 
would  return  to  the  surface  it  is  by  means  of  this  bubble, 
which  is,  as  it  were,  its  air-balloon.  If  it  moves  upon 
the  surface  or  horizontally,  it  bends  its  body  alternately 
to  the  right  and  left,  contracting  itself  into  the  form  of 
the  letter  S;  and  then  extending  itself  again  into  a 

a  Reaum.  iv.  t.  43, /.  3.  nn.     b  De  Geer,  vi.  375.  t.  xxiii./  4,  5. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  283 

straight  line,  by  these  alternate  movements  it  makes  its 
way  slowly  in  the  water a. 

I  have  dwelt  longer  upon  the  apodous  larvae,  or  those 
that  are  without  what  may  be  called  proper  legs,  ana- 
logous to  those  of  perfect  insects,  because  the  absence 
of  these  ordinary  instruments  of  motion  is  in  numbers 
of  them  supplied  in  a  way  so  remarkable  and  so  worthy 
to  be  known ;  and  because  in  them  the  wisdom  of  the 
Creator  is  so  conspicuously,  or,  I  should  rather  say,  so 
strikingly  manifested — since  it  is  doubtless  equally  con- 
spicuous in  the  ordinary  routine  of  nature.  But  aberra- 
tions from  her  general  laws,  and  modes,  and  instruments 
of  action,  often  of  rare  occurrence,  impress  us  more  forci- 
bly than  any  thing  that  falls  under  our  daily  observation, 

I  come  now  to  pedate  larvae,  or  those  that  move  by 
means  of  proper  or  articulate  legs.  These  legs  (gene- 
rally six  in  number,  and  attached  to  the  underside  of  the 
three  first  segments  of  the  body)  vary  in  larvae  of  the 
different  orders :  but  they  seem  in  most  to  have  joints  an- 
swering to  the  hip  (coxa) ;  trochanter  ;  thigh  (femur) ; 
shank  (tibia) ;  ,foot  (tarsus),  of  perfect  insects,  the  legs 
of  which  they  include.  Cuvier,  speaking  of  Coleoptera 
and  some  Neuroptera,  mentions  only  three  joints.  But 
many  in  these  orders  (amongst  which  he  included  the 
Trichoptera)  have  the  joints  I  have  enumerated.  To 
name  no~more,  the  Lamellicomiat  Dytisci,  Silphce,  Sta- 
pliylini)  Cicindetie,  and  Gyring  &c.  amongst  coleopterous 
larvae ;  and  the  Trichoptera,  as  well  as  the  Libellulina 
and  Ephemerina,  amongst  Cuvier's  Neuroptera, — have 
these  joints,  and  in  many  the  last  terminates  in  a  double 
*  Svvamm.  Bibl.  Nat.  Ed,  Hill,  ii.  44.  b.  47.  a. 


284*  MOTIONS  OF   INSECTS. 

claw a.  In  some  coleopterous  genera  the  tarsus  seems 
absent  or  obsolete.  The  larva  of  the  lady-bird  (Cocci- 
nella)  affords  an  example  of  the  former  kind,  and  that 
of  Chrysomela  of  the  latter5.  These  joints  are  very 
visible  in  the  legs  of  caterpillars  of  Lepidoptera,  and  their 
tarsus  is  armed  with  a  single  claw  c.  The  larvae  that 
have  these  legs  walk  with  them  sometimes  very  swiftly. 
In  stepping  they  set  forward  at  the  same  time  the  ante- 
rior and  posterior  legs  of  one  side,  and  the  intermediate 
one  of  the  other ;  and  so  alternately  on  each  side. 

Pedate  larvae  are  of  two  descriptions  :  those  that  to 
perfect  legs  add  spurious  ones  with  or  without  claws, 
and  those  that  have  only  perfect  legs.  I  begin  with  the 
former — those  that  have  both  kinds  of  legs.  But  first 
I  must  make  a  few  remarks  upon  spurious  legs.  Because 
their  muscles,  instead  of  the  horny  substance  that  pro- 
tects them  in  perfect  legs,  are  covered  only  by  a  soft  mem- 
brane, they  have  been  usually  denominated  membrana- 
ceous  legs  :  since,  however,  they  are  temporary,  vanish- 
ing altogether  when  the  insect  arrives  at  its  perfect  state, 
— are  merely  used,  for  they  do  not  otherwise  assist  in 
this  motion,  as  props  to  hinder  its  long  body,  when  it 
walks,  from  trailing  on  the  ground  ;  to  push  against  the 
plane  of  position ;  and,  by  means  of  their  hooks  or  claws, 
to  fix  itself  firmly  to  its  station  when  it  feeds  or  reposes, 
• — I  shall  therefore  call  them  prolegs  (propedes  d).  These 

a  For  examples  oflarvae  having  these  joints,  see  De  Geer,  iv.  289. 
/.  xiii./.  20.  t.  xv. /  14.  ii.  t.  xii./.  3.  t.  xvi./.  5,  6.  t.  xix./.  4,  &c. 

b  Ibid.  v.  t.  xi./.  11.  t.  ix./.  9.  o.      c  Lyonet,  Tr.  Anat.  t.  iii./.  8. 

d  Mr.  W«  S.  MacLeay,  where  quoted  above,  objects  to  this  term  • 
but  as  the  organs  in  question  are  generally  given  to  the  animal  to 
assist  in  its  motions,  and  have  been  universally  regarded  as  a  kind 
of  legs,  it  was  judged  best  for  the  sake  of  distinction  to  give  them  a 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  285 

organs  consist  of  three  or  four  folds,  and  are  commonly 
terminated,  though  not  always,  by  a  coronet  or  semicoro- 
net  of  very  minute  crooked  claws  or  hooks.  These  claws, 
which  sometimes  amount  to  nearly  a  hundred  on  one 
proleg,  are  alternately  longer  and  shorter.  They  are 
crooked  at  both  ends,  and  are  attached  to  the  proleg  by 
the  back  by  means  of  a  membrane,  which  covers  about 
two-thirds  of  their  length,  leaving  their  two  extremities 
naked.  Of^  these  the  upper  one  is  sharp,  and  the  lower 
blunt.  The  sole,  or  part  of  the  prolegs  within  the  claws, 
is  capable  of  opening  and  shutting.  When  the  animal 
walks,  that  they  may  not  impede  its  motion,  it  is  shut, 
and  the  claws  are  laid  flat  with  their  points  inwards ;  but 
when  it  wishes  to  fix  itself,  the  sole  is  opened,  becoming 
of  greater  diameter  than  before,  and  the  claws  stand 
erect  with  their  points  outwards.  Thus  they  can  lay 
stronger  hold  of  the  plane  of  position a. 

The  number  of  these  prolegs  varies  in  different  spe- 
cies and  families.  In  the  numerous  tribes  of  saw-flies 
(Serrifera),  the  larvas  of  which  resemble  those  of 
Lepidoptera,  and  are  called  by  Reaumur  spurious  cater- 
pillars (fausses  chenilles),  one  family  (Lophyrus)  has  six- 
teen prolegs  ;  a  second  (Hylotoma,  &c.)  fourteen  ;  an- 
other (Tentkredo,  F.)  twelve ;  and  a  fourth  (Lyda)  none 
at  all,  having  only  the  six  perfect  legs.  The  majority 
of  larvae  of  Lepidoptera  have  ten  prolegs,  eight  being 
attached,  a  pair  on  each,  to  the  sixth,  seventh,  eighth, 
and  ninth  segments  of  the  body,  and  two  to  the  twelfth 
or  anal  segment b.  The  caterpillar  of  the  puss-moth 

different  name  from  perfect  legs,   and  at  the  same  time  one  that 
showed  some  affinity  to  them. 

3  Lyonet,  82--*.  iii./.  10-16.  b  Ibid.  t.  i./.  4. 


286  MOTIONS   OF   INSECTS, 

(Cerura  Vinula]  and  some  others,  instead  of  the  anal 
prolegs,  have  two  tails  or  horns.  A  hemigeometer,  de- 
scribed by  De  Geer,  has  only  six  intermediate  prolegs, 
the  posterior  pair  of  which  are  longer  than  the  rest,  to 
assist  the  anal  pair  in  supporting  the  body  in  a  posture 
more  or  less  erect a.  Other  hemigeometers,  of  which 
kind  is  the  larva  of  Plusia  Gamma  b,  have  only  six  pro- 
legs,  four  intermediate  and  two  anal.  The  true  geome- 
ters or  surveyors  (Geometrce)  have  only  two  intermediate 
and  two  anal  prolegs.  Many  grubs  of  Coleoptera,  espe- 
cially those  of  StaphyUnida,  Silphid<z9  &c.  which  are  long 
and  narrow,  are  furnished  with  a  stiff  joint  at  the  anus, 
which  they  bend  downwards  and  use  as  a  prop  to  pre- 
vent their  body  from  trailing.  This  joint,  though  with- 
out claws,  may  be  regarded  as  a  kind  of  proleg,  which 
supports  them  when  they  walk  c  ;  and  probably  may  as- 
sist their  motion  by  pushing  against  the  plane  of  position. 

With  respect  to  the  larvae  that  have  only  perfect  legs, 
having  just  given  you  an  account  of  these  organs,  I  have 
nothing  more  to  state  relating  to  their  structure.  I  shall 
therefore  now  consider  the  motions  of  pedate  larvae,  un- 
der the  several  heads  of  walking  or  running,  jumping, 
climbing,  and  swimming. 

Amongst  those  that  walk,  some  are  remarkable  for 
the  slowness  of  their  motion,  while  others  are  extremely 
swift.  The  caterpillar  of  the  hawk-moth  of  the  Fili- 
pendula  (Zygcena  Filipendulte}  is  of  the  former  descrip- 
tion, moving  in  the  most  leisurely  manner ;  while  that  of 
Apatela  leporina,  a  moth  unknown  in  Britain,  is  named 
after  the  hare,  from  its  great  speed.  The  caterpillar  of 

a  De  Geer,  i.  379.  t.  xxv./.  1.3.  b  VOL.  I.  192-. 

c  De  Geer,  i.  12.  40.  /.  i.  /.  27.  y.  t.  vi./.  M.e. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  287 

another  moth,  the  species  of  which  seems  not  to  be  ascer- 
tained, is  celebrated  by  De  Geer  for  the  wonderful 
celerity  of  its  motions.  When  touched  it  darts  away 
backwards  as  well  as  forwards,  giving  its  body  an  un- 
dulating motion  with  such  force  and  rapidity,  that  it 
seems  to  fly  from  side  to  sidea. — Cuvier  observes,  that  the 
grubs  of  some  coleopterous  and  neuropterous  insects, 
which  have  only  the  six  perfect  legs,  by  means  of  them 
lay  hold  of  any  surrounding  object,  and,  fixing  them- 
selves to  it,  drag  the  rest  of  their  body  to  that  point ; 
and  that  those  of  many  Capricorn  beetles  and  their  af- 
finities (but  that  of  Callidium  molaceum  is  an  apode b) 
have  these  legs  excessively  minute  and  almost  nothing ; 
that  they  move  in  the  sinuosities  which  they  bore  by  the 
assistance  of  their  mandibles,  with  which  they  fix  them- 
selves, and  also  of  several  dorsal  and  ventral  tubercles, 
by  which  they  are  supported  against  the  sides  of  their 
cavity,  and  push  themselves  along,  in  the  same  manner 
as  a  chimney-sweeper — by  the  pressure  of  his  knees, 
elbows,  shoulder-blades,  and  other  prominent  parts — 
pushes  himself  up  a  chimney0.  The  larva  of  the  ant- 
lion  (Myrmeleoti) — with  the  exception  of  one  species, 
which  moves  in  the  common  way — always  walks  back- 
wards, even  when  its  legs  are  cut  off. 

The  jumpers  amongst  pedate  larvae,  as  far  as  they  are 
known,  are  not  very  numerous,  and  will  not  detain  you 
long.  When  the  caterpillar  of  Lithosia  Quadra,  a 
moth  not  uncommon,  would  descend  from  one  branch 
or  leap  to  another,  it  approaches  to  the  edge  of  the  leaf 
on  which  it  is  stationed,  bends  its  body  together,  and 

3  De  Geer,  i.  424.  b  Kirby  in  Linn.  Trans,  v.  258. 

c  Anatom.  Comp.  i.  430. 


288  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

retiring  a  little  backwards,  as  if  to  take  a  good  situation, 
leaps  through  the  air,  and,  however  high  the  jump,  alights 
on  its  legs  like  a  cat.  That  of  another  moth  (Herminia 
rostralis)  will  also  leap  to  a  considerable  height3. 

Another  species  o£  motion,  which  is  peculiar  to 
larvae, — their  mode  I  mean  of  climbing, — as  it  merits 
particular  attention,  will  occupy  more  time.  I  have 
already  related  so  many  extraordinary  facts  in  their  hi- 
story, that  I  promise  myself  you  will  not  disbelieve  me 
if  I  assert  that  insects  either  use  ladders  for  this  pur- 
pose, or  a  single  rope.  You  may  often  have  seen  the 
caterpillar  of  the  common  cabbage-butterfly  climbing 
up  the  walls  of  your  house,  and  even  over  the  glass  of 
your  windows.  When  next  you  witness  this  last  cir- 
cumstance, if  you  observe  closely  the  square  upon  which 
the  animal  is  tavelling,  you  will  find  that,  like  a  snail,  it 
leaves  a  visible  track  behind  it.  Examine  this  with 
your  microscope,  and  you  will  see  that  it  consists  of 
little  silken  threads,  which  it  has  spun  in  a  zigzag  direc- 
tion, forming  a  rope-ladder,  by  which  it  ascends  a  sur- 
face it  could  not  otherwise  adhere  to.  The  silk  as  it 
comes  from  the  spinners  is  a  gummy  fluid,  which  hard- 
ens in  the  air;  so  that  it  has  no  difficulty  in  making  it 
stick  to  the  glass. — Many  caterpillars  that  feed  upon 
trees,  particularly  the  geometers,  have  often  occasion 
to  descend  from  branch  to  branch,  and  sometimes, 
especially  previously  to  assuming  the  pupa,  to  the 
ground.  Had  they  to  descend  by  the  trunk,  supposing 
them  able  to  traverse  with  ease  its  rugged  bark,  what 
a  circuitous  route  must  they  take  before  they  could  ac- 
complish their  purpose  !  Providence,  ever  watchful 
a  Rosel,  I.iv.  112.  vi.  14. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  289 

over  the  welfare  of  the  most  insignificant  of  its  creatures, 
has  gifted  them  with  the  means  of  attaining  these  ends, 
without  all  this  labour  and  los^  of  time.  From  their  own 
internal  stores  they  can  let  down  a  rope,  and  prolong  it 
indefinitely,  which  will  enable  them  to  travel  where  they 
please.  Shake  the  branches  of  an  oak  or  other  tree  in 
summer,  and  its  inhabitants  of  this  description,  whether 
they  were  reposing,  moving,  or  feeding,  will  immediately 
cast  themselves  from  the  leaves  on  which  they  were  sta- 
tioned ;  and  however  sudden  your  attack,  they  are 
nevertheless  still  provided  for  it,  and  will  all  descend  by 
means  of  the  silken  cord  just  alluded  to,  and  hang  sus-> 
pended  in  the  air.  Their  name  of  geometer  was  given 
them,  because  they  seem  to  measure  the  surface  they 
pass  over,  as  they  walk,  with  a  chain.  If  you  place  one 
upon  your  hand,  you  will  find  that  they  draw  a  thread 
as  they  go ;  when  they  move,  their  head  is  extended  as 
far  as  they  can  reach  with  it;  then  fastening  their  thread 
there,  and  bringing  up  the  rest  of  their  body,  they  take 
another  step ;  never  moving  without  leaving  this  clue 
behind  them ;  the  object  of  which,  however,  is  neither 
to  measure,  nor  to  mark  its  path  that  it  may  find  it 
again ;  but  thus,  whenever  the  caterpillar  falls  or  would 
descend  from  a  leaf,  it  has  a  cord  always  ready  to  sup- 
port it  in  the  air,  by  lengthening  which  it  can  with  ease 
reach  the  ground.  Thus  it  can  drop  itself  without 
danger  from  the  summit  of  the  most  lofty  trees,  and 
ascend  again  by  the  same  road.  As  the  silky  matter 
is  fluid  when  it  issues  from  the  spinners,  it  should  seem 
as  if  the  weight  of  the  insect  would  be  too  great,  and  its 
descent  too  rapid,  so  as  to  cause  it  to  fall  with  violence 
upon  the  earth.  The  little  animal  knows  how  to  prevent 

VOL.  II.  U 


290  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

such  an  accident,  by  descending  gradually.  It  drops 
itself  a  foot  or  half  a  foot,  or  even  less,  at  a  time ;  then 
making  a  longer  or  shorter  pause,  as  best  suits  it,  it 
reaches  the  ground  at  last  without  a  shock.  From  hence 
it  appears  that  these  larvae  have  power  to  contract  the 
orifice  of  the  spinners,  so  as  that  no  more  of  the  silky 
gum  shall  issue  from  it;  and  to  relax  it  again  when  they 
intend  to  resume  their  motion  downwards:  consequently 
there  must  be  a  muscular  apparatus  to  enable  them  to 
effect  this,  or  at  least  a  kind  of  sphincter,  which,  press- 
ing the  silk,  can  prevent  its  exit.  From  hence  also  it 
appears  that  the  gummy  fluid  which  forms  the  thread 
must  have  gained  a  degree  of  consistence  even  before  it 
leaves  the  spinner,  since  as  soon  as  it  emerges  it  can 
support  the  weight  of  the  caterpillar. — In  ascending,  the 
animal  seizes  the  thread  with  its  jaws  as  high  as  it  can 
reach  it ;  and  then  elevating  that  part  of  the  back  that 
corresponds  with  the  six  perfect  legs,  till  these  legs  be- 
come higher  than  the  head,  with  one  of  the  last  pair  it 
catches  the  thread;  from  this  the  other  receives  it,  and  so 
a  step  is  gained  :  and  thus  it  proceeds  till  it  has  ascended 
to  the  point  it  wishes  to  reach.  At  this  time  if  taken  it 
will  be  found  to  have  a  packet  of  thread,  from  which, 
however,  it  soon  disengages  itself  between  the  two  last 
pairs  of  perfect  legs'*.  To  see  hundreds  of  these  little 
animals  pendent  at  the  same  time  from  the  boughs  of 
a  tree,  suspended  at  different  heights,  some  working 
their  way  downwards  and  some  upwards,  affords  a  very 
amusing  spectacle.  Sometimes,  when  the  wind  is  high, 
they  are  blown  to  the  distance  of  several  yards  from  the 
tree,  and  yet  maintain  their  threads  unbroken.  I  wit- 
3  Reaum.  ii.  375 — 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  291 

nessed  an  instance  of  this  last  summer,  when  numbers 
were  driven  far  from  the  most  extended  branches,  and 
looked  as  if  they  were  floating  in  the  air. 

Having  related  to  you  what  is  peculiar  in  the  motions 
of  pedate  larvae  upon  the  earth  and  in  the  air,  I  must 
next  say  something  with  respect  to  their  locomotive 
powers  in  the  water.  Numbers  of  this  description  in- 
habit that  element. — Amongst  the  beetles,  the  genera 
Dytiscus,  Hydrophilus,  Gyrinus,  Limnius,  Parnus,  He- 
terocerus,  Elophorus,  Hydrcena,  &c.  amongst  the  bug 
tribes,  Gerris,  Velia^  Hydrometra,  Notonecta,  Sigara, 
Nepa,  Ranatra,  Naucoris ;  a  few  Lepidoptera;  the  ma- 
jority of  Trichoptera;  Libelluta,  Aeshna^  Agrion,  Sialis, 
Ephemera,  &c.  amongst  the  Nenroptera  ;  Culex  and 
many  of  the  Tipularice,  Latr.  from  the  dipterous  insects ; 
and  from  the  Aptera,  Atax,  some  Podurce,  and  many  of 
the  Oniscidte,  &c. — All  these,  in  their  larva  state,  are 
aquatic  animals. 

The  motions  of  these  creatures  in  this  state  are 
various.  Some  walk  on  the  ground  under  water ;  some 
move  in  midwater,  either  by  the  same  motion  of  the 
legs  as  they  use  in  walking,  or  by  strokes,  as  in  swim- 
ming; others  for  this  purpose  employ  certain  laminae, 
which  terminate  their  tails,  as  oars ;  others  again  swim 
like  fish,  with  an  equable  motion ;  some  move  by  the 
force  of  the  water  which  they  spirt  from  their  anus ; 
others  again  swim  about  in  cases,  or  crawl  over  the 
submerged  bottom;  and  others  walk  even  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  water.  I  shall  not  now  enlarge  on  all  these 
kinds  of  water-motion,  since  many  will  come  under  con- 
sideration hereafter. 

There  are  two  descriptions  of  larvae  of  Hydrophili, 


292  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

one  furnished  with  swimmers  or  anal  appendages,  by 
means  of  which  they  are  enabled  to  swim ;  the  other 
have  them  not,  and  hence  are  not  able  to  rise  from  the 
bottom2.  The  larvae  of  Dytisci,  by  means  of  these 
natatory  organs,  will  ,swim,  though  slowly,  and  every 
now  and  then  rise  to  the  surface  for  the  sake  of  respira- 
tion. Those  of  Ephemera,  when  they  swim,  apply  their 
legs  to  the  body,  and  swim  with  the  swiftness  and  mo- 
tions offish5.  Those  of  the  true  may-fly  (Sialis  lutaria), 
on  the  contrary,  use  their  legs  in  swimming,  and  at  the 
same  time,  by  alternate  inflexions,  give  to  their  bodies 
the  undulations  of  serpents0.  But  the  larvae  of  certain 
dragon-flies  (Aeshna  and  Libellula,)  will  afford  you  the 
most  amusement  by  their  motions.  These  larvae  com- 
monly swim  very  little,  being  generally  found  walking  at 
the  bottom  on  aquatic  plants  :  when  necessary,  however, 
they  can  swim  well,  though  in  a  singular  manner.  If 
you  see  one  swimming,  you  will  find  that  the  body  is 
pushed  forward  by  strokes,  between  which  an  interval 
takes  place.  The  legs  are  not  employed  in  producing' 
this  progressive  motion,  for  they  are  then  applied  close 
to  the  sides  of  the  trunk,  in  a  state  of  perfect  inaction. 
But  it  is  effected  by  a  strong  ejaculation  of  water  from 
the  anus.  When  I  treat  upon  the  respiration  of  insects, 
I  shall  explain  to  you  the  apparatus  by  which  these 
animals  separate  the  air  from  the  water  for  that  purr 
pose ;  in  the  present  case  it  is  subsidiary  to  their  mor 
tions,  since  it  is  by  drawing  in  and  then  expelling  the 
water  that  they  are  enabled  to  swim.  To  see  this,  you 
ijave  only  to  put  one  of  these  larvae  into  a  plate  with  a 

3  Miger,  Ann.  du  Mus.  xiv.  441.  b  De  Geer,  ii.  621. 

c  Ibid.  725- 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  293 

little  water.  You  will  find  that,  while  the  animal  moves 
forward,  a  current  of  water  is  produced  by  this  pump- 
ing, in  a  contrary  direction.  As  the  larva,  between 
every  stroke  of  its  internal  piston,  has  to  draw  in  a  fresh 
supply  of  water,  an  interval  must  of  course  take  place 
between  the  strokes.  Sometimes  it  will  lift  its  anus  out 
of  the  water,  when  a  long  thread  of  water,  if  I  may  so 
speak,  issues  from  it*. 

II.  I  am  next  to  say  something  upon  the  motions  of 
insects  in  their  pupa  state.  This  is  usually  to  our  little 
favourites  a  state  of  perfect  repose ;  but,  as  I  long  since 
observed5,  there  are  several  that,  even  when  become 
pupae,  are  as  active  and  feed  as  rapaciously  as  they  do 
when  they  are  either  larvae  or  perfect  insects.  The 
Dermaptera,  Orthoptera,  Hemiptera,  many  of  the  Neu- 
roptcra,  and  the  majority  of  the  Aptera,  are  of  this  de- 
scription. With  respect  to  their  motions,  we  may 
therefore  consider  pupae  as  of  two  kinds — active  pupae, 
and  quiescent  pupae. 

The  motions  of  most  insects  whose  pupae  are  active, 
are  so  similar  in  all  their  states,  except  where  the  wings 
are  concerned,  as  not  to  need  any  separate  account.  I 
shall  therefore  request  you  to  wait  for  what  I  have  to 
say  upon  them,  till  I  enter  upon  those  of  the  imago. 
One  insect,  however,  of  this  kind,  moving  differently  in 
its  preparatory  states,  is  entitled  to  notice  under  the  pre- 
sent head. — In  a  late  letter,  I  mentioned  to  you  a  bug 
(Reduvius  personatus)  which  usually  covers  itself  with  a 
mask  of  dust,  and  fragments  of  various  kinds,  cutting  a 

3  De  Geer,  ii.  675—     Compare  Reaum.  vi.  393. 
b  VOL.  I,  66. 


294-  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

very  grotesque  figure*.  Its  awkward  motions  add  not  a 
little  to  the  effect  of  its  appearance.  When  so  disposed, 
it  can  move  as  well  and  as  fast  as  its  congeners  ;  yet  this 
does  not  usually  answer  its  purpose,  which  is  to  assume 
the  appearance  of  an  inanimate  substance.  It  therefore 
hitches  along  in  the  most  leisurely  manner  possible,  as 
if  it  was  counting  its  steps.  Having  set  one  foot  for- 
ward (for  it  moves  only  one  leg  at  a  time),  it  stops  a  lit- 
tle before  it  brings  up  its  fellow,  and  so  on  with  the  se- 
cond and  third  legs.  It  moves  its  antennse  in  a  similar 
way,  striking,  as  it  were,  first  with  one,  and  then,  after 
an  interval  of  repose,  with  the  other5. — The  pupae  of 
gnats  also,  as  well  as  those  of  many  other  aquatic  Di- 
ptera,  retain  their  locomotive  powers,  not  however  the 
free  motion  of  their  limbs.  When  not  engaged  in  ac- 
tion, they  ascend  to  the  surface  by  the  natural  levity  of 
their  bodies,  and  are  there  suspended  by  two  auriform 
respiratory  organs  in  the  anterior  part  of  the  trunk, 
their  abdomen  being  then  folded  under  the  breast;  when 
disposed  to  descend  the  animal  unfolds  it,  and  by  sudden 
strokes  which  she  gives  with  it  and  her  anal  swimmers 
to  the  water,  she  swims,  to  the  right  and  left  as  well  as 
downwards,  with  as  much  ease  as  the  larva  c. 

Bonnet  mentions  a  pupa  which  climbs  up  and  down 
in  its  cocoon, — and  that  of  the  common  glow-worm 
(Lampyris  noctiluca)  will  sometimes  push  itself  along  by 
the  alternate  extension  and  contraction  of  the  segments 
of  its  bodyd. — Others  turn  round  when  disturbed.  That 
of  a  weevil  (Hypera  Arator)  which  spins  itself  a  beauti- 
ful cocoon  like  fine  gauze,  and  which  it  fixes  to  the 

a  See  above,  p.  255.  b  De  Geer,  iii.  284. 

c  Jbid.  vi,  308.  ri  Ibid.  iv.  43. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  295 

stalks  of  the  common  spurrey  (Sagina  arvensis\  upon 
my  touching  this  stalk,  whirled  round  several  times  with 
astonishing  rapidity. — The  chrysalis  of  a  scarce  moth 
(Hypogymna  dispar]  when  touched  turns  round  with 
great  quickness ;  but,  as  if  fearful  of  breaking  the  thread 
by  which  it  is  suspended  by  constantly  twisting  it  in  one 
direction,  it  performs  its  gyrations  alternately  from  left 
to  right,  and  from  right  to  lefta.  Generally  speaking, 
quiescent  pupae  when  disturbed  show  that  they  have  life, 
by  giving  their  abdomen  violent  contortions. 

But  the  most  extraordinary  motion  of  pupae  is  jump- 
ing. In  the  year  1810  I  received  an  account  from  a 
very  intelligent  young  lady,  who  collected  and  studied 
insects  with  more  than  common  ardour  and  ability,  that 
a  friend  had  brought  her  a  chrysalis  endued  with  this 
faculty.  It  was  scarcely  a  quarter  of  an  inch  in  length  ; 
of  an  oval  form;  its  colour  was  a  sem transparent  brown, 
with  a  white  opake  band  round  the  middle.  It  was 
found  attached,  by  one  end,  to  the  leaf  of  a  bramble.  It 
repeatedly  jumped  out  of  an  open  pill-box  that  was  an 
inch  in  height.  When  put  into  a  drawer  in  which  some 
other  insects  were  impaled,  it  skipped  from  side  to  side, 
passing  over  their  backs  for  nearly  a  quarter  of  an  hour 
with  surprising  agility.  Its  mode  of  springing  seemed 
to  be  by  balancing  itself  upon  one  extremity  of  its  case. 
About  the  end  of  October  one  end  of  the  case  grew 
black,  and  from  that  time  the  motibn  ceased;  and  about 
the  middle  of  April,  in  the  following  year,  a  very  mi- 
nute ichneumon  made  its  appearance  by  a  hole  it  had 
made  at  the  opposite  end. — Some  time  after  I  had  re- 
ceived this  history,  I  happened  to  have  occasion  to  look 
11  Dumeril,  Trait.  Element,  ii.  49.  n.  -603. 


296  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

at  Reaumur's  Memoir  upon  the  enemies  of  caterpil- 
lars, where  I  met  with  an  account  of  a  similar  jumping 
chrysalis,  if  not  the  same.  Round  the  nests  of  the  ca- 
terpillar of  the  processionary  moth,  before  noticed*, 
he  found  numerous  littje  cocoons  suspended  by  a  thread 
three  or  four  inches  long  to  a  twig  or  a  leaf,  of  a  short- 
ened oval  form,  and  close  texture,  but  so  as  the  meshes 
might  be  distinguished.  These  cocoons  were  rather 
transparent,  of  a  coifee-brown  colour,  and  surrounded 
in  the  middle  by  a  whitish  band.  When  put  into  boxes 
or  glasses,  or  laid  on  the  hand,  they  surprised  him  by  leap- 
ing. Sometimes  their  leaps  were  not  more  than  ten  lines, 
at  others  they  were  extended  to  three  or  four  inches, 
both  in  height  and  length.  When  the  animal  leaps,  it 
suddenly  changes  its  ordinary  posture  (in  which  the  back 
is  convex  and  touches  the  upper  part  of  the  cocoon,  and 
the  head  and  anus  rest  upon  the  lower),  and  strikes  the 
upper  part  with  the  head  and  tail,  before  its  belly,  which 
then  becomes  the  convex  part,  touches  the  bottom.  This 
occasions  the  cocoon  to  rise  in  the  air  to  a  height  pro- 
portioned to  the  force  of  the  blow.  At  first  sight  this 
faculty  seems  of  no  great  use  to  an  animal  that  is  sus- 
pended in  the  air ;  but  the  winds  may  probably  some- 
times place  it  in  a  different  and  unsuitable  position,  and 
lodge  it  upon  a  leaf  or  twig :  in  this  case  it  has  it  in  its 
power  to  recover  its  natural  station.  Reaumur  could 
not  ascertain  the  fly  that  should  legitimately  come  from 
this  cocoon,  for  different  cocoons  gave  different  flies : 
whence  it  was  evident  that  these  ichneumons  were  in- 
fested by  their  own  parasite  b.  This  might  be  the  case 

*  VOL.  I.  475;  and  above,  p.  23. 
b  Reaum.  ii.  450. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  297 

with  that  of  the  lady  just  mentioned.  Perhaps,  pro- 
perly speaking,  in  this  last  instance  the  motions  ought 
rather  to  be  regarded  as  belonging  to  a  larva ;  but  as 
it  had  ceased  feeding,  and  had  inclosed  itself  in  its 
cocoon,  I  consider  it  as  belonging  to  the  present  head. 

You  may  probably  here  feel  some  curiosity  to  be  in- 
formed how  the  numerous  larvae  that  are  buried  in  their 
pupa  state,  either  in  the  heart  of  trees,  under  the  earth, 
or  in  the  waters,  effect  their  escape  from  their  various 
prisons  and  become  denizens  of  the  air,  especially  as 
you  are  aware  that  each  is  shrowded  in  a  winding-sheet 
and  cased  in  a  coffin.  In  most,  however,  if  you  exa- 
mine this  coffin  closely,  you  will  see  RESURGAM  written 
upon  it.  What  I  mean  is  this.  The  puparium  or  case 
of  the  animal  is  furnished  with  certain  acute  points  (ad- 
minicula)  generally  single,  but  in  some  instances  forked, 
looking  towards  the  anus,  and  usually  placed  upon 
transverse  ridges  on  the  back  of  the  abdomen,  but  some- 
times arming  the  sides  or  the  margins  of  the  segments. 
By  this  simple  contrivance,  aided  by  new-born  vigour, 
when  the  time  for  its  great  change  is  arrived,  the  in- 
cluded prisoner  of  hope,  if  under  ground,  pushes  itself 
gradually  upwards,  till  reaching  the  surface  its  head 
and  trunk  emerge,  when  an  opening  in  the  latter  being 
effected  by  its  efforts,  it  escapes  from  its  confinement, 
and  once  more  tastes  the  sweets  of  liberty  and  the  joys 
of  life.  Those  that  are  inclosed  in  trees  and  spin  a 
cocoon,  are  furnished  with  points  on  the  head,  with 
which  they  make  an  opening  in  the  former.  The  pupa 
of  the  great  goat-moth  (Cossus  ligniperdd)  thus,  by 
divers  movements,  keeps  disengaging  -  itself  from  this 
envelope,  till  it  arrives  at  a  hole  in  the  tree  which  it  had 


298  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

made  when  a  caterpillar ;  when  its  anterior  part  having 
emerged,  it  stops  short,  and  so  escapes  a  fall  that  might 
destroy  it.  After  some  repose,  in  consequence  of  very 
violent  efforts,  the  puparium  opens,  and  it  escapes  from 
its  prison  a. 

The  insects  of  the  Trichoptera  order,  or  case-worm 
flies  are  quiescent  when  they  first  assume  the  pupa,  but 
become  locomotive  towards  the  close  of  their  existence 
in  that  state.  Since  they  inhabit  the  water  when  they 
become  pupae.  Providence  has  furnished  them  with  the 
means  of  quitting  that  fluid  without  injury,  when  they 
are  to  exchange  it  for  the  air;  which  in  their  winged 
state  is  their  proper  sphere  of  action.  I  have  before 
described  to  you  the  grates  which  shut  up  their  cases 
when  they  became  quiescent b ;  if  they  had  no  means 
of  piercing  these  grates,  they  would  perish  in  the  wa- 
ters. The  head  of  these  pupa?  is  provided  at  first  with 
a  particular  instrument,  which  enables  them  to  effect 
this  purpose ;  its  anterior  part  is  armed  with  a  pair  of 
hooks  in  form  resembling  the  beak  of  a  bird ;  and 
with  this,  previously  to  their  last  change,  they  make  an 
opening  in  the  grate  which,  though  it  once  defended, 
now  confines  them.  But  at  this  moment,  perhaps,  the 
insect  has  a  considerable  space  of  water  to  rise  through 
before  she  can  reach  the  surface.  This  is  all  wisely 
provided  for ;  before  she  leaves  the  envelope  which  co- 
vers her  body,  she  emerges  from  the  water,  and  fixes 
herself  upon  some  plant  or  other  object,  the  summit  of 
which  is  not  overflowed.  But  you  will  here,  perhaps, 
ask — How  can  a  pupa  in  her  envelope,  with  all  her 
limbs  set  fast,  do  this  ?  This  affords  another  instance 
3  Lyomt,  Trail.  Anal.  15—  b  See  above,  p.  264. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  299 

of  the  wise  provision  of  the  beneficent  Father  of  the 
universe  for  the  welfare  of  his  creatures.  The  antennae 
and  legs  of  this  tribe  of  insects,  when  they  are  pupae, 
are  not  included,  as  is  the  case  with  most  that  are  qui- 
escent in  that  state,  in  the  general  envelope ;  but  each  in 
a  separate  one,  so  as  to  allow  it  free  motion.  Thus  the 
insect  when  the  time  is  come  for  its  last  change  can  use 
them  (except  the  hind-legs,  which  being  partly  covered 
by  the  wing-cases  remain  without  motion)  with  ease.  It 
then  stretches  out  its  antennae,  and  steering  with  its  legs 
makes  for  the  surface.  De  Geer  saw  one  just  escaped 
from  its  case  run  and  swim  with  surprising  agility  over 
the  bottom  of  a  saucer,  in  which  he  had  put  some  cases 
of  these  flies ;  and  at  last  when  he  held  a  piece  of  stick 
to  it,  it  got  upon  it,  and  having  emerged  from  the 
water,  prepared  to  cast  its  envelope.  It  is  remarkable, 
that  the  envelope  of  the  intermediate  tarsi,  like  the 
posterior  ones  of  Dytisci,  is  fringed  on  one  side  with 
hairs,  to  enable  the  insects  to  use  them  as  swimming 
feet a,  while  those  neither  of  the  larva  nor  imago  are  so 
circumstanced. 

I  am,  &c. 
a  DeGeer,  ii.  o!8— 


LETTER  XXIII. 


MOTIONS   OF  INSECTS.     (Imago.} 

III.  1  HE  motions  of  insects  in  their  perfect  or  imago 
state  are  various,  and  for  various  purposes;  and  the  pro- 
vision of  organs  by  which  they  are  enabled  to  effect 
them  is  equally  diversified  and  wonderful.  It  will  be 
convenient  to  divide  this  multifarious  subject;  I  shall 
therefore  consider  their  motions  under  two  principal 
heads  : — motions  of  insects  reposing — and  motions  of  in- 
sects in  action  ,• — and  this  last  head  I  shall  further  sub- 
divide into  motions  whose  object  is  change  of  place,  and 
sportive  motions. 

The  first  of  these,  motions  of  insects  reposing,  will 
not  detain  us  long.  The  most  remarkable  is  that  of  the 
long-legged  -gnats  or  crane-flies  Cfipuke). — When  at 
rest  upon  any  wall  or  ceiling,  sometimes  standing  upon 
four  legs,  and  sometimes  upon  five,  you  may  observe 
them  elevate  and  depress  their  body  alternately.  This 
oscillating  movement  is  produced  by  the  weight  of  their 
body  and  the  elasticity  of  their  legs,  and  is  constant  and 
uninterrupted  during  their  repose.  Unless  it  be  connect- 
ed with  the  respiration  of  the  animal,  it  is  not  easy  to  say 
what  is  the  object  of  it.  Moths,  when  feeling  the  stimu- 
lus of  desire,  or  under  alarm,  set  their  whole  body  into 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  301 

a  tremor  a.  A  living  specimen  of  the  hawk-moth  of  the 
willow  being  once  brought  me,  upon  placing  it  upon  my 
hand,  after  ejecting  a  milky  fluid  from  its  anus,  it  put 
its  wings  and  body  into  a  most  rapid  vibration,  which 
continued  more  than  a  minute,  when  it  flew  away.  A 
butterfly,  called  by  Aurelians  "  The  large  skipper," 
(Hesperia  Sylvanus,)  when  it  alights,  which  it  does  very 
often,  for  they  are  never  long  on  the  wing,  always  turns 
half-way  round ;  so  that,  if  it  settles  with  its  head  from 
you,  it  turns  it  towards  you. 

Others  of  the  motions  in  question  are  merely  those  of 
parts.  Butterflies,  when  standing  still  in  the  sun,  as  you 
have  doubtless  often  observed, 

"  Their  golden  pinions  ope  and  close ; " 

thus,  it  should  seem,  unless  this  motion  be  connected 
with  their  respiration,  alternately  warming  and  cooling 
their  bodies.  You  have  probably  noticed  a  very  com- 
mon little  fly,  of  a  shining  black,  with  a  black  spot  at 
the  end  of  its  wings  (Seioptera  vibrans  b).  It  has  receiv- 
ed its  trivial  name  (vibrans)  from  the  constant  vibration 
which,  when  reposing,  it  imparts  to  its  wings.  This 
motion  also,  I  have  reason  to  think,  assists  its  respiration. 
—  Some  insects  when  awake  are  very  active  with  their 
antennae,  though  their  bodies  are  at  rest.  I  remember 
one  evening  attending  for  some  time  to  the  proceedings 
of  one  of  those  case  worm-flies  (Leptocerus),  that  are  re- 
markable, like  certain  moths,  for  their  long  antenna?.  It 
was  perched  upon  a  blade  of  grass,  and  kept  moving 

9  Peck  in  Linn.  Trans,  xi.  92. 

b  Meigen  considers  this  as  an  Ortalis  ;  but  its  peculiar  habit  of  con- 
stantly vibrating  its  wings  indicates  a  distinct  genus  :  especially  as 
the  habit  is  not  confined  to  a  single  species. 


302  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

these  organs,  which  were  twice  as  long  as  itself,  in  all 
directions,  as  if  by  means  of  them  it  was  exploring  every 
thing  that  occurred  in  its  vicinity. — Many  Tipulae,  and 
likewise  some  mites  (Acarus  vibrans  and  Gamasus  mota- 
torius\  distinguished  by  long  anterior  legs,  from  this 
circumstance  denominated  pedes  mot  at  or  ii  by  Linne, 
holding  them  up  in  the  air  impart  to  them  a  vibratory 
motion,  resembling  that  of  the  antennae  of  some  insects a. 
— I  scarcely  need  mention,  what  must  often  have  attract- 
ed your  attention,  the  actions  of  flies  when  they  clean 
themselves ;  how  busily  they  rub  and  wipe  their  head  and 
thorax  with  their  fore  legs,  and  their  wings  and  abdomen 
with  their  hind  ones. — Perhaps  you  are  not  equally 
aware  of  the  use  to  which  the  rove-beetles  (Staphylinus, 
L.)  put  their  long  abdomen.  They  turn  it  over  their 
back  not  only  to  put  themselves  in  a  threatening  attitude, 
as  I  lately  related  b,  but  also  to  fold  up  their  wings  with 
it,  arid  pack  them  under  their  short  elytra. 

With  respect  to  the  motions  of  insects  in  action,  they 
may  be  subdivided,  as  was  just  observed,  into  motions 
whose  object  is  change  of  place —and  sportive  motions. 

The  locomotions  of  these  animals  are  walking,  running, 
jumping,  climbing,  flying,  swimming,  and  burrowing. 
I  begin  with  the  walkers. 

The  mode  of  their  walking  depends  upon  the  number 
and  kind  of  their  legs.  With  regard  to  these,  insects 
may  be  divided  into  four  natural  classes ;  viz.  Hexapods, 
or  those  that  have  only  six  legs :  such  are  those  of  every 
order  except  the  Aptera  of  Linne,  of  which  only  three 
or  four  genera  belong  to  this  class. — Octopods,  or  those 

a  DC  Geer,  vi.  335.  b  See  above,  p.  234. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  303 

that  have  eight  legs,  including  the  tribes  of  mites  (Aca- 
rina) ;  spiders  (Araneidce] ;  long-legged  spiders  (Pha- 
langidte] ;  and  scorpions  (Scorpionidce) : — Polypods^  or 
those  that  havefourteen  legs,  consisting  of  the  woodlouse 
tribe  (Oniscidae)\ — and  Myriapods,  or  those  that  have 
more  than  fourteen  legs — often  more  than  a  hundred — 
composed  of  the  two  tribes  of  centipedes  (Scolopendridte) 
and  millepedes  (Julidce).  The  first  of  these  classes  may 
be  denominated  proper^  and  the  rest  improper  insects. 
The  legs  of  all  seem  to  consist  of  the  same  general  parts ; 
the  hip,  trochanter,  thigh,  shank,  and  foot ;  the  four  first 
being  usually  without  joints  (though  in  the  Araneidce,  &c. 
the  shank  has  two),  and  the  foot  having  from  one  to 
above  forty  a. 

In  walking  and  running,  the  hexapods,  like  the  larvae 
that  .have  perfect  legs,  move  the  anterior  and  posterior 
leg  of  one  side  and  the  intermediate  of  the  other  alter- 
nately, as  I  have  often  witnessed.  De  Geer,  however, 
affirms  that  they  advance  each  pair  of  legs  at  the  same 
time b ;  but  this  is  contrary  to  fact,  and  indeed  would 
make  their  ordinary  motions,  instead  of  walking  and 
running,  a  kind  of  canter  and  gallop.  Whether  those 

a  The  most  common  number  of  joints  in  the  tarsus  is  from  two  to 
five ;  but  the  Phalangidae  have  sometimes  more  than  forty.  In  these, 
under  a  lens,  this  part  looks  like  a  jointed  antenna. 

Geoffroy,  and  after  him  most  modern  entomologists,  has  taken  the 
primary  divisions  of  the  Colcoptera  order  from  the  number  of  joints 
in  the  tarsus ;  but  this,  although  perhaps  in  the  majority  of  cases  it 
may  afford  a  natural  division,  will  not  universally.  For — not  to 
mention  the  instance  of  Pselaphus,  clearly  belonging  to  the  Bra- 
chyptera — both  Oxytelus,  Grav.,  and  another  genus  that  I  have  sepa- 
rated from  it  (Carpalimus,  K.  Ms.),  have  only  two  joints  in  their 
tarsi.  In  this  tribe,  therefore,  it  can  only  be  used  for  secondary  di- 
visions.—K.  b  Hi.  284. 


304?  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

that  have  more  than  six  feet  move  in  this  way — which  is 
not  improbable — from  the  difficulty  of  attending  at  the 
same  time  to  the  movements  of  so  many  members,  is  not 
easily  ascertained. 

The  dog-tick  (Ixodffs  Ricinus\  if  when  young  and 
active  it  moves  in  the  same  way  that  it  does  when  swoln 
to  an  enormous  size  with  blood,  seems  to  afford  an  ex- 
ception to  the  mode  of  walking  just  described.  It  first 
uses,  says  Ray,  its  two  anterior  legs  as  antennae  to  feel 
out  its  way,  and  then  fixing  them,  brings  the  next  pair 
beyond  them,  which  being  also  fixed,  it  takes  a  second 
step  with  the  anterior,  and  so  drags  its  bloated  carcase 
along  a.  Redi  observes,  that  when  scorpions  walk  they 
use  those  remarkable  comb-like  processes  at  the  base  of 
their  posterior  legs  to  assist  them  in  their  motions,  ex- 
tending them  and  setting  them  out  from  the  body,  as  if 
they  were  wings :  and  his  observation  is  confirmed  by 
Amoreux,  who  calls  them  ventral  swimmers  b.  I  have 
often  noticed  a  millepede  (Julus  terrestris],  frequently 
found  under  the  bark  of  trees,  and  where  there  is  not  a 
free  circulation  of  air,  the  motions  of  which  are  worthy 
of  attention.  Observed  at  a  little  distance,  it  seems  to 
glide  over  the  surface,  like  a  serpent,  without  legs ;  but 
a  nearer  inspection  shows  how  its  movement  is  accom- 
plished. Alternate  portions  of  its  numerous  legs  are  ex- 
tended beyond  the  line  of  the  body,  so  as  to  form  an  ob- 
tuse angle  with  it,  while  those  in  the  intervals  preserve 
a  vertical  direction.  So  that,  as  long  as  it  keeps  moving, 
little  bunches  of  the  legs  are  alternately  in  and  out  from 
one  end  to  the  other  of  its  long  body ;  and  an  amusing 

a  Hist.  Ins.  10.         b  Redi  Opusc.  i.  80.  Amoreux,  44— 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS,  305 

sight  it  is  to  see  the  undulating  line  of  motion  succes- 
sively beginning  at  the  head  and  passing  off  at  the  tail. 
—The  motion  of  centipedes  (Scolopendra),  as  well  as 
that  of  this  insect  and  its  congeners,  is  retrogressive  as 
well  as  progressive.  Put  your  finger  to  the  common 
one  (Lithobius  forficatus\  and  it  will  immediately  retro- 
grade, and  with  the  same  facility  as  if  it  was  going  for- 
wards. This  difference,  however,  is  then  observable — 
it  uses  its  four  hind  legs,  which,  when  it  moves  in  the 
usual  way,  are  dragged  after  it.  Almost  all  the  other 
apterous  insects,  as  well  as  many  of  those  in  the  other 
orders,  can  move  in  all  directions ;  backwards,  and  to- 
wards both  sides,  as  well  as  forwards.  Bonnet  mentions 
a  spider  (not  a  spinner)  that  always  walked  backwards 
when  it  attacked  a  large  insect  of  its  own  tribe ;  but 
when  it  had  succeeded  in  driving  it  from  a  captive  fly, 
which  however  it  did  not  eat,  it  walked  forwards  in  the 
ordinary  way  a. 

Insects  vary  much  in  their  walking  paces :  some 
crawling  along ;  others  walking  slowly ;  and  others 
moving  with  a  very  quick  step.  The  field  cricket 
(Gryllus  campestris)  creeps  very  slowly — the  blbody- 
nose  beetle  (Timarcha  tenebricosa)  and  the  oil-beetle 
(Meloe  Proscarabceus)  march  very  leisurely;  the  spider- 
wasps  (Pompilus]  walk  by  starts,  as  it  were,  vibrating 
their  wings,  at  the  same  time,  without  expanding  them ; 
while  flies,  ichneumons,  wasps,  &c.,  and  many  beetles, 
walk  as  fast  as  they  can.  One  insect,  a  kind  of  snake- 
fly  (Mantispa  pagana),  is  said  to  walk  upon  its  knees. 
The  crane-flies  (Tipula  oleracea)  and  shepherd-spiders 
(Phalangium)  have  legs  so  disproportionately  long,  that 

a  CEuvr.  ii.  426. 
VOL.  II.  x 


306  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

they  seem  to  walk  upon  stilts ;  but  when  we  consider 
that  they  have  to  walk  over  and  amongst  grass, — the 
former  laying  its  eggs  in  meadows, — we  shall  see  the 
reason  of  this  conformation.  Insects  do  not  always 
walk  in  a  right  line ;  for  I  have  often  observed  the  little 
midges  (Psychoda,  Latr.),  when  walking  up  glass,  moving 
alternately  from  right  to  left  and  from  left  to  right,  as 
humble-bees  fly,  so  as  to  describe  small  zigzags. 

Numerous  are  the  insects  that  run.  Almost  all  the 
predaceous  tribes,  the  black  dors,  clocks,  or  ground- 
beetles  (Eutrecli\\\a\  and  their  fellow  destroyers  the  Ci- 
cindeltz,  and  other  Eupter'ma — which  Linne,  with  much 
propriety,  has  denominated  the  tigers  of  the  insect  world, 
— are  gifted  with  uncommon  powers  of  motion,  and  run 
with  great  rapidity.  The  velocity,  in  this  respect,  of 
tints  is  also  very  great. — Mr.  Delisle  observed  a  fly — so 
minute  as  to  be  almost  invisible — which  ran  nearly  three 
inches  in  a  demi-second,  and  in  that  space  made  540 
steps.  Consequently  it  could  take  a  thousand  steps 
during  one  pulsation  of  the  blood  of  a  man  in  health  a. 
Which  is  as  if  a  man,  whose  steps  measured  two  feet, 
should  run  at  the  incredible  rate  of  more  than  twenty 
miles  in  a  minute !  How  astonishing  then  are  the  powers 
with  which  these  little  beings  are  gifted  ! — The  forest-fly 
(Hippobosca),  and  its  kindred  genus  Ornithomyia  pa- 
rasitic upon  birds,  are  extremely  difficult  to  take,  as  I 
have  more  than  once  experienced,  from  their  extreme 
agility.  1  lost  one  from  this  circumstance  two  years 
ago  that  I  found  upon  the  sea-lark  (Charadrius  Hiati- 
culd]  and  which  appeared  to  be  non-descript.  Another 
most  singular  insect,  which  though  apterous  is  nearly 
a  Lesser,  L.  i.  248,  note  24. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  307 

related  to  these — I  mean  the  louse  of  the  bat  (Nycteribia 
Vespertilioms),  is  still  more  remarkable  for  its  swiftness. 
Its  legs,  as  appears  from  the  observations  of  Colonel 
Montague,  are  fixed  in  an  unusual  position  on  the  upper 
side  of  the  trunk.  "It  transports  itself,"  to  use  the 
words  of  the  gentleman  just  mentioned,  "  with  such  cele- 
rity, from  one  part  of  the  animal  it  inhabits  to  the  oppo- 
site and  most  distant,  although  obstructed  by  the  ex- 
treme thickness  of  the  fur,  that  it  is  not  readily  taken." 

"  When  two  or  three  were  put  into  a  small  phial, 

their  agility  appeared  inconceivably  great;  for,  as  their 
feet  are  incapable  of  fixing  upon  so  smooth  a  body, 
their  whole  exertion  was  employed  in  laying  hold  of 
each  other;  and  in  this  most  curious  struggle  they  ap- 
peared actually  flying  in  circles :  and  when  the  bottle 
was  reclined,  they  would  frequently  pass  from  one  end 
to  the  other  with  astonishing  velocity,  accompanied  by 
the  same  gyrations :  if  by  accident  they  escaped  each 
other,  they  very  soon  became  motionless:  and  as  quickly 
were  the  whole  put  in  motion  again  by  the  least  touch 
of  the  bottle,  or  the  movement  of  an  individual a. — In- 
credibly great  also  is  the  rapidity  with  which  a  little 
reddish  mite,  with  two  black  dots  on  the  anterior  part 
of  its  back  (Gamasus  Baccaruni),  common  upon  straw- 
berries, moves  along.  Such  is  the  velocity  with  which 
it  runs,  that  it  appears  rather  to  glide  or  fly  than  to  use 
its  legs. 

When  insects  walk  or  run,  their  legs  are  not  the  only 

members  that  are  put  in  motion.      They  will  not,  or 

rather  cannot,  stir  a  step  till  their  antennae  are  removed 

from  their  station  of  repose  and  set  in  action.     When 

a  Linn.  Trans,  xi.  13. 

x  2 


308  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

the  chafers  or  petalocerous  beetles  are  about  to  move, 
these  organs,  before  concealed,  instantly  appear,  and  the 
laminae  which  terminate  them  being  separated  from  each 
other  as  widely  as  possible,  they  begin  their  march. 
They  employ  their  antennae,  however,  not  as  feelers  to 
explore  surrounding  objects, — their  palpi  being  rather 
used  for  that  purpose, — but,  it  should  seem,  merely  to 
receive  vibrations,  or  impressions  from  the  atmosphere, 
to  which  these  Iamina3,  especially  in  the  male  cock- 
chafers, or  rather  tree-chafers  (Melolonthce)  present  a 
considerable  surface.  Yet  insects  that  have  filiform  or 
setaceous  antennae  appear  often  to  use  them  for  explo- 
ring. When  the  turnip-flea  (Haltica  oleracea)  walks,  its 
antennae  are  alternately  elevated  and  depressed. — The 
same  thing  takes  place  with  some  woodlice  (Oniscida), 
which  use  them  as  tactors,  touching  the  surface  on  each 
side  with  them,  as  they  go  along.  This  is  not  however 
constantly  the  use  of  this  kind  of  antennae;  for  I  have 
observed  that  Telephorus  lividus^ — a  narrow  beetle  with 
soft  elytra,  common  in  flowers, — when  it  walks  vibrates 
its  setaceous  antennae  very  briskly,  but  does  not  explore 
the  surface  with  them.  The  parasitic  tribes  of  Hyme- 
noptera,  especially  the  minute  ones,  when  they  move  vi- 
brate these  organs  most  intensely,  and  probably  by  them 
discover  the  insect  to  which  the  law  of  their  nature  or- 
dains that  they  should  commit  their  eggs ;  some  even 
using  them  to  explore  the  deep  holes  in  which  a  grub, 
the  appropriate  food  of  their  larva,  lurks a.  But  upon 
this  subject  I  shall  have  occasion  to  enlarge  when  I  treat 
of  the  senses  of  insects. — Antennae  are  sometimes  used 
as  legs.  A  gnat-like  kind  of  bug  (Ploiera  vagabunda) 
a  Marsham  in  Linn.  Trans,  iii.  26 — . 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  309 

has  very  short  anterior  legs,  or  rather  arms ;  while  the 
two  posterior  pair  are  very  long.  Its  antennae  also  are 
long.  When  it  walks,  which  it  does  very  slowly,  with 
a  solemn  measured  step,  its  fore  legs,  which  perhaps  are 
useful  only  in  climbing,  or  to  seize  its  prey,  are  applied 
to  the  body,  and  the  antennae  being  bent,  their  extremity, 
which  is  rather  thick,  is  made  to  rest  upon  the  surface 
on  which  the  animal  moves,  and  so  supply  the  place  of 
fore-legs*. — Mr.  Curtis  suspects  that  Xyela  pusilla,  a 
hymenopterous  insect  related  to  Xiphydria,  uses  its 
maxillary  palpi  as  legsb.  I  have  observed  that  mites 
often  use  the  long  hairs  with  which  the  tail  of  some  spe- 
cies is  furnished,  to  assist  them  in  walking. 

Another  mode  of  motion  with  which  many  insects  are 
endowed  is  jumping.  This  is  generally  the  result  of  the 
sudden  unbending  of  the  articulations  of  the  posterior 
legs  and  other  organs,  which  before  had  received  more 
than  their  natural  bend.  This  unbending  impresses  a 
violent  rotatory  motion  upon  these  parts,  the  impulse  of 
which  being  communicated  to  the  centre  of  gravity, 
causes  the  animal  to  spring  into  the  air  with  a  determi- 
nate velocity,  opposed  to  its  weight  more  or  less  di- 
rectly^ Various  are  the  organs  by  which  these  crea- 
tures are  enabled  to  effect  this  motion.  The  majority 
do  it  by  a  peculiar  conformation  of  the  hind  legs;  others, 
by  a  pectoral  process;  and  others,  again,  by  means  of 
certain  elastic  appendages  to  the  abdomen. 

The  hind  legs  of  many  beetles  are  furnished  with 
remarkably  large  and  thick  thighs.  Of  this  descrip- 
tion are  several  species  of  weevils;  for  instance,  Or- 

*  De  Geer,  iii.  324—  b  Brit.  Ent.  i.  /.  xxx./.  4. 

c  Cuvier,  Anat.  Comp.  i.  496 — 


310  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

chestes  and  Ramphus ;  the  whole  tribe  of  skippers 
(Haltica),  and  the  splendid  Asiatic  tribe  of  Sagra*, 
&c.  The  object  of  these  disproportioned  and  clumsy 
thighs  is  to  allow  space  for  more  powerful  muscles, 
by  which  the  tibiae,  whfcn  the  legs  are  unbent,  are  im- 
pelled with  greater  force.  In  the  Orthoptera  order 
all  the  grasshoppers,  including  the  genera  Gryllotalpa  ,- 
Gryllm  ;  Tridactylus  ,•  Locusta ;  Acrida ;  Pterophylla ; 
Pneumora ;  Truxalis  ;  Acrydium ;  Tetrix,  &c. — are 
distinguished  by  incrassated  posterior  thighs;  which 
however  are  much  longer,  more  tapering  and  shapely, 
(they  are  indeed  somewhat  clumsy  in  the  two  first  ge- 
nera, the  crickets,)  than  those  of  most  of  the  Coleoptera 
that  are  furnished  with  them.  When  disposed  to  leap, 
these  insects  bend  their  hind  leg  so  as  to  bring  the 
shank  into  close  contact  with  the  thigh — which  has 
often  a  longitudinal  furrow  armed  with  a  row  of  spines 
on  each  side  to  receive  it.  The  leg  being  thus  bent, 
they  suddenly  unbend  it  with  a  jerk,  when  pushing 
against  the  plane  of  position,  they  spring  into  the  air 
often  to  a  considerable  height  and  distance.  A  locust, 
which  however  is  aided  by  its  wings,  it  is  said  will  leap 
two  hundred  times  its  own  length  b. — Aristophanes,  in 
order  to  make  the  great  and  good  Athenian  philosopher, 
Socrates,  appear  ridiculous,  represents  him  as  having 
measured  the  leap  of  a  flea  c.  In  our  better  times  sci- 
entific men  have  done  this  without  being  laughed  at  for 
it,  and  have  ascertained  that,  comparatively,  it  equalled 
that  of  the  locust,  being  also  two  hundred  times  its 
length.  Being  effected  by  muscular  force,  without  the 

a  Oliv.  Entom.  n.  90,  t.  i.     "  Swamm.  Bibl.  Nat.  Ed.  Hill,  i.  123.  b. 
0  Aristoph.  Nubes,  Act.  i.  Sc.  2. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  311 

aid  of  wings,  this  is  an  astonishing  leap. — There  are 
several  insects,  however,  which,  although  they  are  fur- 
nished with  incrassated  posterior  thighs,  do  not  jump. 
Of  this  description  are  some  beetles  belonging  to  the 
genus  NecydaliS)  (Oedemera,  Oliv.)  in  which  this  seems 
a  peculiarity  of  the  male :  and  amongst  the  Hymenoptera, 
not  to  mention  others,  several  species  of  Chalcis,  and  all 
that  are  known  of  that  singular  genus  Leucospis* 

Many  insects,  that  jump  by  means  of  their  posterior 
legs,  have  not  these  thighs.  This  is  said  to  be  the 
case  with  Scaphidium,  a  little  tribe  of  beetles a :  and  one 
of  the  same  order,  that  seems  to  come  between  Anobium 
and  Ptilinus,  found  by  our  friend  the  Rev.  R.  Sheppard, 
and  which  I  have  named  after  him  Choragus  Sheppardi, 
is  similarly  circumstanced. — In  the  various  tribes  of 
frog-hoppers  (Cercopidtf,  &c.)  the  posterior  tibiae  ap- 
pear to  be  principally  concerned  in  their  leaping. 
These  are  often  very  long,  and  furnished,  on  their  exte- 
rior margin,  with  a  fringe  of  stiff  hairs,  or  a  series  of 
strong  spines,  by  pressing  which  against  the  plane  of 
position  they  are  supposed  to  be  aided  in  effecting  this 
motion.  On  this  occasion  they  bend  their  legs  like  the 
grasshoppers,  and  then  unbending  kick  them  out  with 
violence5.  Many  of  them,  amongst  the  rest  Cercopis 
spumaria,  have  the  extremity  of  the  above  tibiae  armed 
with  a  coronet  of  spines ;  these  are  of  great  use  in  push- 
ing them  off  when  the  legs  are  unbended.  This  insect, 
when  about  to  leap,  places  its  posterior  thighs  in  a 
direction  perpendicular  to  the  plane  of  position,  keeping 
them  close  to  the  body;  it  next  with  great  violence 
pushes  them  out  backwards,  so  as  to  stretch  the  leg  in 
*  Trost,  Bcitragc,  40.  b  De  Gccr,  iii.  161. 


312  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

a  right  line.  These  spines  then  lay  hold  of  the  surface, 
and  by  their  pressure  enable  the  body  to  spring  for- 
wards, when,  being  assisted  by  its  wings,  it  will  make 
astonishing  leaps,  sometimes  as  much  as  five  or  six  feet, 
which  is  more  than  25f)  times  its  own  length  ;  or  as  if  a 
man  of  ordinary  stature  should  be  able  at  once  to  vault 
through  the  air  to  the  distance  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile. 
Upon  glass,  where  the  spines  are  of  no  use,  the  insect 
cannot  leap  more  than  six  inches a. — The  species  of  an- 
other genus  of  the  homopterous  Hemiptera  (Chemes), 
that  jump  very  nimbly  by  pushing  out  their  shanks,  are 
perhaps  assisted  in  this  motion  by  a  remarkable  horn 
looking  towards  the  anus,  which  arms  their  posterior 
hip. — Some  bugs  that  leap  well,  Acanthia  saltatoria,  &c. 
seem  to  have  ,no  particular  apparatus  to  assist  them, 
except  that  their  posterior  tibiae  are  very  long. —  Several 
of  the  minute  ichneumons  also  jump  with  great  agility, 
but  by  what  means  I  am  unable  to  say. — There  is  a 
tribe  of  spiders,  not  spinners,  that  leap  even  sideways 
upon  their  prey.  One  of  these  (Salticus  scenicus),  when 
about  to  do  this,  elevates  itself  upon  its  legs,  and  lifting 
its  head  seems  to  survey  the  spot  before  it  jumps. 
When  these  insects  spy  a  small  gnat  or  fly  upon  a  wall, 
they  creep  very  gently  towards  it  with  short  steps,  till 
they  come  within  a  convenient  distance,  when  they 
spring  upon  it  suddenly  like  a  tiger. — Bar  tram  observed 
one  of  these  spiders  that  jumped  two  feet  upon  a  hum- 
ble-bee. The  most  amusing  account,  however,  of  the 
motions  of  these  animals  is  given  by  the  celebrated 
Evelyn  in  his  Travels.  When  at  Rome,  he  often  ob- 
served a  spider  of  this  kind  hunting  the  flies  which 
a  PeGeer,  iii.  1/8. 


MOTIONS  OF  JNSECTS.  313 

alighted  upon  a  rail  on  which  was  its  station.  It  keptcrawl- 
ing  under  the  rail  till  it  arrived  at  the  part  opposite  to 
the  fly,  when  stealing  up  it  would  attempt  to  leap  upon 
it.  If  it  discovered  that  it  was  not  perfectly  opposite,  it 
would  immediately  slide  down  again  unobserved,  and  at 
the  next  attempt  would  come  directly  upon  the  fly's 
back.  Did  the  fly  happen  not  to  be  within  a  leap,  it 
would  move  towards  it  so  softly,  that  its  motion  seemed 
not  more  perceptible  than  that  of  the  shadow  of  the 
gnomon  of  a  dial.  If  the  intended  prey  moved,  the 
spider  would  keep  pace  with  it  as  exactly  as  if  they 
were  actuated  by  one  spirit,  moving  backwards,  for- 
wards, or  on  each  side  without  turning.  When  the  fly 
took  wing,  and  pitched  itself  behind  the  huntress,  she 
turned  round  with  the  swiftness  of  thought,  and  always 
kept  her  head  towards  it,  though  to  all  appearance  as 
immovable  as  one  of  the  nails  driven  into  the  wood  on 
which  was  her  station  :  till  at  last,  being  arrived  within 
due  distance,  swift  as  lightning  she  made  the  fatal  leap 
and  secured  her  preya.  I  have  had  an  opportunity 
of  observing  very  similar  proceedings  in  Salticus  see- 
nicus. 

But  the  legs  of  insects  are  not  the  only  organs  by 
which  they  leap.  The  numerous  species  of  the  elastic 
beetles  (Elater),  skip-jacks  as  some  call  them,  perform 
this  motion  by  means  of  a  pectoral  process  or  mucro. 
These  animals  having  very  short  legs,  when  laid  upon 
their  backs,  cannot  by  their  means  recover  a  prone 
position.  To  supply  this  seeming  defect  in  their  struc- 
ture, Providence  has  furnished  them  with  an  instrument 
which,  when  they  are  so  circumstanced,  enables  them 
*  Evelyn,  quoted  in  Hooke's  Microgr.  200 — 


314?  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

to  spring  into  the  air  and  recover  their  standing.  If 
you  examine  the  breast  (pectus)  of  one  of  these  insects, 
you  will  observe  between  the  base  of  the  anterior  pair 
of  legs  a  short  and  rather  blunt  process,  the  point  of 
which  is  towards  the  aflus.  Opposite  to  this  point,  and 
a  little  before  the  base  of  the  intermediate  legs,  you  will 
discover  in  the  after-breast  (postpectus)  a  rather  deep 
cavity,  in  which  the  point  is  often  sheathed.  This  sim- 
ple apparatus  is  all  that  the  insect  wants  to  effect  the 
above  purpose.  When  laid  upon  its  back,  in  your  hand 
if  you  please,  it  will  first  bend  back,  so  as  to  form  a  very 
obtuse  angle  with  each  other,  the  head  and  trunk,  and 
abdomen  and  metathorax,  by  which  motion  the  mucro 
is  quite  liberated  from  its  sheath ;  and  then  bending 
them  in  a  contrary  direction,  the  mucro  enters  it  again, 
and  the  former  attitude  being  briskly  and  suddenly  re- 
sumed, the  mucro  flies  out  with  a  spring,  and  the  insect 
rising,  sometimes  an  inch  or  two  into  the  air,  regains  its 
legs  and  moves  off.  The  upper  part  of  the  body,  by  its 
pressure  against  the  plane  of  position,  assists  this  mo- 
tion, during  which  the  legs  are  kept  close  to  its  under- 
side. Cuvier,  when  he  says  that  man  and  birds  are  the 
only  animals  that  can  leap  vertically a,  seems  to  have 
forgotten  this  leap  of  Elaters,  which  is  generally  verti- 
cal, the  trunk  being  vertically  above  the  organ  that  pro- 
duces the  leap. 

Other  insects  again  leap  by  means  of  the  abdomen  or 
some  organs  attached  to  it.  An  apterous  species — be- 
longing to  the  Ickneumonidtf,  and  to  the  genus  Cryptus 
— takes  long  leaps  by  first  bending  its  abdomen  inwards, 
as  De  Geer  thinks,  and  then  pushing  it  with  force  along 
:;  Anat.  Comp.  i.  498. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  315 

the  plane  of  position a.  There  is  a  tribe  of  minute  in- 
sects amongst  the  Aptera,  found  often  under  bark, 
sometimes  on  the  water,  and  in  various  other  situations, 
which  Linne  has  named  Podura,  a  term  implying  that 
they  have  a  leg  in  their  tail.  This  is  literally  the  fact. 
For  the  tail,  or  anal  extremity,  of  these  insects  is  fur- 
nished with  an  inflexed  forkb,  which,  though  usually 
bent  under  the  body,  they  have  the  power  of  unbend- 
ing; during  which  action,  the  forked  spring,  pushing 
powerfully  against  the  plane  of  position,  enables  the 
animal  to  leap  sometimes  two  or  three  inches.  What 
is  more  remarkable,  these  little  animals  are  by  this  or- 
gan even  empowered  to  leap  upon  water.  There  is 
a  minute  black  species  (P.  aquatica),  which  in  the 
spring  is  often  seen  floating  on  that  contained  in  ruts, 
hollows,  or  even  ditches,  and  in  such  infinite  num- 
bers as  to  resemble  gunpowder  strewed  upon  the  sur- 
face. When  disturbed,  these  black  grains  are  seen  to 
skip  about  as  if  ignited,  jumping  with  as  much  ease  as 
if  the  fluid  were  a  solid  plane,  that  resists  their  pres- 
sure. The  insects  of  another  genus — separated  from 
Podura  by  Latreille  under  the  name  of  Sminthurus — 
have  also  an  anal  spring,  which  when  bent  under  the 
body  nearly  reaches  the  head.  These,  which  are  of  a 
more  globose  form  than  Podura,  are  so  excessively  agile 
that  it  is  almost  impossible  to  take  them.  Pressing 
their  spring  against  the  surface  on  which  they  stand, 
and  unbending  it  with  force,  they  are  out  of  your  reach 
before  your  finger  can  come  near  them.  One  of  them, 
S.  fuscus,  besides  the  caudal  fork,  has  a  very  singular 
organ,  the  use  of  which  is  to  prevent  it  from  falling  from 
11  ii.  910.  b  PLATE  XV.  FIG.  14. 


316  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

a  perpendicular  surface,  on  which  they  are  often  found 
at  a  great  height  from  the  ground.  Between  the  ends 
of  the  fork  there  is  an  elevated  cylinder  or  tube,  from 
which  the  animal,  when  necessary,  can  protrude  two 
long,  filiform,  flexible  transparent  threads  covered  with 
a  slimy  secretion.  By  these,  when  it  has  lost  its  hold, 
it  adheres  to  the  surface  on  which  it  is  stationed  \  An- 
other insect  related  to  the  common  sugar-louse,  and 
called  by  Latreille  Machilis  polypoda,  in  some  places 
common  under  stones b,  has  eight  pair  of  springs,  one 
on  each  ventral  segment  of  the  abdomen,  by  means  of 
which  it  leaps  to  a  wonderful  distance,  and  with  the 
greatest  agility. 

Climbing  is  another  motion  of  insects  that  merits  par- 
ticular consideration  :  since,  as  this  includes  their  power 
of  moving  against  gravity — as  we  see  flies  and  spiders 
do  upon  our  ceilings,  and  up  perpendicular  surfaces 
even  when  of  glass — it  affords  room  for  much  interest- 
ing and  curious  inquiry.  Climbing  insects  may  be  di- 
vided into  four  classes. — Those  that  climb  by  means  of 
their  claws ; — those  that  climb  by  a  soft  cushion  of  dense 
hairs,  that,  more  or  less,  lines  the  underside  of  the  joints 
of  their  tarsi,  the  claw-joint  excepted ; — those  that  climb 
by  the  aid  of  suckers,  which  adhere  (a  vacuum  being 
produced  between  them  and  the  plane  of  position)  by 
the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere; — and  those  that  are 
enabled  to  climb  by  means  of  some  substance  which 
they  have  the  power  of  secreting. 

The  first  order   of  climbers — those  that    climb  by 
means   of  their  claws — includes  a  large  proportion  of 

a  De  Geer,vii.  38—.  t.  iii./.  10.  rr. 

b  This  insect  abounds  at  East  Farleigh,  near  Maidatone. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  317 

insects,  especially  in  the  Coleoptera  order — the  majority 
of  those  that  have  five  joints  in  their  tarsi  being  of  this 
description.  The  predaceous  tribes,  particularly  the 
numerous  and  prowling  ground-beetles  (Eutreckma), 
often  thus  ascend  the  plants  and  trees  after  their  prey. 
Thus  one  of  them,  the  beautiful  but  ferocious  Calosoma 
Sycophanta,  mounts  the  trunk  and  branches  of  the  oak 
to  commit  fearful  ravages  amongst  the  hordes  of  cater- 
pillars that  inhabit  it a.  By  these  the  less  savage  but 
equally  destructive  tree-chafers  (~M.elolonthce\  and  those 
enemies  of  vegetable  beauty  the  rose-chafers  (Cetonia 
aurata),  are  enabled  to  maintain  their  station  on  the 
trees  and  shrubs  that  they  lay  waste.  And  by  these 
also  the  water-beetles  (Dytiscus,  Hydrophilus,  &c.)  climb 
the  aquatic  plants. — But  it  is  unnecessary  further  to  en- 
large upon  this  head;  I  shall  only  observe,  that  in  most 
of  the  insects  here  enumerated,  the  claws  appear  to  be 
aided  by  stiff  hairs  or  bristles. 

Other  climbers  ascend  by  means  of  foot-cushions 
(pulvilli)  composed  of  hairs,  as  thickly  set  as  in  plush  or 
velvet,  with  which  the  underside  of  the  joints  of  their  tarsi 
— the  claw-joint,  which  is  always  naked,  excepted — are 
covered.  These  cushions  are  particularly  conspicuous 
in  the  beautiful  tribe  of  plant-beetles  (Chrysomelidce). 
A  common  insect  of  this  kind,  before  mentioned,  called 
the  bloody-nose  beetle  (Timarcha  tenebricosa),  by  the  aid 
of  these  is  enabled  to  adhere  to  the  trailing  plants,  the 
various  species  of  bedstraw  (Galium\  on  which  it  feeds; 
and  by  these  will  support  itself  against  gravity;  for  both 
this  and  Chrysomela  goettingensis  will  walk  upon  the 
hand  with  their  back  downwards,  and  it  then  requires  a 
*  Reaum  ii.  457. 


318  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

rather  strong  pull  to  disengage  them  from  their  station. 
— The  whole  tribe  of  weevils  (Rhynchophora,  Latr.)  are 
also  furnished  with  these  cushions,  but  not  always  upon 
all  their  joints,  some  having  them  only  at  their  apex ; 
and  the  palm-weevil  (fordylia  Palmarum)  at  the  extre- 
mity solely  of  the  last  joint  but  one. — Those  brilliant 
beetles  the  Bup?*estes  have  also  these  cushions,  as  have 
likewise  the  numerous  tribes  of  capricorn-beetles  (Longi- 
cornes,  Latr).  The  larvae  of  these  being  timber-borers, 
the  parent  insect  is  probably  thus  enabled  to  adhere  to 
this  substance  whilst  it  deposits  its  eggs.  Indeed  in 
some  species  of  the  former  genus  the  cushions  wear 
the  appearance  of  suckers. — While  the  linear  species 
of  Helops  are  without  them,  they  clothe  all  the  tarsi  of 
H.  anew  (Chalcites  K.  Ms.) a.  In  two  other  genera  of 
the  same  order,  Silpha  and  Cicindela,  the  anterior  tarsi 
of  the  males  are  furnished  with  them  ;  in  these  therefore 
they  may  be  regarded,  like  the  suckers  of  the  larger 
water-beetles  (Dytisci),  as  given  for  sexual  purposes. 
The  three  first  joints  of  the  anterior  tarsi  of  many  of 
the  larger  rove-beetles  (Staphylinus,  L.)  are  dilated  so  as 
to  form,  as  in  the  last-mentioned  insects,  an  orbicular  pa- 
tella, but  covered  by  cushions.  Since  in  them  this  is  not 
peculiar  to  the  males,  it  is  probably  given  that  they  may 
be  able  to  support  their  long  bodies  when  climbing. 

But  the  most  remarkable  class  of  climbers  consists  of 
those  that  are  furnished  with  an  apparatus  by  which  they 
can  form  a  vacuum,  so  as  to  adhere  to  the  plane  on  which 
they  are  moving  by  atmospheric  pressure.  That  flies 

a  The  insect  here  alluded  to  is  figured  by  Olivier  under  the  name 
of  Tenebrio  nitens  (No.  57.  t.  \.f,  4.) :  his  Helops  ceneus  (No.  58,  1. i. 
f.  7.)  is  a  different  insect. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  319 

can  walk  upon  glass  placed  vertically,  and  in  general 
against  gravity,  has  long  been  a  source  of  wonder  and 
inquiry ;  and  various  have  been  the  opinions  of  scientific 
men  upon  the  subject.  Some  imagined  that  the  suckers 
on  the  feet  of  these  animals  were  spunges  filled  with  a 
kind  of  gluten,  by  which  they  were  enabled  to  adhere  to 
such  surfaces.  This  idea,  though  incorrect,  was  not  so 
absurd  as  at  first  it  may  seem ;  since  we  have  seen  above 
in  many  instances,  and  very  lately  in  that  of  the  Sminthu- 
rus  fuscus,  that  insects  are  often  aided  in  their  motions 
by  a  secretion  of  this  kind.  Hooke  appears  to  have  been 
one  of  the  first  who  remarked  that  the  suspension  of 
these  animals  was  produced  by  some  mechanical  con- 
trivance in  their  feet.  Observing  that  the  claws  alone 
could  not  effect  this  purpose,  he  justly  concluded  that 
it  must  be  principally  owing  to  the  mechanism  of  the 
two  palms,  pattens,  or  soles  as  he  calls  the  suckers; 
these  he  describes  as  beset  underneath  with  small  bristles 
or  tenters,  like  the  wire  teeth  of  a  card  for  working  wool, 
which  having  a  contrary  direction  to  the  claws,  and  both 
pulling  different  ways,  if  there  be  any  irregularity  or 
yielding  in  the  surface  of  a  body,  enable  the  fly  to  sus- 
pend itself  very  firmly.  That  they  walk  upon  glass,  he 
ascribes  to  some  ruggedness  in  the  surface  ;  and  princi- 
pally to  a  smoky  tarnish  which  adheres  to  it,  by  means 
of  which  the  fly  gets  footing  upon  it  a.  But  these  tenter- 
hooks in  the  suckers  of  flies,  and  this  smoky  tarnish  upon 
glass,  are  mere  fancies,  since  they  can  walk  as  well  upon 
the  cleanest  glass  as  upon  the  most  tarnished.  Reaumur 
also  attributes  this  faculty  of  these  animals  to  the  hairs 
upon  their  suckers5.  That  learned  and  pious  naturalist, 
a  Microgr.  170.  b  iv.  259. 


320  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

Dr.  Derham,  seems  to  have  been  one  of  the  first  who 
gave  the  true  solution  of  this  enigma.  "  Flies,"  says  he, 
"  besides  their  sharp  hooked  nails,  have  also  skinny 
palms  to  their  feet,  to  enable  them  to  stick  on  glass  and 
other  smooth  bodies,  bji  the  pressure  of  the  atmosphere*" 
He  compares  these  palms  to  the  curious  suckers  of  male 
Dytisci,  before  alluded  to,  and  illustrates  their  action  by 
a  common  practice  of  boys,  who  carry  stones  by  a  wet 
piece  of  leather  applied  to  their  top.  Another  eminent 
and  excellent  naturalist,  the  late  Mr.  White,  adopted 
this  solution.  He  observes  that  in  the  decline  of  the 
year,  when  the  mornings  and  evenings  become  chilly, 
many  species  of  flies  retire  into  houses  and  swarm  in 
the  windows :  that  at  first  they  are  very  brisk  and  alert; 
but,  as  they  grow  more  torpid,  that  they  move  with  dif- 
ficulty, and  are  scarcely  able  to  lift  their  legs,  which 
seem  as  if  glued  to  the  glass ;  and  that  by  degrees  many 
do  actually  stick  till  they  die  in  the  place.  Then  noti- 
cing Dr.  Derham's  opinion  as  just  stated,  he  further  re- 
marks, that  they  easily  overcome  the  atmospheric  pres- 
sure when  they  are  brisk  and  alert.  But,  he  proceeds, 
in  the  decline  of  the  year  this  resistance  becomes  too 
mighty  for  their  diminished  strength  ;  and  we  see  flies 
labouring  along,  and  lugging  their  feet  in  windows  as  if 
they  stuck  fast  to  the  glass  b. 

Sir  Joseph  Banks,  to  whom  every  branch  of  Natural 
History  becomes  daily  more  indebted,  has  lately  excited 
an  inquiry,  the  results  of  which  have  confirmed  Derham's 
system  concerning  this  motion  of  animals  against  gravity. 
When  abroad,  he  had  noticed  that  a  lizard,  on  account 

a  Physico-Theol.  Ed.  13.  363,  note  b. 
b  Nat.  Hist.  11.  274. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  321 

of  the  sound  that  it  emits  before  rain,  named  the  Gecko  a 
(Lacerta  Gecko)  could  walk  against  gravity  up  the  walls 
of  houses ;  and  comparing  this  with  the  parallel  mo- 
tions of  flies,  he  was  desirous  of  having  the  subject  more 
scientifically  illustrated  than  it  had  been.  This  inquiry 
was  put  into  the  able  hands  of  Sir  Everard  Home,  so 
justly  celebrated  as  a  comparative  anatomist,  who  was 
assisted  in  it  by  the  incomparable  pencil  of  Mr.  Bauer  : 
and  it  has  been  proved  most  satisfactorily,  that  it  is  by 
producing  a  vacuum  between  certain  organs  destined  for 
that  purpose  and  the  plane  of  position,  sufficient  to 
cause  atmospheric  pressure  upon  their  exterior  surface, 
that  the  animals  in  question  are  enabled  to  walk  up  a 
polished  perpendicular,  like  the  glass  in  our  windows 
and  the  chunam  walls  in  India,  or  with  their"  backs 
downward  on  a  ceiling,  without  being  brought  to  the 
ground  by  the  weight  of  their  bodies. 

a  Amcen.  Acad.  i.  549.  The  Gecko,  probably,  is  not  the  only 
lizard  that  walks  against  gravity.  St.  Pierre  mentions  one  not 
longer  than  a  finger,  that,  in  the  Isle  of  France,  climbs  along  the 
walls,  and  even  up  the  glass  after  the  flies  and  other  insects,  for 
which  it  watches  with  great  patience.  These  lizards  are  sometimes 
so  tame  that  they  will  feed  out  of  the  hand. —  Voyage,  &c.  73. 
Major  Moor  and  Captain  Green  observed  similar  lizards  in  India, 
that  ran  up  the  walls  and  over  the  ceilings  after  the  mosquitos. 
Hasselquist  says  that  the  Gecko  is  very  frequent  at  Cairo,  both  in 
the  houses  and  without  them,  and  that  it  exhales  a  very  deleterious 
poison  from  the  lobuli  between  the  toes.  He  saw  two  women  and  a 
girl  at  the  point  of  death,  merely  from  eating  a  cheese  on  which  it 
had  dropped  its  venom.  One  ran  over  the  hand  of  a  man,  who 
endeavoured  to  catch  it ;  and  immediately  little  pustules,  resembling 
those  occasioned  by  the  stinging-nettle,  rose  all  over  the  parts  the 
creature  had  touched.—  Voyage,  220.  M.  Savigny,  however,  who 
examined  this  animal  in  Egypt,  assures  me  that  this  account  of 
Hasselquist's,  as  far  as  it  relates  to  the  venom  of  the  Gecko,  is  not 
correct. 

VOL.  JI.  Y 


322  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

The  instruments  by  which  a  fly  effects  this  purpose 
are  two  suckers  connected  with  the  last  joint  of  the  tar- 
sus by  a  narrow  infundibular  neck,  which  has  power  of 
motion  in  all  directions,  immediately  under  the  root  of 
each  claw.  These  suckers  consist  of  a  membrane  ca- 
pable of  extension  and  contraction  ;  they  are  concavo- 
convex  with  serrated  edges,  the  concave  surface  being 
downy,  and  the  convex  granulated.  When  in  action 
they  are  separated  from  each  other,  and  the  membrane 
expanded  so  as  to  increase  the  surface :  by  applying 
this  closely  to  the  plane  of  position,  the  air  is  suffi- 
ciently expelled  to  produce  the  pressure  necessary  to 
keep  the  animal  from  falling.  When  the  suckers  are 
disengaged,  they  are  brought  together  again  so  as  to  be 
confined  within  the  space  between  the  two  claws.  This 
may  be  seen  by  looking  at  the  movements  of  a  fly  in  the 
inside  of  a  glass  tumbler  with  a  common  microscope8. 
Thus  the  fly  you  see  does  no  more  than  the  leech  has 
been  long  known  to  do,  when  moving  in  a  glass  vessel. 
Furnished  with  a  sucker  at  each  extremity,  by  means  of 
these  organs  it  marches  up  and  down  at  its  pleasure,  or 
as  the  state  of  the  atmosphere  inclines  it. 

Dipterous  insects,  which  in  general  have  these  or- 
gans, and  some  three  on  each  foot b,  are  not  exclusively 
gifted  with  them  ;  for  various  others  in  different  orders 
have  them,  and  some  in  greater  numbers.  As  I  lately 
observed,  the  foot-cushions  of  the  Buprestes  are  some- 
thing very  like  them,  particularly  those  of  B.fascicularis. 
— A  Brazilian  beetle  in  my  cabinet,  belonging  to  the 
family  of  the  Clerida,  but  not  arranging  well  under 
any  of  Latreille's  genera,  which  I  have  named  Priocera 
a  Philos,  Trans.  1816.  325.  t.  xviii./.  1-7.  b  Ibid.  /  8-11. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  323 

variegata,  has  curious  involuted  suckers  on  its  feet. — 
The  strepsipterous  genera  Stylops  and  Xenos*  are  re- 
markable for  the  vesicles  of  membrane  that  cover  the 
underside  of  their  tarsi,  which,  though  flaccid  in  old 
specimens,  appear  to  be  inflated  in  the  living  animal  or 
those  that  are  recent ft.  It  is  not  improbable  that  these 
vesicles,  which  are  large  and  hairy,  may  act  in  some  de- 
gree as  suckers,  and  assist  it  in  climbing. 

The  insects  of  the  Orthoptera  order  are,  many  of 
them,  remarkable  for  two  kinds  of  appendages  con- 
nected with  my  present  subject,  being  furnished  both 
with  suckers  and  cushions.  The  former  are  concavo- 
convex  processes,  varying  in  shape  in  different  species — 
being  sometimes  orbicular,  sometimes  ovate  or  oblong, 
and  often  wedge-shaped — which  terminate  the  tarsus 
between  the  claw,  one  on  each  foot.  They  are  of  a  hard 
substance,  and  seem  capable  of  free  motion.  In  some 
instances  b,  another  minute  cavity  is  discoverable  at  the 
base  of  the  concave  part,  similar  to  that  in  Cimbex  lutea  c. 
The  latter,  the  foot-cushions,  are  usually  convex  appen- 
dages, of  an  oblong  form,  and  often,  though  not  always, 
divided  in  the  middle  by  a  very  deep  longitudinal  furrow, 
attached  to  the  underside  of  the  tarsal  joints.  Sir  E. 
Home  is  of  opinion  that  the  object  of  these  foot-cushions 
is  to  take  off  the  jar,  when  the  body  of  the  animal  is 
suddenly  brought  from  a  state  of  motion  to  a  state  of 
restd.  This  may  very  likely  be  one  of  their  uses,  but 
there  are  several  circumstances  which  militate  against 
its  being  the  only  one.  By  their  elasticity  they  probably 

«  Kirby  in  Linn.  Trans,  xi.  10(>.  t.  viii./.  13.  «. 
b  I  observed  this  in  the  hind  legs  of  a  variety  ofLocusta  migratoria. 
Philos.  Trans.  1816.  /.  xix./.  5.  d  Ibid.  p.  325. 

Y  2 


324-  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

assist  the  insects  that  have  them  in  their  caps;  and 
when  they  climb  they  may  in  some  degree  act  as  suckers, 
and  prevent  them  from  falling.  But  their  use  will  be 
best  ascertained  by  a  review  of  the  principal  genera  of 
the  order.  Of  these  the  cock-roaches  (Blatta),  the 
spectres  (Phasma),  and  the  praying  insects  (Mantis\  are 
distinguished  by  tarsi  of  five  joints  a.  The  grasshoppers 
with  setaceous  antennae  (Acrida]  have  four  tarsal  joints. 
Those  with  filiform  antennae  (Locusta  and  Acryd.ium\ 
those  with  ensiform  (Truxalis  b),  and  the  crickets  (Gryl- 
lm\  have  only  three.  In  Blatta^  the  variations  with 
respect  to  the  suckers  and  cushions  (for  many  species 
are  furnished  with  both)  are  remarkable.  The  former 
in  some  (Blatta  giganted)  are  altogether  wanting;  in 
others  (B.  Petiveriana)  they  are  mere  rudiments ;  and 
in  others  (B.  Maderte)  they  are  more  conspicuous,  and 
resemble  those  of  the  Gryllidce.  The  foot-cushions 
also  in  some  are  nearly  obselete,  and  occupy  the  mere 
extremity  of  the  four  first  tarsal  joints  (B.  orientalis, 
americana,  capensis,  &c.).  In  B.  Petivcriana  there  is 
none  upon  the  first  joint ;  but  upon  the  extremity  of 
the  four  last,  not  excepting  the  claw-joint,  there  is  a 
minute  orbicular  concave  one,  resembling  a  sucker.  In 
others  (B.  gigantea,  &c.)  they  extend  the  length  of  the 
four  first  joints,  and  are  very  conspicuous.  In  some 

*  In  a  specimen  in  my  cabinet  of  Blatta  gigantea,  the  posterior 
and  anterior  tarsi  of  one  side  have  only  four  joints,  while  the  inter- 
mediate one  has  five.  On  the  other  side  the  hind  leg  is  broken  off, 
but  the  anterior  and  intermediate  tarsi  have  both  five  joints.  In 
another  specimen  one  posterior  tarsus  has  four  and  the  other  five 
joints. 

b  The  name  of  this  genus  properly  spelled  is  Troxallis,  from  the 
Greek  T^%xMis,  Gryllus. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  325 

(B.  Motiffeti,  K.a),  which  have  no  claw-sucker,  there 
appears  to  be  a  cavity  in  the  extremity  of  the  claw- 
joint,  which  may  serve  the  purpose  of  one.  These  foot- 
cushions  are  usually  of  a  pale  colour ;  but  in  one  speci- 
men of  a  hairy  female  which  I  have,  from  Brazil,  they 
are  black.  The  spectre  genus  (Phasma}  exhibits  no  par- 
ticular varieties  in  this  respect.  The  tarsal  joints  of 
the  legs  have  cushions  at  their  apex,  which  appear  to 
be  bifid.  They  have  a  large  orbicular  sucker  between 
the  claws.  In  Mantis  the  fore  feet  have  neither  of 
the  parts  in  question,  and  the  others  have  no  suckers. 
They  have  cushions  on  the  four  first  tarsal  joints  of 
the  two  last  pair  of  legs,  which,  though  smaller,  are 
shaped  much  like  those  in  Phasma.  In  Acrida  the  feet 
have  no  suckers  between  the  claws,  but  they  are  dis- 
tinguished by  two  oval,  soft,  concave,  and  moveable 
processes  attached  to  the  base  of  the  first  joint  of  the 
tarsus,  which  probably  act  as  suckers  b.  In  this  genus 
there  are  two  foot-cushions  on  the  first  joint  of  the  tarsi, 
and  one  on  each  of  the  two  following  ones  c. — The 
species  of  the  genus  Locusta  come  next.  This  genus  is 
called  Aery dium  by  Latreille  after  Geoffrey  ;  but,  since 
it  includes  the  true  locust,  it  ought  to  retain  the  name 
Locusta  given  by  Linne  to  the  tribe  to  which  it  be- 

a  This  insect,  which  is  remarkable  for  having  the  margin  of  its 
thorax  reflexed,  was  long  since  well  figured  in  Mouffet's  work 
(ISO.^g.  infimd).  It  has  not,  however,  been  described  by  any  other 
author  I  have  met  with.  It  is  common  in  Brazil.  Some  specimens 
are  pallid,  while  others  are  of  a  dark  brown.  It  is  to  be  observed 
that  the  Blattina  are  resolvable  into  several  genera. 

b  De  Geer,  iii.  421.  t.  xxi.  /.  13.  h.  This  author  has  also  noticed 
the  cushions  in  this  genus  and  Locusta,  and  the  claw-sucker  in  the 
latter,  which  he  thinks  are  analogous  to  those  of  the  fly.  Ibid.  462 — , 
t.  xxii./.  7-8.  r  P kilos.  Trans.  1810.  t.  xxi./.  8-13. 


326  MOTIONS    OF  INSECTS. 

longs a.  All  these  insects  have  the  terminal  sucker 
between  the  claws,  three  foot-cushions  on  the  first 
joint  of  the  tarsus,  and  one  on  the  second  b  ;  and  the 
same  conformation  also  distinguishes  the  feet  of  Trux- 
alisc.  In  the  specie's  of  Acrydium,  F.  (Tetrix,  Latr.), 
the  foot-cushions,  I  believe — for  in  the  dead  insect  they 
are  the  reverse  of  conspicuous — are  arranged  nearly  as 
in  the  two  preceding  genera,  but  these  insects  are  with- 
out the  claw-sucker.  And  lastly,  Gryllus  has  neither 
suckers  nor  cushions.  From  this  statement  it  seems  to 
follow — since  Blatta,  Phasma,  and  Mantis,  that  do  not 
leap,  are  provided  with  cushions ;  and  Gryllus>  a  heavy 
tribe  of  insects  that  does,  are  without  them — that  their 
object  cannot  be  exclusively  to  break  the  fall  of  the 
insects  that  have  them.  And  for  the  same  reason  we  may 
conclude,  that  they  must  have  some  further  use  than 
augmenting  their  elasticity  when  they  jump.  When  we 
consider  that  the  Blattce — many  of  which  have  no  suckers, 
or  very  small  ones — are  climbing  insects  (I  have  seen 
B.  Germanica  run  up  and  down  the  walls  of  an  apart- 
ment with  great  agility),  and  that  the  long  and  gigantic 
apterous  spectres,  &c.  (Phasma)  require  considerable 
means  to  enable  them  to  climb  the  trees  in  which  they 
feed,  and  to  maintain  their  station  upon  them,  we  may 
conclude  that  these  cushions,  by  acting  in  some  degree 
as  suckers,  may  promote  these  ends. 

Amongst  the  homopterous  Hemiptera,  Chermes  and 
many  of  the  Cercopidce*  are  furnished  with  the  claw- 
suckers  ;  but  the  noisy  Cicada,  as  well  as  the  heteropte- 

a  See  Zoolog.  Jour,  for  1825.  No.  iv.  431. 
h  Philos.  Trans.  1816.  t.  xxi./.  1-9. 

c  The  orthography  of  this  name  is   TroxaUis,  from  the  Greek 
c,  Gryllus.  d  De  Geer,  iii.  132.  173. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  327 

rous  section,  at  least  as  far  as  my  examination  of  them 
has  gone,  have  them  not.  De  Geer  has  observed,  speak- 
ing of  a  small  fly  of  this  order  (Thrips  Physapus),  that 
the  extremity  of  its  feet  is  furnished  with  a  transparent 
membranaceous  flexible  process,  like  a  bladder.  He 
further  says  that,  when  the  animal  fixes  and  presses 
this  vesicle  on  the  surface  on  which  it  walks,  its  diameter 
is  increased,  and  it  sometimes  appears  concave,  the  con- 
cavity being  in  proportion  to  the  pressure ;  which  made 
him  suspect  that  it  acted  like  a  cupping-glass,  and  so 
produced  the  adhesion1.  This  circumstance  affords 
another  proof  that  the  foot-cushions  in  the  Orthoptera 
may  act  the  same  part ;  they  appear  to  be  vesicular ; 
and  in  numbers  of  specimens,  after  death,  I  have  ob- 
served that  they  become  concave,  particularly  in  Acrida 
viridissima. 

In  Cimbex,  and  others  amongst  the  saw-fly  tribes,  the 
claw-sucker  is  distinguished  by  this  remarkable  pecu- 
liarity, that  its  upper  surface  is  concave  b,  so  that  before 
it  is  used  it  must  be  bent  inwards.  Besides  these,  at 
the  extremity  of  each  tarsal  joint  these  animals  are  fur- 
nished with  a  spoon-shaped  sucker,  which  seems  analo- 
gous to  the  cushions  in  the  Gryllina^  Locustina,  &c. :  and, 
what  is  more  remarkable,  the  two  spurs  (calcarid)  at  the 
apex  of  the  shanks  have  likewise  each  a  minute  one c. — 
Various  other  insects  of  this  order  have  the  claw-suck- 
ers. Amongst  others  the  common  wasp  (Vespa  vulga- 
ris)  is  by  these  enabled  to  walk  up  and  down  our  glass 
windows. 

We  learn  from  De  Geer  that  several  mites,  to  finish 

a  De  Geer,  iii.  7.  b  PMos.  Trans.  1816.  t.  xix./  3,  4. 

e  Ibid.  /.  xix./.  1-9. 


328  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

with  the  Aptera,  have  something  of  this  kind.  Among 
these  is  the  cheese-mite  (Acarus  Siro) :  its  four  fore 
feet  being  terminated  by  a  vesicle  with  a  long  neck,  to 
which  it  can  give  every  kind  of  inflexion.  When  it  sets 
its  foot  down,  it  enlarges  and  inflates  it ;  and  when  it 
lifts  it  up,  it  contracts  it  so  that  the  vesicle  almost  en- 
tirely disappears.  This  vesicle  is  between  two  claws  a. 
— The  itch  Acarus  (A.  Scabiei]  is  similarly  circum- 
stanced.— Ixodes  Ricinus  and  Reduvius  have  also  these 
vesicles — which  are  armed  with  two  claws — on  all  their 
feetb. 

I  am  next  to  consider  those  climbers  that  ascend  and 
descend,  and  probably  maintain  themselves  in  their  sta- 
tion, by  the  assistance  of  a  secretion  which  they  have  the 
power  of  producing.  You  will  immediately  perceive 
that  I  am  speaking  of  the  numerous  tribes  of  spiders 
(Araneid<z\  which,  most  of  them,  are  endowed  with  this 
faculty.  Every  body  knows  that  these  insects  ascend 
and  descend  by  means  of  a  thread  that  issues  from  them; 
but  perhaps  every  one  has  not  remarked — when  they 
wish  to  avoid  a  hand  held  out  to  catch  them,  or  any 
other  obstacle — that  they  can  sway  this  thread  from  the 
perpendicular.  When  they  move  up  or  down,  their 
legs  are  extended,  sometimes  gathering  in  and  some- 
times guiding  their  thread c ;  but  when  their  motion  is 
suspended,  they  are  bent  inwards.  These  animals,  al- 
though they  have  no  suckers  or  other  apparatus — except 
the  hairs  of  their  legs  and  the  three  claws  of  their  bi- 
articulate  tarsi,  to  enable  them  to  do  it — can  also  walk 


a  DeGeer,  vii.  91.  t.v.f.  6,7. 

b  Ibid.  96-.  t.  v.f.  13,  14,  17,  19.  t.  vi./.  2.  5. 

c  VOL.  I.  405—.  ' 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  329 

against  gravity,  both  in  a  perpendicular  and  a  prone 
position.  Dr.  Hulse,  in  Ray's  Letters,  seems  to  have 
furnished  a  clue  that  will  very  well  explain  this.  I  give 
it  you  in  his  own  homely  phrase.  "They,"  spiders, 
"  will  often  fasten  their  threads  in  several  places  to  the 
things  they  creep  up ;  the  manner  is  by  beating  their 
bums  or  tails  against  them  as  they  creep  along a."  Fix- 
ing their  anus  by  means  of  a  web,  the  •  anterior  part  of 
their  body,  when  they  are  resting,  we  can  readily  con- 
ceive, would  be  supported  by  the  claws  and  hairs  of 
their  legs ;  and  their  motion  may  be  accomplished  by 
alternately  fixing  one  and  then  the  other.  But  you  will 
remember  I  give  you  this  merely  as  conjecture,  having 
never  verified  it  by  observation. 

It  may  not  be  amiss  to  mention  here  another  apterous 
insect  that  reposes  on  perpendicular  or  prone  surfaces, 
without  either  suckers  or  any  viscous  secretion  by  which 
it  can  adhere  to  them.  I  mean  the  long-legged  or  shep- 
herd spiders  (Phalangium).  The  tarsi  of  these  insects 
are  setaceous  and  nearly  as  fine  as  a  hair,  consist- 
ing sometimes  of  more  than  forty  joints,  those  toward 
the  extremity  being  very  minute,  and  scarcely  discerni- 
ble, and  terminating  in  a  single  claw.  These  tarsi, 
which  resemble  antennae  rather  than  feet,  are  capable  of 
every  kind  of  inflexion,  sometimes  even  of  a  spiral  one. 
These  circumstances  enable  them  to  apply  their  feet  to 
the  inequalities  of  the  surface  on  which  they  repose,  so 
that  every  joint  may  in  some  measure  become  a  point 
of  support.  Their  eight  legs  also,  which  diverge  from 
their  body  like  the  spokes  from  the  nave  of  a  wheel,  give 

*  65. 


330  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

them  equal  hold  of  eight  alm'ost  equidistant  spaces, 
which,  doubtless,  is  a  great  stay  to  them. 

The  next  species  of  locomotion  exhibited  by  perfect 
insects  is  Jlying.  I  am  not  certain  whether  under  this 
head  I  ought  to  introduce  the  sailing  of  spiders  in  the 
air;  but  as  there  is  no  other  under  which  it  can  be 
more  properly  arranged,  I  shall  treat  of  it  here.  I  shall 
therefore  divide  flying  insects  into  those  that  fly  without 
wings,  and  those  that  fly  with  them. 

I  dare  say  you  are  anxious  to  be  told  how  any  ani- 
mals can  fly  without  wings,  and  wish  me  to  begin  with 
them.  As  an  observer  of  nature,  you  have  often,  with- 
out doubt,  been  astonished  by  that  sight  occasionally 
noticed  in  fine  days  in  the  autumn,  of  webs — commonly 
called  gossamer  webs — covering  the  earth  and  floating 
in  the  air ;  and  have  frequently  asked  yourself — What 
are  these  gossamer  webs  ?  Your  question  has  from  old 
times  much  excited  the  attention  of  learned  naturalists. 
It  was  an  old  and  strange  notion  that  these  webs  were 
composed  of  dew  burned  by  the  sun. 

*' The  fine  nets  which  oft  we  woven  see 

Of  scorched  dew," 

says  Spenser.  Another,  fellow  to  it,  and  equally  absurd, 
was  that  adopted  by  a  learned  man  and  good  natural 
philosopher,  and  one  of  the  first  fellows  of  the  Royal 
Society,  Robert  Hooke,  the  author  of  Micrographia. 
"  Much  resembling  a  cobweb,"  says  he,  "  or  a  confused 
lock  of  these  cylinders,  is  a  certain  white  substance 
which,  after  a  fogg,  may  be  observed  to  fly  up  and  down 
the  air :  catching  several  of  these,  and  examining  them 


MOTIONS  01   INSECTS.  331 

with  my  microscope,  I  found  them  to  be  much  of  the 
same  form,  looking  most  like  to  a  flake  of  worsted  pre- 
pared to  be  spun ;  though  by  what  means  they  should 
be  generated  or  produced  is  not  easily  imagined :  they 
were  of  the  same  weight,  or  very  little  heavier  than  the 
air;  and  'tis  not  unlikely,  but  that  those  great  white 
clouds,  that  appear  all  the  summer  time,  may  be  of  the 
same  substance  a."  So  liable  are  even  the  wisest  men  to 
error  when,  leaving  fact  and  experiment,  they  follow 
the  guidance  of  fancy.  Some  French  naturalists  have 
supposed  that  these  Jtls  de  la  Vierge,  as  they  are  called 
in  France,  are  composed  of  the  cottony  matter  in  which 
the  eggs  of  the  Coccus  of  the  vine  (C.  Vitis)  are  en- 
veloped5. In  a  country  abounding  in  vineyards  this 
supposition  would  not  be  absurd ;  but  in  one  like  Britain, 
in  which  the  vine  is  confined  to  the  fruit-garden,  and 
the  Coccus  seldom  seen  out  of  the  conservatory,  it  will 
not  at  all  account  for  the  phsenomenon.  What  will 
you  say,  if  I  tell  you  that  these  webs  (at  least  many 
of  them)  are  air-balloons — and  that  the  aeronauts  are 

not 

"  Lovers  who  may  bestride  the  gossamer 
That  idles  in  the  wanton  summer  air, 
And  yet  not  fall  "— 

but  spiders,  who  long  before  Montgolfier,  nay,  ever 
since  the  creation,  have  been  in  the  habit  of  sailing 
through  the  fields  of  ether  in  these  air-light  chariots  ! 

a  Microgr.  202.  It  has  been  objected  to  an  excellent  primitive 
writer  (Clemens  Romanus),  that  lie  believed  the  absurd  fable  of  the 
phoenix.  But  surely  this  may  be  allowed  for  in  him,  who  was  no 
naturalist,  when  a  scientific  natural  philosopher  could  believe  that 
the  clouds  arc  made  of  spiders  web  ! 

b  Latreille,  Hist.  Nat.  xii.  088. 


332  MOTIONS   OF    INSECTS. 

This  seems  to  have  been  suspected  long  ago  by  Henry 
Moore,  who  says, 

"  As  light  and  thin  as  cobwebs  that  do  fly 
In  the  blew  air,  caus'd  by  the  autumnal  sun, 
That  boils  the  dew  that  on  the  earth  doth  lie, 
May  seem  this  whitish  rag  then  is  the  scum ; 

Unless  that  wiser  men  make't  the  field-spider's  /oowa." 

Where  he  also  alludes  to  the  old  opinion  of  scorched 
dew.  But  the  first  naturalists  who  made  this  discovery 
appear  to  have  been  Dr.  Hulse  and  Dr.  Martin  Lister — 
the  former  first  observing  that  spiders  shoot  their  webs 
into  the  air ;  and  the  latter,  besides  this,  that  they  were 
carried  upon  them  in  that  element b.  This  last  gentle- 
man, in  fine  serene  weather  in  September,  had  noticed 
these  webs  falling  from  the  heavens,  and  in  them  disco- 
vered more  than  once  a  spider,  which  he  named  the  bird. 
On  another  occasion,  whilst  he  was  watching  the  pro- 
ceedings of  a  common  spider,  the  animal  suddenly  turn- 
ing upon  its  back  and  elevating  its  anus,  darted  forth  a 
long  thread,  and  vaulting  from  the  place  on  which  it 
stood,  was  carried  upwards  to  a  considerable  height. 
Numerous  observations  afterwards  confirmed  this  extra- 
ordinary fact ;  and  he  further  discovered,  that  while  they 
fly  in  this  manner,  they  pull  in  their  long  thread  with 
their  fore  feet,  so  as  to  form  it  into  a  ball — or,  as  we 
may  call  it,  air-balloon — of  flake.  The  height  to  which 
spiders  will  thus  ascend  he  affirms  is  prodigious.  One 
day  in  the  autumn,  when  the  air  was  full  of  webs,  he 
mounted  to  the  top  of  the  highest  steeple  of  York  minster, 
from  whence  he  could  discern  the  floating  webs  still  very 

a  Quoted  in  the  Athcrucum,  v.  126.         b  Ray's  Letters,  69. 36—. 


MOTIONS    OF    INSECTS.  333 

high  above  him.  Some  spiders  that  fell  and  were  en- 
tangled upon  the  pinnacles  he  took.  They  were  of  a 
kind  that  never  enter  houses,  and  therefore  could  not  be 
supposed  to  have  taken  their  flight  from  the  steeple  a.  It 
appears  from  his  observations,  that  this  faculty  is  not 
confined  to  one  species  of  spider,  but  is  common  to  se- 
veral, though  only  in  their  young  or  half- grown  state b ; 
whence  we  may  infer,  that  when  full-grown  their  bodies 
are  too  heavy  to  be  thus  conveyed.  One  spider  he  no- 
ticed that  at  one  time  contented  itself  with  ejaculating  a 
single  thread,  while  at  others  it  darted  out  several,  like 
so  many  shining  rays  at  the  tail  of  a  comet.  Of  these, 
in  Cambridgeshire  in  October,  he  once  saw  an  incre- 
dible number  sailing  in  the  air  c.  Speaking  of  his  Ar. 
subfuscus  minutissimis  oculis,  &c.  he  says,  "  Certainly 
this  is  an  excellent  rope-dancer,  and  is  wonderfully  de- 
lighted with  darting  its  threads  :  nor  is  it  only  carried  in 
the  air,  like  the  preceding  ones ;  but  it  effects  itself  its 
ascent  and  sailing:  for,  by  means  of  its  legs  closely  applied 
to  each  other,  it  as  it  were  balances  itself,  and  promotes 
and  directs  its  course  no  otherwise  than  as  if  nature  had 
furnished  it  with  wings  or  oars  d."  A  later  but  equally 
gifted  observer  of  nature,  Mr.  White,  confirms  Dr.  Lis- 
ter's account.  "  Every  day  in  fine  weather  in  autumn," 
says  he,  "  do  I  see  these  spiders  shooting  out  their  webs, 
and  mounting  aloft :  they  will  go  off  from  the  finger,  if 
you  will  take  them  into  your  hand.  Last  summer  one 

a  Ray's  Letters,  37.  87.  Lister  De  Aran.  80.  Lister  illustrates 
the  force  with  which  these  creatures  shoot  their  thread,  by  a  homely 
though  very  forcible  simile  :  "  Resupinata  (says  he)  anum  in  ventum 
dedit,  filumque  ejaculata  est  quo  plane  modo  robustissimus  juvenise 
distentissima  vesica  urinam." 

b  De  Araneis,  8.  27.  64.  75—.  79-.      '  Ibid.  79—.        d  Ibid.  85. 


334  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

alighted  on  my  book  as  I  was  reading  in  the  parlour ; 
and  running  to  the  top  of  the  page  and  shooting  out  a 
web,  took  its  departure  from  thence.  But  what  I  most 
wondered  at  was,  that  it  went  off  with  considerable  velo- 
city in  a  place  where  n*>  air  was  stirring ;  and  I  am  sure 
that  I  did  not  assist  it  with  my  breath.  So  that  these 
little  crawlers  seem  to  have  while  mounting  some  loco- 
motive power  without  the  use  of  wings,  and  move  faster 
than  the  air  in  the  air  itself*."  A  writer  in  the  last 
number  of  Thomson's  Annals  of  Philosophy  b,  under  the 
signature  of  Carolan,  has  given  some  curious  observa- 
tions on  the  mode  in  which  some  geometric  spiders  shoot 
and  direct  their  threads,  and  fly  upon  them ;  by  which 
it  appears,  that  as  they  dart  them  out  they  guide  them 
as  if  by  magic,  emitting  at  the  same  time  a  stream  of  air, 
as  he  supposes,  or  possibly  some  subtile  electric  fluid. 
One  which  was  running  upon  his  hand,  dropped  by  its 
thread  about  six  inches  from  the  point  of  his  finger, 
when  it  immediately  emitted  a  pretty  long  line  at  a  right 
angle  with  that  by  which  it  was  suspended.  This  thread, 
though  at  first  horizontal,  quickly  rose  upwards,  carry- 
ing the  spider  along  with  it.  When  it  had  ascended  as 
far  above  his  finger  as  it  had  dropped  before  below  it,  it 
let  out  the  thread  by  which  it  had  been  attached  to  it, 
and  continued  flying  smoothly  upwards  till  it  nearly 
reached  the  roof  of  the  room,  when  it  veered  on  one  side 
and  alighted  on  the  wall.  In  flying,  its  motion  was 
smoother  and  quicker  than  when  a  spider  runs  along 
its  thread.  He  observes,  that  as  the  line  lengthens  be- 
hind them,  the  tendency  of  spiders  to  rise  increases. — I 
have  myself  more  than  once  observed  these  creatures 
8  Nat.  Hist.  i.  327.  b  No.  lii.  306—. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  335 

take  their  flight,  and  find  the  following  memorandum 
with  respect  to  their  mode  of  proceeding.  "  The  spi- 
der first  extends  its  thighs,  shanks,  and  feet,  into  a  right 
line,  and  then  elevating  its  abdomen  till  it  becomes  verti- 
cal, shoots  its  thread  into  the  air,  and  flies  off  from  its  sta- 
tion." It  is  not  often,  however,  that  an  observer  can  be 
gratified  with  this  interesting  sight,  since  these  animals 
are  soon  alarmed.  I  have  frequently  noticed  them — for 
at  the  times  when  these  webs  are  floating  in  the  air  they 
are  very  numerous — on  the  vertical  angle  of  a  post,  or 
pale,  or  one  of  the  uprights  of  a  gate,  with  the  end  of 
their  abdomen  pointing  upwards,  as  if  to  shoot  their 
thread  previously  to  flying  off;  when,  upon  my  ap- 
proaching to  take  a  nearer  view,  they  have  lowered  it 
again,  and  persisted  in  disappointing  my  wish  to  see 
them  mount  aloft.  The  rapidity  with  which  the  spider 
vanishes  from  the  sight  upon  this  occasion  and  darts  into 
the  air,  is  a  problem  of  no  easy  solution.  Can  the  length 
of  web  that  they  dart  forth  counterpoise  the  weight  of 
their  bodies ;  or  have  they  any  organ  analogous  to 
the  natatory  vesicles  of  fishes  %  which  contributes  at  their 
will  to  render  them  buoyant  in  the  air  ?  Or  do  they  ra- 
pidly ascend  their  threads  in  their  usual  way,  and  gather 
them  up,  till  having  collected  them  into  a  mass  of  suffi- 
cient magnitude,  they  give  themselves  to  the  air,  and 
are  carried  here  and  there  in  these  chariots  ?  I  must 
here  give  you  Mr.  White's  very  curious  account  of  a 
shower  of  these  webs  that  he  witnessed.  On  the  21st 
of  September  1741,  intent  upon  field  diversions,  he  rose 
before  day-break  ;  but  on  going  out,  he  found  the  whole 
face  of  the  country  covered  with  a  thick  coat  of  cobweb, 
*  Cuvier,  Anat.  Comp.  i.  504. 


336  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

drenched  with  dew,  as  if  two  or  three  setting-nets  had 
been  drawn  one  over  the  other.  When  his  dogs  at- 
tempted to  hunt,  their  eyes  were  so  blinded  and  hood- 
winked that  they  were  obliged  to  lie  down  and  scrape 
themselves.  This  appearance  was  followed  by  a  most 
lovely  day.  About  nine  A.  M.  a  shower  of  these  webs 
(formed  not  of  single  floating  threads,  but  of  perfect 
flakes,  some  near  an  inch  broad,  and  five  or  six  long,) 
was  observed  falling  from  very  elevated  regions,  which 
continued  without  interruption  during  the  whole  of  the 
day; — and  they  fell  with  a  velocity  which  showed  that  they 
were  considerably  heavier  than  the  atmosphere.  When 
the  most  elevated  station  in  the  country  where  this  was 
observed  was  ascended,  the  webs  were  still  to  be  seen 
descending  from  above,  and  twinkling  like  stars  in  the 
sun,  so  as  to  draw  the  attention  of  the  most  incurious. 
The  flakes  of  the  web  on  this  occasion  hung  so  thick 
upon  the  hedges  and  trees,  that  baskets-full  might  have 
been  collected.  No  one  doubts,  he  observes,  but  that 
these  webs  are  the  production  of  small  spiders,  which 
swarm  in  the  fields  in  fine  weather  in  autumn,  and  have 
a  power  of  shooting  out  webs  from  their  tails,  so  as  to 
render  themselves  buoyant  and  lighter  than  the  air  a. 
In  Germany  these  flights  of  gossamer  appear  so  con- 
stantly in  autumn,  that  they  are  there  metaphorically 
called  "  Derjliegender  Sommer"  (the  flying  or  departing 
summer) ;  and  authors  speak  of  the  web  as  often  hang- 
ing in  flakes  like  wool  on  every  hedge  and  bush  through- 
out extensive  districts. 

Here  we  may  inquire — Why  is  the  ground  in   these 
serene  days  covered  so  thickly  by  these  webs,  and  what 
*  Nat.  Hut,  i.  325— . 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  337 

becomes  of  them  ?  What  occasions  the  spiders  to  mount 
into  the  air,  and  do  the  same  species  form  both  the  ter- 
restrial and  aerial  gossamer  ? — And  what  causes  the  webs 
at  last  to  fall  to  the  earth  ?  I  fear  I  cannot  to  all  these 
queries  return  a  fully  satisfactory  answer;  but  I  will  do 
the  best  I  can.  At  first  one  would  conclude  from  ana- 
logy, that  the  object  of  the  gossamer  which  early  in  the 
morning  is  spread  over  stubbles  and  fallows — and  some- 
times so  thickly  as  to  make  them  appear  as  if  covered 
with  a  carpet,  or  rather  overflown  by  a  sea,  of  gauze, 
presenting,  when  studded  with  dew-drops,  as  I  have  often 
witnessed,  a  most  enchanting  spectacle — is  to  entrap  the 
flies  and  other  insects  as  they  rise  into  the  air  from  their 
nocturnal  station  of  repose,  to  take,  their  diurnal  flights. 
But  Dr.  Strack's  observations  render  this  very  doubt- 
ful; for  he  kept  many  of  the  spiders  that  produce 
these  webs  in  a  large  glass  upon  turf,  where  they  spun 
as  when  at  liberty,  and  he  could  never  observe  them  at- 
tempt to  catch  or  eat — even  when  entangled  in  their 
webs — the  flies  and  gnats  with  which  he  supplied  them ; 
though  they  greedily  sucked  water  when  sprinkled  upon 
the  turf,  and  remained  lively  for  two  months  without 
other  food  a.  As  the  single  threads  shot  by  other  spi- 
ders are  usually  their  bridges,  this  perhaps  may  be  the 
object  of  the  webs  in  question :  and  thus  the  animals  may 
be  conveyed  from  furrow  to  furrow  or  straw  to  straw  less 
circuitously,  and  with  less  labour,  than  if  they  had  tra- 
velled over  the  ground.  As  these  creatures  seem  so 
thirsty,  may  we  not  conjecture  that  the  drops  of  dew, 
with  which  they  are  always  as  it  were  strung,  are  a  se- 

a  Neue  Schriften  der  Naturforschenden  Gessellschaft  zu  Hatte  181 0. 
v.  Heft. 

VOL.  II.  Z 


338  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

condary  object  with  them?  So  prodigious  are  their 
numbers,  that  sometimes  every  stalk  of  straw  in  the  stub- 
bles, and  every  clod  and  stone  in  the  fallows,  swarms 
with  them.  Dr.  Strack  assures  us  that  twenty  or  thirty 
often  sit  upon  a  single  straw,  and  that  he  collected  about 
2000  in  half  an  hour,  and  could  have  easily  doubled  the 
number  had  he  wished  it :  he  remarks,  that  the  cause  of 
their  escaping  the  notice  of  other  observers,  is  their  fall- 
ing to  the  ground  upon  the  least  alarm. 

As  to  what  becomes  of  this  immense  carpeting  of 
web  there  are  different  opinions.  Mr.  White  conjec- 
tures that  these  threads,  when  first  shot,  might  be  en- 
tangled in  the  rising  dew,  and  so  drawn  up,  spiders  and 
all,  by  a  brisk  evaporation,  into  the  region  where  the 
clouds  are  formed  a.  But  this  seems  almost  as  inadmis- 
sible as  that  of  Hooke,  before  related.  An  ingenious 
and  observant  friend,  thinking  the  numbers  of  the  flying 
spiders  not  sufficient  to  produce  the  whole  of  the  phe- 
nomenon in  question,  is  of  opinion  that  an  equinoctial 
gale,  sweeping  along  the  fallows  and  stubbles  coated  with 
the  gossamer,  must  bring  many  single  threads  into  con- 
tact, which,  adhering  together,  may  gradually  collect 
into  flakes ;  and  that  being  at  length  detached  by  the 
violence  of  the  wind,  they  are  carried  along  with  it :  and 
as  it  is  known  that  such  winds  often  convey  even  sand  and 
earth  to  great  heights,  he  deems  it  highly  probable  that 
so  light  a  substance  may  be  transported  to  so  great  an 
elevation,  as  not  to  fall  to  the  earth  for  some  days  after, 
when  the  weather  has  become  serene,  or  to  descend  upon 
ships  at  sea,  as  has  sometimes  happened.  This,  which 
is  in  part  adopted  from  the  German  authors,  is  certainly 
a  Nat.  Hist.  i.  326. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  339 

a  much  more  reasonable  supposition  than  the  other ;  but 
some  facts  seem  to  militate  against  it:  for,  in  the  first 
place,  though  gossamer  often  occurs  upon  the  ground 
when  there  is  none  in  the  air,  yet  the  reverse  of  this  has 
never  been  observed  ;  for  gossamer  in  the  air,  as  in  the 
instance  recorded  by  Mr.  White,  is  always  preceded  by 
gossamer  on  the  ground.  Now,  since  the  weather  is 
constantly  calm  and  serene  when  these  showers  appear, 
it  cannot  be  the  wind  that  carries  the  web  from  the 
ground  into  the  air.  Again,  it  is  stated  that  these  show- 
ers take  place  after  several  calm  days  a :  now,  if  the  web 
was  raised  by  the  wind  into  the  air,  it  would  begin  to 
fall  as  soon  as  the  wind  ceased.  Whence  I  am  inclined 
to  think  that  the  cause  assigned  by  Dr.  Lister  is  the  real 
source  of  the  whole  phenomenon.  Though  ordinary  ob- 
servers have  overlooked  them,  he  noticed  these  spiders 
in  the  air  in  such  prodigious  numbers,  that  he  deemed 
them  sufficient  to  produce  the  effect.  I  shall  not,  how- 
ever, decide  positively ;  but,  having  stated  the  different 
opinions,  leave  you  to  your  own  judgement. 

The  next  query  is,  What  occasions  the  spiders  to 
mount  their  chariots  and  seek  the  clouds  ?  Is  it  in  pur- 
suit of  their  food  ?  Insects,  in  the  fine  warm  days  in 
which  this  phenomenon  occurs,  probably  take  higher 
flights  than  usual,  and  seek  the  upper  regions  of  the  at- 
mosphere ;  and  that  the  spiders  catch  them  there,  ap- 
pears by  the  exuviae  of  gnats  and  flies,  which  are  often 
found  in  the  falling  webs  b.  Yet  one  would  suppose  that 
insects  would  fly  high  at  all  times  in  the  summer  in 
serene  warm  weather.  Perhaps  the  flight  of  some  par- 
ticular species  constituting  a  favourite  food  of  our  little 

a  Ray's  Letters,  36.  b  Ibid.  42.     Lister  DC  Araneis,  8. 

z  2 


340  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

charioteers — the  gnats,  for  instance,  which  we  have  seen 
sometimes  rise  in  clouds  into  the  air a— may  at  these  times 
take  place ;  or  the  species  of  spiders  that  are  most  given 
to  these  excursions,  may  not  abound  in  their  young 
state — when  only  they*can  fly — at  other  seasons  of  the 
year. 

Whether  the  same  species  that  cover  the  earth  with 
their  webs  produce  those  that  fill  the  air,  is  to  be  our 
next  inquiry.  Did  the  appearance  of  the  one  always 
succeed  that  of  the  other,  this  might  be  reasonably  con- 
cluded : — but  the  former,  as  I  lately  observed  to  you, 
often  occurs  without  being  followed  by  the  latter.  Yet, 
since  it  should  seem  that  the  aerial  gossamer,  though  it 
does  not  always  follow  it,  is  always  preceded  by  the 
terrestrial,  this  warrants  a  conjecture  that  they  may  be 
synonymous.  Two  German  authors,  Bechsteinb  and 
Strack  c,  have  describee!  the  spider  that  produces  gossa- 
mer in  Germany  under  the  name  of  Aranea  obtextrix  c. 
But  it  is  not  clear,  unless  they  have  described  it  at  dif- 
ferent ages,  when  spiders  often  greatly  change  their  ap- 
pearance, that  they  mean  the  same  species.  The  former 
describes  his  as  of  the  size  of  a  small  pin's  head,  with  its 
eight  eyes  disposed  in  a  circle,  having  a  black-brown 
body  and  light-yellow  legs :  while  Dr.  Strack  represents 
his  A.  obtextrix  as  more  than  two  lines  in  length  ;  eyes 
four  in  a  square,  and  two  on  each  side  touching  each 
other ;  thorax  deep  brown  with  paler  streaks ;  abdomen 
below  dull  white,  above  dark  copper  brown,  with  a  den- 
tated  white  spot  running  longitudinally  down  the  middle. 

*  VOL.  I.  113—. 

b  Lichtenberg  und  Voight  Magazin>  1789.  vi.  53 — . 

*  Neuc  Schriften  for  Naturforsch.  &c.  1810.  v.  Heft.  41-56. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  341 

The  first  of  these,  if  distinct,  as  I  suspect  they  are,  agrees 
very  well  with  the  young  of  one  which  Lister  observed  as 
remarkable  for  taking  aerial  flights a ;  and  which  I  have 
most  usually  seen  so  engaged.  The  other  may  possibly 
be  that  before  noticed,  which  he  found  in  such  infinite 
numbers  in  Cambridgeshire5.  If  this  conjecture  be  cor- 
rect, it  will  prove  that  the  same  species  first  produce  the 
gossamer  that  covers  the  ground,  and  then,  shooting 
other  threads,  mount  upon  them  into  the  air. 

My  last  query  was,  What  causes  these  webs  ultimately 
to  fall  to  the  earth  ?  Mr.  White's  observation  will  I 
think  furnish  the  best  answer.  "  If  the  spiders  have  the 
power  of  coiling  up  their  webs  in  the  air,  as  Dr.  Lister 
affirms,  then  when  they  become  heavier  than  the  air  they 
will  fall c."  The  more  expanded  the  web,  the  lighter 
and  more  buoyant,  and  the  more  condensed,  the  heavier 
it  must  be. 

I  trust  you  will  allow  from  this  mass  of  evidence,  that 
the  English  Arachnologists — may  I  coin  this  term? — 
were  correct  in  their  account  of  this  singular  phenomenon; 
and  think,  with  me,  that  Swammerdam  (who  however  ad- 
mits that  spiders  sail  on  their  webs),  and  after  him  De 
Geer,  were  rather  hasty  when  they  stigmatized  the  dis- 
covery that  these  animals  shoot  their  webs  into  the  air, 
and  so  take  flight,  as  a  strange  and  unfounded  opinion  d. 
The  fact,  though  so  well  authenticated,  is  indeed  strange 
and  wonderful,  and  affords  another  proof  of  the  extraor- 
dinary powers,  unparalleled  in  the  higher  orders  of  ani- 
mals, with  which  the  Creator  has  gifted  the  insect  world. 
Were  indeed  man  and  the  larger  animals,  with  their  pre- 
sent propensities,  similarly  endowed,  the  whole  creation 

*  De  Araneis,  66.  b  Ibid.  79.  c  Nat.  Hist.  i.  326. 

d  Swamm.  Bibl.  Nat.  Ed.  Hill,  i.  24.     De  Geer,  vii,  190. 


3-12  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

would  soon  go  to  ruin.  But  these  almost  miraculous 
powers  in  the  hands  of  these  little  beings  only  tend  to 
keep  it  in  order  and  beauty.  Adorable  is  that  Wisdom, 
Power,  and  Goodness,  that  has  distinguished  these  next 
to  nothings  by  such  peculiar  endowments  for  our  pre- 
servation as  if  given  to  the  strong  and  mighty  would 
work  our  destruction. 

After  the  foregoing  marvellous  detail  of  the  aerial 
excursions  of  our  insect  air-balloonists,  I  fear  you  will 
think  the  motions  of  those  which  fly  by  means  of  wings 
less  interesting.  You  will  find,  however,  that  they  are 
not  altogether  barren  of  amusement.  Though  the  wings 
are  the  principal  instruments  of  the  flight  of  insects, 
yet  there  are  others  subsidiary  to  them,  which  I  shall 
here  enumerate,  considering  them  more  at  large  under 
the  orders  to  which  they  severally  belong.  These  are 
wing-cases  (Elytra,  Tegmina,  and  Hemelytra) ;  winglets 
(Alulae}:,  poisers  (Halter es}',  tailets  (Caudula);  hooklets 
(Hamuli);  base-covers  (Tegulce],  &c.  Besides,  their  tails, 
legs,  and  even  antennae,  assist  them  in  some  instances,  in 
this  motion. 

As  wings  are  common  to  almost  the  whole  class,  I 
shall  consider  their  structure  here.  Every  wing  consists 
of  two  membranes,  more  or  less  transparent,  applied  to 
each  other :  the  upper  membrane  being  very  strongly 
attached  to  the  nervures  (Neurce),  and  the  lower  adhe- 
ring more  loosely,  so  as  to  be  separable  from  them.  The 
nervures.  a  are  a  kind  of  hollow  tube, — above  elastic, 
horny,  and  convex ;  and  flat  and  nearly  membranaceous 

*  French  naturalists  use  this  term  (nervure}  for  the  veins  of  wings, 
leaves,  &c.  restricting  nerve  (nerf)  to  the  ramifications  from  the  brain 
and  spinal  marrow.  We  have  adopted  the  term,  which  we  express 
in  Latin  by  ncura,  from  the  Greek  vtv^tt,. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  34-3 

below, — which  take  their  origin  in  the  trunk,  and  keep 
diminishing  gradually,  the  marginal  ones  excepted,  to 
their  termination.  The  vessels  contained  in  the  nervures 
consist  of  a  spiral  thread,  whence  they  appear  to  be  air- 
vessels  communicating  with  the  tracheae  in  the  trunk. 
— The  expansion  of  the  wing  at  the  will  of  the  insect, 
is  a  problem  that  can  only  be  solved  by  supposing  that 
a  subtile  fluid  is  introduced  into  these  vessels,  which 
seem  perfectly  analogous  to  those  in  the  wings  of  birds ; 
and  that  thus  an  impulse  is  communicated  to  every  part 
of  the  organ,  sufficient  to  keep  it  in  proper  tension.  We 
see  by  this,  that  a  wing  is  supported  in  its  flight  like  a 
sail  by  its  cordage*.  It  is  remarkable  that  those  insects 
which  keep  the  longest  on  the  wing,  the  dragon-flies 
(Libellulina)  for  instance,  have  their  wings  most  covered 
with  nervures.  The  wings  of  insects  in  flying,  like  those 
of  other  flying  animals,  you  are  to  observe,  move  verti- 
cally, or  up  and  down. 

In  considering  the  flight  of  insects,  I  shall  treat  of 
that  of  each  order  separately,  beginning  with  the  Coleo- 
ptera  or  beetles.  Their  subsidiary  instruments  of  flight 
are  their  wing-cases  (Elytra},  and  in  one  instance,  wing- 
lets  (Alulce).  The  former5,  which  in  some  are  of  a 
hard  horny  substance,  and  in  others  are  softer  and  more 
like  leather,  though  they  are  kept  immoveable  in  flight, 
are  probably,  by  their  resistance  to  the  air,  not  without 
their  use  on  this  occasion.  The  winglets  are  small  con- 
cavo-convex scales,  of  a  stiff  membranaceous  substance, 
generally  fringed  at  their  extremity c.  1  know  at  pre- 

3  Jurine  Hymenopt.  19.  b  PLATE  X.Fio.  1. 

e  PLATE  XXIII.  FIG.  6.  a. 


344  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

sent  of  only  one  coleopterous  insect  that  has  them  (Dy- 
tiscus  marginalis).  They  are  placed  under  the  ely- 
tra at  their  base.  Their  use  is  unknown ;  but  it  may 
probably  be  connected  with  their  flight.  The  wings 
of  beetles51  are  usually  wery  ample,  often  of  a  substance 
between  parchment  and  membrane.  The  nervures  that 
traverse  and  extend  them,  though  not  numerous,  are 
stronger  and  larger  than  those  in  the  wings  of  insects 
of  the  other  orders,  and  are  so  dispersed  as  to  give 
perfect  tension  to  the  organ.  When  at  rest — except 
in  Molorchus,  Atractocerus,  Necydalis,  and  some  other 
genera — they  are  folded  transversely  under  the  elytra, 
generally  near  the  middle,  with  a  lateral  longitudinal 
fold,  but  occasionally  near  the  extremity5.  When  they 
prepare  for  flight,  their  antennae  being  set  out,  the  ely- 
tra are  opened  so  as  to  form  an  angle  with  the  body 
and  admit  the  free  play  of  the  wings,  and  they  then  fly 
off,  striking  the  air  by  the  vertical  motion  of  these  or- 
gans, the  elytra  all  the  while  remaining  immoveable. 
During  their  flight  the  bodies  of  insects  of  this  order, 
as  far  as  I  have  observed  them,  are  always  in  a  position 
nearly  vertical,  which  gives  to  the  larger  sorts,  the  stag- 
beetle  for  instance,  a  very  singular  appearance.  Olivier, 
probably  having  some  of  the  larger  and  heavier  beetles 
in  his  eye,  affirms  that  the  wings  of  insects  of  this  order 
are  not  usually  proportioned  to  the  weight  of  their 
bodies,  and  that  the  muscular  apparatus  that  moves 
them  is  deficient  in  force.  In  consequence  of  which,  he 
observes,  they  take  flight  with  difficulty,  and  fly  very 

*  PLATE  X.  FIG.  4. 

b  In  PLATE  XXIII.  FIG.  5.  the  wings  of  Dytiscus  marginalis  are 
represented  as  they  appear  when  folded. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  345 

badly.     The  strokes  of  their  wings  being  frequent,  and 
their  flight  short,  uncertain,  heavy,  and  laborious,  they 
can  use  their  wings  only  in  very  calm  weather,  the  least 
wind  beating  them  down.     Yet  he  allows  that  others, 
whose  body  is  lighter,  rise  'into  the  air  and  fly  with  a 
little  more  ease ;  especially  when  the  weather  is  warm 
and  dry,  their  flights  however  being  short,  though  fre- 
quent.    He  asserts  also,  that  no  coleopterous  insect  can 
fly  against  the  winda.      These  observations  may  hold 
perhaps  with  respect  to  many  species ;  but  they  will  by 
no  means  apply  generally.   The  cockchafer  (Melolontha 
vulgaris),  if  thrown  into  the  air  in  the  evening,  its  time 
of  flight,  will  take  wing  before  it  falls  to  the  ground. 
The   common   dung-chafer   (Geotrupes   stercorarius) — 
wheeling  from  side  to  side  like  the  humble-bee — flies 
with  great  rapidity  and  force,  and,  with  all  its  dung-de- 
vouring confederates,  directs  its  flight  with  the  utmost 
certainty,  and  probably  often  against  the  wind,  to  its 
food.     The  root-devourers  or  tree-chafers  (Melolontha, 
Hoplia,  &c.)  support  themselves,  like  swarming  bees, 
in  the  air  and  over  the  trees,  flying  round  in  all  direc- 
tions. The  Bracliyptera  and  Donacice,  in  warm  weather, 
fly  off  from  their  station  with  the  utmost  ease ; — their 
wings  are  unfolded,  and  they  are  in  the  air  in  an  in- 
stant, especially  the  latter,  as  I  have  often  found  when 
I  have  attempted  to  take  them.      None  are  more  re- 
markable for  this  than  the  Cicindelte,  which,  however, 
taking  very  short  flights,  are  as  easily  marked  down  as 
a  partridge,    and  affords  as    much  amusement  to  the 
entomologist,  as  the  latter  to  the  sportsman. — It  is  to 
be  observed  that  many  insects  in  this  order  have  no 
*  Entomol.  i.  1. 


346  MOTIONS  or  INSECTS. 

wings,  and  the  female  glow-worms  neither  wings  nor 
elytra. 

Many  persons  are  not  aware  that  the  insects  of  the 
next  order,  the  Dermaptera,  can  fly  :  but  earwigs  (For- 
ficula\  their  size  considered,  are  furnished  with  very 
ample  and  curious  wings,  the  principal  nervures  of 
which  are  so  many  radii,  diverging  from  a  common 
point  near  the  anterior  margin.  Between  these  are 
others  which,  proceeding  from  the  opposite  margin, 
terminate  in  the  middle  of  the  winga.  These  organs, 
when  at  rest,  are  more  than  once  folded  both  trans- 
versely and  longitudinally. 

Wings  equally  ample,  forming  the  quadrant  of  a  cir- 
cle, and  with  five  or  six  nervures  diverging  from  their 
base,  distinguish  the  strepsipterous  tribe.  When  unem- 
ployed, these  are  folded  longitudinally b. 

Probably  in  the  next  order  (Orthoptera),  the  Teg- 
mina,  or  wing-covers — since  they  are  usually  of  a  much 
thinner  substance  than  elytra — assist  them  in  flying. 
They  are  however  quite  covered  by  irregular  reticula- 
tions, produced  by  various  nervures  sent  forth  by  the 
longitudinal  ones,  and  running  in  all  directions.  When 
at  rest,  the  inner  part  of  one  laps  over  that  of  the  other0 : 
but  in  different  genera  there  is  a  singular  variation  in 
this  circumstance.  Thus  in  Blatta,  Phasma,  and  male 
Acridce,  and  generally  speaking,  but  not  invariably,  in 
Locusta  and  Truxalis, — the  left  elytrum  laps  over  the 

«  PLATE  X.  FIG.  5.  b  PLATE  II.  FIG.  1.  It  has  been 

ascertained  that  the  spurious  elytra  of  these  insects  are  serviceable 
in  their  flight.  As  M.  Latreille  now  allows  this,  he  ought  to  have 
restored  its  original  name,  which  he  had  altered,  to  this  order. 

c  PLATE  X.  FIG.  2. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  347 

right:  but  in  Mantis ;  Mantispa ;  some  female  Acridce ; 
Gryllm ;  and  Gryllotalpa ;  the  right  is  laid  over  the 
left.  The  wings  in  this  order,  though  always  ample 
and  larger  than  the  tegmina,  do  not  invariably  form  a 
quadrant  of  a  circle,  falling  often  short  of  it.  They  are 
extended  by  means  of  nervures,  which,  like  so  many 
rays,  diverge  from  the  base  of  the  wing,  and  are  inter- 
sected alternately  by  transverse  ones,  which  thus  form 
quadrangular  areas,  arranged  like  bricks  in  a  wall. 
When  at  rest,  they  are  longitudinally  folded.  The 
flight  of  these  insects,  as  far  as  it  has  been  observed, 
much  resembles,  it  is  said,  that  of  certain  birds.  Ray 
tells  us  that  both  sexes  of  the  house-cricket  (Gtyllus  do- 
mesticus]  fly  with  an  undulating  motion,  like  a  wood- 
pecker, alternately  ascending  with  expanded  wings,  and 
descending  with  folded  ones a.  The  field-  and  mole- 
crickets  (Gryllus  campestris  and  Gryllotalpa  vulgaris\ 
as  we  learn  from  Mr.  White5, — and,  since  the  structure 
of  their  wings  is  similar,  probably  the  other  Orthoptera, 
— fly  in  the  same  way. 

Hemipterous  insects,  with  respect  to  their  Hemelytra, 
may  be  divided  into  two  classes.  Those  in  which  they  are 
all  of  the  same  substance — varying  from  membrane  to  a 
leathery  or  horny  crust c — and  those  in  which  the  base 
and  the  apex  are  of  different  substances  ;  the  first  being 
generally  corneous,  and  .the  latter  membranaceousd. 
The  former  or  homopterous  division  includes  the  Ci- 
cadari&,~LsitY.;  Aphis,-  Chermes ;  Thrips;  audCocctiS; — 
and  the  latter  the  heteropterous  division,  comprehend- 
ing besides  the  Geocoris^  Latr.,  Notonccta  /  Sigara  : 

a  Hist.  Ins.  63.  b  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  82. 

c  PLATE  II.  FIG.  4.  *  PLATE  X.  FIG.  3.     II.  FIG.  .5. 


348  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

Nepa ;  Ranatra  ,•  and  Naucoris  of  Fabricius.  The  pos- 
terior tibiae  of  some  of  this  last  division  (Lygcem  phyl- 
lopus,  foliaceus,  &c.  F.)  are  furnished  on  each  side  with 
a  foliaceous  process — which  may  act  the  part  of  out- 
riggers, and  assist  them  in  their  flight a.  I  can  give  you 
no  particular  information  with  respect  to  the  aerial  move- 
ments of  the  insects  of  this  order :  the  British  species 
that  belong  to  it  are  generally  so  minute  that  it  is  not 
easy  to  trace  them  with  the  naked  eye ;  and  unless  some 
kind  optician,  which  is  much  to  be  wished,  would  invent 
a  telescope  by  which  the  proceedings  of  insects  could  be 
examined  at  a  distance,  there  is  no  other  way  of  study- 
ing them. 

The  four  wings  of  the  next  order,  the  Trichoptera  or 
case-worm  flies,  both  in  their  shape  and  nervures  resem- 
ble those  of  many  moths b;  only  instead  of  scales  they 
are  usually  covered  with  hairs,  and  the  under  wings, 
which  are  larger  than  the  upper,  fold  longitudinally. 
Some  of  these  flies,  I  have  observed,  move  in  a  direct 
line,  with  their  legs  set  out,  which  makes  them  look  as 
if  they  were  walking  in  the  air.  In  flying  they  often 
apply  their  antennae  to  each  other,  stretching  them  out 
straight,  and  thus  probably  are  assisted  in  their  motion. 

The  Lepidoptera  vary  so  infinitely  in  the  shape,  com- 
parative magnitude,  and  appendages  of  their  wings,  that 
I  should  detain  you  too  long  did  I  enlarge  upon  so  mul- 
tifarious a  subject.  I  shall  therefore  only  observe,  that 
one  species  is  described,  both  by  Lyonet  and  De  Geerc 
(Lobophora  hexaptera\  as  having  six  wings;  for  besides 

a  PLATE  XV.  FIG.  2.  I  have  separated  this  tribe  from  the  rest 
under  the  name  of  Petalopus,  K.  Ms.  b  PLATE  III.  FIG.  4. 

e  Lesser,  L.  i.  109,  note*.     De  Geer,  ii.  460—.  t.  ix./.  9. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  349 

the  four  ordinary  ones,  it  has  a  winglet  (Alula)  attached 
to  the  base  of  the  lower  one,  and  placed,  when  the  wings 
are  folded,  between  it  and  the  upper.     These  organs  in 
this  order  you  know  are  covered  with  scales  of  various 
shapes  \    Their  nervures  are  diverging  rays,  which  issue 
either  from  a  basal  area  or  from  the  base  itself,  and 
terminate  in  the  exterior  margin5.     The  wings  of  many 
male   butterflies,   hawk-moths,    and  moths,   are  distin- 
guished by  a  remarkable  apparatus,  noticed  by  De  Geer, 
and  since  by  many  other  naturalists  c  for  keeping  them 
steady  and  underanged   in   their  flight.      The   upper 
wings,  on  their  underside  near  their  base,  have  a  minute 
process,  bent  into  a  hook  (Hamus\  and  covered  with 
hairs  and  scales.      In  this  hook  one  or  more  bristles 
(Tendo),  attached  to  the  base  of  the  under  wing,  have 
their  play.     When  the  fly  unfolds  its  wings,  the  hook 
does  not  quit  its  hold  of  the  bristle,  which  moves  to  and 
fro  in  it  as  they  expand  or  close.     The  females,  which 
seldom  fly   far,   often  have  the  bristles  but  never  the 
hook.     The  hairy  tails  of  some  insects,  Sesia,  belonging 
to  the  hawk-moth  tribe,  are  expanded  when  they  fly, 
so  as  to  form  a  kind  of  rudder,  which  enables  them  to 
steer  their  course  with  more  certainty. 

The  insects  of  this,  and  of  every  other  order,  except 
the  Coleoptera,  fly  with  their  bodies  in  a  horizontal  posi- 
tion, or  nearly  so.  As  their  wings  are  usually  so  ample, 
we  need  not  wonder  that  the  Lepidoptera  are  excellent 
fliers.  Indeed  they  seem  to  flit  untired  from  flower  to 
flower,  and  from  field  to  field ;  impelled  at  one  while  by 
hunger,  and  at  another  by  love  or  maternal  solicitude. 

1  PLATE  XXII.  FIG.  7—.  b  PLATE  X.  FIG.  6. 

8  De  Geer,  i.  173.  t.  x./.  4.     Linn.  Trans,  i.  135—. 


350  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

— The  distance  to  which  some  males  will  fly  is  astonish- 
ing. That  of  one  of  the  silk-worm  moths  (Attacus 
Paphia)  is  stated  to  travel  sometimes  more  than  a  hun- 
dred miles  in  this  way a. — Our  most  beautiful  butterfly, 
the  purple  emperor  ^Apatura  Iris),  when  he  makes  his 
first  appearance  fixes  his  throne  on  the  summit  of  some 
lofty  oak,  from  whence  in  sunny  days,  unattended  by 
his  empress,  who  does  not  fly,  he  takes  his  excursions. 
Launching  into  the  air  from  one  of  the  highest  twigs, 
he  mounts  often  to  so  great  a  height  as  to  become  in- 
visible. When  the  sun  is  at  the  meridian  his  loftiest 
flights  take  place ;  and  about  four  in  the  afternoon  he 
resumes  his  station  of  repose5. — The  large  bodies  of 
hawk-moths  (Sphinx,  F.)  are  carried  by  wings  remark- 
ably strong  both  as  to  nervures  and  texture,  and  their 
flight  is  proportionably  rapid  and  direct.  That  of  but- 
terflies is  by  dipping  and  rising  alternately,  so  as  to 
form  a  zigzag  line  with  vertical  angles,  which  the  ani- 
mal often  describes  with  a  skipping  motion,  so  that  each 
zigzag  consists  of  smaller  ones.  This  doubtless  renders 
it  more  difficult  for  the  birds  to  take  them  as  they  fly ; 
and  thus  the  male,  when  paired,  often  flits  away  with 
the  female. 

Amongst  the  Neuropterous  tribes  the  most  conspi- 
cuous insects  are  the  dragon-flies  (Libellulina)t  which 
— their  metamorphosis,  habits,  mode  of  life,  and  charac- 
ters considered — form  a  distinct  natural  order  of  them- 
selves. Their  four  wings,  which  are  nearly  equal  in 
size,  are  a  complete  and  beautiful  piece  of  net- work,  re- 
sembling the  finest  lace,  the  meshes  of  which  are  usually 

a  Linn.  Trans,  vii.  40. 

b  Ha  worth  I,epidopt.  Brit.  i.  19. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  351 

filled  by  a  pure,  transparent,  glassy  membrane.     In  two 
of  the  genera  belonging  to  this  tribe,   the  wings,   when 
the  animal  is  at  rest,  are  always  expanded,  so  that  they 
can  take  flight  in  an  instant,   no  previous  unfolding  of 
these  organs  being  necessary.     In  Agrion,    the  other 
genus  of  the  tribe,  the  wings  when  they  repose  are  not 
expanded.     I  have  observed  of  these  insects,  and  also 
of  several  others  in  different  orders,  that  without  turning 
they  can  fly  in  all  directions — backwards,    and  to  the 
right  and  left,  as  well  as  forwards.     This  ability  to  fly 
all  ways,  without  having  to  turn,  must  be  very  useful  to 
them  when  pursued  by  a  bird.     Leeuwenhoek  once  saw 
a  swallow  chasing  an  insect  of  this  tribe,  which  he  calls 
a  Mordella,  in  a  menagerie  about  a  hundred  feet  long. 
The  little  creature  flew  with  such  astonishing  velocity—- 
to the  right — to  the  left — and  in  all  directions — that  this 
bird  of  rapid  wing  and  ready  evolution  was  unable  to 
overtake  and  entrap  it ;  the  insect  eluding  every  attempt, 
and  being  generally  six  feet  before  it a.     Indeed,  such  is 
the  power  of  the  long  wings  by  which  the  dragon-flies 
are  distinguished,  particularly  in  JEshna  and  Libellula, 
and  such  the  force  of  the  muscles  that  move  them,   that 
they  seem  never  to  be  wearied  with  flying.     I  have  ob- 
served one  of  the  former  genus  (Anax  Imperator,  Leach) 
sailing  for  hours  over  a  piece  of  water — sometimes  to  and 
fro,  and  sometimes  wheeling  from  side  to  side ;    and  all 
the  while  chasing,  capturing,  and  devouring  the  various 
insects  that  came  athwart  its  course,  or  driving  away  its 
competitors — without  ever  seeming  tired,   or  inclined  to 
alight.     Another  species  (JEshna  variegata),  very  com- 
mon in  lanes  and  along  hedges,   which  flies,  like  the 
a  Leeuw.  Epist,  6.  Mart.  1717- 


352  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

Orthoptera,  in  a  waving  line,  is  equally  alert  and  active 
after  its  prey.  This  however  often  alights  for  a  mo- 
ment, and  then  resumes  its  gay  excursive  flights.  The 
species  of  the  genus  Agrion  cut  the  air  with  less  velocity; 
but  so  rapid  is  the  motion  of  their  wings,  that  they  be- 
come quite  invisible.  Hawking  always  about  for  prey, 
the  Agrions,  from  the  variety  of  the  colours  of  different 
individuals,  form  no  uninteresting  object  during  a  sum- 
mer stroll.  With  respect  to  the  mode  of  flight  of  the 
other  rieuropterous  tribes  I  have  nothing  to  remark ;  for 
that  of  the  Ephemera,  which  has  been  most  noticed,  I 
shall  consider  under  another  head. 

The  next  order  of  insects,  the  Hymenoptera,  attract 
also  general  attention  as  fliers,   and  from  our  earliest 
years.     The  ferocious  hornet,  with  its  trumpet  of  terror; 
the  intrusive  and  indomitable  wasp ;  the  booming  and 
pacific  humble-bee,  the  frequent  prey  of  merciless  school- 
boys ;  and  that  universal  favourite,  the  industrious  inha- 
bitant of  the  hive, — all  belonging  to  it, — are  familiar  to 
every  one.  And  in  summer-time  there  is  scarcely  a  flower 
or  leaf  in  field  or  garden,  which  is  not  visited  by  some  of 
its  numerous  tribes.     The  four  wings  of  these  insects, 
the  upper  pair  of  which  are  larger  than  the  under,  vary 
much  in  their  nervures.     From  the  saw-flies  (Serriferd), 
whose  wings  are  nearly  as  much  reticulated  as  those 
of  some  Neuroptera,  to  the  minute  Chalcis  and  Psilus, 
in  which  these  organs  are   without  nervures,  there  is 
every  intermediate  variety  of  reticulation  that  can  be 
imagined  a.     It  has  been  observed  that  the  nervures  of 
the  wings  are  usually  proportioned  to  the  weight  of  the 
insect.    Thus  the  saw-flies  have  generally  bodies  thicker 
a  Jurine  Hymenopt,  t.  2-5. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  353 

than  those  of  most  other  Hgmenoptera,  while  those  that 
have  fewer  nervures  are  more  slender.  This,  however, 
does  not  hold  good  in  all  cases — so  that  the  dimensions 
and  cut  of  the  wings,  the  strength  of  their  nervures,  and 
the  force  of  their  muscles,  must  also  be  taken  into  con- 
sideration. The  wings  of  many  of  these  insects  when 
expanded,  are  kept  in  the  same  plane  by  means  of  small 
hooks  (Hamuli)  in  the  anterior  margin  of  the  under 
wing,  which  lay  hold  of  the  posterior  margin  of  the 
upper  a.  Another  peculiarity  also  distinguishes  them. 
Base  covers  (Tegulce),  or  small  concavo-convex  shields, 
protect  the  base  of  the  wings  from  injury  b,  or  displace- 
ment. 

The  most  powerful  fliers  in  this  order  are  the  humble- 
bees,  which,  like  the  dung-chafers  (Geotrupes\  traverse 
the  air  in  segments  of  a  circle,  the  arc  of  which  is  alter- 
nately to  right  and  left.  The  rapidity  of  their  flight  is 
so  great,  that  could  it  be  calculated,  it  would  be  found, 
the  size  of  the  creature  considered,  far  to  exceed  that  of 
any  bird. — The  aerial  movements  of  the  hive-bee  are 
more  direct  and  leisurely.  When  leaving  the  hive  for 
an  excursion,  I  have  observed  that  as  soon  as  they  come 
out  they  turn  about  as  if  to  survey  the  entrance,  and  then 
wheeling  round  in  a  circle,  fly  off.  When  they  return 
to  the  hive,  they  often  fly  from  side  to  side,  as  if  to  ex- 
amine before  they  alight.  When  swarming,  the  heads 
of  all  are  turned  towards  the  group  at  the  mouth  of  their 
dwelling ;  and  upon  rising  into  the  air  these  little  crea- 
tures fly  so  thick  in  every  direction,  as  to  appear  like  a 
kind  of  net- work  with  meshes  of  every  angle.  The  queen 

a  Kirby  Mon.  Ap.  Angl.  i.  96.  108.  t.  xiii./.  19. 
b  Ibid.  96.  107.  t.  v./.  8.  dd. 
VOL.  IT.  2  A 


354  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

also,  upon  going  forth,  when  her  object  is  to  pair,  after 
returning  to  reconnoitre,  begins  her  flight  by  describing 
circles  of  considerable  diameter,  thus  rising  spirally  with 
a  rapid  motion a.  The  object  of  these  gyrations  is  pro- 
bably to  increase  her  enhance  of  meeting  with  a  drone. — 
I  have  not  much  to  tell  you  with  respect  to  the  flight  of 
other  insects  of  this  order,  except  that  a  spider -wasp 
(Pompilus  viaticus)  whose  sting  is  redoubtable,  and  which 
often,  when  we  are  in  the  vicinity  of  sandy  sunny  banks, 
accompanies  our  steps,  has  a  kind  of  jumping  movement 
when  it  flies. 

The  next  order,  the  Diptcra,  consists  altogether  of 
two-winged  flies: — but  to  replace  the  under  wings  of 
the  tetrapterous  insects,  they  are  furnished  with  poisers, 
and  numbers  of  them  also  with  winglets.  The  poisers 
(Halter es)  are  little  membranaceous  threads  placed  one 
under  the  origin  of  each  wing,  near  a  spiracle,  and  ter- 
minated by  an  oval,  round,  or  triangular  button,  which 
seems  capable  of  dilatation  and  contraction.  The  ani- 
mal moves  these  organs  with  great  vivacity,  often  when 
at  rest,  and  probably  when  flying.  Their  winglets 
(Alulae)  are  different  from  those  of  Dytiscus  marginalis, 
and  the  moth  before  notjced.  Like  them,  they  are  of 
rigid  membrane,  and  fringed;  but  they  consist  generally 
of  two  concavo-convex  pieces  (sometimes  surrounded  by 
a  nervure),  situated  between  the  wing  and  the  poisers, 
which,  when  the  insect  reposes,  fold  over  each  other 
like  the  valves  of  a  bivalve  shell ;  but  when  it  flies  they 
are  extended.  The  use  of  neither  of  these  organs  seems 
to  have  been  satisfactorily  ascertained.  Dr.  Derham 
thinks  they  are  for  keeping  the  body  steady  in  flight; 
a  Huber,  i.  38. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  355 

and  asserts,  that  if  either  a  poiser  or  winglet  be  cut  off, 
the  insect  will  fly  as  if  one  side  overbalanced  the  other, 
till  it  falls  to  the  ground ;  and  that  if  both  be  cut  off,  they 
will  fly  awkwardly  and  unsteadily,  as  if  they  had  lost  some 
very  necessary  part^.  Shelver  cut  off' the  winglets  of  a 
fly,  leaving  both  wings  and  poisers,  but  it  could  no  longer 
fly.  He  next  cut  off  the  poisers  of  another,  leaving  the 
wings  and  winglets,  and  the  same  result  followed.  He 
found,  upon  removing  one  of  these  organs,  that  they 
were  not  properly  compared  to  balancers.  Observing 
that  a  common  crane-fly  (Tipula  crocata)  moved  the 
knee  of  the  hinder  tibia  in  connexion  with  the  wing  and 
poiser,  he  cut  it  off,  and  it  could  no  longer  fly :  this  last 
experiment,  however,  seems  contradicted  by  the  fact, 
which  has  been  often  observed,  that  the  insects  of  this 
genus  will  fly  when  half  their  legs  are  gone.  He  after- 
wards cut  off  both  its  poisers,  when  it  could  neither  fly 
nor  walk.  Hence  he  conjectures  that  the  poisers  are 
connected  with  the  feet,  and  are  air-holders  b.  I  have 
often  seen  flies  move  their  poisers  very  briskly  when  at 
rest,  particularly  Seioptera  vibrans,  before  mentioned. 
This  renders  Shelver's  conjecture — that  they  are  con- 
nected with  respiration — not  improbable.  Perhaps  by 
their  action  some  effect  may  be  produced  upon  the 
spiracle  in  their  vicinity,  either  as  to  the  opening  or 
closing  of  it. 

There  are  three  classes  of  fliers  in  this  order,  the  form 
of  whose  bodies,  as  well  as  the  shape  and  circumstances 
of  their  wings,  is  different.  First  are  the  slender  flies — 
the  gnats,  gnat-like  flies,  and  crane-flies  (Tipularitf}. 

a  Phys.  TheoL  13th  Ed.  366,  note  (*.) 
b  Wiedemann's  Archiv.  ii.  210. 
2  A  2 


356  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

The  bodies  of  these  are  light,  their  wings  narrow,  and 
their  legs  long,  and  they  have  no  winglets.  Next  are 
those  whose  bodies,  though  slender,  are  more  weighty — 
the  Asilidce)  Conopsidce,  &c. ;  these  have  larger  wings, 
shorter  legs,  and  very  minute  and  sometimes  even  obso- 
lete winglets.  Lastly  come  the  flies,  the  MuscidtE,  &c., 
and  their  affinities,  whose  bodies  being  short,  thick,  and 
often  very  heavy,  are  furnished  not  only  with  proportion- 
ate wings  and  shorter  legs,  but  also  with  conspicuous 
winglets.  From  these  comparative  differences  and  dis- 
tinctions, we  may  conjecture  in  the  first  place — since  the 
lightest  bodies  are  furnished  with  the  longest  legs,  and 
the  heaviest  with  the  shortest — that  the  legs  act  as 
poisers  and  rudders,  that  keep  them  steady  while  they 
fly,  and  assist  them  in  directing  their  course a ;  and  in  the 
next — since  the  winglets  are  largest  in  theheaviest  bodies, 
and  altogether  wanting  in  the  lightest — that  one  of  their 
principal  uses  is  to  assist  the  wings  when  the  insect  is 
flying. 

The  flight  of  the  Tipularian  genera  is  very  various. 
Sometimes,  as  I  have  observed,  they  fly  up  and  down 
with  a  zigzag  course;  at  others  in  vertical  curves  of  small 
diameter,  like  some  birds ;  at  others,  again,  in  horizontal 
curves : — all  these  lines  they  describe  with  a  kind  of 
skipping  motion.  Sometimes  they  would  seem  to  flit  in 
every  possible  way — upwards,  downwards,  athwart,  ob- 
licjfuely,  and  sometimes  almost  in  circles.  The  common 
gnat  (Culex  pipiens)  seems  to  sail  along  also  in  various 
directions.  The  motion  of  its  wings,  if  it  does  not  fly 

a  To  those  that  frequent  meadows  and  pastures  (Tipula  oleracea, 
L.  &c.)  they  are  also  useful  as  I  have  before  observed,  as  stilts,  to 
enable  them  to  walk  over  the  grass.  Reaum.  v.  Pref.i.  t.  iii./.  10. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  357 

like  a  hawk,  is  so  rapid  as  not  to  be  perceptible.  When 
the  crane-fly  ( Tipula  oleracea)  is  upon  the  wing,  its  fore- 
legs are  placed  horizontally,  pointing  forwards,  and  the 
four  hind  ones  stretched  out  in  an  opposite  direction,  the 
one  forming  the  prow  and  the  other  the  stern  of  the 
vessel,  in  its  voyage  through  the  ocean  of  air.  The  legs 
of  another  insect  of  this  tribe  (Hirtcca  Marci)  all  point 
towards  the  anus  in  flight,  the  long  anterior  pair  forming 
an  acute  angle  with  the  body  : — thus,  perhaps,  it  can 
better  cut  the  air. 

I  have  often  been  amused  in  my  walks  with  the  motions 
of  the  hornet-fly  (Asilus  crabroniformis),  belonging  to 
the  second  division  just  mentioned.  This  insect  is  car- 
nivorous, living  upon  small  flies.  When  you  are  taking 
your  rambles,  you  may  often  observe  it  alight  just  before 
you ; — as  soon  as  you  come  up,  it  flies  a  little  further, 
and  will  thus  be  your  avant-courier  for  the  whole  length 
of  a  long  field.  This  usually  takes  place,  I  seem  to  have 
observed,  when  a  path  lies  under  a  hedge ;  and  perhaps 
the  object  of  this  manoeuvre  may  be  the  capture  of  prey. 
Your  motions  may  drive  a  number  of  insects  before  you, 
and  so  be  instrumental  in  supplying  it  with  a  meal. 
Other  species  of  the  genus  have  the  same  habit. 

The  aerial  progress  of  the  fly  tribes,  including  the 
gad-flies  ((Estrida) ;  horse-flies  ( Tabanidce] ;  carrion- 
flies  (Muscid<g\  and  many  other  genera — which  constitute 
the  heavy  horse  amongst  our  two-winged  fliers — is  won- 
derfully rapid,  and  usually  in  a  direct  line.  An  anony- 
mous observer  in  Nicholson's  Journal  a  calculates  that,  in 
its  ordinary  flight,  the  common  house-fly  (Musca  domes- 
tica)  makes  with  its  wings  about  600  strokes,  which 
a  4to.  iii.  36. 


358  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

carry  it  five  feet,  every  second.  But  if  alarmed,  be  states 
their  velocity  can  be  increased  six-  or  seven-fold,  or  to 
thirty  or  thirty-five  feet,  in  the  same  period.  In  this 
space  of  time  a  race-horse  could  clear  only  ninety  feet, 
which  is  at  the  rate  of  mcTre  than  a  mile  in  a  minute.  Our 
little  fly,  in  her  swiftest  flight,  will  in  the  same  space  of 
time  go  more  than  the  third  of  a  mile.  Now  compare 
the  infinite  difference  of  the  size  of  the  two  animals  (ten 
millions  of  the  fly  would  hardly  counterpoise  one  racer), 
and  how  wonderful  will  the  velocity  of  this  minute  crea- 
ture appear !  Did  the  fly  equal  the  race-horse  in  size, 
and  retain  its  present  powers  in  the  ratio  of  its  magni- 
tude, it  would  traverse  the  globe  with  the  rapidity  of 
lightning. 

It  seems  to  me,  that  it  is  not  by  muscular  strength 
alone  that  many  insects  are  enabled  to  keep  so  long 
upon  the  wing.  Every  one  who  attends  to  them  must 
have  noticed,  that  the  velocity  and  duration  of  their 
flights  depend  much  upon  the  heat  or  coolness  of  the 
atmosphere :  especially  the  appearance  of  the  sun.  The 
warmer  and  more  unclouded  his  beam,  the  more  insects 
are  there  upon  the  wing,  and  every  diurnal  species  seems 
fitted  for  longer  or  more  frequent  excursions.  As  these 
animals  have  no  circulating  fluid  except  the  air  in  their 
tracheae  and  bronchiae,  their  locomotive  powers,  with 
few  exceptions,  must  depend  altogether  upon  the  state  of 
that  element.  When  the  thermometer  descends  below 
a  certain  point  they  become  torpid,  and  when  it  reaches 
a  certain  height  they  revive ;  so  that  the  air  must  be  re- 
garded, in  some  sense,  as  their  blood,  or  rather  the  ca- 
loric that  it  contains ;  which  when  conveyed  by  the  air, 
it  circulates  quickly  in  them,  invigorates  all  their  mo- 


MOTIONS    OF  INSECTS.  359 

tions,  enters  into  the  muscles  and  nervures  of  their  wings, 
maintaining  their  tension,  and  by  the  greater  or  less  ra- 
pidity of  its  pulsations  accelerating  or  diminishing  their 
action. 

Having  given  you  all  the  information  that  I  can  col- 
lect with  respect  to  the  motions  of  perfect  insects  in  the 
air,  I  must  next  say  something  concerning  their  modes 
of  locomotion  in  or  upon  the  water.  These  are  of  two 
kinds,  swimming  and  walking.  Observe — I  call  that 
movement  swimming,  in  which  the  animal  pushes  itself 
along  by  strokes — while  in  walking,  the  motion  of  the 
legs  is  not  different  from  what  it  would  be  if  they  were 
on  land.  Most  insects  that  swim  have  their  posterior 
legs  peculiarly  fitted  for  it,  either  by  a  dense  fringe  of 
hairs  on  the  shank  and  foot,  as  in  the  water-beetles 
(lJytfscus)*9  or  the  water-boatmen  (Notonecta] ;  or  by 
having  their  terminal  joints  very  much  dilated — as  in 
the  whirlwig  (Gyrinus) — so  as  to  resemble  the  paddle  of 
an  oar  b.  When  the  Dytisci  rise  to  the  surface  to  take 
in  fresh  air — a  silver  bubble  of  which  may  often  be  seen 
suspended  at  their  anus — they  ascend,  as  it  should  seem, 
merely  in  consequence  of  their  being  specifically  lighter 
than  the  water ;  but  when  they  descend  or  move  hori- 
zontally, which  they  do  with  considerable  rapidity,  it 
is  by  regular  and  successive  strokes  of  their  swimming 
legs.  While  they  remain  suspended  at  the  surface, 
these  legs  are  extended  so  as  to  form  a  right  angle  with 
their  body.  The  water-boatmen  swim  upon  their  back, 

a  PLATE  XIV.  FIG.  6. 

b  Mr.  Briggs  observes  that  this  insect  appears  to  move  all  its  legs 
at  once,  with  wonderful  rapidity,  by  which  motion  it  produces  a 
radiating  vibration  on  the  surface  of  the  water. 


358  MOTIONS  or  INSECTS. 

carry  it  five  feet,  every  second.  But  if  alarmed,  be  states 
their  velocity  can  be  increased  six-  or  seven-fold,  or  to 
thirty  or  thirty-five  feet,  in  the  same  period.  In  this 
space  of  time  a  race-horse  could  clear  only  ninety  feet, 
which  is  at  the  rate  of  mo*re  than  a  mile  in  a  minute.  Our 
little  fly,  in  her  swiftest  flight,  will  in  the  same  space  of 
time  go  more  than  the  third  of  a  mile.  Now  compare 
the  infinite  difference  of  the  size  of  the  two  animals  (ten 
millions  of  the  fly  would  hardly  counterpoise  one  racer), 
and  how  wonderful  will  the  velocity  of  this  minute  crea- 
ture appear !  Did  the  fly  equal  the  race-horse  in  size, 
and  retain  its  present  powers  in  the  ratio  of  its  magni- 
tude, it  would  traverse  the  globe  with  the  rapidity  of 
lightning. 

It  seems  to  me,  that  it  is  not  by  muscular  strength 
alone  that  many  insects  are  enabled  to  keep  so  long 
upon  the  wing.  Every  one  who  attends  to  them  must 
Lave  noticed,  that  the  velocity  and  duration  of  their 
flights  depend  much  upon  the  heat  or  coolness  of  the 
atmosphere :  especially  the  appearance  of  the  sun.  The 
warmer  and  more  unclouded  his  beam,  the  more  insects 
are  there  upon  the  wing,  and  every  diurnal  species  seems 
fitted  for  longer  or  more  frequent  excursions.  As  these 
animals  have  no  circulating  fluid  except  the  air  in  their 
tracheae  and  bronchiae,  their  locomotive  powers,  with 
few  exceptions,  must  depend  altogether  upon  the  state  of 
that  element.  When  the  thermometer  descends  below 
a  certain  point  they  become  torpid,  and  when  it  reaches 
a  certain  height  they  revive ;  so  that  the  air  must  be  re- 
garded, in  some  sense,  as  their  blood,  or  rather  the  ca- 
loric that  it  contains ;  which  when  conveyed  by  the  air, 
it  circulates  quickly  in  them,  invigorates  all  their  mo- 


MOTIONS    OF  INSECTS.  359 

tions,  enters  into  the  muscles  and  nervures  of  their  wings, 
maintaining  their  tension,  and  by  the  greater  or  less  ra- 
pidity of  its  pulsations  accelerating  or  diminishing  their 
action. 

Having  given  you  all  the  information  that  I  can  col- 
lect with  respect  to  the  motions  of  perfect  insects  in  the 
air,  I  must  next  say  something  concerning  their  modes 
of  locomotion  in  or  upon  the  water.  These  are  of  two 
kinds,  swimming  and  walking.  Observe — I  call  that 
movement  swimming,  in  which  the  animal  pushes  itself 
along  by  strokes — while  in  walking,  the  motion  of  the 
legs  is  not  different  from  what  it  would  be  if  they  were 
on  land.  Most  insects  that  swim  have  their  posterior 
legs  peculiarly  fitted  for  it,  either  by  a  dense  fringe  of 
hairs  on  the  shank  and  foot,  as  in  the  water-beetles 
(Dytiscus)*)  or  the  water-boatmen  (Notonecta]\  or  by 
having  their  terminal  joints  very  much  dilated — as  in 
the  whirlwig  (Gyrinus) — so  as  to  resemble  the  paddle  of 
an  oar  b.  When  the  Dytisci  rise  to  the  surface  to  take 
in  fresh  air — a  silver  bubble  of  which  may  often  be  seen 
suspended  at  their  anus — they  ascend,  as  it  should  seem, 
merely  in  consequence  of  their  being  specifically  lighter 
than  the  water ;  but  when  they  descend  or  move  hori- 
zontally, which  they  do  with  considerable  rapidity,  it 
is  by  regular  and  successive  strokes  of  their  swimming 
legs.  While  they  remain  suspended  at  the  surface, 
these  legs  are  extended  so  as  to  form  a  right  angle  with 
their  body.  The  water-boatmen  swim  upon  their  back, 

a  PLATE  XiV.  FIG.  6. 

b  Mr.  Briggs  observes  that  this  insect  appears  to  move  all  its  legs 
at  once,  with  wonderful  rapidity,  by  which  motion  it  produces  a' 
radiating  vibration  on  the  surface  of  the  water. 


360  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

which  enables  them  to  see  readily  and  seize  the  insects  that 
fall  upon  the  water,  which  are  their  prey.  Sigara,  how- 
ever, a  cognate  genus  separated  from  Notonecta  by  Fa- 
bricius,  swims  in  the  ordinary  way.  As  the  Gyrini  are 
usually  in  motion  at  the  surface,  whirling  round  and 
round  in  circles,  it  is  probable  that  their  legs  are  best 
adapted  to  this  movement.  They  dive  down,  however, 
with  great  ease  and  velocity  when  alarmed.  The  com- 
mon water-bug  (Gerris  lacustris],  though  it  never  goes 
under  water,  will  sometimes  swim  upon  the  surface, 
which  it  does  by  strokes  of  the  intermediate  and  pos- 
terior legs  a.  These,  however,  are  neither  fringed  nor 
dilated,  but  very  long  and  slender,  with  claws,  not  easily 
detected,  situated  under  the  apex  of  the  last  joint  of  the 
foot,  which  covers  and  conceals  them.  The  underside 
of  their  body — as  is  the  case  with  Elophorus,  and  many 
other  aquatic  insects — is  clothed  with  a  thick  coat  of  gray 
hairs  like  satin,  which  in  certain  lights  have  no  small  de- 
gree of  lustre,  and  protect  its  body  from  the  effects  of 
the  water.  Some  insects,  that  are  not  naturally  aquatic, 
if  they  fall  into  the  water  will  swim  very  well.  I  once 
saw  a  kind  of  grasshopper  (Acrydium),  which  by  the 
powerful  strokes  of  its  hind  legs  pushed  itself  across  a 
stream  with  great  rapidity. 

Other  insects  walk,  as  it  were,  in  the  water,  moving 
their  legs  much  in  the  same  way  as  they  would  do  on 
the  land.  Many  smaller  species  of  water-beetles,  belong- 
ing to  the  genera  Hydrophilus>  Elophorus,  Hydrtena, 
Parnus,  Limnim>  &c.  thus  win  their  way  in  the  waves. — 
Thus  also  the  water-scorpion  (Nepa)  pursues  its  prey ; 
and  the  little  water-mites  (Hydrachna)  may  be  seen  in 
*  De  Geer,  iii.  314. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  361 

every  pool  thus  working  their  little  legs  with  great  rapi- 
dity, and  moving  about  in  all  directions. — Some  spiders 
also  will  not  only  traverse  the  surface  of  the  waters,  but, 
as  you  have  heard  with  respect  to  onea,  descend  into 
their  bosom.  There  are  other  insects  moving  in  this 
way  that  are  not  divers.  Of  this  kind  are  the  aquatic 
bugs  (Gerris  lacustris,  Hydrometra  Stagnorum,  Velia 
Rivulorum,  &c.  Latr.).  The  first  can  walk,  run,  and 
even  leap,  which  it  does  upon  its  prey,  as  well  as  swim 
upon  the  surface.  The  second,  remarkable  for  its  ex- 
treme slenderness,  and  for  its  prominent  hemispherical 
eyes — which,  though  they  are  really  in  the  head,  appear 
to  be  in  the  middle  of  the  body — rambles  about  in  chase 
of  other  insects,  in  considerable  numbers,  in  most  stag- 
nant waters.  The  Velia  is  to  be  met  with  chiefly  in  run- 
ning streams  and  rivers,  coursing  very  rapidly  over  their 
waves b.  The  two  last  species  neither  jump  nor  swim. 

I  am  next  to  say  a  few  words  upon  the  motions  of  in- 
sects that  burrow,  either  to  conceal  themselves  or  their 
young.  Though  burrowing  is  not  always  a  locomotion, 
I  shall  consider  it  under  this  head,  to  preserve  the  unity 
of  the  subject.  Many  enter  the  earth  by  means  of  fore- 
legs particularly  formed  for  the  purpose.  The  flat  den- 
tated  anterior  shanks,  with  slender  feet,  that  distinguish 
the  chafers  (Petalocera) — most  of  which  in  their  first 
states  live  under  ground,  and  many  occasionally  in 
their  last — enable  them  to  make  their  way  either  into  the 
earth  or  out  of  it.  Two  other  genera  of  beetles  (Sca- 
rites  and  Clivina,  Latr.  )c  have  these  shanks  palmated, 
or  ^armed  with  longer  teeth  at  their  extremity,  for  the 

a  VOL.  I.  470—.  b  Curtis  Brit.  Ent.  t.  ii. 

c  PLATE  XV.  FIG.  5. 


362  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

same   purpose.      But  the  most   remarkable   burrower 
amongst  perfect  insects  is  that  singular  animal  the  mole- 
cricket  (Gryttotalpa  vulgaris)*.      This  creature  is  en- 
dowed with  wonderful  strength,  particularly  in  its  thorax 
and  fore  legs.    The  former  is  a  very  hard  and  solid  shell 
or  crust,  covering  like  a  shield  the  trunk  of  the  animal; 
and   the   latter   are   remarkably  fitted    for   burrowing, 
both  by  their  strength  and  construction.     The  shanks 
are  very  broad,   and   terminate  obliquely  in  four  enor- 
mous sharp  teeth h,  like  so  many  fingers:  the  foot  con- 
sists of  three  joints — the  two  first  being  broad  and  tooth- 
shaped,  and  pointing  in  an  opposite   direction   to  the 
teeth  of  the  shank  ;  and  the  last  small,  and  armed  at  the 
extremity  with  two  short  claws.     This  foot  is   placed 
inside  the  shank,  so  as  to  resemble  a  thumb  and  perform 
the  office  of  onec.     The  direction  and  motion  of  these 
hands,  as  in  moles,  is  outwards ;  thus  enabling  the  ani- 
mal most  effectually  to  remove  the  earth  when  it  bur- 
rows.    By  the  help  of  these  powerful  instruments,  it  is 
astonishing  how  instantaneously  it  buries  itself.     This 
creature  works  under  ground  like  a  field-mouse,  raising 
a  ridge  as  it  goes ;  but  it  does  not  throw  up  heaps  like 
its  name-sake  the  mole.     They  will  in  this  manner  un- 
dermine whole  gardens ;  and  thus  in  wet  and  swampy 
situations,  in  which    they  delight,  they  excavate  their 
curious  apartments,  before  described.     The  field-cricket 
(Gryllus  campestris)  is  also  a  burrower,  but  by  means  of 
different  instruments  ;  for  with  its  strong  jaws,  toothed 
like  the  claws  of  a  lobster,  but  sharper,  in  heaths  and 
other  dry  situations  it  perforates  and  rounds  its  curious 
and  regular  cells.     The  house-cricket  (G.  domesticus], 

"  PLATE  II.  FIG.  2.  b  PLATE  XV.  FIG.  6.  n.  c  Ibid.  b. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  363 

which,  on  account  of  the  softness  of  the  mortar,  delights 
in  new-built  houses,  with  the  same  organs,  to  make 
herself  a  covered-way  from  room  to  room,  burrows  and 
mines  between  the  joints  of  the  bricks  and  stones  a. 

But  of  all  the  burrowing  tribes,  none  are  so  numerous 
as  those  of  the  order  Hymenoptera.  Wherever  you  see  a 
bare  bank,  of  a  sunny  exposure,  you  always  find  it  full 
of  the  habitations  of  insects  belonging  to  it; — and  besides 
this,  every  rail  and  old  piece  of  timber  is  with  the  same 
view  perforated  by  them.  Bees ;  wasps ;  bee-wasps 
(Bembex);  spider-wasps  (Pompilus)-,  fly-wasps  (Melli- 
nus,  Cerceris,  Crabro),  with  many  others,  excavate  sub- 
terranean or  ligneous  habitations  for  their  young.  None 
is  more  remarkable  in  this  respect  than  the  sand-wasp 
(Ammophila),  or  as  it  might  be  better  named — since 
it  always  commits  its  eggs  to  caterpillars  which  it  in- 
humes— the  caterpillar-wasp.  It  digs  its  burrows,  by 
scratching  with  its  fore  legs  like  a  dog  or  a  rabbit,  di- 
spersing with  its  hind  ones,  which  are  particularly  con- 
structed for  that  purpose,  the  sand  so  collected5. 

Since  most  of  these  burrows  are  designed  for  the  re- 
ception of  the  eggs  of  the  burrowers,  I  shall  next  de- 
scribe to  you  the  manner  in  which  one  of  the  long-legged 
gnats,  or  crane-flies  (Tipula  variegata,} — a  proceeding 
to  which  I  was  myself  a  witness — oviposits.  Choosing  a 
south  bank  bare  of  grass,  she  stood  with  her  legs  stretch- 
ed out  on  each  side,  and  kept  turning  herself  half  round 
backwards  and  forwards  alternately.  Thus  the  oviposi- 
tor, which  terminates  her  long  cylindrical  pointed  abdo- 
men, made  its  way  into  the  hard  soil,  and  deposited  her 

H  White,  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  80.  72.  76.        ,b  Linn.  Trans,  iv.  200—. 


366  MOTIONS    OF    INSECTS. 

the  most  ignorant  and  stupid  of  his  domestics,  were 
never  satisfied  with  looking  at  it.  Never  had  any  armil- 
lary  sphere  so  many  zones,  as  there  were  here  circles, 
which  had  the  light  for  their  centre.  There  was  an  in- 
finity of  them — crossing  each  other  in  all  directions,  and 
of  every  imaginable  inclination — all  of  which  were  more 
or  less  eccentric.  Each  zone  was  composed  of  an  un- 
broken string  of  Ephemera?,  resembling  a  piece  of  silver 
lace  formed  into  a  circle  deeply  notched,  and  consisting 
of  equal  triangles  placed  end  to  end  (so  that  one  of  the 
angles  of  that  which  followed  touched  the  middle  of  the 
base  of  that  which  preceded),  and  moving  with  asto- 
nishing rapidity.  The  wings  of  the  flies,  which  was  all 
of  them  that  could  then  be  distinguished,  formed  this 
appearance.  Each  of  these  creatures,  after  having  de- 
scribed one  or  two  orbits,  fell  upon  the  earth  or  into  the 
water,  but  not  in  consequence  of  being  burned  a.  Reau- 
mur was  one  of  the  most  accurate  of  observers ;  and  yet 
I  suspect  that  the  appearance  he  describes  was  a  visual 
deception,  and  for  the  following  reason.  I  was  once 
walking  in  the  day-time  with  a  friend  b,  when  our  at- 
tention was  caught  by  myriads  of  small  flies,  which  were 
dancing  under  every  tree ; — viewed  in  a  certain  light 
they  appeared  a  concatenated  series  of  insects  (as  Reau- 
mur has  here  described  his  Ephemerae)  moving  in  a 
spiral  direction  upwards ; — but  each  series  upon  close 
examination,  we  found  was  produced  by  the  asto- 
nishingly rapid  movement  of  a  single  fly.  Indeed,  when 


a  Reaum.  vi.  484.  t.  xlv./.  7. 

'  b  The  persons  observing  the  appearance  here  related  were  the 
authors  of  this  work. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  367 

we  consider  the  space  that  a  fly  will  pass  through  in  a 
second,  it  is  not  wonderful  that  the  eye  should  be  unable 
to  trace  its  gradual  progress,  or  that  it  should  appear 
present  in  the  whole  space  at  the  same  instant.  The  fly 
we  saw  was  a  small  male  Ichneumon. 

Other  circular  motions  of  sportive  insects  take  place 
in  the  waters.  Linne,  in  his  Lapland  tour,  noticed  a 
black  Tipula  which  ran  over  the  water,  and  turned 
round  like  a  whirl  wig,  or  Gyrinus*.  This  last  insect  I 
have  often  mentioned  ; — it  seems  the  merriest  and  most 
agile  of  all  the  inhabitants  of  the  waves.  Wonderful  is 
the  velocity  with  which  they  turn  round  and  round,  as  it 
were  pursuing  each  other  in  incessant  circles,  some- 
times moving  in  oblique,  and  indeed  in  every  other 
direction.  Now  and  then  they  repose  on  the  surface, 
as  if  fatigued  with  their  dances,  and  desirous  of  en- 
joying the  full  effect  of  the  sun-beam  :  if  you  approach 
they  are  instantaneously  in  motion  again.  Attempt  to 
entrap  them  with  your  net,  and  they  are  under  the  water 
and  dispersed  in  a  moment.  When  the  danger  ceases 
they  reappear,  and  resume  their  vagaries.  Covered 
with  lucid  armour,  when  the  sun  shines  they  look  like 
little  dancing  masses  of  silver  or  brilliant  pearls  b. 

But  the  motions  of  this  kind  to  which  I  particularly 
wish  to  call  your  attention,  are  the  choral  dances  of  males 
in  the  air ;  for  the  dancing  sex  amongst  insects  is  the 
masculine,  the  ladies  generally  keeping  themselves  quiet 
at  home.  These  dances  occur  at  all  seasons  of  the  year, 
both  in  winter  and  summer,  though  in  the  former  season 

a  Lack.  Lapj).  i.  194. 
b  Compare  Oliv.  Entomol.  iii.  Gyrinus  4. 


368  MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS. 

they  are  confined  to  the  hardy  Tipulariae.  In  the  morn- 
ing before  twelve,  the  Hoplice,  root-beetles  before  men- 
tioned, have  their  dances  in  the  air,  and  the  solsti- 
tial and  common  cockchafer  appear  in  the  evening — the 
former  generally  coming  forth  at  the  summer  solstice 
— and  fill  the  air  over  the  trees  and  hedges  with  their 
myriads  and  their  hum.  Other  dancing  insects  resemble 
moving  columns — each  individual  rising  and  falling  in  a 
vertical  line  a  certain  space,  and  which  will  follow  the 
passing  traveller — often  intent  upon  other  business,  and 
all  unconscious  of  his  aerial  companions — for  a  consi- 
derable distance. 

Towards  sun-set  the  common  Ephemerae  (E.  vulgata\ 
distinguished  by  their  spotted  wings  and  three  long 
tails  (Caudulae})  commence  their  dances  in  the  meadows 
near  the  rivers.  They  assemble  in  troops,  consisting 
sometimes  of  several  hundreds,  and  keep  rising  and 
falling  continually,  usually  over  some  high  tree.  They 
rise  beating  the  air  rapidly  with  their  wings,  till  they 
have  ascended  five  or  six  feet  above  the  tree ;  then  they 
descend  to  it  with  their  wings  extended  and  motionless, 
sailing  like  hawks,  and  having  their  three  tails  elevated, 
and  the  lateral  ones  so  separated  as  to  form  nearly  a 
right  angle  with  the  central  one.  These  tails  seem  given 
them  to  balance  their  bodies  when  they  descend,  which 
they  do  in  a  horizontal  position.  This  motion  continues 
two  or  three  hours  without  ceasing,  and  commences  in 
fine  clear  weather  about  an  hour  before  sun-set,  lasting 
till  the  copious  falling  of  the  dew  compels  them  to  retire 
to  their  nocturnal  station a.  Our  most  common  species, 
a  De  Geer,  ii.  638—. 


MOTIONS  OF  INSECTS.  369 

which  I  have  usually  taken  for  the  E.  vulgata,  varies 
from  that  of  De  Geer  in  its  proceedings.  I  found  them 
at  the  end  of  May  dancing  over  the  meadows,  not  over 
the  trees,  at  a  much  earlier  hour — at  half-past  three — 
rising  in  the  way  just  described,  about  a  foot,  and  then 
descending,  at  the  distance  of  about  four  or  five  feet 
from  the  ground.  Another  species,  common  here,  rises 
seven  or  eight  feet.  I  have  also  seen  Ephemerae  flying 
over  the  water  in  a  horizontal  direction.  The  females 
are  sometimes  in  the  air,  when  the  males  seize  them, 
and  they  fly  paired.  These  insects  seem  to  use  their 
fore-legs  to  break  the  air;  they  are  applied  together 
before  the  head,  and  look  like  antennae. — Hilara  maura, 
a  little  beaked  fly,  I  have  observed  rushing  in  infinite 
numbers  like  a  shower  of  rain  driven  by  the  wind, 
as  before  observed*,  over  waters,  and  then  returning 
back. 

It  is  remarkable  that  the  smaller  Tipularite  will  fly 
unwetted  in  a  heavy  shower  of  rain,  as  I  have  often  ob- 
served. How  keen  must  be  their  sight,  and  how  rapid 
their  motions,  to  enable  them  to  steer  between  drops 
bigger  than  their  own  bodies,  which,  if  they  fell  upon 
them,  must  dash  them  to  the  ground  ! 

Amidst  this  infinite  variety  of  motions,  for  purposes 
so  numerous  and  diversified,  and  performed  by  such  a 
multiplicity  of  instruments  and  organs,  who  does  not 
discern  and  adore  the  Great  FIRST  MOVER?  From 
him  all  proceed,  by  him  all  are  endowed,  in  him  all 
move :  and  it  is  to  accomplish  his  ends,  and  to  go  on 

a  See  above,  p,  7. 

VOL.  IT.  2  B 


370  MOTIONS    OF    INSECTS. 

his  errands,  that  these  little  but  not  insignificant  beings 
are  thus  gifted ;  since  it  is  by  them  that  he  maintains 
this  terraqueous  globe  in  order  and  beauty,  thus  render- 
ing it  fit  for  the  residence  of  his  creature  man. 

I  am,  &c. 


LETTER  XXIV. 


ON    THE    NOISES    PRODUCED   BY 
INSECTS. 

THAT  insects,  though  they  fill  the  air  with  a  variety 
of  sounds,  have  no  voice,  may  seem  to  you  a  paradox, 
and  you  may  be  tempted  to  exclaim  with  the  Roman 
naturalist,  What,  amidst  this  incessant  diurnal  hum  of 
bees  ;  this  evening  boom  of  beetles  ;  this  nocturnal  buz 
of  gnats;  this  merry  chirp  of  crickets  and  grasshoppers; 
this  deafening  drum  of  Cicadae,  have  insects  no  voice  ! 
If  by  voice Ve  understand  sounds  produced  by  the  air 
expelled  from  the  lungs,  which,  passing  through  the 
larynx,  is  modified  by  the  tongue,  and  emitted  from  the 
mouth, — it  is  even  so.  For  no  insect,  like  the  larger 
animals,  uses  its  mouth  for  utterance  of  any  kind :  in 
this  respect  they  are  all  perfectly  mute ;  and  though 
incessantly  noisy,  are  everlastingly  silent.  Of  this  fact 
the  Stagyrite  was  not  ignorant,  since,  denying  them  a 
voice,  he  attributes  the  sounds  emitted  by  insects  to  an- 
other cause.  But  if  we  feel  disposed  to  give  a  larger 
extent  to  this  word;  if  we  are  of  opinion  that  all  sounds, 
however  produced,  by  means  of  which  animals  deter- 
mine those  of  their  own  species  to  certain  actions,  merit 

2  B  2 


372  NOISES    OF  INSECTS. 

the  name  of  voice ;  then  I  will  grant  that  insects  have  a 
voice.  But,  decide  this  question  as  we  will,  we  all  know 
that  by  some  means  or  other,  at  certain  seasons  and  on 
various  occasions,  these  little  creatures  make  a  great  din 
in  the  world.  I  must  therefore  now  bespeak  your  at- 
tention to  this  department  of  their  history. 

In  discussing  this  subject,  I  shall  consider  the  noises 
insects  emit — during  their  motions — when  they  are  feed- 
ing, or  otherwise  employed — when  they  are  calling  or 
commanding — or  when  they  are  under  the  influence  of 
the  passions;  of  fear,  of  anger,  of  sorrow,  joy,  or  love. 

The  only  kind  of  locomotion  during  which  these  ani- 
mals produce  sounds,  is  flying:  for  though  the  hill- 
ants  (Formica  ntfa),  as  I  formerly  observed a,  make  a 
rustling  noise  with  their  feet  when  walking  over  dry 
leaves,  I  know  of  no  other  insect  the  tread  of  which  is 
accompanied  by  sound — except  indeed  the  flea,  whose 
steps,  a  lady  assures  me,  she  always  hears  when  it  paces 
over  her  night-cap,  and  that  it  clicks  as  if  it  was  walk- 
ing in  pattens  !  That  the  flight  of  numbers  of  insects 
is  attended  by  a  humming  or  booming  is  known  to  al- 
most every  one ;  but  that  the  great  majority  move 
through  the  air  in  silence,  has  not  perhaps  been  so  often 
observed.  Generally  speaking,  those  that  fly  with  the 
most  force  and  rapidity,  and  with  wings  seemingly  mo- 
tionless, make  the  most  noise;  while  those  that  fly  gently 
and  leisurely,  and  visibly  fan  the  air  with  their  wings, 
yield  little  or  no  sound. 

Amongst  the  beetle  tribes  (Coleoptera),  none  is  more 
noticed,  or  more  celebrated  for  "  wheeling  its  droning 

*  See  above,  p.  98. 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  373 

flight,"  than  the  common  dung-chafer  (Geotrupes  ster- 
corarius)  and  its  affinities.  Linne  affirms — but  the 
prognostic  sometimes  fails — that  when  these  insects  fly 
in  numbers,  it  indicates  a  subsequent  fine  day a.  The 
truth  is,  they  only  fly  in  fine  weather.  Mr.  White  has 
remarked,  that  in  the  dusk  of  the  evening  beetles  begin 
to  buz,  and  that  partridges  begin  to  call  exactly  at  the 
same  time5.  The  common  cock  chafery  and  that  which 
appears  at  the  summer  solstice  (Melolontha  vulgaris 
and  Amphimalla  solstitialis),  when  they  hover  over  the 
summits  of  trees  in  numbers,  produce  a  hum  somewhat 
resembling  that  of  bees  swarming.  Perhaps  some  insect 
of  this  kind  may  occasion  the  humming  in  the  air  men- 
tioned by  Mr.  White,  and  which  you  and  I  have  often 
heard  in  other  places.  " There  is,"  says  he,  "a  natu- 
ral occurrence  to  be  met  with  in  the  highest  part  of  our 
down  on  the  hot  summer  days,  which  always  amuses  me 
much,  without  giving  me  any  satisfaction  with  respect 
to  the  cause  of  it ; — and  that  is  a  loud  audible  humming 
of  bees  in  the  air,  though  not  one  insect  is  to  be  seen. 

Any  person  would  suppose  that  a  large  swarm  of 

•  bees  was  in  motion,  and  playing  about  over  his  head c." 

"  Resounds  the  living  surface  of  the  ground — 
Nor  undelightful  is  the  ceaseless  hum 
To  him  who  muses  through  the  woods  at  noon, 
Or  drowsy  shepherd  as  he  lies  reclined." 

The  hotter  the  weather,  the  higher  insects  will  soar ; 
and  it  is  not  improbable  that  the  sound  produced  by 
numbers  may  be  heard,  when  those  that  produce  it 
are  out  of  sight. — The  bury  ing-beetle  (Necrophorus  Fes- 

*  Syst.  Nat.  550.  42.  b  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  254. 

c  White,  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  256. 


374  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

pillo\  whose  singular  history  a  so  much  amused  you, 
as  well  as  Cicindela  sylvatica  of  the  same  order,  flies 
likewise,  as  I  have  more  than  once  witnessed,  with  a 
considerable  hum. 

Whether  the  innumerable  locust  armies,  to  which  I 
have  so  often  called  your  attention,  make  any  noise  in 
their  flight,  I  have  not  been  able  to  ascertain ;  the  mere 
impulse  of  the  wings  of  myriads  and  myriads  of  these 
creatures  upon  the  air,  must,  one  would  think,  produce 
some  sound.     In  the  symbolical  locusts  mentioned  in  the 
Apocalypse  b,  this  is  compared  to  the  sound  of  chariots 
rushing  to  battle  :  an  illustration  which  the  inspired  au- 
thor of  that  book  would  scarcely  have  had  recourse  to, 
if  the  real  locusts  winged  their  way  in  silence. 
'    Amongst  the  Hemiptera,  I  know  only  a  single  spe- 
cies that  is  of  noisy  flight ;  though  doubtless,  were  the 
attention  of  entomologists  directed  to  that  object,  others 
would  be  found  exhibiting  the  same  peculiarity.     The 
insect  I  allude  to  (Coreus  marginatus)  is  one  of  the  nu- 
merous tribe  of  bugs;  when  flying,  especially  when  hover- 
ing together  in  a  sunny  sheltered  spot,  they  emit  a  hum 
as  loud  as  that  of  the  hive-bee. 

From  the  magnitude  and  strength  of  their  wings,  it 
might  be  supposed  that  many  lepidoptermis  insects  would 
not  be  silent  in  their  flight ; — and  indeed  many  of  the 
hawk-moths  (Sphinx,  F.),  and  some  of  the  larger  moths 
(BombyjC)  F.),  are  not  so;  Cossus  ligniperda,  for  instance, 
is  said  to  emulate  the  booming  of  beetles  by  means  of  its 
large  stiff'  wings ;  whence  in  Germany  it  is  called  the 
humming-bird  (Brumm-Vogel}. — But  the  great  body  of 

*  VOL.  I.  352—  b  ftev  jx  y 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  375 

these  numerous  tribes,  even  those  that  fan  the  air  with 
"  sail-broad  vans,"  produce  little  or  no  sound  by  their 
motion.  I  must  therefore  leave  them,  as  well  as  the 
Trichoptera  and  Neuroptera,  which  are  equally  barren 
of  insects  of  sounding  wing — and  proceed  to  an  order, 
the  Hymenoptera,  in  which  the  insects  that  compose  it 
are,  many  of  them,  of  more  fame  for  this  property. 

The  indefatigable  hive-bee,  as  she  flies  from  flower  to 
flower,  amuses  the  observer  with  her  hum,  which,  though 
monotonous,  pleases  by  exciting  the  idea  of  happy  in- 
dustry, that  wiles  the  toils  of  labour  with  a  song. 
When  she  alights  upon  a  flower,  and  is  engaged  in  col- 
lecting its  sweets,  her  hum  ceases;  but  it  is  resumed 
again  the  moment  that  she  leaves  it. — The  wasp  and 
hornet  also  are  strenuous  hummers ;  and  when  they 
enter  our  apartments,  their  hum  often  brings  terror  with 
it.  But  the  most  sonorous  fliers  of  this  order  are  the 
larger  humble-bees,  whose  bombination,  booming,  or 
bombing,  may  be  heard  from  a  considerable  distance, 
gradually  increasing  as  the  animal  approaches  you,  and 
when,  in  its  wheeling  flight,  it  rudely  passes  close  to 
your  ear,  almost  stunning  you  by  its  sharp,  shrill,  and 
deafening  sound.  Many  genera,  however,  of  this  order 
fly  silently. 

But  the  noisiest  wings  belong  to  insects  of  the  dipte- 
rous order,  a  majority  of  which,  probably,  give  notice 
of  their  approach  by  the  sound  of  their  trumpets.  Most 
of  those,  however,  that  have  a  slender  body, — the  gnat 
genus  (Culex)  excepted, — explore  the  air  in  silence.  Of 
this  description  are  the  Tipularia,  the  Asilida,  the  ge- 
nus Empis,  and  their  affinities.  The  rest  are  more  or 
less  insects  of  a  humming  flight;  and  with  respect  to 


376  NOISES  or  INSECTS. 

many  of  them,  their  hum  is  a  sound  of  terror  and  dis- 
may to  those  who  hear  it.  To  man,  the  trumpet  of  the 
gnat  or  mosquito;  and  to  beasts,  that  of  the  gad-fly; 
of  various  kinds  of  horse-flies  ;  and  of  the  Ethiopian 
zimb,  as  I  have  before  related  at  large  a,  is  the  sig- 
nal of  intolerable  annoyance.  Homer,  in  his  Batra- 
chomyomachict)  long  ago  celebrated  the  first  of  these  as 
a  trumpeter — 

"  For  their  sonorous  trumpets  far  renown'd, 
Of  battle  the  dire  charge  mosquitos  sound." 

Mr.  Pope,  in  his  translation,  with'  his  usual  inaccuracy, 
thinking  no  doubt  to  improve  upon  his  author,  has 
turned  the  old  bard's  gnats  into  hornets.  In  Guiana 
these  animals  are  distinguished  by  a  name  still  more 
tremendous,  being  called  the  devil's  trumpeters b.  I 
have  observed  that  early  in  the  spring,  before  their  thirst 
for  blood  seizes  them,  gnats  when  flying  emit  no  sound. 
At  this  moment  (Feb.  18)  two  females  are  flying  about 
my  windows  in  perfect  silence. 

After  this  short  account  of  insects  that  give  notice 
when  they  are  upon  the  wing  by  the  sounds  that  precede 
them,  I  must  inquire  by  what  means  these  sounds  are 
produced.  Ordinarily,  except  perhaps  in  the  case  of 
the  gnat,  they  seem  perfectly  independent  of  the  will  of 
the  animal ;  and  in  almost  every  instance,  the  sole  in- 
struments that  cause  the  noise  of  flying  insects  are  their 
wings,  or  some  parts  near  to  them,  which,  by  their 
friction  against  the  trunk,  occasion  a  vibration — as  the 
fingers  upon  the  strings  of  a  guitar — yielding  a  sound 
more  or  less  acute  in  proportion  to  the  rapidity  of  their 

a  VOL.  I.  113.  146—  b  Stedman's  Surinam,  i.  24. 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  377 

flight — the  action  of  the  air  perhaps  upon  these  organs 
giving  it  some  modifications.     Whether,  in  the  beetles 
that  fly  with  noise,  the  elytra  contribute  more  or  less  to 
produce  it,  seems  not  to  have  been  clearly  ascertained : 
yet,  since  they  fly  with  force  as  well  as  velocity,  the 
action  of  the  air  may  cause  some  motion  in  them,  enough 
to  occasion  friction.     With  respect  to  Diptera,  Latreille 
contends  that  the  noise  of  flies  on  the  wing  cannot  be 
the  result  of  friction,  because  their  wings  are  then  ex- 
panded ;  but  though  to  us  flies  seem  to  sail  through  the 
air  without  moving  these  organs,  yet  they  are  doubtless 
all  the  while  in  motion,  though  too  rapid  for  the  eye  to 
perceive  it.     When  the  aphidivorous  flies  are  hovering, 
the  vertical  play  of  their  wings,  though  very  rapid,  is 
easily  seen ;  but  when  they  fly  off  it  is  no  longer  visible. 
Repeated  experiments  have  been  tried  to  ascertain  the 
cause  of  sound  in  this  tribe,  but  it  should  seem  with 
different  results.     De  Geer,  whose  observations  were 
made  upon  one  of  the  flies  just  mentioned,  appears  to 
have  proved  that,  in  the  insect  he  examined,  the  sounds 
were  produced  by  the  friction  of  the  root  or  base  of  the 
wings  against  the  sides  of  the  cavity  in  which  they  are 
inserted.     To  be  convinced  of  this,  he  affirms,  the  ob- 
server has  nothing  to  do  but  to  hold  each  wing  with  the 
finger  and  thumb,  and  stretching  them  out,  taking  care 
not  to  hurt  the  animal,  in  opposite  directions,  thus  to 
prevent  their  motion, — and  immediately  all  sound  will 
cease.     For  further  satisfaction  he  made  the  following 
experiment.     He  first  cut  off  the  wings  of  one  of  these 
flies  very  near  the  base;  but  finding  that  it  still  continued 
to  buz  as  before,   he  thought  that   the  winglets   and 
poisers,  which  he  remarked  were  in  a  constant  vibration, 


378  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

might  occasion  the  sound.  Upon  this,  cutting  both  off, 
he  examined  the  mutilated  fly  with  a  microscope,  and 
found  that  the  remaining  fragments  of  the  wings  were  in 
constant  motion  all  the  time  that  the  buzzing  continued ; 
but  that  upon  pulling*  them  up  by  the  roots  all  sound 
ceased  a.  Shelver's  experiments,  noticed  in  my  last  let- 
ter, go  to  prove,  with  respect  to  the  insects  that  he 
examined,  that  the  winglets  are  more  particularly  con- 
cerned with  the  buzzing.  Upon  cutting  off'  the  wings 
of  a  fly — but  he  does  not  state  that  he  pulled  them  up 
by  the  roots — he  found  the  sound  continued.  He  next 
cut  off  the  poisers — the  buzzing  went  on.  This  experi- 
ment was  repeated  eighteen  times  with  the  same  result. 
Lastly,  when  he  took  off'  the  winglets,  either  wholly  or 
partially,  the  buzzing  ceased.  This,  however,  if  correct, 
can  only  be  a  cause  of  this  noise  in  the  insects  that  have 
winglets.  Numbers  have  them  not.  He  next,  therefore, 
cut  off  the  poisers  of  a  crane-fly  (Tipula  crocata),  and 
found  that  it  buzzed  when  it  moved  the  wing.  He  cut 
off  half  the  latter,  yet  still  the  sound  continued ;  but 
when  he  had  cut  off  the  whole  of  these  organs  the  sound 
entirely  ceased  b. 

Aristophanes  in  his  Clouds,  deriding  Socrates,  intro- 
duces Chaerephon  as  asking  that  philosopher  whether 
gnats  made  their  buz  with  their  mouth  or  their  tail  c. 
Upon  which  Mouffet  very  gravely  observes,  that  the 
sound  of  one  of  these  insects  approaching  is  much  more 
acute  than  that  of  one  retiring ;  from  whence  he  very 
sapiently  concludes,  that  not  the  tail  but  the  mouth 
must  be  their  organ  of  sound  d.  But  after  all,  the  fric- 

:>  De  Geer,  vi.  13.  b  Wiedemann's  Archiv.  ii.  210.  217- 

e  Act.  i.  Sc.  2.  (1  Mouffet,  81. 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  379 

tion  of  the  base  of  the  wings  against  the  thorax  seems  to 
be  the  sole  cause  of  the  alarming  buz  of  the  gnat  as  well 
as  that  of  other  Diptera.  The  warmer  the  weather,  the 
greater  is  their  thirst  for  blood,  the  more  forcible  their 
flight,  the  motion  of  their  wings  more  rapid,  and  the 
sound  produced  by  that  motion  more  intense.  In  the 
night — but  perhaps  this  may  arise  from  the  universal 
stillness  that  then  reigns — their  hum  appears  louder  than 
in  the  day :  whence  its  tones  may  seem  to  be  modified 
by  the  will  of  the  animal. 

Sounds  also  are  sometimes  emitted  by  insects  when 
they  are  feeding  or  otherwise  employed.  The  action  of 
the  jaws  of  a  large  number  of  cockchafers  produces  a 
noise  resembling  the  sawing  of  timber ;  that  of  the 
locusts  has  been  compared  to  the  crackling  of  a  flame 
of  fire  driven  by  the  wind ;  indeed  the  collision  at  the 
same  instant  of  myriads  of  millions  of  their  powerful 
jaws  must  be  attended  by  a  considerable  sound.  The 
timber- borers  also — the  Buprestes;  the  stag-horn  beetles; 
and  particularly  the  capricorn-beetles — the  mandibles  of 
whose  larvae  resemble  a  pair  of  mill-stones  a — most  pro- 
bably do  not  feed  in  silence.  A  little  wood-louse  (Atropos 
pulsatorio) — which  on  that  account  has  been  confounded 
with  the  death-watch — is  said  also,  when  so  engaged,  to 
emit  a  ticking  noise. — Certain  two-winged  flies  seen  in 
spring,  distinguished  by  a  very  long  proboscis  (Bomby- 
lius\  hum  all  the  time  that  they  suck  the  honey  from 
the  flowers  ;  as  do  also  many  hawk-moths,  particularly 
that  called  from  this  circumstance  the  humming-bird 
(Macroglossa  Stellatarum),  which,  while  it  hovers  over 
them,  unfolding  its  long  tongue,  pilfers  their  sweets  vvith- 

a  Linn.  Trans,  v.  255.  /.  xii./.  7-  b. 


380  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

out  interrupting  its  song. — The  giant  cock-roach  (Blatta 
gigantea,  which  abounds  in  old  timber  houses  in  the 
warmer  parts  of  the  world,  makes  a  noise  when  the 
family  are  asleep  like  a  pretty  smart  rapping  with  the 
knuckles — three  or  four  sometimes  appearing  to  answer 
each  other. — On  this  account  in  the  West  Indies  it  is 
called  the  Drummer  ,•  and  they  sometimes  beat  such  a 
reveille,  that  only  good  sleepers  can  rest  for  them a.  As 
the  animals  of  this  genus  generally  come  forth  in  the 
night  for  the  purpose  of  feeding,  this  noise  is  probably 
connected  with  that  subject. 

Insects  also,  at  least  many  of  the  social  ones,  emit 
peculiar  noises  while  engaged  in  their  various  employ- 
ments. If  an  ear  be  applied  to  a  wasps  or  humble-bees 
nest,  or  a  bee-hive,  a  hum  more  or  less  intense  may  al- 
ways be  perceived.  Were  I  disposed  to  play  upon  your 
credulity,  I  might  tell  you,  with  Gcedart,  that  in  every 
humble-bees  nest  there  is  a  trumpeter,  who  early  in  the 
morning,  ascending  to  its  summit,  vibrates  his  wings, 
and  sounding  his  trumpet  for  the  space  of  a  quarter  of 
an  hour,  rouses  the  inhabitants  to  work !  But  since 
Reaumur  could  never  witness  this,  I  shall  not  insist 
upon  your  believing  it,  though  the  relater  declares  that 
he  had  heard  it  with  his  ears,  and  seen  it  with  his  eyes, 
and  had  called  many  to  witness  the  vibrating  and  strepent 
wings  of  this  trumpeter  humble-bee  b.  — The  blue  sand- 
wasp  (Ammophila  ?  cyanea),  which  at  all  other  times  is 
silent,  when  engaged  in  building  its  cells  emits  a  singular 
but  pleasing  sound,  which  may  be  heard  at  ten  or  twelve 
yards  distance0. 

a  Drury's  Insects,  iii.  Preface. 

b  Lister's  Gcedart,  244 — .     Compare  Reauni.  vi.  30. 

c  Bingley,  Animal  Biogr.  iii.  1st  Ed,  335. 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  381 

Some  insects  also  are  remarkable  for  a  peculiar  mode 
of  calling,  commanding,  or  giving  an  alarm.  I  have  be- 
fore mentioned  the  noise  made  by  the  neuters  or  soldiers 
amongst  the  white  ants,  by  which  they  keep  the  labour- 
ers, who  answer  it  by  a  hiss,  upon  the  alert  and  to  their 
work*.  This  noise,  which  is  produced  by  striking  any 
substance  with  their  mandibles,  Smeathman  describes  as 
a  small  vibrating  sound,  rather  shriller  and  quicker  than 
the  ticking  of  a  watch.  It  could  be  distinguished,  he 
says,  at  the  distance  of  three  or  four  feet,  and  continued 
for  a  minute  at  a  time  with  very  short  intervals.  When 
any  one  walks  in  a  solitary  grove,  where  the  covered  ways 
of  these  insects  abound,  they  give  the  alarm  by  a  loud 
hissing,  which  is  heard  at  every  step  b. — "  When  house- 
crickets  are  out,"  says  Mr.  White,  "  and  running  about 
in  a  room  in  the  night,  if  surprised  by  a  candle  they  give 
two  or  three  shrill  notes,  as  it  were  for  a  signal  to  their 
followers,  that  they  may  escape  to  their  crannies  and 
lurking-holes  to  avoid  danger  c." 

Under  this  head  I  shall  consider  a  noise  before  alluded 
to  d,  which  has  been  a  cause  of  alarm  and  terror  to  the 
superstitious  in  all  ages.  You  will  perceive  that  I  am 
speaking  of  the  death-watch — so  called,  because  it  emits 
a  sound  resembling  the  ticking  of  a  watch,  supposed  to 
predict  the  death  of  some  one  of  the  family  in  the  house 
in  which  it  is  heard.  Thus  sings  the  muse  of  the  witty 
Dean  of  St.  Patrick  on  this  subject : 

" A  wood- worm 

That  lies  in  old  wood,  like  a  hare  in  her  form  : 

a  See  above,  p.  41.  b  Philos.  Trans.  1781.  48.  38. 

c  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  262.  A  VOL.  I.  p.  36. 


382  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

With  teeth  or  with  claws  it  will  bite  or  will  scratch, 

And  chambermaids  christen  this  worm  a  death-watch ; 

Because  like  a  watch  it  always  cries  click ; 

Then  woe  be  to  those  in  the  house  who  are  sick  ! 

For,  sure  as  a  gun,  *hey  will  give  up  the  ghost, 

If  the  maggot  cries  click,  when  it  scratches  the  post ; 

But  a  kettle  of  scalding  hot  water  injected, 

Infallibly  cures  the  timber  affected: 

The  omen  is  broken,  the  danger  is  over, 

The  maggot  will  die,  and  the  sick  will  recover." 

To  add  to  the  effect  of  this  noise,  it  is  said  to  be  made 
only  when  there  is  a  profound  silence  in  an  apartment, 
and  every  one  is  still. 

Authors  were  formerly  not  agreed  concerning  the  in- 
sect from  which  this  sound  of  terror  proceeded,  some  at- 
tributing it  to  a  kind  of  wood-louse,  as  I  lately  observed, 
and  others  to  a  spider ;  but  it  is  a  received  opinion  now, 
adopted  upon  satisfactory  evidence,  that  it  is  produced  by 
some  little  beetles  belonging  to  the  timber-boring  genus 
Andbium.  Swammerdam  observes,  that  a  small  beetle, 
which  he  had  in  his  collection,  having  firmly  fixed  its 
fore  legs,  and  put  its  indexed  head  between  them,  makes  a 
continual  noise  in  old  pieces  of  wood,  walls,  and  ceilings, 
which  is  sometimes  so  loud,  that  upon  hearing  it,  peo- 
ple have  fancied  that  hobgoblins,  ghosts,  or  fairies  were 
wandering  around  them  a.  Evidently  this  was  one  of 
the  death-watches.  Latreille  observed  Anobium  stria- 
tum  produce  the  sound  in  question  by  a  stroke  of  its 
mandibles  upon  the  wood,  which  was  answered  by  a  si- 
milar noise  from  within  it.  But  the  species  whose  pro- 
ceedings have  been  most  noticed  by  British  observers 
is  A.  tessellatum.  When  spring  is  far  advanced,  these 
a  mbl.  Nat.  Ed.  Hill,  i.  125. 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  383 

insects  are  said  to  commence  their  ticking,  which  is  only 
a  call  to  each  other,  to  which  if  no  answer  be  returned, 
the  animal  repeats  it  in  another  place.  It  is  thus  pro- 
duced. Raising  itself  upon  its  hind  legs,  with  the  body 
somewhat  inclined,  it  beats  its  head  with  great  force  and 
agility  upon  the  plane  of  position ;  and  its  strokes  are  so 
powerful  as  to  make  a  considerable  impression  if  they 
fall  upon  any  substance  softer  than  wood.  The  general 
number  of  distinct  strokes  in  succession  is  from  seven  to 
nine  or  eleven.  They  follow  each  other  quickly,  and  are 
repeated  at  uncertain  intervals.  In  old  houses,  where 
these  insects  abound,  they  may  be  heard  in  warm  wea- 
ther during  the  whole  day.  The  noise  exactly  resem- 
bles that  produced  by  tapping  moderately  with  the  nail 
upon  the  table ;  and  when  familiarized,  the  insect  will 
answer  very  readily  the  tap  of  the  nail a. 

The  queen  bee  has  long  been  celebrated  for  a  peculiar 
sound,  producing  the  most  extraordinary  effects  upon 
her  subjects.  Sometimes,  just  before  bees  swarm, — in- 
stead of  the  great  hum  usually  heard,  and  even  in  the 
night, — if  the  ear  be  placed  close  to  the  mouth  of  the 
hive,  a  sharp  clear  sound  may  be  distinguished,  which 
appears  to  be  produced  by  the  vibration  of  the  wings  of 
a  single  bee.  This,  it  has  been  pretended,  is  the  ha- 
rangue of  the  new  queen  to  her  subjects,  to  inspire  them 
with  courage  to  achieve  the  foundation  of  a  new  empire. 
But  Butler  gives  to  it  a  different  interpretation.  He 
asserts,  that  the  candidate  for  the  new  throne  is  then 
with  earnest  entreaties,  lamentations,  and  groans,  sup- 
plicating the  queen-mother  of  the  hive  to  grant  her  per- 

a  Shaw's  Nat.  Misc.  iii.  104.    Phil.  Trans,  xxxiii.  159.  Compare 
Dumeril  Trails  Element,  ii.  91.  n.  694. 


384  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

mission  to  lead  the  intended  colony ; — that  this  is  con- 
tinued, before  she  can  obtain  her  consent,  for  two  days ; 
when  the  old  queen  relenting  gives  her  fiat  in  a  fuller 
and  stronger  tone.  That  should  the  former  presume  to( 
imitate  the  tones  of  tlie  sovereign,  this  being  the  signal 
of  revolt,  she  would  be  executed  on  the  spot,  with  all 
whom  she  had  seduced  from  their  loyalty  a. — But  it  is 
time  to  leave  fables :  I  shall  therefore  next  relate  to  you 
what  really  takes  place.  You  have  heard  how  the  bees 
detain  their  young  queens  till  they  are  fit  to  lead  a  swarm. 
— I  then  mentioned  the  attitude  and  sound  that  strike 
the  former  motionless  b.  When  she  emits  this  authori- 
tative sound,  reclining  her  thorax  against  a  comb,  the 
queen  stands  with  her  wings  crossed  upon  her  back, 
which,  without  being  uncrossed  or  further  expanded,  are 
kept  in  constant  vibration.  The  tone  thus  produced  is 
a  very  distinct  kind  of  clicking,  composed  of  many  notes 
in  the  same  key,  which  follow  each  other  rapidly.  This 
sound  the  queens  emit  before  they  are  permitted  to  leave 
their  cells ;  but  it  does  not  then  seem  to  affect  the  bees. 
But  when  once  they  are  liberated  from  confinement  and 
assume  the  above  attitude,  its  effects  upon  them  are  very 
remarkable.  As  soon  as  the  sound  was  heard,  Huber 
tells  us,  bees  that  had  been  employed  in  plucking,  biting, 
and  chasing  a  queen  about,  hung  down  their  heads  and 
remained  altogether  motionless;  and  whenever  she  had  re- 
course to  this  attitude  and  sound,  they  opera  ted  upon  them 
in  the  same  manner.  The  writer  just  mentioned  observed 
differences  both  with  regard  to  the  succession  and  in- 
tensity of  the  notes  and  tones  of  this  royal  song ;  and,  as 

a  Reaum.  v.  615.    Butler's  Female  Monarchy ,  c.  v.  §  4. 
b  See  above,  p.  147- 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  385 

lie  justly  remarks,  there  may  be  still  finer  shades  which, 
escaping  our  organs,  may  be  distinctly  perceived  by  the 
bees  a.  He  seems  however  to  doubt  by  what  means  this 
sound  is  produced.  Reasoning  analogically,  the  motion 
of  the  wings  should  occasion  it.  We  have  seen  that 
they  are  in  constant  motion  when  it  is  uttered.  Probably 
the  intensity  of  the  tones  and  their  succession  are  regu- 
lated by  the  intensity  of  the  vibrations  of  the  wings. 
Reaumur  remarks,  that  the  different  tones  of  the  bees, 
whether  more  or  less  grave  or  acute,  are  produced  by 
the  strokes,  more  or  less  rapid,  of  their  wings  against  the 
air,  and  that  perhaps  their  different  angles  of  inclination 
may  vary  the  sound.  The  friction  of  their  bases  like- 
wise against  the  sides  of  the  cavity  in  which  they  are  in- 
serted, as  in  the  case  of  the  fly  lately  mentioned,  or 
against  the  base-covers  ( Tegulce\  may  produce  or  mo- 
dulate their  sounds,  a  bee  whose  wings  are  eradicated 
being  perfectly  muteb.  This  last  assertion,  however,  is 
contradicted  by  John  Hunter,  who  affirms  that  bees 
produce  a  noise  independent  of  their  wings,  emitting 
a  shrill  and  peevish  sound  though  they  are  cut  off,  and 
the  legs  held  fastc.  Yet  it  does  not  appear  from  his  ex- 
periment that  the  wings  were  eradicated.  And  if  they 
were  only  cut  off,  the  friction  of  their  base  might  cause 
the  sound.  I  have  before  noticed  the  remarkable  fact, 
that  the  queens  educated  according  to  M.  Schirach's 
method  are  absolutely  mute ;  on  which  account  the  bees 
keep  no  guard  around  their  cells,  nor  retain  them  an 
instant  in  them  after  their  transformation d. 

The  passions,  also,  which  urge  us  to  various  exclama- 

a  Huber,  i.  260.  ii.  292—.  b  Reaum.  v.  617. 

"'  Philos.  Trans.  1792.  d  Huber,  i.  292—, 

VOL.  II.  2  C 


386  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

tions,  elicit  from  insects  occasionally  certain  sounds. 
Fear,  anger,  sorrow,  joy,  or  love  and  desire,  they  express 
in  particular  instances  by  particular  noises.  I  shall 
begin  with  those  which  they  emit  when  under  any  alarm. 
One  larva  only  is  recorded  as  uttering  a  cry  of  alarm, 
and  it  produces  a  perfect  insect  remarkable  for  the  same 
faculty :  I  allude  to  Acherontia  Atropos.  Its  caterpillar, 
if  disturbed  at  all,  draws  back  rapidly,  making  at  the 
same  time  a  rather  loud  noise,  which  has  been  compared 
to  the  crack  of  an  electric  spark a. — You  would  scarcely 
think  that  any  quiescent  pupa  could  show  their  fears  by 
a  sound, — yet  in  one  instance  this  appears  to  be  the 
case.  De  Geer  having  made  a  small  incision  in  the 
cocoon  of  a  moth,  which  included  that  of  its  parasite 
Ichneumon  (/.  Cantator,  De  G.),  the  insect  concealed 
within  the  latter  uttered  a  little  cry,  similar  to  the  chirp- 
ing of  a  small  grasshopper,  continuing  it  for  a  long  time 
together.  The  sound  was  produced  by  the  friction  of 
its  body  against  the  elastic  substance  of  its  own  cocoon, 
and  was  easily  imitated  by  rubbing  a  knife  against  its 
surface h. 

But  to  come  to  perfect  insects.  Many  beetles  when 
taken  show  their  alarm  by  the  emission  of  a  shrill,  sibi- 
lant, or  creaking  sound — which  some  compare  to  the 
chirping  of  young  birds — produced  by  rubbing  their 
elytra  with  the  extremity  of  their  abdomen.  This  is  the 
case  with  the  dung-chafers  (Gcotrupes  vernalis,  stercora- 
rius,  and  Copris  lunaris] ;  with  the  carrion-chafer  (Trox 
sabulosus) ;  and  others  of  the  lamellicorn  beetles.  The 
burying-beetle  (Necrophorus  Vespillo)^  Lcma  melanopa 
and  merdigem,  and  Hygrobia  Hermanni,  and  many 
*  Fuessl.  J;r/m>.  8,  10.  b  DeGeer,  vii.  594. 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  387 

other  Coleoptera,  produce  a  similar  noise  by  the  same 
means.  When  this  noise  is  made,  the  movement  of  the 
abdomen  may  be  perceived ;  and  if  a  pin  is  introduced 
under  the  elytra  it  ceases.  Long  after  many  of  these 
insects  are  dead  the  noise  may  be  caused  by  pressure. 
Rosel  found  this  with  respect  to  the  Scarab&idce  %  and 
I  have  repeated  the  experiment  with  success  upon  Ne- 
crophoms  Fespillo.  The  Capricorn  tribes  (Prionus,  La- 
mia, Cerambyx,  &c.)  emit  under  alarm  an  acute  or  creak- 
ing sound — which  Lister  calls  querulous,  and  Dumeril 
compares  to  the  braying  of  an  ass  b — by  the  friction  of 
the  thorax,  which  they  alternately  elevate  and  depress, 
against  the  neck,  and  sometimes  against  the  base  of 
the  elytra0.  On  account  of  this,  Prionus  coriarius,  is 
called  thejiddler  in  Germany  d.  Two  other  coleopterous 
genera,  Cychrus  and  Clytus^  make  their  cry  of  Noli  me 
tangere  by  rubbing  their  thorax  against  the  base  of  the 
elytra.  Pimelia,  another  beetle,  does  the  same  by  the 
friction  of  its  legs  against  each  other e.  And,  doubtless, 
many  more  Coleoptera,  if  observed,  would  be  found  to 
express  their  fears  by  similar  means. 

In  the  other  orders  the  examples  of  cries  of  terror  are 
much  less  numerous.  A  bug  (Cwiex  subapterus^  De  G.) 
when  taken  emits  a  sharp  sound,  probably  with  its  ro- 
strum, by  moving  its  head  up  and  down*.  Ray  makes 
a  similar  remark  with  respect  to  another  bug  (Reduvius 
personatus),  the  cry  of  which  he  compares  to  the  chirp- 
ing of  a  grasshoppers.  Mutilla  europcea,  a  hymeno- 

a  Rosel,  II.  208. 

b  Rai.  Hist.  Ins.  384.     Dumeril,  Trait.  Element,  ii.  100.  n.  17. 
e  De  Geer,  v.  58.  69.     Rosel,  II.  iii.  5.  "  Rosel,  ibid. 

e  Latr.  Hist.  Nat.  x.  264.     f  De  Geer,  iii.  289.     g  Hist,  Ins.  56. 
2  C  2 


388  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

pterous  insect,  makes  a  sibilant  chirping,  as  I  once  ob- 
served at  Southwold,  where  it  abounds ;  but  how  pro- 
duced I  cannot  say.  The  most  remarkable  noise,  how- 
ever, proceeding  from  insects  under  alarm,  is  that  emit- 
ted by  the  death's-head  hawk-moth,  and  fb"r  which  it 
has  long  been  celebrated.  The  Lepidoptera,  though 
some  of  them,  as  we  have  seen,  produce  a  sound  when 
they  fly,  at  other  times  are  usually  mute  insects:  but  this 
alarmist — for  so  it  may  be  called,  from  the  terrors  which 
it  has  occasioned  to  the  superstitious a — when  it  walks, 
and  more  particularly  when  it  is  confined,  or  taken  into 
the  hand,  sends  forth  a  strong  and  sharp  cry,  resembling 
that  of  a  mouse,  but  more  plaintive,  and  even  lament- 
able, which  it  continues  as  long  as  it  is  held.  This  cry 
does  not  appear  to  be  produced  by  the  wings ;  for  when 
they,  as  well  as  the  thorax  and  abdomen,  are  held  down, 
the  cries  of  the  insect  become  still  louder.  Schrceter 
says  that  the  animal,  when  it  utters  its  cry,  rubs  its 
tongue  against  its  head  b  ;  and  Rosel,  that  it  produces  it 
by  the  friction  of  the  thorax  and  abdomen c.  But  Reau- 
mur found,  after  the  most  attentive  examination,  that 
the  cry  came  from  the  mouth,  or  rather  from  the  tongue; 
and  he  thought  that  it  was  produced  by  the  friction  of 
the  palpi  against  that  organ.  When,  by  means  of  a  pin, 
he  unfolded  the  spiral  tongue,  the  cry  ceased ;  but  as 
soon  as  it  was  rolled  up  again  between  the  palpi  it  was 
renewed.  He  next  prevented  the  palpi  from  touching 
it,  and  the  sound  also  ceased ;  and  upon  removing  only 
one  of  them,  though  it  continued,  it  became  much  more 
feeble d.  Huber,  however,  denies  that  it  is  produced  by 

a  VOL.  I.  34.  b  Naturforscher  Stk.  xxi.  77- 

c  III.  16.  "  Reaum.  ii.  290—. 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  389 

the  friction  of  the  tongue  and  palpi a :  but  as  he  has  not 
stated  his  reasons  for  this  opinion,  I  think  his  assertion 
that  he  has  ascertained  this  cannot  be  allowed  to  coun- 
tervail Reaumur's  experiments. 

I  must  next  say  a  few  words  upon  the  angry  chidings 
of  our  little  creatures  ;  for  their  anger  sometimes  vents 
itself  in  sounds.  I  have  often  been  amused  with 
hearing  the  indignant  tones  of  a  humble-bee  while  lying 
upon  its  back.  When  I  held  my  finger  to  it,  it  kicked 
and  scolded  with  all  its  might.  Hive-bees  when  irritated 
emit  a  shrill  and  peevish  sound,  continuing  even  when 
they  are  held  under  water,  which  John  Hunter  says  vi- 
brates at  the  point  of  contact  with  the  air-holes  at  the 
root  of  their  wings b.  This  sound  is  particularly  sharp 
and  angry  when  they  fly  at  an  intruder.  The  same 
sounds,  or  very  similar  ones,  tell  us  when  a  wasp  is  of- 
fended, and  we  may  expect  to  be  stung ; — but  this  pas- 
sion of  anger  in  insects  is  so  nearly  connected  with  their 
fear,  that  I  need  not  enlarge  further  upon  it. 

Concerning  their  shouts  of  joy  and  cries  of  sorrow  I 
have  little  to  record  :  that  pleasure  or  pain  makes  a  dif- 
ference in  the  tones  of  vocal  insects  is  not  improbable ; 
but  our  auditory  organs  are  not  fine  enough  to  catch  all 
their  different  modulations.  When  Schirach  had  once 
smoked  a  hive  to  oblige  the  bees  to  retire  to  the  top  of 
it,  the  queen  with  some  of  the  rest  flew  away.  Upon 
this,  those  that  remained  in  the  hive  sent  forth  a  most 
plaintive  sound,  as  if  they  were  all  deploring  their  loss ; 
when  their  sovereign  was  restored  to  them,  these  lugu- 
brious sounds  were  succeeded  by  an  agreeable  humming, 

*  Nmiv.  Obs.  \\.  300,  note  *.  b  In  Phitus.  Trans.  1792, 


390  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

which  announced  their  joy  at  the  event1.  Huber  relates, 
that  once  when  all  the  worker-brood  was  removed  from 
a  hive,  and  only  male  brood  left,  the  bees  appeared  in  a 
state  of  extreme  despondency.  Assembled  in  clusters 
upon  the  combs,  they  lost  all  their  activity.  The  queen 
dropped  her  eggs  at  random ;  and  instead  of  the  usual 
active  hum,  a  dead  silence  reigned  in  the  hiveb. 

But  love  is  the  soul  of  song  with  those  that  may  be  es- 
teemed the  most  musical  insects,  the  grasshopper  tribes 
(Gryllina  and  Loctistina),  and  the  long  celebrated  Ci- 
cada. You  would  suppose,  perhaps,  that  the  ladies 
would  bear  their  share  in  these  amatory  strains.  But 
here  you  would  be  mistaken — female  insects  are  too 
intent  upon  their  business,  too  coy  and  reserved  to  tell 
their  love  even  to  the  winds. — The  males  alone 
"  Formosam  resonare  decent  Amaryllida  sylvas." 

With  respect  to  the  Cicada,  this  was  observed  by  Aris- 
totle ;  and  Pliny,  as  usual,  has  retailed  it  after  him  c. 
The  observation  also  holds  good  with  respect  to  the 
Gryttina,  &c.,  and  other  insects,  probably,  whose  love 
is  musical.  Olivier  however  has  noticed  an  exception  to 
this  doctrine ;  for  he  relates,  that  in  a  species  of  beetle 
(Moluris  striata\  the  female  has  a  round  granulated  spot 
in  the  middle  of  the  second  segment  of  the  abdomen,  by 
striking  which  against  any  hard  substance,  she  produces 
a  rather  loud  sound,  and  that  the  male,  obedient  to  this 
call,  soon  attends  her,  and  they  paird. 

As  I  have  nothing  to  communicate  to  you  with  re- 
spect to  the  love-songs  of  other  insects,  my  further  ob- 

a  Schirach,  73— .  »>  i.  226—. 

c  Aristot.  Hist.  Anim.  1.  v.  c.  30.    Plin.  Hist.  Nat.  1.  xi.  c.  26. 

d  Oliv.  Entomol  i.  Pref.ix. 


NOISES    OF  INSECTS.  391 

servations  will  be  confined  to  the  tribes  lately  mention- 
ed, the  Gryllina,  &c.  and  the  Cicadcc. 

No  sound  is  to  me  more  agreeable  than  the  chirping 
of  most  of  the  Gryllina,  Locustina,  &c. ;  it  gives  life  to 
solitude,  and  always  conveys  to  my  mind  the  idea  of  a 
perfectly  happy  being.  As  these  creatures  are  now  very 
properly  divided  into  several  genera,  I  shall  say  a  few 
words  upon  the  song  of  such  as  are  known  to  be  vocal, 
separately. 

The  remarkable  genus  Pneumora — whose  pellucid 
abdomen  is  blown  up  like  a  bladder,  on  which  account 
they  are  called  Blaazops  by  the  Dutch  colonists  at  the 
Cape — in  the  evening,  for  they  are  silent  in  the  day, 
make  a  tremulous  and  tolerably  loud  noise,  which  is 
sometimes  heard  on  every  side  a.  The  species  of  this 
genus  have  a  much  greater  claim  to  the  name  of  Fiddlers, 
than  the  insect  lately  mentioned,  since  their  sound  is  pro- 
duced by  passing  the  hind-legs  over  a  number  of  short 
transverse  elevated  ridges  on  the  abdomen,  which  may 
be  called  their Jiddle-str ings  b. 

The  cricket  tribe  are  a  very  noisy  race,  and  their  chirp- 
ing is  caused  by  the  friction  of  the  bases  of  their  elytra 
against  each  other.  For  this  purpose  there  is  something 
peculiar  in  their  structure,  which  I  shall  describe  to  you. 
The  elytra  of  both  sexes  are  divided  longitudinally  into 
two  portions ;  a  vertical  or  lateral  one,  which  covers  the 
sides ;  and  a  horizontal  or  dorsal  one,  which  covers  the 
back.  In  the  female  both  these  portions  resemble  each 
other  in  their  nervures ;  which  running  obliquely  in  two 
directions,  by  their  intersection  form  .  numerous  small 
lozenge-shaped  or  rhomboidal  meshes  or  areolets.  The 

a  Span-man,  Voy.  i.  312.  ''  PLATE  XXIX.  FIG.  13. 


392  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

elytra  also  of  these  have  no  elevation  at  their  base.  In  the 
males  the  vertical  portion  does  not  materially  differ  from 
that  of  the  females;  but  in  the  horizontal  the  base  of  each 
elytrum  is  elevated  so  as  to  form  a  cavity  underneath. 
The  nervures  also,  which  are  stronger  and  more  promi- 
nent, run  here  and  there  very  irregularly  with  various  in- 
flexions, describing  curves,  spirals,  and  other  figures  dif- 
ficult and  tedious  to  describe,  and  producing  a  variety 
of  areolets  of  different  size  and   shape,   but  generally 
larger  than  those  of  the  female :  particularly  towards  the 
extremity  of  the  wing  you  may  observe  a  space  nearly 
circular,  surrounded  by  one  nervure,  and  divided  into 
two  areolets  by  another3.     The  friction  of  the  nervures 
of  the  upper  or  convex  surface  of  the  base  of  the  left- 
hand   elytrum — which  is  the  undermost — against  those 
of  the  lower  or  concave  surface  of  the  base  of  the  right- 
hand — which  is  the  uppermost  one — will  communicate 
vibrations  to  the  areas  of  membrane,  more  or  less  intense 
in  proportion  to  the  rapidity  of  the  friction,  and  thus 
produce  the  sound  for  which  these  creatures  are  noted. 
The  merry  inhabitant  of  our  dwellings,  the  house- 
cricket  (Gryllus  domesticus\  though  it  is  often  heard  by 
day,  is  most  noisy  in  the  night.     As  soon  as  it  grows 
dusk,  its  shrill  note  increases  till  it  becomes  quite  an 
annoyance,  and  interrupts  conversation.  When  the  male 
sings,  he  elevates  the  elytra  so  as  to  form  an  acute  angle 
with  the  body,  and  then  rubs  them  against  each  other 
by  a  horizontal  and  very  brisk  motion b.     The  learned 
Scaliger  is  said  to  have  been  particularly  delighted  with 
the  chirping  of  these  animals,  and  was  accustomed  to 

*  Compare  De  Geer,  iii.  512. 

b  De  Geer,  Hi.  517.    See  also  White,  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  76;— and  Rai. 
Hist.  Ins.  63. 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  393 

keep  them  in  a  box  for  his  amusement.  We  are  told 
that  they  have  been  sold  in  Africa  at  a  high  price,  and 
employed  to  procure  sleep  a.  If  they  could  be  used  to 
supply  the  place  of  laudanum,  and  lull  the  restlessness 
of  busy  thought  in  this  country,  the  exchange  would  be 
beneficial.  Like  many  other  noisy  persons,  crickets  like 
to  hear  nobody  louder  than  themselves.  Ledelius  relates 
that  a  woman,  who  had  tried  in  vain  every  method  she 
could  think  of  to  banish  them  from  her  house,  at  last 
got  rid  of  them  by  the  noise  made  by  drums  and  trum- 
pets, which  she  had  procured  to  entertain  her  guests  at 
a  wedding.  They  instantly  forsook  the  house,  and  she 
heard  of  them  no  more  b. 

The  field-cricket  ( Gryllus  campestris)  makes  a  shrilling 
noise — still  more  sonorous  than  that  of  the  house-cricket 
— which  may  be  heard  at  a  great  distance.  Mouffet 
tells  us,  that  their  sound  may  be  imitated  by  rubbing 
their  elytra,  after  they  are  taken  off,  against  each  other  c. 
"  Sounds,"  says  Mr.  White,  "  do  not  always  give  us 
pleasure  according  to  their  sweetness  and  melody ;  nor 
do  harsh  sounds  always  displease. — Thus  the  shrilling 
of  the  field-cricket,  though  sharp  and  stridulous,  yet 
marvellously  delights  some  hearers,  filling  their  minds 
with  a  train  of  summer  ideas  of  every  thing  that  is  rural, 
verdurous,  and  joyous."  One  of  these  crickets  when 
confined  in  a  paper  cage  and  set  in  the  sun,  and  supplied 
with  plants  moistened  with  water — for  if  they  are  not 
wetted  it  will  die — will  feed,  and  thrive,  and  become  so 
merry  and  loud,  as  to  be  irksome  in  the  same  room 
where  a  person  is  sitting  d. 

a  Mouffet,  136.  b  Goldsmith's  Animal.  Nat.  vi.  28. 

c  Ins.  Theatr.  134.         d  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  73. 


394-  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

Having  never  seen  a  female  of  that  extraordinary 
animal  the  mole-cricket  (Gryllotalpa  vulgaris),  I  cannot 
say  what  difference  obtains  in  the  reticulation  of  the  ely- 
tra of  the  two  sexes.  The  male  varies  in  this  respect 
from  the  other  male  crickets,  for  they  have  no  circular 
area,  nor  do  the  nervures  run  so  irregularly;  the  areolets, 
however,  toward  their  base  are  large,  with  very  tense 
membrane.  The  base  itself  also  is  scarcely  at  all  elevated. 
Circumstances  these,  which  demonstrate  the  propriety  of 
considering  them  distinct  from  the  other  crickets.  This 
creature  is  not  however  mute.  Where  they  abound  they 
may  be  heard  about  the  middle  of  April  singing  their 
love-ditty  in  a  low,  dull,  jarring,  uninterrupted  note,  not 
unlike  that  of  the  goat-sucker  (Caprimulgus  europ(zus\ 
but  more  inward a.  I  remember  once  tracing  one  by  its 
shrilling  to  the  very  hole,  under  a  stone,  in  the  bank  of 
my  canal,  in  which  it  was  concealed. 

Another  tribe  of  grasshoppers  (Acrida,  Pteropliylla, 
&c.b) — the  females  of  which  are  distinguished  by  their 
long  ensiform  ovipositor — like  the  crickets,  make  their 
noise  by  the  friction  of  the  base  of  their  elytra.  And 
the  chirping  they  thus  produce  is  long,  and  seldom  in- 
terrupted, which  distinguishes  it  from  that  of  the  common 
grasshoppers  (Locusta).  What  is  remarkable,  the  grass- 
hopper lark  (Sylvia  locmtella\  which  preys  upon  them, 
makes  a  similar  noise.  Professor  Lichtenstein  in  the 
Linncan  Transactions  has  called  the  attention  of  natu- 
ralists to  the  eye-like  area  in  the  right  wing  of  the  males 
of  this  genus  c ;  but  he  seems  not  to  have  been  aware 
that  De  Geer  had  noticed  it  before  him  as  a  sexual  cha- 

a  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  81.  b  Sec  Kirby  in  Zoo/.  Journ.  p.  iv.  42U— . 

c  Linn.  Trans,  iv.  51 — . 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  395 

racter;  who  also,  with  good  reason,  supposes  it  to  as- 
sist these  animals  in  the  sounds  they  produce.     Speak- 
ing of  Acrida  viridissima — common  with  us — he  says, 
"  In  our  male  grasshoppers,  in  that  part  of  the  right 
elytrum  which  is  folded  horizontally  over  the  trunk,  there 
is  a  round  plate  made  of  very  fine  transparent  membrane, 
resembling  a  little  mirror  or  piece  of  talc,  of  the  tension 
of  a  drum.     This  membrane  is  surrounded  by  a  strong 
and  prominent  nervure,  and  is  concealed  under  the  fold 
of  the  left  elytrum,  which  has  also  several  prominent 
nervures  answering  to  the  margin  of  the  membrane  or 
ocellus.     There  is,"  he  further  remarks,  "  every  reason 
to  believe  that  the  brisk  movement  with  which  the  grass- 
hopper rubs  these  nervures  against  each  other,  produces 
a  vibration  in  the  membrane  augmenting  the  sound. 
The  males  in  question  sing  continually  in  the  hedges 
and  trees  during  the  months  of  July  and  August,  especi- 
ally towards  sun-set  and  part  of  the  night.     When  any 
one  approaches  they  immediately  cease  their  song a." 

The  last  description  of  singers  that  I  shall  notice 
amongst  the  Locustina,  and  which  includes  the  migra- 
tory locust,  are  those  that  are  more  commonly  denomi- 
nated grasshoppers.  To  this  genus  belong  the  little 
chirpers  that  we  hear  in  every  sunny  bank,  and  which 
make  vocal  every  heath.  They  begin  their  song — which 
is  a  short  chirp  regularly  interrupted,  in  which  it  differs 
from  that  of  the  Acrida—  long  before  sun-rise.  In  the 
heat  of  the  day  it  is  intermitted,  and  resumed  in  the 
evening.  This  sound  is  thus  produced  : — Applying  its 
posterior  shank  to  the  thigh,  the  animal  rubs  it  briskly 
against  the  elytrum b,  doing  this  alternately  with  the 

a  De  Geer,  iii.  429.  b  Ibid.  4/0. 


396  NOJSES  OF  INSECTS. 

right  and  left  legs,  which  causes  the  regular  breaks  in 
the  sound.     But  this  is  not  their  whole  apparatus  of 
song — since,  like  the  Tettigonise,  they  have  also  a  tym- 
panum or  drum.     De  Geer,  who  examined  the  insects 
he  describes  with  the  eye  of  an  anatomist,  seems  to  be 
the  only  entomologist  that  has  noticed  this  organ.    "  On 
each  side  of  the  first  segment  of  the  abdomen,"  says  he, 
"  immediately  above  the  origin  of  the  posterior  thighs, 
there  is  a  considerable  and  deep  aperture  of  rather  an 
oval  form,  which  is  partly  closed  by  an  irregular  flat 
plate  or  operculum  of  a  hard  substance,  but  covered 
by  a  wrinkled  flexible  membrane.     The  opening  left  by 
this  operculum  is  semi-lunar,  and  at  the  bottom  of  the 
cavity  is  a  white  pellicle  of  considerable  tension,  and  shin- 
ing like  a  little  mirror.     On  that  side  of  the  aperture 
which  is  towards  the  head,  there  is  a  little  oval  hole, 
into  which  the  point  of  a  pin  may  be  introduced  without 
resistance.      When   the   pellicle   is   removed,    a   large 
cavity  appears.     In  my  opinion  this  aperture,  cavity,  and 
above  all  the  membrane  in  tension,  contribute  much  to 
produce  and  augment  the  sound  emitted  by  the  grass- 
hopper a."     This  description,  which  was  taken  from  the 
migratory   locust    (L.    migratorid],    answers   tolerably 
well  to  the  tympanum  of  our   common  grasshoppers, 
only  in  them  the  aperture  seems  to  be  rather  semicircular, 
and  the  wrinkled  plate — which  has  no  marginal  hairs — 
is  clearly  a  continuation  of  the  substance  of  the  segment. 
This  apparatus  so  much  resembles   the  drum  of  the 
Cicadae,  that  there  can  be  little  doubt  as  to  its  use.    The 
vibrations  caused  by  the  friction  of  the  thighs  and  elytra 

a  De  Geer,  Hi.  471.  t.  xxiii./.  2.  3. 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  397 

striking  upon  this  drum,  are  reverberated  by  it,  and  so 
intenseness  is  given  to  the  sound.  In  Spain,  we  are  told 
that  people  of  fashion  keep  these  animals — called  there 
Grillo — in  cages,  which  they  name  Grilleria,  for  the  sake 
of  their  song a. 

I  shall  conclude  this  diatribe  upon  the  noises  of  in- 
sects, with  a  tribe  that  have  long  been  celebrated  for 
their  musical  powers :  I  mean  the  Cicadiadce,  including 
the  genera  Fulgora,  Cicada,  Tettix,  and  Tettigoniab. 
The  Fulgorce  appear  to  be  night-singers,  while  the  CV- 
cadte  sing  usually  in  the  day.  The  great  lantern-fly 
(Fulgora  laternaria),  from  its  noise  in  the  evening — 
nearly  resembling  the  sound  of  a  cymbal,  or  razor- 
grinder  when  at  work — is  called  Scare-sleep  by  the 
Dutch  in  Guiana.  It  begins  regularly  at  sun-set c. 
Perhaps  an  insect  mentioned  by  Ligon  as  making  a 
great  noise  in  the  night  in  Barbadoes,  may  belong  to 
this  tribe.  "  There  is  a  kind  of  animal  in  the  woods," 
says  he,  "  that  I  never  saw,  which  lie  all  day  in  holes 
and  hollow  trees,  and  as  soon  as  the  sun  is  down  begin 
their  tunes,  which  are  neither  singing  nor  crying,  but 
the  shrillest  voices  I  ever  heard :  nothing  can  be  so 
nearly  resembled  to  it  as  the  mouths  of  a  pack  of  small 
beagles  at  a  distance ;  and  so  lively  and  chirping  the 
noise  is,  as  nothing  can  be  more  delightful  to  the  ears, 
if  there  were  not  too  much  of  it ;  for  the  music  hath  no 
intermission  till  morning,  and  then  all  is  husht d." 

The  species  of  the  other  genus,  Cicada,  called  by  the 
ancient  Greeks — by  whom  they  were  often  kept  in  cages 
for  the  sake  of  their  song — Tettix,  seem  to  have  been 

a  Osbeck's  Voy.  i.  71.  *  Zoolog.  Journ.  n.  iv.  429-. 

6  S$ edmaii's  Surinam,  ii.  37.        *  Hist,  of  Barbadoes,  65. 


398  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

the  favourites  of  every  Grecian  bard  from  Homer  and 
Hesiod  to  Anacreon  and  Theocritus.  Supposed  to  be 
perfectly  harmless,  and  to  live  only  upon  the  dew,  they 
were  addressed  by  the  most  endearing  epithets,  and 
were  regarded  as  all  but  divine.  One  bard  entreats  the 
shepherds  to  spare  the  innoxious  Tettix,  that  nightingale 
of  the  Nymphs,  and  to  make  those  mischievous  birds 
the  thrush  and  blackbird  their  prey.  Sweet  prophet  of 
the  summer,  says  Anacreon,  addressing  this  insect,  the 
Muses  love  thee,  Phcebus  himself  loves  thee,  and  has 
given  thee  a  shrill  song;  old  age  does  not  wear  thee  out; 
thou  art  wise,  earth-born,  musical,  impassive,  without 
blood ;  thou  art  almost  like  a  god  a.  So  attached  were 
the  Athenians  to  these  insects,  that  they  were  accustomed 
to  fasten  golden  images  of  them  in  their  hair,  implying 
at  the  same  time  a  boast  that  they  themselves,  as  well  as 
the  Cicadas,  were  Terra  Jilii.  They  were  regarded  in- 
deed by  all  as  the  happiest  as  well  as  the  most  innocent 
of  animals — not,  we  will  suppose,  for  the  reason  given 
by  the  saucy  Rhodian  Xenarchus,  when  he  says, 

"  Happy  the  Cicadas'  lives, 
Since  they  all  have  voiceless  wives." 

If  the  Grecian  Tettix  or  Cicada  had  been  distinguished 
by  a  harsh  and  deafening  note,  like  those  of  some  other 
countries,  it  would  hardly  have  been  an  object  of  such 
affection.  That  it  was  not,  is  clearly  proved  by  the 
connexion  which  was  supposed  to  exist  between  it  and 
music.  Thus  the  sound  of  this  insect  and  of  the  harp 
were  called  by  one  and  the  same  name  b.  A  Cicada 
sitting  upon  a  harp  was  a  usual  emblem  of  the  science 
of  music,  which  was  thus  accounted  for : — When  two 
8  Epigramm.  Delect.  45.  234.  b  Gr. 


NOISES  OF  INSECTS.  399 

rival  musicians,  Eunomus  and  Ariston,  were  contending 
upon  that  instrument,  a  Cicada  flying  to  the  former  and 
sitting  upon  his  harp,  supplied  the  place  of  a  broken 
string,  and  so  secured  to  him  the  victory  a.  To  excel 
this  animal  in  singing  seems  to  have  been  the  highest 
commendation  of  a  singer ;  and  even  the  eloquence  of 
Plato  was  not  thought  to  suffer  by  a  comparison  with 
it b.  At  Surinam  the  noise  of  the  Cicada  Tibicen  is  still 
supposed  so  much  to  resemble  the  sound  of  a  harp  or 
lyre,  that  they  are  called  there  harpers  (Liermari)  c. 
Whether  the  Grecian  Cicadae  maintain  at  present  their 
ancient  character  for  music,  travellers  do  not  tell  us. 

Those  of  other  countries,  however,  have  been  held  in 
less  estimation  for  their  powers  of  song ;  or  rather  have 
been  execrated  for  the  deafening  din  that  they  produce. 
Virgil  accuses  those  of  Italy  of  bursting  the  very  shrubs 
with  their  noise  d ;  and  Sir  J.  E.  Smith  observes  that 
this  species,  which  is  very  common,  makes  a  most  dis- 
agreeable dull  chirping  e.  Another,  Cicada  septendecim 
— which  fortunately,  as  its  name  imports,  appears  only 
once  in  seventeen  years — makes  such  a  continual  din 
from  morning  to  evening  that  people  cannot  hear  each 
other  speak.  They  appear  in  Pennsylvania  in  incredible 
numbers  in  the  middle  of  May  f. — "  In  the  hotter  months 
of  summer,"  says  Dr.  Shaw,  "  especially  from  midday 
to  the  middle  of  the  afternoon,  the  Cicada,  Tern£,  or 
grasshopper,  as  we  falsely  translate  it,  is  perpetually 
stunning  our  ears  with  its  most  excessively  shrill  and 

a   Mouffet,  Theatr.  130. 

b  rHSi/?7r»j  riAotr^i/,  x,a.i  Ttrn^iv  ;ffoA«>o?.    c  Merian  Surinam.  49. 

11  Et  cantu  querulas  rurapent  arbusta  cicada?.     Georg.  iii.  328. 

e  Smith's  TOM?-,  iii.  95. 

'  Collinson  in  Philos.  Trans.  1763.  Stoll,  Cigales,  26. 


400  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

ungrateful  noise.  It  is  in  this  respect  the  most  trouble- 
some and  impertinent  of  insects,  perching  upon  a  twig 
and  squalling  sometimes  two  or  three  hours  without 
ceasing;  thereby  too  often  disturbing  the  studies,  or 
short  repose  that  is  frequently  indulged,  in  these  hot 
climates,  at  those  hours.  The  TSTTI%  of  the  Greeks  must 
have  had  a  quite  different  voice,  more  soft  surely  and 
melodious ;  otherwise  the  fine  orators  of  Homer,  who 
are  compared  to  it,  can  be  looked  upon  no  better  than 
loud  loquacious  scolds  a." — An  insect  of  this  tribe,  and  I 
am  told  a  very  noisy  one,  has  been  found  by  Mr.  Daniel 
Bydder,  before  mentioned,  in  the  New  Forest,  Hamp- 
shire. Previously  to  this  it  was  not  thought  that  any  of 
these  insect  musicians  were  natives  of  the  British  Isles. — 
Captain  Hancock  informs  me  that  the  Brazilian  Cicadae 
sing  so  loud  as  to  be  heard  at  the  distance  of  a  mile. 
This  is  as  if  a  man  of  ordinary  stature,  supposing  his 
powers  of  voice  increased  in  the  ratio  of  his  size,  could 
be  heard  all  over  the  world.  So  that  Stentor  himself 
becomes  a  mute  when  compared  with  these  insects. 

You  feel  very  curious,  doubtless,  to  know  by  what 
means  these  little  animals  are  enabled  to  emit  such  pro- 
digious sounds.  I  have  lately  mentioned  to  you  the  drum 
of  certain  grasshoppers ;  this,  however,  appears  to  be  an 
organ  of  a  very  simple  structure ;  but  since  it  is  essential 
to  the  economy  of  the  Cicadae  that  their  males  should 
so  much  exceed  all  other  insects  in  the  loudness  of  their 
tones,  they  are  furnished  with  a  much  more  complex, 
and  indeed  most  wonderful,  apparatus,  which  I  shall  now 
describe.  If  you  look  at  the  underside  of  the  body  of  a 
male,  the  first  thing  that  will  strike  you  is  a  pair  of  large 
*  Travels,  2d  Ed.  186. 


KOISfcS  OF  INSECTS.  401 

plates  of  an  irregular  form — in  some  semi-oval,  in  others 
triangular,  in  others  again  a  segment  of  a  circle  of  greater 
or  less  diameter — covering  the  anterior  part  of  the  belly, 
and  fixed  to  the  trunk  between  the  abdomen  and  the 
hind  legs  a.  These  are  the  drum-covers  or  opercula, 
from  beneath  which  the  sound  issues.  At  the  base  of 
the  posterior  legs,  just  above  each  operculum,  there  is  a 
small  pointed  triangular  process  (pessellum) b,  the  object 
of  which,  as  Reaumur  supposes,  is  to  prevent  them  from 
being  too  much  elevated.  When  an  operculum  is  re- 
moved, beneath  it  you  will  find  on  the  exterior  side  a 
hollow  cavity,  with  a  mouth  somewhat  linear,  which 
seems  to  open  into  the  interior  of  the  abdomen c  :  next 
to  this,  on  the  inner  side,  is  another  large  cavity  of  an 
irregular  shape,  the  bottom  of  which  is  divided  into  three 
portions ;  of  these  the  posterior  is  lined  obliquely  with  a 
beautiful  membrane,  which  is  very  tense — in  some  species 
semi-opake,  and  in  others  transparent — and  reflects  all 
the  colours  of  the  rainbow.  This  mirror  is  not  the  real 
organ  of  sound,  but  is  supposed  to  modulate  itd.  The 
middle  portion  is  occupied  by  a  plate  of  a  horny  sub- 
stance, placed  horizontally  and  forming  the  bottom  of  the 
cavity.  On  its  inner  side  this  plate  terminates  in  a  carina 
or  elevated  ridge,  common  to  both  drums6.  Between 
the  plate  and  the  after-breast  (postpectus)  another  mem- 
brane, folded  transversely,  fills  an  oblique,  oblong,  or 
semi-lunar  cavity f.  In  some  species  I  have  seen  this 
membrane  in  tension — probably  the  insect  can  stretch 
or  relax  it  at  its  pleasure.  But  even  all  this  apparatus 

a  PLATE  VIII.  FIG.  18.  c.  f.    Reaum.  v.  t.  xvi./.  5.  u  u. 

b  PLATE  VIII.  FIG.  18.  q'".  Reaum.  ubi  supra,  t.  xvi./.  11.  b. 
0  Reaum.  ibid./.  3.  /  /.  d  Ibid,  ubi  supra,/.  3.  m  m. 

e  Ibid.  q.  q.  c.  f  Ibid.  n.  n, 

VOL.  II.  2  D 


4-02  NOISES  OF  INSECTS. 

is  insufficient  to  produce  the  sound  of  these  animals  ;— 
one  still  more  important  and  curious  yet  remains  to  be 
described.  This  organ  can  only  be  discovered  by  dis- 
section. A  portion  gf  the  first  and  second  segments 
being  removed  from  that  side  of  the  back  of  the  abdo- 
men which  answers  to  the  drums,  two  bundles  of  muscles 
meeting  each  other  in  an  acute  angle,  attached  to  a  place 
opposite  to  the  point  of  the  mucro  of  the  first  ventral 
segment  of  the  abdomen,  will  appear a.  In  Reaumur's 
specimens  these  bundles  of  muscles  seem  to  have  been 
cylindrical;  but  in  one  I  dissected  (Cicada  capensis)  they 
were  tubiform,  the  end  to  which  the  true  drum  is  at- 
tached being  dilated  b.  These  bundles  consist  of  a  pro- 
digious number  of  muscular  fibres  applied  to  each  other, 
but  easily  separable.  Whilst  Reaumur  was  examining 
one  of  these,  pulling  it  from  its  place  with  a  pin,  he  let 
it  go  again,  and  immediately,  though  the  animal  had 
been  long  dead,  the  usual  sound  was  emitted.  On  each 
side  of  the  drum-cavities,  when  the  opercula  are  re- 
moved, another  cavity  of  a  lunulate  shape,  opening  into 
the  interior  of  the  abdomen,  is  observable0.  In  this  is 
the  true  drum,  the  principal  organ  of  sound,  and  its 
aperture  is  to  the  Cicada  what  our  larynx  is  to  us.  If 
these  creatures  are  unable  themselves  to  modulate  their 
sounds,  here  are  parts  enough  to  do  it  for  them:  for  the 
mirrors,  the  membranes,  and  the  central  portions,  with 
their  cavities,  all  assist  in  it.  In  the  cavity  last  described, 
if  you  remove  the  lateral  part  of  the  first  dorsal  seg- 
ment of  the  abdomen,  you  will  discover  a  semi-opaque 
and  nearly  semicircular  concavo-convex  membrane  with 
transverse  folds — this  is  the  drumd.  Each  bundle  of 

a  Reaum.  ubi  supr.f.  6.//.  b  Ibid./  9.//.    PLATE  VIII. 

FIG.  19.  C".  c  Reaum./.  3.  /  .  d  Ibid./.  6.  t  t.f.  9. 


NOISES   OF  INSECTS.  403 

muscles,  before  mentioned,  is  terminated  by  a  tendinous 
plate  nearly  circular,  from  which  issue  several  little  ten- 
dons that,  forming  a  thread,  pass  through  an  aperture 
in  the  horny  piece  that  supports  the  drum,  and  are  at- 
tached to  its  under  or  concave  surface.  Thus  the  bun- 
dle of  muscles  being  alternately  and  briskly  relaxed  and 
contracted,  will  by  its  play  draw  in  and  let  out  the  drum : 
so  that  its  convex  surface  being  thus  rendered  concave 
when  pulled  in,  when  let  out  a  sound  will  be  produced  by 
the  effort  to  recover  its  convexity ;  which,  striking  upon 
the  mirror  and  other  membranes  before  it  escapes  from 
under  the  operculum,  will  be  modulated  and  augmented 
by  thema.  I  should  imagine  that  the  muscular  bundles 
are  extended  and  contracted  by  the  alternate  approach 
and  recession  of  the  trunk  and  abdomen  to  and  from 
each  other. 

And  now,  my  friend,  what  adorable  wisdom,  what 
consummate  art  and  skill  are  displayed  in  the  admirable 
contrivance  and  complex  structure  of  this  wonderful, 
this  unparalleled  apparatus  !  The  GREAT  CREATOR  has 
placed  in  these  insects  an  organ  for  producing  and  emit- 
ting sounds,  which  in  the  intricacy  of  its  construction 
seems  to  resemble  that  which  he  has  given  to  man,  and 
the  larger  animals,  for  receiving  them.  Here  is  a  cochlea; 
a  meatus;  and,  as  it  should  seem,  more  than  one  tym- 
panum. 

I  am,  &c. 


n  PLATE  VIII.  FIG.  19.  The  figure  given  in  this  plate  does  net 
show  the  drums  clearly  j  but  the  principal  object  of  it  was  to  exhibit 
the  bundles  of  muscles,  which  are  of  a  different  form  from  those 
in  Reaumur's  figures  ;  they  are  represented  at  C".  C".  in  connection 
with  the  drums.  The  mirror  is  the  part  directly  beneath  these 
bundles. 

2n  2 


LETTER  XXV. 


ON  LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 


boast  of  our  candles,  our  wax-lights,  and  our 
Argand  lamps,  and  pity  our  fellow-men  who,  ignorant 
of  our  methods  of  producing  artificial  light,  are  con- 
demned to  pass  their  nights  in  darkness.  We  regard 
these  inventions  as  the  results  of  a  great  exertion  of 
human  intellect^  and  never  conceive  it  possible  that 
other  animals  are  able  to  avail  themselves  of  modes  of 
illumination  equally  efficient  ;  and  are  furnished  with  the 
means  of  guiding  their  nocturnal  evolutions  by  actual 
lights,  similar  in  their  effect  to  those  which  we  make  use 
of.  Yet  many  insects  are  thus  provided.  Some  are 
forced  to  content  themselves  with  a  single  candle,  not 
more  vivid  than  the  rush-light  which  glimmers  in  the 
peasant's  cottage;  others  exhibit  two  or  four,  which  cast 
a  stronger  radiance  ;  and  a  few  can  display  a  lamp  little 
inferior  in  brilliancy  to  some  of  ours.  Not  that  these 
insects  are  actually  possessed  of  candles  and  lamps.  You 
are  aware  that  I  am  speaking  figuratively.  But  Provi- 
dence has  supplied  them  with  an  effectual  substitute  — 
a  luminous  preparation  or  secretion,  which  has  all  the 
adyantages  of  our  lamps  and  candles  without  their  in- 
conveniences ;  which  gives  light  sufficient  to  direct  their 


LUMINOUS    INSECTS.  405 

motions,  while  it  is  incapable  of  burning ;  and  whose 
lustre  is  maintained  without  needing  fresh  supplies  of 
oil  or  the  application  of  the  snuffers. 

Of  the  insects  thus  singularly  provided,  the  common 
glow-worm  (Lampyris  noctiluca)  is  the  most  familiar 
instance.  Who  that  has  ever  enjoyed  the  luxury  of  a 
summer  evening's  walk  in  the  country,  in  the  southern 
parts  of  our  island,  but  has  viewed  with  admiration  . 
these  "  stars  of  the  earth  and  diamonds  of  the  night?" 
And  if,  living  like  me  in  a  district  where  it  is  rarely  met 
with,  the  first  time  you  saw  this  insect,  chanced  to  be, 
as  it  was  in  my  case,  one  of  those  delightful  evenings 
which  an  English  summer  seldom  yields,  when  not  a 
breeze  disturbs  the  balmy  air,  and  "  every  sense  is  joy," 
and  hundreds  of  these  radiant  worms,  studding  their 
mossy  couch  with  mild  effulgence,  were  presented  to 
your  wondering  eye  in  the  course  of  a  quarter  of  a  mile, 
— you  could  not  help  associating  with  the  name  of  glow- 
worm the  most  pleasing  recollections.  No  wonder  that 
an  insect,  which  chiefly  exhibits  itself  on  occasions  so 
interesting,  and  whose  economy  is  so  remarkable,  should 
have  afforded  exquisite  images  and  illustrations  to  those 
poets  who  have  cultivated  Natural  History. 

If  you  take  one  of  these  glow-worms  home  with  you 
for  examination,  you  will  find  that  in  shape  it  somewhat 
resembles  a  caterpillar,  only  that  it  is  much  more  de- 
pressed ;  and  you  will  observe  that  the  light  proceeds 
from  a  pale-coloured  patch  that  terminates  the  underside 
of  the  abdomen.  It  is  not,  however,  the  larva  of  an 
insect,  but  the  perfect  female  of  a  winged  beetle,  from 
which  it  is  altogether  so  different,  that  nothing  but  ac- 
tual observation  could  have  inferred  the  fact  of  their 


406  LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 

being  the  sexes  of  the  same  insect.  In  the  course  of 
our  inquiries  you  will  find  that  sexual  differences  even 
more  extraordinary  exist  in  the  insect  world. 

It  has  been  supposed  by  many  that  the  males  of  the 
different  species  of  Lavfpyris  do  not  possess  the  property 
of  giving  out  any  light ;  but  it  is  now  ascertained  that 
this  supposition  is  inaccurate,  though  their  light  is  much 
less  vivid  than  that  of  the  female.  Ray  first  pointed  out 
this  fact  with  respect  to  L.  noctiluca*.  Geoffroy  also 
observed  that  the  male  of  this  species  has  four  small 
luminous  points,  two  on  each  of  the  two  last  segments 
of  the  belly5:  and  his  observation  has  been  recently 
confirmed  by  Miiller.  This  last  entomologist,  indeed, 
saw  only  two  shining  spots ;  but  from  the  insect's  hav- 
ing the  power  of  withdrawing  them  out  of  sight  so  that 
not  the  smallest  trace  of  light  remains,  he  thinks  it  is 
not  improbable  that  at  times  two  other  points  still  smaller 
may  be  exhibited,  as  Geoffroy  has  described.  In  the 
males  of  L.  Splendidula  and  of  L.  hemiptera  the  light  is 
very  distinct,  and  may  be  seen  in  the  former  while  fly- 
ingc. — The  females  have  the  same  faculty  of  extinguish- 
ing or  concealing  their  light — a  very  necessary  provi- 
sion to  guard  them  from  the  attacks  of  nocturnal  birds : 
Mr.  White  even  thinks  that  they  regularly  put  it  out 
between  eleven  and  twelve  every  night d:  and  they  have 
also  the  power  of  rendering  it  for  a  while  more  vivid 
than  ordinary. 

Authors  who  have  noticed  the  luminous  parts  of  the 
common  female  glow-worm,  having  usually  contented 
themselves  with  stating  that  the  light  issues  from  the 

*  Hist.  Ins.  81.  "  Hut.  abreg.  i.  168. 

e  Illiger  Mag.  iv.  195.  *  Nat.  Hist.  ii.  279. 


LUMINOUS    INSECTS.  40? 

three  last  ventral  segments  of  the  abdomen a;  I  shall 
give  you  the  result  of  some  observations  I  once  made 
upon  this  subject.  One  evening,  in  the  beginning  of 
July,  meeting  with  two  of  these  insects,  I  placed  them 
on  my  hand.  At  first  their  light  was  exceedingly  bril- 
liant, so  as  to  appear  even  at  the  junctions  of  the  upper 
or  dorsal  segments  of  the  abdomen.  Soon  after  I  had 
taken  them,  one  withdrew  its  light  altogether,  but  the 
other  continued  to  shine.  While  it  did  this  it  was  laid 
upon  its  back,  the  abdomen  forming  an  angle  with  the 
rest  of  its  body,  and  the  last  or  anal  segment  being  kept 
in  constant  motion.  This  segment  was  distinguished  by 
two  round  and  very  vivid  spots  of  light;  which,  in  the 
specimen  that  had  ceased  to  shine,  were  the  last  that 
disappeared,  and  they  seem  to  be  the  first  parts  that  be- 
come luminous  when  the  animal  is  disposed  to  yield  its 
light.  The  penultimate  and  antepenultimate  segments 
each  exhibited  a  middle  transverse  band  of  yellow  ra- 
diance, terminated  towards  the  trunk  by  an  obtusely- 
dentated  line ;  a  greener  and  fainter  light  being  emitted 
by  the  rest  of  the  segment. 

Though  many  of  the  females  of  the  Lampyrida  are 
without  wings  and  even  elytra,  (in  which  circumstance 
they  differ  from  all  other  apterous  Coleoptera,}  this  is 
not  the  case  with  all.  The  female  of  Pygolampis^  ita- 
lica,  a  species  common  in  Italy,  and  which,  if  we  may 
trust  to  the  accuracy  of  the  account  given  by  Mr.  Waller 
in  the  Philosophical  Transactions  for  1684,  would  seem 

a  Geoffr.  i.  167.     De  Geer,  iv.  35. 

b  I  call  by  this  name  all  those  Lampyridcs  whose  head  is  not  at 
all,  or  but  little,  concealed  by  the  shield  of  the  prothorax,  and  both 
sexes  of  which  are  winged. 


1-08  LUMINOUS  INSECTS, 

to  have  been  taken  by  him  in  Hertfordshire,  is  winged : 
and  when  a  number  of  these  moving  stars  are  seen  to 
dart  through  the  air  in  a  dark  night,  nothing  can  have 
a  more  beautiful  effect.  Sir  J.  E.  Smith  tells  us  that  the 
beaus  of  Italy  are  accustomed  in  an  evening  to  adorn  the 
heads  of  the  ladies  with  these  artificial  diamonds,  by 
sticking  them  into  their  hair ;  and  a  similar  custom,  as  I 
have  before  informed  you  a,  prevails  amongst  the  ladies 
of  India. 

Besides  the  different  species  of  the  genus  Lampyris^ 
all  of  which  are  probably  more  or  less  luminous,  another 
insect  of  the  beetle  tribe,  Elater  noctilucus,  is  endowed 
with  the  same  property,  and  that  in  a  much  higher  de- 
gree. This  insect,  which  is  called  the  fire-fly,  and  is 
an  inch  long,  and  about  one-third  of  an  inch  broad, 
gives  out  its  principal  light  from  two  transparent  eye- 
like  tubercles  placed  upon  the  thorax ;  but  there  are 
also  two  luminous  patches  concealed  under  the  elytra, 
which  are  not  visible  except  when  the  insect  is  flying, 
at  which  time  it  appears  adorned  with  four  brilliant  gems 
of  the  most  beautiful  golden-blue  lustre :  in  fact,  the 
whole  body  is  full  of  light,  which  shines  out  between  the 
abdominal  segments  when  stretched.  The  light  emitted 
by  the  two  thoracic  tubercles  alone  is  so  considerable, 
that  the  smallest  print  may  be  read  by  moving  one  of 
these  insects  along  the  lines ;  and  in  the  West  India 
islands,  particularly  in  St.  Domingo,  where  they  are 
very  common,  the  natives  were  formerly  accustomed  to 
employ  these  living  lamps,  which  they  called  Cucuij, 
instead  of  candles  in  performing  their  evening  household 
occupations.  In  travelling  at  night  they  used  to  tie  one 
a  VOL.  I.  317. 


LUMINOUS  INSECTS.  409 

to  each  great  toe ;  and  in  fishing  and  hunting  required 
no  other  flambeau  :i. — Southey  has  happily  introduced 
this  insect  in  his  "  Madoc"  as  furnishing  the  lamp  by 
which  Coatel  rescued  the  British  hero  from  the  hands 
of  the  Mexican  priests. 

"  She  beckon' d  and  descended,  and  drew  out 
From  underneath  her  vest  a  cage,  or  net 
It  rather  might  be  call'd,  so  fine  the  twigs 
Which  knit  it,  where,  confined,  two  Fire-flies  gave 
Their  lustre.     By  that  light  did  Madoc  first 
Behold  the  features  of  his  lovely  guide.'* 

Pietro  Martire  tells  us  that  the  Cucuij  serve  the  na- 
tives of  the  Spanish  West  India  islands  not  only  instead 
of  candles,  but  as  extirpators  of  the  gnats,  which  are 
a  dreadful  pest  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  low  grounds. 
They  introduce  a  few  fire-flies,  to  which  the  gnats  are 
a  grateful  food,  into  their  houses,  and  by  means  of  these 
"  commodious  hunters  "  are  soon  rid  of  the  intruders. 
"  How  they  are  a  remedy,"  says  this  author,  "  for  so 
great  a  mischiefe  it  is  a  pleasant  thing  to  hear.  Hee  who 
understandeth  he  hath  those  troublesome  guestes  (the 
gnattes)  at  home,  diligently  hunteth  after  the  Cucuij. 
Whoso  wanteth  Cucuij  goeth  out  of  the  house  in  the 
first  twilight  of  the  night,  carrying  a  burning  fire-brande 
in  his  hande,  and  ascendeth  the  next  hillock  that  the 
Cucuij  may  see  it,  and  hee  swingeth  the  fire-brande  about, 
calling  Cucuius  aloud,  and  beating  the  ayre  with  often 
calling  out  Cucuie,  Cucuie."  He  goes  on  to  observe,  that 
the  simple  people  believe  the  insect  is  attracted  by  their 
invitations  ;  but  that,  for  his  part  he  is  rather  inclined  to 
think  that  the  fire  is  the  magnet.  Having  obtained  a 

3  Pietro    Martire,    The  Decades  of  ihc   New  World,  quoted  in 
Madoc,  p.  543. 


410  LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 

sufficient  number  of  Cucuij,  the  beetle-hunter  returns 
home  and  lets  them  fly  loose  in  the  house,  where  they 
diligently  seek  the  gnats  about  the  beds  and  the  faces  of 
those  asleep,  and  devour  them  a. — These  insects  are  also 
applied  to  purposes  of  decoration.  On  certain  festival 
days  in  the  month  of  June,  they  are  collected  in  great 
numbers,  and  tied  all  over  the  garments  of  the  young 
people,  who  gallop  through  the  streets  on  horses  simi- 
larly ornamented,  producing  on  a  dark  evening  the  effect 
of  a  large  moving  body  of  light.  On  such  occasions 
the  lover  displays  his  gallantry  by  decking  his  mistress 
with  these  living  gemsb.  And  according  to  P.  Mar  tire, 
"  many  wanton  wilde  fellowes"  rub  their  faces  with  the 
flesh  of  a  killed  Cucuius,  as  boys  with  us  use  phosphorus, 
"  with  purpose  to  meet  their  neighbours  with  a  flaming 
countenance,"  and  derive  amusement  from  their  fright. 

Besides  Elater  noctilucus,  E.  Ignitus  and  several  others 
of  the  same  genus  are  luminous.  Not  fewer  than  twelve 
species  of  this  family  are  described  by  Illiger  in  the  Berlin 
Naturalist  Society's  Magazine*. 

The  brilliant  nocturnal  spectacle  presented  by  these 
insects  to  the  inhabitants  of  the  countries  where  they 
abound  cannot  be  better  described  than  in  the  language 
of  the  poet  above  referred  to,  who  has  thus  related  its 
first  effect  upon  the  British  visitors  of  the  new  world  : 

" Sorrowing  we  beheld 

The  night  come  on  ;  but  soon  did  night  display 
More  wonders  than  it  veil'd  :  innumerous  tribes 
From  the  wood-cover  swarrn'd,  and  darkness  made 

3  P.  Martire,  ubi.  supr. 

b  Walton's  Present  State  of  the  Spanish  Colonies,  i.  128. 

c  lakrgang,  i,  141. 


LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 

Their  beauties  visible  :  one  while  they  stream 'd 
A  bright  blue  radiance  upon  flowers  that  closed 
Their  gorgeous  colours  from  the  eye  of  day ; 
Now  motionless  and  dark,  eluded  search, 
Self-shrouded  ;  and  anon,  starring  the  sky, 
Rose  like  a  shower  of  fire." 

The  beautiful  poetical  imagery  with  which  Mr.  Sou- 
they  has  decorated  this  and  a  few  other  entomological 
facts,  will  make  you  join  in  my  regret  that  a  more  ex- 
tensive acquaintance  with  the  science  has  not  enabled 
him  to  spread  his  embellishments  over  a  greater  number. 
The  gratification  which  the  entomologist  derives  from 
seeing  his  favourite  study  adorned  with  the  graces  of 
poetry  is  seldom  unalloyed  with  pain,  arising  from  the 
inaccurate  knowledge  of  the  subject  in  the  poet.  Dr. 
Darwin's  description  of  the  beetle  to  which  the  nut- 
maggot  is  transformed  may  delight  him  (at  least  if  he 
be  an  admirer  of  the  Darwinian  style)  as  he  reads  for 
the  first  time, 

"  So  sleeps  in  silence  the  Curculio,  shut 
In  the  dark  chamber  of  the  cavern'd  nut ; 
Erodes  with  ivory  beak  the  vaulted  shell, 
And  quits  on  filmy  wings  its  narrow  cell." 

But  when  the  music  of  the  lines  has  allowed  him  room 
for  pause,  and  he  recollects  that  they  are  built  wholly 
upon  an  incorrect  supposition,  the  Curculio  never  inha- 
biting the  nut  in  its  beetle  shape,  nor  employing  its  ivory 
or  rather  ebony  beak  upon  it,  but  undergoing  its  trans- 
formation under  ground,  he  feels  disappointed  that  the 
passage  has  not  truth  as  well  as  sound. — Mr.  Southey, 
too,  has  fallen  into  an  error :  he  confounds  the  fire- 
fly of  St.  Domingo  (Elater  noctilucus)  with  a  quite  dif- 
ferent insect,  the  lantern-fly  (Fulgora  laternaria]  of 


412  LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 

Madame  Merian  ;  but  happily  this  error  does  not  affect 
his  poetry. 

But  to  return  from  this  digression. — If  we  are  to  be- 
lieve Mouffet,  (and  the  story  is  not  incredible,)  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  tropical  fire-flies  on  one  occasion  led  to 
a  more  important  result  than  might  have  been  expected 
from  such  a  cause.  He  tells  us,  that  when  Sir  Thomas 
Cavendish  and  Sir  Robert  Dudley  first  landed  in  the 
West  Indies,  and  saw  in  the  evening  an  infinite  number 
of  moving  lights  in  the  woods,  which  were  merely  these 
insects,  they  supposed  that  the  Spaniards  were  advan- 
cing upon  them,  and  immediately  betook  themselves  to 
their  ships  a  : — a  result  as  well  entitling  the  Elaters  to  a 
commemoration  feast,  as  a  similar  good,  office  the  land- 
crabs  of  Hispaniola,  which,  as  the  Spaniards  tell,  (and 
the  story  is  confirmed  by  an  anniversary  Fiesta  de  los 
Cangrejos,)  by  their  clattering — mistaken  by  the  enemy 
for  the  sound  of  Spanish  cavalry  close  upon  their  heels 
— in  like  manner  scared  away  a  body  of  English  invaders 
of  the  city  of  St.  Domingo  b. 

An  anecdote  less  improbable,  perhaps,  and  certainly 
more  ludicrous,  is  related  by  Sir  J.  E.  Smith  of  the  ef- 
fect of  the  first  sight  of  the  Italian  glow-worms  upon 
some  Moorish  ladies  ignorant  of  such  appearances. 
These  females  had  been  taken  prisoners  at  sea,  and, 
until  they  could  be  ransomed,  lived  in  a  house  in  the 
outskirts  of  Genoa,  where  they  were  frequently  visited  by 
the  respectable  inhabitants  of  the  city  ;  a  party  of  whom, 
on  going  one  evening,  were  surprised  to  find  the  house 
closely  shut  up,  and  their  Moorish  friends  in  the  greatest 
grief  and  consternation.  On  inquiring  into  the  cause, 

a  112.  b  Walton's  Hispaniola,  i.  39. 


LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 

they  ascertained  that  some  of  the  Pijgolampis  italica  had 
found  their  way  into  the  dwelling,  and  that  the  ladies 
within  had  taken  it  into  their  heads  that  these  brilliant 
guests  were  no  other  than  the  troubled  spirits  of  their 
relations ;  of  which  idea  it  was  some  time  before  they 
could  be  divested. — The  common  people  in  Italy  have  a 
superstition  respecting  these  insects  somewhat  similar, 
believing  that  they  are  of  a  spiritual  nature,  and  proceed 
out  of  the  graves,  and  hence  carefully  avoid  them  a. 

The  insects  hitherto  adverted  to  have  been  beetles,  or 
of  the  order  Coleoptera.  But  besides  these,  a  genus  in 
the  order  Hemiptera,  called  Fulgora,  includes  several 
species  which  emit  so  powerful  a  light  as  to  have  obtain- 
ed in  English  the  generic  appellation  of  Lanterns/lies. 
Two  of  the  most  conspicuous  of  this  tribe  are  the  F. 
laternaria  and  F.  candelaria ;  the  former  a  native  of 
South  America,  the  latter  of  China.  Both,  as  indeed 
is  the  case  with  the  whole  genus,  have  the  material 
which  diffuses  their  light  included  in  a  hollow  subtrans- 
parent  projection  of  the  head.  In  F.  candelaria  this 
projection  is  of  a  subcylindrical  shape,  recurved  at  the 
apex,  above  an  inch  in  length,  and  the  thickness  of  a 
small  quill.  We  may  easily  conceive,  as  travellers  as- 
sure us,  that  a  tree  studded  with  multitudes  of  these 
living  sparks,  some  at  rest  and  others  in  motion,  must 
at  night  have  a  superlatively  splendid  appearance. — In 
F.  laternaria,  which  is  an  insect  two  or  three  inches 
long,  the  snout  is  much  larger  and  broader,  and  more 
of  an  oval  shape,  and  sheds  a  light  the  brilliancy  of 
which  transcends  that  of  any  other  luminous  insect. 
Madame  Merian  informs  us,  that  the  first  discovery 
a  Tour  on  the  Continent,  2d  Edit.  iii.  85. 


4-14?  LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 

which  she  made  of  this  property  caused  her  no  small 
alarm.  The  Indians  had  brought  her  several  of  these 
insects,  which  by  day-light  exhibited  no  extraordinary 
appearance,  and  she  inclosed  them  in  a  box  until  she 
should  have  an  opportunity  of  drawing  them,  placing  it 
upon  a  table  in  her  lodging-room.  In  the  middle  of  the 
night  the  confined  insects  made  such  a  noise  as  to  awake 
her,  and  she  opened  the  box,  the  inside  of  which  to  her 
great  astonishment  appeared  all  in  a  blaze ;  and  in  her 
fright  letting  it  fall,  she  was  not  less  surprised  to  see  each 
of  the  insects  apparently  on  fire.  She  soon,  however, 
divined  the  cause  of  this  unexpected  phenomenon,  and 
re- inclosed  her  brilliant  guests  in  their  place  of  confine- 
ment.  She  adds,  that  the  light  of  one  of  these  Fulgora; 
is  sufficiently  bright  to  read  a  newspaper  by:  and  though 
the  tale  of  her  having  drawn  one  of  these  insects  by  its 
own  light  is  without  foundation,  she  doubtless  might 
have  done  so  if  she  had  chosen a. — Another  species  (F. 
pyrrhorynchus)  is  figured  by  Mr.  Donovan  in  his  Insects 
of  India,  of  which  the  light,  though  from  a  smaller  snout 
than  that  of  F.  laternaria,  must  assume  a  more  splendid 

a  Ins.  Sur.  49. — The  above  account  of  the  luminous  properties  of 
Fulgora  laternaria  is  given,  because  negative  evidence  ought  not 
hastily  to  be  allowed  to  set  aside  facts  positively  asserted  by  an  au- 
thor whose  veracity  is  unimpeached;  but  it  is  necessary  to  state, 
that  not  only  have  several  of  the  inhabitants  of  Cayenne,  according 
to  the  French  Dictionnaire  d'Histoire  Naturelle,  denied  that  this 
insect  shines,  in  which  denial  they  are  joined  by  M.  Richard,  who 
reared  the  species  (Encyclopedic,  art.  Fulgora} ;  but  the  learned  and 
accurate  Count  Hoffmansegg  informs  us,  that  his  insect  collector 
Sieber,  a  practised  entomologist  of  thirty  years  standing,  and  who, 
when  in  the  Brazils  for  some  years,  took  many  specimens,  affirms 
that  he  never  saw  a  single  one  in  the  least  luminous.  Der  Gesells- 
chaft  Naturf.  Fr.  zu  Berlin  Mag.  i.  153. 


LUMINOUS  INSECTS.  415 

and  striking  appearance,  the  projection  being  of  a  rich 
deep  purple  from  the  base  to  near  the  apex,  which  is  of 
a  fine  transparent  scarlet ;  and  these  tints  will  of  course 
be  imparted  to  the  transmitted  light. 

In  addition  to  the  insects  already  mentioned,  some 
others  have  the  power  of  diffusing  light,  as  two  species 
of  Centipedes  (Geophilus  electricus  and  phosphor e us\  and 
probably  others  of  the  same  genus.  In  these  the  light 
is  not  confined  to  one  part,  but  proceeds  from  the  whole 
body.  G.  electricus  is  a  common  insect  in  this  country, 
residing  under  clods  of  earth,  and  often  visible  at  night 
in  gardens.  G  ?  phosphoreus,  a  native  of  Asia,  is  an  ob- 
scure species,  described  by  Linne,  on  the  authority  of 
C.  G.  Ekeberg,  the  captain  of  a  Swedish  East  India- 
man,  who  asserted  that  it  dropped  from  the  air,  shining 
like  a  glow-worm,  upon  his  ship,  when  sailing  in  the 
Indian  ocean  a  hundred  miles  (Swedish)  from  the  con- 
tinent. However  singular  this  statement,  it  is  not  in- 
credible. The  insect  may  either,  as  Linne  suspects, 
have  been  elevated  into  the  atmosphere  by  wings  with 
which,  according  to  him,  one  species  of  the  genus  is  pro- 
vided; or  more  probably,  perhaps,  by  a  strong  wind, 
such  as  that  which  raised  into  the  air  the  shower  of  in- 
sects mentioned  by  De  Geer  as  occurring  in  Sweden  in 
the  winter  of  1 749,  after  a  violent  storm  that  had  torn 
up  trees  by  the  roots,  and  carried  away  to  a  great  dis- 
tance the  surrounding  earth,  and  insects  which  had  taken 
up  their  winter  quarters  amongst  ita.  That  the  wind 

a  De  Geer,  iv.  63. — These  insects,  which  were  chiefly  Brachyptera 
L.,  Apliodiiy  spiders,  caterpillars,  but  particularly  the  larvae  of  Tele- 
phorusfuscus,  fell  in  such  abundance  that  they  might  have  been  taken 
from  the  snow  by  handfuls. — Other  showers  of  insects  which  have 


416  LUMINOUS   INSECTS. 

may  convey  the  light  body  of  an  insect  to  the  above- 
mentioned  distance  from  land,  you  will  not  dispute  when 
you  call  to  mind  that  our  friend  Hooker,  in  his  interesting 
Tour  in  Iceland,  tells  us. that  the  ashes  from  the  eruption 
of  one  of  the  Icelandic  volcanos  in  1755  were  conveyed 
to  Ferrol,  a  distance  of  upwards  of  300  milesa. — Lastly, 
to  conclude  my  list  of  luminous  insects,  Professor  Afze- 
lius  observed  "a  dim  phosphoric  light"  to  be  emitted 
from  the  singular  hollow  antennae  ofPausus  spfuerocerusb. 
A  similar  appearance  has  been  noticed  in  the  eyes  of 
Acronycta  Psz9  Cossus  ligniperda,  and  other  moths. 
Chiroscells  bifenestrata  of  Lamarck,  a  beetle,  has  two  red 
oval  spots  covered  with  a  downy  membrane  on  the  se- 
cond segment  of  the  abdomen,  which  he  thinks  indicate 
some  particular  organ  perhaps  luminous0 :  and  M.  La- 
treille  informs  me  that  a  friend  of  his,  who  saw  one  living 
which  was  brought  from  China  to  the  Isle  of  France  in 
wood,  found  that  the  ocelli  in  the  elytra  of  Buprestis 
ocellata  were  luminous. 

But  besides  the  insects  here  enumerated,  others  may 
be  luminous  which  have  not  hitherto  been  suspected  of 
being  so.  This  seems  proved  by  the  following  fact.  A 
learned  friend d  has  informed  me,  that  when  he  was  cu- 
rate of  Ickleton,  Cambridgeshire,  in  1 780,  a  farmer  of 
that  place  of  the  name  of  Simpringham  brought  to  him 
a  mole-cricket  (Gryllotalpa  vulgaris,  Latr.),  and  told 

been  recorded,  as  that  in  Hungary,  20th  November  1672  (Ephem. 
Nat.  Curios.  1673.  80.),  and  one  mentioned  in  the  newspapers  of 
July  2d,  1810,  to  have  fallen  in  France  the  January  preceding,  ac- 
companied by  a  shower  of  red  snow,  may  evidently  be  explained  in 
the  same  manner. 

3  p.  407.  b  Linn.  Trans,  iv.  261. 

0  Latr.  Hist.  Nat.  x.  262.  d  Rev.  Dr.  Sutton  of  Norwich. 


LUMINOUS  INSECTS.  417 

him  that  one  of  his  people,  seeing  a  Jack-dlantern^  pur- 
sued it  and  knocked  it  down,  when  it  proved  to  be  this 
insect,  and  the  identical  specimen  shown  to  him. 

This  singular  fact,  while  it  renders  it  probable  that 
some  insects  are  luminous  which  no  one  has  imagined 
to  be  so,  seems  to  afford  a  clue  to  the,  at  least,  partial 
explanation  of  the  very  obscure  subject  of  ignes  fatui, 
and  to  show  that  there  is  considerable  ground  for  the 
opinion  long  ago  maintained  by  Ray  and  Willughby, 
that  the  majority  of  these  supposed  meteors  are  no  other 
than  luminous  insects.  That  the  large  varying  lambent 
flames,  mentioned  by  Beccaria  to  be  very  common  in 
some  parts  of  Italy,  and  the  luminous  globe  seen  by 
Dr.  Shawa  cannot  be  thus  explained,  is  obvious.  These 
were  probably  electrical  phenomena :  certainly  not  ex- 
plosions of  phosphuretted  hydrogene,  as  has  been  sug- 
gested by  some,  which  must  necessarily  have  been  mo- 
mentary. But  that  the  ignis  fatuus  mentioned  by  Der- 
ham  as  having  been  seen  by  himself,  and  which  he 
describes  as  flitting  about  a  thistle b,  was,  though  he 
seems  of  a  different  opinion,  no  other  than  some  lumi- 
nous insect,  I  have  little  doubt.  Mr.  Sheppard  informs 
me  that,  travelling  one  night  between  Stamford  and 
Grantham  on  the  top  of  the  stage,  he  observed  for  more 
than  ten  minutes  a  very  large  ignis  fatuus  in  the  low 
marshy  grounds,  which  had  every  appearance  of  being 
an  insect.  The  wind  was  very  high:  consequently,  had 
it  been  a  vapour,  it  must  have  been  carried  forward  in 
a  direct  line;  but  this  was  not  the  case*  It  had  the  same 
motions  as  a  Tipula,  flying  upwards  and  downwards, 
backwards  and  forwards,  sometimes  appearing  as  settled, 
a  Travels,  2d  Ed.  334.  b  Phil.  Tram.  1729.  204. 

VOL.  II.  2  E 


4-18  LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 

and  sometimes  as  hovering  in  the  air. — Whatever  be 
the  true  nature  of  these  meteors,  of  which  so  much  is 
said  and  so  little  known,  it  is  singular  how  few  modern 
instances  of  their  having  been  observed  are  on  record.  Dr. 
Darwin  declares,  that  though  in  the  course  of  a  long  life 
he  had  been  out  in  the  night,  and  in  the  places  where 
they  are  said  to  appear,  times  without  number,  he  had 
never  seen  any  thing  of  the  kind :  and  from  the  silence 
of  other  philosophers  of  our  own  times,  it  should  seem 
that  their  experience  is  similar. 

With  regard  to  the  immediate  source  of  the  luminous 
properties  of  these  insects,  Mr.  Macartney,  to  whom 
we  are  indebted  for  the  most  recent  investigation  on  the 
subject,  has  ascertained  that  in  the  common  glow-worm, 
and  in  Elater  noctilttcus  and  ignitus,  the  light  proceeds 
from  masses  of  a  substance  not  generally  differing,  ex- 
cept in  its  yellow  colour,  from  the  interstitial  substance 
(corps  graisseux]  of  the  rest  of  the  body,  closely  applied 
underneath  those  transparent  parts  of  the  insects'  skin 
which  afford  the  light.  In  the  glow-worm,  besides  the 
last-mentioned  substance,  which,  when  the  season  for 
giving  light  is  passed,  is  absorbed,  and  replaced  by  the 
common  interstitial  substance,  he  observed  on  the  inner 
side  of  the  last  abdominal  segment  two  minute  oval  sacs 
formed  of  an  elastic  spirally- wound  fibre  similar  to  that 
of  the  tracheae,  containing  a  soft  yellow  substance  of  a 
closer  texture  than  that  which  lines  the  adjoining  region, 
and  affording  a  more  permanent  and  brilliant  light. 
This  light  he  found  to  be  less  under  the  control  of  the 
insect  than  that  from  the  adjoining  luminous  substance, 
which  it  has  the  power  of  voluntarily  extinguishing,  not 


LUMINOUS  INSECTS.  419 

by  retracting  it  under  a  membrane,  as  Carradori  ima- 
gined, but  by  some  inscrutable  change  dependent  upon 
its  will :  and  when  the  latter  substance  was  extracted 
from  living  glow-worms  it  afforded  no  light,  while  the 
two  sacs  in  like  circumstances  shone  uninterruptedly  for 
several  hours.  Mr.  Macartney  conceives,  from  the  radi- 
ated structure  of  the  interstitial  substance  surrounding 
the  oval  yellow  masses  immediately  under  the  trans- 
parent spots  in  the  thorax  of  Elater  noctilucus,  and  the 
subtransparency  of  the  adjoining  crust,  that  the  intersti- 
tial substance  in  this  situation  has  also  the  property  of 
shining — a  supposition  which,  if  De  Geer  and  other 
authors  be  correct  in  stating  that  this  insect  has  two 
luminous  patches  under  its  elytra,  and  that  the  incisures 
between  the  abdominal  segments  shine  when  stretched, 
may  probably  be  extended  to  the  whole  of  the  interstitial 
substance  of  its  body. — What  peculiar  organization  con- 
tributes to  the  production  of  light  in  the  hollow  pro- 
jections of  Fulgora  latcrnaria  and  candelaria,  the  hollow 
antennae  of  Pausus  sphterocerus,  and  under  the  whole  in- 
tegument of  Geophilus  clectricus,  Mr.  Macartney  was 
unable  to  ascertain.  Respecting  this  last  he  remarks, 
what  I  have  myself  observed,  that  there  is  an  apparent 
effusion  of  a  luminous  fluid  on  its  surface,  that  may  be 
received  upon  the  hand,  which  exhibits  a  phosphoric 
light  for  a  few  seconds  afterwards  ;  and  that  it  will  not 
shine  unless  it  have  been  previously  exposed  for  a  short 
time  to  the  solar  light a. 

a  Phil  Trans.  1810,  p.  281.— Mr.  Macartney's  statement  on  this 
point  is  not  very  clear.  He  probably  means  that  the  insect  will  not 
shine  in  a  dark  place  in  the  day  time,  unless  previously  exposed  to 
the  solar  light :  for  it  is  often  seen  to  shine  at  night  when  it  could 
have  had  no  recent  exposure  to  the  sun. 

2  E  2 


420  LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 

With  respect  to  the  remote  cause  of  the  luminous 
property  of  insects,  philosophers  are  considerably  di- 
vided in  opinion.  The  disciples  of  modern  Chemistry 
have  in  general,  with  Dr.  Darwin,  referred  it  to  the 
slow  combustion  of  some  combination  of  phosphorus 
secreted  from  their  fluids  by  an  appropriate  organiza- 
tion, and  entering  into  combination  with  the  oxygene 
supplied  in  respiration.  This  opinion  is  very  plausibly 
built  upon  the  ascertained  existence  of  phosphoric  acid 
as  an  animal  secretion ;  the  great  resemblance  between 
the  light  of  phosphorus  in  slow  combustion  and  animal 
light;  the  remarkably  large  spiracula  in  glow-worms; 
and  upon  the  statement,  that  the  light  of  the  glow-worm 
is  rendered  more  brilliant  by  the  application  of  heat  and 
oxygene  gas,  and  is  extinguished  by  cold  and  by  hydro- 
gene  and  carbonic  acid  gases.  From  these  last  facts 
Spallanzani  was  led  to  regard  the  luminous  matter  as  a 
compound  of  hydrogene  and  carburetted  hydrogene  gas. 
Carradori  having  found  that  the  luminous  portion  of  the 
belly  of  the  Italian  glow-worm  (Pygolampis  italica)  shone 
in  vacuo,  in  oil,  in  water,  and  when  under  other  cir- 
cumstances where  the  presence  of  oxygene  gas  was  pre- 
cluded, with  Brugnatelli  ascribed  the  property  in  ques- 
tion to  the  imbibition  of  light  separated  from  the  food 
or  air  taken  into  the  body,  and  afterwards  secreted  in  a 
sensible  forma.  Lastly,  Mr.  Macartney  having  ascer- 
tained by  experiment  that  the  light  of  a  glow-worm 
is  not  diminished  by  immersion  in  water,  or  increased 
by  the  application  of  heat ;  that  the  substance  affording 
it,  though  poetically  employed  for  lighting  the  fairies' 

*  Annal  di  Chimica,  xiii.  1797.     PMl.  Mag.  ii.  80. 


LUMINOUS  INSECTS.  421 

tapers a,  is  incapable  of  inflammation  if  applied  to  the 
flame  of  a  candle  or  red-hot  iron  ;  and  when  separated 
from  the  body  exhibits  no  sensible  heat  on  the  thermo- 
meter's being  applied  to  it — rejects  the  preceding  hypo- 
theses as  unsatisfactory,  but  without  substituting  any 
other  explanation;  suggesting,  however,  that  the  facts 
he  observed  are  more  favourable  to  the  supposition  of 
light  being  a  quality  of  matter  than  a  substance b. 

Which  of  these  opinions  is  the  more  correct  I  do  not 
pretend  to  decide.  But  though  the  experiments  of  Mr. 
Macartney  seem  fairly  to  bear  him  out  in  denying  the 
existence  of  any  ordinary  combination  of  phosphorus  in 
luminous  insects,  there  exists  a  contradiction  in  many  of 
the  statements,  which  requires  reconciling  before  final 
decision  can  be  pronounced.  The  different  results  ob- 
tained by  Forster  and  Spallanzani,  who  assert  that  glow- 
worms shine  more  brilliantly  in  oxygene  gas,  and  by 

a  "  And  for  night-tapers  crop  their  waxen  thighs, 
And  light  them  at  the  fiery  glow-worms'  eyes." 

b  Some  experiments  made  by  my  friend  the  Rev.  R.  Sheppard  on 
the  glow-worm  are  worthy  of  being  recorded.— One  of  the  recepta- 
cles being  extracted  with  a  penknife,  continued  luminous ;  but  on 
being  immersed  in  camphorated  spirit  of  wine,  became  immediately 
extinct.  The  animal,  with  one  of  its  receptacles  uninjured,  being 
plunged  into  the  same  spirit,  became  apparently  lifeless  in  less  than 
a  minute  j  but  the  receptacle  continued  luminous  for  five  minutes, 
the  light  gradually  disappearing.— Having  extracted  the  luminous 
matter  from  the  receptacles,  in  two  days  they  were  healed,  and  filled 
with  luminous  matter  us  before.  He  found  this  matter  to  lose  its 
luminous  property,  and  become  dry  and  glossy  like  gum,  in  about 
two  minutes ;  but  it  recovered  it  again  on  being  moistened  with 
saliva,  and  again  lost  it  when  dried.  When  the  matter  was  extracted 
from  two  or  three  glow-worms,  and  covered  with  liquid  gum-arabic, 
it  continued  luminous  for  upwards  of  a  quarter  of  an  hour. 


422  LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 

Beckerheim,  Dr.  Hulme,  and  Sir  H.  Davy,  who  could 
perceive  no  such  effect,  may  perhaps  be  accounted  for 
by  the  supposition  that  in  the  latter  instances  the  insects 
having  been  taken  more  recently,  might  be  less  sensible 
to  the  stimulus  of  the  gas  than  in  the  former,  where  pos- 
sibly their  irritability  was,  as  Brown  would  say,  accu- 
mulated by  a  longer  abstinence  :  but  it  is  not  so  easy  to 
reconcile  the  experiment  of  Sir  H.  Davy,  who  found  the 
light  of  the  glow-worm  not  to  be  sensibly  diminished 
in  hydrogene  gas a,  with  those  of  Spallanzani  and  Dr. 
Hulme,  who  found  it  to  be  extinguished  by  the  same 
gas,  as  well  as  by  carbonic  acid,  nitrous  and  sulphuret- 
ted hydrogene  gases b.  Possibly  some  of  these  contra- 
dictory results  were  occasioned  by  not  adverting  to  the 
faculty  which  the  living  insect  possesses  of  extinguishing 
its  lights  at  pleasure ;  or  different  philosophers  may  have 
experimented  on  different  species  of  Lampyris. 

The  general  use  of  this  singular  provision  is  not  much 
more  satisfactorily  ascertained  than  its  nature.  I  have 
before  conjectured — and  in  an  instance  I  then  related  it 
seemed  to  be  so — that  it  may  be  a  means  of  defence 
against  their  enemies0.  In  different  kinds  of  insects, 
however,  it  may  probably  have  a  different  object.  Thus 
in  the  lantern-flies  (Fulgora),  whose  light  precedes  them, 
it  may  act  the  part  that  their  name  imports,  enabling 
them  to  discover  their  prey,  and  to  steer  themselves 
safely  in  the  night.  In  the  fire-flies  (Elater],  if  we  con- 
sider the  infinite  numbers  that  in  certain  climates  and 
situations  present  themselves  every  where  in  the  night, 

*  Phil.  Trans.  1810,  p.  287.  b  Ibid.  1801,  p.  483. 

c  See  above,  p.  225. 


LUMINOUS  INSECTS.  423 

it  may  distract  the  attention  of  their  enemies  or  alarm 
them.  And  in  the  glow-worm — since  their  light  is  usu- 
ally most  brilliant  in  the  female ;  in  some  species,  if  not 
all,  present  only  in  the  season  when  the  sexes  are  destined 
to  meet ;  and  strikingly  more  vivid  at  the  very  moment 
when  the  meeting  takes  place a — besides  the  above  uses, 
it  is  most  probably  intended  to  conduct  the  sexes  to 
each  other.  This  seems  evidently  the  design  in  view  in 
those  species  in  which,  as  in  the  common  glow-worm 
(L.  noctilucd))  the  females  are  apterous.  The  torch 
which  the  wingless  female,  doomed  to  crawl  upon  the 
grass,  lights  up  at  the  approach  of  night,  is  a  beacon 
which  unerringly  guides  the  vagrant  male  to  her  "  love- 
illumined  form,"  however  obscure  the  place  of  her  abode. 
It  has  been  objected,  however,  to  this  explanation,  that 
— since  both  larva  and  pupa,  as  De  Geer  observed1*,  and 
the  males  shine  as  well  as  the  females — the  meeting  of 
the  sexes  can  scarcely  be  the  object  of  their  luminous 
provision.  But  this  difficulty  appears  to  me  easily  sur- 
mounted. As  the  light  proceeds  from  a  peculiarly  or- 
ganized substance,  which  probably  must  in  part  be  ela- 
borated in  the  larva  and  pupa  states,  there  seems  nothing 
inconsistent  in  the  fact  of  some  light  being  then  emitted 
with  the  supposition  of  its  being  destined  solely  for  use 
in  the  perfect  state :  and  the  circumstance  of  the  male 
having  the  same  luminous  property,  no  more  proves 
that  the  superior  brilliancy  of  the  female  is  not  intended 
for  conducting  him  to  her,  than  the  existence  of  nipples 
and  sometimes  of  milk  in  man  proves  that  the  breast  of 
woman  is  not  meant  for  the  support  of  her  offspring. 

1  MUller  in  Illig.  Mag.  iv.  178.  b  iv.  49. 


424  LUMINOUS  INSECTS. 

We  often  see  without  being  able  to  account  for  the  fact, 
except  on  Sir  E.  Home's  idea,  that  the  sex  of  the 
ovum  is  undetermined3,  traces  of  an  organization  in 
one  sex  indisputably  intended  for  the  sole  use  of  the 

other. 

I  am,  &c. 

a  Phil.  Trans.  1799.  157. 


LETTER    XXVI. 


ON  THE  HYBERNATION  AND  TORPIDITY 
OF  INSECTS. 

IF  insects  can  boast  of  enjoying  a  greater  variety  of 
food  than  many  other  tribes  of  animals,  this  advantage 
seems  at  first  sight  more  than  counterbalanced  in  our 
climates,  by  the  temporary  nature  of  their  supply.  The 
graminivorous  quadrupeds,  with  few  exceptions,  how- 
ever scanty  their  bill  of  fare,  and  their  carnivorous 
brethren,  as  well  as  the  whole  race  of  birds  and  fishes, 
can  at  all  seasons  satisfy,  in  greater  or  less  abundance, 
their  demand  for  food.  But  to  the  great  majority  of 
insects,  the  earth  for  nearly  one  half  of  the  year  is  a 
barren  desert,  affording  no  appropriate  nutriment.  As 
soon  as  winter  has  stripped  the  vegetable  world  of  its 
foliage,  the  vast  hosts  of  insects  that  feed  on  the  leaves 
of  plants  must  necessarily  fast  until  the  return  of  spring : 
and  even  the  carnivorous  tribes,  such  as  the  predaceous 
beetles,  parasitic  Hymenoptera^  Sphecina,  &c.  would  at 
that  period  of  the  year  in  vain  look  for  their  accustomed 
prey. 

How  is  this  difficulty  provided  for  ?  In  what  mode 
has  the  Universal  Parent  secured  an  uninterrupted  suc- 
cession of  generations  in  a  class  of  animals  for  the  most 


426  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

part  doomed  to  a  six  months'  deprivation  of  the  food 
which  they  ordinarily  devour  with  such  voracity  ?  By 
a  beautiful  series  of  provisions  founded  on  the  faculty, 
common  also  to  some  of  the  larger  animals,  of  passing 
the  winter  in  a  state  of  torpor — by  ordaining  that  the 
insect  shall  live  through  that  period,  either  in  an  incom- 
plete state  of  its  existence  when  its  organs  of  nutrition 
are  undeveloped,  or,  if  the  active  epoch  of  its  life  has 
commenced,  that  it  shall  seek  out  appropriate  hyberna- 
cula,  or  winter  quarters,  and  in  them  fall  into  a  profound 
sleep,  during  which  a  supply  of  food  is  equally  unneces- 
sary. 

In  two  of  the  four  states  of  existence  common  to  in- 
sects, in  which  different  tribes  pass  the  winter,  namely, 
the  egg  and  the  pupa  state,  the  organs  for  taking  food 
(except  in  some  cases  in  the  latter)  are  not  developed, 
and  consequently  the  animal  is  incapable  of  eating. 
The  existence  of  insects  in  these  states  during  the  win- 
ter, differs  from  their  existence  in  the  same  form  in  sum- 
mer only  in  the  greater  length  of  its  term.  In  both  sea- 
sons food  is  alike  unnecessary,  so  that  their  hybernation 
in  these  circumstances  has  little  or  nothing  analogous 
to  that  of  larger  animals.  With  this,  however,  strictly 
accords  their  hybernation  in  the  larva  and  imago  states, 
in  which  their  abstinence  from  food  is  solely  owing  to 
the  torpor  that  pervades  them,  and  the  consequent  non- 
expenditure  of  the  vital  powers. — I  shall  attend  to  the 
peculiarities  of  their  hybernation  in  each  of  these  states 
in  the  order  just  laid  down  ;  premising  that  we  have  yet 
much  to  learn  on  this  subject,  no  observations  having 
been  instituted  respecting  the  state  in  which  multitudes 
of  insects  pass  the  winter. 


HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  427 

It  is  probable  that  some  insects  of  almost  every  order 
hybernate  in  the  egg  state :  though  that  these  must  be 
comparatively  few  in  number,  seems  proved  from  two 
considerations :  first,  That  the  majority  of  insects  as- 
sume the  imago,  and  deposit  their  eggs  in  the  summer 
and  early  part  of  autumn,  when  the  heat  suffices  to  hatch 
them  in  a  short  period :  and  secondly,  That  the  eggs  of 
a  very  large  proportion  of  insects  require  for  their  due 
exclusion  and  the  nutriment  of  the  larvae  springing  from 
them,  conditions  only  to  be  fulfilled  in  summer,  as  all 
those  which  are  laid  in  young  fruits  and  seeds;  in  the  in- 
terior and  galls  of  leaves ;  in  insects  that  exist  only  in 
summer,  &c.  &c.  The  insects  which  pass  the  winter  in 
the  egg  state  are  chiefly  such  as  have  several  broods  in 
the  course  of  the  year,  the  females  of  the  last  of  which 
lay  eggs  that,  requiring  more  heat  for  their  development 
than  then  exists,  necessarily  remain  dormant  until  the 
return  of  spring. 

The  situation  in  which  the  female  insect  places  her 
eggs  in  order  to  their  remaining  there  through  the  win- 
ter, is  always  admirably  adapted  to  the  degree  of  cold 
which  they  are  capable  of  sustaining;  and  to  the  ensur- 
ing a  due  supply  of  food  for  the  nascent  larvae.  Thus, 
with  the  former  view,  Acrida  verrucivora  and  many  other 
insects  whose  eggs  are  of  a  tender  consistence,  deposit 
them  deep  in  the  earth  out  of  the  reach  of  frost;  and  with 
the  latter,  Trichoda  Neustria,  Lasiocampa  castrensis, 
Hypogymna  dispar,  and  some  other  moths,  departing 
from  the  ordinary  instinct  of  their  congeners,  which 
teaches  them  to  place  their  eggs  upon  the  leaves  of  plants, 
fix  theirs  to  the  stem  and  branches  only.  That  this  va- 
riation of  procedure  has  reference  to  the  hybernation  of 


4-28  HYBEUNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

the  eggs  of  these  particular  species,  is  abundantly  ob- 
vious. Insects  whose  eggs  are  to  be  hatched  in  summer, 
usually  fix  them  slightly  to  the  leaves  upon  which  the 
larvae  are  to  feed.  But  it  is  evident  that,  were  this  plan 
to  be  adopted  by  those  whose  eggs  remain  through  the 
winter,  their  progeny  might  be  blown  away  along  with 
the  leaf  to  which  they  are  attached,  far  from  their  de- 
stined food.  These,  therefore,  choose  a  more  stable  sup- 
port, and  carefully  fasten  them,  as  has  just  been  observ- 
ed, either  to  the  trunk  or  branches  of  the  tree,  whose 
young  leaves  in  spring  are  to  be  the  food  of  the  excluded 
larvae.  The  latter  plan  is  followed  by  the  female  of 
Trichoda  Neustria,  which  curiously  gums  her  eggs  in 
bracelets  round  the  twigs  of  the  hawthorn,  &c.  But  an- 
other provision  is  demanded.  Were  these  eggs  of  the 
usual  delicate  consistence,  and  to  be  attached  with  the 
ordinary  slight  gluten,  they  would  have  a  poor  chance 
of  surviving  the  storms  of  rain  and  snow  and  hail  to 
which  for  six  or  eight  months  they  are  exposed.  They 
are  therefore  covered  with  a  shell  much  more  hard  and 
thick  than  common;  packed  as  closely  as  possible  to 
each  other ;  and  the  interstices  are  filled  up  with  a  tena- 
cious gum,  which  soon  hardens  the  whole  into  a  solid 
mass  almost  capable  of  resisting  a  penknife.  Thus  se- 
cured, they  defy  the  elements  and  brave  the  blasts  of 
winter  uninjured. — The  female  of  Hypogymna  dispar, 
whose  eggs  have  a  more  tender  shell,  glues  them  in  an 
oval  mass  to  the  stem  of  a  tree  (whence  the  German 
gardeners  call  the  larvae  Stamm-raupe\  and  then  covers 
them  with  a  warm  non-conducting  coat  of  hairs  plucked 
from  her  own  body,  equally  impervious  to  cold  and  wet. 
Another  of  those  beautiful  relations  between  objects  at 


HYBEUNATION  OF  INSECTS.  429 

first  sight  apparently  unconnected,  which  at  every  step 
reward  the  votaries  of  Entomology,  is  afforded  bjr  the 
coincidence  between  the  period  of  the  hatching  in  spring 
of  eggs  deposited  before  winter,  and  of  the  leafing  of  the 
trees  upon  which  they  have  been  fixed,  and  on  whose 
foliage  the  larvae  are  to  feed  :  which  two  events,  requi- 
ring exactly  the  same  temperature,  are  always  simulta- 
neous. Of  this  fact  I  have  had  a  striking  exemplification 
the  last  spring  (1816).  On  the  20th  of  February,  ob- 
serving the  twigs  of  the  birches  in  the  Hull  Botanic 
Garden  to  be  thickly  set,  especially  about  the  buds,  with 
minute  oval  black  eggs  of  some  insect  with  which  I  was 
unacquainted,  I  brought  home  a  small  branch  and  set  it 
in  a  jar  of  water  in  my  study,  in  which  is  a  fire  daily,  to 
watch  their  exclusion.  On  the  28th  of  March  I  obser- 
ved that  a  numerous  brood  of  Aphides  (not  A.  Betulce^ 
as  the  wings  were  without  the  dark  bands  of  that  species) 
had  been  hatched  from  them,  and  that  two  or  three  of 
the  lower  buds  had  expanded  into  leaves,  upon  the  sap 
of  which  they  were  greedily  feasting.  This  was  full  a 
month  before  either  a  leaf  of  the  birch  appeared,  or  the 
egg  of  an  Aphis  was  disclosed  in  the  open  air. — To  view 
the  relation  of  which  I  am  speaking  with  due  admiration, 
you  must  bear  in  mind  the  extremely  different  periods 
at  which  many  trees  acquire  their  leaves,  and  the  conse- 
quent difference  demanded  in  the  constitution  of  the  eggs 
which  hybernate  upon  dissimilar  species,  to  ensure  their 
exclusion,  though  acted  upon  by  the  same  temperature, 
earlier  or  later,  according  to  the  early  or  late  foliation  of 
these  species.  There  is  no  visible  difference  between  the 
conformation  of  the  eggs  of  the  Aphis  of  the  birch  and 
those  of  the  Aphis  of  the  ash ;  yet  in  the  same  exposure 


430  HYBERNATION   OF  INSECTS. 

those  of  the  former  shall  be  hatched,  simultaneously  with 
the  expansion  of  the  leaves,  nearly  a  month  earlier  than 
those  of  the  latter :  thus  demonstrably  proving  that  the 
hybernation  of  these  eggs  is  not  accidental,  but  has  been 
specially  ordained  by  the  Author  of  nature,  who  has 
conferred  on  those  of  each  species  a  peculiar  and  appro- 
priate organization. 

A  much  greater  number  of  insects  pass  the  winter  in 
the  pupa  than  in  the  egg  state ;  probably  nine-tenths  of 
the  extensive  order  Lepidoptera^  many  in  Hymenoptera^ 
and  several  in  other  orders.  In  placing  these  pupae  in 
security  from  the  too  great  cold  of  winter  and  the 
attacks  of  enemies,  the  larvae  from  which  they  are  to  be 
metamorphosed  exhibit  an  anxiety  and  ingenuity  evi- 
dently imparted  to  them  for  this  express  design.  A  few 
are  suspended  without  any  covering,  though  usually  in 
a  sheltered  situation.  But  by  far  the  larger  number  are 
concealed  under  leaves,  in  the  crevices  or  in  the  trunk 
of  trees,  &c.,  or  inclosed  in  cocoons  of  silk  or  other  ma- 
terials which  will  be  described  to  you  in  a  subsequent 
letter,  and  often  buried  deep  under  ground  out  of  the 
reach  of  frost. — One  reason  why  so  many  lepidopterous 
insects  pass  the  winter  as  pupae,  has  been  plausibly  as- 
signed by  Rosel,  in  remarking  that  this  is  the  case  with 
all  the  numerous  species  which  feed  on  annual  plants. 
As  these  have  no  local  habitation,  dying  one  year  and 
springing  up  from  seed  in  another  quarter  the  next,  it  is 
obvious  that  eggs  deposited  upon  them  in  autumn  would 
have  no  chance  of  escaping  destruction ;  and  that  even 
if  the  larvae  were  to  be  hatched  before  winter,  and  to 
hybernate  in  that  state,  they  would  have  no  certainty  of 
being  in  the  neighbourhood  of  their  appropriate  food 


HYBERNATION   OF  INSECTS.  431 

the  next  spring.  By  wintering  in  the  pupa  state,  these 
accidents  are  effectually  provided  against.  The  perfect 
insect  is  not  ready  to  break  forth  until  the  food  of  the 
young,  which  are  to  proceed  from  its  eggs,  is  sprung 
up. 

To  the  insects  which  hybernate  in  the  larva  state,  of 
course  belong,  in  the  first  place,  all  those  which  exist 
under  that  form  more  than  one  year ;  as  many  Melolon- 
thce,  Elateres,  Cerambyces,  Buprestes,  and  several  species 
of  Libellula,  Ephemera,  &c.    There  are  also  many  larvae 
which,  though  their  term  of  life  is  not  a  year,  being 
hatched  from  the  egg  in  autumn,  necessarily  pass  the 
winter  in  that  state,  as  those  of  several  Anobia  and  other 
wood-boring  insects ;  of  Semasia  Wcelerana  and  others 
of  the  same  family ;  of  the  second  broods  of  several  but- 
terflies, &c.     Many  of  these  residing  in  the  ground  or 
in  the  interior  of  trees  need  no  other  hybernacula  than 
the  holes  which  they  constantly  inhabit ;  some,  as  the 
aquatic  larvae,  merely  hide  themselves  in  the  sides  or 
muddy  bottom  of  their  native  pools ;  while  others  seek 
for  a  retreat  under  moss,  dead  leaves,  stones,  and  the 
bark  of  decaying  trees.     Most  of  these  can  boast  of  no 
better  winter  quarters  than  a  simple  unfurnished  hole  or 
cavity ;  but  a  few,  more  provident  of  comfort,  prepare 
themselves  an  artificial  habitation.     With  this  view  the 
larva  of  Cossus  ligniperda,  as  formerly  observed  in  de- 
scribing the  habitations  of  insects  a,  forms  a  covering  of 
pieces  of  wood  lined  with  fine  silk ;  those  of  Hepiolus 
Humuli,  Xylina  radicea,  and  some  other  moths,  exca- 
vate under  a  -stone  a  cavity  exactly  the  size  of  their 
bodies,  to  which  they  give  all  round  a  coating  of  silk  b , 
a  VOL.  I.  452.  b  Brahm,  Ins.  Kal.  ii.  59. 118. 


4<32  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

and  the  larvae  of  Pieris  Cratccgi  inclose  themselves  in 
autumn  in  cases  of  the  same  material  %  and  thus  pass  the 
cold  season  in  small  societies  of  from  two  to  twelve,  under 
a  common  covering  formed  of  leaves.  Bonnet  mentions 
a  trait  of  the  cleanliness  of  these  insects  which  is  almost 
ludicrous.  He  observed  in  one  of  these  nests  a  sort  of 
sack  containing  nothing  but  grains  of  excrement ;  and 
a  friend  assured  him  that  he  had  seen  one  of  these  cater- 
pillars partly  protrude  itself  out  of  its  case,  the  hind  feet 
first,  to  eject  a  similar  grain  ;  so  that  it  would  seem  the 
society  have  on  their  establishment  a  scavenger,  whose 
business  it  is  to  sweep  the  streets  and  convey  the  rejec- 
tamenta to  one  grand  repository5 !  This,  however 
singular,  is  rendered  not  improbable  from  the  fact  that 
beavers  dig  in  their  habitations  holes  solely  destined  for 
a  like  purpose0. 

A  very  considerable  number  of  insects  hybernate  in  the 
perfect  state,  chiefly  of  the  orders  Coleoptcra,  Hemiptera, 
Hymenoptera,  and  Diptera,  and  especially  of  the  first. 
Vanessa  Urticae^  lo,  and  a  few  other  lepidopterous  spe- 
cies, with  a  small  proportion  of  the  other  orders,  occa- 
sionally survive  the  winter ;  but  the  bulk  of  these  are 
rarely  found  to  hybernate  as  perfect  insects.  Of  cole- 

a  I  have  reason  to  think  that  the  larvae  of  some  species  of  Heme- 
robius  thus  protect  themselves  by  a  net-like  case  of  silken  threads ; 
at  least  I  found  one  to-day  (December  3d,  1816)  inclosed  in  a  case 
of  this  description  concealed  under  the  bark  of  a  tree:  and  it  is  not 
very  likely  that  it  could  be  a  cocoon,  both  because  the  inhabitant 
was  not  a  pupa,  which  state,  according  to  Reaumur,  is  assumed  soon 
after  the  cocoon  is  fabricated  (iii.  385) ;  and  because  the  same  author 
describes  the  cocoons  of  these  insects  as  perfectly  spherical  andofa 
very  close  texture  (384) ;  while  this  was  oblong,  and  the  net-work 
with  rather  wide  meshes. 

b  GEuv.  ii.  72.  c  Ibid  ix.  167. 


HVBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  433 

opterous  insects,  Schmid,  to  whom  we  are  indebted  for 
some  valuable  remarks  on  the  present  subject*,  says  that 
he  never  found  or  heard  of  any  Entomologist  finding  a 
hybernating  individual  of  the  common  cockchafer  (Me- 
lolontha  vulgar  is)  or  of  the  stag-beetle  (Lucanus  Cervus) ; 
and  suggests  that  it  is  only  those  insects  which  exist  but 
a  short  period  as  larvae,  as  most  of  the  tribe  of  weevils, 
lady-birds,  &c.,  that  survive  the  winter  in  the  perfect 
state ;  while  those  which  live  more  than  one  year  in  the 
larva  state,  as  the  species  just  mentioned,  are  deprived 
of  this  privilege. 

Towards  the  close  of  autumn  the  whole  insect  world, 
particularly  the  tribe  of  beetles,  is  in  motion.  A  general 
migration  takes  place :  the  various  species  quit  their  usual 
haunts,  and  betake  themselves  in  search  of  secure  hyber- 
nacula.  Different  species,  however,  do  not  select  pre- 
cisely the  same  time  for  making  this  change  of  abode. 
Thus  many  lady-birds,  field-bugs,  and  flies,  are  found 
out  of  their  winter  quarters  even  after  the  commencement 
of  frost ;  while  others,  as  Schmid  has  remarked,  make 
good  their  retreat  long  before  any  severe  cold  has  been 
felt :  in  fact,  I  am  led  to  believe,  from,  my  own  observa- 
tions, that  this  is  the  case  with  the  majority  of  coleopte- 
rous insects;  and  that  the  days  which  they  select  for 
retiring  to  their  hybernacula,  are  some  of  the  warmest 
days  of  autumn,  when  they  may  be  seen  in  great  numbers 
alighting  on  walls,  rails,  path-ways,  &c.  and  running  into 
crevices  and  cracks,  evidently  in  search  of  some  object 
very  different  from  those  which  ordinarily  guide  their 
movements.  I  have  noticed  this  assemblage  in  different 
years,  but  more  particularly  in  the  last  autumn  (1816), 
•  *  Illig.  Mag.  i.  209-228. 

VOL.  II.  2  F 


434  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

Walking  on  the  banks  of  the  Humber  on  the  14th  of 
October  about  noon, — the  day  bright,  calm,  and  delici- 
ously  mild,  Fahrenheit's  thermometer  58°  in  the  shade, 
— my  attention  was  fir,st  attracted  by  the  path-ways 
swarming  with  numerous  species  of  rove-beetles  (Staphy- 
limis,  QxyteliiS)  Aleochara,  &c.),  which  kept  incessantly 
alighting,  and  hurrying  about  in  every  direction.  On 
further  examination  I  found  a  similar  assemblage,  with 
the  addition  of  multitudes  of  other  beetles,  Halticce, 
Nitidultf,  Rhyncophora,  Cryptophagi,  &c.  on  every  post 
and  rail  in  my  walk,  as  well  as  on  a  wall  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood ;  and  on  removing  the  decaying  mortar  and 
bark,  I  found  that  some  had  already  taken  up  their  abode 
in  holes,  from  their  situation  with  their  antennae  folded, 
evidently  meant  for  winter  quarters.  I  am  not  aware 
that  any  author  has  noticed  this  remarkable  congregation 
of  coleopterous  insects  previously  to  hybernating,  which 
it  is  so  difficult  to  explain  on  any  of  the  received  theories 
of  torpidity,  except  the  pious  Lesser,  who  so  expressly 
alludes  to  it,  and  without  quoting  any  other  authority, 
that  he  would  seem  to  have  derived  the  fact  from  his 
own  observation3. 

The  site  chosen  by  different  perfect  insects  for  their 
hybernacula  is  very  various.     Some  are  content  with  in- 

a  Lesser,  L.\ .  256.— Lyonet  inserts  a  note  to  explain  that  Leaser's 
remark  is  to  be  understood  only  of  such  insects  as  live  in  societies ; 
and  adds,  that  solitary  species  do  not  assemble  to  pass  the  winter 
together.  Lesser,  however,  says  nothing  about  these  insects  passing 
the  winter  together,  as  his  translator  erroneously  understands  him • 
but  merely  that  they  assemble  as  if  preparing  to  retire  for  the  winter, 
which  my  own  observations,  as  above,  confirm.  His  expression  in 
the  original  German  is,  "  gleichsam  als  wenn  sie  sich  zu  ihrer  win- 
ter-rune tertig  machen  wolten."  Edit.  Frankfurt  und  Leipsig  1738, 
p.  152. 


HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  .         435 

sinuating  themselves  under  any  large  stone,  a  collection 
of  dead  leaves,  or  the  moss  of  the  sheltered  side  of  an 
old  wall  or  bank.     Others  prefer  for  a  retreat  the  lichen 
or  ivy-covered  interstices  of  the  bark  of  old  trees,  the 
decayed  bark  itself,  especially  that  near  the  roots,  or 
bury  themselves  deep  in  the  rotten  trunk ;  and  a  very 
great  number  penetrate  into  the  earth  to  the  depth  of 
several   inches.      The  aquatic,  tribes,   such  as  Dytisci, 
Hydrophili,  &c.  burrow  into  the  mud  of  their  pools; 
but  some  of  these  are  occasionally  met  with  under  stones, 
bark,  &c.     In  every  instance  the  selected  dormitory  is 
admirably  adapted  to  the  constitution,  mode  of  life,  and 
wants  of  the  occupant.     Those  insects  which  can  bear 
considerable  cold  without  injury,  are  careless  of  pro- 
viding other  than  a  slight  covering;    while  the  more 
tender  species  either  enter  the  earth  beyond  the  reach  of 
frost,  or  prepare  for  themselves  artificial  cavities  in  sub- 
stances such  as  moss  and  rotten  wood,  which  conduct 
heat  with  difficulty,  and  defend  them  from  an  injuriously 
low  temperature.     It  does  not  appear  that  any  perfect 
insect  has  the  faculty  of  fabricating  for  itself  a  winter 
abode  similar  to  those  formed  of  silk,  &c.  by  some  larvae. 
Schmid,  indeed,  has  mentioned  finding  Rhagium  mor- 
dax  and  Inquisitor  in  such  abodes,  constructed,  as  he 
thought,  of  the  inner  bark  of  trees ;  but  these,  as  Illiger 
has  suggested,  were  more  probably  the  deserted  dwellings 
of  lepidopterous  larvae,  of  which  the  beetles  in  question 
had  taken  possession3. — Most  insects  place  themselves  in 
their  hybernacula  in  the  attitude  which  they  ordinarily 
assume  when  at  rest ;  but  others  choose  a  position  pecu- 
liar to  their  winter  abode.      So  most  of  the   ground- 
a  Illig.  Mag.  i.  216, 
2  F  2 


436  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

beetles  (Eutrechma)  adhere  by  their  claws  to  the  under 
side  of  the  stone,  which  serves  for  their  retreat,  their 
backs  being  next  to  the  ground ;  in  which  posture, 
probably,  they  are  most*effectually  protected  from  wet. 
Gyroliypnus  sanguinolentus,  and  other  rove-beetles  of 
the  same  genus,  coils  itself  up  like  a  snake,  with  the 
head  in  the  centre. 

The  majority  of  insects  pass  the  winter  in  perfect  soli- 
tude. Occasionally,  however,  several  individuals  of  one 
species,  not  merely  of  such  insects  as  Anchomenus  pra- 
sinus,  a  beetle,  Pyrrliocoris  apterus,  a  bug,  &c.,  which 
usually  in  summer  also  live  in  a  sort  of  society,  but  of 
others  which  are  never  seen  thus  to  associate,  as  Haltica 
oleracea,  Carabus  intricatus,  and  several  Coccinelltf,  &c. 
are  found  crowded  together.  This  is  perhaps  often  more 
through  accident  than  design,  as  individuals  of  the  same 
species  are  frequently  met  with  singly ;  yet  that  it  is  not 
wholly  accidental,  seems  proved  by  the  fact  that  such 
assemblages  are  generally  of  the  same  genus  and  even 
species.  Sometimes,  however,  insects  of  dissimilar  ge- 
nera and  even  orders  are  met  with  together.  Schmid 
once  in  February  found  the  rare  Lomechusa  strumosa 
torpid  in  an  ant-hill  in  the  midst  of  a  conglomerated 
lump  of  ants,  with  which  it  was  closely  intertwined*. 

By  far  the  greater  proportion  of  insects  pass  the  winter 
only  in  one  or  other  of  the  several  states  of  egg,  pupa, 
larva,  or  imago,  but  are  never , found  to  hybernate  in 
more  than  one.  Some  species,  however,  depart  from 
this  rule.  Thus  Aphis  Rosce,  Cardui,  and  probably  many 
others  of  the  genus,  hybernate  both  in  the  egg  and  per- 

*  Illig.  Mag.  i.  491. 


HYBERNA'HON  OF  INSECTS.  437 

feet  state a;  Cinthia  Cardui,  Gonepteryx  Khamni,  and 
some  other  species,  usually  in  the  pupa,  but  often  in  the 
perfect  state  also;  and  Vanessa  lo,  according  to  the 
accurate  Brahm,  in  the  three  states  of  egg,  pupa,  and 
imago5.  It  is  probable  that  in  these  instances  the  per- 
fect insects  are  females,  which,  not  having  been  impreg- 
nated, have  their  term  of  life  prolonged  beyond  the 
ordinary  period. 

The  first  cold  weather,  after  insects  have  entered  their 
winter  quarters,  produces  effects  upon  them  similar  to 
those  which  occur  in  the  dormouse,  hedgehog,  and 
others  of  the  larger  animals  subject  to  torpor.  At  first 
a  partial  benumbment  takes  place;  but  the  insect  if 
touched  is  still  capable  of  moving  its  organs.  But  as 
the  cold  increases  all  the  animal  functions  cease.  The 
insect  breathes  no  longer,  and  has  no  need  of  a  supply 
of  air c  ;  its  nutritive,  secretions  cease,  and  no  more  food 
is  required;  the  muscles  lose  their  irritability d;  and  it 
has  all  the  external  symptoms  of  death.  In  this  state  it 
continues  during  the  existence  of  great  cold,  but  the 
degree  of  its  torpidity  varies  with  the  temperature  of  the 
atmosphere.  The  recurrence  of  a  mild  day,  such  as 
we  sometimes  have  in  winter,  infuses  a  partial  animation 
into  the  stiffened  animal :  if  disturbed,  its  limbs  and  an- 
tennae resume  their  power  of  extension,  and  even  the 
faculty  of  spirting  out  their  defensive  fluid  is  re-acquired 
by  many  beetles e.  But  however  mild  the  atmosphere  in 
winter,  the  great  bulk  of  hybernating  insects,  as  if  con- 

a  Kyber  in  German  Magazin  der  JEntomologie,  ii.  2. 

b  Ins.  Kal.  ii.  188.  c  Spallanzani,  Rapports  de  I' Air,  $c.  i.  30, 

*  Carlisle  in  Phil.  Tram.  1805,  p.  25. 

c  Schraid  in  Illig.  Mag.  i.  222. 


4-38  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

scions  of  the  deceptions  nature  of  their  pleasurable  feel- 
ings, and  that  no  food  could  then  be  procured,  never 
quit  their  quarters,  but  quietly  wait  for  a  renewal  of  their 
insensibility  by  a  fresh  accession  of  cold. 

On  this  head  I  have  had  an  opportunity  of  making 
some  observations  which,  in  the  paucity  of  recorded 
facts  on  the  hybernation  of  insects,  you  may  not  be  sorry 
to  have  laid  before  you.  The  2nd  of  December  1816 
was  even  finer  than  many  of  the  preceding  days  of  the 
season,  which  so  happily  falsified  the  predictions  that 
the  unprecedented  dismal  summer  would  be  followed  by 
a  severe  winter.  The  thermometer  was  46°  in  the 
shade;  not  a  breath  of  air  was  stirring;  and  a  bright 
sun  imparted  animation  to  troops  of  the  winter  gnat 
( TricJiocera  hiemalis\  which  frisked  under  every  bush ; 
to  numerous  Psychodte ;  and  even  to  the  flesh-fly,  of 
which  two  or  three  individuals  buzzed  past  me  while 
digging  in  my  garden*  Yet  though  these  insects,  which 
I  shall  shortly  advert  to  as  exceptions  to  the  general 
rule,  were  thus  active,  the  heat  was  not  sufficient 
to  induce  their  hybernating  brethren  to  quit  their  re- 
treats. Removing  some  of  the  dead  bark  of  an  old 
apple-tree,  I  soon  discovered  several  insects  in  their 
winter  quarters.  Of  the  little  beetle  Lcbia  quadrinotata^ 
Duftschmid  Faun.  Austr.  (Carabus punctomaculatus,  Ent. 
Brit.),  I  found  six  or  eight  individuals,  and  all  so  lively, 
that  though  remaining  perfectly  quiet  in  their  abode  un- 
til disturbed,  they  ran  about  with  their  ordinary  activity 
as  soon  as  the  covering  of  bark  was  displaced.  The 
same  was  the  case  with  a  colony  of  earwigs.  Two  or 
three  individuals  of  Lebia  quadrimaculata  showed  more 
torpidity.  When  first  uncovered,  their  antennae  were 


HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  439 

laid  back ;  and  it  was  only  after  the  sun  had  shone  some 
seconds  upon  them  that  they  exhibited  symptoms  of 
animation,  and  after  stretching  out  these  organs  began 
to  walk.  Close  by  them  lay  a  single  weevil  (Anthono- 
mus  Pomorum\  but  in  so  deep  a  sleep  that  at  first  I 
thought  it  dead.  It  gave  no  sign  of  life  when  placed  on 
my  hand,  quite  hot  with  the  exercise  of  digging;  and  it 
was  only  after  being  kept  there  some  seconds,  and 
breathed  upon  several  times,  that  it  first  slowly  unfolded 
its  rostrum,  and  then  its  limbs.  It  deserves  remark, 
that  all  these  insects,  thus  differently  affected,  were  on 
the  same  side  of  the  tree,  under  a  similar  covering  of 
bark,  and  apparently  equally  exposed  to  the  sun,  which 
shone  full  upon  the  covering  of  their  retreat a. 

All  insects,  however,  do  not  undergo  this  degree  of 
torpidity.  In  fact,  there  are  some,  though  but  few,  which 
cannot,  at  least  in  our  climate,  strictly  be  said  to  hy- 
bernate,  understanding  by  that  term  passing  the  win- 

a  Since  writing  the  above,  I  have  had  another  opportunity  of 
confirming  the  observations  here  made.  The  last  week  of  January 
1817,  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Hull,  was  most  delicious  weather — 
calm,  sunny,  dry,  and  genial — the  wind  south-west,  the  thermome- 
ter from  47°  to  52°  every  day,  and  at  night  rarely  below  40° ;  in  fact, 
a  week  much  finer  than  we  can  often  boast  of  in  May :  the  27th  of 
the  month  was  the  most  delightful  day  of  the  whole :  the  air 
swarmed  with  Trichocera  hiemalis,  Psychocke,  and  numerous  other 
Diptera,  and  the  bushes  were  hung  with  the  lines  of  the  gossamer- 
spider  as  in  autumn.  Yet,  with  the  exception  of  Aphodius  contami- 
natusy  I  did  riot  observe  a  single  coleopterous  insect  on  the  wing, 
nor  even  an  individual  tempted  to  crawl  on  the  trunks  of  the  trees, 
under  the  dead  bark  of  which  I  found  many  in  a  very  lively  state. 
Five  or  six  individuals  of  Haltica  Nemorum  were  still  very  lethargic  ; 
and  two  of  Gcotrupcs  stercorarius,  which  I  accidentally  dug  up  from 
their  hybernacula  in  the  earth  at  the  depth  of  six  or  eight  inchevS, 
though  the  Acari  upon  them  were  quite  alert,  exhibited  every  sym- 
ptom of  complete  torpor. 


440  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

ter  in  one  selected  situation  in  a  greater  or  less  degree 
of  torpor,  without  food.  Not  to  mention  Cheimatobia 
britmata,  and  some  other  moths,  which  are  disclosed 
from  the  pupae  in  the  middle  of  winter,  and  can  there- 
fore be  scarcely  regarded  as  exceptions  to  the  rule, 
some  insects  are  torpid  only  in  very  severe  weather,  and 
on  fine  mild  days  in  winter  come  out  to  e.at.  This  is 
the  case  with  the  larva  of  Euprepia  fuliginosa a ;  and 
Lyonet  asserts  that  there  are  many  other  caterpillars 
which  eat  and  grow  even  in  the  midst  of  slight  frost b. 
Amongst  perfect  insects,  troops  of  Trichocera  hiemalis, 
the  gnat  whose  choral  dances  have  been  before  described0, 
may  be  constantly  seen  gamboling  in  the  air  in  the 
depth  of  winter  when  it  is  mild  and  calm,  accompanied 
by  the  little  P&ychoda^  so  common  in  windows,  several 
Muscida,  spiders,  and  occasionally  some  Aphodii  and 
Staphylinidce  :  and  the  societies  of  ants,  as  well  as  their 
attendant  Aphides,  are  in  motion  and  take  more  or  less 
food  during  the  whole  of  that  season  when  the  cold' is 
not  intense.  The  younger  Huber  informs  us  that  ants 
become  torpid  only  at  2°  Reaum.  below  freezing  (27° 
Fahrenheit),  and  apparently  endeavour  to  preserve  them- 
selves from  the  cold,  when  its  approach  is  gradual,  by 
clustering  together.  When  the  temperature  is  above 
this  point  they  follow  their  ordinary  habits  (he  has  seen 
them  even  walk  upon  the  snow),  and  can  then  obtain 
the  little  food  which  they  require  in  winter  from  their 
cows  the  Aphides,  which,  by  an  admirable  provision, 
become  lethargic  at  precisely  the  same  degree  of  cold  as 
the  ants,  and  awake  at  the  same  period  with  them  d. 

a  Brahm,  Ins.  Kal  ii.  31.  b  Lesser,  L.  i.  255. 

c  See  above,  p.  4.  375. 

d  Reckcrchcs,  202.  — In  digging  in  my  garden  on  the  26'th  of  Janu- 


HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  441 

Lastly,  there  are  some  few  insects  which  do  not 
seem  ever  to  be  torpid,  as  Podura  nivalis,  L.,  and  the 
singular  apterous  insect  recently  described  by  Dalman, 
Chionea  araneo'ides a,  both  of  which  run  with  agility  on 
the  snow  itself;  and  the  common  hive-bee ;  though  with 
regard  to  the  precise  state  in  which  this  last  passes  the 
winter,  this  part  of  its  economy  has  not  been  made  the 
subject  of  such  accurate  investigation  as  is  desirable. 

Many  authors  have  conceived  that  it  is  the  most  na- 
tural state  of  bees  in  winter  to  be  perfectly  torpid  at  a 
certain  degree  of  cold,  and  that  their  partial  reviviscency, 
and  consequent  need  of  food  in  our  climate,  are  owing 
to  its  variableness  and  often  comparative  mildness  in 
winter;  whence  they  have  advised  placing  bees  during 
this  season  in  an  ice-house,  or  on  the  north  side  of  a 
wall,  where  the  degree  of  cold  being  more  uniform,  and 
thus  their  torpidity  undisturbed,  they  imagine  no  food 
would  be  required.  So  far,  however,  do  these  supposi- 
tions and  conclusions  seem  from  being  warranted,  that 
Huber  expressly  affirms  that,  instead  of  being  torpid  in 
winter,  the  heat  in  a  well-peopled  hive  continues  -f-  24° 
or  25°  of  Reaumur  (86°  Fahrenheit),  when  it  is  several 
degrees  below  zero  in  the  open  air;  that  they  then 
cluster  together  and  keep  themselves  in  motion  in  order 

ary  1817, 1  turned  up  in  three  or  four  places  colonies  of  Myrmica 
rubra,  Latr.  in  their  winter  retreats,  each  of  which  comprised  ap- 
parently one  or  two  hundred  ants,  with  several  larvae  as  big  as  a 
grain  of  mustard,  closely  clustered  together,  occupying  a  cavity  the 
size  of  a  hen's  egg,  in  tenacious  clay,  at  the  depth  of  six  inches 
from  the  surface.  They  were  very  lively  ;  but  though  Fahrenheit's 
thermometer  stood  at  47°  in  the  shade,  I  did  not  then,  nor  at  any 
other  time  during  the  very  mild  winter,  see  a  single  ant  out  of  its 
hybernaculum.  a  Kongl.  Vet.  Acad.  Handling.  1816.  104. 


44-2  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

to  preserve  their  heat a ;  and  that  in  the  depth  of  winter 
they  do  not  cease  to  ventilate  the  hive  by  the  singular 
process  of  agitating  their  wings  before  described  b.  He 

asserts  also  that,  like  Reaumur,  he  has  in  winter  found 

• 

in  the  combs  brood  of  all  ages  ;  which,  too,  the  observant 
Bonnet  says  he  has  witnessed  c ;  and  which  is  confirmed 
by  Swammerdam,  who  expressly  states  that  bees  tend 
and  feed  their  young  even  in  the  midst  of  winter  d.  To 
all  these  weighty  authorities  may  be  added  that  of  John 
Hunter,  who,  as  before  noticed,  found  a  hive  to  grow 
lighter  in  a  cold  than  in  a  warm  week  of  winter ;  and 
that  a  hive  from  November  10th  to  February  9th  lost 
more  than  four  pounds  in  weight e ;  whence  the  con- 
clusion seems  inevitable,  that  bees  do  eat  in  winter. 

On  the  other  hand,  Reaumur  adopts  (or  rather,  per- 
haps, has  in  great  measure  given  birth  to)  the  more 
commonly  received  notion,  that  bees  in  a  certain  degree 
of  cold  are  torpid  and  consume  no  food.  These  are  his 
words  : — "  It  has  been  established  with  a  wisdom  which 
we  cannot  but  admire, — with  that  wisdom  with  which 
every  thing  in  nature  has  been  made  and  ordained, — 
that  during  the  greater  part  of  the  time  in  which  the 
country  furnishes  nothing  to  bees,  they  have  no  longer 
need  to  eat.  The  cold  which  arrests  the  vegetation  of 
plants,  which  deprives  our  fields  and  meadows  of  their 
flowers,  throws  the  bees  into  a  state  in  which  nourish- 
ment ceases  to  be  necessary  to  them :  it  keeps  them  in  a 
sort  of  torpidity  (engourdi$sement\  in  which  no  tran- 
spiration from  them  takes  place;  or,  at  least,  during 

a  Huber  i.  134.  '•  Ibid.  ii.  344.  358.  See  above,  p.  192-. 

c  Bonnet  On  Bees,  104.  d  Huber,  i.  354. 

c  Phil.  Trans.  1700.  161. 


HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  443 

which  the  quantity  of  that  which  transpires  is  so  incon- 
siderable, that  it  cannot  be  restored  by  aliment  without 
their  lives  being  endangered.  In  winter,  while  it  freezes, 
one  may  observe  without  fear  the  interior  of  hives  that 
are  not  of  glass  ;  for  we  may  lay  them  on  their  sides,  and 
even  turn  them  bottom  upwards,  without  putting  any 
bee  into  motion.  We  see  the  bees  crowded  and  closely 
pressed  one  against  the  other :  little  space  then  suffices 
for  them a."  In  another  place,  speaking  of  the  custom 
in  some  countries  of  putting  bee-hives  during  winter  into 
out-houses  and  cellars,  he  says  that  in  such  situations  the 
air,  though  more  temperate  than  out  of  doors  during  the 
greater  part  of  winter,  "  is  yet  sufficiently  cold  to  keep 
the  bees  in  that  species  of  torpidity  which  does  away 
their  need  of  eating  b."  And  lastly,  he  expressly  says 
that  the  milder  the  weather,  the  more  risk  there  is  of  the 
bees  consuming  their  honey  before  the  spring,  and  dying 
of  hunger ;  and  confirms  his  assertion  by  an  account  of 
a  striking  experiment,  in  which  a  hive  that  he  transferred 
during  winter  into  his  study,  where  the  temperature  was 
usually  in  the  day  10°  or  12°  R.  above  freezing  (59°  F.), 
though  provided  with  a  plentiful  supply  of  honey,  that 
if  they  had  been  in  a  garden  would  have  served  them 
past  the  end  of  April,  had  consumed  nearly  their  whole 
stock  before  the  end  of  February  c. 

Now,  how  are  we  to  reconcile  this  contradiction  ? — 
for,  if  Huber  be  correct  in  asserting  that  in  frosty  weather 
bees  agitate  themselves  to  keep  off  the  cold,  and  venti- 
late their  hive ; — if,  as  both  he  and  Swammerdam  state, 
they  feed  their  young  brood  in  the  depth  of  winter — 
it  seems  impossible  to  admit  that  they  ever  can  be  in 
*  Reaum.  v.  667.  *  Ibid.  682.  c  Ibid.  668. 


444  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

the  torpid  condition  which  Reaumur  supposes,  in  which 
food,  so  far  from  being  necessary,  is  injurious  to  them. 
In  fact,  Reaumur  himself  in  another  place  informs  us, 
that  bees  are  so  infinitely  more  sensible  of  cold  than  the 
generality  of  insects,  that  they  perish  when  in  numbers 
so  small  as  to  be  unable  to  generate  sufficient  animal 
heat  to  counteract  the  external  cold,  even  at  11°  R. 
above  freezing  a  (57°  F.) ;  which  corresponds  with  what 
Huber  has  observed  (as  quoted  above)  of  the  high  tem- 
perature of  well-peopled  hives,  even  in  very  severe  wea- 
ther. We  are  forced,  then,  to  conclude  that  this  usually 
most  accurate  of  observers  has  in  the  present  instance 
been  led  into  error,  chiefly,  it  is  probable,  from  the 
clustering  of  bees  in  the  hives  in  cold  weather ;  but 
which,  instead  of  being,  as  he  conceived,  an  indication 
of  torpidity,  would  seem  to  be  intended,  as  Huber  as- 
serts, as  a  preservative  against  the  benumbing  effects  of 
cold. 

Bees,  then,  do  not  appear  to  pass  the  winter  in  a 
state  of  torpidity  in  our  climates,  and  probably  not  in 
any  others.  Populous  swarms  inhabiting  hives  formed  of 
the  hollow  trunks  of  trees,  used  in  many  northern  regions, 
or  of  other  materials  that  are  bad  conductors  of  heat, 
seem  able  to  generate  and  keep  up  a  temperature  suffi- 
cient to  counteract  the  intensest  cold  to  which  they  are 
ordinarily  exposed.  At  the  same  time,  however,  I  think 
we  may  infer,  that  though  bees  are  not  strictly  torpid  at 
that  lowest  degree  of  heat  which  they  can  sustain,  yet 
that  when  exposed  to  that  degree  they  consume  consi- 
derably less  food  than  at  a  higher  temperature ;  and  con- 
sequently that  the  plan  of  placing  hives  in  a  north  aspect 
a  Reaum.  678.  Compare  also  673. 


HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  44-5 

in  sunny  and  mild  winters  may  be  adopted  by  the  apiarist 
with  advantage.  John  Hunter's  experiment,  indeed, 
cited  above,  in  which  he  found  that  a  hive  grew  lighter 
in  a  cold  than  in  a  warm  week,  seems  opposed  to  this 
conclusion ;  but  an  insulated  observation  of  this  kind, 
which  we  do  not  know  to  have  been  instituted  with  a 
due  regard  to  all  the  circumstances  that  required  atten- 
tion, must  not  be  allowed  to  set  aside  the  striking  facts 
of  a  contrary  description  recorded  by  Reaumur  and  cor- 
roborated by  the  almost  universal  sentiment  of  writers 
on  bees. — After  all,  however,  on  this  point,  as  well  as  on 
many  others  connected  with  the  winter  economy  of  these 
endlessly-wonderful  insects,  there  is  evidently  much  yet 
to  be  observed,  and  many  doubts  which  can  be  satisfac- 
torily dispelled  only  by  new  experiments. 

The  degree  of  cold  which  most  insects  in  their  diffe- 
rent states,  while  torpid,  are  able  to  endure  with  impu- 
nity, is  very  various ;  and  the  habits  of  the  different 
species,  as  to  the  situation  which  they  select  to  pass  the 
winter,  are  regulated  by  their  greater  or  less  sensibility 
in  this  respect.  Many  insects,  though  able  to  sustain  a 
degree  of  cold  sufficient  to  induce  torpidity,  would  be 
destroyed  by  the  freezing  temperature,  to  avoid  which 
they  penetrate  into  the  earth  or  hide  themselves  under 
non-conducting  substances;  and  there  can  be  little  doubt 
that  it  is  with  this  view  that  so  many  species  while  pupae 
are  thus  secured  from  cold  by  cocoons  of  silk  or  other 
materials.  Yet  a  very  great  proportion  of  insects  in  all 
their  states  are  necessarily  subjected  to  an  extreme  de- 
gree of  cold.  Many  eggs  and  pupae  are  exposed  to  the 
air  without  any  covering ;  and  many,  both  larvae  and  per- 


446  HYBERNATION    OF    INSECTS. 

feet  insects,  are  sheltered  too  slightly  to  be  secure  from 
the  frost.  This  they  are  either  able  to  resist,  remaining 
unfrozen  though  exposed  to  the  severest  cold,  or,  which 
is  still  more  surprising,  *ire  uninjured  by  its  intensest  ac- 
tion, recovering  their  vitality  even  after  having  been 
frozen  into  lumps  of  ice. 

The  eggs  of  insects  are  filled  with  a  fluid  matter,  in- 
cluded in  a  skin  infinitely  thinner  than  that  of  hens'  eggs, 
which  John  Hunter  found  to  freeze  at  about  15°  of 
Fahrenheit.  Yet  on  exposing  several  of  the  former,  in- 
cluding those  of  the  silk-worm,  for  five  hours  to  a  freez- 
ing mixture  which  made  Fahrenheit's  thermometer  fall 
to  38°  below  zero,  Spallanzani  found  that  they  were  not 
frozen,  nor  their  fertility  in  the  slightest  degree  impaired. 
Others  were  exposed  even  to  56°  below  zero,  without 
being  injured  a. 

A  less  degree  of  cold  suffices  to  freeze  many  pupae  and 
larvae,  in  both  which  states  the  consistency  of  the  animal 
is  almost  as  fluid  as  in  that  of  the  egg.  Their  vitality 
enables  them  to  resist  it  to  a  certain  extent,  and  it  must 
be  considerably  below  the  freezing  point  to  affect  them. 
The  winter  of  1813-14  was  one  of  the  severest  we  have 
had  for  many  years,  Fahrenheit's  thermometer  having 
been  more  than  once  as  low  as  8°  when  the  ground  was 
wholly  free  from  snow ;  yet  almost  the  first  objects  which 
I  observed  in  my  garden,  in  the  commencement  of  spring, 
were  numbers  of  the  caterpillars  of  the  goosebejry-moth 
(Abraxas  grossulariata),  which,  though  they  had  passed 
the  winter  with  no  other  shelter  than  the  slightly  pro- 
jecting rim  of  some  large  garden-pots,  were  alive  and 
quite  uninjured ;  and  these  and  many  other  larvae  never 

a  Tracts,  %2, 


HYBERNATION    OF    INSECTS.  447 

in  my  recollection  were  so  numerous  and  destructive  as 
in  that  spring :  whence,  as  well  as  from  the  correspond- 
ing fact  recorded  with  surprise  by  Boerhaave,  that  in- 
sects abounded  as  much  after  the  intense  winter  of  1709, 
during  which  Fahrenheit's  thermometer  fell  to  0,  as  after 
the  mildest  season,  we  may  see  the  fallacy  of  the  popular 
notion,  that  hard  winters  are  destructive  to  insects  a. 

But  though  many  larvae  and  pupae  are  able  to  resist 
a  great  degree  of  cold,  when  it  increases  to  a  certain 
extent  they  yield  to  its  intensity  and  become  solid  masses 
of  ice.  In  this  state  we  should  think  it  impossible  that 
they  should  ever  revive.  That  an  animal  whose  juices, 
muscles,  and  whole  body  have  been  subjected  to  a  pro- 
cess which  splits  bombshells,  and  converted  into  an  icy 
mass  that  may  be  snapped  asunder  like  a  piece  of  glass, 
should  ever  recover  its  vital  powers,  seems  at  first  view 
little  less  than  a  miracle ;  and,  if  the  reviviscency  of  the 
wheel  animal  ( Vorticella  rotatoria\  and  of  snails,  &c. 
after  years  of  desiccation,  had  not  made  us  familiar  with 
similar  prodigies,  might  have  been  pronounced  impos- 
sible ;  and  it  is  probable  that  many  insects  when  thus 
frozen  never  do  revive.  Of  the  fact,  however,  as  to  se- 
veral species,  there  is  no  doubt.  It  was  first  noticed  by 
Lister,  who  relates  that  he  had  found  caterpillars  so  frozen, 
that  when  dropped  into  a  glass  they  chinked  like  stones, 
which  nevertheless  revived  b.  Reaumur,  indeed,  re- 
peated this  experiment  without  success ;  and  found  that 
when  the  larvae  of  Lasiocampa  Pifyocampa  were  frozen 
into  ice  by  a  cold  of  15°  R.  below  zero  (2°  F.  below 

a  Vid.  Spence  in  Transactions  of  the  Hortkult,  Soc.  of  London,  ii. 
148.    Compare  Reaum.  ii.  141. 
b  Lister,  Goedart.  de  Insectis,  7C. 


448  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

zero),  they  could  not  be  made  to  revive3.  But  other 
trials  have  fully  confirmed  Lister's  observations.  My 
friend  Mr.  Stickney,  before  mentioned  as  the  author  of 
a  valuable  Essay  on  tli^  Grub  (larva  of  Tipula  oleracea) 
— to  ascertain  the  effect  of  cold  in  destroying  this  insect, 
exposed  some  of  them  to  a  severe  frost,  which  congealed 
them  into  perfect  masses  of  ice.  When  broken,  their 
whole  interior  was  found  to  be  frozen.  Yet  several  of 
these  resumed  their  active  powers.  Bonnet  had  pre- 
cisely the  same  result  with  the  pupae  of  Pontia  Brassictz, 
which,  by  exposing  to  a  frost  of  14°  R.  below  zero  (0° 
F.),  became  lumps  of  ice,  and  yet  produced  butterflies5. 
Indeed,  tKe  circumstance  that  animals  of  a  much  more 
complex  organization  than  insects,  namely,  serpents  and 
fishes,  have  been  known  to  revive  after  being  frozen,  is 
sufficient  to  dispel  any  doubts  on  this  head.  John  Hun- 
ter, though  himself  unsuccessful  in  his  attempts  to  re- 
animate carp  and  other  animals  that  had  been  frozen, 
confesses  that  the  fact  itself  is  so  well  authenticated  as 
to  admit  of  no  question  c. 

On  what  principle  a  faculty  so  extraordinary  and  so 
contrary  to  our  common  conceptions  of  the  nature  of 
animal  life  depends,  I  shall  not  attempt  to  explain.  Nor 
can  any  thing  very  satisfactory  be  advanced  with  regard 
to  the  source  of  the  power  which  many  insects  in  some 
states,  and  almost  all  in  the  egg  state,  have  of  resisting 
intense  degrees  of  cold  without  becoming  frozen.  It  is 
clear  that  the  usual  explanation  of  the  same  faculty  to  a 
less  degree  in  the  warm-blooded  animals — the  constant 
production  of  animal  heat  from  the  caloric  set  free  in 

a  Reaum.  ii.  142.  b  CEuvres,  vi.  12. 

e  Observations  on  the  Animal  Economy,  99. 


HYBERNATFON  OF  INSECTS.  449 

the  decomposition  of  the  respired  air — will  not  avail  us 
here.  For,  first,  the  hive-bee,  which  has  the  capacity 
of  evolving  animal  heat  in  a  much  greater  degree  than 
any  other  insect,  is  killed  by  a  cold  considerably  less 
than  that  of  freezing.  Secondly,  many  large  larvae,  as 
Reaumur  has  observed,  are  destroyed  by  a  less  degree 
of  cold  than  smaller  species  whose  respiratory  organiza- 
tion is  necessarily  on  a  much  less  extensive  scale.  And 
thirdly,  the  eggs  of  insects — in  which,  though  they  pro- 
bably are  in  some  degree  acted  upon  by  the  oxygen  of 
the  atmosphere,  nothing  like  respiration  takes  place — 
can  endure  a  much  greater  intensity  of  cold  than  either 
the  larva?  or  pupa?  produced  from  them. 

Nor  can  we  refer  the  effect  in  question  to  the  thinness 
or  thickness — the  greater  or  less  non-conducting  power 
— of  the  skin  of  the  animal.  Reaumur  found  that  the 
subterranean  pupae  of  many  moths  perished  with  a  cold 
of  7°  or  8°  R.  below  zero  (14°  F.),  while  the  exposed 
pupae  of  Pontia  Brassier  and  other  species  endured  15° 
or  16°  without  injury a ;  (a  proof,  by  the  way,  that  the 
different  economy  of  these  insects,  as  to  their  choice  of 
a  situation  in  their  state  of  pupae,  is  regulated  by  their 
power  of  resisting  cold ; )  but  no  difference  in  the  sub- 
stance of  the  exterior  skin  is  perceptible.  And  the  eggs 
of  insects  have  usually  thinner  skins  than  pupa?,  and  yet 
they  are  unaffected  by  a  degree  of  cold  much  superior. 

In  the  present  state,  then,  of  our  knowledge  of  animal 
physiology,  we  must  confess  our  ignorance  of  the  cause 
of  these  phenomena,  which  seem  never  to  have  been  suf- 
ficiently adverted  to  by  general  speculators  on  the  na- 
ture of  animal  heat.  We  may  conjecture,  indeed,  either 

a  Reaum.  ii.  146—. 
VOL.  II.  2  G 


450  HIBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

that  they  are  owing  to  some  peculiar  and  varying  attrac- 
tion for  caloric  inherent  in  the  fluids  which  compose  the 
animal,  and  which  in  the  egg  state,  like  spirit  of  wine, 
resist  our  utmost  producible  artificial  cold ;  or  that,  as 
John  Hunter  seems  to  infer  with  respect  to  a  similar  fa- 
culty in  a  minor  degree  in  the  hen's  egg,  the  whole  are 
to  be  referred  to  some  unknown  power  of  vitality.  The 
latter  seems  the  most  probable  supposition;  for  Spallan- 
zani  found  that  the  blood  of  marmots,  which  remains 
fluid  when  they  are  exposed  to  a  cold  several  degrees 
below  zero  of  Fahrenheit,  freezes  at  a  much  higher  tem- 
perature when  drawn  from  the  animal a  ;  and  it  is  rea- 
sonable to  conjecture  that  the  same  result  would  follow 
if  the  fluids  filling  the  eggs  of  insects  were  collected  se- 
parately, and  then  exposed  to  severe  cold. 

Spring  is,  of  course,  the  period  when  insects  shake  off 
the  four  or  five  months'  sleep  which  has  sweetly  banish- 
ed winter  from  their  calendar,  quit  their  dormitories, 
and  again  enter  the  active  scenes  of  life.  It  is  impossi- 
ble to  deny  that  the  increased  temperature  of  this  season 
is  the  immediate  cause  of  their  reappearance;  for  they 
leave  their  retreats  much  earlier  in  forward  than  in  back- 
ward springs.  Thus  in  the  early  spring  of  1805  (to  me 
a  memorable  one,  since  in  it  I  began  my  entomological 
career,  and  had  anxiously  watched  its  first  approaches 
in  order  to  study  practically  the  science  of  which  I  had 
gained  some  theoretical  knowledge  in  the  winter,)  insects 
were  generally  out  by  the  middle  of  March ;  and  before 
the  30th,  I  find,  on  referring  to  my  entomological  jour- 
nal, that  I  had  taken  and  investigated  (I  scarcely  need 
3  Rapports  de  V Air,  $c.  ii.  215. 


HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  451 

add,  not  always  with  a  correct  result,)  fifty-eight  coleo- 
pterous species:  while  in  the  last  untoward  spring  (1816) 
I  did  not  observe  even  a  bee  abroad  until  the  20th  of 
April ;  and  the  first  butterfly  that  I  saw  did  not  appear 
until  the  26th. 

There  are,  however,  circumstances  connected  with 
this  reappearance,  which  seem  to  prove  that  something 
more  than  the  mere  sensation  of  warmth  is  concerned  in 
causing  it.  I  shall  not  insist  upon  the  remarkable  fact 
which  Spallanzani  has  noticed,  that  insects  reappear  in 
spring  at  a  temperature  considerably  lower  than  that  at 
which  they  retired  in  autumn  ;  because  it  may  be  plau- 
sibly enough  explained  by  reference  to  their  increased 
irritability  in  spring,  the  result  of  so  long  an  abstinence 
from  food,  and  their  consequent  augmented  sensibility 
to  the  stimulus  of  heat.  But  if  the  mere  perception  of 
warmth  were  the  sole  cause  of  insects  ceasing  to  hyber- 
nate,  then  we  might  fairly  infer,  that  species  of  apparently 
similar  organization,  and  placed  in  similar  circumstances, 
would  leave  their  winter  quarters  at  the  same  time.  This, 
however,  is  far  from  being  the  case.  Reaumur  observed 
that  the  larvae  of  Mditcea  Cinxia  quitted  their  nest  a 
full  month  sooner  than  those  of  Arctia  chrysorrhea*.  The 
reason  is  obvious ;  but  cannot  be  referred  to  mere  sen- 
sation. The  former  live  on  grass,  and  on  the  leaves  of 
plantain,  which  they  can  meet  with  at  the  beginning  of 
March — the  period  of  their  appearance :  the  latter  eat 
only  the  leaves  of  trees  which  expand  a  month  later.  It 
might,  indeed,  be  still  contended,  that  this  fact  is  sus- 
ceptible of  explanation  by  supposing  that  the  organization 
of  these  two  species  of  larva,  though  apparently  similar, 

a  Reaum.  ii.  170. 
2  G  2 


452  HYBERNATION    OF  INSECTS. 

is  yet  in  fact  different,  that  of  the  one  being  constituted 
so  as  to  be  acted  upon  by  a  less  degree  of  heat  than  that 
of  the  other :  and  this  solution  would  be  satisfactory  if 
the  torpidity  of  these  ^arvae  were  uninterrupted  up  to 
the  very  period  at  which  they  quit  their  nest.  But  facts 
do  not  warrant  any  such  supposition.  You  have  seen  a 
that  the  temperature  of  a  mild  day  even  in  winter  awakens 
many  insects  from  their  torpidity,  though  without  indu- 
cing them  to  leave  their  hybernacula;  and  it  is  therefore 
highly  improbable  that  the  larvae  of  A.  chrysorrhea  should 
not  often  have  their  torpid  state  relaxed  during  the 
month  of  March,  when  we  have  almost  constantly  occa- 
sional bright  days  elevating  the  thermometer  to  above 
50°.  Yet  as  they  still  do  not,  like  the  larvae  of  M.  Cinxia^ 
leave  their  nest,  it  seems  obvious  that  something  more 
than  the  sensation  of  heat  is  the  regulator  of  the  move- 
ments of  each.  Not,  however,  to  detain  you  here  unne- 
cessarily, I  shall  not  enlarge  at  present  on  this  point,  but 
shall  pass  on,  in  concluding  this  letter,  to  advert  to  the 
causes  which  have  been  assigned  for  the  hybernation  and 
torpidity  of  animals,  and  to  state  my  own  ideas  on  the 
subject,  which  will  equally  apply  to  the  termination  of 
this  condition  in  spring. 

The  authors  who  have  treated  on  these  phenomena 
have  generally5  referred  them  to  the  operation  of  cold 
upon  the  animals  in  which  they  are  witnessed,  but  act- 

a  See  above,  438—. 

b  Here  must  be  excepted  my  lamented  friend  the  late  Dr.  Reeve 
of  Norwich,  who,  in  his  ingenious  Essay  on  the  Torpidity  of  Animals , 
has  come  to  nearly  the  same  conclusion  as  is  adopted  in  this  letter; 
but,  by  omitting  to  make  a  distinction  between  torpidity  and  hyber- 
nation, he  has  not  done  justice  to  his  own  ideas. 


HIBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  4,53 

ing  in  a  different  manner.  Some  conceive  that  cold 
combined  with  a  degree  of  fatness  arising  from  abun- 
dance of  food  in  autumn,  produces  in  them  an  agreeable 
sensation  of  drowsiness,  such  as  we  know,  from  the  ex- 
perience of  Sir  Joseph  Banks  and  Dr.  Solander  in  Terra 
del  Fuego,  as  well  as  from  other  facts,  is  felt  by  man 
when  exposed  to  a  very  low  temperature;  yielding  to 
which,  torpidity  ensues.  Others,  admitting  that  cold  is 
the  cause  of  torpidity,  maintain  that  the  sensations  which 
precede  it  are  of  a  painful  nature ;  and  that  the  retreats 
in  which  hybernating  animals  pass  the  winter  are  selected 
in  consequence  of  their  endeavours  to  escape  from  the 
disagreeable  influence  of  cold. 

I  have  before  had  occasion  to  remark a  the  inconclu- 
siveness  of  many  of  the  physiological  speculations  of  very 
eminent  philosophers,  arising  from  their  ignorance  of 
Entomology,  which  observation  forcibly  applies  in  the 
present  instance.  The  reasoners  upon  torpidity  have 
almost  all  confined  their  view  to  the  hybernating  qua- 
drupeds, as  the  marmot,  dormouse,  &c.  and  have  thus 
lost  sight  of  the  far  more  extensive  series  of  facts  supplied 
by  hybernating  insects,  which  would  often  at  once  have 
set  aside  their  most  confidently-asserted  hypotheses.  If 
those  who  adopt  the  former  of  the  opinions  above  alluded 
to,  had  been  aware  that  numerous  insects  retire  to  their 
hybernacula  (as  has  been  before  observed)  on  some  of  the 
finest  days  at  the  close  of  autumn,  they  could  never  have 
contended  that  this  movement,  in  which  insects  display 
extraordinary  activity,  is  caused  by  the  agreeable  drow- 
siness consequent  on  severe  cold ;  and  the  very  same 
fact  is  equally  conclusive  against  the  theory,  that  it  is  to 
*  VOL.  I.  32. 


454?  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

escape  the   pain  arising  from  a  low  temperature  that 
insects  bury  themselves  in  their  winter  quarters. 

In  fact,  the  great  source  of  the  confused  and  unsatis- 
factory reasoning  which  has  obtained  on  this  subject,  is, 
that  no  author,  as  far  as  my  knowledge  extends,  has  kept 
steadily  in  view,  or  indeed  has  distinctly  perceived,  the 
difference  between  torpidity  and  hybernation ;  or,  in 
other  words,  between  the  state  in  which  animals  pass  the 
winter,  and  their  selection  of  a  situation  in  which  they 
may  become  subject  to  that  state. 

That  the  torpidity  of  insects,  as  well  as  of  other  hy- 
bernating  animals,  is  caused  by  cold,  is  unquestionable. 
However  early  the  period  at  which  a  beetle,  for  exam- 
ple, takes  up  its  winter  quarters,  it  does  not  suifer  that 
cessation  of  the  powers  of  active  life  which  we  under- 
stand by  torpidity,  until  a  certain  degree  of  cold  has  been 
experienced ;  the  degree  of  its  torpidity  varies  with  the 
variations  of  temperature;  and  there  can  be  no  doubt 
that,  if  it  were  kept  during  winter  from  the  influence  of 
cold,  it  would  not  become  torpid  at  all — at  least  this  has 
proved  the  fact  with  marmots  and  dormice  thus  treated; 
and  the  Aphis  of  the  rose  (A.  Roscz\  which  becomes  tor- 
pid in  winter  in  the  open  air a,  retains  its  activity  and 
gives  birth  to  a  numerous  progeny  upon  rose  trees  pre- 
served in  greenhouses  and  warm  apartments. 

But,  can  we,  in  the  same  way,  regard  mere  cold  as 
the  cause  of  the  hybernation  of  insects  ?  Is  it  wholly 
owing  to  this  agent,  as  most  writers  seem  to  think — to 
feelings  either  of  a  pleasurable  or  painful  nature  pro- 
duced by  it — that  previously  to  becoming  torpid  they 
select  or  fabricate  commodious  retreats  precisely  adapted 
*  Kyber  in  Germar's  Mag,  dcr  Ent.  ii.  3. 


HIBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  455 

to  the  constitution  and  wants  of  different  species,  in 
which  they  quietly  wait  the  accession  of  torpidity  and 
pass  the  winter  ?  In  my  opinion,  certainly  not. 

In  the  first  place,  if  sensations  proceeding  from  cold 
lead  insects  to  select  retreats  for  hybernating,  how  comes 
it  that,  as  above  shown,  a  large  proportion  of  them  enter 
these  retreats  before  any  severe  cold  has  been  felt,  and 
on  days  considerably  warmer  than  many  that  preceded 
them?  If  this  supposition  have  any  meaning,  it  must 
imply  that  insects  are  so  constituted  that,  when  a  certain 
degree  of  cold  has  been  felt  by  them,  the  sensations  which 
this  feeling  excites  impel  them  to  seek  out  hybernacula. 
Now  the  thermometer  in  the  shade  on  the  14th  of  Oc- 
tober 1816,  when  I  observed  vast  numbers  thus  employ- 
ed, was  at  58°: — this  then,  on  the  theory  in  question,  is 
a  temperature  sufficiently  low  to  induce  the  requisite 
sensations.  But  it  so  happens,  as  I  learn  from  my  me- 
teorological journal  (which  registers  the  greatest  and 
least  daily  temperature  as  indicated  by  a  Six's  thermo- 
meter), that  on  the  31st  of  August  1816  the  greatest 
heat  was  not  more  than  52°,  or  six  degrees  lower  than 
on  the  14th  of  October :  yet  it  was  six  weeks  later  that 
insects  retired  for  the  winter  ! 

But  it  may  be  objected,  that  it  is  perhaps  not  so  much 
the  precise  degree  of  cold  prevailing  on  the  day  when 
insects  select  their  hybernacula,  that  regulates  their  move- 
ments, as  the  lower  degree  which  may  have  obtained 
for  a  few  nights  previously,  and  which  may  act  upon 
their  delicate  organization  so  as  to  influence  their  future 
proceedings.  Facts,  however,  are  again  in  direct  oppo- 
sition to  the  explanation ;  for  I  find  that,  for  a  week 
previously  to  the  14th  of  October  1816,  the  thermome- 


456  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS'. 

ter  was  never  lower  at  night  than  48°,  while  in  the  first 
week  of  August  it  was  twice  as  low  as  46°,  and  never 
higher  than  50°.a 

As  a  last  resource,  the.advocates  of  the  doctrine  I  am 
opposing,  may  urge,  that  possibly  insects  may  even  have 
their  sensations  affected  by  the  cold  some  days  before  it 
comes  on,  in  the  same  way  as  we  know  that  spiders  and 
some  other  animals  are  influenced  by  changes  of  wea- 
ther previously  to  their  actual  occurrence.  But  once 
more  I  refer  to  my  meteorological  journal ;  and  I  find 
that  the  average  lowest  height  of  the  thermometer,  in 
the  week  comprising  the  latter  end  of  October  and  be- 
ginning of  November  1816,  was  43|°;  while  in  the  week 
comprising  the  same  days  of  the  month  of  the  end  of  Au- 
gust and  beginning  of  September  it  was  only  44f-° — a  dif- 
ference surely  too  inconsiderable  to  build  a  theory  upon. 

I  have  entered  into  this  tedious  detail,  because  it  is  of 
importance  to  the  spirit  of  true  philosophizing  to  show 


a  Since  the  publication  of  the  first  edition  of  this  volume,  I  have 
had  an  opportunity  of  making  some  observations  which  strongly  cor- 
roborate the  above  reasoning.  The  month  of  October  in  the  pre- 
sent year  (1817)  set  in  extremely  cold.  From  the  1st  to  the  6th, 
piercing  north  and  north-west  winds  blew;  the  thermometer  at  Hull, 
though  the  sun  shone  brightly,  in  the  day-time  was  never  higher  than 
from  52°  to  56°,  nor  at  night  than  38° ;  in  fact,  on  the  1st  and 
3rd  it  sunk  as  low  as  34°,  and  on  the  2nd  to  31° :  and  on  those 
days,  at  eight  in  the  morning,  the  grass  was  covered  with  a  white 
hoar  frost ;  in  short,  to  every  one's  feelings  the  weather  indicated  De- 
cember rather  than  October.  Here  then  was  every  condition  fulfill- 
ed  that  the  theory  I  am  opposing  can  require;  consequently,  accord- 
ing to  that  theory,  such  a  state  of  the  atmosphere  should  have  driven 
every  hybernating  insect  to  its  winter  quarters.  But  so  far  was  this 
from  being  the  case,  that  on  the  5th,  when  I  made  an  excursion  pur- 
posely to  ascertain  the  fact,  I  found  all  the  insects  still  abroad  which 
I  had  met  with  six  weeks  before  in  similar  situations. 


HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  457 

what  little  agreement  there  often  is  between  facts  and 
many  of  the  hypotheses,  which  authors  of  the  present 
day  are,  from  their  determination  to  explain  every  thing, 
led  to  promulgate.     But  in  truth  there  was  no  absolute 
need  for  imposing  this  fatigue  upon  your  attention ;  for 
the  single  notorious  consideration  that  in  this  climate, 
as  well  as  in  more  southern  ones,  we  not  unfrequently 
have  sharp  night-frosts  in  summer,  and  colder  weather 
at  that  season  than  in  the  latter  end  of  autumn  and  be- 
ginning of  winter,  and  yet  that  insects  do  hybernate  at 
the  latter  period,  but  do  not  at  the  former,  is  an  ample 
refutation  of  the  notion  that  mere  cold  is  the  cause  of  the 
phenomenon.     If,    indeed,   the  hybernacula   of  insects 
were  simply  the  underside  of  any  dead  leaf,  clod,  or  stone, 
that  chanced  to  be  in  the  neighbourhood  of  their  abode, 
it  might  still  be  contended,  that  such  situations  were 
always  resorted  to  by  them  on  the  occurrence  of  a  certain 
degree  of  cold,   but  that  they  remained  in  them  only 
when  its  continuance  had  induced  torpidity :  and  it  seems 
to  have  been  in  this  view  that  most  reasoners  on  this 
subject  have  regarded  the  hybernation  of  the  larger  ani- 
mals, to  which  they  have  exclusively  directed  their  at- 
tention.    But  had  they  been  acquainted  (as  surely  the 
investigators  of  such  a  question  ought  to  have  been)  with 
the  economy  of  the  class  of  insects,  in  which  not  merely 
a  few  species,   as  among  quadrupeds,  but  ninety-nine 
hundredths  of  the  whole,  in  our  climates,  hybernate,  they 
would  have  known  that  their  hybernacula  are  in  general 
totally  distinct  from  their  ordinary  retreats  in  casual 
cold  weather ;  and  that  many  of  them  even  fabricate  ha- 
bitations requiring  considerable  time  and   labour,  ex- 
pressly for  the  purpose  of  their  winter  residence — which 


4?58  HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS. 

last  fact  in  particular,  on  their  theory,  admits  of  no 
satisfactory  explanation.  We  may  say,  and  truly,  that 
the  sensation  of  fatigue  causes  man  to  lie  down  and 
sleep  ;  but  we  should  lajpgh  at  any  one  who  contended 
that  this  sensation  forced  him  first  to  make  a  four-post 
bedstead  to  repose  upon. 

In  the  second  place,  if  we  grant  for  a  moment  that  it 
is  cold  which  drives  insects  to  their  hybernacula,  there 
are  other  phenomena  attending  the  state  of  hybernation 
which  on  this  supposition  are  inexplicable.  If  cold  led 
insects  to  enter  their  winter  quarters,  then  they  ought  to 
be  led  by  the  cessation  of  cold  to  quit  them.  But,  as  has 
been  before  observed,  we  have  often  days  in  winter  milder 
than  at  the  period  of  hybernating,  and  in  which  insects 
are  so  roused  from  their  torpidity  as  to  run  about  nimbly 
when  molested  in  their  retreats  ;  yet  though  their  irrita- 
bility must  have  been  increased  by  a  two  or  three  months 
inactivity  and  abstinence,  they  do  not  leave  them,  but 
quietly  remain  until  a  fresh  accession  of  cold  again  in- 
duces insensibility. 

In  short,  to  refer  the  hybernation  of  insects  to  the 
mere  direct  influence  of  cold,  is  to  suppose  one  of  the 
most  important  acts  of  their  existence  given  up  to  the 
blind  guidance  of  feelings  which  in  the  variable  climates 
of  Europe  would  be  leading  them  into  perpetual  and  fa- 
tal errors— which  in  spring  would  be  inducing  them  to 
quit  their  ordinary  occupations,  and  prepare  retreats 
and  habitations  for  winter  to  be  quitted  again  as  soon 
as  a  few  fine  days  had  dispelled  the  frosty  feel  of  a  May 
week ;  and  in  a  mild  winter's  day,  when  the  thermome- 
ter, as  is  often  the  case,  rises,  to  50°  or  55°,  would  lure 
them  to  an  exposure  that  must  destroy  them.  It  is  not, 


HYBERNATION  OF  INSECTS.  459 

we  may  rest  assured,  to  such  a  deceptious  guide  that  the 
Creator  has  intrusted  the  safety  of  so  important  a  part 
of  his  creatures :  their  destinies  are  regulated  by  feelings 
far  less  liable  to  err. 

What,  you  will  ask,  is  this  regulator  ?  I  answer  In- 
stinct— that  faculty  to  which  so  many  other  of  the  equally 
surprising  actions  of  insects  are  to  be  referred;  and 
which  alone  can  adequately  account  for  the  phenomena 
to  be  explained.  Why,  indeed,  should  we  think  it  ne- 
cessary to  go  further  ?  We  are  content  to  refer  to  in- 
stinct, the  retirement  of  insects  into  the  earth  previously 
to  becoming  pupae,  and  the  cocoons  which  they  then 
fabricate;  and  why  should  we  not  attribute  to  the  same 
energy,  their  retreat  into  appropriate  hybernacula,  and 
the  construction  by  many  species  of  habitations  ex- 
pressly destined  for  their  winter  residence  !  The  cases 
are  exactly  analogous ;  and  the  insect  knows  no  more 
that  its  hybernaculum  is  to  protect  it  from  too  severe  a 
degree  of  cold  during  winter,  than  does  the  full-fed 
caterpillar  when  it  enters  the  earth  that  it  shall  emerge 
a  glorious  butterfly. 

I  am,  &c. 


LETTER  XXVII. 


ON    THE    INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

THE  greater  part  of  those  surprising  facts  connected 
with  the  manners  and  economy  of  insects,  of  which  the 
relation  has  occupied  the  preceding  letters,  is  to  be  re- 
ferred, I  have  told  you,  to  their  instinct.  But  what,  you 
will  ask,  is  this  instinct  ? — of  what  nature  is  this  faculty 
which  produces  effects  so  extraordinary? 

To  this  query  I  do  not  pretend  to  give  any  satisfac- 
tory answer.  As  I  am  quite  of  Bonnet's  opinion,  that 
philosophers  will  in  vain  torment  themselves  to  define 
instinct,  until  they  have  spent  some  time  in  the  head  of 
an  animal  without  actually  being  that  animal — a  species 
of  metempsychosis  through  which  I  have  never  passed— 
I  shall  not  attempt  to  explain  what  this  mysterious  ener- 
gy is.  It  will  not,  however,  I  imagine,  be  very  difficult 
to  show  what  it  is  not  ,•  and  some  observations  with  this 
view,  followed  by  an  enumeration  of  peculiarities  which 
distinguish  the  instincts  of  insects  from  those  of  other 
tribes  of  animals,  and  a  short  inquiry  whether  their  ac- 
tions are  guided  solely  by  instinct,  will  form  the  substance 
of  this  letter. 


INSTINCT    OF    INSECTS.  4-61 

I.  It  is  quite  superfluous  at  this  day  to  controvert  the 
explanations  of  instinct  advanced  by  some  of  the  philo- 
sophers of  the  old  school,  such  as  that  of  Cudworth,  who 
referred  this  faculty  to  a  certain  plastic  nature  ;  or  that 
of  Des  Cartes,  who  contended  that  animals  are  mere 
machines.  Nor,  I  fancy,  would  you  thank  me  for  en- 
tering into  an  elaborate  refutation  of  the  doctrine  of 
Mylius,  that  many  of  the  actions  deemed  instinctive  are 
the  effect  of  painful  corporeal  feelings ;  the  cocoon  of  a 
caterpillar,  for  instance,  being  the  result  of  a  fit  of  the 
colic,  produced  by  a  superabundance  of  the  gum  which 
fills  its  silk-bags,  and  which  exuding,  is  twisted  round 
it,  by  its  uneasy  contortions,  into  a  regular  ball.  Still 
less  need  I  advert  to  the  notable  discovery  of  some  pupils 
of  Professor  Winckler,  that  the  brain,  alias  the  soul,  of 
a  bee  or  spider,  is  impressed  at  the  birth  of  the  insect 
with  certain  geometrical  figures,  according  to  which 
models  its  works  are  constructed, — a  position  which 
these  gentlemen  demonstrate  very  satisfactorily  by  a  me- 
morable experiment  in  which  they  themselves  were  able 
to  hear  triangles. 

It  is  as  unnecessary  to  waste  any  words  in  refutation 
of  the  nonsense  (for  it  deserves  no  better  name)  of  Buf- 
fon,  who  refers  the  instinct  of  societies  of  insects  to  the 
circumstance  of  a  great  number  of  individuals  being 
brought  into  existence  at  the  same  time,  all  acting  with 
equal  force,  and  obliged  by  the  similarity  of  their  inter- 
nal and  external  structure,  and  the  conformity  of  their 
movements,  to  perform  each  the  same  actions,  in  the 
same  place,  in  the  most  convenient  mode  for  themselves, 
and  least  inconvenient  for  their  companions;  whence 
results  a  regular,  well-proportioned,  and  symmetrical 


462     ,  INSTINCT   OF   INSECTS. 

structure :  and  he  gravely  tells  us  that  the  boasted  hex- 
agonal cells  of  bees  are  produced  by  the  reciprocal  pres- 
sure of  the  cylindrical  bodies  of  these  insects  against 

each  other a  !  ! 

• 

Nor  is  it  requisite  to  advert  at  length  to  the  explana- 
tions of  instinctive  actions  more  recently  given  by  Stef- 
fens,  a  German  author  (one  of  the  transcendentalists,  I 
conclude,  from  the  incomprehensibility  of  his  book  to 
my  ordinary  intellect),  who  says  that  the  products  of  the 
vaunted  instinct  of  insects  are  nothing  but  "  shootings 
out  of  inorganic  animal  masses"  (anorgische  anschiisse}b  ; 
and  by  Lamarck0,  who  attributes  them  to  certain  inhe- 
rent inclinations  arising  from  habits  impressed  upon  the 
organs  of  the  animals  concerned  in  producing  them,  by 
the  constant  efflux  towards  these  organs  of  the  nervous 
fluid,  which  during  a  series  of  ages  has  been  displaced 
in  their  endeavours  to  perform  certain  actions  which 
their  necessities  have  given  birth  to.  The  mere  state- 
ment of  an  hypothesis  of  which  the  enunciation  is  nearly 
unintelligible,  and  built  upon  the  assumption  of  the 
presence  of  an  unseen  fluid,  and  of  the  existence  of  the 
animal  some  millions  of  years,  is  quite  sufficient,  and 
would  even  be  unnecessary  if  it  were  not  of  such  late 
origin.  Neither  shall  I  detain  you  with  any  formal  con- 
sideration of  the  hypothesis  advanced  by  Addison  and 

n  Hist.  Nat.  Edit.  1785,  v.  277- 

b  Beitr'dge  zur  innern  Naturgeschichte  der  Erde  1801.  p.  298. 

c  In  his  Philosophic  Zoologique,  Paris  1809  (ii.  325)  —a  work  which 
every  zoologist  will,  I  think,  join  with  me  in  regretting  should  be 
devoted  to  metaphysical  disquisitions  built  on  the  most  gratuitous  as- 
sumptions, instead  of  comprising  that  luminous  generalization  of  facts 
relative  to  the  animal  world  which  is  so  great  a  desideratum,  and 
for  performing  which  satisfactorily  this  eminent  naturalist  is  so  well 
qualified. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  463 

some  other  authors,  that  instinct  is  an  immediate  and 
constant  impulse  of  the  Deity ;  which,  to  omit  other  ob- 
vious objections,  is  sufficiently  refuted  by  the  fact,  that 
animals  in  their  instincts  are  sometimes  at  fault,  and  com- 
mit mistakes,  which  on  the  above  supposition  could  not 
in  any  case  happen. 

The  only  doctrine  on  the  subject  of  instinct  requiring 
any  thing  like  a  formal  refutation,  is  that  which,  con- 
tending for  the  identity  of  this  faculty  with  reason  in 
man,  maintains  that  all  the  actions  of  animals,  however 
complicated,  are,  like  those  of  the  human  race,  the  re- 
sult of  observation,  invention,  and  experience.  This 
theory,  maintained  by  the  sceptics,  Pythagoras,  Plato, 
and  some  other  ancient  philosophers,  and.  in  modern 
times  by  Helvetius,  Cond iliac,  and  Smellie,  has  been  by 
none  more  ingeniously  supported  than  by  Dr.  Darwin, 
who  in  the  chapter  treating  on  instinct,  in  the  first 
volume  of  his  Zoonomia,  has  brought  forward  a  collection 
of  facts  which  give  it  a  great  air  of  plausibility.  This 
plausibility,  however,  is  merely  superficial ;  and  the  re- 
sult of  a  rigorous  examination  by  any  competent  judge 
is,  that  the  greater  part  of  Dr.  Darwin's  facts  bear  more 
strongly  in  favour  of  the  dissimilarity  of  instinct  and  rea- 
son than  of  their  identity :  and  that  those  few  which  seem 
to  support  the  latter  position,  are  built  upon  the  rela- 
tions of  persons  ignorant  of  natural  history,  who  have 
confused  together  distinct  species  of  animals.  Thus, 
because  some  anonymous  informant  told  him  that  hive- 
bees  when  transported  to  Barbadoes3  where  there  is  no 
winter,  ceased  to  lay  up  a  store  of  honey,  Dr.  Darwin 
infers  that  all  the  operations  of  these  insects  are  guided 
by  reason  and  the  adaptation  of  means  to  an  end — a  very 


INSTINCT  OF   INSECTS. 

just  inference,  if  the  statement  from  which  it  is  drawn 
were  accurate ;  but  that  it  is  not  so,  is  known  to  every 
naturalist  acquainted  with  the  fact  that  many  different 
species  of  bees  store  up  honey  in  the  hottest  climates ; 
and  that  there  is  no  authentic  instance  on  record  of  the 
hive-bees'  altering  in  any  age  or  climate  their  peculiar 
operations,  which  are  now  in  the  coldest  and  in  the  hot- 
test regions  precisely  what  they  were  in  Greece  in  the 
time  of  Aristotle,  and  in  Italy  in  the  days  of  Virgil.  In- 
deed the  single  fact,  depending  on  the  assertions  of  such 
accurate  observers  as  Reaumur  and  Swammerdam,  that 
a  bee  as  soon  after  it  is  disclosed  from  the  pupa  as  its 
body  is  dried  and  its  wings  expanded,  and  before  it  is 
possible  that  it  should  have  received  any  instruction,  be- 
takes itself  to  the  collecting  of  honey  or  the  fabrication 
of  a  cell,  which  operations  it  performs  as  adroitly  as  the 
most  hoary  inhabitant  of  the  hive,  is  alone  sufficient  to 
set  aside  all  the  hear-say  statements  of  Dr.  Darwin,  and 
should  have  led  him,  as  it  must  every  logical  reasoner, 
to  the  conclusion,  that  these  and  similar  actions  of  ani- 
mals cannot  be  referred  to  any  reasoning  process,  nor 
be  deemed  the  result  of  observation  and  experience. — 
It  is  true,  it  does  not  follow  that  animals,  besides  in- 
stinct, have  not,  in  a  degree,  the  faculty  of  reason  also ; 
and  as  I  shall  in  the  sequel  endeavour  to  show,  many  of 
the  actions  of  insects  can  be  adequately  explained  on  no 
other  supposition.  But  to  deny,  as  Dr.  Darwin  does, 
that  the  art  with  which  the  caterpillar  weaves  its  cocoon, 
or  the  unerring  care  with  which  the  moth  places  her 
eggs  upon  food  that  she  herself  can  never  use,  are  the 
effects  of  instinct,  is  as  unphilosophical  and  contrary  to 
fact,  as  to  insist  that  the  eagerness  with  which,  though 


INSTINCT   OF    INSECTS.  465 

it  lias  never  tasted  milk,   the  infant*  seeks  for  its  mo- 
ther's breast,  is  the  effect  of  reason. 

Instinct,  then,  is  not  the  result  of  a  plastic  nature ;  of 
a  system  of  machinery ;  of  diseased  bodily  action ;  of 
models  impressed  on  the  brain; 'nor  of  organic  shoot- 
ings-out : — it  is  not  the  effect  of  the  habitual  determina- 
tion for  ages  of  the  nervous  fluid  to  certain  organs;  nor 
is  it  either  the  impulse  of  the  Deity,  or  reason.  Without 
pretending  to  give  a  logical  definition  of  it,  which  while 
we  are  ignorant  of  the  essence  of  reason  is  impossible, 
we  may  call  the  instincts  of  animals  those  unknown  fa- 
culties implanted  in  their  constitution  by  the  Creator, 
by  which,  independent  of  instruction,  observation,  or 
experience,  and  without  a  knowledge  of  the  end  in  view, 
they  are  impelled  to  the  performance  of  certain  actions 
tending  to  the  well-being  of  the  individual  and  the  pre- 
servation of  the  species :  and  with  this  description, 
which  is  in  fact  merely  a  confession  of  ignorance,  we 
must,  in  the  present  state  of  metaphysical  science,  con- 
tent ourselves. 

I  here  say  nothing  of  that  supposed  connexion  of  the 
instinct  of  animals  with  their  sensations,  which  has  been 
introduced  into  many  definitions  of  this  mysterious  power, 
for  two  reasons.  In  the  first  place,  this  definition  merely 
sets  the  world  upon  the  tortoise  ;  for  what  do  we  know 
more  than  before  about  the  nature  of  instinct,  when  we 
have  called  it,  with  Brown,  a  predisposition  to  certain 
actions  when  certain  sensations  exist,  or  with  Tucker 
have  ascribed  it  to  the  operation  of  the  senses,  or  to  that 
internal  feeling  called  appetite  ?  But,  secondly,  this 
connexion  of  instinct  with  bodily  sensation,  though  pro- 
bable enough  in  some  instances,  is  by  no  means  gene- 

VOL.  II.  2  H 


4-66  INSTINCT   OF  INSECTS. 

rally  evident.  We  may  explain  in  this  way  the  instincts 
connected  with  hunger  and  the  sexual  passion,  and  some 
other  particular  facts,  as  the  laying  of  the  eggs  of  the 
flesh-fly  in  the  flowers  qf  Stapelia  hirsuta,  instead  of  in 
carrion  their  proper  nidus,  and  of  those  of  the  common 
house-fly  in  snuffa  instead  of  dung;  for  in  these  instances 
the  smell  seems  so  clearly  the  guide,  that  it  even  leads 
into  error.  But  what  connexion  between  sensation  and 
instinct  do  we  see  in  the  conduct  of  the  working-bees, 
which  fabricate  some  of  the  cells  in  a  comb  larger  than 
others,  expressly  to  contain  the  eggs  and  future  grubs 
of  drones,  though  these  eggs  are  not  laid  by  themselves, 
and  are  still  in  the  ovaries  of  the  queen  ?  So  we  may 
plausibly  enough  conjecture  that  the  fury  with  which,  in 
ordinary  circumstances,  at  a  certain  period  of  the  year, 
the  working-bees  are  inspired  towards  the  drones,  is  the 
effect  of  some  disagreeable  smell  or  emanation  proceeding 
from  them  at  that  particular  time :  but  how  can  we  ex- 
plain, on  similar  grounds,  the  fact  that  in  a  hive  deprived 
of  a  queen,  no  massacre  of  the  drones  takes  place? 
Lastly,  to  omit  here  a  hundred  other  instances,  as  many 
of  them  will  be  subsequently  adverted  to,  if  we  may  with 
some  show  of  reason  suppose  that  it  is  the  sensation  of 
heat  which  causes  bees  to  swarm ;  yet  what  possible  con- 
ception can  we  form  of  its  being  bodily  sensations  that 
lead  bees  to  send  out  scouts  in  search  of  a  hive  suitable 
for  the  new  colony,  several  days  before  swarming  ? 
After  these  observations  on  the  nature  of  instinct, 

*  Dr.  Zinken  genannt  Sommer  says,  that  if  in  August  and  Sep- 
tember a  snuff-box  be  left  open,  it  will  be  seen  to  be  frequented  by 
the  common  house-fly  (Musca  domesticcf),  the  eggs  of  which  will  be 
found  to  have  been  deposited  amongst  the  snuff!  Geramr  Mag.  der 
EnL  I.  ii.  189. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  467 

generally,  I  pass  on  to  contrast  in  several  particulars  the 
instincts  of  insects  with  those  of  other  animals;  and  thus 
to  bring  together  some  remarkable  instances  of  the 
former  which  have  not  hitherto  been  laid  before  you,  as 
well  as  to  deduce  from  some  of  those  already  related,  in- 
ferences to  which  it  did  not  fall  in  with  my  design  before 
to  direct  your  attention.  This  contrast  may  be  conve- 
niently made  under  the  three  heads  of — the  exquisite- 
ness  of  their  instincts — their  number — and  their  extra- 
ordinary development. 

The  instincts  of  by  far  the  majority  of  the  superior 
animals  are  of  a  very  simple  kind,  only  directing  them 
to  select  suitable  food ;  to  propagate  their  species ;  to 
defend  themselves  and  their  young  from  harm;  to  ex- 
press their  sensations  by  various  vocal  modulations;  and 
to  a  few  other  actions  which  need  not  be  particularized. 
Others  of  the  larger  animals,  in  addition  to  these  simpler 
instinctive  propensities,  are  gifted  with  more  extensive 
powers;  storing  up  food  for  their  winter  consumption, 
and  building  nests  or  habitations  for  their  young,  which 
they  carefully  feed  and  tend. 

All  these  instincts  are  common  to  insects,  a  great  pro- 
portion of  which  are  in  like  manner  confined  to  these. 
But  a  very  considerable  number  of  this  class  are  endowed 
with  instincts  of  an  exquisiteness  to  which  the  higher  ani- 
mals can  lay  no  claim.  What  bird  or  fish,  for  example, 
catches  its  prey  by  means  of  nets  as  artfully  woven  and 
as  admirably  adapted  to  their  purposes  as  any  that  ever 
fisherman  or  fowler  fabricated  ?  Yet  such  nets  are  con- 
structed by  the  race  of  spiders.  What  beast  of  prey 
thinks  of  digging  a  pit-fall  in  the  track  of  the  animals 
which  serve  it  for  food,  and  at  the  bottom  of  which  it 
2  H  2 


468  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

conceals  itself,  patiently  waiting  until  some  unhappy 
victim  is  precipitated  down  the  sides  of  its  cavern?  Yet 
this  is  done  by  the  ant-lion  and  another  insect.  Or,  to 
omit  the  endless  instances  furnished  by  wasps,  ants,  the 
Termites,  &c.,  what  animals  can  be  adduced  which,  like 
the  hive-bee  associating  in  societies,  build  regular  cities 
composed  of  cells  formed  with  geometrical  precision, 
divided  into  dwellings  adapted  in  capacity  to  different 
orders  of  the  society,  and  storehouses  for  containing  a 
supply  of  provision  ?  Even  the  erections  of  the  beaver, 
and  the  pensile  dwelling  of  the  tailor-bird,  must  be 
referred  to  a  less  elaborate  instinct  than  that  which 
guides  the  procedures  of  these  little  insects — the  com- 
plexness  and  yet  perfection  of  whose  operations,  when 
contrasted  with  the  insignificance  of  the  architect,  have 
at  all  times  caused  the  reflecting  observer  to  be  lost  in 
astonishment. 

It  is,  however,  in  the  deviations  of  the  instincts  of  in- 
sects and  their  accommodation  to  circumstances,  that  the 
exquisiteness  of  these  faculties  is  most  decidedly  mani- 
fested. The  instincts  of  the  larger  animals  seem  capa- 
ble of  but  slight  modification.  They  are  either  exer- 
cised in  their  full  extent  or  not  at  all.  A  bird,  when  its 
nest  is  pulled  out  of  a  bush,  though  it  should  be  laid 
uninjured  close  by,  never  attempts  to  replace  it  in  its 
situation  ;  it  contents  itself  with  building  another.  But 
insects  in  similar  contingencies  often  exhibit  the  most 
ingenious  resources,  their  instincts  surprisingly  accom- 
modating themselves  to  the  new  circumstances  in  which 
they  are  placed,  in  a  manner  more  wonderful  and  in- 
comprehensible than  the  existence  of  the  faculties  them- 
selves. Take  a  honey-comb,  for  instance.  If  every 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  469 

comb  that  bees  fabricate  were  always  made  precisely 
alike — with  the  same  general  form,  placed  in  the  same 
position,  the  cells  all  exactly  similar,  or  where  varying 
with  the  variations  always  alike  ; — this  structure  would 
perhaps  in  reality  be  not  more  astonishing  than  many  of 
a  much  simpler  conformation.  But  when  we  know  that 
in  nine  instances  out  of  ten  the  combs  in  a  bee-hive  are 
thus  similar  in  their  properties,  and  yet  that  in  the  tenth 
one  shall  be  found  of  a  form  altogether  peculiar ;  placed 
in  a  different  position  ;  with  cells  of  a  different  shape — 
and  all  these  variations  evidently  adapted  to  some  new 
circumstance  not  present  when  the  other  nine  were  con- 
structed,— we  are  constrained  to  admit  that  nothing  in 
the  instinct  of  other  animals  can  be  adduced,  exhibiting 
similar  exquisiteness :  just  as  we  must  confess  an  ordinary 
loom,  however  ingeniously  contrived,  far  excelled  by  one 
capable  of  repairing  its  defects  when  out  of  order. 

The  examples  of  this  variation  and  accommodation  to 
circumstances  among  insects  are  very  numerous ;  and  as 
presenting  many  interesting  facts  in  their  history  not  be- 
fore related,  I  shall  not  fear  wearying  you  with  a  pretty 
copious  detail  of  them,  beginning  with  the  more  simple. 

It  is  the  instinct  of  Geotrupes  vernalis  to  roll  up  pel- 
lets of  dung,  in  each  of  which  it  deposits  one  of  its  eggs ; 
and  in  places  where  it  meets  with  cow-  or  horse-dung 
only,  it  is  constantly  under  the  necessity  of  having  re- 
course to  this  process.  But  in  districts  where  sheep  are 
kept,  this  beetle  wisely  saves  its  labour,  and  ingeniously 
avails  itself  of  the  pellet-shaped  balls  ready  made  to  its 
hands  which  the  excrement  of  these  animals  supplies  a. 

A  caterpillar  described  by  Bonnet,  which  from  being 

*   Sturm,  Dcutschlands  Fauna,  i.  27. 


4-70  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

confined  in  a  box  was  unable  to  obtain  a  supply  of  the 
bark  with  which  its  ordinary  instinct  directs  it  to  make 
its  cocoon,  substituted  pieces  of  paper  that  were  given 
to  it,  tied  them  together  with  silk,  and  constructed  a 
very  passable  cocoon  with  them. — In  another  instance 
the  same  naturalist  having  opened  several  cocoons  of  a 
moth  (Cucullia  Verbasci),  which  are  composed  of  a  mix- 
ture of  grains  of  earth  and  silk,  just  after  being  finished  ; 
the  larvae  did  not  repair  the  injury  in  the  same  manner. 
Some  employed  both  earth  and  silk ;  others  contented 
themselves  with  spinning  a  silken  veil  before  the  open- 
ing a. 

The  Jarva  of  the  cabbage-butterfly  (Pontia  Brassica] 
when  about  to  assume  the  pupa  state,  commonly  fixes 
itself  to  the  under-side  of  the  coping  of  a  wall  or  some 
similar  projection.  But  the  ends  of  the  slender  thread 
which  serves  for  its  girth  would  not  adhere  firmly  to 
stone  or  brick,  or  even  wood.  In  such  situations,  there- 
fore, it  previously  covers  a  space  of  about  an  inch  long 
and  half  an  inch  broad  with  a  web  of  silk,  and  to  this 
extensive  base  its  girth  can  be  securely  fastened.  That 
this  proceeding,  however,  is  not  the  result  of  a  blind 
unaccommodating  instinct,  seems  proved  by  a  fact  which 
has  come  under  my  own  observation.  Having  fed  some 
of  these  larvae  in  a  box  covered  by  a  piece  of  muslin, 
they  attached  themselves  to  this  covering;  but  as  its 
texture  afforded  a  firm  hold  to  their  girth,  they  span  no 
preparatory  web. 

Bombus^  Muscorum  and  some  other  species  of  humble- 
bees  cover  their  nests  with  a  roof  of  moss.  M.  P.  Huber 

a  OEuvrcs  ii.  238.   See  above,  p.  256. 
b  Apis.  *  *.  e.  2.    K. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  471 

having  placed  a  nest  of  the  former  under  a  bell  glass,  he 
stuffed  the  interstices  between  its  bottom  and  the  irregu- 
lar surface  on  which  it  rested,  with  a  linen  cloth.  This 
cloth,  the  bees,  finding  themselves  in  a  situation  where 
no  moss  was  to  be  had,  tore  thread  from  thread,  carded 
it  with  their  feet  into  a  felted  mass,  and  applied  it  to  the 
same  purpose  as  moss,  for  which  it  was  nearly  as  well 
adapted. — Some  other  humble-bees  tore  the  cover  of  a 
book  with  which  he  had  closed  the  top  of  the  box  that 
contained  them,  and  made  use  of  the  detached  morsels 
in  covering  their  nest a. 

The  larva  of  Cossus  ligniperda,  which  feeds  in  the 
interior  of  trees,  previously  to  fabricating  a  cocoon  and 
assuming  the  pupa  state,  forms  for  the  egress  of  the  future 
moth  a  cylindrical  orifice,  except  when  it  finds  a  suitable 
hole  ready  made.  When  the  moth  is  about  to  appear, 
the  chrysalis  with  its  anterior  end  forces  an  opening  in 
the  cocoon.  If  the  orifice  in  the  tree  has  been  formed 
by  itself,  in  which  case  it  exactly  fits  its  body,  it  entirely 
quits  the  cocoon,  and  pushes  itself  half  way  out  of  the 
hole,  where  it  remains  secure  from  falling  until  the  moth 
is  disclosed.  But  if  the  orifice,  having  been  adopted, 
be  larger  than  it  ought  to  have  been,  and  thus  not  ca- 
pable of  supporting  the  pupa  in  this  position,  the  pro- 
vident insect  pushes  itself  only  half  way  out  of  the  co- 
coon, which  thus  serves  for  the  support  which  in  the 
former  case  the  wood  itself  afforded  b. 

The  variations  in  the  procedures  of  the  larva  of  a  lit- 
tle moth  described  by  Reaumur,  whose  habitation  has 
been  before  noticed  c — one  of  those  which  constantly 

a  Linn.  Trans,  vi.  254—.     b  Lyonet,  Traite  analomiquc  &c,  16—. 
c  VOL.  I.  455—. 


472  JNSTINCT  OF  INSECTS* 

reside  in  a  subcylindrical  case— are  still  more  remarka- 
ble. This  little  caterpillar  feeds  upon  the  elm,  the  leaves 
of  which  serve  it  at  once  for  food  and  clothing.  It  eats 
the  parenchyma  or  innefc  pulp,  burrowing  between  the 
upper  and  under  membranes,  of  portions  of  which  cut 
out,  and  properly  sewed  together,  it  forms  its  case.  Its 
usual  plan  is,  to  insinuate  itself  between  the  epidermal 
membranes  of  the  leaf,  close  to  one  of  the  edges. 
Parallel  with  this  it  excavates  a  cavity  of  suitable  form 
and  dimensions,  gnawing  the  pulp  even  out  of  every  pro- 
jection of  the  serratures,  but  carefully  avoiding  to  sepa- 
rate the  membranes  at  the  very  edge,  which  with  a  wise 
saving  of  labour  it  intends  should  form  one  of  the  seams 
of  its  coat ;  and  as  the  little  miner  is  not  embarrassed 
with  the  removal  of  the  excavated  materials,  which  it 
swallows  as  it  proceeds,  a  cavity  sufficiently  large  is  but 
the  work  of  a  few  hours.  It  then  lines  it  with  silk,  at 
the  same  time  pushing  it  into  a  more  cylindrical  shape; 
and  lastly,  cutting  it  off  at  the  two  ends  and  inner  side, 
it  sews  up  the  latter  with  such  nicety  that  the  suture  is 
scarcely  discoverable ;  and  is  now  provided  with  a  case 
or  coat  exactly  fitting  its  body,  open  at  the  two  ends,  by 
one  of  which  it  feeds  and  by  the  other  discharges  its 
excrement,  having  on  one  side  a  nicely-joined  seam,  and 
the  other — that  which  is  commonly  applied  to  its  back 
— composed  of  the  natural  marginal  junction  of  the  mem- 
branes of  the  leaf. 

Such  are  the  ordinary  operations  of  this  insect,  which, 
when  it  is  considered  that  the  case  is  rather  fusiform  than 
cylindrical ;  that  the  end  through  which  it  eats  is  circu- 
lar, and  the  other  curiously  three-cornered  like  a  cocked- 
hat;  and  that  consequently  its  cloth  requires  to  be  very 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  473 

irregularly  and  artfully  cut,  to  be  accommodated  to  such 
a  figure — it  must  be  admitted,  are  the  result  of  an  instinct 
of  no  very  simple  kind.     Complicated,  however,  as  these 
manoeuvres  seem,  our  ingenious  workman  is  not  confined 
to  them.     By  xvay  of  putting  its  resources  to  the  test, 
Reaumur  cut  off  the  serrated  edge  from  the  nearly- 
finished  coat  of  one  of  them,  and  exposed  the  little  oc- 
cupant to  the  day.     He  expected  that  it  would  have 
quitted  its  mutilated  garment  and  commenced  another ; 
and  so  it  certainly  would,  had  it  been  guided  by  an  in- 
variable instinct.     But  he  calculated  erroneously.    Like 
one  of  its  brother  tailors  of  the  biped  race,  it  knew  how 
"  to  cut  its  coat  according  to  its  cloth,"  and  immediately 
setting  about  repairing  the  injury  sewed  up  the  rent. 
Nor  was  this  all.     The  scissars  having  cut  off  one  of  the 
projections  intended  to  enter  into  the  construction  of  the 
triangular  end  of  its  case,  it  entirely  changed  the  original 
plan,  and  made  that  end  the  head  which  had  been  first 
designed  for  the  tail. 

On  another  occasion  Reaumur  observed  one  of  these 
larvae  to  cut  out  its  coat  from  the  very  centre  of  a  leaf, 
where  it  is  obvious  a  series  of  operations  wholly  different 
must  be  adopted,  the  two  membranes  composing  it  ne- 
cessarily requiring  to  be  cut  and  sewed  on  two  sides  in- 
stead of  on  one  only.  But  what  was  most  striking  in 
this  new  procedure  was  the  alteration  which  the  caterpil- 
lar made  in  the  period  of  sewing  up  its  garment.  When 
these  Iarva3  cut  out  their  case  from  the  edge  of  a  leaf, 
they  seem  aware  that,  if  they  were  to  detach  it  entirely 
from  the  inner  side  before  the  process  of  sewing,  lining, 
&c.,  is  completed,  having  no  support  on  the  exterior  edge, 
it  would  be  liable  to  fall  down ;  at  the  same  time  they 


474  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

could  not  sew  together  the  membranes  composing  it  at 
the  inner  side,  without  cutting  them  in  part  from  the  leaf. 
While,  therefore,  they  divide  the  major  part  of  their  in- 
ner side  from  the  leaf,  they  artfully  leave  them  attached 
to  it  by  one  of  the  large  nerves  at  each  end  :  and  these 
supports  they  do  not  cut  asunder  until  the  intermediate 
space  has  been  sewed  up,  and  they  are  ready  to  step, 
with  their  house  on  their  back,  upon  the  terra  Jtrma  of 
the  disk  of  the  leaf.  In  this  instance,  therefore,  the 
larvae  do  not  wholly  separate  their  case  from  the  leaf, 
until  it  is  sewed.  But  when  the  same  larvae  cut  out  their 
materials  from  the  middle  of  the  leaf,  where,  though  com- 
pletely cut  round,  they  are  retained  in  their  situation  se- 
cure from  all  danger  of  falling  by  the  serratures  of  the 
incisions  made  by  the  jaws  of  the  larvae,  these  little 
tailors  vary  their  mode,  and  entirely  detach  the  pieces 
from  the  surrounding  leaf,  before  they  proceed  to  set  a 
stitch  into  them  a. 

In  the  preceding  instances  the  variation  of  instinct 
takes  place  in  the  same  individual,  but  Bonnet  mentions 
a  very  curious  fact  in  which  it  occurs  in  different  genera- 
tions of  the  same  species.  There  are  annually,  he  in- 
forms us,  two  generations  of  the  Angoumois  moth,  an 
insect  which  has  been  before  mentioned  b,  as  destructive 
to  wheat :  the  first  appear  in  May  and  June,  and  lay 
their  eggs  upon  the  ears  of  wheat  in  the  fields ;  the  se- 
cond appear  at  the  end  of  the  summer  or  in  autumn,  and 
these  lay  their  eggs  upon  wheat  in  the  granaries.  These 
last  pass  the  winter  in  the  state  of  larvae,  from  which 
proceeds  the  first  generation  of  moths.  But  what  is  ex- 

a  Reaum.  Hi.  112-119.  "  VOL.  I.    172. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  475 

Iremely  singular  as  a  variation  of  instinct,  those  moths 
which  are  disclosed  in  May  and  June  in  the  granaries, 
quit  them  with  a  rapid  flight  at  sun-set,  and  betake  them- 
selves to  the  yet  unreaped  fields,  where  they  lay  their 
eggs;  while  the  moths  which  are  disclosed  in  the  granaries 
after  harvest,  stay  there,  and  never  attempt  to  go  out,  but 
lay  their  eggs  upon  the  stored  wheat a. — This  is  as  extra- 
ordinary and  inexplicable  as  if  a  litter  of  rabbits  produced 
in  spring  were  impelled  by  instinct  to  eat  vegetables, 
while  another  produced  in  autumn  should  be  as  irresis- 
tibly directed  to  choose  flesh. 

It  is,  however,  into  the  history  of  the  hive-bee  that  we 
must  look  for  the  most  striking  examples  of  variation  of 
instinct :  and  here,  as  in  every  thing  relating  to  this  in- 
sect, the  work  of  the  elder  Huber  is  an  unfailing  source 
of  the  most  novel  and  interesting  facts. 

It  is  the  ordinary  instinct  of  bees  to  lay  the  foundation 
of  their  combs  at  the  top  of  the  hive,  building  them  per- 
pendicularly downwards  ;  and  they  pursue  this  plan  so 
constantly,  that  you  might  examine  a  thousand  (probably 
ten  thousand)  hives,  without  finding  any  material  devia- 
tion from  it.  Yet  Huber  in  the  course  of  his  experiments 
forced  them  to  build  their  combs  perpendicularly  up- 
ward b;  and,  what  seems  even  more  remarkable,  in  an 
horizontal  direction  c. 

The  combs  of  bees  are  always  at  an  uniform  distance 
from  each  other,  namely  about  one  third  of  an  inch, 
which  is  just  wide  enough  to  allow  them  to  pass  easily 
and  have  access  to  the  young  brood.  On  the  approach 
of  winter,  when  their  honey-cells  are  not  sufficient  in 
number  to  contain  all  the  stock,  they  elongate  them  con- 
*  (Euvres,  ix.  3/0.  b  Huber,  ii.  134-.  c  Ibid.  ii.  216. 


476  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

siderably,  and  thus  increase  their  capacity.  By  this  ex- 
tension the  intervals  between  the  combs  are  unavoidably 
contracted ;  but  in  winter  well -stored  magazines  are  es- 
sential, while  from  their  estate  of  comparative  inactivity 
spacious  communications  are  less  necessary.  On  the  re- 
turn of  spring,  however,  when  the  cells  are  wanted  for 
the  reception  of  eggs,  the  bees  contract  the  elongated 
cells  to  their  former  dimensions^  and  thus  re-establish 
the  just  distances  between  the  combs  which  the  care  of 
their  brood  requires a.  But  tjiis  is  not  all.  Not  only  do 
they  elongate  the  cells  of  the  old  combs  when  there  is  an 
extraordinary  harvest  of  honey,  but  they  actually  give  to 
the  new  cells  which  they  construct  on  this  emergency  a 
much  greater  diameter  as  well  as  a  greater  depth b. 

The  queen-bee  in  ordinary  circumstances  places  each 
egg  in  the  centre  of  the  pyramidal  bottom  of  the  cell, 
where  it  remains  fixed  by  its  natural  gluten  :  but  in  an 
experiment  of  Huber,  one  whose  fecundation  had  been 
retarded,  had  the  first  segments  of  her  abdomen  so  swell- 
ed that  she  was  unable  to  reach  the  bottom  of  the  cells. 
She  therefore  attached  her  eggs  (which  were  those  of 
males)  to  their  lower  side,  two  lines  from  the  mouth.  As 
the  larvae  always  pass  that  state  in  the  place  where  they 
are  deposited,  those  hatched  from  the  eggs  in  question 
remained  in  the  situation  assigned  them.  But  the  work- 
ing-bees, as  if  aware  that  in  these  circumstances  the  cells 
would  be  too  short  to  contain  the  larvae  when  fully  grown, 
added  to  their  length^  even  before  the  eggs  were  hatched c. 

Bees  close  up  the  cells  of  the  grubs,  previously  to  their 
transformation,  with  a  cover  or  lid  of  wax :  and  in  hang- 
ing its  abode  with  a  silken  tapestry  before  it  assumes  the 
a  Huber,  i.  348.  b  Ibid.  ii.  227.  c  Ibid.  i.  119. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  477 

pupa  state,  the  grub  requires  that  the  cell  should  not  be 
too  short  for  its  movements.     Bonnet  having  placed  a 
swarm  in  a  very  flat  glass  hive,  the  bees  constructed  one 
of  the   combs  parallel  to  one  of  the  principal  sides, 
where  it  was  so  straight  that  they  could  not  give  to  the 
cells  their  ordinary  depth.     The  queen,  however,  laid 
eggs  in  them,  and  the  workers  daily  nourished  the  grubs, 
and  closed  the  cells  at  the  period  of  transformation.     A 
few  days  afterwards  he  was  surprised  to  perceive  in  the 
lids,  holes  more  or  less  large,  out  of  which  the  grubs 
partly  projected,  the  cells  having  been  too  short  to  admit 
of  their  usual  movements.  He  was  curious  to  know  how 
the  bees  would  proceed.     He  expected  that  they  would 
pull  all  the  grubs  out  of  the  cells,  as  they  commonly 
do  when  great  disorders  in  the  combs  take  place.     But 
he  did  not  sufficiently  give  credit  to  the  resources  of  their 
instinct.     They  did  not  displace  a  single  grub — they  left 
them  in  their  cells  :  but  as  they  saw  that  these  cells  were 
not  deep  enough,  they  closed  them  afresh  with  lids  much 
more  convex  them  ordinary,  so  as  to  give  to  them  a  suf- 
ficient depth ;  and  from  that  time  no  more  holes  were 
made  in  the  lids. 

The  working  bees,  in  closing  up  the  cells  containing 
larvae,  invariably  give  a  convex  lid  to  the  large  cells  of 
drones,  and  one  nearly  flat  to  the  smaller  cells  of  work- 
ers :  but  in  an  experiment  instituted  by  Huber  to  ascer- 
tain the  influence  of  the  size  of  the  cells  on  that  of  the 
included  larvae,  he  transferred  the  larvae  of  workers  to 
the  cells  of  drones.  What  was  the  result  ?  Did  the  bees 
still  continue  blindly  to  exercise  their  ordinary  instinct  ? 
On  the  contrary,  they  now  placed  a  nearly  flat  lid  upon 


478  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

these  large  cells,  as  if  well  aware  of  their  being  occupied 
by  a  different  race  of  inhabitants a. 

On  some  occasions  bees,  in  consequence  of  Huberts 
arrangements  in  the  interior  of  their  habitations,  have 
begun  to  build  a  comb  nearer  to  the  adjoining  one  than 
the  usual  interval ;  but  they  soon  appeared  to  perceive 
their  error,  and  corrected  it  by  giving  to  the  comb  a 
gradual  curvature,  so  as  to  resume  the  ordinary  di- 
stance5. 

In  another  instance,  in  which  various  irregularities 
had  taken  place  in  the  form  of  the  combs,  the  bees,  in 
prolonging  one  of  them,  had,  contrary  to  their  usual 
custom,  begun  two  separate  and  distant  continuations, 
which  in  approaching  instead  of  joining  would  have  in- 
terfered with  each  other,  had  not  the  bees,  apparently 
foreseeing  the  difficulty,  gradually  bent  their  edges  so  as 
to  make  them  join  with  such  exactness  that  they  could 
afterwards  continue  them  conjointly0. 

In  constructing  their  combs,  bees,  as  you  have  been 
before  told,  in  my  letter  on  the  habitations  of  insects, 
form  the  first  range  of  cells — that  by  which  the  comb 
is  attached  to  the  top  of  the  hive — of  a  different  shape 
from  the  rest.  Each  cell  instead  of  being  hexagonal  is 
pentagonal,  having  the  fifth  broadest  side  fixed  to  the 
top  of  the  hive,  whence  the  comb  is  much  more  securely 
cemented  to  that  part,  than  if  the  first  range  of  cells  had 
been  of  the  ordinary  construction.  For  some  time  after 
their  fabrication,  the  combs  remain  in  this  state ;  but  at 
a  certain  period  the  bees  attack  the  first  range  of  cells 
as  if  in  fury,  gnaw  away  the  sides  without  touching  the 
a  Huber,  i.  233.  b  Ibid.  ii.  239.  «  Ibid.  ii.  240. 


INSTINCT    OF   INSECTS.  4-79 

lozenge-shaped  bottoms ;  and  having  mixed  the  wax 
with  propolis,  they  form  a  cement  well  known  to  the 
ancients  under  the  names  of  Mitys,  Commosis  and  Pis- 
soceros,  which  they  substitute  in  the  place  of  the  remov- 
ed sides  of  the  cells,  forming  of  it  thick  and  massive 
walls  and  heavy  and  shapeless  pillars,  which  they  intro- 
duce between  the  comb  and  the  top  of  the  hive  so  as  to 
agglutinate  them  firmly  together.  Huber,  who  first  in 
modern  times  witnessed  this  remarkable  modification  of 
the  architecture  of  bees,  observed,  that  not  only  are  they 
careful  not  to  touch  the  bottoms  of  the  cells,  but  that 
they  do  not  remove  at  once  the  cells  on  both  sides  of  the 
comb,  which  in  that  case  might  fall  down;  but  they 
work  alternately,  first  on  one  side  and  then  on  the  other, 
replacing  the  demolished  cells  as  they  proceed,  with 
mitys,  which  firmly  fixes  the  comb  to  its  support. 

The  object  of  this  substitution  of  mitys  for  wax  seems 
clear.  While  the  combs  are  new  and  only  partially 
filled  with  honey,  the  first  range  of  cells,  originally  es- 
tablished as  the  base  and  the  guide  for  the  pyramidal 
bottoms  of  the  subsequent  ones,  serves  as  a  sufficient 
support  for  them.  But  when  they  contain  a  store  of  se- 
veral pounds,  the  bees  seem  to  foresee  the  danger  of 
such  a  weight  proving  too  heavy  for  the  thin  waxen  walls 
by  which  the  combs  are  suspended,  and  providently 
hasten  to  substitute  for  them  thicker  walls,  and  pillars 
of  a  more  compact  and  viscid  material. 

But  their  foresight  does  not  stop  here.  When  they 
have  sufficient  wax,  they  make  their  combs  of  such  a 
breadth  as  to  extend  to  the  sides  of  the  hive,  to  which 
they  cement  them  by  constructions  approaching  more 
or  less  to  the  shape  of  cells.  But  when  a  scarcity  of 


480  INSTINCT   OF   INSECTS. 

wax  happens  before  they  have  been  able  to  give  to  their 
combs  the  requisite  diameter,  a  large  vacant  space  is  left 
between  the  edges  of  these  combs,  which  are  only  fixed 
by  their  upper  part,  and*  the  sides  of  the  hive ;  and  they 
might  be  pulled  down  by  the  weight  of  the  honey,  did 
not  the  bees  ensure  their  stability  by  introducing  large 
irregular  masses  of  wax  between  their  edges  and  the 
sides  of  the  hive. — A  striking  instance  of  this  art  of  se- 
curing their  magazines  occurred  to  Huber.  A  comb, 
not  having  been  originally  well  fastened  to  the  top  of  his 
glass  hive,  fell  down  during  the  winter  amongst  the  other 
combs,  preserving,  however,  its  parallelism  with  them. 
The  bees  could  not  fill  up  the  space  between  its  upper 
edge  and  the  top  of  the  hive,  because  they  never  con- 
struct combs  of  old  wax,  and  they  had  not  then  an  op- 
portunity of  procuring  new  :  at  a  more  favourable  sea- 
son they  would  not  have  hesitated  to  build  a  new  comb 
upon  the  old  one;  but  it  being  inexpedient  at  that  period 
to  expend  their  provision  of  honey  in  the  elaboration  of 
wax,  they  provided  for  the  stability  of  the  fallen  comb 
by  another  process.  They  furnished  themselves  with 
wax  from  the  other  combs,  by  gnawing  away  the  rims  of 
the  cells  more  elongated  than  the  rest,  and  then  betook 
themselves  in  crowdsj  some  upon  the  edges  of  the  fallen 
comb,  others  between  its  sides  and  those  of  the  adjoin- 
ing combs ;  and  there  securely  fixed  it,  by  constructing 
several  ties  of  different  shapes  between  it  and  the  glass 
of  the  hive ;  some  were  pillars,  others  buttresses,  and 
others  beams  artfully  disposed  and  adapted  to  the  loca- 
lities of  the  surfaces  joined.  Nor  did  they  content  them- 
selves with  repairing  the  accidents  which  their  masonry 
had  experienced ;  they  provided  against  those  which 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  481 

might  happen,  and  appeared  to  profit  by  the  warning 
given  by  the  fall  of  one  of  the  combs  to  consolidate  the 
others  and  prevent  a  second  accident  of  the  same  nature. 
These  last  had  not  been  displaced,  and  appeared  solidly 
attached  by  their  base ;  whence  Huber  was  not  a  little 
surprised  to  see  the  bees  strengthen  their  principal  points 
of  connexion  by  making  them  much  thicker  than  before 
with  old  wax,  and  forming  numerous  ties  and  braces  to 
unite  them  more  closely  to  each  other  and  to  the  walls 
of  their  habitation. — What  was  still  more  extraordinary, 
all  this  happened  in  the  middle  of  January,  at  a  period 
when  the  bees  ordinarily  cluster  at  the  top  of  the  hive, 
and  do  not  engage  in  labours  of  this  kind  a. 

You  will  admit,  I  think,  that  these  proofs  of  the  re- 
sources of  the  architectural  instinct  of  bees  are  truly  ad- 
mirable. If,  in  the  case  of  the  substitution  of  mitys  for 
the  first  range  of  waxen  cells,  this  procedure  invariably 
took  place  in  every  bee-hive  at  zjixed  period — when,  for 
example,  the  combs  are  two-thirds  filled  with  honey — it 
would  be  less  surprising:  but  there  is  nothing  of  this  in- 
variable character  about  it.  It  does  not,  as  Huber  ex- 
pressly informs  usb,  occur  at  any  marked  and  regular 
period,  but  appears  to  depend  on  several  circumstances 
not  always  combined.  Sometimes  the  bees  content 
themselves  with  bordering  the  sides  of  the  upper  cells 
with  propolis  alone,  without  altering  their  form  or  giving 
them  greater  thickness.  And  it  is  not  less  remarkable 
that,  from  the  instances  last  cited,  it  appears  that  they 
are  not  confined  to  one  kind  of  cement  for  strengthen- 
ing and  supporting  their  combs,  but  avail  themselves  of 

*  Huber,  ii.  280.  b  Ibid.  ii.  284,  note*. 

VOL.  II.  2  I 


482  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

propolis,  wax,  or  a  mixture  of  both,  as  circumstances 
direct. 

Not  to  weary  you  with  examples  of  the  modifications 
of  instinct  we  are  considering,  I  shall  introduce  but  three 
more  : — the  first,  of  the  mode  in  which  bees  extend  the 
dimensions  of  an  old  comb ;  the  second,  of  that  which 
they  adopt  in  constructing  the  male  cells  and  connecting 
them  with  the  smaller  cells  of  workers ;  and  the  last,  of 
the  plan  pursued  by  them  when  it  becomes  necessary  to 
bend  their  combs. 

You  must  have  observed  that  a  comb  newly  made  be- 
comes gradually  thinner  at  its  edges,  the  cells  there, 
on  each  side,  progressively  decreasing  in  length :  but  in 
time  these  marginal  cells,  as  they  are  wanted  for  the 
purposes  of  the  hive,  are  elongated  to  the  depth  of  the 
rest.  Now  suppose  bees,  from  an  augmentation  of  the 
size  of  their  hive,  to  have  occasion  to  extend  their  combs 
either  in  length  or  breadth,  the  process  which  they  adopt 
is  this  :  They  gnaw  away  the  tops  of  the  marginal  cells 
until  the  combs  have  resumed  their  original  lenticular 
form,  and  then  construct  upon  their  edges  the  pyramidal 
lozenge-shaped  bottoms  of  cells,  upon  which  the  hexago- 
nal sides  are  subsequently  raised,  as  in  their  operation 
of  cell-building.  This  course  of  proceeding  is  invariable : 
they  never  extend  a  comb  in  any  direction  whatever, 
without  having  first  made  its  edges  thinner,  diminishing 
its  thickness  in  a  portion  sufficiently  large  to  leave  no 
angular  projection. — Huber  observes,  and  with  reason, 
in  relating  this  surprising  law  which  obliges  bees  par- 
tially to  demolish  the  cells  situated  upon  the  edges  of  the 
combs,  that  it  deserves  a  more  close  examination  than 
he  found  himself  competent  to  give  it :  for,  if  we  may  to 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  483 

a  certain  point  form  a  conception  of  the  instinct  which 
leads  these  animals  to  employ  their  art  of  building  cells, 
yet  how  can  we  conceive  of  that  which  in  particular  cir- 
cumstances forces  them  to  act  in  an  opposite  direction, 
and  determines  them  to  demolish  what  they  have  so  la- 
boriously constructed  a  ? 

Drones,  or  male  bees,  are  more  bulky  than  the  work- 
ers ;  and  you  have  been  told,  in  speaking  of  the  habita- 
tions of  insects,  that  the  cells  which  bees  construct  for 
rearing  the  larvae  of  the  former,  are  larger  than  those 
destined  for  the  education  of  the  larvae  of  the  latter.  The 
diameter  of  the  cells  of  drones  is  always  3j  lines  (or 
twelfths  of  an  inch) ;  that  of  those  of  workers  2f  lines  : 
and  these  dimensions  are  so  constant  in  their  ordinary 
cells,  that  some  authors  have  thought  they  might  be 
adopted  as  an  universal  and  invariable  scale  of  measure, 
which  would  have  the  great  recommendation  of  being 
every  where  at  hand,  and  at  all  events  would  be  prefer- 
able to  our  barley-corns.  Several  ranges  of  male  cells, 
sometimes  from  thirty  to  forty,  are  usually  found  in  each 
comb,  generally  situated  about  the  middle.  Now  as  these 
cells  are  not  isolated,  but  form  a  part  of  the  entire  comb, 
corresponding  on  its  two  faces — by  what  art  is  it  that  the 
bees  unite  hexagonal  cells  of  a  small,  with  others  of  a 
larger  diameter,  without  leaving  any  void  spaces,  and 
without  destroying  the  uniformity  and  regularity  of  the 
comb  ?  This  problem  would  puzzle  an  ordinary  artist, 
but  is  easily  solved  by  the  resources  of  the  instinct  of  our 
little  workmen. 

When  they  are  desirous  of  constructing  the  cells  of 
males  below  those  of  workers,  they  form  several  ranges 

a  Huber,  ii.  228. 
2  I  2 


484  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

of  intermediate  or  transition  cells,  of  which  the  diame- 
ter augments  progressively,  until  they  have  reached  that 
range  where  the  male  cells  commence ;  and  in  the  same 
manner,  when  they  wish*  to  revert  to  the  modelling  of 
the  cells  of  workers,  they  pass  by  a  gradually  decreasing 
gradation  to  the  ordinary  diameter  of  the  cells  of  this 
class. — We  commonly  meet  with  three  or  four  ranges  of 
intermediate  cells  before  coming  to  those  of  males ;  the 
first  ranges  of  which  participate  in  some  measure  in  the 
irregularity  of  the  former. 

But  it  is  upon  the  construction  of  the  bottoms  of  the 
intermediate  ranges  of  cells  that  this  variation  of  their 
architecture  chiefly  hinges.  The  bottoms  of  the  regular 
cells  of  bees  are,  as  you  are  aware,  composed  of  three 
equal-sized  rhomboidal  pieces ;  and  the  base  of  a  cell  on 
one  side  of  the  comb  is  composed  of  portions  of  the  bases 
of  three  cells  on  the  other;  but  the  bottoms  of  the  inter- 
mediate cells  in  question  (though  their  orifices  are  per- 
fectly hexagonal)  are  composed  of  four  pieces,  of  which 
two  are  hexagonal  and  two  rhomboidal ;  and  each,  in- 
stead of  corresponding  with  three  cells  on  the  opposite 
side,  corresponds  \viihfour.  The  size  and  the  shape  of 
the  four  pieces  composing  the  bottom,  vary ;  and  these 
intermediate  cells,  a  little  larger  than  the  third  part  of 
the  three  opposite  cells,  comprise  in  their  contour  a  por- 
tion of  the  bottom  of  the  fourth  cell.  Just  below  the  last 
range  of  cells  with  regular  pyramidal  bottoms,  are  found 
cells  with  bottoms  of  four  pieces,  of  which  three  are  very 
large,  and  one  very  small,  and  this  last  is  a  rhomb.  The 
two  rhombs  of  the  transition  cells  are  separated  by  a  con- 
siderable interval ;  but  the  two  hexagonal  pieces  are  ad- 
jacent and  perfectly  alike.  A  cell  lower,  we  perceive  that 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  4-85 

the  two  rhombs  of  the  bottom  are  not  so  unequal :  the 
contour  of  the  cell  has  included  a  greater  portion  of  the 
opposite  fourth  cell.  Lastly,  we  find  cells  in  pretty  con- 
siderable number,  of  which  the  bottom  is  composed  of 
four  pieces  perfectly  regular — namely,  two  elongated 
hexagons  and  two  equal  rhombs,  but  smaller  than  those 
of  the  pyramidal  bottoms.  In  proportion  as  we  remove 
our  view  from  the  cells  with  regular  tetrahedral  bottoms, 
whether  in  descending  or  from  right  to  left,  we  see  that 
the  subsequent  cells  resume  their  ordinary  form ;  that  is 
to  say,  that  one  of  their  rhombs  is  gradually  lessened 
until  it  finally  disappears  entirely ;  and  the  pyramidal 
form  re-exhibits  itself,  but  on  a  larger  scale  than  in  the 
cells  at  the  top  of  the  comb.  This  regularity  is  main- 
tained in  a  great  number  of  ranges,  namely,  those  con- 
sisting of  male  cells ;  afterwards  the  cells  diminish  in  size, 
and  we  again  remark  the  tetrahedral  bottoms  just  de- 
scribed, until  the  cells  have  once  more  resumed  the  pro- 
per diameter  of  those  of  workers. 

It  is,  then,  by  encroaching  in  a  small  degree  upon 
the  cells  of  the  other  face  of  the  comb,  that  bees  at  length 
succeed  in  giving  greater  dimensions  to  their  cells ;  and 
the  graduation  of  the  transition  cells  being  reciprocal  on 
the  two  faces  of  the  comb,  it  follows  that  on  both  sides 
each  hexagonal  contour  corresponds  with  four  cells. — 
When  the  bees  have  arrived  at  any  degree  of  this  mode 
of  operating,  they  can  stop  there  and  continue  to  employ 
it  in  several  consecutive  ranges  of  cells :  but  it  is  to  the 
intermediate  degree  that  they  appear  to  confine  them- 
selves for  the  longest  period,  and  we  then  find  a  great 
number  of  cells  of  which  the  bottoms  of  four  pieces  are 
perfectly  regular.  They  might,  then,  construct  the  whole 


484-  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

of  intermediate  or  transition  cells,  of  which  the  diame- 
ter augments  progressively,  until  they  have  reached  that 
range  where  the  male  cells  commence ;  and  in  the  same 
manner,  when  they  wish*  to  revert  to  the  modelling  of 
the  cells  of  workers,  they  pass  by  a  gradually  decreasing 
gradation  to  the  ordinary  diameter  of  the  cells  of  this 
class. — We  commonly  meet  with  three  or  four  ranges  of 
intermediate  cells  before  coming  to  those  of  males ;  the 
first  ranges  of  which  participate  in  some  measure  in  the 
irregularity  of  the  former. 

But  it  is  upon  the  construction  of  the  bottoms  of  the 
intermediate  ranges  of  cells  that  this  variation  of  their 
architecture  chiefly  hinges.  The  bottoms  of  the  regular 
cells  of  bees  are,  as  you  are  aware,  composed  of  three 
equal-sized  rhomboidal  pieces ;  and  the  base  of  a  cell  on 
one  side  of  the  comb  is  composed  of  portions  of  the  bases 
of  three  cells  on  the  other;  but  the  bottoms  of  the  inter- 
mediate cells  in  question  (though  their  orifices  are  per- 
fectly hexagonal)  are  composed  of  four  pieces,  of  which 
two  are  hexagonal  and  two  rhomboidal ;  and  each,  in- 
stead of  corresponding  with  three  cells  on  the  opposite 
side,  corresponds  with  four.  The  size  and  the  shape  of 
the  four  pieces  composing  the  bottom,  vary ;  and  these 
intermediate  cells,  a  little  larger  than  the  third  part  of 
the  three  opposite  cells,  comprise  in  their  contour  a  por- 
tion of  the  bottom  of  the  fourth  cell.  Just  below  the  last 
range  of  cells  with  regular  pyramidal  bottoms,  are  found 
cells  with  bottoms  of  four  pieces,  of  which  three  are  very 
large,  and  one  very  small,  and  this  last  is  a  rhomb.  The 
two  rhombs  of  the  transition  cells  are  separated  by  a  con- 
siderable interval ;  but  the  two  hexagonal  pieces  are  ad- 
jacent and  perfectly  alike.  A  cell  lower,  we  perceive  that 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  485 

the  two  rhombs  of  the  bottom  are  not  so  unequal :  the 
contour  of  the  cell  has  included  a  greater  portion  of  the 
opposite  fourth  cell.  Lastly,  we  find  cells  in  pretty  con- 
siderable number,  of  which  the  bottom  is  composed  of 
four  pieces  perfectly  regular — namely,  two  elongated 
hexagons  and  two  equal  rhombs,  but  smaller  than  those 
of  the  pyramidal  bottoms.  In  proportion  as  we  remove 
our  view  from  the  cells  with  regular  tetrahedral  bottoms, 
whether  in  descending  or  from  right  to  left,  we  see  that 
the  subsequent  cells  resume  their  ordinary  form ;  that  is 
to  say,  that  one  of  their  rhombs  is  gradually  lessened 
until  it  finally  disappears  entirely ;  and  the  pyramidal 
form  re-exhibits  itself,  but  on  a  larger  scale  than  in  the 
cells  at  the  top  of  the  comb.  This  regularity  is  main- 
tained in  a  great  number  of  ranges,  namely,  those  con- 
sisting of  male  cells  ;  afterwards  the  cells  diminish  in  size, 
and  we  again  remark  the  tetrahedral  bottoms  just  de- 
scribed, until  the  cells  have  once  more  resumed  the  pro- 
per diameter  of  those  of  workers. 

It  is,  then,  by  encroaching  in  a  small  degree  upon 
the  cells  of  the  other  face  of  the  comb,  that  bees  at  length 
succeed  in  giving  greater  dimensions  to  their  cells ;  and 
the  graduation  of  the  transition  cells  being  reciprocal  on 
the  two  faces  of  the  comb,  it  follows  that  on  both  sides 
each  hexagonal  contour  corresponds  with  four  cells. — 
When  the  bees  have  arrived  at  any  degree  of  this  mode 
of  operating,  they  can  stop  there  and  continue  to  employ 
it  in  several  consecutive  ranges  of  cells :  but  it  is  to  the 
intermediate  degree  that  they  appear  to  confine  them- 
selves for  the  longest  period,  and  we  then  find  a  great 
number  of  cells  of  which  the  bottoms  of  four  pieces  are 
perfectly  regular.  They  might,  then,  construct  the  whole 


486  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

comb  on  this  plan,  if  their  object  were  not  to  revert  to 
the  pyramidal  form  with  which  they  set  out. — In  building 
the  male  cells,  the  bees  begin  their  foundation  with  a 
block  or  mass  of  wax  thicker  and  higher  than  that  em- 
ployed for  the  cells  of  workers,  without  which  it  would 
be  impracticable  for  them  to  preserve  the  same  order 
and  symmetry  in  working  on  a  larger  scale. 

Irregularities  (to  use  the  language  of  Huber,  from 
whom  the  above  details  are  abstracted,)  have  often  been 
observed  in  the  cells  of  bees.     Reaumur,  Bonnet  and 
other  naturalists  cite  them  as  so  many  examples  of  im- 
perfections.    What  would  have  been  their  astonishment 
if  they  had  been  aware  that  part  of  these  anomalies  are 
calculated  /  that  there  exists  as  it  were  a  moveable  har- 
mony in  the  mechanism  by  which  the  cells  are  composed ! 
If,  in  consequence  of  the  imperfection  of  their  organs  or 
of  their  instruments,  bees  occasionally  constructed  some 
of  their  cells  unequal,  or  of  parts  badly  put  together,  it 
would  still  manifest  some  talent  to  be  able  to  repair  these 
defects,  and  to  compensate  one  irregularity  by  another : 
but  it  is  far  more  astonishing  that  they  know  how  to  quit 
their  ordinary  routine  when  circumstances  require  that 
they  should  build  male  cells;  that  they  should  be  in- 
structed to  vary  the  dimensions  and  the  shape  of  each 
piece  so  as  to  return  to  a  regular  order ;  and  that,  after 
having  constructed  thirty  or  forty  ranges  of  male  cells, 
they  again  leave  the  regular  order  on  which  these  were 
formed,  and  arrive  by  successive  diminutions  at  the  point 
from  which  they  set  out.     How  should  these  insects  be 
able  to  extricate  themselves  from  such  a  difficulty — from 
such  a  complicated  structure  ?    how  pass  from  the  little 
to  the  great,  from  a  regular  plan  to  an  irregular  one, 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  187 

and  again  resume  the  former  ?     These  are  questions 
which  no  known  system  can  explain  a. 

Here  again,  as  observed  in  a  former  instance,  the 
wonder  would  be  less,  if  every  comb  contained  a  certain 
number  of  transition  and  of  male  cells,  constantly  situ- 
ated in  one  and  the  same  part  of  it :  but  this  is  far  from 
being  the  case.  The  event  which  alone,  at  whatever 
period  it  may  happen,  seems  to  determine  the  bees  to 
construct  male  cells,  is  the  oviposition  of  the  queen.  So 
long  as  she  continues  to  lay  the  eggs  of  workers  not  a 
male  cell  is  founded  ;  but  as  soon  as  she  is  about  to  lay 
male  eggs,  the  workers  seem  aware  of  it,  and  you  then 
see  them  form  their  cells  irregularly,  impart  to  them  by 
degrees  a  greater  diameter,  and  at  length  prepare  suitable 
ranges  of  cradles  for  all  the  male  race  b. — You  must  per- 
ceive how  absurd  it  would  be  to  refer  this  astonishing 
variation  of  instinct  to  any  mere  change  in  the  sensations 
of  the  bees ;  and  to  what  far-fetched  and  gratuitous  sup- 
positions we  must  be  reduced,  if  we  adopt  any  such  ex- 
planation. We  can  but  refer  it  to  an  instinct  of  which 
we  know  nothing ;  and  so  referring  it,  can  we  help  ex- 
claiming with  Huber,  "  Such  is  the  grandeur  of  the 
views  and  of  the  means  of  ordaining  wisdom,  that  it  is 
not  by  a  minute  exactness  that  she  marches  to  her  end, 
but  proceeds  from  irregularity  to  irregularity,  compen- 
sating one  by  another :  the  admeasurements  are  made 
on  high,  the  apparent  errors  appreciated  by  a  divine 
geometry ;  and  order  often  results  from  partial  diversity. 
This  is  not  the  first  instance  which  science  has  presented 
to  us  of  preordained  irregularities  which  astonish  our  ig- 

a  Huber,  ii.  221-220,  244-247.  b  Ibid,  ii,  226. 


488  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

norance,  and  are  the  admiration  of  the  most  enlightened 
minds :  So  true  it  is,  that  the  more  we  investigate  the 
general  as  well  as  particular  laws  of  this  vast  system,  the 
more  perfection  does  it  pfesent a." 

It  is  observed  by  M.  P.  Huber,  in  his  appendix  to  the 
account  of  his  father's  discoveries  relative  to  the  archi- 
tecture of  bees,  that  in  general  the  form  of  the  prisms 
or  tubes  of  the  cells  is  more  essential  than  that  of  their 
bottoms,  since  the  tetrahedral-bottomed  transition  cells, 
and  even  those  cells  which  being  built  immediately  upon 
wood  or  glass,  were  entirely  without  bottoms,  still  pre- 
served their  usual  shape  of  hexagonal  prisms.  But  a  re- 
markable experiment  of  the  elder  Huber  shows  that  bees 
can  alter  even  the  form  of  their  cells  when  circumstances 
require  it,  and  that  in  a  way  which  one  would  not  have 
expected. 

Having  placed  in  front  of  a  comb  which  the  bees  were 
constructing,  a  slip  of  glass,  they  seemed  immediately 
aware  that  it  would  be  very  difficult  to  attach  it  to  so  slip- 
pery a  surface  :  and  instead  of  continuing  the  comb  in  a 
straight  line,  they  bent  it  at  a  right  angle,  so  as  to  ex- 
tend beyond  the  slip  of  glass,  and  ultimately  fixed  it  to 
an  adjoining  part  of  the  wood-work  of  the  hive  which  the 
glass  did  not  cover.  This  deviation,  if  the  comb  had 
been  a  mere  simple  and  uniform  mass  of  wax,  would 
have  evinced  no  small  ingenuity ;  but  you  will  bear  in 
mind  that  a  comb  consists  on  each  side,  or  face,  of  cells 
having  between  them  bottoms  in  common :  and  if  you 
take  a  comb,  and  having  softened  the  wax  by  heat,  en- 
deavour to  bend  it  in  any  part  at  a  right  angle,  you  will 

a  Huber,  ii.  230. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  489 

then  comprehend  the  difficulties  which  our  little  archi- 
tects had  to  encounter.  The  resources  of  their  instinct, 
however,  were  adequate  to  the  emergency.  They  made 
the  cells  on  the  convex  side  of  the  bent  part  of  the  comb 
much  larger,  and  those  on  the  concave  side  much  smaller 
than  usual ;  the  former  having  three  or  four  times  the 
diameter  of  the  latter.  But  this  was  not  all.  As  the 
bottoms  of  the  small  and  large  cells  were  as  usual  com- 
mon to  both,  the  cells  were  not  regular  prisms,  but  the 
small  ones  considerably  wider  at  the  bottom  than  at  the 
top,  and  conversely  in  the  large  ones  ! — What  concep- 
tion can  we  form  of  so  wonderful  a  flexibility  of  instinct? 
How,  as  Huber  asks,  can  we  comprehend  the  mode  in 
which  such  a  crowd  of  labourers,  occupied  at  the  same 
time  on  the  edge  of  the  comb,  could  agree  to  give  to  it 
the  same  curvature  from  one  extremity  to  the  other ;  or 
how  they  could  arrange  together  to  construct  on  one 
face  cells  so  small,  while  on  the  other  they  imparted  to 
them  such  enlarged  dimensions  ? — And  how  can  we  feel 
adequate  astonishment  that  they  should  have  the  art  of 
making  cells  of  such  different  sizes  correspond a  ? 

After  this  long  but  I  flatter  myself  not  wholly  unin- 
teresting enumeration,  you  will  scarcely  hesitate  to  ad- 
mit that  insects,  and  of  these  the  be,e  pre-eminently,  are 
endowed  with  a  much  more  exquisite  and  flexible  in- 
stinct than  the  larger  animals.  But  you  may  be  here 
led  to  ask,  Can  all  this  be  referred  to  instinct  ?  Is  not 
this  pliability  to  circumstances — this  surprising  adapta- 
tion of  means  for  accomplishing  an  end — rather  the  re- 
sult of  reason  ? 

*    Huber,  ii.  219—. 


490  INSTINCT   OF   INSECTS. 

You  will  not  doubt  my  allowing  the  appositeness  of 
this  question,  when  I  frankly  tell  you,  that  so  strikingly 
do  many  of  the  preceding  facts  seem  at  first  view  the  ef- 
fect of  reason,  that  in  my  original  sketch  of  the  letter  you 
are  now  reading,  I  had  arranged  them  as  instances  of 
this  faculty.  But  mature  consideration  has  convinced 
me  (though  I  confess  the  subject  has  great  difficulties) 
that  this  view  was  fallacious ;  and  that  though  some  cir- 
cumstances connected  with  these  facts  may,  as  I  shall 
hereafter  show,  be  referable  to  reason,  the  facts  them- 
selves can  only  be  consistently  explained  by  regarding 
them  as  I  have  here  done,  as  examples  of  variations  of 
particular  instincts  : — and  this  on  two  accounts. 

In  the  first  place,  these  variations,  however  singular, 
are  limited  in  their  extent:  all  bees  are,  and  have  always 
been,  able  to  avail  themselves  of  a  certain  number,  but 
not  to  increase  that  number.  Bees  cemented  their  combs 
when  becoming  heavy,  to  the  top  of  the  hive,  with  mitys, 
in  the  time  of  Aristotle  and  Pliny  as  they  do  now ;  and 
there  is  every  reason  to  believe  that  then,  as  now,  they 
occasionally  varied  their  procedures,  by  securing  them 
with  wax  or  with  propolis  only,  either  added  to  the  up- 
per range  of  cells,  or  disposed  in  braces  and  ties  to  the 
adjoining  combs.  But  if  in  thus  proceeding  they  were 
guided  by  reason,  why  not  under  certain  circumstances 
adopt  other  modes  of  strengthening  their  combs?  Why 
not,  when  wax  and  propolis  are  scarce,  employ  mud, 
which  they  might  see  the  martin  avail  herself  of  so  suc- 
cessfully ?  Or  why  should  it  not  come  into  the  head  of 
some  hoary  denizen  of  the  hive,  that  a  little  of  the  mortar 
with  which  his  careful  master  plasters  the  crevices,  be- 
tween his  habitation  and  its  stand,  might  answer  the  end 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  491 

of  mitys  ?  "  Si  seulement  ils  elevoient  une  fois  des  ca- 
banes  quarrees,"  (says  Bonnet  when  speaking  as  to 
what  faculty  the  works  of  the  beaver  are  to  be  referred,) 
"  mais  ce  sont  eternellement  des  cabanes  rondes  ou 
ovalesa:" — and  so  we  might  say  of  the  phenomena  in 
question : — Show  us  but  one  instance  of  bees  having  sub- 
stituted mud  or  mortar  for  mitys,  pissoceros,  or  pro- 
polis, or  wooden  props  for  waxen  ties,  and  there  could 
be  no  doubt  of  their  being  here  guided  by  reason.  But 
since  no  such  instance  is  on  record ;  since  they  are  still 
confined  to  the  same  limits — however  surprising  the 
range  of  these  limits — as  they  were  two  thousand  years 
ago  ;  and  since  the  bees  emerged  from  their  pupae  but  a 
few  hours  before,  will  set  themselves  as  adroitly  to  work 
and  pursue  their  operations  as  scientifically  as  their 
brethren,  who  can  boast  the  experience  of  a  long  life  of 
twelve  months  duration; — we  must  still  regard  these 
actions  as  variations  of  instinct. 

In  the  second  place,  no  degree  of  reason  that  we  can 
with  any  share  of  probability  attribute  to  bees,  could  be 
competent  to  the  performance  of  labours  so  complicated 
as  those  we  have  been  considering,  and  which  if  the  re- 
sult of  reason,  would  involve  the  most  extensive  and  va- 
ried knowledge  in  the  agents.  Suppose  a  man  to  have 
attained  by  long  practice  the  art  of  modelling  wax  into 
a  congeries  of  uniform  hexagonal  cells,  with  pyramidal 
bottoms  composed  each  of  three  rhombs,  resembling  the 
cells  of  workers  among  bees.  Let  him  now  be  set  to 
make  a  congeries  of  similar  but  larger  cells  (answering 
to  the  male  cells),  and  unite  these  with  the  former  by 
other  hexagonal  cells,  so  that  there  should  be  no  disrup- 
n  Giuvrcs,  ix.  159.  I 


492  INSTINCT    OF   INSECTS. 

tion  in  the  continuity  or  regularity  of  the  whole  assem- 
blage, and  no  vacant  intervals  or  patching  at  the  junc- 
tions either  of  the  tubes  or  the  bottoms  of  the  cells ; — 
and  you  would  have  set  nim  no  very  easy  task — a  task, 
in  short,  which  it  may  be  doubted  if  he  would  satisfac- 
torily perform  in  a  twelvemonth,  though  gifted  with  a 
clear  head  and  a  competent  store  of  geometrical  know- 
ledge, and  which,  if  destitute  of  these  requisites,  it  may 
be  safely  asserted  that  he  would  never  perform .  at  all. 
How  then  can  we  imagine  it  possible  that  this  difficult 
problem,  and  others  of  a  similar  kind,  can  be  so  com- 
pletely and  exactly  solved  by  animals  of  which  some  are 
not  two  days  old,  others  not  a  week,  and  probably  none 
a  year  ?  The  conclusion  is  irresistible — it  is  not  reason 
but  instinct  that  is  their  guide. 

The  second  head  under  which  I  proposed  contrasting 
the  instincts  of  insects  with  those  of  the  larger  animals, 
was  that  of  their  number  in  the  same  individual. — In  the 
latter  this  is  for  the  most  part  very  limited,  not  exceed- 
ing (if  we  omit  those  common  to  almost  all  animated 
beings)  eight  or  ten  distinct  instincts.  Thus  in  the  com- 
mon duck,  one  instinct  leads  it  at  its  birth  from  the  egg- 
to  rush  to  the  water ;  another  to  seek  its  proper  food ; 
a  third  to  pair  with  its  mate ;  a  fourth  to  form  a  nest ; 
a  fifth  to  sit  upon  its  eggs  till  hatched ;  a  sixth  to  assist 
the  young  ducklings  in  extricating  themselves  from  the 
shell ;  and  a  seventh  to  defend  them  when  in  danger  un- 
til able  to  provide  for  themselves :  and  it  would  not  be 
easy,  as  far  as  my  knowledge  extends,  to  add  many  more 
distinct  instinctive  actions  to  the  enumeration,  or  to  ad- 
duce many  species  of  the  superior  classes  of  animals,  en- 
dowed with  a  greater  number. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  493 

But  how  vastly  more  manifold  are  the  instincts  of  the 
majority  of  insects  !  It  is  not  necessary  to  insist  upon 
those  differences  which  take  place  in  the  same  insect  in 
its  different  states,  leading  it  to  select  one  kind  of  food 
in  the  larva,  and  another  in  the  perfect  state ;  to  defend 
itself  in  one  mode  in  the  former,  and  in  another  in  the 
latter,  &c. — because,  however  remarkable  these  varia- 
tions, they  may  be  referred  with  great  plausibility  to 
those  striking  changes  in  the  organic  structure  of  the 
animal,  which  occur  at  the  two  periods  of  its  existence. 
It  is  to  the  number  of  instincts  observable  in  the  same 
individual  of  many  insects  in  their  perfect  state  that  I 
now  confine  myself;  and  as  the  most  striking  example 
of  the  whole  I  shall  select  the  hive-bee, — begging  you  to 
bear  in  mind  that  I  do  not  mean  to  include  those  exhi- 
bited by  the  queen,  the  drones,  or  even  those  of  the 
workers,  termed  by  Huber  cirieres  (wax  makers) ;  but 
only  to  enumerate  those  presented  by  that  portion  of  the 
workers,  termed  by  Huber  nourrices  or  petites  abeilles 
(nurses),  upon  whom,  as  you  have  been  before  tolda, 
with  the  exception  of  making  wax,  laying  the  foundation 
of  the  cells,  and  collecting  honey  for  being  stored,  the 
principal  labours  of  the  hive  devolve.  It  will  be  these 
individuals  alone  that  I  shall  understand  by  the  term 
bees,  under  the  present  head  :  and  though  the  other  in- 
habitants of  the  hive  may  occasionally  concur  in  some 
of  their  actions  and  labours,  yet  it  is  obvious  that  so 
many  as  are  those  in  which  they  distinctly  take  part,  so 
many  instincts  must  we  regard  them  as  endowed  with. 

To  begin,  then,  with  the  formation  of  the  colony : — 
By  one  instinct  bees  are  directed  to  send  out  scouts  pre- 
*  VOL.  I.  487-. 


494  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

viously  to  their  swarming,  in  search  of  a  suitable  abode a ; 
and  by  another,  to  rush  out  of  the  hive  after  the  queen 
that  leads  forth  the  swarm,  and  follow  wherever  she 
bends  her  course.  Having  taken  possession  of  their  new 
abode,  whether  of  their  own  selection  or  prepared  for 
them  by  the  hand  of  man,  a  third  instinct  teaches  them 
to  cleanse  it  from  all  impurities5;  a  fourth  to  collect 
propolis,  and  with  it  to  stop  upevery  crevice  except  the 
entrance ;  a  fifth  to  ventilate  the  hive  for  preserving  the 
purity  of  the  air ;  and  a  sixth  to  keep  a  constant  guard 
at  the  door c. 

In  constructing  the  houses  and  streets  of  their  new 
city,  or  the  cells  and  combs,  there  are  probably  several 
distinct  instincts  exercised;  but  not  to  leave  room  for 
objection,  I  shall  regard  them  as  the  result  of  one  only : 
yet  the  operations  of  polishing  the  interior  of  the  cells, 
and  soldering  their  angles  and  orifices  with  propolis, 
which  are  sometimes  not  undertaken  for  weeks  after  the 
cells  are  built d ;  and  the  obscure  but  still  more  curious 
one  of  varnishing  them  with  the  yellow  tinge  observable 
in  old  combs ; — seem  clearly  referable  to  at  least  two 
distinct  instincts.  The  varnishing  process  is  so  little 
connected  with  that  of  building,  that,  though  it  takes 
place  in  some  combs  in  three  or  four  days,  it  does  not  in 
others  for  several  months,  though  both  are  equally  em- 
ployed for  the  same  uses e.  Huber  ascertained  by  accu- 
rate experiment  that  this  tinge  is  not  owing  to  the  heat 
of  the  hives ;  to  any  vapours  in  the  air  which  they  in- 
clude ;  to  any  emanations  from  the  wax  or  honey ;  nor 
to  the  deposition  of  this  last  in  the  cells;  but  he  inclines 

*  See  above,  p.  186.     b  Huber,  ii.  102.     c  Ibid.  i.  18G.  ii.  412. 
a  Ibid.  ii.  264—.  VOL.  I.  497.  e  Huber,  ii.  274. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  495 

to  think  it  is  occasioned  by  a  yellow  matter  which  the 
bees  seem  to  detach  from  their  mandibles,  and  to  apply 
to  the  surface  which  they  are  varnishing,  by  repeated 
strokes  of  these  organs  and  of  the  fore  feet  a. 

In  their  out-of-door  operations  several  distinct  instincts 
are  concerned.  By  one  they  are  led  to  extract  honey 
from  the  nectaries  of  flowers ;  by  another  to  collect  pol- 
len after  a  process  involving  very  complicated  manipu- 
lations, and  requiring  a  singular  apparatus  of  brushes 
and  baskets ;  and  that  must  surely  be  considered  a  third, 
which  so  remarkably  and  beneficially  restricts  each  ga- 
thering to  the  same  plant b.  It  is  clearly  a  distinct  in- 
stinct which  inspires  bees  with  such  dread  of  rain,  that 
even  if  a  cloud  pass  before  the  sun,  they  return  to  the 
hive  in  the  greatest  haste  c ;  and  that  seems  to  me  not  less 
so,  which  teaches  them  to  find  their  way  back  to  their 
home  after  the  most  distant  and  intricate  wanderings. 
When  bees  have  found  the  direction  in  which  their  hive 
lies,  Huber  says  they  fly  to  it  with  an  extreme  rapidity, 
and  as  straight  as  a  ball  from  a  musket d  :  and  if  their 
hives  were  always  in  open  situations,  one  might  suppose, 
as  Huber  seems  inclined  to  think,  that  it  is  by  their  sight 
they  are  conducted  to  them.  But  hives  are  frequently 
found  in  small  gardens  embowered  in  wood,  and  in  the 
midst  of  villages  surrounded  and  interspersed  with  trees 
and  buildings,  so  as  to  make  it  impossible  that  they  can 
be  seen  from  a  distance.  If  you  had  been  with  me  in 
1815,  in  the  famous  Pays  de  Waes  in  Flanders — where 
the  country  is  a  perfect  flat,  and  the  inhabitants  so  en- 
amoured either  of  the  beauty  or  profit  of  trees,  that  their 

a  Huber,  ii.  275—.  b  See  above,  p.  179. 

c  Huber,  i.  356.  *  Ibid.  ii.  367. 


496  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

fields,  which  are  rarely  above  three  acres  in  extent,  are 
constantly  surrounded  with  a  double  row,  making  the 
whole  district  one  vast  wood — you  would  have  pitied  the 
poor  bees  if  reduced  to  tiepend  on  their  own  eye-sight 
for  retracing  the  road  homeward.     In  vain  during  my 
stay  at  St.  Nicholas  I  sallied  out  at  every  outlet  to  try 
to  gain  some  idea  of  the  extent  and  form  of  the  town. 
Trees — trees — trees — still  met  me,  and  intercepted  the 
view  in  every  direction ;  and  I  defy  any  inhabitant  bee 
of  this  rural  metropolis,  after    once  quitting    its  hive, 
ever  to  gain  a  glimpse  of  it  again  until  nearly  perpendi- 
cularly over  it.     The  bees,  therefore,  of  the  Pays  de 
Waes,  and  consequently  all  other  bees,  must  be  led  to 
their  abodes  by  instinct,  as  certainly  as  it  is  instinct  that 
directs  the  migrations  of  birds  or  of  fishes,  or  domestic 
quadrupeds  to  find  out  their  homes  from  inconceivable 
distances a. — When  they  have  reached  the  hive,  another 
instinct  leads  them  to  regurgitate  into  the  extended  pro- 
boscis of  their  hungry  companions  who  have  been  occu- 
pied at  home,  a  portion  of  the  honey  collected  in  the 
fields ;  and  another  directs  them  to  unload  their  legs  of 
the  masses  of  pollen,  and  to  store  it  in  the  cells  for  future 
use. 

a  The  following  striking  anecdote  of  this  last  species  of  instinct  in 
an  animal  not  famed  for  sagacity,  was  related  to  me  by  Lieutenant 
Alderson,  (royal  engineers,)  who  was  personally  acquainted  with  the 
facts.— In  March  1816  an  ass,  the  property  of  Captain  Dundas,R.N., 
then  at  Malta,  was  shipped  on  board  the  Ister  frigate,  Captain  For- 
rest, bound  from  Gibraltar  for  that  island.  The  vessel  having  struck 
on  some  sands  off  the  Point  de  Gat,  at  some  distance  from  the  shore, 
the  ass  was  thrown  overboard  to  give  it  a  chance  of  swimming  to 
land — a  poor  one,  for  the  sea  was  running  so  high  that  a  boat  which 
left  the  ship  was  lost.  A  few  days  afterwards,  however,  when  the 
gates  of  Gibraltar  were  opened  in  the  morning,  the  ass  presented 
himself  for  admittance,  and  proceeded  to  the  stable  of  Mr.  Weeks, 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  497 

Several  distinct  instincts,  again,  are  called  into  action 
in  the  important  business  of  feeding  the  young  brooc1. 
One  teaches  them  to  swallow  pollen,  not  to  satisfy  the 
calls  of  hunger,  but  that  it  ntay  undergo  in  their  sto- 
mach an  elaboration  fitting  it  for  the  food  of  1;he  grubs; 
and  another  to  regurgitate  it  when  duly  concocted,  and 
to  administer  it  to  their  charge,  proportioning  the  sup- 
ply to  the  age  and  condition  of  the  recipients.  A  third 
informs  them  when  the  young  grubs  have  attained  their 
full  growth,  and  directs  them  to  cover  their  cells  with  a 
waxen  lid,  convex  in  the  male  cells,  but  nearly  flat  in 
those  of  workers  ;  and  by  a  fourth,  as  soon  as  the  young 
bees  have  burst  into  day,  they  are  impelled  to  clean  out 
the  deserted  tenements  and  to  make  them  ready  for  new 
occupants. 

Numerous  as  are  the  instincts  I  have  already  enume- 
rated, the  list  must  yet  include  those  connected  with  that 
mysterious  principle  which  binds  the  working  bees  of 
a  hive  to  their  queen : — the  singular  imprisonment  in 
which  they  retain  the  young  queens  that  are  to  lead  off 
a  swarm,  until  their  wings  be  sufficiently  expanded  to 

a  merchant,  which  he  had  formerly  occupied,  to  the  no  small  surprise 
of  this  gentleman,  who  imagined  that  from  some  accident  the  animal 
had  never  been  shipped  on  board  the  Ister.  On  the  return  of  this 
vessel  to  repair,  the  mystery  was  explained ;  and  it  turned  out  that 
Valiante  (so  the  ass  was  called)  had  not  only  swam  safely  to  shore, 
but,  without  guide,  compass,  or  travelling  map,  had  found  his  way 
from  Point  de  Gat  to  Gibraltar,  a  distance  of  more  than  two  hundred 
miles,  which  he  had  never  traversed  before,  through  a  mountainous 
and  intricate  country,  intersected  by  streams,  and  in  so  short  a  pe- 
riod that  he  could  not  have  made  one  false  turn.  His  not  having 
been  stopped  on  the  road  was  attributed  to  the  circumstance  of  his 
having  been  formerly  used  to  whip  criminals  upon,  which  was  indi- 
cated to  the  peasants,  who  have  a  superstitious  horror  of  such  asses> 
by  the  holes  in  his  ears,  to  which  the  persons  flogged  were  tied. 

VOL.  II.  2  K 


4-98  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

enable  them  to  fly  the  moment  they  are  at  liberty,  gra- 
dually paring  away  the  waxen  wall  that  confines  them 
to  their  cell  to  an  extreme  thinness,  and  only  suffering 
it  to  be  broken  down  at«|he  precise  moment  required  ;— 
the  attention  with  which,  in  these  circumstances,  they 
feed  the  imprisoned  queen  by  frequently  putting  honey 
upon  her  proboscis,  protruded  from  a  small  orifice  in 
the  lid  of  her  cell ;— -  the  watchfulness  with  which,  when 
at  the  period  of  swarming  more  queens  than  one  are  re- 
quired, they  place  a  guard  over  the  cells  of  those  undis- 
closed, to  preserve  them  from  the  jealous  fury  of  their 
excluded  rivals ; — the  exquisite  calculation  with  which 
they  invariably  release  the  oldest  queens  the  first  from 
their  confinement ; — the  singular  love  of  monarchical 
dominion,  by  which,  when  two  queens  in  other  circum- 
stances are  produced,  they  are  led  to  impel  them  to  com- 
bat until  one  is  destroyed ; — the  ardent  devotion  which 
binds  them  to  the  fate  and  fortunes  of  the  survivor ; — 
the  distraction  which  they  manifest  at  her  loss,  and  their 
resolute  determination  not  to  accept  of  any  stranger  un- 
til an  interval  has  elapsed  sufficiently  long  to  allow  of  no 
chance  of  the  return  of  their  rightful  sovereign ; — and 
(to  omit  a  further  enumeration)  the  obedience  which  in 
the  utmost  noise  and  confusion  they  show  to  her  well- 
known  hum. 

I  have  now  instanced  at  least  thirty  distinct  instincts 
with  which  every  individual  of  the  nurses  amongst  the 
working-bees  is  endowed :  and  if  to  the  account  be  add- 
ed their  care  to  carry  from  the  hive  the  dead  bodies  of 
any  of  the  community;  their  pertinacity  in  their  battles, 
in  directing  their  sting  at  those  parts  only  of  the  bodies 
of  their  adversaries  which  are  penetrable  by  it ;  their 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  499 

annual  autumnal  murder  of  the  drones,  &c.  &c. — it  is 
certain  that  this  number  might  be  very  considerably  in- 
creased, perhaps  doubled. 

At  the  first  view  you  will  be  inclined  to  suspect  some 
fallacy  in  this  enumeration,  and  that  this  variety  of  ac- 
tions ought  to  be  referred  rather  to  some  general  prin- 
ciple, capable  of  accommodating  itself  to  different  cir- 
cumstances, than  to  so  many  different  kinds  of  instinct. 
But  to  what  principle  ?  Not  to  reason,  the  faculty  to 
which  we  assign  this  power  of  varying  accommodation. 
All  the  actions  above  adduced  come  strictly  under  the 
description  of  instinctive  actions,  being  alt  performed  by 
every  generation  of  bees  since  the  creation  of  the  world, 
and  as  perfectly  a  day  or  two  after  their  birth  as  at  any 
subsequent  period.  And  as  the  very  essence  of  instinct 
consists  in  the  determinate  character  of  the  actions  to 
which  it  gives  birth,  it  is  clear  that  every  distinctly  diffe- 
rent action  must  be  referred  to  a  distinct  instinct.  Few 
will  dispute  that  the  instinct  which  leads  a  duck  to  re- 
sort to  the  water  is  a  different  instinct  from  that  which 
leads  her  to  sit  upon  her  eggs ;  for  the  hen  though  en- 
dowed with  one  is  not  with  the  other.  In  fact,  they  are 
as  distinct  and  unconnected  as  the  senses  of  sight  and 
smell ;  and  it  appears  to  me  that  it  would  be  as  contrary 
to  philosophical  accuracy  of  language,  in  the  former  case 
to  call  the  two  instincts  modifications  of  each  other,  as 
in  the  latter  so  to  designate  the  two  senses ;  and  as  we 
say  that  a  deaf  and  blind  man  has  fewer  senses  than  other 
men,  so  (strictly)  we  ought  not  to  speak  of  instinct  as  one 
faculty  (though  to  avoid  circumlocution  I  have  myself 
often  employed  this  common  mode  of  expression),  or  say 
that  one  insect  has  a  greater  or  less  share  of  instinct  than 
2  K  2 


500  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

another,  but  more  or  fewer  instincts. — That  it  is  not  al- 
ways easy  to  determine  what  actions  are  to  be  referred 
to  a  distinct  instinct  and  what  to  a  modification  of  an  in- 
stinct, I  am  very  ready*  to  admit ;  but  this  is  no  solid 
ground  for  regarding  all  instincts  as  modifications  of 
some  one  principle.  It  is  often  equally  difficult  to  fix 
the  limits  between  instinct  and  reason  ;  but  we  are  not 
on  this  account  justified  in  deeming  them  the  same. 

This  multitude  of  instincts  in  the  same  individual,  be- 
comes more  wonderful  when  considered  in  another  point 
of  view.  Were  they  constantly  to  follow  each  other  in 
regular  sequence,  so  that  each  bee  necessarily  first  be- 
gan to  build  cells,  then  to  collect  honey,  next  pollen, 
and  so  on,  we  might  plausibly  enough  refer  them  to 
some  change  in  the  sensations  of  the  animal,  caused  by 
alterations  in  the  structure  and  gradual  development  of 
its  organs,  in  the  same  way  as  on  similar  principles  we 
explain  the  sexual  instincts  of  the  superior  tribes.  But 
it  is  certain  that  no  such  consecutive  series  prevails. 
The  different  instincts  of  the  bee  are  called  into  action 
in  an  order  regulated  solely  by  the  needs  of  the  society. 
If  combs  be  wanted,  no  bee  collects  honey  for  storing 
until  they  are  provided  a  :  and  if,  when  constructed,  any 
accident  injure  or  destroy  them,  every  labour  is  sus- 
pended until  the  mischief  is  repaired  or  new  ones  sub- 
stituted b.  When  the  crevices  round  the  hive  are  effec- 
tually secured  with  propolis,  the  instinct  directing  the 
collection  of  this  substance  lies  dormant :  but  transfer 
the  bees  to  a  new  hive  which  shall  require  a  new  luting, 
and  it  is  instantly  re-excited.  But  these  instances  are 

*  Huber,  ii.  64.  "  Ibid.  ii.  138. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  501 

superfluous.  Every  one  knows  that  at  the  same  moment 
of  time  the  citizens  of  a  hive  are  employed  in  the  most 
varied  and  opposite  operations.  Some  are  collecting 
pollen ;  others  are  in  search  of  honey ;  isome  busied  at 
home  in  the  first  construction  of  the  cells;  others  in 
giving  them  their  last  polish ;  others  in  ventilating  the 
hive  ;  others  again  in  feeding  the  young  brood  and  the 
like. 

Now,  how  are  we  to  account  for  this  regularity  of 
procedure — this  undeviating  accuracy  with    which  the 
precise  instinct  wanted  is  excited — this  total  absence  of 
all  confusion  in  the  employment  by  each  inhabitant  of 
the  hive,  of  that  particular  instinct  out  of  so  many  which 
the  good  of  the  community  requires  ?     No  thinking  man 
ever  witnesses  the  complexness  and  yet  regularity  and 
efficiency  of  a  great  establishment,  such  as  the  Bank  of 
England,  or  the  Post-office,  without  marvelling  that  even 
human  reason  can  put  together  with  so  little  friction 
and  such  slight  deviations  from  correctness,  machines 
whose  wheels  are  composed  not  of  wood  and  iron,  but 
of  fickle  mortals  of  a  thousand  different   inclinations, 
powers,  and  capacities.     But  if  such  establishments  be 
surprising  even   with   reason   for  their   prime   mover, 
how  much  more  so  is  a  hive  of  bees  whose  proceedings 
are  guided  by  their  instincts  alone  !     We  can  conceive 
that  the  sensations  of  hunger  experienced  on  awaking  in 
the  morning  should  excite  into  action  their  instinct  of 
gathering  honey.  But  all  are  hungry :  yet  all  do  not  rush 
out  in  search  of  flowers.  What  sensation  is  it  that  detains 
a  portion  of  the  hive  at  home,  unmindful  of  the  gna  wings 
of  an  empty  stomach,  busied  in  domestic  arrangements, 
until  the  return  of  their  roving  companions  ?     Of  those 


502  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

that  fly  abroad,  what  conception  can  we  form  of  the 
cause  which,  while  one  set  is  gathering  honey  or  pollen, 
leads  another  company  to  load  their  legs  with  pellets  of 
propolis  ?  Are  we  to  sa^  that  the  instinct  of  the  former 
is  excited  by  one  sensation,  that  of  the  latter  by  another? 
But  why  should  one  sensation  predominate  in  one  set  of 
bees,  while  another  takes  the  lead  in  a  second  ? — or  how 
is  it  that  these  different  instincts  are  called  up  precisely 
in  the  degree  which  the  actual  and  changing  state  of 
things  in  the  hive  requires  ? — Of  those  which  remain  at 
home,  what  is  it  that  determines  in  one  party  the  instinct 
of  building  cells  to  prevail ;  in  another  that  of  ventilating 
the  hive ;  in  a  third  that  of  feeding  the  young  brood  ? 
For  my  own  part,  I  confess  that  the  more  I  reflect  on, 
this  subject,  and  contrast  the  diversity  of  the  means  with 
the  regularity  and  uniformity  of  the  end,  the  more  I  am 
lost  in  astonishment.  The  effects  of  instinct  seem  even 
more  wonderful  than  those  of  reason^  in  the  same  man- 
ner as  the  consentaneous  movements  of  a  mighty  and 
divided  army,  which,  though  under  the  command  of 
twenty  generals  and  from  the  most  distant  quarters, 
should  meet  at  the  assigned  spot  at  the  very  hour  fixed 
upon,  would  be  more  surprising  than  the  steam-moved 
operations,  however  complex,  of  one  of  Boulton's  mints. 
For  the  sake  of  distinctness  and  compression,  I  have 
confined  myself  in  considering  the  number  of  the  in- 
stincts of  individual  insects  to  a  single  species,  the  bee ; 
but  if  the  history  of  other  societies  of  these  animals — 
wasps,  ants,  &c.  detailed  in  my  former  letters,  be  duly 
weighed,  it  will  be  seen  that  they  furnish  examples  of 
the  variety  in  question  fully  as  striking.  These  corro- 
borating proofs  I  shall  leave  to  your  own  inference,  and 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  503 

proceed  to  the  third  head,  under  which  I  proposed  to 
consider  the  instincts  of  insects — that  of  their  extraordi- 
nary development. 

The  development  of  some  of  the  instincts  of  the  larger 
animals,  such  as  those  of  sex,  is  well  known  to  depend 
upon  their  age  and  the  peculiar  state  of  the  bodily  or- 
gans ;  and  to  this,  as  before  observed,  the  succession  of 
different  instincts  in  the  same  insect,  in  its  larva  and  per- 
fect state,  is  closely  analogous.  But  what  I  have  now 
in  view  is  that  extraordinary  'development  of  instinct, 
which  is  dependent  not  upon  the  age  or  any  change  in 
the  organization  of  the  animal,  but  upon  external  events 
—which  in  individuals  of  the  same  species,  age,  and 
structure,  in  some  circumstances  slumbers  unmoved,  but 
may  in  others  be  excited  to  the  most  singular  and  unlook- 
ed-for action.  In  illustrating  this  property  of  instinct, 
which,  as  far  as  I  am  aware,  is  not  known  to  occur  in 
any  of  the  larger  animals,  I  shall  confine  myself  as  be- 
fore to  the  hive-bee ;  the  only  insect,  indeed,  in  which 
its  existence  has  been  satisfactorily  ascertained,  though 
it  is  highly  probable  that  other  species  living  in  societies 
may  exhibit  the  same  phenomenon. 

Several  of  the  facts  occurring  in  the  history  of  bees 
might  be  referred  to  this  head ;  but  I  shall  here  advert 
only  to  the  treatment  of  the  drones  by  the  workers  under 
different  circumstances,  and  to  the  operations  of  the 
latter  consequent  upon  the  irretrievable  loss  of  the  queen 
— facts  which  have  been  before  stated  to  you,  but  to  the 
principal  features  of  which  my  present  argument  makes 
it  necessary  that  I  should  again  direct  your  attention. 

If  a  hive  of  bees  be  this  year  in  possession  of  a  queen 


506  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

as  was  before  related  at  large  a,  are  withoutdelay  pulled 
down,  and  converted  into  a  variable  number  of  royal  cells 
capacious  enough  for  the  education  of  one  or  more  queen- 
grubs  selected  out  of  the  unhoused  working  grubs — which 
in  this  pressing  emergency  are  mercilessly  sacrificed — 
and  fed  with  the  appropriate  royal  food  to  maturity. 
Thus  sure  of  once  more  acquiring  a  head,  the  hive  return 
to  their  ordinary  labours,  and  in  about  sixteen  days  one 
or  more  queens  are  produced ;  one  of  which,  after  being 
indebted  to  fortune  for  an  elevation  as  singular  as  that  of 
Catherine  the  First  of  Russia,  steps  into  day  and  assumes 
the  reins  of  state. 

To  this  remarkable  deviation  from  the  usual  pro- 
cedures of  the  community,  the  observations  above  made 
in  the  case  of  the  drones  must  be  applied.  We  cannot 
account  for  it  by  conceiving  the  working  bees  to  be  ac- 
quainted with  the  end  which  their  operations  have  in 
view.  If  we  suppose  them  to  know  that  the  queen  and 
working-grubs  are  originally  the  same,  and  that  to  con- 
vert one  of  the  latter  into  the  former  it  is  only  necessary 
to  transfer  it  to  an  apartment  sufficiently  spacious  and  to 
feed  it  with  a  peculiar  food,  we  confer  upon  them  a  depth 
of  reason  to  which  Prometheus,  when  he  made  his  clay 
man,  had  no  pretensions — an  original  discovery,  in  short, 
to  which  man  has  but  just  attained  after  some  thousand 
years  of  painful  research,  having  escaped  all  the  observers 
of  bees  from  Aristomachus,  to  Swammerdam  and  Reau- 
mur of  modern  times.  We  have  no  other  alternative, 
then,  but  to  refer  this  phenomenon  to  the  extraordinary 

a  See  above,  p.  127—. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  507 

development  of  a  new  instinct  suited  for  the  exigency, 
however  incomprehensible  to  us  the  manner  of  its  excite- 
ment may  appear. 

II.  Such,  then,  are  the  exquisiteness,  the  number,  and 
the  extraordinary  development  of  the  instincts  of  insects. 
But  is  instinct  the  sole  guide  of  their  actions  ?  Are  they 
m  every  case  the  blind  agents  of  irresistible  impulse  ? 
These  queries,  I  have  already  hinted,  cannot  in  my 
opinion  be  replied  to  in  the  affirmative ;  and  I  now  pro- 
ceed to  show,  that  though  instinct  is  the  chief  guide  of 
insects,  they  are  endowed  also  with  no  inconsiderable 
portion  of  reason. 

Some  share  of  reason  is  denied  by  few  philosophers  of 
the  present  day  to  the  larger  animals.     But  its  existence 
has  not  generally  (except  by  those  who  reject  instinct  al- 
together) been  recognised  in  insects :   probably  on  the 
ground  that,  as  the  proportions  of  reason  and  of  instinct 
seem  to  co-exist  in  an  inverse  ratio,  the  former  might  be 
expected  to  be  extinct  in  a  class  in  which  the  latter  is 
found  in  such  perfection.     This  rule,  however,  though 
it  may  hold  good  in  man,  whose  instincts  are  so  few  and 
imperfect,  and  whose  reason  is  so  pre-eminent,  is  far  from 
being  confirmed  by  an  extended  survey  of  the  classes  of 
animals  generally.  Many  quadrupeds,  birds,  and  fishes, 
with  instincts  apparently  not  very  acute,  do  not  seem  to 
have  their  place  supplied  by  a  proportionably  superior 
share  of  reason  :  and  insects,  as  I  think  the  facts  I  have 
to  adduce  will  prove,  though  ranking  so  low  in  the  scale 
of  creation,  seem  to  enjoy  as  great  a  degree  of  reason  as 
many  animals  of  the  superior  classes,  yet  in  combination 
with  instincts  much  more  numerous  and  exquisite. 


508  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

I  must  premise,  however,  that  in  so  perplexed  and  in- 
tricate a  field,  I  am  sensible  how  necessary  it  is  to  tread 
with  caution.  A  far  greater  collection  of  facts  must  be 
made,  and  the  science  of  me^physics  generally  be  placed 
on  a  more  solid  foundation  than  it  now  can  boast,  before 
we  can  pretend  to  decide,  in  numerous  cases,  which  of 
the  actions  of  insects  are  to  be  deemed  purely  instinctive, 
and  which  the  result  of  reason.  What  I  advance,  there- 
fore, on  this  head,  I  wish  to  be  regarded  rather  as  con- 
jectures, that,  after  the  best  consideration  I  am  able  to 
give  to  a  subject  so  much  beyond  my  depth,  seem  to  me 
plausible,  than  as  certainties  to  which  I  require  your  im- 
plicit assent. 

That  reason  has  nothing  to  do  with  the  major  part  of 
the  actions  of  insects  is  clear,  as  I  have  before  observed, 
from  the  determinateness  and  perfection  of  these  actions, 
and  from  their  being  performed  independently  of  instruc- 
tion and  experience.  A  young  bee  (I  must  once  more 
repeat)  betakes  itself  to  the  complex  operation  of  building 
cells,  with  as  much  skill  as  the  oldest  of  its  compatriots. 
We  cannot  suppose  that  it  has  any  knowledge  of  the  pur- 
poses for  which  the  cells  are  destined ;  or  of  the  effects 
that  will  result  from  its  feeding  the  young  larvae,  and  the 
like.  And  if  an  individual  bee  be  thus  destitute  of  the 
very  materials  of  reasoning  as  to  its  main  operations,  so 
must  the  society  in  general. 

Nor  in  those  remarkable  deviations  and  accommoda- 
tions to  circumstances,  instanced  under  a  former  head, 
can  we,  for  considerations  there  assigned,  suppose  in- 
sects to  be  influenced  by  reason.  These  deviations  are 
still  limited  in  number,  and  involve  acts  far  too  complex 
and  recondite  to  spring  from  any  process  of  ratiocina- 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  509 

tion  in  an  animal  whose  term  of  life  does  not  exceed  two 
years. 

It  does  not  follow,  however,  that  reason  may  not  have 
a  part  in  inducing  some  of  these  last-mentioned  actions, 
though  the  actions  themselves  are  purely  instinctive.  I 
do  not  pretend  to  explain  in  what  way  or  degree  they  are 
combined ;  but  certainly  some  of  the  facts  do  not  seem  to 
admit  of  explanation,  except  on  this  supposition.  Thus, 
in  the  instance  above  cited  from  Huber,  in  which  the 
bees  bent  a  comb  at  right  angles  in  order  to  avoid  a  slip 
of  glass,  the  remarkable  variations  in  the  form  of  the 
cells  can  only,  as  I  have  there  said,  be  referred  to  in- 
stinct. Yet  the  original  determination  to  avoid  the  glass 
seems,  as  Huber  himself  observes,  to  indicate  something 
more  than  instinct,  since  glass  is  not  a  substance  against 
which  Nature  can  be  supposed  to  have  forewarned  bees, 
there  being  nothing  in  hollow  trees  (their  natural  abodes) 
resembling  it  either  in  polish  or  substance :  and  what  was 
most  striking  in  their  operations  was,  that  they  did  not 
wait  until  they  had  reached  the  surface  of  the  glass  be- 
fore changing  the  direction  of  the  comb,  but  adopted  this 
variation  at  a  considerable  distance,  as  though  they  fore- 
saw the  inconveniences  which  might  result  from  another 
mode  of  construction  a. — However  difficult  it  may  be  to 
form  a  clear  conception  of  this  union  of  instinct  and  rea- 
son in  the  same  operation,  or  to  define  precisely  the  limits 
of  each,  instances  of  these  mixed  actions  are  sufficiently 
common  among  animals  to  leave  little  doubt  of  the  fact. 
It  is  instinct  which  leads  a  greyhound  to  pursue  a  hare ; 
but  it  must  be  reason  that  directs  "  an  old  greyhound  to 
trust  the  more  fatiguing  part  of  the  chase  to  the  younger, 
a  Huber,  ii.  219. 


510  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

and  to  place  himself  so  as  to  meet    the  hare    in  her 
doubles  a." 

As  another  instance  of  these  mixed  actions  in  which 
both  reason  and  instinct  seem  concerned,  but  the  former 
more  decidedly,  may  be  cited  the  account  which  Huber 
gives  of  the  manner  in  which  the  bees  of  some  of  his 
neighbours  protected  themselves  against  the  attacks  of 
the  death's-head-moth  (Acherontia  Atropos\  laid  before 
you  in  a  former  letter  b,  by  so  closing  the  entrance  of  the 
hive  with  walls,  arcades,  casements,  and  bastions,  built 
of  a  mixture  of  wax  and  propolis,  that  these  insidious  ma- 
rauders could  no  longer  intrude  themselves. 

We  can  scarcely  attribute  these  elaborate  fortifications 
to  reason  simply ;  for  it  appears  that  bees  have  recourse 
to  a  similar  defensive  expedient  when  attacked  even  by 
other  bees ;  and  the  means  employed  seem  too  subtle  and 
too  well  adapted  to  the  end  to  be  the  result  of  this  faculty 
in  a  bee. 

But  on  the  other  hand,  if  it  be  most  probable  that  in 
this  instance  instinct  was  chiefly  concerned,  if  we  impar- 
tially consider  the  facts,  it  seems  impossible  to  deny  that 
reason  had  some  share  in  the  operations.  Pure  instinct 
would  have  taught  the  bees  to  fortify  themselves  on  the 
Jirst  attack.  If  the  occupants  of  a  hive  had  been  taken 
unawares  by  these  gigantic  aggressors  one  night,  on  the 
second,  at  least,  the  entrance  should  have  been  barri- 
cadoed.  But  it  appears  clear  from  the  statement  of 
Huber,  that  it  was  not  until  the  hives  had  been  repeat- 
edly attacked  and  robbed  of  nearly  their  whole  stock  of 
honey,  that  the  bees  betook  themselves  to  the  plan  so  suc- 
cessfully adopted  for  the  security  of  their  remaining  tVea- 
3  Hume's  Essay  on  the  Reason  of  Animals.  b  See  above,  p.  263—. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  511 

sures;  so  that  reason  taught  by  experience,  seems  to 
have  called  into  action  their  dormant  instinct*. 

If  it  be  thus  probable  that  reason  has  some  influence 
upon  the  actions  of  insects,  which  must  be  mainly  re- 
garded as  instinctive,  the  existence  of  this  faculty  is  still 
more  evident  in  numerous  traits  of  their  history  where 
instinct  is  little  if  at  all  concerned.     An  insect  is  taught 
by  its  instincts  the  most  unerring  means  to  the  attain- 
ment of  certain  ends ;  but  these  ends,  as  I  have  already 
had  occasion  more  than  once  to  remark,  are  limited  in 
number,  and  such  only  as  are  called  for  by  its  wants  in 
a  state  of  nature.    We  cannot  reasonably  suppose  insects 
to  be  gifted  with  instincts  adapted  for  occasions  that  are 
never  likely  to  happen.     If  therefore  we  find  them,  in 
these  extraordinary  and  improbable  emergencies,  still 
availing  themselves  of  the  means  apparent]^  best  calcu- 
lated for  ensuring  their  object; — and  if  in  addition  they 
seem  in  some  cases  to  gain  knowledge  by  experience ;  if 
they  can  communicate  information  to  each  other;  and  if 
they  are  endowed  with  memory. — it  appears  impossible 
to  deny  that  they  are  possessed  of  reason. — I  shall  now 
produce  facts  in  proof  of  each  of  these  positions;  not 
by  any  means  all  that  might  be  adduced,  but  a  few  of 
the  most  striking  that  occur  to  me. 

First,  then,  insects  often  in  cases  not  likely  to  be  pro- 
vided for  by  instinct,  adopt  means  evidently  designed  for 
effecting  their  object. 

A  certain  degree  of  warmth  is  necessary  to  hatch  a 
hen's  eggs,  and  we  give  her  little  credit  for  reason  in 
sitting  upon  them  for  this  purpose.  But  if  any  one  had 
a  Huber,  ii.  289—. 


512  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

ever  seen  a  hen  make  her  nest  in  a  heap  of  fermenting 
dung,  among  the  bark  of  a  hot-bed,  or  in  the  vicinity  of 
a  baker's  oven,  where,  the  heat  being  as  well  adapted  as 
the  stoves  of  the  Egyptians  to  bring  her  chickens  into 
life,  she  left  off  the  habit  of  her  race,  and  saved  herself 
the  trouble  of  sitting  upon  them, — we  should  certainly 
pronounce  her  a  reasoning  hen :  and  if  this  hen  had 
chanced  to  be  that  very  one  figured  and  so  elaborately 
described  by  Professor  Fischer,  with  the  profile  of  an  old 
woman* ,  a  Hindoo  metaphysician  at  least  could  not  doubt 
of  her  body,  however  hen-like,  being  in  truth  directed 
in  its  operations  by  the  soul  of  some  quondam  amateur 
of  poultry-breeding.     Now  societies  of  ants  have  more 
than  once  exhibited  a  deviation  from  their  usual  instinct, 
which  to  me  seems  quite  as  extraordinary  and  as  indica- 
tive of  reason  as  would  be  that  supposed  in  a  hen.     A 
certain  degree  of  warmth  is  required  for  the  exclusion 
and  rearing  of  their  eggs,  larvae  and  pupa? ;  and  in  their 
ordinary  abodes,  as  you  have  been  already  told5,  they 
undergo  great  daily  labour  in  removing  their  charge  to 
different  parts  of  the  nest,  as  its  temperature  is  affected 
by  the  presence  or  absence  of  the  sun.     But  Reaumur, 
in  refuting  the  common  notion  of  ants  being  injurious  to 
bees,  tells  us  that  societies  of  the  former  often  saved 
themselves  all  this  trouble,  by  establishing  their  colonies 
between  the  exterior  wooden  shutters  and  panes  of  his 
glass  hives,  where,  owing  to  the  latter  substance  being 
a  tolerably  good  conductor  of  heat,  their  progeny  was 

*  See  Fischer's  Beschreibung  eines  Huhns  mil  menschenahnlichem 
Profile,  Svo,  St.  Petersburg  1816,  and  a  translation  in  Thomson's 
Annals  of  Phil,  viii.241. 

»»  VOL.  I.  366. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  513 

at  all  times,  and  without  any  necessity  of  changing  their 
situation,  in  a  constant,  equable,  and  sufficient  tempe- 
rature*. Bonnet  observed  the  same  fact.  He  found 
that  a  society  of  ants  had  piled  up  their  young  to  the 
height  of  several  inches,  between  the  flannel-lined  case 
of  his  glass  hives  and  the  glass.  When  disturbed  they 
ran  away  with  them,  but  always  replaced  them5. 

I  am  persuaded  that  after  duly  considering  these  facts, 
you  will  agree  with  me  that  it  is  impossible  consistently 
to  refer  them  to  instinct,  or  to  account  for  them  without 
supposing  some  stray  ant,  that  had  insinuated  herself 
into  this  tropical  crevice,  first  to  have  been  struck  with 
the  thought  of  what  a  prodigious  saving  of  labour  and 
anxiety  would  occur  to  her  compatriots  by  establishing 
their  society  here ; — that  she  had  communicated  her  ideas 
to  them ; — and  that  they  had  resolved  upon  an  emigra- 
tion to  this  new-discovered  country — this  Madeira  of 
ants — whose  genial  clime  presented  advantages  which 
no  other  situation  could  offer.  Neither  instinct,  nor  any 
conceivable  modification  of  instinct,  could  have  taught 
the  ants  to  avail  themselves  of  a  good  fortune  which  but 
for  the  invention  of  glass  hives  would  never  have  offered 
itself  to  a  generation  of  these  insects  since  the  creation  ; 
for  there  is  nothing  analogous  in  nature  to  the  constant 
and  equable  warmth  of  such  a  situation,  the  heat  of  any 
accidental  mass  of  fermenting  materials  soon  ceasing, 
and  no  heat  being  given  out  from  a  society  of  bees  when 
lodged  in  a  hollow  tree,  their  natural  residence.  The 
conclusion,  then,  seems  irresistible,  that  reason  must 
have  been  their  guide,  inducing  a  departure  from  their 
natural  instinct  as  extraordinary  as  would  be  that  of  a 

*  Reaum.  v.  709.  b  GEttvres,  ii,  416, 

VOL.  II.  2  L 


514  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

hen  which  should  lay  her  eggs  in  a  hot-bed,  and  cease 
to  sit  upon  them. 

The  adaptation  of  means  to  an  end  not  likely  to  have 
been  provided  for  by  instinct,  is  equally  obvious  in  the 
ingenious  mode  by  which  a  nest  of  humble-bees  propped 
up  their  tottering  comb,  the  particulars  of  which  having 
before  mentioned  to  youa,  I  need  not  here  repeat. 

There  is  perhaps  no  surer  criterion  of  reason  than, 
after  having  tried  one  mode  of  accomplishing  a  purpose, 
adopting  another  more  likely  to  succeed.  Insects  are 
able  to  stand  this  test.  A  bee  which  Huber  watched 
while  soldering  the  angles  of  a  cell  with  propolis,  detach- 
ed a  thread  of  this  material  with  which  she  entered  the 
cell.  Instinct  would  have  taught  her  to  separate  it  of 
the  exact  length  required ;  but  after  applying  it  to  the 
angle  of  the  cell,  she  found  it  too  long,  arid  cut  off  a  por- 
tion so  as  to  fit  it  to  her  purpose5. 

This  is  a  very  simple  instance ;  but  one  such  fact  is 
as  decisive  in  proof  of  reason  as  a  thousand  more  com- 
plex, and  of  such  there  is  no  lack.  Dr.  Darwin  (whose 
authority  in  the  present  case  depending  not  on  hearsay, 
but  his  own  observation,  may  be  here  taken,)  informs 
us,  that  walking  one  day  in  his  garden  he  perceived  a 
wasp  upon  the  gravel  walk  with  a  large  fly  nearly  as  big 
as  itself  which  it  had  caught.  Kneeling  down  he  di- 
stinctly saw  it  cut  off  the  head  and  abdomen,  and  then 
taking  up  with  its  feet  the  trunk  or  middle  portion  of 
the.  body  to  which  the  wings  remained  attached,  fly 
away.  But  a  breeze  of  wind  acting  upon  the  wings  of 
the  fly  turned  round  the  wasp  with  its  burthen,  and  im- 
peded its  progress.  Upon  this  it  alighted  again  on  the 
»  VOL.  I.  380.  b  Huber,  ii.  268, 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  515 

gravel  walk,  deliberately  sawed  off  first  one  wing  and 
then  the  other ;  and  having  thus  removed  the  cause  of 
its  embarrassment,  flew  off  with  its  booty a.  Could  any 
process  of  ratiocination  be  more  perfect?  "  Something 
acts  upon  the  wings  of  this  fly  and  impedes  my  flight. 
If  I  wish  to  reach  my  nest  quickly,  I  must  get  rid  of  them 
—to  effect  which,  the  shortest  way  will  be  to  alight  again 
and  cut  them  off."  These  reflections,  or  others  of  si- 
milar import,  must  be  supposed  to  have  passed  through 
the  mind  of  the  wasp,  or  its  actions  are  altogether  inex- 
plicable. Instinct  might  have  taught  it  to  cut  off  the 
wings  of  all  flies,  previously  to  flying  away  with  them. 
But  here  it  first  attemped  to  fly  with  the  wings  on, — was 
impeded  by  a  certain  cause, — discovered  what  this  cause 
was, — and  alighted  to  remove  it.  The  chain  of  evidence 
seems  perfect  in  proof  that  nothing  but  reason  could 
have  been  its  prompter. 

An  analogous  though  less  striking  fact  is  mentioned  by 
Reaumur  on  the  authority  of  M.  Cossigny,  who  witness- 
ed it  in  the  Isle  of  France  where  the  Sphecina  are  accus- 
tomed to  bury  the  bodies  of  cockroaches  along  with  their 
eggs  for  provision  for  their  young.  He  sometimes  saw 
an  insect  of  this  tribe  attempt  to  drag  after  it  into  its  hole 
a  dead  cockroach,  which  was  too  big  to  be  made  to  enter 
by  all  its  efforts.  After  several  ineffectual  trials  the  animal 
came  out,  cut  off  its  elytra  and  some  of  its  legs,  and  thus 
reduced  in  compass  drew  in  its  prey  without  diffi- 
culty b. 

Under  this  head  I  shall  mention  but  one  fact  more. — 
A  friend  of  Gleditsch  the  observer  of  the  singular  econo- 
my of  the  burying  beetle  (Necrophorus  Vespillo)  related 
*  Zoonomm,  i.  183.  b  Reaum.  vi,  283. 

2  L  2 


516  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

in  a  former  letter a,  being  desirous  of  drying  a  dead  toad, 
fixed  it  to  the  top  of  a  piece  of  wood  which  he  stuck  into 
the  ground.  But  a  short  time  afterwards,  he  found  that 
a  body  of  these  indefatigable  little  sextons  had  circum- 
vented him  in  spite  of  his  precautions.  Not  being  able  . 
to  reach  the  toad,  they  had  undermined  the  base  of  the 
stick  until  it  fell,  and  then  buried  both  stick  and  toad5. 

In  the  second  place,  insects  gain  knowledge  from  ex- 
perience,  which  would  be  impossible  if  they  were  not  gift- 
ed with  some  portion  of  reason.  In  proof  of  their  thus 
profiting,  I  shall  select  from  the  numerous  facts  that 
might  be  brought  forward,  two  only,  one  of  which  has 
been  already  slightly  adverted  to  c. 

M.  P.  Huber,  in  his  valuable  paper  in  the  sixth  vo- 
lume of  the  Linnean  Transactions d,  states  that  he  has 
seen  large  humble-bees,  when  unable  from  the  size  of 
their  head  and  thorax  to  reach  to  the  bottom  of  the  long 
tubes  of  the  flowers  of  beans,  go  directly  to  the  calyx, 
pierce  it  as  well  as  the  tube  with  the  exterior  horny  parts 
of  their  proboscis,  and  then  insert  their  proboscis  itself 
into  the  orifice  and  abstract  the  honey.  They  thus  flew 
from  flower  to  flower,  piercing  the  tubes  from  without, 
and  sucking  the  nectar,  while  smaller  humble-bees  or 
those  with  a  longer  proboscis  entered  in  at  the  top  of  the 
corolla.  Now  from  this  statement  it  seems  evident,  that 
the  larger  bees  did  not  pierce  the  bottoms  of  the  flowers 
until  they  had  ascertained  by  trial  that  they  could  not 
reach  the  nectar  from  the  top ;  but  that  having  once  as- 

a  VOL.  I.  352. 

b  Gleditsch  Physic.  Sot.  CEcon.  AbhandL  Hi.  220. 

c  See  above,  p.  117.  d  P.  222. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  517 

certained  by  experience  that  the  flowers  of  beans  are  too 
strait  to  admit  them,  they  then,  without  further  attempts 
in  the  ordinary  way,  pierced  the  bottoms  of  all  the 
flowers  which  they  wished  to  rifle  of  their  sweets. — 
M.  Aubert  du  Petit- Thouars  observed  that  humble-bees 
and  the  carpenter-bee  (Xylocopa*  violacea) gained  access 
in  a  similar  manner  to  the.  nectar  of  Antirrhinum  Linaria 
and  majuS)  and  Mirabilis  Jalappa ;  as  do  the  common 
bees  of  the  Isle  of  France  to  that  of  Canna  indica  b ,-  and 
I  have  myself  more  than  once  noticed  holes  at  the  base 
of  the  long  nectaries  of  Aquilegia  vulgaris,  which  I  at- 
tribute to  the  same  agency. 

My  second  fact  is  supplied  by  the  same  ants,  whose 
sagacious  choice  of  the  vicinity  of  Reaumur's  glass  hives 
for  their  colony  has  been  just  related  to  you.  He  tells 
us  that  of  these  ants,  of  which  there  were  such  swarms 
on  the  outside  of  the  hive,  not  a  single  one  was  ever  per- 
ceived within ;  and  infers  that,  as  they  are  such  lovers  of 
honey,  and  there  was  no  difficulty  in  finding  crevices  to 
enter  in  at,  they  were  kept  without,  solely  from  fear  of 
the  consequences0.  Whence  arose  this  fear?  We  have 
no  ground  for  supposing  ants  endowed  with  any  instinc- 
tive dread  of  bees ;  and  Reaumur  tells  us,  that  when  he 
happened  to  leave  in  his  garden,  hives  of  which  the  bees 
had  died,  the  ants  then  never  failed  to  enter  them  and 
regale  themselves  with  the  honey.  It  seems  reasonable, 
therefore,  to  attribute  it  to  experience.  Some  of  the  ants 
no  doubt  had  tried  to  enter  the  peopled  as  they  did  the 
empty  hive,  but  had  been  punished  for  their  presumption, 


a  Apu  *  *.  d.  2.  ft.  K.          b  Nouvcau  Bulletin  dcs  Sciences,  i.  45, 
e  Reaiun.  v.  709. 


518  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

and  the  dear-bought  lesson  was  not  lost  on  the  rest  of 
the  community. 

• 

Insects,  in  the  third  place,  are  able  mutually  to  com- 
municate arid  receive  information,  which,  in  whatever  way 
effected,  would  be  impracticable  if  they  were  devoid  of 
reason.  Under  this  head  it  is  only  necessary  to  refer 
you  to  the  endless  facts  in  proof,  furnished  by  almost 
every  page  of  my  letters  on  the  history  of  ants  and  of  the 
hive-bee.  I  shall  therefore  but  detain  you  for  a  moment 
with  an  additional  anecdote  or  two,  especially  with  one 
respecting  the  former  tribe,  which  is  valuable  from  the 
celebrity  of  the  relater. 

Dr.  Franklin  was  of  opinion  that  ants  could  commu- 
nicate their  ideas  to  each  other;  in  proof  of  which  he  re- 
lated to  Kalm,  the  Swedish  traveller,  the  following  fact. 
Having  placed  a  pot  containing  treacle  in  a  closet  in- 
fested with  ants,  these  insects  found  their  way  into  it, 
and  were  feasting  very  heartily  when  he  discovered 
them.  He  then  shook  them  out  and  suspended  the  pot 
by  a  string  from  the  ceiling.  By  chance  one  ant  re- 
mained, which,  after  eating  its  fill,  with  some  difficulty 
found  its  way  up  the  string,  and  thence  reaching  the 
ceiling,  escaped  by  the  wall  to  its  nest.  In  less  than 
half  an  hour  a  great  company  of  ants  sallied  out  of  their 
hole,  climbed  the  ceiling,  crept  along  the  string  into  the 
pot,  and  began  to  eat  again.  This  they  continued  until 
the  treacle  was  all  consumed,  one  swarm  running  up  the 
string  while  another  passed  down  a.  It  seems  indispu- 
table that  the  one  ant  had  in  this  instance  conveyed 

*  Kalm's  Travels  in  North  America,  i.  239. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  519 

news  of  the  booty  to  his  comrades,  who  would  not  other- 
wise have  at  once  directed  their  steps  in  a  body  to  the 
only  accessible  route. 

A  German  artist,  a  man  of  strict  veracity,  states  that 
in  his  journey  through  Italy  he  was  an  eye-witness  to 
the  following  occurrence.  He  observed  a  species  of 
Scarabaeus  (Ateuchus  pilularius?}  busily  engaged  in 
making,  for  the  reception  of  its  egg,  a  pellet  of  dung, 
which  when  finished  it  rolled  to  the  summit  of  a  small 
hillock,  and  repeatedly  suffered  to  tumble  down  its  side, 
apparently  for  the  sake  of  consolidating  it  by  the  earth 
which  each  time  adhered  to  it.  During  this  process  the 
pellet  unluckily  fell  into  an  adjoining  hole,  out  of  which 
all  the  efforts  of  the  beetle  to  extricate  it  were  in  vain. 
After  several  ineffectual  trials,  the  insect  repaired  to  an 
adjoining  heap  of  dung,  and  soon  returned  with  three 
of  his  companions.  All  four  now  applied  their  united 
strength  to  the  pellet,  and  at  length  succeeded  in  push- 
ing it  out ;  which  being  done,  the  three  assistant  beetles 
left  the  spot  and  returned  to  their  own  quarters  a. 

Lastly,  insects  are  endowed  with  memory,  which  (at 
least  in  connexion  with  the  purposes  to  which  it  is  sub- 
servient) implies  some  degree  of  reason  also ;  and  their 
historian  may  exclaim  with  the  poet  who  has  so  well 
sung  the  pleasures  of  this  faculty, 

Hail,  MEMORY,  hail !  thy  universal  reign 
Guards  the  least  link  of  Being's  glorious  chain. 

In  the  elegant  lines  in  which  this  couplet  occurs5, 

a  Illiger  Mag.  i.  488. 

b  "  Hark  !  the  bee  winds  her  small  but  mellow  horn, 

Blithe  to  salute  the  sunny  smile  of  morn.  O'er 


520  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

which  were  pointed  out  to  me  by  my  friend  Dr.  Alder- 
son  of  Hull,  Mr.  Rogers  supposes  the  bee  to  be  con- 
ducted to  its  hive  by  retracing  the  scents  of  the  various 
flowers  which  it  has  visitecfr:  but  this  idea  is  more  poeti- 
cal than  accurate,  bees,  as  before  observed a,  flying 
straight  to  their  hives  from  great  distances.  Here,  as 
I  have  more  than  once  had  occasion  to  remark  in  simi- 
lar instances,  we  have  to  regret  the  want  of  more  correct 
entomological  information  in  the  poet,  who  might  have 
employed  with  as  much  effect,  the  real  fact  of  bees  di- 
stinguishing their  own  hives  out  of  numbers  near  them, 
when  conducted  to  the  spot  by  instinct.  This  recogni- 
tion of  home  seems  clearly  the  result  of  memory;  and  it 
is  remarkable  that  bees  appear  to  recollect  their  own 
hive  rather  from  its  situation,  than  from  any  observa- 
tions on  the  hive  itself b  :  just  as  a  man  is  guided  to  his 
house  from  his  memory  of  its  position  relative  to  other 


O'er  thymy  downs  she  bends  her  busy  course, 
And  many  a  stream  allures  her  to  its  source. 
'Tis  noon,  'tis  night.     That  eye  so  finely  wrought, 
Beyond  the  search  of  sense,  the  soar  of  thought. 
Now  vainly  asks  the  scenes  she  left  behind ; 
Its  orb  so  full,  its  vision  so  confined  ! 
Who  guides  the  patient  pilgrim  to  her  cell  ? 
Who  bids  her  soul  with  conscious  triumph  swell  ? 
With  conscious  truth  retrace  the  mazy  clue 
Of  varied  scents  that  charm'd  her  as  she  flew  ? 
Hail,  MEMORY,  hail  !  thy  universal  reign 
Guards  the  least  link  of  Being's  glorious  chain." 

a  See  above,  p.  185  and  4.95—. 

b  If  a  hive  be  removed  out  of  its  ordinary  position,  the  first  day 
after  this  removal,  the  bees  do  not  fly  to  a  distance  without  having 
visited  all  the  neighbouring  objects.  The  queen  does  the  same  thing 
when  flying  into  the  air  for  fecundation.  Huber,  Rccherchcs  surles 
Fourmit,  100. 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  521 

buildings  or  objects,  without  its  being  necessary  for  him 
even  to  cast  a  look  at  it.  If,  after  quitting  my  house  in 
a  morning,  it  were  to  be  lifted  out  of  its  site  in  the  street 
by  enchantment,  and  replaced  by  another  with  a  similar 
entrance,  I  should  probably,  even  in  the  day  time,  en- 
ter it,  without  being  struck  by  the  change ;  and  bees,  if 
during  their  absence  their  old  hive  be  taken  away,  and 
a  similar  one  set  in  its  place,  enter  this  last,  and  if  it  be 
provided  with  brood  comb  contentedly  take  up  their 
abode  in  it,  never  troubling  themselves  to  inquire  what 
has  become  of  the  identical  habitation  which  they  left  in 
the  morning,  and  with  the  inhabitants  of  which,  if  it  be 
removed  to  fifty  paces  distance,  they  never  resume  their 
connexion  a. 

If,  pursuing  my  illustration,  you  should  object  that  no 
man  would  thus  contentedly  sit  down  in  a  new  house 
without  searching  after  the  old  one,  you  must  bear  in 
mind  that  I  am  not  aiming  to  show  that  bees  have  as 
precise  a  memory  as  ours,  but  only  that  they  are  endow- 
ed with  some  portion  of  this  faculty,  which  I  think  the 
above  fact  proves.  Should  you  view  it  in  a  different 
light,  you  will  not  deny  the  force  of  others  that  have  al- 
ready been  stated  in  the  course  of  our  correspondence : 
such  as  the  mutual  greetings  of  ants  of  the  same  society 
when  brought  together  after  a  separation  of  four  months  b ; 
and  the  return  of  a  party  of  bees  in  spring  to  a  window 
where  in  the  preceding  autumn  they  had  regaled  on  ho- 
ney, though  none  of  this  substance  had  been  again  placed 
there  c. 

a  See  the  account  of  the  mode  in  which  the  Favignanais  increase 
the  number  of  their  hives  by  thus  dividing  them.     Huber,  ii.  459. 
b  See  above,  p.  66.  c  Ibid.  p.  199. 


522  INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS. 

But  the  most  striking  fact  evincing  the  memory  of 
these  last-mentioned  insects  has  been  communicated  to 
me  by  my  intelligent  friend  Mr.  William  Stickney,  of 
Ridgemont,  Holderness.  *  About  twenty  years  ago,  a 
swarm  from  one  of  this  gentleman's  hives  took  posses- 
sion of  an  opening  beneath  the  tiles  of  his  house,  whence, 
after  remaining  a  few  hours,  they  were  dislodged  and 
hived.  For  many  subsequent  years,  when  the  hives  de- 
scended from  this  stock  were  about  to  swarm,  a  consi- 
derable party  of  scouts  were  observed  for  a  few  days  be- 
fore to  be  reconnoitring  about  the  old  hole  under  the 
tiles;  and  Mr.  Stickney  is  persuaded,  that  if  suffered 
they  would  have  established  themselves  there.  He  is 
certain  that  for  eight  years  successively  the  descendants 
of  the  very  stock  that  first  took  possession  of  the  hole 
frequented  it  as  above  stated,  and  not  those  of  any  other 
swarms ;  having  constantly  noticed  them,  and  ascertained 
that  they  were  bees  from  the  original  hive  by  powdering 
them  while  about  the  tiles  with  yellow  ochre,  and  watch- 
ing their  return.  And  even  at  the  present  time  there 
are  still  seen  every  swarming  season  about  the  tiles,  bees, 
which  Mr.  Stickney  has  no  doubt  are  descendants  from 
the  original  stock. 

Had  Dr.  Darwin  been  acquainted  with  this  fact,  he 
would  have  adduced  it  as  proving  that  insects  can  con- 
vey traditionary  information  from  one  generation  to 
another;  and  at  the  first  glance  the  circumstance  of 
the  descendants  of  the  same  stock  retaining  a  know- 
ledge of  the  same  fact  for  twenty  years,  during  which 
period  there  must  have  been  as  many  generations  of 
bees,  would  seem  to  warrant  the  inference.  But  as  it  is 
more  probable  that  the  party  of  surveying  scouts  of  the 


INSTINCT  OF  INSECTS.  523 

first  generation  was  the  next  year  accompanied  by  others 
of  a  second,  who  in  like  manner  conducted  their  brethren 
of  the  third,  and  these  last  again  others  of  the  fourth 
generation,  and  so  on, — I  draw  no  other  conclusion  from 
it  than  that  bees  are  endowed  with  memory,  which  I 
think  it  proves  most  satisfactorily. 

I  am,  &c. 


END  OF  THE  SECOND  VOLUME. 


EXPLANATION  OF  THE  PLATES. 


PLATE  IV. 

HYMENOPTERA. 

Fig.  1.  Sirex  Gigas. 

2.  Evania  appendigaster  magnified. 

3.  Nomada  Marshamella. 

DIPTERA. 

4.  Pedicia  rivosa. 

5.  Sericomyia  Lapponum. 

PLATE  V. 

Fig.  1.  Oxypterum  Kirbyanum.  Leach,  magnified, 
APHANIPTERA. 

2.  Pulex  irritans  magnified. 

APTERA. 

3.  Ricinus  Pavonis  magnified. 

4.  Aranea  marginata.     Donovan. 

5.  Chelifer  cancroides  magnified. 

6.  Scolopendra  forficata.